\

y

I

s^

PROCEEDINGS

OP THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1868.

Jan, 7th, 1868.

The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Thirty-three members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :
" Description of some extinct fishes, previously unknown." By E.
D. Cope.

" Monograph of the Alcidse." By Elliott Coues, M. D., U. S. A.

Jan. 14th»
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty-six members present.

The death of Edward B. Grubb, of Burlington, N. J., a member
of the Academy, was announced.

On leave being granted, the Committees on the following papers
reported in favor of their publication in the Proceedings :

" On the habits of a Tipulideous Larva." By E. D. Cope.

" Mechanical theory of Solar Heat." By Jacob Ennis.

" Description of five new species of Central American Birds." By
Geo. N. Lawrence.

On motion, it was resolved that these papers should be printed in
the Proceedings for December, 1867.

Jan. 21s<.

Mr. Cassin, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty-three members present.
1868.] 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The following paper was presented for publication :
" List of birds collected in Southern Arizona by Dr. E. Palmer,
with remarks by Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S.A."

E. D. Cope made some observations on some specimens of Vertebrata pre-
sented by Wm. M. Gabb, of San Francisco, which were procured by him in
western Nevada and the northern part of Lower California.

Of reptiles were two undescribed species of Boas, thus increasing the
species of the Fauna Nearctica to four, all of which belong to the family
Lichanuridse Cope. The new species belong to Lichanura Cope, and are
thus characterized : L. roseofusca; scales in 36 series, those in the or-
bital ring seven or eight, the anterior fused into a large preocular. Loreals 1
Color brown above. Belly and especially gular region pink shaded. Length
two feet five inches. L. myriolepis; scales in 45 rows, those in the or-
bital ring of equal size, ten in number; loreals -|. Color leaden blue, with
three rusty red bands extending throughout the length, but very indistinct
on the anterior half of the body.

Of mammalia he noticed a good specimen of the Lagomys p r i n c e p s,
from an elevation of 10,000 feet on the Sierra Nevada, near lat. 32°, a locality
about 10° further south for the genus than had been hitherto recorded for
this continent. Another interesting species was an Arvicola, allied to the
A. modesta of Baird, but not described, from Pigeon Springs, on the
eastern boundary line of California, east of Owen's Yalley. The characters
are as follows : Arvicola c u r t a t a Cope ; one of the smallest species of the
genus, differing from A. m o d e s t a in its much shorter hind foot and tail,
in the lower anterior molar with two external triangles instead of three, in
the very light color, and other points. Ears well developed, the marginal
half loosely furred externally; long silky hairs from the meatus within, on
the exterior two-thirds. Anterior lower molar with a posterior triangle,
three internal and two external triangles, with an open trefoil. Tail vertebrae
a Utile shorter than the hind foot, and about one-half the head. Hind foot
a little over half the head, and five thirds the length of the fore foot. Some
long hairs at the bases of the toes, posterior half of the sole densely hairy.
Hair on upper surface of feet very long, concealing the claws. Fur rather
long, dense, base dark leaden, followed by a light grey, and light brown tip
on the upper parts of head and body ; general resulting color above light
greyish brown; below and feet white.

In. Lin.

Length to end tail vertebrae 2 9-4

" head, (slightly crushed) 10-7

" tail vertebrae 48

'' ear from meatus 2*

" fore foot 3-8

" hind foot 6-

" whiskers 10-8

On favorable reports of the Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published :

A Monograph of the ALCID.S:.

BY ELLIOTT COUES, A.M., M.D.

Assistant Surgeon United States Army.

" Hinc bonus Moehringivs, boni Brissonivs, Kleinivs, Linnafi cat. sed in medio in omnes
Veritas et Naturae ordo !" — Pallas.

The Alcidse contained in the collections of the Smithsonian Institution,
Washington ; the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia ; the Society of
Natural History, Boston ; the Essex Institute, Salem ; and in the private cabi-

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 8

net of Mr. Geo. N. Lawrence, of New York, have been examined in the prepa-
ration of the present memoir. The writer tenders his acknowledgements to
the officers having immediate charge of these collections, for numerous favors
shown him, in a variety of ways, during the prosecution of his researches.

Nearly all the known species of the family are represented in the several
collections above named ; and the libraries of these Institutions contain all
needed works of reference. Being based upon such ample data, this monograph
ought to embody all that is known of the Alcidse in a technical point of view,
and constitute a fair exponent of the same. The writer ventures to indulge
the hope that it may not be found to fall far short of this standard.

Before proceeding to the proper matter of the subject, it may be well to
glance at what has already been done in this family of birds. Following is a
list, in chronological order, of the principal works in which Alcidse are made
more or less of a specialty, with remarks upon each. It is obviously by no
means a bibliography of the family ; only those works being noticed in which
some special point is presented. It may pass, however, for a reviewing sketch
of the literature of the subject, and as such may be valuable and helpful to the
student. Consultation of most of the works mentioned below is absolutely
necessary to a correct understanding of the subject, except in so far as it may
be obviated by perusal of the text of the present paper.

I. Review of the Literature of the Family.

Certain species of Alcidse made their appearance in the very earliest ornitho-
logical writings of which we have any knowledge, long before the establish-
ment of the science upon any fixed and recognized basis. However desirable
it may be — as well in justice to early authors, as tending to bring the whole
subject in the strongest light — to collate and identify, as far as possible,
the older names of these species, the attempt to cite as authoritative names
and descriptions which antedate the foundation of the binomial system
of nomenclature would be at once embarrassing and profitless. There must
be a fixed initial point for the commencement of authority in the matter of
names in the existing system of zoological nomenclature ; otherwise a writer
might adopt names at pure caprice ; in which event the species he' treats of
would be recognizable only by synonymy adduced, or descriptions appended,
and names would fail of their proper purpose by becoming simply indices of the
extent of his philological research. The date of the tenth edition of the Sys-
tema Naturae furnishes an unobjectionable starting-point, beyond which in-
vestigation need only extend from motives of curiosity ; and is on several ac-
counts more eligible than the date of the twelfth»edition.

Moehring, a mononomial author whose work appeared in 1752, has very fre-
quently been quoted as authoritative, notably, among European authors, by
Gray, and among American by Cassin, Baird, Bryant and others, including the
present writer. Five genera of Alcidse«iXQ instituted in this work of Moehring's :
(U Chenalopex, based on Alca impennis ; (2) Spkeniscus, upon Fraterculaarctica;
(3) Arctica, upon Meryulus alle ; (4) Vria (sc. Vria), upon U. grylle ; and (5)
Cataractes^ upon Lomvia troile. Of these five, Arctica and Cataracies have never
come into use, except in an isolated instance or two ; Uria is in universal em-
ploy, accredited, however, as it should be, to a later writer ; AS/?Acn/«cMs is used,
in an entirely different acceptation, for a genus of Penguins; and Chenalopex
for an Anserine genus. These names, though all positively identified, will not
be countenanced in their Mcehringian acceptation, for reasons just mentioned.

(1758.) LiNN^FJUS, Syst. Nat., ed. x.— The Linnaean genus Alca at this date
comprehended six species, to wit : impennis, torda, " pica," arctica, lomvia, alle.
Two Guillemots— <7ry/Z« and troile— mh presented under the genus Coli/mhus.
Excluding from these eight species Alca " pica," which is the winter plumage
of torda, we have at the outset of authoritative records seven Linnieau names,

1868.]

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

for as many valid species, representing as many distinct genera. The twelfth
edition (of 1766) gives us nothing new.

(1760.) Brisson, Ornithologia. — This author gives excellent descriptions of
the then known species, but adds no new valid ones, though several stages of
plumage are characterized under distinctive names. He was a polynomialist
— to our lasting regret, and his great misfortune — and therefore not authorita-
tive in the matter of species. With those, however, who quote him for genera,
his Fratercula will stand as the name of the genus of which Alca arctica Linn,
is the type ; and his Uria for that one typified by Uria grylle.

(1764.) Brunnich, Ornithologia Borealis. — This author was a strict binomi-
alist : the question of the adoption of his names only hinges upon the accepta-
tion of Linnaeus at 1758 or at 1766. Briinnich's names are in general employ,
as they should be. The chief point of this work, regarding the Auks, is the
characterization of Uria ringvia, which, though known long before, had been
usually referred to troile. Brunnich describes the young or winter plumage of
Utamania torda under the names " unisulcata " and " balthica ;" the young
Fratercula arctica as "Alca deleta ;" the albino Mergulus allea.5 "Alca Candida;"

various plumages of Uria grglle '^.s " grylloides," "balthica," and (No.

116). Briinnich's " Uria lomvia " is Colymbus troille Linn. ; his " Uria troille "
and " Uria svarbag " are both Alca lomvia Linn. ; his " Uria alga " is ringvia
Briinn. in winter plumage. His descriptions, though brief, are all recognizable.
(Species now eight.)

(1769 ) Pallas, Spicilegia Zoologica,fasc. v. — Among the writers of the 18th
century, no one contributed so much to a knowledge of the Alcidse as Dr.
Pallas. He introduced more new valid species than any other writer, and gave
us our first knowledge of some of the curious forms from the North Pacific.
His works claim the high eulogium, that every one of the species they contain
are identifiable from the descriptions, and that a species is very rarely twice de-
scribed as new. In the Spicilegia four species are for the first time described :
Alca cirrhata^ A. psittacula, A. cristatella and A. tetracula. A white state of
plumage of Uria grylle [ov possibly of U columba) is described as " Cephus
;lacteolus." The four species above mentioned are well described, and illus-
itrated by plates. (Species now twelve )

(1785.) Pennant, Arctic Zoology. — Although the author used only vernacular
names, his work must be here considered, since in it four species are for the
first time presented. These are the " Antient Auk" (for which the author is
indebted to Dr. Pallas' MS.), the "Labrador Auk," the " Pigmy Auk," and the
" Marbled Guillemot." The second and third of these are very dubious spe-
cies, which have never been located to the entire satisfaction of ornithologists
(cf. infra, under head of Fratercula arctica and Simorhynchus pusillus) ; the first
and fourth are good species. In this work the future Uria columba is hinted
fit, but not named. (Species now fourteen.)

(1788.) Gmelin, Systema Naiurx. — In this compilation by the professional
plagiarist nothing new is given, but some points require notice. The genera
Alca and Colymbus retain, in general, their Linnaean signification. Pennant's
four species, above noticed, appear in proper Latin garb, as Alca antiqua, A.
labradorica, A. pygmsea and Colymbus marmoratus ; Pallas' four species are
^continued. " Cepphus lacteolus" Pallas re-appears as " Colymbus lacteolus."
Linnaeus' " Colymbus " troille is repeated, of course ; but the other two species
-of Murre, though having already made their debut, are discontinued, unless
-one of them is intended by a certain " Colymbus minor" Gm., for which
Briinnich's Nos. 110, 111, are cited, ^/ca " pica " and ^. " balthica " are
perpetuated. (No additions ; species still fourteen.)

(1790.) Latham, Index Ornithologicus. — This is the one of Dr. Latham's seve-
ral works in which species are binomialized, and it is therefore the authorita-
;tive one. Except in adopting Uria (after Brisson), the Index is nearly a repeti-

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 0

tion of Gmelin. We have nothing new, except the first unequivocal indication
of Uriacolumha in Latham's " Uria gri/lle Yar. B, from Aoonalaschka" ("fascia
alarum gemina alba," which was " grylle Var. A " of Latham's Synopsis, vol.
iii.) " Alca Candida " Briinn. and " Cepphus lacteolus " Pallas— both of which
are merely albinos — still hold their ground ; but the nominal species based
upon the plumages of Utamania tord'j, hitherto rampant, subside into " varie-
ties." (Species still fourteen.)

(1790.) BoNNATERRE, Encyclopedic Meihodigue, Orn. — Genus Pinguinus insti-
tuted, with Alca impennis L. as type. A certain " Uria nivea " is named, for
which the author quotes Pallas, Spec. Zool. v. p. 33 (" lacteolus "; = albino
grylle or columha).

(1794.) DoNNDORFP (JoHANN August), Bcytrdge Zoologische, zweyter band,
erster theil. — The great synonymist of the eighteenth century, as he fairly de-
serves to be called, gives no descriptions, but laboriously collates astonishing
lists of synonyms. In the cases of some well-known birds, the citations stretch
over several pages, giving one such an idea of the extent of the ornithological
literature of the last century as could hardly be gained from any other work.
Donndorff follows Linnaeus in his reference of the Auks to two genera, Alca
and Colymbus ; the now sub-family Urinx composing his " Colymbi mit dreyze-
higen Fiissen," as distinguished from the four-toed Divers proper. With this
author Alca '' pica " and " balthica " revive ; A. " labradorica " and A. " pyg-
maia" continue in their original significance ; Pallas' four species remain, and
also his nominal species "lacteolus ;" five varieties of ^ryZZe are enumerated,
of which Var. " B " is columba. By the names " Colymbus minor " and " troile"
the author probably intends to distinguish two species of Murre, but his syno-
nyms are inextricably confused. The var. "^" of troile is, however, unmis-
takeably r<ngvia of Briinn.

Such was the general status of A.lcidine literature as it came from the hands
of the writers of the eighteenth century. We have fourteen well-known valid
species, and indications of the fifteenth {Uria columba).

(1801.) Lepechin, JYova Acta Petrop. xii. — Alca camtschatica described.
(Species now fifteen.)

(1811.) Pallas, Zoographia Rosso- Asiatica. — Dr. Pallas for the second time
comes forward to take a long step in advance of his contemporaries, with nu-
merous new species from the North Pacific, and with a more extensive sub-
division of the family. Six valid new species are described : to wit, " Cepphus "
columba^ " Cepphus " carbo, " Alca" monocerata, " Uria" aleutica^ "Uria " dubia,
and " Uria " pusilla. Four known species are re-named : the Antient Auk
being called " Uria senicula," the Camtschatkan Auk "Uria mystacea," the
thick-billed Guillemot " Cepphus arra," and the marbled Guillemot "Cepphus
perdix." "Cepphus lomvia," Pallas, equals "Uria lomvia," Briinnich, equals
" Colymbus" troile, Linnaeus. As in 1769, Dr. Pallas calls the Guillemots all
" Cepphus;" all the other Auks are consigned to " Uria" except the Puffins, for
which the generic name " Lunda " (after Gesner) is employed. Alca psittacula
is ranged in this genus. (Species now twenty-one.)

(1811.) Illiueb, Prodromus. — Genus Mormon instituted for the Puffins.

(1816.) Vieillot, Analyse. — Genus Mergulus (after Ray) adopted for Alca alle
Linn. Genus Larva instituted for the Puffins. Genus Alca " Linn." adopted
fcr cristatella.

(1818.) Transactions of the Linnvenn Society, xii. — Sabine re-names tlie thick-
billed Guillemot, as " Uria Briinnichii ;" Leach, a few pages further on, bestows
another name on the same bird, — " Uria Francsii."

(1819.) Mekrem. — Genus Si7norhynchu3 instituted, with Alca crittatella'PaXi&s,
as type. (Fide G. R. Gray.)

1868.]

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

(1820.) Temminck, Man. Orn.^ ii. — Genus Phaleris instituted, with psittacula
Pall, as type ; containing this species and cristatella Pall.

(1821.) Naumann, Isis^ p. 779, pi. 7. — The three known species oi Fratercula
("Mormon," 111.) are reviewed, with figures of the heads. A fourth species,
Mormon corniculatum, is added. (Species now twentj-two.)

(1823.) LiCHTENSTEiN, Verzeichuiss, etc. — Alca camtschatica Lepechen is re-
named " Mormon superciliosum." A certain " Uria Mandtii" is established,
which is frequently quoted as a synonym of Uria columba, but appears to be
rather an imperfect state of plumage of grylle.

(1824-5.) Stephens. Continuation of Shaw's Gen. Zool., xii., xiii.— The species
of the sub-family Urinse are all included in the genus Uria ; the type of the
genus — grylle — is re-named " scapularis." Phaleris Temm. is adopted for the
Starikis, comprehending ;?.?i7^«cM^a, tetracula, cristatella and " pygmaea," the
latter being the same as Gmelin's species of that name. Fratercula Briss. is
adopted for the Puffins, though Synthliboromphus antiquus is included in the
same genus. F. glacialis Leach appears.* Ray's specific name for Mergulus
alle — raelanoleucus— is adopted. Utamania n. g.,-j- based upon A. torda, is in-
stituted ; Alca " pica" is also ranged under it as a valid species, — making its
last appearance upon the ornithological stage. (Species now twenty-three.)

(1827.) Bonaparte, Zoological Journal, iii. — Alca monocerata Pall., redes-
cribed as " Phaleris cerorhynca."

(1828.) Bonaparte, Syn. Birds U. S. in Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. ii. — Alca
monocerata Pall, redescribed as " Cerorhinca occidentalis." In a foot note,
under head of " Phaleris cristatella Temm.," Bonaparte quotes : "Alca cristatella
et pygmaea, crested or flat-billed Auk, Lath. syn. iii. pi. 95, fig. 4. Phaleris
cristatella PI. Color. No. 200. J Alca cristatella Vieill. Gal. Ois. p. 297." (!)

(1828.) Vigors, Zoological Journal, iv. — " Uria brevirostris" named. This is
undoubtedly the young of a previously known species of Brachyrhamphus, but
has never been positively identified. It is usually regarded as the young B.
marmoratus.

(1829.) EscHSCHOLTZ, Zoological Atlas. — Genus Chimerina instituted upon
Alca monocerata, Pall., and the species called " Chimerina cornuta." Genus
Ombria instituted upon Alca psittacula, Pall., upon which Temminck had pre-
viously based his Phaleris.

(1829.) Kaup. . — Genus Cyclorrhynchus instituted upon Alca /Jat^^acwZa

Pall. (Fide G. R. Gray.)

( — ?) Temminck, Planches Color iees. (No. 579). — "Uria" Wurmizusume des-
cribed and figured. (Species now twenty-four.)

(1837.) Brandt, Bull. Sc. Acad. Imper. St. Petersburg, ii. — During the time
between the close of Dr. Pallas' labors and the appearance of Prof. Brandt's
paper, there was a great deal of subdividing and re-arranging of the Alcidse, and
much sawing of the air in a variety of ways; but, beyond the addition of three
species, nothing new or specially noteworthy was put forth. Prof. Brandt
originates a new classification of the Auks, (the first one which lays claim to
any truly scientific character), institutes several new genera, and describes four
new species, besides re-naming some others.

The Auks are primarily divided into two " tribes," called " Pterorhines " and
" Gymnorhines." Under the former are ranged the true Auks, the Guillemots,
and the Sea-dove ; the latter comprehends all the rest of the family. The cha.-
racter is found in the feathering or nakedness of the nostrils. This scheme is
spoken of more at length further on, and therefore need not be here criticised.

♦ This species must have been previously named elsewhere, since Naumann has it in
the Isis in 1821 ; perhaps in the Trans. Linn. Soc. of 1818, or thereabouts,
t Named in 1816.
i PI. Color. No. 200 represents camtschatica Lepechin, not cristatella Pallas.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 7

The new genera are numerous. Of these Brachyrhamphus^ (type marmoratus,)
Lomvia, (type troile,) Synthliboramphus, (type antiquus,) and Ptychoramphus,
(type aleuticus,) are all valid, and were much needed. On the contrary, Tylo-
rhamphuSy (type cristatellus,) Ceratoblepharum, (type arctica,) and Gymnoblepha-
rum, (type cirrhata,) were not called for, being antedated respectively by Simo-
rhynchus Merrem, (1819,) Fratercula Brisson, (1T60,) and Lunda Pallas, (1811.)

The founding of a subgenus, Apobapfon, upon the type of Brachyrhamphus, is
out of order. In the choice of names for the two subdivisions of Uria the au-
thor is unfortunate in taking the specific designation of the types of these ge-
nera, particularly in the case of Lomvia, which must stand for the genus of
which troile is typical, necessitating a change in the specific appellation of one
species of that genus, whose synonymy was already overburdened.

The four new species are Phaleris microcerqs, Brachyrhamphus Wrangelii, B.
brachypierus, and B. Kittlitzii. Of the three last, Wrangelii is only to-day iden-
tified ; the other two remain unknown, except by Brandt's description. Brachyp-
ierus is said to have the tarsi longer than the middle toe, which distinguishes
it from all the known species of the genus. Kittlitzii is evidently a young bird,
and probably not a valid species. It is very near Uria brevirostris, Vigors, if
not the same, and may be the young either of marmorattis or Wrangelii. The
present monograph does not recognize it as valid, leaving only three really
new species to be attributed to Brandt's paper.

Brandt identifies and retains Uria dubia Pall, under name of Phaleris dubius ;
Alca pygmsea Gm. as Uria pusilla Pall., under name of Phaleris pygmaea. Uria
Wurmizusume Temm., PI. Color. 579, is renamed Brachyrhamphus {Synthlibo-
ramphus) Temminckii. Alca monocerata Pall, is renamed Cerorhina " orientalis,"
probably through a lapsus calami for occidentalis Bp. (Species now twenty-
seven.)

(1836.) Bonaparte, Geographical and Comparative List. — Phaleris microceros
Brandt is renamed as Phaleris " nodirostra."

(1839.) Vigors, Zool. Voy. Blossom. — Alca antiqua Gm. is renamed as "Mer-
gulus cirrhocephalus."

(1839.) Audubon, Orn, Biog. v. — Colymbus marmoratus Gm. is renamed
" Uria Townsendii." Audubon's figure of the supposed adult bird may be
really Brachyrhamphus Wrangelii Brandt. His figure of the supposed young is
really the adult B. marmoratus.

(1845.) Gambel, Froc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. — Uria aleutica Pall, is renamed
as " Mergulus Cassinii."

(1849.) Gray and Mitchell, Genera of Birds, iii. — A great blemish is the
inclusion of the Penguins as a subfamily of the Alcidic, coming in between the
Starikis and the Murres. Otherwise the arrangement here adopted of the Al-
cidae is as faultless as any ever proposed. Three subfamilies are recognized :
Alcinse for the true Auks and the Puffins ; Phaleridince for the Starikis ; and
UrincB, for the Guillemots. (This arrangement is noticed further on in con-
nection with Prof. Brandt's paper, under head of the general characters of the
family). Fratercula Briss. is adopted for the Puffins ; Phaleris Temm. for all
the Starikis, except Alca monocerata Pall., for which Cerorhina Bp. is used;
Brachyrhamphus Brandt, in the same acceptation as used by its founder ; Uria
Briss. for the Guillemots ; and Arctica Moehring, for the Sea-doves. Under the
head of the latter, besides alle, are ranged cirrocephalus, Vigors, and Cassinii,
Gambel, with the exception of which, the lists of species are very accurate
and very full. Alca pygmaa Gmel. is identified with Uria puaill a Pallas;
Uria Mandtii Licht. is used for Cepphus columba Pallas.

(1851.) Bonaparte, Proc. Zool. Soc. London. — A now genus and species
described — Sagmatorrhina Lathami, with which Alca labradoria Gm. is
identified. (Species now twenty-eight.)

(1856.) Bonaparte, Comptes Jiendus, xlii. — That portion of the Tableau
1868.]

8 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Comparatif des Pelagiens which regards the Auks represents very nearly the
classification now most in vogue, founded by Mr. G. R. Gray. The family is
divided into three subfamilies—^^cmas, embracing only two species; Phaleridince,
comprising all the Starikis ; and Urinse, including the Guillemots. It is thus
the same as Gray's arrangement, except in excluding the Penguins ; but in its
minor details it is unique in several features. The genus Pinguinus, Bonna-
terre, is adopted, and Alca left for torda. Simorhi/nchus, Merrem, is taken for
its type, (cristatellus) and Phaleris, Temminck, for its type, (psittacula ;) the
other small Phaleridines are ranged under Tylorhamphus Brandt, except micro-
ceros, which is put under Ciceronian Reichenbach. Uria is subdivided into
Lomvia Brandt for the larger species, and " Cephus " Pallas for the smaller
ones. Most of these points are tenable, but some are not. Some very obvious
improprieties are evident in the handling of the species. Thus Bonaparte in-
sists on retaining " occidentalis " and " nodirostra," two names of his own
that he knew were antedated, one by monocerata Pallas, and the other by
microceros^ Brandt. Uria columha is ranged as a synomym of grylle, while
Mandtii is allowed to take its place. The Uria " unicolor " Benicken,
which, according to the best authority, is only a state of plumage of grylle,
is given as a valid species, and referred to a diiferent subgenus. In this
paper, as in others written towards the close of the life of the great ornithol-
ogist, may be discerned an inclination to lead opinion by the mere weight of a
name, or force of personal authority.

(1858.) Cassin, in Baird's Birds of North America. — Bonaparte's article just
spoken of is made the basis, in a general way, of Mr. Cassin 's paper, but with
some important modifications. Only two subfamilies are admitted, Alcinse and
Urinse^ the former comprehending the Auks proper and the Starikis. Chenalo-
pex Moehring is used as a subgeneric appellation for Alca impennis. Harmon
Illiger is used for the Puflins, with Lunda Pall, and Fratercula Briss. as sub-
generic divisions. Phaleris Temm. is employed generically for.the majority of
the Phaleridine forms, with Simorhynchus Merrem, Tylorhamphus Brandt, and
Ciceronia Reichenbach, as subgeneric divisions. The erroneous assignment of
Tylorhamphus is the same as that made by Bonaparte. The forms not included
under Phaleris are each given independent generic rank, A new species of
Cerorhina is described — 0. SucMeyi — for a discussion of which the reader is re-
ferred further on. Among the Urince, the genus Uria Moehring is subdivided,
after Keyserling and Blasius, into two subgenera — Uria proper and Cataractes
Moehring. Brachyrhamphus Brandt is adopted for the Murrelets,* with Apohap-
ton Brandt as a subgenus.

This article treats of all the known species of the family, and is, in fact, a
monograph of the subject, at once very accurate, and, as far as it goes, com-
plete. Excellent descriptions, in most cases original, are given, together with
many synonyms, lists of specimens in the museum of the Smithsonian Insti-
tution and Philadelphia Academy, and critical and explanatory remarks.
Although the present writer does not endorse all of the opinions maintained
in this article, he considers it as by far the best that has ever appeared in
print. (Species now twenty-nine.)

(1859.) Xantus, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. — Brachyrhamphus hypoleucus,
a new species, described. (Species now thirty.)

(1861.) Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. — " A monograph of the genus
Cataractes Moehring," with full lists of synonyms, and very accurate descrip-
tions. The family is named " Plautidfe " after Klein. The genus is considered
in its restricted sense, including only troile Linn., ringvia Briinn., and lomvia
Linn., to which a new species, C. Californicus^ is added. This is a very valua-
ble contribution. (Species now thirty-one.)

* The present writer proposes this English name for the species of Brachyrhamphus.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9

(1862.) Newton, Ibis, Oct. From among the many contributions to the
Natural History of the Great Auk, this admirable paper is selected for special
mention, both as embodying about all that Avas known upon the subject pre^
vious to its publication, and as containing the results of the diligent and care-
ful researches of the author and Mr. J. Wolley, in Iceland. It is probably the
best article upon the subject extant ; to which the reader may refer in full
confidence that he will find an epitome of our present knowledge. Mr. New-
ton is of opinion that the Great Auk may still live. He attributes the extinc-
tion to which it is surely doomed, mainly to direct human interference. The
paper is again referred to, and quoted, in the present memoir. .

(1867.) ScHLEGEL, Catalogue of the Museum of the Pays-Bas, livraison ix.
The article " Alca" is in one sense nearly a monograph of the subject, since
the greater part of the species of the family are represented in the Museum of
the Pays-Bas, and therefore admitted as valid by the author. Unfortunately,
however, the author's ultra-conservatism, on matters specific as well as
generic, does not allow him to keep pace with the progress of science, and as
a consequence, his system of nomenclature and classification is simply curious.
One seeks in vain to divine the reason for the maintenance and expression of
such peculiar views, unless it be the author's intention to administer a sort of
counter-irritant as a remedy against Brehmomania, or to launch a severe
satire against the "furor genericus," and other crying evils of the day. Such
extreme views, if discreetly indulged for either of the charitable purposes just
suggested, are perhaps excusable ; the only question is, whether the remedy is
not worse than the disease.

Aside from its value as a Museum Catalogue, the present article is chiefly
useful for its accurate indications of different stages of plumage, of differences
in dimensions of variable species, and as affording some interesting data in
the way of locality. The *' genus Alca " is made to hold all the Alcinse and
all the Urinse. The Starikis appear under the genus Simorhynchus ; the Puffins
under Lunda. It is impossible to subject this arrangement to criticism, since
in it there is nothing approaching a classification, and arbitrary illogical
opinion is not to be brought under critical review. The common Guillemot
appears as " Alca lomvia," though no point of synomymy is more incontestible
than that its proper specific name is troile. Ringvia is considered as a variety
of the same. Uria columha is not regarded as valid, apparently because the
wing-patch of Uria grylle is well known to vary in its characters. Alca
pygmaea Gm., Uria pusilla Pall, and Phaleris microceros are thrown together
under the common name of " Simorhynchus pygmaeus." Alca tetracula Pall.,
and Uria dubia Pall., are both regarded as the young of cristatellus. Sagma-
torrhina Lathami, Bonaparte, and Cerorhina Suckleyi, Cassin, are both referred
to Alca monocerata, Pallas. Mormon glacialis Leach is not recognized. The
Brachyrhamphi are not included ; but the highly characteristic remark occurs,
(p. 21) "II convient d'^tudier de rechef les oiseaux decrits sous les ^pithetes
de Kittlitzii, Wrangeli et brachyptera, et meme PAlca marmorata " I

(1867.) Salvadori, Descr. Alt. Nuov. Ucc. Mus. di Torino.— Uria Craveri
described. This a new Brachyrhamphus from California, closely allied to B.
hypoleucus. (Species now thirty-two.)

Of the thirty-two species noted in the preceding paragraphs, and held to be
valid, twenty-eight are contained in the various American collections to which
the writer has had access, and are in the present paper identified and described
directly from the specimens themselves. The four species not examined are :
"Uria" dubia Pallas; Brachyramphus hrachypterus Brandt; Sagmatorrhina
Za^Artmi Bonaparte ; and " Uria" Craveri Salvadori. Of the two last the writer
has received some information through private channels, beyond that con-
tained in the published papers ; of the two first he knows nothing, except from
the original descriptions.

1868.]

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

A new and very curious species of Simorhynchus is described in the following
pages, making a total of thirty-three.

II. Of the characters of the Family, and its sub- divisions.

The Auks form a very natural family of birds, distinguished by marked and
unmistakable characters from any other. With a single exception,^ there is
no bird found to present in any notable degree a leaning towards the pecu-
liarities of the Alcidse ; and the members of the family, without exception, pre-
serve intact those characters which define the group so trenchantly, showing
in no single instance a tendency to aberration. The rigidness with which it is
possible to circumscribe the Alcidse is in the highest degree satisfactory, in a
class of animals in which the recognition and definition of subordinate groups
is peculiarly difficult.

The natural place of the family in our ornithotaxis appears as definite as the
characters which separate its forms from other birds. By common consent,
the Alcidse are regarded as next to the lowest of birds. The degradation of the
type or ideal bird which the Auks represent is only carried further in one
family— the Spheniscidse. From the latter, which is at the bottom of the scale,
we ascend one step to Alcidse; another brings us to the Colymhidse and Podici-
pidse. These four families constitute the order Pygopodes, or the Brachypterous
Natatores. The position occupied by the Auks in this order is so evident as
not to admit of question.

It is only necessary to allude to the wings of the Spheniscidse, without dwell-
ing upon the point, to separate this family from the Auks. The tetradactylous
feet of the other two families distinguish them with equal facility. Auks are
brachypterous, brachyurous, tridactylous natatores, with lateral nostrils. This
expression is a perfect diagnosis.

The Auks are confined to the northern hemisphere. Some representatives
have been found as far north as explorers have penetrated. The great major-
ity live in more temperate latitudes. A more or less complete migration takes
place with most species, which stray southward, sometimes to a considerable
distance, in the autumn, and return north again to breed in the spring. A few
species appear nearly stationary. The most southern recorded habitat of any
member of the family is about latitude 21° N., on the Pacific coast of North
America, but this is rather exceptional. The species are very unequally divided
between the two oceans. The Atlantic has but few representatives compared
with the Pacific. On the northern coasts of the latter the family reaches its
highest developement ; the greatest number of species, of the most diversified
forms, are found there, though the number of individuals of any species does
not surpass that of several Atlantic species. Comparatively few species are
common to both oceans. All the members of the family are exclusively ma-
rine.f They are decidedly gregarious, particularly in the breeding season,
when some species congregate in countless numbers. Usually one, often two,
rarely if ever three eggs are laid, either upon the bare rock or ground, or in
crevices between or under rocks, or in burrows excavated for the purpose.
Auks are all altrices, and are believed to be chiefly monogamous. The young
are at first covered with long soft wooly down ; rarely stiffish hairs appear on
some parts. The moult is double. The young of the year usually differ from
the adults ; the latter usually differ in their summer and winter plumages. A
very prevalent feature is the possession of crests or plumes, or elongated fea-
thers of a peculiar shape on the sides of the head. All the species walk badly ;
some scarcely walk at all. The position of the legs with reference to the axis
of the body necessitates an upright position when standing. The birds appear
to rest on their rumps, with the feet extended horizontally before them, most

* The genus Pelecanoides, of the Hdlodrominse (Pi-ocellariidse), in all details of external
form, except those of the bill, is essentially like Mergulus.

t Uria grylle is found on the southern shores of Hudson's Bay; but this fact can hardly
furnish an exception to the statement.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. H

of the tarsus touching the ground. The Puffins, however, and a few others,
stand well on their feet. All the species but one, fly well, with rapid vigorous
motion of the wings, in a straight, firm, well-sustained course. All progress
on or under the water with the utmost facility. They are very silent birds ;
the voice is rough and harsh ; the notes are monotoned. They feed exclusively
upon animal substances procured from the water.

The uniformity of structure which obtains throughout the family has already
been mentioned ; the following paragraphs describe this structure in a general
way, so far as the details of external form are concerned :*

The general form is stout, compact and heavy. The body is depressed, flat-
tened underneath. The neck is short and thick. The head is large and heavy,
usually oval in shape, more or less flattened laterally, more or less drawn out
anteriorly, and sloping gradually on all sides to the bill, but sometimes ending
abruptly. The plumage about the head is very soft, dense, and short, except
those feathers which constitute the peculiar crest or lateral plumes already
mentioned. That of the upper parts is very closely imbricated ; that of the
lower is very thick, compact, elastic, and otherwise eminently fitted to resist
the action of water.-j-

The bill, though constantly preserving certain characteristics, varies to a
remarkable degree in the details of its shape. The broad statement may be
made, that no two speciesj of the family have bills identical in shape. So un-
ending is the variation in the bill, that in some cases great differences in shape
seem of scarcely more than specific consequence, as is especially the case in
the genus Simorhynchus. The bill in the great majority of species is more or
less compressed, sometimes excessively so ; it is frequently, however, nearly as
wide as high at the base, and more or less subulate. The contour of the bill
in many instances deviates from an ordinary standard so much that the shape
may almost be called monstrous. A striking peculiarity of the bill in several
genera is the presence of supernumerary elements or accessory pieces, taking
the form of salient protuberances. These are usually developed on the culmen ;
in one instance on the gonys ; in one at the angle of the rictus ; in several
along the feathered base of the bill. Besides these appendages, there are often
found grooves and ridges on the sides of one or both mandibles. The culmen
is always more or less convex ; in one instance it is bi-convex. The tomiiil
edges of the mandibles are more or less sinuate ; sometimes nearly straight;
usually decurved at the tip, and slightly notched ; in one instance recurved.
The rictus is ample. ^ The mandibular rami approach each other with a very
narrow angle, and soon join, producing a long gonys, which is usually nearly
Straight. One genus has a very convex gonys ; in two others the gonys runs
the whole length of the bill, there being no mandibular rami proper. The bill
is entirely horny, except in two species, in which a soft membrane overlaps the
base of the upper mandible ; and in a third, where a peculiar knob is not
strictly corneous.

Tlie nostrils are basal, lateral, marginal, impervious; usually linear, or nar-
rowly oval ; in a few instances placed further from the commissural edge of
the upper mandible, and nearly circular. The nasal fossae are usually very
evident ; are sometimes hidden by feathers ; at others are wholly wanting.
The extension of the feathers into the nasal fossae varies in degree, when it
occurs. In just about half the species the nostrils are naked ; these usually
have no true nasal fossae. In the other half fossae occur; entirely obtected by
feathers in three genera ; partially covered in the rest. The significance of
these features will receive further attention below.

• The writer hopes to bring forward, at some future time, a memoU" on the anatomy of
the family.

iCf. NltzHoh'8 PtGrylocraphy for ptorylosis of Utamania tarda.
Ih f/rta riw/ZDia speeiflnally distinct from U.lroilef
In two genera, in whicli the ex(!OH.sive compression of tl»o bill produces a very con-
stricted riutuH, its aniplitioation in pa-ovided for by means of a dilatable skin at the angle
of the mouth.

1868.]

12 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The wings are short. In no instance do they, when folded, reach to the end
of the tail. In one species they are so undeveloped in their terminal segments*
that the power of flight is abrogated. The first primary is always longest ; the
rest rapidly and regularly graduated ; all taper to a sufficiently fine point. The
secondaries are very short, and broadly rounded. The primary coverts are
very long, reaching much more than half-way from the carpus to the end of
the first primary. The first row of secondary coverts reach nearly to the end
of the secondaries. The under wing coverts are very long. The axillars are
short or wanting. The wing as a whole is convex above, concave below, nar-
row, sharp, stiff, somewhat falcate. These points of structure are constant
throughout the family.

The tail is very short ; its length is contained, on an average, about three
times in the length of wing from the carpal joint. It is usually slightly round-
ed, sometimes nearly square, in a few instances pointed ; in a few more the
central rectrices are slightly shorter than the next pair. The individual feathers
are usually very obtuse at the end. Both sets of coverts are long ; the inferior
usually reach nearly or qiiite to the end of the tail.

The feet are small, and placed far back, as has been said. The thighs are
contained within the general skin of the body. The legs are feathered nearly
or quite to the tibio-tarsal joint. The tarsus is short, sometimes excessively
abbreviated, rarely equal to the middle toe without its claw, never (?f ) longer.
It is usually much compressed, is sometimes almost as sharp as that of Colym-
bus, is frequently nearly as broad laterally as antero-posteriorly. Its covering
varies with different genera. It is usually reticulate behind and laterally, with
a row of scutellaj in front, which rarely, however, if ever, extend its whole
length. In some genera it is entirely reticulate ; in others, the scutellation
extends on one or both sides. The tarsal envelope varies so much that it is
not available as a character for subdivisions higher than generic. The toes
are very long; the outer and middle always of nearly the same length ; the
inner shorter, its claw just reaching the base of the middle claw. There is no
hind toe. Dissection reveals the rudiment of a hallux, which, however, is never
developed sufficiently to make even a well-marked prominence. The webbing
of the toes is complete. The claws are all moderately arched, compressed and
acute ; the inner edge of the middle is more or less dilated ; the middle is al-
ways the largest, except in two genera, which present the peculiarity of having
a very large semi-circular inner lateral claw, which, moreover, lies horizon-
tally instead of vertically.

That rigid adherence to the type of structure just described which all the
species maintain, while facilitating the recognition of the family as a family, is
a serious obstacle in the way of defining its subdivisions with precision. With
no very abrupt transition from one form to another, and without any very
marked modification of general features, the minor groups seem to be formed
mainly by the varying combination of the few differences in structure which
obtain in the family. The assemblage of characters, rather than the presence
or absence of particular features, in most cases determines the genera ; and no
two species are absolutely alike in all points of form.

" Facies non omnibus una,

Nee diversatamen, qualis decet esse sororum."

In one of the ablest papers that has appeared upon this subject, Professor

Brandt divides the Alcidse into two subfamilies : those with feathered, and

those with naked nostrils. In this arrangement the Guillemots stand next to

the typical Auk — ,4. torda. Viewed from any other standpoint the two forms

*Cf. Mr. A. Newton's article in the " Ibis " for October, 1862. As there stated, the hu-
merus of AIca impmnis is of normal size; the antibrachium, carpus and metacarpus, and
their quills, are shortened.

^Brachyrhamplms brachypteiiis is said by Brandt to have the tarsus longer than the middle
toe.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

appear to represent the extremes of structure in the family ; particularly in
regard to the bill, cultriform in one, subulate in the other. The two types are
by most authors placed at opposite ends of the generic chain, and separated
by all the Starikis. Attentive consideration of all the bearings of the case
may very likely result in the opinion, held by the present writer, that the dif-
ference between the views of Prof. Brandt and other writers is rather apparent
than real. It should be borne in mind that th« Alcidse are a family very rigid-
ly circumscribed, and one showing no tendency to aberration, or to connect
itself intimately with the families standing next to it on either side. Whether as
cause or consequence of this, the fact is indisputable, that the genera of Alcidse
are not strung along in a chain whose ends seem as it were to be linked with
the genera of other families ; they tend, on the contrary, to aggregation in a
circle about a common centre. We may take any genus — it matters not
which — we shall find its closest ally to the right and to the left; and the cir-
cuit shall be complete when all the genera have been considered. To illustrate
this point : Prof. Brandt, like all other writers, takes the typical Alca as his
starting point. With the feathering of the nostrils as a fundamental feature,
Uria and its subdivisions must come next, then Brachyrhamphus ; this leading
through Mergul'is into the true Phaleridines, \>j means of Plychoramphus. Be-
ginning with those Phaleridines with the simplest bills, he progresses to those
with more complex bills, ending with Ombria, which last, through C'erorhina,
conducts to Fratercula, which ends the series. There is nothing strained or
forced in this ; the succession of the genera is perfectly natural. But it so
happens that Fratercula is as closely, or even more closely, allied to Alca pro-
per than Uria is. We cannot disturb in any essential degree the generic series
of Prof. Brandt, but we could with entire propriety go directly from Alca to
Fratercula^ and thence backwards over the same track, ending with Uria^
which would then be at the opposite extreme of the series. It is asserted,
without fear of reasonable contradiction, that to begin anywhere in this natural
series of genera and progress through it, is to be brought back to the starting
point

It is not, perhaps, possible to divide this generic circle without the exercise
of some arbitrary jurisdiction. If there be included in it two or more sub-
families capable of precise definition, the fact has eluded the writer's research.
There are, however, in the series two places where a dividing line may be
drawn. Prof. Brandt drew but one, relying upon the single character which he
found to apply so well, albeit it may be an arbitrary one. Other writers have
made likewise but two subfamilies, differently framed however ; the Alcinie, in-
cluding the true Auks, together with the Phaleridine forms, united because of
their short, stout, high bills ; and the Urinx, separated on the ground of their
long, slender subulate bills. Others again, particularly Mr. G. R. Gray and
Prince Bonaparte, have drawn two lines, recognizing three subfamilies ; and
this course appears to be the one that holds closest to nature, provided the
family be really susceptible of subdivisions higher than generic. By simply
reducing Prof Brandt's fundamental character to the level of one drawn from
the general structure of the bill, three subfamilies stand forth with tolerable
distinctness. The Alcinse have feathered nostrils and cultriform bills ; the
PhaleridintB, naked nostrils and cultriform bills; the Urinae, feathered nostrils
and subulate bills. This certainly appears to be a distinction with a difference,
and will be so held in the present paper.

The arrangement of the Alcidce here submitted is a modification of Professor
Brandt's, providing for the recognition of three in place of two subfamilies.
In this particular it is substantially the same as Mr. Gray's, but the sequence
of the genera is entirely different, and is nearly that of the first mentioned
author. Beginning with typical Alca it passes to Fratercula, and ends with
Lomvia, instead of passing to Lomvia and ending with Fratercula. But in
either case the collocation of the genera is essentially the same. It is believed

1868.]

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

that this sequence of geaera cannot be broken in upon to any considerable
degree, without the rupture of a natural series as a consequence.

Family ALCID^.
Ch. — Tridactylous, brachypterous, brachyurous Natatores, with lateral
nostrils.

A, — Subfamily Alcin^. — Not crested; with feathered nostrils; compressed
cultriform bill, much higher than wide at base, without appendages, but
grooved on the sides ; tail pointed.

1. Alca. — Wings rudimental, not admitting of flight.

2. Utamania. — Wings fully developed, admitting of flight.

B. — Subfamily Phaleridin^. — Usually crested, or with elongated feathers
on head ; with naked nostrils ; bill variable, always compressed, higher than
wide at the base, often with appendages ; tail nearly even.

3. Fratercula. — Inner lateral claw very large, semi-circular, acute, hori-
zontal ; bill excessively thin, its base ridged, its culmen simple, with one
curve; under mandible grooved ; no crest; palpebral appendages ; a furrow
in plumage behind eyes ; tarsi anteriorly scutellate.

4. Lunda. — As in Fratercula; culmen with an accessory piece, and two
curves ; under mandible smooth ; long crests ; no furrow in plumage ; no
palpebral appendages.

5. Ceratorhyncha. — Inner lateral claw normal ; bill without a basal rim ;
base of upper mandible with a prominent upright horn ; i-ami of lower man-
dible with an accessory piece ; head with elongated feathers ; tarsus ante-
riorly scutellate.

6. Sagmatorrhina. — Base of upper mandible overlapped by a soft mem-
brane ; no accessory piece on lower mandible ; otherwise as in Ceratorhyncha.

7. Simorhynchus. — Bill variable, usually with irregular outline or with
appendages ; head with a crest or elongate feathers ; tarsi reticulate.

8. Ptychorhamphus. — Bill stout, conico-elongate, wide at base, acute at tip ;
base of upper mandible with transverse striae ; upper border of nostrils
dilated, flaring ; no crests.

C. — Subfamily Urin^. — Nostrils more or less completely feathered; bill
elongated, more or less slender and subulate, without appendages or vertical
grooves ; head not crested, (except in one species.)

9. Mergulus. — Nostrils nearly circular, not completely feathered ; bill
stoutest and shortest in this section ; tail much graduated ; tarsi scarcely
compressed, anteriorly broadly scutellate.

10. Synthliborhamphus. — Nostrils broadly oval, incompletely feathered ; bill
stoutish, but much compressed ; tail nearly even ; tarsi excessively com-
pressed, anteriorly and internally scutellate.

11. Brachyrhamphus. — Nostrils oval, feathered ; bill small, very slender;
tail short, little graduated ; tarsi reticulate, very small and slender, not
compressed.

12. Uria. — Bill about equal to tarsus ; gonys half the culmen ; nasal fossae
wide aad deep, not entirely filled with feathers ; upper mandible with no
groove at tip ; outer lateral claw grooved ; tail contained 2^ times in the
wing; tarsi reticulate; no fuiTow in plumage of head.

13. Lomvia. — Bill much longer than tarsus ; gonys much more than half
the culmen; nasal fossae long and narrow, completely feathered; upper
mandible with a groove at tip ; outer lateral claw smooth ; tail contained
3* times in wing ; tarsi anteriorly scutellate ; a furrow in plumage behind
the eyes.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

* III. — Descriptions of Genera and Species.

1. Subfamily ALCiNiK.

ALCA, Linnseus.

Chenalopez, Moehring, Av. Gen. 1762, p. 65, No. 68.
Alca^ Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. 17.^8 ; and of authors.
Pinguinus^ Bonnaterre, Ency. Method. Orn. 1790, p. 28.

Size largest in the family. Form heavy, compact, robust. Head large,
ovate, produced forwards. Neck moderately long, thick. Wings morpho-
logically perfect, teleologically rudimental, not admitting of flight, in length
from carpal joint to end of longest primary scarcely twice as long as tail ; when
folded not reaching the tail. Tail short, pointed. Legs short and stout.
Webs broad and full. Tarsi compressed ; their anterior ridge and superior
surfaces of toes scutellate, lateral and posterior aspects reticulate, the plates
on the latter very small. Tibiae feathered nearly to the joint. Bill about as
long as the head, large, strong, very deep, exceedingly compressed. Upper
mandible with culraen about straight for half its length, then regularly con-
vex, tip obtuse, declinate, scarcely overhanging; a deep groove on its side at
base, parallel with the outline of feathers ; its side then perfectly smooth for a
space, then deeply impressed with six to ten oblique curved sulci. Gape very
large, running far back ; line of commissure nearly following that of culmen.
Eminentia symphysis slight; gonys nearly straight. Lower mandible two-
thirds as deep as upper, its sides impressed with six to ten straight, vertical
sulci. Feathers about base of mandibles short, very compact: extending
downwards from base of culmen, a little forwards, to commissural edge of
upper mandible ; reaching much further on sides of lower mandible ; wholly
covering the moderately long, very narrowly linear, impervious nostrils, which
are situated just above the commissure.

It is unnecessary to compare this genus with any other. Utamania, most
closely allied, is at once distinguished by its teleologically perfect wings,
though nearly identical with Alca in other points of structure. The only
known representative of the genus is remarkable, both for its large size, and
for not possessing the power of flight, in consequence of which it may be said
to represent, in the Northern Hemisphere, the numerous Penguins of the
Southern. By many ornithologists it is believed to have very recently become
nearly or quite extinct.

Rigid adherence to the law of priority would necessitate the use of a differ-
ent name for this genus. " Alca" was first applied by Linnajus, in 1744, to the
genus of which the bird now called Fratercula or Mormon arcticus is typical ;
and even as used by Linnaeus in 1758 it has torda as its recognized type, ac-
cording to that rule which regards the species first mentioned as type, when
none is otherwise indicated ; so that it cannot, with strict propriety, be used
at all in this connection. But the name has become so firmly established by
common consent and long usage, that it would be ruthless, as well as profit-
less, to attempt its supercedure by Chenalopez of Moehring, 1752 ; particularly
as this latter word has come into extensive employ for an Anserine genus.
The genus Alca^ as framed by Linnaeus in 1758, included both torda and im-
pennis ; and when restricted, by the generic separation of these two types, there
seems no good reason why the first mentioned should be regarded as more
peculiarly typical of the genus than the last. Should Alca be reserved for
Fratercula arctica, or for Utamania torda, it will be apparent that numerous un-
warrantable innovations necessarily follow ; while its employ in connection
with impennis entails no such consequences.

Alca impennis Linn.
Chenalopez, M(chring, Av. Gen. 1762, p. 65, No. 68. "Rostrum conoides,
conuexum, ad latera compressum, aliquot sulcis transuersis caualicula-

1868.]

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

turn," etc. Quotes Anser magellanicus, Clus. Worm. Rail, Will. Orn. 242,
and Alcse species^ Linn. ed. vi, gen. 52.
Alca [Chenalopex) impennis^ Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 900.
Mergus americanus, " Charleton, Onom. Zoic. p. 96, No. 10." "^Jieremb. Exot.

lib. 10, c. 2T," fide Donndorff. Not Mergus americanus Cassin, 1853.
Alca major ^ Brisson, Ornithologia, vi, 1760, p. 85, pi. 7.

Alca impenniSj Linnaeus, S. N. ed. x, 1758, p. 130, No. 2. Id. ibid. ed. xii, 1766,
p. 210, No. 2. Quotes Alca major Briss. and Mergus americanus Clus. Exot.
103. Brunnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 26, No. 105. Gmelin, S. N. 1788, i, pt.
ii, p. 550, No. 3. Lath. Ind. Orn. ii, 1790, p. 791, No. 1. Donndorff, Bey-
trage Zoologische, ii, pt. i, 1794, p. 817. Sander, Grosse u. Schonh. Natur.
i, p, 243. Hermann, Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 150. Temminck, Man. Orn. ii, 1820,
p. 939. Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii, 1825, p. 51. Bonaparte, Synop-
sis, 1828, p. 432. Audubon, Orn. Biogr. 1838, iv, p. 316. Brandt, Bull.
Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 345. Fleming, Hist. Brit. Anim. 1842, p. 129.
Gray, Genera Birds, iii, 1849, p. 637. Thompson, Nat. Hist. Trelaqd, 1851, iii,
p. 238. Macgillivray, Hist. Brit. Birds, 1852, ii, p. 359. Steenstrup, "Vi-
densk. Middell. for Aaret, 1855; Kjobenhavn, 1856—57, pp. 33—116."

Newton, Ibis, 1862, p. , (Historical.) Schlegel, Urinatores Mus. Pays-

Bas, livr. ix, 1867, p. 13.
Pinguinus impennis, Bonnaterre, Ency. Method. Orn. 1 790, p. 29. Bonaparte,
Consp. Gav. Comptes Rendus, 1856, p. 774.

Description (from the specimen in the Philada. Acad.) — The white spot be-
tween the eye and bill is ovate in shape, its upper border a little straightened,
its small end towards, but not quite reaching, the bill, its large end extending
to, but not around, the eye ; the width of the black space between it and its
fellow is rather more than half an inch. The back is dusky-black ; other dark-
colored parts with a good deal of clear brown, especially on the head. The
under parts, including the tail coverts, are white, this color running far up on
the front of the neck in a narrowly acute angle. The under wing coverts are
ashy-gray. The secondaries are narrowly but distinctly tipped with white.
The bill is deep black, its sulci dull white. The feet are dark, their precise
color at present undefinable.

Dimensions. — "Length about 30 inches ;" wing 5-75 ; tail about 3-00; bill
along gape 4-25; chord of culmen 3-15; greatest width of bill -de; greatest
depth of upper mandible 1-00, of lower -66 ; tarsus 1-66 ; middle toe and claw
3-25 ; outer 3-00 ; inner 2-25.

The occurrence of this species on the coast of North America has not been
authenticated of late years. Perhaps the last instance on record is that given
by Audubon on page 316 of the fourth volume of " Ornithological Biography."
"The only authentic account of the occurrence of this bird on our coast that I
possess, was obtained from Mr. Henry Havell, brother of my engraver, who,
when on his passage from New York to England, hooked a Great Auk on the
banks of Newfoundland, in extremely boisterous weather." This specimen was
not preserved. " When I was in Labrador," continues Audubon, " many of
the fishermen assured me that the ' Penguin,' as they name this bird, breeds on
a low rocky island to the south-east of Newfoundland." The present writer
received similar assurances when in Labrador in 1860 — the place designated
being the " Funks." Audubon also states that " an old gunner residing on
Chelsea Beach, near Boston, told me that he well remembered the time when
the penguins were plentiful about Nahant and some other islands in the Bay."
Two specimens only are known to exist in any American museum. One is
in the Philadelphia Academy; its history is uncertain. The other, in the
Vassar College, at Poughkeepsie, N. Y., is the original of Audubon's plate and
description, as stated in the following note from Prof. Sanborn Tenny, favored
in reply to questions regarding it : " The Great Auk, presented to Vassar Col-
lege by J. P. Giraud, Jr., Esq., is in a perfect state of preservation. This spe-
cimen is the one from which Audubon made his drawing, and it was presented

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

to Giraud by Audubon himself. Neither Giraud nor myself has further know-
ledge of it than what is contained in Audubon's works.''

Concerning Mr. Audubon's specimen, Mr. Cassin remarks (B. N. A., p. 901),
that it was " obtained by him (Mr. A.) on the banks of Newfoundland ;" upon
which statement Mr. A. Newton (Ibis, Oct., 1862) observes: "In 1857 I was
assured by Mr. Bell, the well-known taxidermist at New York, who knew Mr.
Audubon intimately, that he never possessed but one specimen of this bird ;
and if we turn to Prof. MacGillivray's ' History of British Birds ' (vol. v. p. 359),
we find him saying that he never saw but two examples of the species, one in
the British Museum, and ' the other belonging to Mr. Audubon, and procured
by him in London.' " This serves to throw some little light on the history of
the specimen now in the Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.

In the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for 1864, p. 235, is given, by
Mr. Robert Champley, "a list of the present possessors of the birds, skeletons
and eggs of the Alca impennis ;" this gentleman being cognizant of the exist-
ence of twenty-seven skins, six skeletons, and fifty-three eggs. Dr. G. Hart-
laub (Bericht iib. d. Leist. in d. Naturg. der Vogel for 1864) remarks upon this
enumeration : " Es ist dieses Verzeichniss indessen sehr unvollstandig. So z.
B. geschicht des schonen Exemplares der Bremer Sammlung so wie des pracht-
voUen Ei's im Museum zu Oldenbung keine Erwahnung." Mr. A. Newton,
on the subject of existing specimens, has (1. c.) the following: "If all the
stories we received can be credited, the whole number would reach eighty-
seven. I should imagine sixty to be about the real amount ;" and again : " It
is pretty evident that most of the specimens of the Great Auk and its eggs,
which now exist in collections, were obtained from Eldey between the years
1830 and 1844.*

Two eggs are contained in the Philadelphia Academy's collection.

Mr. Alfred Newton's paper in the "Ibis" for October, 1862, entitled "Ab-
stract of Mr. J. WoUey's Researches in Iceland respecting the Gare-Fowl or
Great Auk (Alca impennis, Linn.)," is exceedingly valuable, being one of the
most complete and satisfactory histories of the bird ever published; and may
be consulted with the greatest pleasure and profit. The writer is at special
pains to correct the very prevalent erroneous impression, that the Great Auk
is a bird of high latitudes. His researches warrant his belief that " the Gare-
fowl has probably never once occurred within the arctic circle." Mr. Selby's
statement (Brit. Orn., ii. p. 433) of its occurrence in Spitzbergen is shown to
be unfounded ; and notices of its occurrence in Northern Norway and in Green-
land are proven to be not wholly worthy of confidence. Mr. Newton brings
his extremely interesting history of the bird, as an inhabitant of Iceland, down
to the year 1844, when the last birds known to have occurred were caught and
killed ; and as these may be regarded by some as the last of their race, he gives
the particulars of their capture. Mr. Wolley and himself obtained many spe-
cimens of bones, but found no traces of the living birds, though he says : " I
think there is yet a chance of the Great Auk still existing in Iceland."

UTAMANIA Leach.

Alca, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. 1768 ; and of most authors. Type A. torda L.
Diomedea, Scopoli, 1777, fide G. R. Gray. Not of authors.
Torda, Dumeril, Zool. Anal. etc. 1806. Same type.

Ulamania, Leach, " Syst. Cat. etc. 1816 ;" Steph. Cont. Shaw's Gen. Zool.
xiii. 1825; and of many authors. Same type.
Size moderate ; form stout, compact, heavy ; head moderate, anteriorly pro-
duced, neck thick. Wings of moderate length, but fully developed, admitting

♦"Lists of these, which are in the main correct, though 1 know of a few that are omitted,
have lately appeared in the 'Zoologist' for the present year [1862], pp. 73fi3 and 738»i, nud
almost simultaneously in the 'Field' newspaper (Noh. 423 and 424, pp. 93, 114). Further
remarks on them will be found in the former journal (pp. 7387 and 7438j."— Newton, 1. c.

1868.] 2

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

of flight, reaching when folded beyond base of tail ; more than twice as long
as tail from carpal joint to end of longest primary. Tail rather short, pointed,
of somewhat stiffened, acuminate feathers, of which the central pair are elon-
gated and tapering. Legs short, stout ; tibiae bare for a short space above joint ;
tarsi compressed, anteriorly with a single row of scutellae, posteriorly and late-
rally finely reticulate, shorter than the middle toe. Toes long, outer nearly
equal to middle, inner much shorter ; interdigital membranes broad and full ;
claws short, stout, obtuse. Bill about as long as head, densely feathered for
half its length ; feathers on upper mandible extending beyond middle of com-
missure, nearly as far as those on lower mandible. Bill greatly compressed,
its sides flat, with several transverse sulci, its culmen ridged, regularly con-
vex ; tip of upper mandible declinate, rather acute ; its base encircled by a pro-
minent ridge ; gonys about straight ; commissure straight to tip, then sudden-
ly deflected. Nostrils just above cutting edge of bill, in its feathered portion,
just posterior to basal ridge, impervious, narrowly linear.

Comprising a single species, upon the varying plumages of which numerous
nominal species were established by the earlier authors. The employ of the
present name for the genus, instead of Alca of Linnaeus, 1758, is perhaps de-
fensible, upon the grounds alluded to ; although the reason for the non-accept-
ance by authors of Torda of Dumdril as a generic designation is not apparent.
It would be easy to find, among the synonyms of the species, a trivial name
to replace Torda, should it become necessary to use this as a patronym.

Utamania torda, [L.) Leach.

Alca torda, Linnaeus, S. N. ed. x. 1758, i, p. 130, adult. Id. ibid. ed. xii. 1766,
i. p. 210 ; adult. Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 25, No. 100 ; adult. Gmelin,
S. N. i. pt. ii. 1788, p. 551. Latham, Ind. Orn. ii. 1790, p. 793, No. 5. Donn-
dorff, Beytr. Zool. ii. pt. i. p. 819. Scopoli, Bemerk. Naturg. i. p. 81, No.
94. Miiller, Zool. dan. Prodr. p. 16, No. 136. Pallas, Zoogr. R.-A. ii. 1811,
p. 360. Temminck, Man Orn. ii. 1820, p. 936. Bonaparte, Synopsis, 1828,
p. 431. Audubon, Orn. Biogr. iii. 1835, p. 112; v. p. 428, pi. 214. Gould,
B. Eur. V. 1837, p. pi. 401. Brandt, Bull. Acad. St.-Petersb. ii. 1837, p.
345. Peabody, Rep. Nat. Hist. Massach. 1840, ii.. Birds, p. 401. Fleming,
Hist. Brit. Anim. 1842, p. 130. Gray, Genera Birds, iii. 1849, p. 637. Thomp-
son, Nat. Hist. Ireland, iii. 1851, p. 235. Bonaparte, Consp. Gav. Comptes
Rend. 1856. Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. May, 1861, p. 73. Schlegel,
Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, 1867, p. 13. Samuels, Ornith. and 061. of New
England, 1867, p 564.

Alca [Utamania) torda, Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 901.

Pinguinus torda, Bonnaterre, Ency. Method. Orn. 1790, p. 29.

Utamania torda. Leach, Stephens. Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii. 1825, p. 27 ; quotes
^^Alca Hoieri, Ray, Syn. 119." Macgillivray, Hist. Brit. Birds, ii. 1852, p. 346.
Coues, Pr. A. N. S. Philada. Aug. 1861, p. 249. Boardman, Pr. Bost. S. N.
H. Sept. 1862, p. 131. Verrill, ibid. Oct. 1862, p. 142. Verrill, Proc. Essex
Inst. iii. 1863, p. 160.

Alca pica, Linnaeus, S.N. ed. xii. i. 1766, p. 210 ; immature or winter plumage.
Pallas, Spic. Zool v. 1769, p. 12. Fabricius, Fn. Groen, 1780, No. 51. Gme-
lin, S.N. i. pt. ii. 1788, p. 551. Latham, Ind. Orn. ii. 1790, p. 793, No. 5 ;
var. /? and y. Donndortf, Beytr. Zool. ii. pt. i. 1794, p. 818; quotes '■'■ Mergns
Bellonii, Johnston, Av. p. 225." Muller, Zool. Prodr. p. 17, No. 138.
Hermann, Tab. Affin. Anim. p. 225. Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. 1811, ii. p. 361.

Pinguinus pica, Bonnaterre, Ency. Method. Orn. 1790, p. 30.

Utamania pica, Leach, Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii. 1825, p. 30.

Alca balthica, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 25, No. 101; immature, wanting
white line from eye to bill. Gmelin, S. N. i. pt. ii. 1788, p. 551. Miiller,
Prodr. Zool. p. 17, No. 137. Donndorff, Beytr. Zool. ii. pt. i. 1794, p. 819.

Alca unisulcata, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 25, No. 102; young, not having
obtained full size and markings of bill.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

Alca minor, Brisson, Ornithologia, vi. 1160, p. 92, No. 3, pi. 8, fig. 2.
Alea glacialis et microrhyncka, Brehm.

Habitat. — European and American coasts of the Atlantic, from the higher
latitudes, in summer, to the 40°, or thereabouts, in winter. Very abundant.
Specimens in all the American museums, and most private collections. Breeds
in great numbers on the islands in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and on the coasts
of Labrador and Newfoundland ; in winter strays south to New Jersey. Arctic
seas of both hemispheres. Rare, or accidental in the North Pacific. Japan !
(Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas.)

Adult, in summer. — Iris bluish. Mouth chrome yellow. Bill, feet and claws
black ; the former with a conspicuous curved vertical white line occupying the
middle sulcus of both mandibles, continuous from one to the other. A straight,
narrow, very conspicuous white line from eye to base of culmen, composed of
a series of very short stitf setaceous feathers, sunk below the level of the others.
Secondaries narrowly but distinctly tipped with white. Head and neck all
around, and entire upper parts black ; this on the sides of the head, chin and
throat lustreless, velvety, tinged with fuliginous or brownish ; on the upper
parts glossy and more intense in color. Inner webs of primaries light brownish-
gray at base. Entire under parts from the throat, including under surfaces of
wings white. •

Adult in winter. — Upper parts lighter, duller, more brownish-black ; the white
of the under parts extending to the bill, and on the sides of the head and neck,
sometimes quite to the nape.

Young, first winter — Similar to the preceding ; smaller, the bill weaker,
shorter, less elevated, less decurved at the tip, the culmen, rictus .' nd gonys
straighter, the sides of both mandibles smooth, except in the presence of one
sulcus ; bill brownish-black, the sulcus white. Legs and feet reddish or
brownish-black.

Fledgelings. — Billvery small and slender ; body clothed with smoky brown or
black down, lighter, or tending more or less to grayish-white below.

The white stripe from the eyes to the bill is very variable, though present in
the great majority of individuals. It always exists in the adults in summer
plumage, but is sometimes absent in specimens, apparently perfectly adult, in
winter plumage. Its presence does not seem to be amenable to any very gene-
ral or constant law : since it may be very evident in very young birds, not yet
fully fledged, and again absent in apparently mature specimens, as just stated.
In winter specimens it is frequently interrupted and irregular, wanting the
sharpness of definition which it has in all cases of adult specimens in summer
vesture.

Dimensions: Adult. — Length (average) 18-00, extent about 27-00, wing 7-75, tail
3-50, difference between outer and inner feathers 1-25 ; tarsus 1*25 ; middle toe
and claw 2-00, outer do. the same, inner do. 1-40 ; chord of culmen 1-30, its
curve 1-50 ; rictus 2-25 ; gonys -75 ; nostrils to tip -85 ; greatest depth of bill,
(just anterior to nostrils,) -90; greatest width of the corneous portion -30.

youn^.— Length 15-00; extent 2200; wing 7-00; tail 3-00; tarsus 1-00;
chord of culmen 100; rictus 1-75, gonys -60; greatest depth of bill -60;
greatest width -20.

No one of the many synonyms of this species involves any doubtful point,
all being based upon the winter plumage, or upon the absence of the white
line, or upon an undeveloped condition of the bill. " Alca pica" was the
most firmly established of these, having held its ground until 1825 or there-
abouts.

2. Subfamily Phalkridin.b.
FRATERCULA, Brisson.

Alca, L'mnm\s,Syst. Nat. 1744; and in part of subsequent editions ; and of
the older authors.

1868.]

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Spheniscus, Moehring, Av. Gen. 1752. Not of authors.

Fratercula, Brisson, Ornith, 1760 ; and of many authors.

Lunda, Pallas, Zoog. R-A. 1811 ; in part.

Mormon, Illiger, Prodromus, 1811 ; and of most authors. Type Alca

arctica L.
Larva, Vieillot, Analyse, 1816. (Type Alca arctica L. fide Gray).
Geratoblepharum, Brandt, Bull. Acad. Imper. St. Petersb. ii. 1837, p. 348. Type
Alca arctica L.
Bill rather longer than the head, or than the middle toe and claw, nearly as
high at the base as long, exceedingly compressed, the sides nearly vertical, the
base of the upper mandible with an elevated horny ridge, entirely surrounding
it ; the basal moiety of the upper mandible with its sides perfectly smooth,
forming an elongated oblique triangle with two curved sides ; terminal moiety
with three or four deep very oblique curved grooves, from commissure to
culmen, their convexity looking forwards. Under mandible without a basal
ridge, the basal moiety smooth, the terminal with grooves, in continuation of
those of the upper mandible. Culmen commencing on a level with the fore-
head, thence regularly declinate, very convex, with unbroken curve, its ridge
sharp, the tip acutely pointed, overhanging. Rictus perfectly straight, except
at the end ; the angle of the mouth occupied by a circular callosity of mem-
branous tissue; gonys ascending, slightly sinuate, the keel sharp, terminating
posteriorly in a thin, elongated, almost hamular process. Nostrils placed just
over the commissure, linear, long, reaching nearly across the base of the
smooth triangular space of the upper mandible. No nasal fossae ; both eyelids
furnished with prominent callosities, in one species developing into a slender
acute process. No crest ; a peculiar furrow in the plumage behind the eyes,
as in Lomvia. "Wings of ordinary length and shape. Tail contained two and
three-fifths times in the wing; the lateral feathers slightly graduated, the cen-
tral pair shorter than the next ones. Tarsus very short, only equal to the inner
toe without its claw ; stout, scarcely compressed, covered with minute reticu-
lations, except for a short space in front, which is scutellate. Outer toe about
equal to the middle ; its claw shorter than that of the middle ; middle claw
much dilated on the inner edge ; middle and outer claws slightly curved, not
very acute, upright ; inner claw very large, greatly curved, forming a semi-
circle, exceedingly acute, usually lying horizontal, not upright.*

A very peculiar, though well known genus of Alcidse, without an intimate
ally except Lunda. The essential characters lie in the structure and config-
uration of the bill, the rictal and palpebral appendages, and the shape and po-
sition of the inner claw ; although there are other features involved. Lunda
is crested, with no furrow in the plumage, no palpebral appendages, and a
very differently shaped bill.

Three distinct species represent the genus, as far as known. They are
all peculiarly boreal birds, not coming far south even in winter. One is ex-
tremely abundant on the shores of the North Atlantic ; another inhabits the
North Pacific exclusively ; another is more particularly a denizen of the Arctic
Ocean at large. They may readily be distinguished as follows :

Species, (3).
I. A slender acute upright horn on the upper eyelid. Black of

throat extending to bill 1. corniculaia.

* The peculiar position, no less than unusual shape of the inner claw of this genus is a
strongly-marked character, not found in any other except Lunda. The great curvature
and extreme sharpness of the claw could not be maintained were it vertically placed like
the other claws, as it would be worn down by constant impaction against the rocks which
the birds habitually alight upon. But in the usual attitudes and movements of the birds
it lies perfectly flat on its side, and is so preserved intact. The birds make great use of
this claw in digging their burrows or in fighting; and the preservation of the instrument
for these purposes IS evidently the ulterior design of the peculiar direction of its axis.
The birds have the power of bringing it, on occasion for use, into a vertical position.
These facts, mayhap, are not generally known. See Pr, A. N. S., Phila., 1861, p. 254.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

II. A short blunt process on the upper eyelid. A black ring
around the neck, not extending to bill.

Bill moderate; chord of culmen 2-00, the curve 2-10,
the ordinate -30 ; depth at base 1*40 (average), wing

6*50 2. arctica.

Bill large ; chord of culmen 240, the curve 2'60, the or-
dinate -45; depth at base l-lO (average), wing 7-25... 3. glacialis.

Fratercula. arctica (L.) Steph,

Alca arctioi, Linnaeus, S. N. x. ed. 1758, i. p. 130, n. 3. Linnaeus, S. N. xii.

ed. 1766, i. p. 2Ii, n. 3. Quotes Anas arctica, Clus., Lunda, Gesner,

Pica marina, Ray, Psittacus marinus, Anders. Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764,

p. 25, No. 103. Gmelin, S. N. i. pt. ii. 1788, p. 549, No. 4. Latham, Ind.

Orn. ii. 1790, p. 792, No. 3. Blumenbach, Handb. Naturg. p. 228, No. 1.

Miiller, Prodr. Zool. p. 17, No. 140. Hermann, Tab. Affin. Anim. p. 150.

Donndorff, Beytr. Zool. ii. pt. i. 1794, p. 815.
Ltmda arctica, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. 1811, ii. p. 365, pi. 83. Schlegel, Urinatores

Mus. Pay-Bas. livr. ix. 1867, p. 28. (In part. Confounds glacialis Leach

with the present species.)
Fratercula arctica, Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii. 1825, p. 37. Quotes

^'labradora Gm. Lath." as syn. Fleming, Hist. Brit. Anim. 1842, p. 130.

Thompson, Nat. Hist. Ireland, iii. 1851, p. 221. Gray, Gen. Birds, iii. 1849,

p. 637.
Fratercula (Ceratoblepharum) arctica, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii.

1837, p. 348.
Mormon arctica, Illiger, Prodroraus, 1811, p. Naumann, Isis. v. Oken, 1821, p.

783, pi. 7, figs. 5, 6, 7. Audubon, Orn. Biog. iii. p. 105, pi. 213. Oct. Ed.

vii. pi. 464. Nuttall, Man. Orn. ii. 1834, p. 548. Bonaparte, Synopsis, 1828,

p. 430. Peabody, Rep. Nat. Hist. Mass. 1840, ii. Birds, p. 401. Macgillivray,

Hist. Brit. Birds, 1852, ii. p. 365. Coues, Pr. A. N. S. Phila. Aug. 1861, p.

251. Boardman, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. Sept. 1862, p. 131. Verrill, Proc.

Bost. Soc. N. H. Oct. 1862, p. 142. Verrill, Proc. Essex Inst. iii. 1864, p. 160.

Samuels, Ornith. and Ool. of New England, 1867, p. 566.
Mormon [Fratercula) arctica, Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus, ipr. 1856, p. 774.

Cassin, Birds N. A. 1858, p. 903.
Mormon fratercula, Temminck, Man. Orn. ii. p. 933. Gould, Birds Europe, v.

1837, p. pi. 403.
Mormon polaris et Orahse, Brehra.

Alca deleta Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 25, No. 104. Young.
Alca lahradorica, Gmelin, S. N, i. pt. ii. 1788, p. 550, No. 6. Based upon the

" Labrador Auk " of Pennant, A. Z. 1785, ii. p. 512, No. 428 ;^ and Lath.

Syn. iii. i. p. 318, No. 4. "Hab. in terra Labrador ; Arcticm magnit. 12 fere

poll. long. Rostr. angustum, mand. sup. obscure rubra, inf. albida nigro

maculata ; tempora obscurfe alba, gula, alae, et cauda brevis obscurae, pedes

rubri." Bonnaterre, Ency. Method. Orn. 1790, p, 33. Donndorff, Beytr.

Zool. ii. pt. i. 1794, p. 817.
Alca labradora, Latham, Ind. Orn. ii. 1790, p. 793, No. 4. Same basis as that

of Gmelin. " Rostro carinato, mand. inf. gibba, ad apicem macula nigra,

oculorum orbita teraporibusque albidis, * * color corporis fere ut in

arctica," etc. — ii ot Sagmatorrhina labradora Cassin, which is iS. Lathatni Bp.
Spheniscus, Moehring, Av. Gen. 1752, p. 62, No. 64. Based on " Colymbi species

et Alcae species " of Linnaeus' sixth edition. " Rostrum subouatum, lateri-

*The following 1b Pennant's description:— "With the bill an inch and a quarter long>
miuih earliiated iit top, not vorydeoj), a little convex; uppormandihle dusky, lower whitish,
marked with a hlufk HT)ot., and aiimilatod like that of a nuW; crown and upper part of the
body, wings and tail, dusky; lowtn- ixirt white; legs rod. Size of the former, (Arctica.)
"■ Inhabiis the Labrador coast?— Br. Mas."

1868.]

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

bus angustissime et pei'pendi«ulariter corapressis, cutis callosa dura in basi

mandibuli superioris. Ad supercilia cornu breue," etc.

Coasts and Islands of the North Atlantic, very abundant. Rare in the North

Pacific, (Pallas,) where replaced by F. corniculata. In winter, south on the

American Coast to Massachusetts. Breeds on the islands in the Bay of Fundy,

(Boardman). Numerous specimens in all American Museums.

Adult (^breeding plumage.) — Iris hazel brown. Eyelids vermillion red, the
fleshy callosities bluish ash. Base of bill and first ridge dull yellowish, the
smooth contained space bluish, rest of bill vermillion red, the tip of the lower
mandible and the two terminal grooves yellowish. Legs and feet coral red,
claws black. Crown of head grayish black, the edges of which are sharply
defined against the color of the sides of the head, chin and throat, and the pos-
terior edge of which is separated by a very narrow but distinct transnuchal
stripe of ashy from the color of the back. Sides of head, with chin and
throat ashy white ; nearly white between the eyes and bill, and with a max-
illary stripe or area of blackish ash on either side of the throat. A narrow,
distinct line of white along the anterior edge of the antibrachium. Entire
upper parts glossy black, with a bluish lustre, continuous with a broad collar
of the same around the sides and front of the neck. Under parts from the
neck pure white, the elongated feathers of the flanks and sides blackish. Under
surface of wings pearly ash-gray ; inner webs of primaries and secondaries
dull gray-brown, the shafts brown, blackish at tip and whitish towards the
base.

Length 13-50, extent 24-00, wing 6-50, tail about 2-25 ; tarsus 1-00 ; middle
toe 1-40, its claw -40 ; outer toe 1-40, its claw -30 ; inner toe 1-00, its claw -40 ;
bill — chord of culmen 2-00, its curve 2-10 ; depth of bill at base 1-40 ; rictus
1-25; gonys 1-45 : greatest width of bill (which is at base of nostrils) -60;
length of nasal slit -35.

Young. — Bill much smaller and weaker than in the adult ; without the basal
ridge, and with only slight indications of the warty callosities at angle of ric-
tus ; the terminal grooves wanting, or faintly indicated ; the culmen much
less convex ; the gonys convex and ascending posteriorly, without the sharp
hamular process at base. Such are the general characteristics of the young,
though full-grown bird. Birds not grown have their bill much smaller still,
entirely without grooves or ridges, acute at the apex, the culmen and gonys
perfectly straight ; the lateral aspect of the bill is almost an equilateral trian-
gle. Bill basally blackish ; terminally yellowish. Legs and feet reddish yellow,
obscured with dusky. The eyelids want the fleshy processes. In colors of
plumage the young birds are almost exactly like the parents, except that the
ashy of the sides of the head is tinted with sooty black, more or less directly
continuous with the black of the crown, and lightening into a dusky ash on
the auriculars and lower parts of the sides of the head.

Nestlings are covered with blackish down, becoming whitish on the under
parts from the breast backwards.

This species presents little variation in any respect from the conditions as
above described. The dimensions do not vary much, and even the bill is very
constant in size, shape and colors. The plumage of the adults scarcely pre-
sents appreciable variation.

The protuberance on the lower eyelid is horizontal, and occupies the whole
length of the lid. That on the upper eyelid is nearly perpendicular, and
higher than broad ; but is short, obtuse and never developed into an acute
process.

There is absolutely no difference between American and European speci-
mens. The footnote on page 251, Pr. A, N. S. Phila. for 1861, is to be can-
celled as wholly erroneous.

No bird of the family of Alcidse is better known than the present species. It
is the type of the Linnaean genus Alca of 1744, but not of 1758, nor of subse-

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23

quent editions of the " System." Though so long known, it has few synonyms
beyond those resulting from its reference to divers genera. Alca " deleta "
Briinnich, is the young bird. So also, beyond a doubt, is the Alca " labra-
dorica" of Gmelin, which has been so differently interpreted by various
authors. Bonaparte even says it is certainly his Sagmatorrhina Lathami, though
he does not adopt the name labradora, as it would imply a geographical error.
Mr. Cassin, however, uses it in connection with the Sagmatorrhina. It is based
upon the " Labrador Auk " of Pennant. The diagnosis of this author, and
that given by Gmelin and Latham, are reprinted above, for facility of reference.
If the reader will take the trouble to study these three descriptions, he will
not be likely to regard them as diagnoses of Sagmatorrhina Lathami.

This species is the type of Moehring's genus Spheniscus ; and a person ad-
dicted to iconoclasm in the matter of nomenclature might cut a fine dash on
the strength of this fact.

Fratercula glacialis, Leach.
Mormon glacialis, "Leach," Naumann, Isis, 1821, p. 782, pi. 1, fig. 2. Not of

Audubon and Gould, who figure and describe corniculala. Newton, Ibis,

1865, p. 212. Malmgren, Cab. Journ. f. Ornith. xiii, 1865, p. 394j critical

discussion of relationships to arctica.
? Mormon glacialis, Bonaparte, Synopsis B. U. S. 1828, p. 429. Probably only

arcticus. Boardman, Pr. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Sept. 1862, p. 132 ; and Ver-

rill, Proc. Essex Inst, iii, 1864, p. 160. Grand Menan, Bay of Fundy.

These two authors rely for the locality upon Audubon's authority, very

questionable in this instance.
Fratercula glacialis, Leach, Stephen's Cont. Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii, 1825, p. 40,

pi. 4, fig. 2. Gray, Genera Birds, iii, 1849, p. 637.
Mormon {Fratercula) glacialis, Bonaparte, Tab, Comparatif Pelagiens, Comptes

Bendus, xiii, 1856, p. 774. Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 903.
Lunda arctica, Schlegel, Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, ix. livr. 1867, p. 28, in part;

" Specimina aliquantulum majora ex insula Spitzbergen."

Coasts of the North Atlantic ; but a more boreal species than F. arcticus ;
Arctic Ocean. Spitzbergen. Near Port Foulke, Greenland, (Mus. Smiths. Inst.),
" Europe," Greenland, (Mus. Acad. Philada.) Not authenticated as occurring
on the coast of Maine.

(No. 24,302, Mus. Smiths., near Port Foulke, Greenland, Aug., 1861 ; adult ;
Dr. I. I. Hayes.) With the colors, and much the general aspect of F. arcticus.
Larger than that species. Protuberance on upper eyelid more decidedly aci-
cular; in fact intermediate in size and pointedness between that oi F. arctica
and F. corniculata. Bill much larger, comparatively and absolutely, than that
of arctica, and differently shaped ; its colors about the same. Bill very deep
at the base, the basal ri'ige rising high on the forehead; culmen much arched,
towards the end dropping nearly perpendicularly downwards, so great is its
convexity. Upper mandible with four decided grooves ; the lower with three,
being one more on each than is usual in arctica. Gonys more convex in out-
line, yet not produced posteriorly into so acute a hamular process. Length
14-50; extent about 26-00; wing 7*25 ; tail 2-25; tarsus 1-20; middle toe
and claw 1-90, outer do. 1-90, inner do. 1-45; bill: chord of culmen 2-40, its
convexi'y 2-60, ordinate of the curve -45 ; depth of bill at base 1-70, length
along rictus 1-50, along gonys 1-60; greatest width of bill -65; length of nasal
aperture '40.

The developement of the bill, changes of plumage, and individual variations
of this species are doubtless identical with those of arctica. Young birds of
the two species might not be satisfactorily distinguishable.

Though this species is so very near arctica it is probable that the majority
of authors would accord to it specific rank. It is apparently larger in all its
parts ; the callosity on the upper eye-lid tends in shape towards that of corni-
culata; the bill is not only much larger every way than that o( arctica, but has

1868.]

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

a decidedly different shape, owing chiefly to its greater depth at base, as com-
pared with its length, and much greater convexity of culmen. The only ques-
tionable relationship is with arctica ; the bird is certainly not corniculata.

This species is usually cited by New England writers as occurring off the
coast of Maine in winter. (Grand Menan, entrance of the Bay of Fundy.) In
this, however, they only quote Audubon's authority, which is not reliable in
this instance, as he himself says that he " rather supposed than was actually
certain that the birds observed were large-billed Puffins." The case is ren-
dered still more problematical by the fact that Audubon's " Large-billed
Puffin, Mormon glacialis Leach," is really the corniculata Naumann, described
and figured from specimens procured in London, from Mr. Gould, who also, in
the "Birds of Europe," mistakes the true glacialis Leach for corniculata Nau-
mann Subsequent writers will do well to expunge the name of this species
from their local lists of the birds of New England. It is exceedingly improb-
able that the true corniculata occurs on the New England coast.

This species is usually cited as having been introduced in Stephens' Con-
tinuation of Shaw's General Zoology (18*25) ; but must have appeared some
years previous, since Naumann quotes " Mormon glacialis Leach," in the Isis,
1821. It was probably named by Leach about 1816-18.

Fbatercula corniculata, {Naumann), Gray.

Mormon corniculata, Naumann, Isis v. Oken, 1821, p. 782, pi. 7, figs. 3, 4.

(Kamtschatka.) Cassin, Pr. A. N. S. Philada. 1862, p. 324. (Behring's

Straits.)
Mormon [Fratercula) corniculata, Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus, 1856, p. 774.

Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 902.
Fratercula corniculata, Gray, Gen. Birds, iii, 1849, p. 637, pi. 174.
Fratercula [Ceratoblepharum] corniculata, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii,

1837, p. 348. Quotes " Mormon corniculatum, Kittlitz, Kupfer, i."
Mormon glacialis, Audubon, Orn. Biogr. iii, 1835, p. 599, pi. 293, fig. 1. Id. B.

Amer. vii, p. , pi. 463. Not of authors. Gould, Birds Eur. v, 1837, pi.

404. Not of authors.
f Fratercula glacialis. Vigors, Zool. Voy. Blossom, 1839, Ornith. p. 33. Prob-
ably not true glacialis.
Lunda corniculata, Schlegel, Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, livr. ix, 1867, p. 28.

Coasts and Islands of the North Pacific and Arctic oceans. Kamtschatka,
(Mus. Acad. Phila.) Sitka, (Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas.) Kotzebue Sound, and
St. Michael's, Russian America, (Mus. Smiths. Inst.) Southern extension on
west coast of America not determined. Not recorded from the North Atlantic.

Adult, breeding plumage. (No. 46,503, Mus. Smiths., St. Michael's, Russian
America, June 27, 1866; H. M. Bannister.) Bill very large, especially high at
the base for its length, the height being about equal to the chord of the cul-
men, exclusive of the width of the basal rim ; base of culmen and angle of
gonys both produced far backward, giving a greatly curved outline to the base
of the bill along the feathers of the sides of the head; sides of the bill not dis-
tinctly divided into two compartments ; nearly plane and smooth in their entire
length, with only three faintly pronounced short grooves ; culmen exceedingly
convex, regularly arched in the arc of a perfect circle ; the tip of the upper
mandible acute, moderately overhanging, the basal rim broad and prominent ;
rictus (not including the part beyond the basal rim of the upper mandible)
very short, only equal to the height of the upper mandible at base ; gonys
sinuate, at first convex in outline, then slightly concave ; its length but little
less than the chord of the culmen.*

Appendage of the upper eye-lid produced into a long, slender, acutely pointed

* The lower mandible in this specimen is so thin near the angle of the gonys as to be
transparent. Ordinary type can be read through it.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 25

upright spine; that of the lower eye-lid much as in other species of the
genus.

Form otherwise as in F. aretica and gladalis. Larger than the former, about
the size of the latter.

Crown of the head deep grayish black ; the patch of this color triangular ia
shape, narrowing anteriorly to a point at the base of the culmen. Sides of the
head white ; the furrow in the plumage behind the eye, and the sides of the
lower jaw tinged with dark ash. A narrow distinct line of white along the
edge of the fore-arm. Entire upper parts very glossy blue-black ; a duller,
more fuliginous shade of black encircling the neck before, and running for-
wards on the throat and chin quite to the bill. Other under parts pure white^
except a few elongated blackish feathers on the sides and flanks. Under sur-
face of wings dark pearly ash. Legs and feet orange red, the webs tinged
with Vermillion. Claws brownish black. Palpebral appendages apparently
ashy black. Bill yellow, tinged with red, the terminal portion blackish. Eic-
tal callosities brilliant yellow orange.

Length 14-50; extent 24-50; wing •7-25; tail 2'75 ; tarsus 1-10; middle toe
and claw 2-00 ; outer do. 1-90; under do. 1.35 ; bill : chord of culmen 2-00,
its curve 2-25 ; rictus from basal rim to tip 1-20 ; gonys 1-75 ; depth of bill at
base 1-80; its greatest width -60; length of nasal slit -40; length of superior
palpebral appendage •35.

This interesting species may be recognized at a glance by the prominent
horn over the eye, and the extension of the black collar on the throat to the
bill. The bill also differs from that of either of the other species in its short-
ness, compared with its great depth at the base, and the nearly smooth sides,
which are not distinctly divided by a ridge or groove into two compartments.
The bill is also comparatively thinner than that of the other species, and dif-
ferently colored.

Prof. Naumann first described this species from Kamtschatka in his valu-
able memoir on the genus in the Isis, as above cited. It has been occasionally
confounded with glacialis Leach, which is quite a different bird. It is a North
Pacific and Arctic species, not recorded from the Atlantic. Excellent speci-
mens are contained in the Philadelphia Academy and Smithsonian Institution ;
one of those in the collection of the last named is probably the original of
Audubon's plate of " glacialis."

LUNDA, Pallas.

Alca, Pallas, Spic. Zool. v, 1769 ; in part; and of some older authors.
Lunda, Pallas, (ex Gesn.) Zoog. R.-A. 1811. Type Alca cirrhata, Pallas.
Mormon^ Illiger, Prodrome, 1811 ; in part ; and of most authors.
Fratercula^ Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii, 1825; in part; not of Brisson.
Gymnoblepharum^ Brandt, Bull. Acad. Imper. St. Petersburg, ii, 1837, p. 349.

Type Alca cirrhata, Pallas.

With somewhat the general aspect of Fratercula. No horny appendages to
the eyelids. No furrow in the plumage behind the eyes. An extremely
elongated crest on each side of the head. Upper mandible with only an indi-
cation of a basal ridge along its sides ; the culmen divided into two parts,
whereof the basal is surmounted by a prominent widened ridge, ending ab-
ruptly ; sides of upper mandible with three well marked curved grooves,
widely separated, whose convexity points backwards. Under mandible with
its sides perfectly smooth, and its base very convex, not concave. Rictus very
sinuate ; gonys slightly curved. Feet, wings and tail as in Fratercula.

The above diagnosis indicates only the princii)al features wherein this
genus — or subgenus, as might be contended with some reason — differs from
Fratercula. Except in the bill, eye-lids and crest, the genus is exactly Frater-
cula, but the differences in these points seem sufficient to warrant generic
separation.

1868.]

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

LUNDA CIRRHATA, PallaS.

Alca cirrhata, Pallas, Spic. Zool. 1769, v, p. 7, pi. 1, and pi. 2, figs. 1, 2, 3.
Quotes Steller, Nov. Comm. Petrop. iv, p. 421, pi. 12, fig. 16. Gmelin, S.
N. i, pt. ii, 1788, p. 553. Quotes Pennant, A. Z. ii, p. 513, No. 432. Latham,
Ind. Orn. ii, 1799, p. 791, No. 2. DonndorfF, Beytr. Zool. ii, pt. i, p. 822, No.
10. Quotes Anas arctica cirrhata^ Steller. Sander, Grosse u. Schonh. in
Natur. i, p. 244. Hermann, Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 150 ; and of the other early
authors.

Lunda cirrhata, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 363, pi. 82. Schlegel, Urina-
tores Mus. Pays-Bas, 1867, p. 27.

Mormon [Lunda) cirrhata, Bonaparte, Comptes Rend., 1856, p. 774. Cassin,
Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 9«2.

Mormon cirrhata, Bonaparte, Syn. 1828, p. 429. Audubon, Orn. Biogr. iii,
1835, p. 36;, pi. 249, figs. 1, 2. (Kennebec R., Me.) Audubon, B. Amer.

vii, 1844, p. , pi. — . Boardman, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1862, p. 132.

(Maine). Verrill, Proc. Essex Inst, iii, 1864, p. 160. (Maine). Heermann,
Pac. R. R. Rep. x, 1859, Route to California, Birds, p. 75. Cooper and Suck-
ley, Pac. R. R. Rep. xii, pt. ii, 1859, p 283.

Mormon cirrata, Naumann, Isis, 1821, p. 781, pi. 7, fig 1.

Fratercula cirrhata, Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii, 1825, p. 40. Vieillot,
Gal. Ois. ii, 1825, p. 240, pi. 296. Vigors, Zool. Voy. Blossom, Ornith. 1839,
p. 33. Gray, Gen. Birds, iii, 1849, p. 637. Cassin, Pr. A. N. S. Phila. 1862,
p. 324.

Fratercula [Gymmohlepharum) cirrata, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837,
p. 349.

Arctic Ocean ; Coasts and Islands of the North Pacific ; on the American
side south to California ; of occasional occurrence on the Atlantic Coast of
North America, (Kennebec River, Audubon : spec, obtained ; Bay of Fundy,
in winter, Verrill,) Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada., Mus. Smiths., Cab. Geo. N.
Lawrence, author's Cab., etc.

Bill very large and heavy, much longer than the head or middle toe and
claw, its depth at base three-fourths its length ; excessively compressed, the
sides nearly perpendicular, except at base of upper mandible, where they bulge
a little. Upper mandible divided into two portions ; the basal part with its
Bides perfectly smooth, bounded along the base by a slight oblique ridge of
subcorneous tissue, which is scarcely, however, elevated above the common
plane, and is minutely studded with points ; bounded above by a prominent
wide ridge formed of an accessory corneous piece which surmounts this por-
tion of the culmen ; bounded below by the nasal slit ; bounded anteriorly by
a deep groove whose convexity looks backwards ; these four boundaries en-
closing a subtrapezoidal space. The terminal part smooth, except in the
presence of three widely separated, oblique, curved, deep grooves, whose con-
vexity looks backwards. Lower mandible with the sides perfectly smooth, the
base convex, the convexity looking backwards, with slight indication of a
ridge of punctulated subcorneous tissue. General outline of culmen convex ;
this convexity, however, interrupted near the middle by a notch, forming a re-
entrant angle between the two parts of the culmen, each of which, taken
separately, is convex in outline — the anterior part the most so. Rictus exceed-
ingly sinuate, the tip of the upper mandible being almost perpendicularly hung
over that of the lower; the angle of the mouth occupied by a large fibrous
or membranous excrescence, nearly circular in outline, turgid in life; in the dry
state shrunken and minutely punctulated. This peculiar warty excrescence
seems of nearly the same structure as the base of the bill itself, with which it
is directly continuous. Nasal slit short, linear, subbasal, placed close to the
commissural edge of the upper mandiJole. Palate and floor of mouth both
deeply excavated ; the cutting edge of both mandibles exceedingly sharp.

The eyelids are naked along the edge, but present no thickening or unusual

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

fleshiness. The crest springs chiefly from what would otherwise be a naked
linear groove in the plumage from the eyes to the extreme occiput. Some of
the feathers begin to grow much above, if not a little anterior to, the eyes.
The crest in perfectly adult birds is more th&n four inches long. The feathers
have exceedingly slender, delicate shafts, and loose, entirely disconnected,
though quite lengthy fibrillaR ; and a peculiar silky glossiness.

The wings are of the usual size and shape in this family. The tail is com-
paratively somewhat longer, perhaps, than in any other Alcidine bird ; the
lateral feathers a little graduated ; the central pair shorter than the next, pro-
ducing an emargination. The legs are as in Fratercula. The claw of the inner
toe presents the curious character which has already been dwelt upon in con-
nection with F. arctica.

Adult. — Bill orange-red; the basal moiety of both mandibles livid horn or
enamel color ; the punctulated basal ridge, and rictal callosities more yellow-
ish. Legs and feet obscure reddish ; the webs bright coral red ; claws brown-
ish-black. Edges of eyelids red ; " iris pale blue." Crests pale straw-yellow ;
some of the posterior feathers, which grow from the black part of the head,
black at base. Face pure white, abruptly defined. This white occupies the
lores and sides of the head to the base of the crest, and encircles the bill,
broadly on the sides, narrowly above and below. The black of the crown
comes down the forehead to within a fourth of an inch of the culmen ; just fill-
ing the crown between the crests, and ending with a directly transverse out-
line. The white on the side of the lower jaw extends to within about the same
distance from the under mandible. A narrow, very distinct pure white line
along the anterior edge of the fore-arm. Entire upper parts, and under tail
coverts glossy black ; sides of head and neck, and throat and breast fuliginous
brownish-black ; other under parts the same, but more grayish ; under surfaces
of wings smoky gray. Wings and tail black ; the inner webs of the feathers
brownish-black ; the shaft of the first primary whitish on its under surface to-
wards its base.

The preceding description is taken from an unusually fine specimen (No.
46,494, Mus. Smiths, (j^, Sitka, May, 1867), representing the very highest con-
dition of maturity. The crest is more than four inches long. It is not often
that such very perfect specimens are met with in collections.

Length between 15-00 and 1600 ; wing 7-75 ; tail about 2-00 ; tarsus 1'30 ;
middle toe 200, its claw -50 ; outer toe 1-80, its claw -40; inner toe 1-25, its
claw -50 ; bill : greatest depth (a little in front of extreme base) 1-90 ; greatest
width (at angle of mouth) -90 ; chord of culmen 2-40, of which the terminal
portion is 1-40 ; rictus about 1-90 ; gonysl-60; greatest depth of upper mandi-
ble 1-15; nostrils -25 long.

Young {full grown). — Bill smaller than in the adult, and not so deep at the
base ; sides of terminal moiety of upper mandible perfectly smooth ; chord of
culmen 2-00 ; depth of bill at base 1-40. No crest; slight indications of it inf
some short yellowish filamentous feathers on the auriculars. White line on
fore-arm imperfect. White about head as in the adult ; but the black reaches
nearly or quite to the base of the culmen and gonys. Otherwise like the adult ;
the under parts rather more grayish. The bill and 'feet appear to have been
less brightly colored.

This strange bird fairly disputes with Phaleris paittacula the claim to be re-
garded as the oddest of the odd species of this family. The peculiar configura-
tion of the bill strongly characteri/.es it at all ages, independently of its re-
markable head-markings. Though known for about a century, it has received
no specific synonyms from any of the writers whose works have been examined
in the preparation of the present memoir. Specimens are contained in nearly
all the American collections. The bird is authenticated as occurring ou the
coast of Maine.

1868.]

28 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

CERATORHYNCHA, Bonaparte.

Alca, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811. in part; not of authors.
Phaleris, Bonaparte, Zool. Journ. iii, 1827 ; not of authors.
Cerorhinca,^ Bonaparte, Syn. U. S. Birds, 1828. Type C. occidentalis, Bp. =^.

monocerata, Pall.
Chimerina, Eschscholtz, Zool. Atlas, 1829. Type C. cornuta, Esch. =A. mono-

cerata, Pall.
Uria^ Audubon, B. Am. vii, 1844, in part ; not of authors.
Simorhynchus, Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, 1867, livr. ix, in part; not of Merrera.

Base of upper mandible with a large upright horny protuberance. Under
mandible with an accessory corneous piece interposed between its rami, near
their symphysis. Bill shorter than the head, stout, very deep at the base,
tapering rapidly to the tip, much compressed, the sides erect, smooth, the cul-
men very convex, the rictus gently curved, the gonys nearly straight, except at
symphysis, where it is bulging. Nostrils short, linear, subbasal, marginal,
impervious. Eye small ; no palpebral appendages. No crest ; no furrow be-
hind the eyes ; slender elongated feathers on each side of the head. Inner
lateral claw of usual size, shape and position. Other details of form almost
exactly as in Fratercula. Size large ; general form robust.

This curious genus may readily be distinguished from all others of the family
by the characters indicated in the two first sentences of the above diagnosis.
The intercalation of an accessory corneous element at the mandibular sym-
physis is an entirely unique feature in this family. It seems very much like
the " interramicorn," as the writer has elsewhere called it, which is found in
the albatrosses, as one of the characters which distinguish those birds from
other Frocellariidse. In the present instance, it is a feature of especial import-
ance and value, as it helps greatly to distinguish this genus from Sagmatorrhina,
or, to be more explicit, to separate S. Suckleyi from C.monocerata in every siage
of growth.

The affinities of this genus are decidedly with Fratercula, after Sagmatorrhina,
of course. Aside from the peculiarities of the' bill, it agrees with the former in
most points of structure, except the eyes and inner lateral claw. It does not
require comparison with any other genus. It is represented by only a single
species, according to the writer's way of thinking, — Suckleyi falling most
naturally, as well as can be judged at present, in Sagmatorrhina.

Ceratorhyncha monocerata (Pall.) Cass.

Alca monocerata, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 362, No. 41 i.
Cerorhina monocerata. Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 905. Cooper and Suck-
ley, Pacific R. R. Rep. xii, pt. ii, 1859, p. 284.
Simorhynchus monocera^ws, Schlegel, Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, livr. ix, 1867, p. 26.

Cites Sagmathorina [lege Sagmatorrhina] Lathami Bp. and Cerorhina Suckleyi

Cass, as young.
Phaleris eerorhynca, Bonaparte, Zool. Jour, iii, 1827, p. 53.
Cerorhinca occidentalis, Bonaparte, Syn. Am. Birds, Ann. Lye. N. Y. iv, 1828, p.

428. Nuttall, Man. ii, p. 538. Vigors, Zool. Voy. Blossom, 1839, Ornith.

p. 33.
Ceratorhyncha occidentalis, Bonaparte, Corap. List, 1838, p. QQ. Bonaparte, Consp.

Gav. Comptes Rendus, 1856, xlii, p. 744.
Ceratorhina occidentalis, Audubon, Orn. Biog. 1839, v, p. 104, pi. 402, fig. 5.
Cerorhina occidentalis. Gray, Genera Birds, iii, 1849, p. 639. Heermann, Pac.

R. R. Rep. X, 1859, Route to California, Birds, p. 75.
Uria occidentalis, Audubon, B. Am. vii, 1844, p. 364, pi. 471.

* This word ia spelled in a great variety of ways, both by Bonaparte himself, and other
authors. We find Cerorhina. Cerorrhina, Ceratorhina, Ceratorrhina, Cerorhinca, Cero-
rhynea, Cerorhyncha, Ceratorhyncha, Ceratorrhyneha, etc. The orthography above cited
is that apparently first given by Bonaparte, but is obviously erroneous.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA.

29

Cerorkina orimtalis, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St.-Petersb. ii, 183Y, p. 348. By a

lapsus calami for " occidentalis."
€himerina cornuta, Escbscholtz, Zool. Atlas, 1829, iii, p. 2, pi. 12.

American and Asiatic coasts and islands of the North Pacific. Japan (Perry's
U. S. Expl. Exped.), Kamtschatka (Mus. Acad., Philada.), Pacific coast of N.
A. from Russian America to Farralone Islands, Cal. (Mus. Smiths. Inst.) Breeds
as far south as Japan and California.

Pig. 1.— C moneccrato.

Nat. size. Adult female.

Pig, 2.—C. nwnocerata.
Nat. size. Young scarcely fledged.

Adult, breeding plumage, (No. 46,617, Mus. Smiths. 9 > Sitka, May, 1866).— Bill
TDrange-yellow, culmen and base of upper mandible dusky ; horn dull yellowish.
Feet apparently dusky yellow ; below, with the tarsi posteriorly, blackish ; claws
black. Crown of head, back of neck, and entire upper parts glossy blue-black .
Sides of head and neck, and of body along under the wings to the flanks, with
chiw, throat and upper part of breast, and under surfaces of wings, clear gray-
ish ash, pretty trenchantly defined along its line of junction with the black.
Under parts from th€ breast pure white ; this color shading insensibly into the
ashy on the breast and sides. A line of white along the edge of the fore-arm.
Exposed portions of wing and tail feathers black; their inner webs greyish-
brown, basally lighter, the shafts of the primaries dull whitish at base. A
series of elongated, stiffish, acicular feathers on the side of the head from the
rictal angle ; another similar series from the eye backwards to the sides of the
nape, pure white. The individual feathers are about an inch, more or less, in
length ; the length of the white stripes produced by them collectively is about
two inches.

Length 15-50; wing 7'25; tail 2-60 ; tarsus 1*20; middle toe and claw 1-85,
outer do. 1-YO, inner do. 1-40; chord of culmen, excluding width of horn, 1-00,
including it 1-40 ; rictus 2-00 ; gonys, including length of accessory piece, 1-10 ;
height of bill from tip of horn to protuberance at symphysis 1'25 ; from culmen
at base of horn to same -80 ; nostril to top of horn 'VS.

Immature, but with a perfectly developed horn, and accessory symphyseal
piece (No. 23,391, Mus. Smiths., Straits of Fuca). — Colors somewhat as in the
preceding ; but the white of the under parts everywhere obscured by ashy-gray,
which tinges the tips of the feathers, giving a marbled aspect to the parts,
lightest on the middle of the belly, shading insensibly on all sides into the
uniform ashy«gray of the other under parts. Black of upper parts, especially
on the head, with a decided brownish tinge. Only traces of the acicular white
feathers on the sides of the head. Bill smaller than before ; the horn, how-
ever, perfectly developed, rising nearly half an inch above the culmen. Rather

1868.]

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

smaller than the preceding ; length between 14 and 15 inches, wing barely 7,
bill along rictus 1-60, its depth at base, exclusive of height of horn, -65.

Young. (No. 23,392, Mus. Smiths., Straits of Fuca). — This specimen is jnst
not quite fully feathered, patches of down adhering here and there. The bill
is small and weak, hardly more than half the size of that of the adult; its
general shape, however, is nearly attained. The base of the upper mandible
is covered with a soft skin, about as far as the end of the nostrils. That part
of the culmen formed by the ridge of this skin is sunken below the level of the
rest. Unmistakable indications of the future horn are present, in a small knob
on the ridge of this skin. In the present dried state this knob is shrunken,
presenting the appearance represented in the plate. In life it was probably
a small full rounded protuberance, rising a little above the level of the culmen.
Between the mandibular rami, at the symphysis, there is a slight fold or ridge
of skin, evidently the matrix of the future accessory corneous element. The
upper mandible is mostly blackish ; the lower dull obscured reddish. The legs
and feet appear to have been colored much like those of the adult. The colors
of the plumage are precisely those of the specimen last described ; the patches
of down are smoky brown. There is no trace of white about the head.

Nestling, about 5^ inches long. (Farralone Islands. Mus. Acad. Phila.)
All over smoky brown, lighter and more grayish below.

The horn of this bird, always present in the adult, and always indicated,
even in the scarcely feathered young, as we have just seen, varies a great deal
in the details of its size and shape. It is usually nearly upright, but fre-
quently projects a little obllqely forward. Its average height is between
four and five-tenths of an inch, measuring from the level of the culmen at
the anterior edge of the root of the horn. The real roots of the horn begin a
little above the nasal aperture ; the nostril opening just beneath the lower
edge. The horn is thus bifurcated, as it were, at the base, and saddled on the
base of the upper mandible. The anterior outline is usually straight, or
slightly curved, the apex rounded, and the posterior border irregular in out-
line. The figure represents what is perhaps an average horn. It would be
impossible to indicate all the variation in detail; scarcely two horns are pre-
cisely alike.

The frontal feathers ascend a very little way up the back of the horn in
the majority of instances ; sometimes, however, they end abruptly at its base.
From their foremost point they sweep downwards and backwards along the
side of the upper mandible with a gentle regular curve, to the rictal angle,
leaving the tomial edges of the upper mandible bare. The chin feathers begin
at the accessory symphyseal piece, rise quickly on the sides of the under man-
dible, and reach its tomial edge in advance of the rictal angle.

The symphyseal piece, which is developed from the skin at the apex of the
interramal space, is, when fully formed, as hard as the rest of the bill. Anteri-
orly it is directly continuous with the mandibular symphysis. On its sides, a
groove indicates its line of cohesion with the mandibular rami. The horn,
when mature, is perfectly corneous and hard to its extreme base ; there being
no soft skin even about the nostrils. Its main shaft is hollow ; a tube is dis-
closed when the top is worn off or broken off.

The white feathers on the side of the head differ from those of other Phaleri-
dines (except S. Suckleyi) in not being very slender, filamentous and wavy.
They are straight, short, acutely pointed, stiflBsh, standing discreet from each
other, like so many narrow spear-points.

The very large series of this bird examined warrant the belief that the horn
is always present, accidents of course not considered ; that it begins to be ap-
parent even before the bird is fully fledged, as a slight knob. That, in like
manner, the accessory symphyseal piece is always developed ; and that its be-
ginning may be detected at a very early age. These facts must be borne in
mind in discussing the unusually interesting points connected with Sagmator-
rhina as compared with the present genus. The opinion relative to the season-

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

al or sexual character of the horn (page 905, Birds of N. A.)* would probably
not have been expressed, had the writer enjoyed the opportunity of examining
such an extensive series as have been at command in the preparation of the
present monograph.

This species was first named Alca monocerata by Pallas in 18 II. Prince Bo-
naparte called it " Phaleris occidentalis " in 1827; which name has been
usually adopted, Pallas' description being overlooked or disregarded. Brandt
appears to have accidentally misquoted Bonaparte's name in calling the bird
" Cerorhina orientalis, Bp." Eschscholtz called it " Chimerina cornuta " in
1829. These are the only synonyms which the writer has been able to collate,
except, of course, those resulting from the reference of the bird to diverse
genera, as has been already noted.

SAGMATORRHINA, Bonaparte.
Sagmatorrhina, Bonaparte, P. Z. S. Lond. ISal, p. 202. Type -S'. Latkami, Bp.

" Bill twice as long as high, upper mandible straight at the base, covered
with a very large cere, incurved at the tip ; lower mandible ascending imme-
diately beyond the middle, forming an obtuse angle ; nostrils linear, margi-
nal."— Bp. 1. c.

The above is a translation of the diagnosis of a genus framed by Bonaparte
for the reception of a bird he calls S. Lathami. It apparently differs from
Ceratorhyncha in the contour of the bill, the presence of a soft cere saddled on
the base of the upper mandible in the place of a horn, and, it may be pre-
sumed, in the absence of the peculiar accessory corneous element at the man-
dibular synphysis, as no mention is made of such a character. The type and
apparently only known specimen is in the British Museum.

The possession of a soft flat cere in place of an upright horn, and the want
of the accessory mandibular piece are precisely the features which characterize
Cerorhina Suckleyi Cassin ; and in fact are about the only ones by which the
latter can satisfactorily be distinguished, specifically, from C. monocerata. It
therefore seems a procedure of obvious propriety to refer Suckleyi to the pre-
sent genus. At the same time Suckleyi can by no possibility be confounded
with Lathami ; nor is the latter by any means a young C. monocerata, as some
authors have ventured to hint, and others have boldly assumed. An inspec-
tion of the figures accompanying the present memoir ought to set all doubts at
rest.

Species — (2.)

" Length 16 inches ; wing 7-50 ; bill 2 long, 1 high, five-eighths

wide at the base" I. Lathami.

Length 14-50; wing 6-50; bill along culmen 1-30, depth at

base -60, width at base four-eighths 2. Suckleyi.

Sagmatorrhina Lathami, Bonaparte.

Ill Alca labradoria, Gmelin, S. N. i, pt. ii, 1788, p. 550. Very doubtful.
Rather referable to Fratercula arctica, which see.

Sagmatorrhina lahradoria, Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 904.

Sagmatorrhina Lathami, Bonaparte, P. Z. S. London, 1851, p. 202, pi. 44.

'^ Largest among its allies ; blackish, beneath pallid fuliginous ; bill and
feet red ; cere and webs black. Length ItJ inches ; bill 2 inches long, 1 inch
high, five -eighths wide at the base, three-eighths in the middle ; wing 7 J
inches; tail 3^; tarsi l\] longest toe 2 and 3-eighths inches.
Hab. — •' North-west Coast of America.

• Spec. No. 10G98, there enumerated, seems to have called forth the remark above allu-
ded to. This specimen, however, is believed to be the adult of S. SuokUyi, of which only
the young bira was at that time recognized.

1868.

32

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

" This species is the largest of the subfamily, which is well known to con-
tain the dwarfs of the water birds ; it is one-third larger than Ceratorrhina
monocerata, of which it has precisely the coloring, wanting only (at least in
the state we have it) the little white feathers above the eye and at the corners
of the mouth. The proportions of the wings, tail, feet and toes are the same ;
the bill and toes must have been reddish ; the cere and membranes black.
Like the Ceratorrhina, it seems to be confined to the north-western Arctic
region of America ; and we are led to believe it does not extend to the Sibe-
rian shores, from the circumstance of its not having been noticed by Russian
naturalists."

Pig. Z.-^Sagmatorrhina Lathami, By. Nat. size.

The preceding is Bonapftrte's notice of the species, containing all that is
known about it by American ornithologists. The writer takes pleasure in
acknowledging his indebtedness to Dr. P. L. Sclater, of London, for the accom-
panying figure, drawn from the type specimen in the British Museum. Dr.
Sclater says very positively that th'e bird is a perfectly valid genus and species,
and the figure evidently warrants the assertion. Independently of the differ-
ence between the cere and the horn, the shape of the bills of (J. monocerata and
S. Lathami are quite diverse. The dimensions of the latter are much larger
thaa those of the former.

Sagma.*obrhina Suckleyi, i^Cass.) Ooues,

Ceroffiina SucMeyi, Gassin, Baird's B. N. A. 185-8, p. 906. Based on spec. No.

4579, Mus. Smiths. Young. Puget Sound. Cooper and Suckley, Pacific R. R.

Rep. xii, pt. ii, I860, p. 284. Refers to same specimen.

American and Asiatic Coasts of the Pacific Spec, in Mus. Smiths Inst —
Young, (type of the species, Puget Sound ;) adult, breeding plumage (San
Diego, Cal.) Adult, (Hak<odadi, Japan.)

Adult! breeding plumage! (No. 319G8,* Mtis. Smiths, $, San Diego, Cal.
Feb. 3, 1862, J. G. Cooper.) "Iris white; bill black and orange; feet pale
yellow, black below," (label.) Bill n-ow obscure yellow, tiie culmen and basal
membrane blackish. Feet dull whitish ; tarsi behind and feet below blackish ;
claws black. Colors of the plumage almost precisely as in the adult monoce-
rata ; white feathers on sides of head exactly the same. Breast rather deeper
grayish-ash, the color extending a little further, and more abruptly defined
against the white of the other under parts.

Figured ia Elliot's Birds of North America.

[Jan,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

33

Fig. 6.—S. Suckleyi, Juv. Nat. size.
Fig. 4.-5. Suckleyi, Adult. Nat. size. Cassin's type specimen.

No vestige of a horn at base of upper mandible ; this being covered with a
soft skin, overlapping the culmen, extending to the nostrils, which open be-
neath its lower border. That part of the bill occupied by tlie membrane is
depressed below the level of the rest, both on the ridge and sides. The mem-
brane is shrunken and shrivelled in its present state. There appears to have
been a slight tumidity, in the fresh state, of this membrane, just on the ridge,
which may have elevated it to the level of the rest of the culmen, and which
could possibly even have been inadvertently called a '' knob " by one who re-
garded it as the beginning of a horn. No trace of an intercalated piece be-
tween the mandibular rami, which have thin, sharp, smooth edges, and come
together in a fine point at the symphysis. Bill much smaller, weaker, and
particularly less deep at the base than that of C. monocerata; but not much
shorter, nor comparatively even so much compressed as in the latter bird.
Culmen regularly decurved from base to tip ; the latter moderately overhang-
ing ; rictus at first nearly straight, then gently declinate ; gonys nearly straight,
slightly concave ; outline of mandibular rami about straight.

Decidedly smaller than monocerata; the wing comparatively longer. Length
about 14-00 ; " extent 25-50," (label) ; wing 725 ; tarsus 1-10 ; middle toe and
claw 1-90, outer do. 1-80, inner do. 1-45; bill: chord of culmen 1-30, of which
the membranous part is -30 ; rictus 1-85 ; gonys .75 ; depth of bill at base -60 ;
its width at same point -45.

Young. (No. 4579, Mus. Smiths. Fort Steilacoora, W. T. Jan. 8, 1856.
Dr. G. Suckley. Mr. Cassin's type of the species, as described I. c.) " Membrane
at base of upper mandible grayish dusky black ; middle of both mandibles
dingy orange, their tips dusky ; iris pale hazel ; under surface of the webs of
the feet, and the posterior aspect of the tarsi dusky black ; upper surface of
the toes bluish white, darker about the articulations ; nails black." (Suckley,
1. c.) The colors of the plumage are precisely as described for the young C.
monocerata ; possibly a shade darker, with rather more white on the under parts
than in the corresponding age of the other species.

Much smaller than the adult; length "about 12.50; extent 24.00 ;" (Suck-
ley, 1. c): wing 6-50; tail 2-00; tarsi 1-00 ; bill along culmen 1-20, of which
the membranous portion is -30; along rictus 1-60; along gonys -60; its depth
at base -40. The bill is small and slender; its general shape calls to mind the
bill of a young gull of one of the smaller species. The several outlines, par-
ticularly that of the culmen, are straighter than in the adult ; the tip is less
decurved. The bill is much longer, relatively and absolutely, than that of the
corresponding age of monocerata ; it is comparatively more slender. There is
no trace of a knob '* the membrane has precisely the same characteristics as

* Dr. Suckley (1. c), speaking of this specimen, usos the word "knob" in connection
with it. His expression is to be taken as indicating merelv the turgidity of tlio soft
membrane during the life of the bird ; which raises the membrane to or above the level
of the rest of the culmen. The membrane, being very soft, shrinks and shrivels in dry-
ing, and the prominence disappears.

1868.] 8

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

that of the adult bird above described. There is no trace of an accessory
piece between the rami.

The bird above described was first indicated as a distinct species by Mr.
Cassin in 1858; that gentleman founding his specific characters mainly upon
the small size, somewhat darker colors, and much smaller, slender bill, as com-
pared with monocerata. The species has always been looked upon with con-
siderable mistrust, and very generally regarded as only a young monocerata.
At the time of the introduction of Suckleyi, C. monocerata was not known in all
its ages and stages of plumage, as it is at present. The horn which charac-
terizes it was believed to be frequently wanting, particularly in the yeung
bird. The accessory symphyseal piece had not received attention. These
facts, together with the almost perfect identity in plumage of the two birds,
very naturally led to the suspicion above mentioned ; seemingly borne out,
too, by the fact that the type of Suckleyi was a very young bird, the adult of
which was unknown, or at least unrecognized. But it has been shown in the
preceding article that indications both of the horn and of the accessory inter-
ramal element appear in monocerata even before it is fully feathered, and that
these two distinguishing features are preserved in all ages, at all seasons,
with both sexes. The discovery of Suckleyi in perfectly adult breeding plum-
age settles the question of its identity witli monocerata. Specimen No. 31,908,
above described, has no trace of a horn or accessory symphyseal piece ; and is
smaller, and otherwise conspicuously different from monocerata, though of
almost precisely similar colors of plumage.

There is something highly interesting, very singular, and, with our present
information upon the subject, totally inexplicable, in the fact that the plumage
of the two birds is so nearly identical as not to be satislactorily distinguished
in any particular ; while the bills differ in such radical characteristics. The
suspicion comes unbidden, that the whole truth in the matter of C. monocerata,
and S. Suckleyi — and S. Lathami, too — remains to be developed ; while it is
certain, at the same time, that nothing but the truth appears upon these pages.

In the reference of this species to the genus Sagmatorrhina, the writer is
guided simply by Bonaparte's diagnosis, and by the figure of the head of ^S*.
Lathami, kindly furnished by Dr. Sclater. The dimensions of S. Lathami and
the form of the bird are sufficient to distinguish S. Suckleyi from it.

SIMORHYNCHUS, Merrem.

Alca, Pallas, Spic. Zool. v, 1769, in part ; and of some authors.

TJria, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, in part.

Lunda^ Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, in part.

Simorhynchus, Merrem, , 1819. Type Alca cristatella, Pall. Fide G. R.

Gray. (Where is this genus named ?)
Phaleris, Temminck, Man. Orn. ii, 1820. Type Alca psittacula, Pallas. (Also

moXvLdiQ^ cristatella.) And of most authors.
Mormon, Lichtenstein, 1823, in part. (if. superciliosa = camtschatica, Lep.)
Ombria, Eschscholtz, Zool. Atlas, 1831. Type Alca psittacula, Pallas.
Cyclorrhynchus, Kaup, 1829. Type Alca psittacula. Pall. Fide G. R. Gray.
Tylorhamphus, Brandt, Bull. Acad. Imper. St. Petersburg, ii, 1837. Type'^Zca

cristatella. Pall.
Ciceronia, Reichenbach, 1853. Type Phaleris microceros, Brandt.

Of moderate and very small size ; general form stout. Usually with a crest,
or with elongated feathers about the head. Bill variable : sometimes simple,
oftener irregular in form, with various elevations and depressions, often with
nodules or other accessory elements ; always stout, compressed, shorter than
the head, the culmen very convex, the tip acute. Nostrils entirely unfeathered.
Wings and tail of the ordinary shape and length. Feet small and short ; tar-
sus compressed, entirely reticulate, shorter than the middle toe. Toes long,
outer and middle about equal in length, the claw of the latter largest. Claw

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

of inner toe reaching base of middle one. Claws much arched, compressed,
acute, the inner edge of the middle one scarcely dilated.

The genus as above defined is framed to include a number of species, all more
or less closely allied, yet presenting differences from each other in form in
almost each instance. The various species are all nearly identical in the
structure of the wings, feet and tail ; in the bill no two entirely agree. Each
presents suae speciei characters in the shape of the bill ; but the very fact that
this organ varies so much seems to indicate that the diflferences are no more
than of specific consequence. A glance at the synonyms above adduced will
show what forms have been made indicative of genera. Psittacula is perhaps
the species which has been most generally separated from the others, in view
of its oval upper, and falcate under, mandible. But if this bird is to be gen-
erically distinguished, so also must cristatellua ; for the latter differs in still
greater degree, in the presence of an anomalous accessory element in the bill.
This one being taken out, what to do with camtschaticus, so very closely allied?
It is almost identical with cristatellus in all points of structure, except in the de-
tails of the configuration of the bill, and in these points it stands intermediate
between this species and some others. Then microceros a.nd pusillus would have
to stand by themselves. So also would tetraculus and Cassini. These two, par-
ticularly, differ more from all the rest, in their short, simple conic bills, than
any of the rest do from each other. In fine, if psittaculahe allowed generic rank,
so also must cristatellus, and pari passu must no less than three more genera
be recognized. It seems much the most philosophical to group all these forms
together in a single genus, regarding the differences in the bills as specific.

In such an acceptation, the genus comprises eight species, which may be
thus analysed :

Species — (8.)

I. Phaleris Temm. Upper mandible oval, under mandible

falcate ; rictus curved upwards. No crest.

Blackish ; white below from the breast ; a white spot

below the eye 1. psittaculus.

II. Simorhynchus, Merrem. Upper mandible triangular,

under mandible nearly straight; rictus horizontal,
sinuate. A long recurved crest.

Angle of the mouth with a supernumerary corneous
piece. Sides of under mandible unfeathered. One

series of white feathers on the head 2. cristatellua.

Unknown. (See Pallas' description, infra) 3. dubius.

Angle of mouth without a supernumerary piece.
Sides of under mandible feathered. Three series
of white feathers on head 4. camtschaticus.

III. ( Unnamed subgenus.) Bill very small, short, conic,
simple, destitute of any irregularities whatever.

Large ; bill moderately compressed ; a long re-
curved crest; fuliginous black above, fuliginous
gray below. Wing 5-50 ; rictus -TO ; width of
bill at base -30 ; tarsus, middle toe and claw to-
gether '2-50 5. tetraculus.

Small ; bill excessively compressed ; no crest (?) ;
uniform plumbeous, lighter below, whitish on the
abdomen. Wing 4-25 ; rictus -60 ; width of bill
at base -151 Tarsus, middle toe and claw to-
gether, 2*00 6. Cassinif n. a.

IV. {Ciceronia, Reich.) Smallest of the genus. Short
white hair-like feathers over the forehead.

1868.]

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Length about 6-50 ; height of bill at base -30. Up-
per mandible with a basal knob ; bill stout and
wide for its length. No decided white patch on

scapulars ., 7. microceros.

Length about 5-50 ; height of bill at base -20. Up-
per mandible without a knob; bill slender and
narrow for its length. Conspicuous white patch

on scapulars 8. pusillus.

The first distinctive name of this genus is said, by Mr. Gray, to be Simorhyn-
chus of Merrem, with cristatcUus as type. This genus is not in general employ.
The present writer does not know where it is instituted, but adopts it upon
the authority just mentioned. Phaleris of Temminck is usually adopted. This
genus was framed, in 1820, to include both psittaculus and cristateUus : the char-
acters as laid down apply best to the latter ; the former is mentioned first. It
cannot be used for cristateUus, however, being antedated by Merrem's name.
If psittaculus is separated from the present genus, it must be called Phaleris,
Temm., which antedates Omhria Esch., though the latter is usually applied to
that bird. Tylorhamphus Brandt is simply a duplication of Merrem's genus ;
Cyclorrhynchus Kaup merely repeats Temminck's. Ciceronia Reichenbach is
based upon the smallest species of the genus — section four in the preceding
analysis. iSection three of the foregoing synopsis, comprehending tetraculus
and Cassini, is really the most distinct of any, and is the best entitled to
generic rank. The chance to run in a name is left open to any one who may
be ambitious in that line.

SiMORHYXCHUS PSITTACULUS, [Pall.) Sckl.

Alca psittacula, Pallas, Spic. Zool. v, 1769, p. 13, pi. 2, and pi. 5, figs. 4, 5, 6.
Gmelin, S. N. i, pt ii, 1788, p. 553. (Based on Pallas and Pennant.) Latham,
Ind. Orn. ii, 1790, p. 794. (Same basis.) DonndorfF, Beytr. Zool. ii, pt. i,
1794, p. 822. Quotes Steller, Nov. Act. Petrop. iv, p. 426, pi. 13, tigs. 25,
26 ; and other authorities.
Lunda psittacula, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 366, pi. 84.
Fhaleris psittacula, Temminck, Man. Orn. i, 1820, p. 112. Stephens, Shaw's
Gen. Zool. xiii, 1825, p. 44. Bonaparte, Synopsis, 1828, p. 426. Gray,
Genera Birds, iii, 1849, p. 638. Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus, 1856, xlii, p. 774.
Ombria psittacula, Eschscholtz, Zool. Atlas, 1831, iv, p. 3, pi. 17, Brandt, Bull.
Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 348. Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 910.
Elliot, B. N. Am. 1866, part i.
Simorhynchus psittaculus, Schlegel, Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, 1867, livr. ix, p. 24.
Asiatic and American coasts of the North Pacific ; Aleutian Islands ; Kamt-
schatka, (Mus. Acad. Philada.) ; Russian America, (Mus. Smiths. Institution) ;
Behring's Sea, (Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas.); Japan?

Bill moderately large, much compressed,
densely feathered for some distance at base
of upper mandible and sides of lower. Up-
per mandible almost perfectly oval in its
lateral aspect, its culmen gently curved,
and its tomial edges more decidedly con-
vex, the former descending, the latter rapid-
ly ascending to meet at an obtuse angle.
Lower mandible extremely slender, falci-
form in shape, strongly curved upwards,
its tip very acute, its tomial edges concave,
corresponding to the convex tomia of the
Yi^.Q.— Simorhynchus psittaculus {V&W,) upper mandible; the gonys much and
Kat. size. regularly curved. Nasal fossae long and

wide, but rather shallow ; the nares rather broadly linear, or narrowly oval,
overhung by a slightly projecting scale. Frontal feathers embracing culmen

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

in a slightly reentrant angle, thence descending about perpendicularly to the
very edge of the upper mandible. Feathers on side of lower mandible not
extending quite so far as those on side of upper. Interraraal space fully
feathered, but in consequence of the peculiar shape of the rami, there is a
small pit or fossa between them, just at their junction, which is unfeathered.
Wings and tail of the usual length and shape ; the length of the latter con-
tained about three and two-thirds times in the length of the former from the
carpal joint to the end of the longest feather. Tarsus shorter than the middle
toe without its claw.

Adult — Without a crest. A series of elongated very slender filamentous
white feathers from the eje backwards and downwards, white. Entire upper
parts, with chin, throat, breast, and flanks, fuliginous or brownish-black,
lighter or grayer below than above ; other under parts pure white, pretty
trenchantly defined against the darker color of the breast. Bill orange or
coral red, becoming enamel yellow at the tip, and along the cutting edges.
Legs and feet dull greenish, darker posteriorly, (in the dried state.)

The above is the state of plumage of apparently most mature birds;
but is much more rarely met with than the succeeding : Upper parts as
just described, but no whitish feathers below and behind eye. Entire under
parts white, marbled on the throat, breast and sides with dusky or blackish ;
this color usually occupying chiefly or wholly the tips of the feathers, whose
bases are white. The mottling is thickest on the breast, most sparse on the
abdomen ; but it varies in degree with almost every specimen. A state of
plumage is described as that of the young, in which the white occupies nearly
the whole under parts, and is scarcely mixed with dusky, even on the throat
and breast. This stage is not represented in American Museums. The ten-
dency of the mottling, as the bird grows older, seems to be to increase on
the throat, breast, perhaps on the sides and flanks, and to disappear from the
other under parts, leaving the latter pure white, in marked contrast. The
under wing coverts are always dark ashy brown; the short tibial feathers
the same.

Length about 9-00 ; wing 5-40 to 5-T5; tail 1-50 to 1 60 ; tarsus (average)
l-OO ; middle toe MO. Bill: chord of culmen -60, chord of gonys just about
the same ; depth opposite posterior end of nostrils -45 ; width at same point
•30 ; rictus nearly or about 1-00.

This very curious species may be instantly recognized, in whatever state of
plumage, by the remarkable configuration of the bill; the rictus being
strongly curved upwards, the upper mandible oval, obtuse, the lower falci-
form, acute. It is one of the longest and best known of the North Pacific
representatives of the family, and is apparently a vei'y common bird, though
specimens do not occur in collections so often as might be expected. It
seems to be decidedly boreal in habitat, and is not recorded, on the Ameri-
can coast, so far south as the United States, though occurring at Sitka, R. A.,
and probably off the coast of British Colombia. It has no specific synomyms,
though it has been referred to several different genera. It is one of Dr.
Pallas' species. It is the type of M. Temminck's genus Fhaleris.

SiMORHYNCHUS CR18TATELLUS, (Pall.) Merrem.

Alca cristateUa, Pallas, Spic. Zool. v, 1769, p. 20, pi. 3, and pi. 5, figs. 7, 8, 9,
Gmelin, S. N. i, pt. ii, 1788, p. 552. No. 7. Latham, lad. Orn. ii, 1790, p.
794, No. 6. Donndorff, Beylr. Zool. ii, pt. i, 1794, p. 821. Vieillot, Gal.
Ois. ii, 1825, p. 242, pi. 297.

Uria cristateUa, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 370, pi. 86. Erroneously
cites as synonymous Alca camtuchatica, Lepechin.

Simorhynchas cristatellus, Merrem., Bonaparte, Tab. Comp. Pelajf. Coraptes
Rendus, xlii, 1856, p. 774. Schlogel, Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, livr. ix,
1867, p. 25. (Considers if. duhia and tetracula Pall., young of this species.)

Phaleria cristatellus, Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii, 1825, p. 47, pi. 5. Not

1868.]

38

PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

of Temminck, PI. Color. 200, which is Alca camtschatica Lepechin. Bona-
parte, Synopsis, 1828, p. 426.— Id. Compt. and Geog. List. 1838, p. 66.
Vigors, Zool. Voy. Bloss., 1839, Orn. p. 33. Gray, Gen. B.. iii. 1849, p. 638.
PhaUris (Simorhpnchus) cristatella, Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 906.
Tylorhamphus cristatellus, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1867 p. 348.
Phaleris superciliata, Audubon, Orn. Biog. pi. 402 ; oct. ed. pi. 437. Not
Mormon superciliosa Licht., nor Phaleris superciliosa Bonap., which refer to
Alca camtschatica Lepechin.

Asiatic and American coasts and islands of the North Pacific, to Behring's
Straits ; perhaps into the Arctic Ocean. Kamtschatka and Behring's Straits,
(Mus. Acad. Phila.) Japan, and north-west coast of America, (Mus. Smiths.
Inst.) Not known to occur on the American coast so far south as Washing-
ton Territory, U. iS.

Bill surpassing that of all other spe-
cies of the genus in the extent and di-
versity of the irregularities of its sur-
face and contour ; these irregularities
chiefly centered in the base and com-
missural edges, and produced by the
addition of a supernumerary corneous
element to the base of the upper man-
dible just at the angle of the rictus, as
well as the expansion and projection
upwards and outwards of the sides of
the lower mandible towards and at its
base. Bill, except in the length of its
unfeathered commissure, rather short
and wide, the length of culmen scarcely
surpassing the width of bill at its
base. Upper mandible with the cul-
men short and regularly very convex
from base to tip, which latter is rather acute, and slightly overhangs the
lower mandible: its tomial edge extremely sinuate and irregular, lightly
notched just behind the tip, at the base widened and somewhat everted, for
the reception of the cutting edge of the lower mandible; lower mandible not
nearly so deep as the upper, somewhat ascending towards the tip, which
latter is slender and acute ; the gonys short, perfectly straight, moderately
ascending, the sides of the lower mandible elongated, everted, their tomial
edge elevated and dilated at the base, posteriorly corresponding in contour to
the antero-inferior outline of the supernumerary piece. The latter is a sub-
circular or subquadrate corneous plate, slightly concavo-convex, wedged in
between the bases of the tomial edges of the two mandibles, and forming the
angle of the rictus ; in color and texture it resembles the rest of tlie bill, of
which it is a true component element. Nasal fossae small and inconspicuous,
not deeply furrowed, filled in by corneous substance like the rest of the
upper mandible; the nostrils small, short, linear-oblong, placed close by
the tomial edge of the mandible, overhung by an arched and much dilated
corneous scale. Feathers extending on culmen to a point opposite the angle
of the gonys, thence descending perpendicularly along the sides of the bill,
just past but not touching the posterior extremity of the nostrils ; thence fol-
lowing the sinuosities of the commissural edge of the upper mandible to the
supernumerary piece, and around the borderof the latter,* but not encroaching
upon it. Interramal space of lower mandible densely feathered ; but no
feathers encroach upon the sides of the lower mandible, contrary to the usual
rule in this group.

* This supernumerary corneous element is not attached by its whole surface to the sub-
cumbent bone; but a part of its upper border is free and projects a little away from the
skull. The fossa down behind this free raised border is fully feathered.

[Jan.

Fig. 7. — Simorhynchus cristatellus, (Pallas.)
Nat. size.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 6\)

Wings and tail of the usual shape and structure of this group ; the length
of the latter contained three and a half times in the length of the former
from the carpal joint to the end of the longest primary. Legs short, stout,
little compressd. Tarsus entirely reticulate, shorter than middle toe without
claw ; outer toe as long as the middle one ; its claw shorter and smaller than
that of the middle one. Inner lateral toe extremely short, the tip of its claw
falling far short of the base of the middle claw.

Adult. — An elongated crest of twelve to twenty slender feathers springing
in a bundle from one point at the extreme forehead, far in advance of the
angle of the rictus, and curving over forwards in the greater part of a circle.
These feathers are not truly filamentous, having well developed, though short
barbs, and appear narrower than they really are, from the slight obliquity of
the barbs from the shaft. A slender bundle of filamentous feathers from the
posterior canthus of the eye over the auriculars and sides of the neck. A
very few shorter filamentous feathers forming a sparse interrupted superciliary
series. All these filamentous feathers white or whitish; the crest concolor
with the plumage of the upper parts. General color of the crown, nape,
wing, tail, and whole upper parts glossy blackish, with a good deal of a fuli-
ginous or brownish (not plumbeous or cinerous) tint ; under parts a diluted
shade of the same, or much more brownish gray, tending on the abdomen
and posterior under parts generally to ashy gray. Under surfaces of wings
and tail like abdomen. Bill and appendages orange or vermillion red,
yellowish towards the tip. Feet dusky greenish, an undefinable color, in the
dried state.

Length about 9-00; wing 5-25; tail 1-50; tarsus 9 00; middle toe and
claw 1-15 ; outer toe and claw about the same, or slightly less ; inner toe and
claw 1-00; bill; chord of culmen -45; tomia of upper mandible, excluding
supernumerary piece -70 ; greatest width of the latter '25 ; tomia of under
mandible -90; gonys -40; depth of bill opposite posterior end of nares -45;
width at same point '35.

Young. — Similar to the adult, except in the following points: — The bill is
smaller, weaker, less irregular and sinuous in outline, less brightly colored,
wanting the expansion and eversion of the tomial edges of the two mandi-
bles near their base, and with little or no trace of the supernumerary piece
at the angle of the mouth. Even in the youngest specimens the bill shows
unmistakable signs of its fuure character, and cannot be confounded with
the simple conic bill of tetraculus^ etc. The crest and white setaceous feath-
ers are wanting, or only traces of them are apparent. The color is less
blackish, more inclining to a fuliginous dusky above, and to a light dull
brownish gray below.

This species never acquires a distinct parti-coloration like that of most
species of the genus. With the exception of the w'hitish filamentous feathers
on the head, the colors are uniform over the whole body, varying in shade
on differeut parts ; and the transition from the darkest, that of the upper
parts, to the palest on the lower is effected by imperceptible degrees. The
brilliantly colored bill is a conspicuous feature. The color of the feet cannot
be accurately defined in the dried state ; but the tints are probably not very
striking. The crest only makes its appearance after the bird is full grown,
is at least nearly a year old, and has acquired pretty much the perfect shape
of the bill. The same is true of the white supra- and post-ocular filaments ;
and generally among the Phaleridine birds, the presence of these peculiar
head-ornaments may be relied on as indices that the bird is adult, and that
its bill has acquired its mature form. It is just possible, however, that these
remarks may not apply to the setaceous /ronfaZ feathers of aS'. microceros and
pusillm. The crest of S. cristatellus first appears as a little bundle of short
straight feathers shooting out backwards from the plumage of the fore-
head. These plumes, in an early state of their growth, are much broader,

1868.]

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

that is, with more distinct barbs or fibrillae, than subsequently ; considerable
time elapses before they begin to curl over forwards, and they may continue
straight until they are an inch or rather more in length. When full grown,
they are nigh unto two inches long, curve until they almost make a circle,
drooping gracefully, helmet-wise, upon the bill itself. The crest of this and
other species is doubtless moved by peculiar muscles, and entirely subject to
the control of its wearer, like the very similar crests of the birds of the genus
Lophortyx.

Simorhynchus camtschaticus is obviously the species most likely to be con-
founded with the present. In fact, such has been its fate at its hands of so
distinguished an ornithologist as M. Temminck. It would be wasting words
to institute a comparison between the adults of the two species at this late
day. In the youthful condition, before the distinctive head-ornaments are
apparent, and even before the bill has attained its perfect form, so character-
istic in each case, the two species may be distinguished with equal facility.
I^ camtschatica, the basal moiety of the sides of the lower mandible is always
feathered ; in cristateUus this part of the bill is in its whole length always per-
fectly bare of feathers. This latter feature is, in fact, the most excellent
diagnostic character of cristateUus ] by the aid of which alone the species
may always be recognized, be it in never so immature condition, with never
so undeveloped a bill. The relationships of this species to dubius and tetra-
culus need not be noticed here, as they are given in all necessary detail under
the head of these species respectively.

This species was introduced into the records in ItGQ, by Dr. Pallas, who
fortunately gave it a binomial name, thereby securing it from appropriation
by Gmelin, who contrived to filch so many species from Pennant, Latham,
and other contemporaneous writers. Dr. Pallas first described it as an Alca,
but afterwards removed it to the genus Clria — a very unwarrantable proce-
dure. It is the type of Merrem's genus Simorhynchus, and of Brandt's genus
Tylorhamphus ; but not, as generally supposed, of Temminck's genus Phaleris,
which is based upon Alca psittacula Pall. Though thus referred to so many
different genera, it has hardly a specific synonym, unless the name on
Audubon's plate 402 be regarded as such.

Numerous excellent specimens of this bird are in the collections of the
Philadelphia Academy and of the Smithsonian Institution, from the various
localities quoted at the head of this article. It is decidedly a boreal species,
not recorded from the coast of the United States, though occurring on the
Asiatic shores as far south, at least, as Japan.

Simorhynchus dubius, (Pallas) Cones.
Uria dubia, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 371, pi. 87. " U. rostro fusco
simplici, crista frontis pennacea recurva, * * sexu vel aetate tantum a
praecedente [^cristaiellal videtur deferre, licet deficientes ad oris angulos
calli carnei, et rostrum minus hiulcum differentiam insignem constituant.
Cum praecedenti in mari extra Awatscham portum observatur. Irides can-
didae. Rostrum sanguineo-fuscura. Pedes coerulescentes. Caeterum A.
cristatellse magnitudine et colore simillima."
Phaleris dubia, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 347. Gray, Gen.

Birds, iii, 1849, p. 638.
Tylorhamphus dubius, Bonaparte, Tab. Comp. Pelag. Comptes Rendus, 1856,
xlii, p. 774.

This species, if it be really such, appears appropriately named, since there
is nothing to distinguish it from cristateUus beyond certain differences in the
bill which might with propriety be attributed to an immature condition of
the specimen upon which the species was based. And yet the mention of a
recurved crest of feathers upon the forehead by Dr. Pallas militates against
the supposition that his specimen was not adult. The great reliability which
the scientific writings of Dr. Pallas claim, and justly deserve, from their

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41

uniform excellence and accuracy, necessitates no small degree of caution in
a decision against the validity of one of his species. It will be evident upon
the least reflection that, for example, such a perfectly valid species as tetra-
culuf, might be so described, in a few sentences, that no striking impression
of its difference from cristatellus should be conveyed. It is also to be borne
in mind that Prof. Brandt, probably unsurpassed by any one in the accuracy
and extent of his knowledge of the Aicidse, and particularly well fitted to
judge of Dr. Pallas' works, admits the species in question as distinct. And
in the present instance it seems preferable to Coincide with the views of these
naturalists, and to allow the species to hereafter stand upon its own merits,
until the proof that it has none is forthcoming, notwithstanding Dr. H.
Schlegel's summary assignment of it (as well as of tetraculus) to cristatellus.
There is no specimen purporting to represent this species in any Americaa
Museum ; and the only information regarding it which can be furnished at pre-
sent writing is embodied in the above citation from the " Zoographia." It is
hardly, if at all, noticed by other writers than those here cited. Mr. Cassin,
however, queries it as a synonym of cristatellus.

SiMORHYNCHDS CAMTSCHATICUS, [Lepech.) Schl.

Alca kamtschatica, Lepechin,Nova Acta Petrop. xii, 1801, p 369^ pi. 8.

Fhaleris camtschatica, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 347. Gray,
Gen. Birds, iii, 1849, p. 638. Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 908.

Tylorhamphus camtschaiicus, Bonaparte, Tab. Comp. Pelag. Comptes Rendus,
1856, xlii, p. 774.

Simorhynchus camtschaiicus^ Schlegel, Urin. Mus. Pays-Bas, 1867. livr. ix, p. 25.
Uria mystacea, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 372, pi. 89. Quotes Alca camt-
schatica Lepechin, having just previously cited it for cristatella.

Phaleris cristatella, Temminck, PI. Color. No. 200. Not of authors.

Mormon superciliosum, Lichtenstein, Verzeich. 1823, p. 89.

Fhaleris superciliosa, Bonaparte, Comp. and Geog. List, 1838, p. 66.

North Pacific Coasts. Unalaschka, (Pallas.) Kamtschatka, (Mus. Bost. Nat.
Hist. Soc.) North-west coast of America, (Mus. Smiths. Inst.)

Bill much smaller, simpler, and differently
shaped from that of S. cristatellus, though not
distantly resembling the juvenile undeveloped
condition of the latter. Width at nostril
very slightly less than depth at same point,
about two-thirds of the length of culmen ; bill
regularly >• shaped in lateral outline ; culmen
very convex, regularly arched from base to
tip ; gonys nearly straight, rapidly ascending ;
commissure slightly sinuate^ a little curved
upward at tip ; apices of both mandibles acute,
fairly meeting each other on the level of the
commissure ; tomia of upper mandible slightly
nicked near the tip of the bill. Wings and
tail of usual shape for this genus ; the length
of the latter contained about three and a half
times in the length of the former from the car-
pal angle to end of first primary. Tarsus
Fig. 8.—Simorhynchug camtschaiicus, ranch shorter than middle toe and claw;
(Lep.) Nat. size. middle toe a little shorter than outer toe ;

middle toe and claw just as long as outer toe and claw ; inner toe and claw

a little shorter than middle toe without its claw.

The form of the bill alone is characteristic; the other details of structure

are shared by the rest of the Simorhynchi.

A very long recurved crest of exceedingly slender, delicate, filoplumaceous

1868.]

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

feathers, six (to ten?) in number, springing from the anterior part of the
forehead, about opposite the anterior edge of the orbits, brownish-black; a
single series of slender filamentous feathers from each side of the base of the
culmen, and thence to the superior border of the orbit; a second similar but
shorter series from the edge of the commissure, and thence along the lower
part of the side of the jaw; a third similar series from the posterior can hus
of the eye, and thence adown the side of the neck; yellowish white. Body
colors almost uniform ; brownish black, sometimes with more of a grayish,
sometimes with more of a fuliginous hue ; the wings and tail most intense in
color, frequently nearly black ; the under parts, particularly the belly, lighter
and more grayish brown, inclining to mouse color. Bill orange red, its apex
salmon color, or more decidedly yellowish. Legs (in the dried specimen)
posteriorly dark brown, anteriorly lighter, more reddish-brown ; feet dull
brown ; claws reddish-brown.

Length of body (approximately) 8-00 inches; wing 5-60; tail 1-60; bill:
chord of culmen -45; depth at base -28, width at base nearly the same;
length of rictus -95; tarsus 1-00; middle toe 1-25, its claw -35; outer toe
1-30, its claw -30 ; inner toe and claw 1-10 ; length of outstretched crest 1-40 ;
length of longest whitish feathers over eye 1-00.

Os hyoides examined : The apohyals are slender cylindrical bones -6 long,
slightly knobbed at the end, devaricating at an angle of about 40°. The
ceratohyals are absent in the specimen. The urohyal is a delicate style for
•10 of an inch, then suddenly expands into a broad, flat, very thin spatulous
lamina, subrectangular in shape, or rather cordate, transversely concavo-con-
vex. This lamina is as long as the rest of the urohyal, and its breadth is
rather greater than the length of the stylous portion. The basi-hyal is '15
of an inch long, slender and cylindrical; bearing upon its apex an exceed-
ingly thin, expanded, somewhat cochleariform glosso-hyal. No opportunity
has presented itself of examining the tongue bones of other species of the
family.

The present is a long and well known species. First made known, at the
beginning of the present century, by Lepechin, (see above) it wasredescribed
as Uria mi/stacea, in the Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, by Dr. Pallas, whose ex-
pression " * * pennulis setaceis albis elongatis superciliaribus mysta-
ceisque,^' leaves no room for doubt as to the species he had in view. It was
redescribed in 1823 by Prof. Lichtenstein, under the name of Mormon super-
ciliosum. Unfortunately, it furnished the subject of Planche Coloriee, No.
200, at the hands of M. Temminck, under the palpable pseudonym of Phaleris
cristatella ; which event might have been the occasion of confusion and un-
certainty, were the bird a less strongly characterized species. As it is,
there is no difficulty in detecting and correcting M. Temminpk's error. S.
camtschatica is so very distinct from cristatella, that no special comparisons of
the two are required. It is only necessary to point to the configuration of
the bill, and the presence of superciliary and maxillary filoplumes, for their
ready discrimination. For the rest, the present is a much smaller species
than cristatellus ; and the plume is perhaps longer, certainly less recurved,
usually composed of fewer feathers, which are rather more filamentous. The
setaceous feathers are essentially arranged, as may be seen above, in three
distinct sets or bundles ; one from the side of the bill along the commissure
and lower part of the cheeks ; one from the culmen over the eye, and a third
from the posterior canthus of the eye backwards over the auricular region
and side of the neck; though the first and last sets may appear more or less
directly continuous with each other. It is possible that the plumage described
above may not be the most perfect one ; still, the perfect development of the
crest and other ornamen^ts warrants the belief that the bird from which it
was taken is an adult. Authors speak of the under parts, particularly the
abdomen, as being frequently nearly white ; which may be the coloration of
those parts in very mature or very old birds.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

At present writing only one perfect specimen of this species is known to
exist in any American Museum. The Boston Natural History Society possess
this one ; No. 9209 of the Museum Register, No. 8135 of the Fresuaye collec-
tion, now owned by the Society. The Smithsonian Institution has a mutilated
specimen, (ah ead only), from the north-west coast of America, presented by
Mr. John Gould. As far as can be judged, it belongs to a bird rather more
perfectly plumaged than the Boston Society's specimen.

SiMORHYNCHUS TBTRACULUS, [Pall.) CoueS.

Alca tetracula, Pallas, Spic. Zool. v, 1769, p. 23, pi. 4, and pi. 5, figs. 10, 11,
12. Gmelin, S. N. i, pt. ii, 1788, p. 552, No. 8. Quotes Dusky Auk, Pen-
nant. Arct. Zool. ii, p. 515, No. 435. Latham, Ind. Orn. ii, 1790, p. 794, No.
7. Quotes Pallas, Spic. Zool. Donndorff, Beytr. Zool. ii, pt. i, 1794, p. 821.
Uria tetracula, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 371, pi. 88.

Phaleris tetracula, Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii, 1825, p. 46. Brandt, Bull.
Acad. St. Petersb, ii, 1837, p. 347. Gray, Genera Birds, iii, 1849, p. 638.
Elliot, B. N. A. 1867, part iii.
Tylorhamphus tetraculus, Bonaparte, Tabl. Comp. Pelag. Comptes Rendus,
1856, xlii, p. 774. Erroneous assignment of Brandt's genus Tylorhamphus,
which is based upon cristatellus.
Phaleris {Tylorhamphus) tetracula^ Cassin, Baird's B. N, A. 1858, p. 907.

Asiatic (and American?) coasts of the North Pacific. "In mari orientali,
praesertim Unalaschka," (Pallas.) Kamtschatka, (Mus. Acad., Philada., and
Mus. Smiths. Inst.) Bay of Yedo, Japan, (Mus. Smiths. Inst.)

Bill small, short, much com-
pressed, regularly conical from
a lateral view, simple, being
without decided sulci, ridges,
caruncles or other irregulari-
ties of surface of any sort; cul-
men narrow, regularly moder-
ately convex from base to tip ;
commissure and gonys perfect-
ly straight in their whole
length; the tip of the bill
turned neither up nor down,
but the points of both man-
dibles almost meeting on the
level of the commissure. Nasal
fossae scarcely discernible as
such, the upper border of the
small, basal, linear nostrils
being flush with the rest of the
bill. Frontal feathers extend
Fig. O.—Simorhynchus tetraculus (Pall.) Nat. size. forward with an obtusely
rounded outline on the culraen, then rapidly recede backwards as they pass
downward in a straight line just past the posterior end of the nostrils to the
commissural edge of the upper mandible ; those on the side of the lower mandi-
ble extending not quite so far, but the interramal space fully feathered Wings
rather longer than usual in this group ; legs, feet, and tail as in other species
of the genus, the legs perhaps a little longer, comparatively, than in other
species. A crest of ten or more slender elongated feathers with loosened
fibrillae springs from the middle of the forehead, just before the eyes, and
curves forward in the greater part of a circle to near the tip of the bill. A
very few filamentous feathers on the sides of the head, the slender series be-
ginning at the posterior canthus, and thence extending downwards and back-
wards. A small white spot just below the eye. Everywhere dull blackish,
or dusky ; deepest on the back, becoming more of a smoky or brownish-gray

1868.

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

on the under parts ; under wing coverts like the rest of the under parts ; crest
colored like the back. Bill an undefinable dusky* in the dried specimen ; legs
and feet livid gray, (probably greenish or bluish in life) ; membranes black ;
claws black.

Dimensions. — (Spec, in Mus. Acad., Phila.) Length about 8-50 ; wing 5-50 ;
tail 1-60; chord of culmen -35; gape -60; gonys -25; greatest height of bill
•33, greatest width -25 ; tarsus 1-00; middle toe and claw 1-50, outer 1-40,
inner 1-25.

Another specimen, (No. 22,258, Mus. Smiths. Inst.) Wing 5-60 ; tail 1-75 :
chord of culmen -40 ; gape -80 ; gonys -40 ; height at base of bill -40 ; width
at same point -30 ; legs and toes as in the preceding specimen.

Three specimens of this species examined: one iti the Philadelphia Academy
from Kamtschatka, which served as the subject of Mr, Cassin's description in
the "Birds of North America;" another in the Smithsonian Institution, (No.
22,258,) received from the Bremen Museum, labelled " Phaleris cristatella,
(Pall.); Winterkleid ; Kamtschatka;" another also in the Smithsonian, (No.
15,805,) labelled "Phaleris cristatella; Bay of Yedo, Japan ; Apr. 1854; eye
gray ; iris black ; Rodgers' North Pacific Exploring Expedition." The last
mentioned specimen is in a very poor state of preservation, and is a young
bird, as evidenced by the short straight crest, directed backwards ; though the
bill is nearly perfect in size and shape, aud the general aspect of the bird is
precisely that of the adult. The other two specimens are in fine condition,
and represent the perfectly mature state. These three include all that are
known to exist in any American Museum. It is not a common bird in collec-
tions, and is frequently mistaken for the young crista f.eltus, to which species,
however, it bears only a distant and superficial resemblance.

The bird here described is indubitably the "Dusky Auk" of Pennant, a
species more perfectly and satisfactorily described and fig'ired by Dr. Pallas
as Alca tetracula. It is a strongly marked species, not distantly allied to,
and somewhat resembling cristatellus in everything but the bill, which is of a
radically different formation, as will be impressed upon the mind by a
perusal and comparison of the descriptions given under head of these species.
Tetraculus requires no special comparison with cristatellus or with camtschaticus
for the substantiation of its distinctness. S. Cassini of this paper is the most
closely allied species, and might just possibly be confounded by a careless or
ignorant observer. The differences will be found under head of the latter.

The diagnostic points of this species lie chiefly in the small size and pecu-
liar shape of the bill (cf. descr.) ; the length of the wings, proportionally
greater than in any other species of the genus ; and the greater length of the
feet and toes. The wings, tail, feet and toes are about of the same absolute
dimensions as those of cristatellus^ although tetraculus is rather a smaller bird.
The various shades of the dark color of the plumage are produced by admix-
ture of black, brown and gray ; there is no pure cinereous or plumbeous on
any part of the plumage.

This is a species which entered at a very early day into ornithological
literature, notwithstanding which it has not a single accredited synonym.
Its claims to recognition as a valid species, distinct from cristatellus, have not
been impugned, except by the learned Director of the Museum of the Pays-
Bas. It has been the occasion of no confusion or conflict of opinion among
writers, except in those few instances in which it has been erroneously sup-
posed to have furnished the subject of Audubon's plate of cristatellus. The
most cursory examination of the plate will convince the mind upon this
point. Mr. Pennant, in virtue of his "Dusky Auk," which is this species,
would have been entitled to the proprietorship of the bird, had he given it a
binomial name ; but as it is. Dr. Pallas stands as its lawful sponsor, having
christened it Alca tetracula in 1769.

* Pallas gives its color as " fusco-rubrum ;" Gmelin, as "ex fusco-lutescens ;" Latham,
as " luteo-fuscum."

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

SiMORHTNCHUS Cassini, Coues^ n. sp,
Pkaleris Cassini, Coues, mss.

DiAG. — S. rostro parvo, breve, vald^ compresso, longitudlne vix altitadinem
excedente, latitudiae dimidii altitudinis ; fere triangulare a spectu laterale ;
simplice, nee uUis additamentis corneis instructo ; culmine leviter declinato-
convexo, rictu recto, carinjl fere recta, a scendente; supra nigro-plumbeus,
vertice, alis caudaque nigerrimis ; subtus griseo-plumbeus, abdomine cris-
soque sensim albicantibus ; longitude tota corporis 7-75 (poll. Aug.) ; alse
4-25; caudae 1-40 ; tarsi '80 j digiti medii cum ungue 1-20; rostri -40, alt. -30,
lat. -151 rictQs -60.

Typical and unique specimen, No. 46,564 of the Smithsonian Museum ; a
male (adult?) collected Aug. 3, 1866, at Ounimak Pass, Russian America,
by W. H. Dall.

Bill very small and short,
only half as long as the tarsus ;
extremely compressed, being
hardly more than half as wide
as high at the base; its height
at base three-fourths the length
ofculmen; lateral aspect of the
bill nearly triangular; culmen
regularly lightly convex in out-
line ; rictus perfectly straight ;
gonys almost straight, ascend-
ing; tip of bill rather obtuse ;
no tubercles, sinuosities, or
other irregularities of surface
or of contour. Nasal fossae
well marked, oval in outline,
Fig. 10.— Simorhynchus Cassini, nov. sp. Nat. size, reaching the culmen at its base,
separated by a ridge from the commissural edge of the upper mandible; nos-
trils low down in the fossa, small, short, narrowly linear. Frontal feathers
laid straight across the base of culmen, descending nearly perpendicularly
along the posterior edge of the nasal fossae, just attaining the posterior end of
the nostrils, then retreating obliquely backwards and downwards. Feathers on
side of lower mandible extending to a point opposite those on culmen; some-
what further into the interramal space, which is densely feathered. Wings
and tail of usual size and shape. Feet small, tarsi moderately compressed,
much shorter than the middle toe and without its claw; only two-thirds the
middle toe and claw; outer toe as long as, or slightly longer than the middle,
its claw much smaller than that of the middle ; tip of inner claw just reach-
ing base of middle claw.

Entire upper parts blackish-cinereous, or very dark lead color, deepest and
very black on the crown, wings and tail. Entire under parts much lighter
and more grayish plumbeous, insensibly blending with the color of the upper
parts on the sides of the head, neck, and body, fading very gradually into
whitish on the abdomen and under tail coverts. Inner webs of primaries,
secondaries and tail feathers dusky gray ; the outer glossy black ; under sur-
face of wings dusky gray, nearly black along the edge. Bill dusky, tinged
with red ; tarsi behind and toes below black ; rest of feet an undefinable
color in the dried state; perhaps reddish in life. ** Eyes white and black,"
(collector's label).

This is a very strongly-marked species, differing to a remarkable degree
from any other of the family. The chief peculiarity of form lies in the bill ;
80 small, simple, extremely compressed, destitute of appendages, and otherwise
unique, as will be seen by the description, and still more clearly by the dia-
gram. As regards color, the tinge of clear plumbeous which pervades the
uniform dark color is very characteristic. There is no trace of a crest, nor

1868.]

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

of elongated filiform feathers about the head. Their absence, however, is
not to be regarded as a specific character, since it cannot be positively
affirmed ihat the specimen is fully adult.

The affinities of the species are clearly with S. tetraculus, which it resem-
bles in the small simple compressed bill. But it is unnecessary to compare
the two and point out the differences. A glance at the dimensions will alone
suffice to show specific distinction. There is no other bird in the family that
S. Cassini in the least resembles.

SiMORHYNCHUS MiCROCEROS, [Brandt^) Coues.
? Alca pygmsea, Gmelin, S. N. i, pt. ii, 1788, p. 555, No. 12 ; and of the older

authors. Based on the Pigmy Auk of Pennant. Not identifiable.
Simorhynchus pygmoBus, Schlegel, Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, 1867, livr. ix, p.
23. Identifies A.pygmcBa Gm. as Phaleris microceros Brandt or P. nodirostra
Bonap., and Uria pusilla Pall, as young of the same.
Phaleris microceros^ Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 346.
Phaleris (Ciceronia) microceros, Cassin, B. N. A. 1858, p. 908.
Ciceronia microceros, Reichenbach.

Phaleris nodirostra, Bonaparte, Comp. and Geog. List, 1838, p. 66. Equals
microceros Brandt. Audubon, Orn. Biog. v, 1839, p. 101, pi. 402. Audu-
bon, B. Amer. vii, 1844, pi. 468. Gray, Genera Birds, iii, 1849, p. 644.
Ciceronia nodirostris, Bonaparte, Consp. Gav, Comptes Rend., 1856, xlii. p. 774.
'^fPhaleris corniculata, Eschscholtz," (Gray.) Doubtful citation. Perhaps
Fratercula corniculata? or Cerorhina monocerata?

Asiatic and American coasts of North Pacific; Kamtschatka ; Kurile
Islands ; Plover Bay ; Sitka ; Japan. Numerous specimens in the Mus. Acad.,
Philadelphia, and Mus. Smiths. Inst., from various localities. Not known to
occur as far south as Washington Territory, U. S., though found in the
Japan Sea.

Smallest of the Auks with the ex-
ception of S. pusillus. Bill very short,
not half as long as the head, stout,
deep, wide, little compressed, obtuse
at the tip ; its width at base nearly
equalling its heighth at the same
point, and but little less than the
length of culmen. A small but con-
spicuous globular tubercle arising
from base of culmen, beyond which
the culmen is strongly arched, very
regularly convex, rapidly descending,
its tip not very acute, obsoletely
notched on the tomia, very slightly
overhanging the tip of under mandi-
Yig.n.-Simarhynchus microceros, (Brandt), ble. Commissure almost straight its
Nat. size. whole length, the extremity very

slightly ascending. Gonys short, rapidly ascending, very slightly convex.
Nostrils in a short but wide and deep fossa, placed rather higher up above
the commissure than in some species ; narrowly linear, not reached by the
frotital feathers. Frontal feathers extending to the node on the culmen,
then retreating obliquely backwards as they descend along the sides of the
upper mandible ; feathers on side of lower mandible extendinjr farther than on
upper mandible. Proportions of wings, tail, legs and feet as in other species
of the genus.

Adult. — Forehead and lores conspicuously marked with delicate hair lines
of white, produced by numerous short, stiff, but very slender white setaceous
leathers scattered thickly thereover ; a few of which filaments, more elon-
gated and thread-like than the frontal ones, stretch adown the sides of the head

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 47

to below the level of the jaw ; and a few more excessively delicate ones
reach from the posterior canthu3 of the eye some distance along the sides of
the occiput and nape. Entire upper parts, including the forehead, vertex,
occiput, and sides of head, (with the exception of the white feathers just
described) sides of neck, and wings and tail, glossy black. Inner webs of
the primaries dusky gray. Under wing coverts, (except the smallest row
just along the antibrachium and metacarpus,) white. Region about base of
under mandible blackish plumbeous, and a few feathers along the sides
under the wings and on the flanks blackish ; all other under parts white,
mottled, especially on the breast and sides, with black, the throat alone re-
maining immaculate. Bill red, tubercle and base of upper mandible dark
bluish. Legs and feet an undefinable dusky in the dried state ; the anterior
border of the tarsus, and superior aspect of the toes dull greenish.

Length about 6-50; wing from carpus 3-75; tail 1-25; tarsus -70; middle
toe and claw 1-00; outer do. the same; inner do. '85] bill : chord of culmen,
(including width of knob) -40; along rictus '60; gonys -25; height at base
•30 ; width at base slightly less.

The preceding is a description of the perfect plumage of this species,
which is of comparatively unfrequent occurrence. The usual state of plum-
age of the bird as met with in collections is much as follows : — Bill as de-
scribed above; filamentous feathers much as above described, but rather
shorter and more sparse, and scarcely appearing behind the eye and along
edge of side of lower jaw. Upper parts plumbeous black, sometimes slightly
interrupted in its continuity by a few whitish feathers about the scapulars ;
the primaries grayish black, paler on their inner webs ; secondaries grayish
white at their tips. Under parts white, as before, but very sparsely marbled
or waved with dusky; least so on the abdomen, most so on the sides and
breast, where the blackish so increases in amount as to appear more or less
continuous with that of the upper parts. Chin and sides of jaw as above de-
scribed, but throat white, immaculate Tbe dusky mottling varies greatly in
amount and in intensity with different specimens. Sometimes it is reduced
to a few isolated touches here and there, and again it is found to give the pre-
vailing color to the under parts. That specimens in this mottled condition
are not immature, is proven by the fact that the bill is fully grown and pro-
vided with a well developed tubercle ; and that the forehead is thickly
covered with white setaceous feathers. The mottling, however, is confined
to the tips of the individual feathers, whose bases are pure white ; and is
thus apparently of a temporary and transient character, like that so frequently
met with in young or winter specimens of gulls and petrels. It may be a
seasonal feature, or one only found in birds of a certain age ; and yet nu-
merous facts tend to indicate it as a character of perfectly mature birds.
Were one to examine a specimen with the usual moderate amount of mottling
on the under parts, and notice the fact that the blackish occupies only the
tips of the feathers, he could not fail to be impressed with the analogy just
now hinted at, and to conclude that with advancing age the mottling would
grow less and less, and finally disappear, leaving tho under parts pure white,
as in pusillus. Such, however, appears not to be the case. Specimens whose
age is attested by a fully developed bill and well formed tubercle, are those
most mottled below with blackish. And yet, no specimens have been found
with the breast or any other part of the under parts uninterruptedly black,
trenchantly divided from white areas. The peculiar kind of mottling exhib-
ited by this species is so unusual as a condition of perfect maturity, that the
suspicion arises that the very highest state of plumage is not yet known.

Young. — Entirely similar in plumage to the bird as just described ; but the
under parts whire, scarcely relieved by mottling ; and the white extending
far around on the sides of the neck, leaving only a narrow median dorsal line
black ; the bill smaller than that of the adult, and the tubercle wholly want-
1868.]

48 PnOCEEDlNGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

ing, or very imperfectly developed ; its place on the culmen being occupied
by a soft skiany covering like that on the nasal fossae.

Specimens frequently occur in this condition. An understanding of its
precise import is somewhat complicated by the fact that, although the tuber-
cle is entirely wanting, and the bill otherwise obviously undeveloped, the
head is well provided with the whitish setaceous feathers. Birds in such
condition might be confounded, on casual inspection, with S. pusillus. But
more careful examination will result in the observation, that the bill is far
too large, thick^ and heavy to be that of pusillus ; that there is no conspicuous
white patch on the scapulars; that the size of the whole bird exceeds that of
pusillus: which points, in connection with some others which might he enu-
merated, will serve to distinguish the two species. Their relationships are
dwelt upon more at length in the succeeding article.

When old birds of this species are moulting, in the fall, the glossy black
of the fresh feathers on the back is interrupted with dull grayish black
patches, formed by the old feathers whieh have not yet been renewed ; and
the old worn primaries and secondaries are dull grayish, fading almost into
grayish white at their tips and along their edges. A specimen in such a con-
dition, (No. 46,563, Smiths. Mus.) though palpably an old bird, has no trace
of a caruncle on the biiU

It may not, perhaps, be exceeding due bounds, to hint at the possibility
that the nodule on the bill may be temporary in character, assumed after a
certain age, at a certain season, and then lost, wholly or in part, by absorp-
tion, to be again resumed at the same period of the following year, probably
during the season of reproduction. This suggestion presents itself to the
observer without straining on his part, and, in fact, is rather forced upon his
attention, after examination of specimens, apparently adult, in which no
trace of the tubercle is to be found. The tubercle is in essential character-
istics an extrinsic formation upon the bill, differing radically in its structure
from the rest of the organ. No good reason appears to forbid the supposi-
tion that its growth and subsequent re-absorption, maybe periodical. Argu-
ments for such a belief might readily be adduced in the periodical hyper-
trophy and atrophy of the combs, wattles, caruncles, and the various other
fleshy or cutaneous or semi'corneous growths about the head and bill of very
many birds, which enlarge during the breeding season, and afterwards
diminish or entirely disappear. It is also within the limits of possibility
that caruncles of this species is a sexual characteristic. The specimen above
mentioned, (No. 46,563,) is marked female. However close to, or remote
from, the truth either or both of the foregoing suggestions may be, it is cer-
tain that observed facts relating to the rostral knob of this bird are at vari-
ance with generally received doctrines about it, and are explicable by the ap-
plication of one or the other of the preceding hypotheses. At present we are
very much in the dark in the matter.

Various ages, conditions of plumage and bill, of this species are well
represented by the numerous specimens in the Museum of the Philadelphia
Academy and of the Smithsonian Institution, from various localities along
the coasts and among the islands of the North Pacific. No specimens are
contained in any other American collection.

The only questions of synonymy which arise in this case are connected
with the identification of Alca pygmoea^ Gm., and are treated of under head
of S. pusillus. Prof. Brandt's name has priority over that of the Prince Bona-
parte, although the latter has come into more general employ than the former,

SiMOBHYNCHUS PUSILLUS, {Palltts) CoUeS.

^Alcapygmxa, Gmelin. S. N. i, pt. ii, 1788, p. 555, No. 12 ; " rostro nigro,
Venice, cervice, dorso, alls, cauda pedibusque obscuris, jugulo et pectore
glaucis, abdomine sordide albo. * * alee minor, 7 poll, longa,"

etc.— Based upon Pigmy Auk, Pennant, Arct. Zool. ii, p. 513, No. 431.

£Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

Habitat between Northera Asia and America. Latham, Ind. Orn. ii, 1790,
p. 790, No. ii. Same as Gmelin's species. Bonnaterre, Eocy. Method. Orn.
1790, p. 33. Same as Gmelin's species. Donndorff, Beytr. Zool. ii, pt. i, p.
825. Quotes Pennant and Latham.

? Phaleris pygmxa, Stephens, Shaws Gen. ZooL xiii, 1825, p. 48. Same as
Alca pygvKBa^ Gm. Lath.

Phaleris pygmcea^ Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 347. Quotes
both Alca pygmxa Gm. and Uria pusilla Pall., which he considers as synony-
mous. Gray, Genera Birds iii, 1849, p. 638. Quotes Uria pusilla, Pall.

Tylorhamphus pygmxas, Bonaparte Consp. Gav. Comptes Rendus, 1856, xlii. p.
774. Same as pusilla, Pall.

Uria pusilla, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 373, pi. 70, baud dubi^. •' Fronts
brachiisque albo-notatis."

Phaleris pusilla, Cassin,.Pr. A. N. S. Phila. 1862, p. 324. Elliot, B. N. Am.
1867, part vi.

Phaleris [Ciceronia) pusilla, Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1868, p. 909.

Asiatic and American coasts of the North Pacific. Kamtschatka, (Pallas.)'

Semiavine Straits (Mus. Smiths. Inst.) N. W. coast of America (Mus. Smiths.

Inst.) Sitka, Russian Amer. (Mus. Pays-Bas, teste Schlegel.)

In size the least of its genus,
and the smallest known nata-
torial bird. Length, (approxi-
mately correct) 5-50 inches ; ex-
tent of wings , wing from

carpus to end of first primary
3-50; tail MO; tarsus -75, mid-
dle toe and claw 1-10 ; outer toe
and claw TOO ; inner toe and
claw -85 ; bill along culmen
•40; along rictus, -65; along
gonys '30; height at base -20;
width at same point the same
or slightly less. (Compare these
measurements, particularly of
Fig. 12.~Simorhynchus pusillus, (Pa.\]a.3.) the bill, with those of S. micro -

Nat. size. ceros.)

With the usual /orm of the genus, except as to the bill, the shape of which
is specific. Bill without tubercles, or other irregularities of contour ; straight,
comparatively slender, compressed ; height at base much less than length
along culmen; width at base the same, or rather less than, height at same
point; the apex more acute than that of microceros ; the outline of culmen
at first straight, then slightly convexo-declinate ; commissure almost straight,
a little ascending anteriorly, still not sinuous in any part of its length ; gonys
lengthened, at first convex in outline, then rapidly ascending in a straight
line. Nasal fossa large, extending along the basal moiety of the bill, reach-
ing from the culmen nearly to the tomia ; not deeply excavated ; nostrils
small, narrow, linear, one eighth of an inch long, basal, lyingjust above the
commissural edge of the upper mandible. Frontal feathers running forward
some distance in a rather narrow angle on the culmen, retreating very rapidly
obliquely backwards and downwards on the sides of the upper mandible ; ex-
tending on sides of the lower mandible a little further than on upper. (It is
to be gathered from this description, more particularly, that the bill of pusil-
lu8, compared with that of microceros, is fully as long; but slenderer, more
acute at the tip, less convex along culmen and gonys, more compressed in its
whole extent, and non-tuberculate.)

Adult. — Entire under parts pure white ; entire upper parts pure black,
only relieved as follows : The humoral and scapular feathers are, all of them

1868.] 4

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

or most of them, white or whitish in some portion or the whole of their
extent ; producing two patches of this color, not inaptly comparable to the
similar patches on the scapulars of Brachyrhamphus Wrangeli, or Collyrio
borealis, in size, shape and general appearance. About half the secondaries, the
innermost ones, are quite conspicuously white on the tips of the outer web
for a fourth or a third of an inch. The forehead and lores, from the base of
the bill to the eyes and vertex, are lineated (exactly as in microceros) with
sparse, distinct, rery slender white setaceous feathers ; none are apparent,
among several specimens, behind the eye, or from the commissural angle of
the bill. Pallas tersely summed up these points of coloration of the upper
parts in saying " Fronte brachiisque albo-notatis ;" and the white about the
"arms" is a strong distinctive feature of the species in comparison with
microceros. The white of the under parts reaches far around on the side of
the neck ; on the side of the head it only extends on a level with the com-
missure ; it does not quite attain the base of the lower mandible, being cut
off from the bill by a small blackish-lead-colored area. There are indica-
tion of a small whitish spot just above and below the eye. formed of feathers
of the ordinary texture. The under wing coverts are wholly white, except
just along the edge of the forearm. The short tibial feathers are dusky
gray. Bill black, (as nearly as can be determined from the dried specimens,)
the base, gonys and tip of lower mandible yellowish. Posterior aspect of
tarsus, and inferior surface of toes and webs, blackish ; rest of legs and feet
a dull undefinable greenish-dusky (in the dried specimens.)

The changes of plumage of this species are not known ; no other condition
than the one above described is represented by the specimens in the Smith-
sonian Institution, and none are contained, as far as known, in any other
American museum. No. 21,320 of the Smithsonian collection, obtained from
Capt. John Rodgers' expedition to the North Pacific, collected at Semiavine
Straits by Dr. Wm. Stimpson, is the one above described. No. 21,321, from
the same locality, is a younger bird, but entirely similar to 21,320, except that
it has a rather weaker bill, and only slight traces of the white setaceous feath-
ers on the forehead. No. 46,562, collected Sept. 9th, 1866, at Plover Bay, by
W. H. Dall, of the Western Union Company's Overland International Tele-
graph Expedition, a young bird, as shown by the soft feel of the feathers and
other features needless to detail, is referrible, with some degree of doubt, to
this species. The scapulars are very conspicuously white ; the secondaries
plainly tipped with white; the under parts pure white, unspotted as in
typical pusillus. The black of the upper parts is tinted, especially about the
head, with gray or plumbeous, and there are no traces of whitish setaceous
feathers on the forehead ; both of which features are to be attributed to the
juvenility of the specimen. The doubt in the case centres in the bill. This
organ has no trace of a tubercle, and is very small and weak, as usual in the
yonng pudllus : but it seems to be deeper, and especially wider at the base,
compared with its length, than is the case with tyi[)ica\ pusillus ; in these
points of shape approximating to microceros. But " seems to be" is the most
definite expression to be used in this case, for in the preparation of the spe-
cimen, or its subsequent drying or packing for transportation, the bill has
been injured, and so much distorted, that its true form cannot now be de-
termined with desirable precision.

It cannot be denied that the relations that this species bears to microceros
are extremely intimate. So closely, in fact, does it approach the latter, that
its specific validity might fairly be called in question by one of conservative
views ; especially in consideration of the well-known fact, not to be disputed,
that the bills of all young Alcidse are much smaller and weaker, and even in
more striking points of form, conspicuously different from those of adult
birds ; and that a long time is required for their perfect development. This
remark applies with especial force to the formation of the various knobs,
ridges, sulci, rictal callosities, and the other irregularities of surface. The

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

mere presence or absence, therefore, of the node upon the base of the culmen,
cannot be allowed to constitute a specific character in the present case, and
may be left out of consideration, as may be, also, the color of the bill. Too
much stress should not be laid upon the presence of white scapulars and of
white tips to the secondaries, since in some specimens of undoubted microce-
ros unmistakable traces of the former are to be found, and the ends of the
inner secondaries are decidedly lighter than the body of the feathers. All
the observable differences in the quantity and distribution of the whitish se-
taceous feathers upon the forehead and other parts of the head might readily
enough depend upon a difference in the age of specimens. The pure unin-
terrupted white of the under parts of /)Mst7/ws stands in apparently strong con-
tradistinction to the black mottling of the same parts of micro cer us ; but it is
to be remembered that the coloration in this respect of the latter species is
very variable, ranging from a very sparse and scanty marbling to a nearly
uniform black, particularly upon the breast, and is therefore not to be too
implicitly relied upon, at least until it is more definitely ascertained than at
present whether the black mottling tends to decrease or to increase with ad-
vancing age. If wicroceyos grows more and more marbled with black as it
grows older, we might with entire propriety presume upon the existence of a
youthful state of plumage, in which the under parts are entirely white, like
those of pusillus. Such is very likely the real state of the case ; for the
youngest examples of microceros examined — those which have no trace of a
tubercle — are nearly white below, only very sparsely and indistinctly mottled
with blackish. Still, aside from all these varying and therefore uncertain
points, there appear good grounds for separating the two species, as will be
observed on comparing the descriptions given in this and in the preceding
article.

As the case stands with our present information upon the subject, P.pusiU
lus is to be separated from F. microceros : first, by certain differences posi-
tively known to occur : a, in size, which is decidedly less, as evidenced by
the measurement of all its dimensions ; b, in form of bill, which is slenderer,
more acute at the tip, not so deep at the laase, particularly not so wide at the
base, yet not shorter, than that of microceros ; secondly, by certain differences
very constantly observed, yet not proven to always hold good : a, absence of
tubercle; 6, conspicuously white scapulars and tips of secondaries: c, pure
white under parts, uninterrupted by blackish mottling, and extending around
on the sides of the neck; d, shortness and scantiness of the white setaceous
feathers on the forehead ; e, color of bill, mostly black, not mostly red.

It only remains to notice the synonymy of this species , and all that is to
be said on this score relates to the identification of Alca pygmxa Gm. This
name is founded upon the "Pigmy Auk" of Pennant, — a small species first
described very loosely and imperfectly by the latter writer, whose account
Gmelin merely renders into Latin, in applying a binomial name. There is
no doubt that the bird was one of the little Auks of the North Pacific, as its
very name, and the dimensions assigned (seven inches), clearly indicate, but
there is no possibility, at the present day, of identifying it with precision. It
was very possibly based either upon the present species or the preceding
(microceros), and should these two ever be united, as young and old of the
same, the name jpy^masa might without undue violence be assigned to the
species so constituted. So long as they are regarded as distinct, the name
pygmseus must not be applied to either of them. As far as we can judge by
the description, particularly the expression "jugulo et pectore glaucis,"
pygmiea may not impossibly have b«'en based upon Ptychoramphus aleuticus.
But Mr. Cftssin's supposition is perhaps as near the truth as any that could be
advanced: *' It is possible that the IMgmy Auk of Pennant, which is Alca
pygmma Gmelin, may be the young of this species \_microceros'\, but it is more
probable, judging from the descriptions cf Gmelin and Latham, that several
small species have been confounded under this name." The same gentleman

1868.]

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

also calls attention to the fact, that some of the expressions in the diagnoses
of the old authors have no basis in the characters of any Alcidine bird. Under
the circumstances, it behooves us to ignore the name ^j.y^mcsa altogether, since
it cannot be identified; and to accept pusillus of Pallas, to which no possibil-
ity of doubt attaches, as the proper name of the present species.

PTYCHORHAMPHUS, Brandt.
\
Uria, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. 1811, ii, p. 370, in part; not of authors.
Ptychorhamphus, Brandt, Bull. Acad. Sc. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 347. Type

Uria aleutica, Pall.
Mergulus^ Gambel, Pr. A. N. S. ii, 1842, p. 266, in part ; not of Ray, Vieill.
Arctica, Gray, Genera, iii, 1849, p. 638; in part; not of Moehring.
Simorhynchus, Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, 1867, livr. ix, p. 26, in part ; not of
Merrem.

Size moderate ; general form stout ; not crested, nor with any elongated
feathers about the head. Bill about two-thirds as long as the head, three-
fourths as long as the tarsus, very stout, straight, somewhat conical in shape,
slightly if at all compressed, without nodes or irregularities, the tip a^^te ;
culmen very moderately declinato-convex in outline, the ridge broad, more or
less corrugated transversely at the base ; the sides of upper mandible bulg-
ing, the tomial edges inflected ; sides of lower mandible nearly upright, flat,
longitudinally grooved for the greater part of their length, their tomial edges
somewhat inflected; rictus straight ; gonys straight, or nearly so, very long.
Nasal fossai long and wide, shallow, filled in with soft skin ; that of the two
fossae meeting over the base of the culmen, and there corrugated as just de-
scribed ; nostrils rather long, narrowly oval, subbasal, opening at the lower
border of the fossae, the edge of the membrane that overhangs them elevated,
flaring. Frontal feathers in a nearly transverse line across the base of the
culmen, thence descending a little obliquely backwards, just behind the nos-
trils, to the commissure; those on lower mandible extending, in the inter-
ramal space (which they completely fill), to a point rather beyond a perpen-
dicular from those on culmen; then, encroaching very little on the sides of
the lower mandible, they retreat in a s'raight line rapidly backwards and
obliquely upwards. Wings moderately long, narrow, pointed, the primaries
somewhat falcate, narrowing rapidly at the tip to an acute point, first longest,
rest equably graduated. Tail short, broad, rounded, contained about three
and a half times in the length of wing from the carpal joint; the feathers
broadly rounded at their tips. Taisus much shorter than the middle toe
without its claw; about two-thirds as long as the middle toe and claw;
greatly compressed, covered with small, very irregularly shaped polygonal
reticulations ; no large transverse scutellae. Outer lateral toe as long as, or
slightly shorter than the middle; its claw not reaching the tip of the middle
claw. Tip of inner claw reaching base of middle one. Claws compressed,
acute, moderately arched, the inner edge of the middle one dilated.

This genus was instituted in 1837 by Prof. Brandt, for the reception of the
Uria aleutica of Pallas, its type and only species. It is strongly characterized
by the bill, which is of a shape not even approximating towards that of any
other Alcidine bird. Its points of structure in other respects are shared by
the majority of the family.

Ptychorhamphus aleuticus, (Pall ) Brandt.
Uria aleutica, FsiUsiS, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 370. '' Corpore supra fusco,

subtus albo liturato, rostro producto, triplici plica inter nares."
Ptychorhamphus aleuticus, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 347. Bo-
naparte, Tabl. Comp. Pelag. Compt. Rend., 1856,xlii,p. 774. Cassin, Baird'a
B. N. A. 1858, p. 910. Heermann, Pac. R. R. Rep. x, 1859, Route to Gala.
Birds, p. 75. Elliot, B. N. Am. part iv, 1867.
Phaleris aleutica, Gray, Genera Birds, iii, 1849, p. 638.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

Simorhynchus aleuticus, Schlegel, Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, ix livr. 1867, p. 26.
Merguius Cassinii, Gambel, Pr. A. N. S. Philada. ii, 1845, p. 266. Id., Journ.

A. N. S. Phila. 2d series, ii, 1850, pi. vi.
Arctica Cassinii, Gray, Gen. Birds, iii, 1849, p. 638.

Pacific coast of North America, south to San Diego, California. Breeds on
the Farralone Islands. Aleutian Islands (Pallas), Russian America, and whole
weet coast of the United States. (Mus. Smiths. Inst, and Acad. Philada.)

Adult.— Bill black, base of lower mandible whitish or yellowish. Legs
anteriorly, and toes superiorly bluish ; legs posteriorly, and toes inferiorly,
with the membranes, blackish. A slight touch of white about the eyes. En-
tire upper parts blackish-plumbeous, the head, wings and tail nearly black.
This color, gradually diluted until it is much more grayish-plumbeous, ex-
tends around the under parts and sides of the head, the throat, upper part of
the breast, and whole sides of the body under the wings. Greater part of
breast, with abdomen and under tail coverts pure white ; the grayish plum-
beous of the upper breast merging very gradually into the white of the belly.
Under surface of wings dark lustrous gray.

Young. — Very similar to the adult ; differing chiefly in being more decided-
ly blackish on the upper parts.

Moulting specimens have the upper parts much duller and grayer, the old
wing and tail feathers faded, especially towards their tips, into light brown-
ish-gray.

Length 8-00 to 9-50 ; extent 16-00 to 18-50 ; wing 4-T5 to 5-25 ; tail 1-50 to
1 t5 ; tarsus about 1-00 ; middle toe and claw 1-40 ; outer do. 1-30 ; inner do.
1-10; culmen -75 ; rictus -90; gonys -60 ; depth of bill opposite posterior ex-
tremity of nostrils -40 ; width -30.

A.S regards color, this species is remarkably constant. Hardly any other
differences than those first noticed are to be found, after examination of exten-
sive series ; and they may all be summed up as merely varying shades of the
same color, and slight variation in its extent downwards upon the breast. The
bill at all ages and seasons presents its peculiar parti- coloration. These re-
marks, however, probably do not apply to fledgelings. As regards size, the spe-
cies is perhaps unusually variable, as may be seen by the measurements given
above, which represent extremes in those cases where two sets of figures are
given, and the average in other measurements. The bill, in particular, is
liable to great variation both in length and in stoutness. Some bills are very
large and robust, nearly as wide as high at the base, rather obtuse at the tip,
and with decidedly curved culmen and gonys ; others are longer in proportion
to their transverse dimensions, decidedly compressed throughout, acutely
pointed, with almost straight culmen and gonys. The corrugations about the
base of the upper mandible are sometimes nearly obsolete, and when present
are very variable in character. Very likely they are hardly, if at all, apparent
in life ; for they seem to be produced mainly by the shrinking in drying of the
skin covering the nasal fosste and base of the culmen. All the variations ex-
hibited by the numerous specimens seem to be merely individual difterences,
and are not sufficient to excite a suspicion that more than one species is repre-
sented in the series.

Merguius Cassinii Gambel (Arctica Cassinii Gray) is now well known to be
this species, first described by Pallas, as above quoted. The species has no
other synonyms of consequence. Its striking peculiarities suffice to prevent
misconception regarding it.

Subfamily Urin^.

MERGULUS, [Rm/) VieiU.

Merguius, Ray, Syn. A v. Vieillot, Analyse, 1816, and of authors. Type Alca
alle, Linn.

1868.]

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Plauius, Klein, Prod. Av. p. 140. In part.

Arctica, Moehring, Av. Gen. 1752, p. 65. Type Plautus columbarius, Klein, Gray,

Genera, iii, 1849, p. 644. Type Alca alle, Linn.
Alca, Linnaeus, S. N., i, 1758. In part.
Uria, Pallas, Zoog, R. A. 1811, ii. In part.

Bill very short, culmen only three-fourths the tarsus, very stout, scarcely
compressed, obtuse at the tip, as wide as high at the base, the sides of both
mandibles convex or vaulted, the tomial edge of the upper greatly inflected, the
culmen very convex in outline, with a broad flattened ridge, the rictus ample,
much decurved towards the end, the gonys straight, very short, the inferior
mandibular rami correspondingly elongated, widely divaricating, the interra-
mal space very broad, the nasal fossae short, wide, deep, partially feathered.
Nostrils subbasal, short, more broadly oval, or more nearly circular than in
any other genus except Synthliborhumphus. Wings rather longer than usual in
this family, acutely pointed. Tail of ordinary length, much rounded, the fea-
thers rather narrow and subacuminate at tip. Feet small and weak ; tarsus
scarcely compressed, anteriorly broadly scutellate, posteriorly finely reticulate.
Toes of the usual proportionate lengths. Size very small; general form very
compact, stout.

A peculiar genus of the Alcidse, the most essential characters of which, as
usual in this family, are found in the bill, though the other members offer some
appreciable, if not salient features. The squat bunchy shape of the single spe-
cies is very noticeable.

This is the genus through which a certain type of structure found among the
Longipennes inosculates with the Pygopodes. The relationship of Pelecanoides
urinatrix to Mergulus alle is one of strong analogy, if not of actual affinity, as
has been elsewhere already pointed out by the writer.* Aside from the obvi-
ously Procellaridian characters of the bill, Pelecanoides (representing the sub-
family Halodrominse) is strictly a Pygopodous genus, and is very nearly iden-
tical with Mergulus in all the details of external structure, and has much the
same general habitus. It is certainly the connecting link between the ma-
cropterous and brachypterous natatores, holding so strangely anomalous a
position betwixt the two, that it cannot be with much propriety included under
either. It seems entitled to the rank of a family, to take place between the
Procellariidse and Alcidse.

Mergulus alle, {Ray) VieilL

Mergulus melanoleucus, Kay, Syn. Av. p. 125. Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii,
1825, p. 345. Brandt, Bull. Acad. St.-Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 347. Brewer, oct.
ed. Wilson's Orn., with notes by Jardine, 1840, p. 658, fig. 315. Fleming,
Hist. Brit. Anim. 1842, p. 135. Thompson, Nat. Hist. Ireland, iii, 1851,
p. 218.

Columba groenlandica, " Albanus, Av. p. 81, pi. 85. Gunn., Act. Nidroff, i, p.
206, pi. 6."

Plautus columbarius, Klein, Prod, Av. p. 146, No. 1.

Alca alle, Linnaeus, S. N. ed. x, i, 1758, p. 131, No. 6. Id. ibid. ed. xii, 1766, i,
p. 211, No. 5. Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 26, No. 106. Hermann, Tab.
Aflan. Anim. p. 149. Miiller, Zool. dan. Prodr. p. 17, No. 142. Latham, Ind.
Orn. ii, 1790, p. 795, No. 10. Donndorfi", Beytr. ZooL ii, pt. i, 1794, p. 823,
No. 5. — Donndorflf's Var. B is Candida Lath. — Wilson, Am. Orn. ix, pi. 74,
fig. 5. Schlegel, Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, ix livr. 1867, p. 20.
Una alle, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 369. Temminck, Man. Orn. ii, 1820,
p. 928. Bonaparte, Obs. Wils. 1826, No. 238. Audubon, Orn. Biog. v, 1838,
p. 304, pi. 339.
Uria {Mergulus) alle, Bonaparte, Synopsis, 1828, p. 425.

* Cf. Pr. A. N. S. Philada. May, 1866, pp. 172, 189.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

Mergulus alle, Vieillot, Analyse, 1816, p. 66. Id., Gal. Ois. 1825, p. 236, pi.
295. Gould, Birds Eur. v, 1837, pi. 402. Macgillivray, Hist. Brit. Birds, ii,
1852, p. 341. Bonaparte, CQraptes Rendus, 1856, xlii, p. 774. Cassin,
Baird's B. N, A. 1858, p. 918. Boardman, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. Sept. 1862,
p. 131. Verrill, Proc. Essex Inst, iii, 1863, p. 160. Samuels, Ornith. and
Ool. of New England, 1867, p. 570.
Arctica alle, Gray, Gen. Birds, iii, 1849, p. 644.
Alcaalce, Gmelin, S. N. i, pt. ii, 1788, p 544, No. 5.

Alca Candida, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 26, No. 107. In pure white plu-
mage ; probably albino.
Mergulus arcticus, Brehm.

El ropean and American coasts of the North Atlantic. On the United States
coast, in winter, south to New Jersey. Numerous specimens in Mus. Acad.
Philada., Smiths. Inst, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Essex Inst., Cab. G. N.Lawrence,
author's Cab., etc.

Adult, summer plumage. — Head and neck all around, and entire upper parts
glossy black, with a beautiful metallic lustre of a shade of blue, when in high-
est plumage ; scapulars edged with white ; shafts and inner webs of primaries
brown, lighter at base ; secondaries tipped with white ; under surfaces of the
wings brownish-gray ; under parts from the breast pure white, with a few
elongated feathers of the sides and flanks varied with black on the outer webs ;
bill black ; legs and feet posteriorly blackish, anteriorly flesh-colored (dull
yellowish in the dried state).

Adult in winter. — As before ; the white of the under parts extending on the
neck and throat to the bill, on the sides of the head to the level of the rictus,
on the sides of the nape over the auriculars (where it is somewhat marbled
with black), or even to the middle of the nape, more or less confluent with
that of the other side.

Young, first winter. — Recognizable by its smaller and weaker bill, by the
duller and more brownish black cf the upper parts, almost wanting in gloss,
and by the greater extension of the white upon the sides of the hind head and
neck. The scapulars and coverts are conspicuously marked with white, as in
the adult, The feet are mostly dusky.

Length 8*50 ; wing 4-75 ; tail 1-50 ; tarsus -80 ; middle toe and claw 1-20,
outer do. 1-15, inner do. -85; bill along culmen -50, rictus 1-00, gonys •20; its
depth at base -35, its width at same point about the same.

When in mature plumage, this is a very beautiful species. No other Alci-
dine has such lustre of the dorsal plumage, traces of which are even found in
adult winter specimens. In the latter the extent of the black upon the throat
is indicated by a dusky clouding of the bases of the feathers of the parts. The
species is ordinaril}'- subject to only moderate variation in size or colors. The
condition of albinism has been described.

, The first chronicles of this species are of great antiquity. It appears to have
shared for a time with Uria grylle the soubriquet of " Columba groenlandica."
Since its description as Alca alle by Linnaeus, it has been tlie basis of very few
synonyms. Alca Candida of Briinnich is this species in the albino state. Mer-
gulus melanoleucus, Ray, is adopted by many authors. Mr. G. R. Gray adopts
Moohring's generic appellation.

SYNTHLIBORHAMPHUS, Brandt.

Alca, Gmelin, S. N. i, 1788, p. 554, and of the older authors, in part.

Uria, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, and of some authors, in part.

Fratercula, Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii, 1825, in part.

Synthliborhamphus, Brandt, Bull Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837. (Type Alca anti-

qua, Gm.) Subgenus of Jirachyrhnmphus, Brandt.
Mergulus, Vigors, Zool. Voy. Blossom, 1839, in part.

1868.]

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Arctica, Gray, Genera, iii, 1849, in part.

Anobapton, Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus, 1856, xlii. p. 774, in part.

Size moderate or rather small ; general form stout, compact; head with or
without a crest; bill somewhat as in Bracht/rhamphus, but much stouter, and
shorter for its depth ; much compressed throughout, depth at base about half
the length of culmen, culmen and gonys moderately curved, gonys straight,
ascending; nasal fossae small and shallow; nostrils subbasal, broadly oval or
nearly circular, as in Mer gulus, fea.ihered ; feathers extending to about the same
distance on culmen and keel ; on both mandibles retreating rapidly backwards
from the point of their furthest extension ; those on the upper passing just by
the nostrils, but not covering the latter. Wings of usual size and shape in this
group ; secondaries very short, as in Brachyrhamphus, the tip of the longest not
reaching much more than half-way from the carpal joint to the end of the first
primary in the closed wing. Tail of usual length, short, broad, nearly square,
or very slightly rounded, the feathers very broadly rounded at tip. Tarsi much
compressed, anteriorly and laterally transversely scutellate, posteriorly reticu-
late ; about as long as the middle toe without its claw. Outer toe as long as
or rather longer than the middle ; its claw smaller than that of the middle ;
tip of inner claw reaching base of middle. Claws small, short, compressed,
moderately curved and acute, the inner edge of the middle one somewhat di-
lated.

With the general appearance of Brachyrhamphus ^ this genus differs from the
latter in the bill and feet. The bill is deeper at the base, and more compressed
throughout; the feet are still more different, having very broad transverse scu-
tellation on the anterior face of the tarsus, instead of polygonal reticulation ;
and are larger, both relatively and absolutely, with longer, much more com-
pressed tarsi than in Brachyrhamphus. The type of the genus is the old Alca
antiqua Gm. A second species occurs, which differs from the type, as far as
form is concerned, in a slenderer bill, and in the presence of a conspicuous
crest.

Species. — (2.)

Not crested ; bill stout, depth at base more than half the length
of culmen ; white on sides of vertex not extending in ad-
vance of the eyes : antiquus.

Crested ; bill slender, depth at base about equal to half the
length of culmen ; white on sides of vertex extending along
sides of forehead nearly to the bill wurmizusume.

Synthliborhamphus antiquus, [Gmel.) Brandt.

Alca antiqua, Gmelin, S. N. i, pt. ii, 1788, p. 554, No. 11. Based upon Antient
Auk, Pennant, Arct. Zool. 1785, ii, p. 512, No. 430. Latham, Ind. Orn. ii,
1790, p. 795, No. 9. Donndorff, Beytr. Zool. ii. pt. i, 1794, p. 824. Schlegel,
Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, livr. ix, 1867, p. 21.

Fratercula antiqua, Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii, 1825, p. 42.

Uria antiqua, Temminck and Schlegel, Fn. Japon. 1845, pi. 80. Audubon,
Orn. Biogr. v, 1839, p. 100, pi. 402, fig. 12. Id. B. Amer. vii, 1844.

Brachyrhamphus {Synthliborhamphus) antiquus, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb.
ii, 1837, p. 347. 'Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 916.

Brachyrhamphus antiquus. Gray, Gen. Birds, iii, 1849, p. 644.

Anobapton (Synthliborhamphus) antiquus, Bonaparte, Consp. Gav. Comptes Ren-
dus, 1856, xlii, p. 774.

Uria senicula, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 369, pi. 85.

Mergulus cirrhocephalus. Vigors, Zool, Voy. Blossom, 1839, Birds, p. 32.

Arctica cirrhocephala, Gray, Gen. Birds, iii. 1849, p. 644.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67

American and Asiatic Coasts of the North Pacific. Kamtschatka, Japan
Seas. Sitka, Russian America, (Mus. Smiths. Inst.) Mus. Acad. Philada.

With the form, etc., typical of the
genus, as above described.

Adult., high breeding plumage, (No.
46558, Mus. Smiths. Sitka, R. A.) Bill
whitish, or yellowish, culmen and base
of both mandibles abruptly black ; legs
and feet anteriorly apparently whitish,
or yellowish ; posteriorly, with both sur-
faces of the webs, black. Head all
Fig. 13.— 5i^n<7iii6or;iam2)Awsan<t2MMs,(Gmel.) around, and throat, black; pure and
Nat. size. intense above, on the sides below, chin

and throat, tinged with fuliginous brown. A conspicuous stripe of pure white
beginning over each eye, and extending backwards over the sides of the occi-
put, connected across the nape by some white feathers, and spreading on the
sides and back of the neck, as a large disconnected series of trenchantly de-
fined white streaks. Trace of white on each eyelid. Entire upper parts clear
dark plumbeous, blackening on the upper tail coverts and tail. Upper surface
of wings the same, or rather darker, the edge of the wing all along from the
elbow, and the exposed parts of primaries, blackish; entire under surface of
wings white, except just along the edges where it is mottled with dusky ; the
basal portion of the inner webs and shafts of primaries whitish ; secondaries
like the wing coverts, or rather darker, their bases whitish. Sides of the body
under the wings pure velvety black, in marked contrast to the clear plumbeous
of the upper parts and white of the lower. These black feathers are poste-
riorly greatly elongated, reaching quite to the tail, and overlying the sides of
the rump and the flanks, which latter, however, are seen to be pure white on
raising the elongated supercumbent feathers. This black along the sides
extends anteriorly in front of the wings, and, still strongly con tra'sted with the
plumbeous of the interscapulars, continues on as a band quite to the nape,
which it crosses to become confluent with its fellow of the opposite side. On
the sides of the neck it is thickly marked with the pure white streaks already
described. The fuliginous black of the chin and throat is continuous with that
of the sides of the head as far as the auriculars ; further on it merely extends
as a point along the middle of the throat, being separated from the black of
the sides of the nape by a large white area, an extension to the auriculars of
the white which is the color of the whole under parts except the sides under
the wings, as already described.

Length 9-50 to 10-50; extent 16-75 to 18-25; wing 5-50; tail 1-60; bill
along culmen -60, along rictus 1-20, along gonys -40, depth at base -30, width
•20; tarsus 1-00 ; middle toe and claw 1-25, outer do. 1-15, inner do. 1-00.

Younger. — Bill and feet as above described. " Iris brown," (label). Upper
parts as in the adult, but darker, the plumbeous being obscured by dusky,
especially on the wing and tail coverts, and lower back. Forehead, crown,
nape, and back of neck, sooty black, entirely unrelieved by white streaks,
or with only traces of the latter on the sides of the occiput. Eyelids some-
times largely white. No black on the throat or chin ; traces of it in a dusky
mottling about the base of the bill. White of under parts extending on sides
of head below and behind nearly to the eyes, and far around on the sides of
the nape, so that only a median nuchal line is left blackish. Sides of body
under the wings not pure black, but merely dusky plumbeous, and this not
continuous on the feathers over the tlanks, these being in some part white,
producing a white and plumbeous variegation. The lino of this dusky plum-
beous hardly extends in front of the wings to the sides of the neck. Under
parts white, as before, the bases of the inner webs of the primaries rather more
white than in the adult.

1868.]

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The above described differences between the adult and young are very de-
cided, and might suggest a distinction of species, were not various means
between the extremes forthcoming. Beyond these variations in plumage the
species is very constant in characters, with the exception of the bill. This
differs a good deal as to its size and shape ; but nevertheless usually preserves
the specific characters which distinguish it from that of Wurmizusume. Thus
the difference in length between the bills of two perfectly mature examples,
absolutely identical in plumage, and in all other respects, save length of bill,
amounts to a tenth of an inch along the culmen. This difference being
unaccompanied by a corresponding difference in depth and width, gives a
readily appreciable difference in shape of the bill.

The only species to which the present bears any special resemblance is
Wurmizusume. The comparative characters of the latter are dwelt upon at
length in the article immediately succeeding.

It is barely possible that two distinct species may be confounded in the
synonymy adduced at the head of this article, and that the bird here described
is not the veritable Alca antiqua^ Gm., (" Antient auk" of Pennant.) In the
description of these authors the upper parts are said to be dusky or sooty
black, whereas, as will be seen by the description, the subject of the present
article has these parts clear plumbeous. But we have just seen that the young
of the present bird has the upper parts decidedly darker and duller than the
adult ; in fact tending, especially upon the wings and lower back, to dusky.
The limits within which the species is known to vary in this respect are suffi-
ciently wide to allow its reference to the bird of Pennant, Latham and Gmelin ;
especially when it is remembered that the particular descriptive terms used by
these authors may not have been critically correct. It seems unnecessary, and it
would be, perhaps, unjustifiable to attempt to discriminate the present species
from Alca antiqua, upon the grounds just mentioned. They had best be re-
garded as the same, at least until suites of specimens may determine the exis-
tence of two species, differing in the particulars above mentioned. No indica-
tions of a distinction of species can be found in the extensive series of speci-
mens at present contained in American collections.

This species, in the condition here described as that of the adult, is the
Uria senicula, Pallas; and should bear the name of Synthlihorhamphus seniculits
in the event of its not proving the same as Alca antiqua, Gm. Mergulus
cirrhocephalus, Vigors, [Arctica cirrhocephala, Gfay,) is the same bird, in the
same condition of maturity. The species has no other synonyms of conse-
quence, except those resulting from its reference to several different genera.

In breeding plumage it is a very handsome bird, being in fact — with the ex-
ception of Wurmizusume — the handsomest of the Urinse. It is of frequent
occurrence along the coast and among the islands of the North Pacific ; extend-
ing, on the Asiatic side, to Japan, and on the American, to Washington Terri-
tory, U. S. It apparently migrates southward in winter. It breeds in the
vicinity of Sitka, R. A. It is well represented by numerous specimens in the
collections of the Philadelphia Academy and of the Smithsonian Institution.
It has been figured by Temminck and Schlegel, and by Audubon.

Synthliborhamphus Wurmizcjsume, [Temm.) Coues.

Uria Wurmizusume, Temminck, PI. Color, No. 579. Temminck and Schlegel,

Fn. Japon, 1845, pi. 79.
Anobapton (Synthliborhamphus) Wurmizusume, Bonaparte, Tab. Comp. Pelag.

Comptes Rendus, 1856, xlii, p. 774.
Brachyrhamphus [Synthliborhamphus) Temminckii, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Pe-

tersb. ii, 1837, p. 347. Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 916.
Brachyrhamphus Temminckii, Gray, Gen. Birds, iii, 1849, p. 644. Cooper and

Suckley, Pac. Rr. Rep. xii. p. ii, 1860, p. 287. Elliot, B. N. Am. part vi, 1867.
Alca Temminckii, Schlegel, Urinat. Mus. Pays-Bas, livr. ix, 1867, p. 22. (Japan.)

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

Asiatic and American Coasts
of the North Pacific; south to
Japan and Washington Terri-
tory, U. S. Specs, in Mus.
Acad. Philadelphia, and Mus.
Smiths. Inst.

Bill more slender and elon-
gated than in the type of the
genus, the depth at base less,
and the compression not so
great, the sides of the bill being
less vertical ; rictus nearly
Fig. U.—SyntJiliborhamphus Wurmizusume, (Temm.) Straight. Rather larger than S.
Nat. size. aniiquus.

Adult. — Bill decidedly yellow, (in the dried state,) the ridge of upper mandi-
ble alone black. Feet dull livid bluish, the webs dusky, (feet dusky yellowish
in the dried state ) "Eye brilliant gray, iris black " (label). A large con-
spicuous crest springing from the extreme forehead of a dozen, (more or
fewer) slender elongated features, not recurved, but extending straight back-
wards quite to the occiput. A large conspicuous series of white feathers on
each side of the top of the head, extending from the base of the crest, on the
forehead far in advance of the eyes, to the side of the nape ; there more or
less confluent with each other, and then dispersed as isolated white streaks
over the sides of the neck to ihe shoulders. In many specimens, however,
apparently quite adult, these white stripes are hardly, if at all, apparent
beyond the nape. Rest of head, including chin and upper part of throat
sooty or fuscous blackish, sometimes with a cinereous tint ; this color extend-
ing as far as the interscapular region, from which point the upper parts are
more decidedly plumbeous, only the wings and tail being somewhat darker and
more fuscous. Sides under the wings plumbeous black quite to the flanks ;
this color also extending forward in front of the wings and continuous with
that of the sides of the neck and head. Under surface of wings pure white,
except a little dusky clouding along the edge ; bases of primaries, and the
greater portion of their inner webs white, deepening very gradually through a
continuously deepening shade of brownish gray, into dusky at the tips.
Entire under parts (except the sides, as just described) pure white.

Length 10-50 to 11-00; extent 18-00 to 18-50; wing 5-50; tail l-'75; tarsus
1-00 ; middle toe and claw 1-25, outer 1-20, middle 1-00 ; bill along culmen -70,
rictus 1-10 ; gbnys -40 ; height at base -25 to -30, width about the same.

Younger. — Bill and feet as above ; (bill sometimes, however, wholly blackish.)
Without a crest ; no white feathers about head, or only slight traces thereot.
Face, including region just about the base of the bill, both above and below,
crown and sides of the head to the level of the commissure, with nape and
back of neck, plumbeous dusky ; other upper parts, particularly the wings,
the same, but most of the back with a more decided tint of plumbeous. Under
wing coverts and primaries as in the adult. Sides under the wings narrowly
fusco-plumbeous, the lengthened feathers over the flanks variegated with
white. Entire under parts otherwise white ; this color extending far around
on the sides of the upper neck, nape and occiput.

Considerable variation in plumage as well as in size, and to a degree, in
shape of bill, is exhibited by the numerous specimens examined. The differ-
ences in the bill are chiefly those of size, the relative proportions of the
various measurements being pretty constantly preserved. The bill is always
slenderer, and usually longer than that of antujnus, approaching in this respect
the bills of the true Brachyrhamphi. The size of the whole bird varies some-
what, but not to any remarkable degree. In apparently equally adult speci-
mens, the two series of white feathers, which form conspicuous stripes on the
sides of the vertex and nape, vary much iu length. Sometimes they spread

1808.]

60 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

out on the sides of the hind-neck to almost as great an extent as is witnessed
in the most highly plumaged specimens of anliquus ; again they may stop
abruptly on the occiput, or at least on the nape. The comparative amounts
of dusky and plumbeous on the upper parts is various, as is also the intensity
of either of these hues. Thus a specimen, (No. — Phila. Acad., from Japan,)
has the upper parts including the wing coverts bluish ashy, or bluish plumbe-
ous, light enough to form a marked contrast with the band of nearly black
which crosses the nuchal region, and descends on either side under the wings.
In this specimen, also, the bill is blackish, although it is evidently an adult bird,
having a crest an inch long. There is sometimes much white on the eyelids,
sometimes none. The outline of the white on the sides of the hind head and of
the neck varies ; the younger the bird, the more the white encroaches on these
parts.

It is not ascertained positively that the crest which so strongly characterizes
perfect specimens of this species as a constant feature, that is, obtained at a
certain age, and ever afterwards worn. Very possibly, it is only assumed
during the breeding season ; and falls off afterwards, so that perfectly adult
winter specimens may be without it. It is at all events not to be enumerated
among the infallible diagnostic points of the species.

Compared with S. andguus, the species is at once distinguished, when in adult
breeding plumage, by the presence of a crest, and the different extent of the
white stripes and streaks upon the head, nape and neck. (Consult descriptions
above given.) These differences aside, it is a larger bird, on an average,
though some specimens do not exceed in size some examples of antiquus. The
bill is slenderer, though not necessarily longer, more acute at the tip, com-
paratively not so deep at the base, and rather less compressed, the culmen,
rictus and gonys straighter. The identification of very young birds, however,
is sometimes attended with difficulty ; and some specimens in the present col-
lections cannot, in fact, be satisfactorily determined. This state of affairs,
however, is by no means unparalleled in other cases of perfectly distinct spe-
cies ; and by no means militates against the belief in the specified distinction
of the two birds now under consideration. The adults cannot by any possi-
bility be mistaken for each other.

This species is well represented in all its variety, by numerous specimens in
the collections of the Philadelphia Academy and the Smithsonian Institution ;
though not contained, as far as heard from, in any other American cabinets.
It is of frequent occurrence on the coasts of the North Pacific, and appears to
be particularly abundant in the vicinity of Japan, whence most of the speci-
mens described or recorded have been obtained. Its occurrence on the coast
of the United States is open to question. Several specimens of S. antiquus (at
least of the bird described in this paper under this name) are in our collec-
tions from Washington Territory, labelled " Brachyrhamphus Temminckii,''
and these appear to represent the species whose habits, etc., are alluded to by
Drs. Cooper and Suckley, volume twelve, part ii, of the Pacific Railroad Re-
ports, (Nat. Hist. Wash. Terr. p. 287, above cited) under the name of Brachy-
rhamphus Temminckii. But the description there given is that of the true
Temminckii, having been copied from Mr. Cassin's article on the " Birds of
North America."

The name which heads this article has priority over "Temminckii" of
Prof. Brandt, and is therefore to be adopted, though its barbarous character is,
assuredly, a matter of regret. It varies in orthography with different writers.

BRACHYRHAMPHUS, Brandt.
Colymbus, Gmelin, S. N. i, 1788 ; in part ; not of authors.
Uria, Latham, Ind. Orn. ii, 1790; in part ; not of authors.
Cepphus, Pallas, Zool. R. A. ii, 1811, in part.
Brachyrhamphus, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersburg, ii, 1837. Type Colymhus

marmoratus, Gm.
Apobapton, Brandt, 1, c. Same type.
Anobapton, Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus, xlii, 1856. Same type.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

61

With the general habitus of Uria proper, but of much more delicate build,
different pattern of coloration, and very small size. Bill small, slender, much
shorter than the head, not longer than the tarsus, greatly compressed, acutely
tipped ; culmeu gently curved, its ridge sharp, rictus nearly straight, gonys
straight; tomial edge of upper mandible greatly inflected towards the base,
notched near the tip. Nasal fossae small and shallow, nearly filled with
feathers, which mostly cover the extremely minute oval nostrils. Wings of
ordinary length, very narrow, pointed, falcate, the secondaries extremely short.
Tail of ordinary length, almost square, the feathers obtusely rounded. Feet
very small, short, slender, and weak ; tarsus scarcely compressed, variable in
length, never longer than the middle toe without its claw (except in brachyp-
terus ?) Outer and middle toes equal in length ; the claw of the former much
smaller than that of the latter; the inner very short, its claw not reaching
the base of the middle claw. Claws small, weak, moderately curved, very
acute.

The genus which comprises the Murrelets — to coin an English word, needed
for the Brachyrhamphi^ — is a very natural and strongly marked one. It comes
nearest to Uria proper, from which, however, it is sufficiently distinguished, as
"will be seen by the above diagnosis. It contains four or five species, all inhab-
itants of the North Pacific, and more particularly of the west coast of North
America. These may readily be diagnosticated as follows : —

Species : — (5.)

I. Tarsus much shorter than the middle toe without its claw.

Upper parts blackish and chestnut, lower parts blackish

and white 1. marmoraius.

Upper parts cinereous and white, lower parts pure

white 2. Wrangelii.

II. Tarsus just as long as the middle toe without its claw.

Under surface of wings white 3. hypoleucus.

Under surface of wings dusky 4. Craveri.

III. Tarsus longer than the middle toe without its claw, (teste

Brandt) b.brackypterusf

Brachyrhamphus marmoratus, {Gm.) Brandt,

Colymhus marmoratus^ Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i, 1758, p. 583, No. 12. Based on the

marbled guillemot. Pennant,''^ Arct. Zool. ii, p. 517, pi. 22, and Latham, Syn.

vi, p. 336, pi. 96. Donndorff, Beytr. Zool. ii, pt. i, 1794, p. 870.
C/irm ?/iarmora<a, Latham, Ind. Orn. ii, 1790, p. 799. Stephens, Shaw's Gen.

Zool. xii, 1824, p. 249. Bonaparte, Synopsis, 1828, p. 423.
Brachyrhamphus {Apobapton^ marmoratus, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersburg,

ii, 1837, p. 346. Oassin, Birds N. A. 1858, p. 915; in part. Description

of supposed adult is that of B. Wrangeli.
Brachyrhamphus marmoratus, Gray, Genera Birds, iii, 1849, p. 6 44. Cooper and

Suckley, Nat Hist. Wash. Terr. 1860, p. 286, in part. Not the description

of supposed adult, which is that of B. Wrangeli.
Anobapton ( Brachyrhamphus) marmoratus, Bonaparte, Tabl. Corap. Pelagiens,

Coraptes Rendus, 1856, xlii, p. 774.
Cepph IS perdix, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 351, pi. 80.
Uria Townsendii, Audubon, Orn. Biogr. v, 1839, p. 251, pi. 430 ; octavo ed. vii,

1844, pi. 475. The figure of the supposed young is the adult; that of sup-
posed adult may be really B. WranyeLii,

"With a black hill ; crown duslcy; throat, breast, and belly mottled with black and

white; back and Hides very glo.ssy, and iiiurblnd wuh blaijk and rust-color; wings dusky;

freater coverts edged witli while; tail black ; legs yellow; webs black. Length U ini;hes."
ennant, 1. c. From Prince William Sound. Of tlUs species, Vieillot, (Nouv. Diet, xir,
1817, p. ;J6,) not exhibiting great sagacity, remarks, that it is " uae jeuue guillemot gryile,
qui commence ji prendre lu livrfie de I'uduUe 1"

1868.] ^

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

? Uria brevirostris, Vigors,* Zool. Journ. iv, 1828, p. 357, and Zool. Beechey'8

Voy. Blossom, 1839, Ornith, p. 32. Evidently a young bird ; may be of this

species, or of B. Wrangeli,
? Brachyrhamphus Kittlitzii,\ Brandt, Bull. Acad. So. St. Petersburg, ii. IBST, p.

346. Young bird; may be of this species, or of Wrangeli^ or a distinct
species.

Coasts and Islands of the North Pacific. On the American side, south in
winter to California ; breeds as far south as Vancouver's Island, Numerous
specimens in Mus. Acad. Philada., Mus. Smiths. Inst., Cab. G. N. Lavrrence.

Form typical of the genus as just described. Bill along culmen just the
length of the tarsus, tarsus scarcely three-fourths the middle toe without its
claw.

Adult, breeding plumage. (Description from No. 49655, Mus. Smiths. Inst,, (5^,
June 9, 1867, Vancouver's Island. J Bill black. Tarsi posteriorly and both
surfaces of the webs blackish ; legs anteriorly and toes superiorly livid flesh
color, or dull bluish gray. Iris brown. Entire upper parts brownish black,
everywhere transversely barred with chestnut brown, or bright rust color,
except on the wings, which are uniform brownish black, the primaries darkest,
their inner webs brownish grey towards the base. Under surface of wings
smoky brownish black. A few whitish feathers variegated with chestnut and
dusky on the scapulars. Entire under parts, including sides of head, neck
and body, marbled with sooty brownish black and white. The feathers are
white, with the tips of the dark color. The white rather predominates on the
middle of the breast and belly, the dusky on the other parts ; the latter color
being nearly uniform across the throat, and on the long feathers of the sides
and flanks.

Specimens vary a great deal in the precise amount of rusty brown on the
upper parts, and of dusky mottling on the lower ; but, so far as known, are
never without this distinctive coloration in some degree ; and it becomes
heightened at the breeding season..

Length about 10-00 ; extent about 18-00 ; wing 5-00; tail 1-50 ; tarsus -70 ;
middle toe 1-00, its claw -20; outer toe and claw 1-16, inner do. -90 ; bill along
culmen -70, along rictus 1-35, along gonys -55, heighth opposite base of nos-
trils -25, width at same point -20.

This species was originally described by Pennant as the Marbled Guillemot,
whence Golymbus marmoratus, Gm. His descriptioH is that of the adult, in
breeding plumage, but has been almost universally supposed to refer only to
the young; and a very different species has been usually held to be the adult,
as shown in the next article. It is also evidently the Cepphus perdiz of
Pallas.

* " U. suprJi griseo-fusca, capite, dorsoque albo notatis"; subtus alba, fusco undulatim
maculata, reetricibus albis, duabus mediis fuseo-notatis, rostro brevi, gracili.— Alee supri
et infrk, tectrieesque inferiores fuscse. Rostrum nigrum. Pedes flavi, membranis ungui-
busque brunneis. Longitude corporis 9 ; rostri ad frontem 3^, ad rictum 1%, alee 534 >
caudee 1; tarsi ^." Vigors, 1. c. From San Bias.

t" Supra cinerea nigricante et pallide e fuseo-flavescente undulata et submaculata.
Subtus alba, subfuscescente tenuissime lavata, nigro etquidemin pectore frequentius un-
dulata. Alee e cinerascente et fusco nigree. Rostrum brevissimum, capitis longitudinis
tertiam partem circiter adeequans. Tarsi digito medio breviores. Longitudo a rostri
apiee ad caudee apicem 9. Patria Kamtschatka." — Brandt, 1. c.

t The following is an extract from a letter to Prof. Baird, from J. Hepburn, Esq., dated
Victoria, Sept. 5, 1867, which accompanied a lot of specimens of which No. 49665 was one.
It confirms the views maintained in the present paper, and gives some interesting facts:
"You will find in the box a specimen of B. marmoratus. On comparing it with Mr. Cassin's
description, (ia Birds N. A.) I find it is what he calls the young bird. In this he is mista-
ken. In the first place, if such were the case we should see some red birds among the
large numbers that are to be found here, whereas till this year I never saw but one speci-
men, * * In the next place, when I fell in with them last May, every bird was in
the red plumage, including the one which, as I told you, would have laid an egg in two
or three days ; and lastly, proof conclusive, I have shot the young bird, two-thirds grown,
in the winter plumage of the adult, except that the breast is more thickly barred than in
any specimens I have seen in the winter, and at the very time the adults were in their
red plumage."

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

Audubon's figure and description of the supposed young of this bird, under
the name of Uria Townsendii, is really that of the adult. His figure of the
supposed adult appears rather to represent Wrangeli,

It is difficult, perhaps impossible, to determine Uria brevirostris Vigors. This
is evidently, as far as can be judged by the description, a young bird. It be-
longs to the short-legged group of the present genus ; but whether it is the
young of marmoratus or of Wrangeli, is a point which cannot be decided. The
expression " capite dorsoque albo-notatis,'' and the absence of any mention
of rust-color in the description, would lead one to assign it rather to
Wra7iffeli.

Brachyrhamphus Kittlitzii, Brandt, is another bird which has not been identi-
fied since its original description. Like U. brevirostris, it is evidently a young
bird, of the short-legged group ; and the expression " fusco-flavescente undu-
lata " induces the presumption that it is really only a young marmoratus. But
it is possible that both it and B. brevirostris may be the young of the same spe-
cies, or of two different species, which yet remain to be identified. It is not
probable, however, that either of these names represent valid species, distinct
from each one of those recognized in this paper.

Brachyrhamphus Wrangeli, Brandt.

Brachyrhamphus TTran^eZn, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersburg, ii, 1837, p.
344. " Rostrum capitis dimidii circiter longitudine. Caput supra, nucha et
dorsum e nigricante grisea. Ala^, et cauda nigra?. Reliquae partes, nee non
stria longitudinalis supra alam, albse. Tarsi digito medio breviores. Longitu-
dine a rostro apice ad caudae apicem 9^, Patria Insulae Aleuticae." Cassin,
Birds N. A. 1858, p. 917. Copies Brandt's diagnosis.

Brachyrhamphus marmoratus, Cassin, B. N. A. 1858, p. 915, in part. Descrip-
tion of supposed adult marmoratus is that of Wrangeli.

Aleutian Islands, and north-west coast of America; south to Puget's Sound,
and perhaps further. Numerous specimens in Mus. Smiths. Inst. (No. 11,457,
perfectly adult, Puget's Sound, in February ; No. 46,547, just fully fledged,
Sitka ; and others from same locality in various stages of adolescence ; No.
46,542, Sitka, in January.)

Description (from No. 46,541, Mus. Smiths., perfectly adult male, Sitka,
March, 1866). — With the size and proportions of the several members as in mar-
moratus; the bill absolutely shorter, relatively rather stouter. Bill scarcely as
long as the tarsus. Tarsus much less than middle toe without claw.

Adult. — Entire upper parts, except the scapulars, very dark cinereous, the
centres of the feathers, particularly on the back and rump, blackish, causing
these parts to appear obsoletely waved with blackish and cinereous; the crown
of the head, the wings and the tail, almost black, the larger wing coverts just
appreciably white-margined; scapulars almost entirely pure white, forming tAVO
conspicuous broad longitudinal bands. Under wing coverts dusky brown ;
inner webs of the primaries the same, not fading, even at their extreme bases,
into whitish. Entire under parts pure white, immaculate, except some dusky
streaks on the long feathers of the sides and flanks. This white on the sides
of the head invades the lores to the level of the top of the orbits, and extends
into the nasal fossae ; then lowers a little, so that the eyes are left in the dark
color of the top of the head ; then on the nape extends almost to the median
line, across which a few white feathers extend to the white on the other side,
forming an imperfect nuchal collar; then extends in a straight line down the
middle of the side of the neck. On the sides of the rump the white extends
around so far, that the cinereous is only left as a band an inch wide. This
white on the sides of the rump is as ai)parent upon the upper surface as that
on the scapulars ; it is directly continuous with that of the under parts, but on
the flanks the long overlying cinereous leathers appear to separate it. Bill
wholly black. Tarsi posteriorly and toes iuferiorly blackish ; rest of the feet,

1868.]

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

including both surfaces of the webs, probably tiesh-colored in life ; dull yellow-
ish-white in the dried skin.

Length " 10-00, extent 18-00" (collector's label); wing from carpus 5-00;
tail 1-50; tarsus -70 ; middle toe without claw -92, its claw -20; outer toe and
claw 1-10 ; inner do. -88 ; bill along culmen -60, along rictus 1-25, along gonys
•45, its height at base of nostrils -22, its width at same point -19.

Young. (No. 46,547, Mus. Smiths., Sitka, July, 1866 ; just fully fledged ; the
bill has still the white horny knob at tip of upper and under mandible, show-
ing the juvenility of the specimen). — Bill very small, weak, short, imperfectly
developed, about a third as long as the skull ; -45 along culmen ; tarsus -55 ;
middle toe and claw 1-00 ; wing only 4-25. Entire upper parts blackish, much
darker than in the adult, with only a just appreciable shade of cinereous ; the
scapular white present, but restricted in extent, and interrupted by imperfect
bars of dusky across the feathers. Entire under parts white. Everywhere, ex-
cept on chin, middle of abdomen, and under tail coverts, thickly marked with
delicate waved lines of dusky, most numerous across the throat, largest on the
sides and flanks, where some of the longer feathers are mostly dusky, finest on
the lower breast. The whitish on the sides of the head does not extend so far,
and merges insensibly into the dark color ; on the nape a delicate line of
white feathers almost forms a collar. The under wing coverts are as in the
adult. Bill blackish. Legs and feet anteriorly more dusky than in the adult.
Another specimen (No. 46,542, Mus. Smiths.), taken in January, marked
female, and evidently hatched the preceding summer, has the size of the adult,
and the colors generally as in the young bird just described. But the upper
parts are much lighter and more decidedly cinereous, as in the adult ; the
scapular white well developed ; the dusky waving of the under parts confined
to the sides and throat. The under wing coverts are dusky along the edge of
the wing ; but are elsewhere variegated with dull whitish ; only to a small
degree, however, not approaching the condition seen in hypoleucus.

In mature plumage this is a very handsome bird, and recognizable at a
glance by the pure white of the under parts, and blackish cinereous of the up-
per, relieved by the conspicuous white of the scapulars and sides of the rump.
It belongs to the short-legged division of the genus, being very different from
hypoleucus and Craveri in the proportions of the tarsus and toes. It has the
size and form of mar mora lus in every respect except a just fairly recognizable
diff'erence in the shape of the bill. But it is quite a different species from
marmordtus ; so different, in fact, that no special comparison need be insti-
tuted.

The recognition, in the bird here described, of Bra chyrhamphus Wrangeli,
Brandt, is a matter of unusual interest, identifying, as it does, a species long
ago described, but almost unknown to ornithologists at large, and throwing
light upon what has always been a very obscure point in American ornitho-
logy. The writer is mainly indebted to Prof. Baird's suggestions for the for-
tunate direction of his investigation in this case. The present species has
hitherto been regarded and described by American writers as the adult of the
well-known marmoratus, whose curious colors, as described by all authors from
Pennant downwards, and as figured by Audubon under the name of Uria Town-
sendii, have always been considered as indicative of immaturity. But numer-
ous specimens, in adult breeding plumage, demonstrate the falsity of this view,
as is satisfactorily set forth in the preceding article. Beyond the possibility of
a doubt, the present species is not marmoratus ; and it is certainly Wrangeli of
Brandt.

Brachyrhamphus hypoleucus, Xantus.

Brachyrhamphus hypoleucus, Xantus, Proc. Acad. Phila. Nov., 1859. From Cape

St. Lucas. Baird, eodem loco.

Coast of California. Specs, in Mus. Smiths., and Mus. Acad. Philada. So
far south, in summer, as Cape St. Lucas, Lower Cal.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

Description (from No. , Mus. Smiths., 9, San Diego, Jan. 27, 1862 ; a

typical example). — Bill along culmen half as long as the skull, three-fourths
as long as the tarsus, as long as the middle toe and half its claw, very slender,
much compressed, higher than wide at the base ; culmen gently curved its
whole length ; rictus nearly straight ; gonys perfectly straight ; outline of the
very slender mandibular rami a little concave. Tarsus just as long as the
middle toe without its claw 1 Tip of inner lateral claw not reaching base of
middle one. Wings and tail of usual shape ; the latter contained about two
and a third times in the length of the former from the carpus. Under tail
coverts reaching (in this specimen) just beyond the end of the tail. Entire
upper parts uniform cinereous, not varied by white. This color is slightly
darker, and more blackish-plumbeous on the head. It extends on the sides of
the head just to the eyes, the lids of which are of this color, a little further
down on the auriculars ; thence in a straight line along the middle of the
side of the neck to the shoulders ; thence in a straight line along the sides
under the wings, where it is nearly an inch broad ; the elongated feathers of
the flanks are also mostly of this color. Other under parts entirely pure white.
Under surface of wings entirely pure white I Primaries black on the outer
web ; the greater part of the shaft and inner webs white ; the terminal portion
of the shaft and inner webs brown. Tail feathers black, the inner webs some-
what brownish. Bill black, the base of the lower mandible whitish ; feet an-,
teriorly dull yellowish, posteriorly dusky, in the present dried state ; " bill
black, feet whitish-blue, black below " (label).

"Length 10-50; extent 17-50" (label); wing 4-80; tail 1-70; tarsus -95;
middle toe without claw -95, its claw -20; outer toe and claw 1-10; inner do.
•90; bill along culmen -80, along rictus 1-30, along gonys -45; depth at base
•22; width -19.^

The specimen above described, collected at San Diego, Oal., by Dr. J. G,
Cooper, is a little larger than the type, as will be seen by comparing the
measurements with those in the accompanying foot-note. It is also described
as representing the perfect plumage, — the type being imperfect in this respect.
The upper parts are of a uniform very dark cinereous, without a shade of
brown ; the latter hue only occurring in specimens with worn and faded
plumage. In the original description, here appended, the indications of the
size of relative lengths of the tarsus and middle toe are made without
reference to the claw ; which fact explains an apparent discrepancy between
the present description and the original one. The tarsus is exactly as long as
the middle toe without its claw.

This is a very strongly marked species. The most striking diagnostic feature
is the pure white of the under surface of the wings. In the uniformity of the
cinereous color of the upper parts it is also unique. Nearly the same length
of tarsus is found in B. brachypterus, Brandt, and Craveri, Salvadori ; the
tarsus is much shorter than the middle toe in Wrangeli Brandt, marmoratus
Gm., ^^ Kittlitzii" Brandt, and " irmros^m " Vigors.

This species is certainly not the Uria brevirostris Vigors, from San Bias.
This is described as having " alas supr^ et infrd, tectricesque inferiores fuscfe,

* * tarsi J," which settles all questions on this score. It has the same
dimensions, and the same relative length of tarsus and toes as Craveri Salva-

* The following is the original description of the type specimen : " Bill slender and
slightly curved, about half the length of head. Tarsus scarcely shorter than the middle
toe [and claw]. Above dark brownish-black, the edges of the feathers with a decided

filumbeous tinge; the side of neck below, and the axillars with the concealed portion of
he sides of the breast, ashy plumbeous. Entire under parts, including tail coverts and
inside of the wings, pure white, this color extending on the tides of the head so as to in-
clude the eyes; the lids, however, are tinged with dusky; bill black; legs apparently red-
dish in life.

" Length 10 inches, extent 16-80, wing 4-70, tail 1-80. bill above "70, gape 1-20, tarsus -86,
middle toe [with claw] 1-00. This specimen is considerably weather-beaten, and the old
feathers of the upper parts are much worn, and bleached at the edges. The new ones are,
however, as described."

1868.] 5

Ob PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

dori, also from the coast of Lower California ; but the latter appears to be a
diflFerent species, as will be discussed further on. It comes nearest to hrachyp-
terus, from Unalaschka ; in fact there is nothing in Brandt's brief diagnosis
preventing the reference of the present species to brachypterus, except
the expression "tarsi digito medio longiores." But in view of this
discrepancy, and of the widely-separated localities whence the two species
are described, it would be unsafe to take their identity for granted. It is much
the best course to retain the present species as it stands, under the name
hopolemus^ which has the merit of being positively identified, as is not the
case, as yet, with brachypterus.

Several excellent examples of this species from various points along the
coast of California are in the collections of the Smithsonian Institution and
Philadelphia Academy. They present no individual differences worthy of
special mention ; except in the instance of the type specimen, which is
brownish above, from the faded and worn condition of the plumage.

This species has probably the southernmost range of any of the family ;
occurring in summer at Cape St. Lucas. It was observed by the writer in
December, 1865, off the coast of Mexico, about latitude 21° N. ! Its extension
northward remains to be ascertained. At present, it is not known to occur
north of the coast of Lower California. Its southern habitat, as remarked by
Prof. Baird, is a fact of great interest, when it is recollected how truly boreal
are nearly all the species of the family.

Brachyrhamphu3 Craveri, [Salvad.) Coues.
TJria Craveri^ Salvadori, Descrizione di altre Nuove specie di Uccelli esistenti

nel museo di Torino, 1867, p. 17. Estratto dagli Atti della Societa Italiana

di Scienze Naturali, vol. viii, 1866.

" Jun. — Uria minima, crassitie Merguli alle ; supra fusco-nigra, dorso ac alis
nonnihil griseo-tinctis. Subtus alba ; rostro valde elongato, subulato, nigro ;
tarsis postice nigris, antice viride-luteis ; unguibus nigris.

" Long. tot. 0,245 ; al. 0,125 ; caud. 0,018 ; rostri a rictu 0,037 ; tarsi 0,022 ;
dig. med. cum ungue 0,024 ; (millimetres.)

" Parti superiori, lati della testa, le piume del mento lungo il margine
inferiore della mandibula, lati del coUo, del petto, e fianchi di color bruno-
nero eon una leggera tinta grigio-lavagna sul dorso, sul groppone e sulle all ;
parti inferiori candide ; becco nero ; tarsi neri posteriormente, anteriormente
giallo verdastri como auche le dita ; unghie nere.

" Questa specie sarebbe commune lungo le coste del Golfo della California,
e nell' Isola della Natividad posta nel Pacifico, a poca distanza dalla costa
occidentale della Bassa California." — Salvadori, 1. c.

This recently described species has much the same habitat as B. hypoleucus,
and very much resembles the latter. The dimensions are the same in both,
and the colors are very nearly alike. The expression " fusco-nigra, * *
griseo-tinctis," exactly hits some specimens of hypoleucus^ — those somewhat
faded and worn in plumage, — though not applicable to more perfect specimens.
In the above copied description, no mention is made of the under surfaces of
the wings ; but the needed information in this regard has been supplied
through a private channel. Prof. Baird has received from Sig. Salvadori, and
kindly transmitted to the writer, a life-size figure of the bird, accompanied by
a note in which it is stated that " the lining of the wings is blackish, and some
feathers are white-edged." This fact at once distinguishes the species from
hypoleucus, providing the latter, in all stages of plumage, has the under sur-
faces of the wings white, as is most probable, judging by what is known of
the variations in plumage of the birds of this genus.

Waiving the bare possibility of this bird s being a youny hypoleucus, it cannot
be referred to any described species, and must be regarded as a valid one.
That it is not brevirostris, Vigors, is sufficiently evident from the dimensions ;
the tarsus of the latter being only half an inch long.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67

Brachyrhamphus brachypterus, Brandt.

Brachyrhamphus brachypterus^ Brandt, Bull. Acad. Imper. St. Petersb. ii. 1837,

p. 346. Quotes '■'■Uria brachyptera Kittlitzii, MSS." Gray, Genera, iii, 1849,

p. 644. Cassin, Birds N. A. 18n8, p. 917. Merely copies Brandt's description.

Anobapton [Brachyrhamphus) brachypterus, Bonaparte, Tab. Comp. Pelagiens,

Comptes Rendus, xlii, 1856, p. 774.

*' SuprS, cinerea, alls caudaque nigricantibus. Collum subtus et in lateribus,
pectus et abdomen alba. Rostrum capitis dimidii circiter longitudine. Tarsi
digito medio longiores. Longitudine a rostri apice ad caudaj apicem 9. Patria
Uualaschka." — Brandt, I. c.

This species is wholly unknown, at least on this side of the Atlantic, except
by the aboA^e cited description of Brandt. It has nothing to distinguish it
from some other Brachyrhamphi except the length of the tarsus. This, however,
if it really obtains, is sufficient to distinguish the bird from all others, not
only of the genus, but of the family ; for no known alcidine bird has the tarsi
longer than the middle toe.

URIA, (Moehr.) Brisson.

Columba sive Columbus, Auct. antiq. ex parte. Vria, Moehring, Av. Gen. 1752,

p. 67, No. 73. Type Columba groenlandica, Willoughby.
C/rm, Brisson ; Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764; and of authors generally.
Alca, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i, 1758 ; in part.

Colymbus, Linnaeus, S. N. i, 1766, in part, and of many of the older authors.
Cepphus, Pallas, Spic. Zool. v. 1769, in part.
Grylle, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 346. Type TJ. grylle, Briinn.

Bill much shorter than the head, about equal to the tarsus, straight, rather
Stout, moderately compressed ; culmen at first straight, then rapidly deflected ;
rictus straight, except just at tip; gonys ascending, straight, short, about half
as long as the culmen. No groove in sides of upper mandible near its tip ; com-
missural edge of upper mandible scarcely inflected. Nasal fossa wide, long,
deeply excavated, partially bare of feathers, which do not wholly obtect the
nostrils. Feathers extending on sides of lower mandible with a salient rounded
outline. Wings and tail very short, the latter contained about two or two-
thirds times in the length of the former from the carpal joint to the end of
longest primary ; tail slightly rounded. Tarsus much compressed, entirely
covered with polygonal reticulations, somewhat scutelliform on the inner
aspect ; slightly shorter than the middle toe without its claw. Outer and
middle toes equal in length ; the claw of the former much smaller than that
of the latter, tip of inner claw just reaching base of middle one. Claws com-
pressed, moderately arched and acute ; the outer one grooved along its outer
aspect, the middle one greatly dilated along its inner edge. No postocular
furrow in the plumage.

In the preceding diagnosis the characters of the genus ate so drawn as to
exclude the large species of Lomvia. Few writers have made this generic
distinction, for which, notwithstanding, there is abundant reason, as may be
seen upon a critical comparison of the two types of form ; and as will be
satisfactorily demonstrated at length under head of Lomvia. It need only be
noted here, that the structure of the bill and feet are in many respects very
different in the two genera.

The genus as here framed comprehends three distinct species, intimately
allied to each other.

Species : — (3.)

Disregarding other and less prominent though rery Tftlid distinctions, the
three species of Uria may be at once recoguizod by the following character-
istics : —

1868.]

68 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

A large white space on wing, entire. No white about

head 1. grylle.

A large white space on wing partially divided by a black

line. No white about head 2. columba.

No white on wing. Feathers around and behind eye and

at base of bill, white 3. carbo.

Or they may be still more briefly and quite as satisfactorily characterized
thus : — carbo — upper and under surfaces of wings black ; grylle — upper and
under surfaces of wings white ; columba — upper surfaces of wings white, under
black.

The division of the white mirror on the upper surface of the wings of
columba is not the most important point of coloration, though the most
obvious, upon casual inspection, by which the species differs from grylle. A
still stronger diagnostic character lies in the absence of white on the under
surface of the wings.

Uria grylle, [Linn.) Briinn.

Columba groenlandica, "Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. vi, ed. 1746, p. 23, No. 4. Alba-

nus, Av. ii,p. 73, pi. 88. Ray, Syn. Av. p. 121, No. 6. Willoughby, Orn. p.

245, pi. 78. Martens, Spitzburg. p. 56, pi. 50, fig. B."
Columbus groenlandicus, "Klein Av. p. 168, No. 2."
Uria groenlandica, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 28, No. 116, (blank.)
Uria nigra, striata, et minor, Brisson.
Alca grylle, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i, 1758, p. 130. Schlegel, Urinatores Mus.

Pays-Bas. livr. ix, 1867, p. 130, excl. synon. Cephus columba, Pall.
Colymbus grylle, hinndnViB, ^j?,t. Nat. i, 1766, p. 220. Hermann, Tabl. Aflfin.

Anim. p. 148. Blumenbach, Handb. Naturg. p. 220 Milller, Zool. Dan.

Prodr. p. 18. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i, 1788, p. 584. Donndorff, Beytr. Zool.

ii, pt. i, 1794, p. 871. Several states of plumages enumerated as varieties.
Uria grylle, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 28, No. 113. Latham, Ind. Orn. ii,

1790, p. 797, No. 2. Var. " B," is columba ; perhaps also var, "E," the same.

Temminck, Man. Orn. ii, 1820, p. 925. Vieillot, Gal. Ois. ii, 1825, p. 235,

pi. 294. Bonaparte, Syn. B. N. A. 1828, p. 423. Audubon, Orn. Biog. iii,

1835, p. 148, pi. 219 and B. Amer. vii, 1844, p. 474. Peabody, Rep. Nat.

Hist. Mus. 1840, Birds, p. 399. Gray, Genera Birds iii, 1849, p. 644.

Thompson, Nat. Hist. Ireland, iii, 1851, p. 214. Macgillivray, Hist. Brit.

Birds, 1852, ii, p. 331. Cassin, Birds N. A. 1858, p. 911, pi. 96, fig. 2 ; and

Pr. A. N. S. Philada. 1862, p. 323. Herald Island. Bryant, Proc. Bost.

Soc. Nat. Hist. May, 1861, p. 74. Coues, Pr. A. N. S. Philada. 1861, p. 225.

Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1862, p. 131, and p. 142, and Proc. Essex

Inst, iii, 1863, p. 160. Samuels, Ornith. and Ool.New Engl. 1867, p. 567.
Uria [Grylle) grylle, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 346.
Uria [Cephus) grylle, Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus, 1856, xlii, p. 774.
Cephus grylle, Fleming, Hist. Brit. Anim. 1842, p. 134.
Cepphus lacteolus, Pallas, S. Z. v, 1769, p. 33. Albino, perhaps columba.
Colymbus lacteolus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i, 1788, p. 583. Albino. " C. niveus,

rostro pedibusque ex carneo fuscescentibus." Donndorff, Beytr. Zool. ii, pt.

i, 1790, p. 870.
Uria lacteola, Latham, Ind. Orn. ii, 1790, p. 798. Albino.

Uria grylloides, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 28, No. 114. Changing plumage.
Uria balthica, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 28, No. 115. Immature or winter,
^rm mvea, Bonnaterre, Ency. Method. Orn. 1790, p. 37. Albino, possibly of

columba. Quotes Pall. Spec. Zool. v, p. 33.
Uria leucoptera,* Vieillot, Nouv. Diet, d'flist. Nat. xiv. 1817, p. 35.

* " Get oiseau, dont je ne eonnais pas le pays natale, est totalement d'un noir profonde,
avec une grande plaque blanche sur I'aile j sa taille est h, peu pres la meme que eelle du
prec6dent," {U. troiU)—Vuill., I.e.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

Uria unicolor, Faber, Prodr. Isl. Orn. 1822, p. teste Schlegel. Greenland.

without white on wings.
Uria [Lomvia) unicolor^ Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus, 1856, xlii, p. 774.
Una Mandtii, Lichenstein, Verz. 1823, p. 88, teste Schlegel. Spitzenbergen.

Not of authors, which usually refers to columba.
Una scapularis, Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xii, 1824, p. 250, pi. 64.
Cephas fflacialis, arciicus, Faroensis, et 3Ieisneri, Brehm.

European and American coasts and islands of the North Atlantic ; very-
abundant. Arctic Ocean. Spitzbergen, Iceland, Greenland. On the Ameri-
can coast, in winter, south to New Jersey coast. Rare or accidental in the
north Pacific, where replaced by columba and carbo. — ? Kamtschatka, (Mus.
Pays-Bas, fide Schlegel.)''*' Herald Island, Arctic Ocean, (Cassin, Pr. A. N. S.
Ph. 1862, p. 323) ; Spec, in Mus. Acad. Phila., Smiths. Inst., Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist. ; Essex Inst. ; Cab. G. N. Lawrence ; author's Cab.

Adult, summer plumage.
— Bill and claws black
Mouth, legs and feet bril-
liant vermilion red, tinged
with carmine. Entire
plumage plumbeous or
fuliginous black, with a
tint of invisible green.
Wings and tail pure black,
the former with a large
oval space on the upper
coverts, all the under cov-
erts and the subscapu-
Fig. \Z.— Vria grylle.—-N&i size. lars pure white.

This perfect breeding plumage is temporary, and lasts but a short time.
Very many individuals do not assume it until June ; and it is usually retained
only during this and the succeeding month. Most specimens collected in May
are found to still have some traces of the winter plumage, below described.

Adult, during autumnal change. The first indication of the moult is seen
in the wings and tail, and is to be observed in nearly all specimens taken after
July. By the latter part of this month, after incubation and nursing are
finished, the wing and tail feathers become much worn, and faded, turning to
a light brownish gray towards their tips. The white mirror shows scattered
traces of dull brown. The body color loses its hue of green, and becomes
more fuliginous brown. Isolated white feathers are scattered over the whole
body ; or the dark feathers acquire white tips. With the falling of the quill
feathers, which may take place very rapidly, and deny for a season all power
of flight, the bird is in the following condition, which is the pure moulting
state, exactly intermediate between the summer and winter plumages : — No.
18254, Mus. Smiths., Labrador, Aug. 14, 1860. E. Coues. Wing feathers re-
newed, pure black, but not fully grown ; wing from the carpus only 4-50 long.
Mirror of renewed feathers, almost or quite pure white, but small ; under
wing coverts and axillars pure white. Head and neck all around, rump, and
whole under parts marbled with black and white in equal quantity, the bird
looking as if dusted over with flour. Back black, most of the feathers lightly
bordered with white, the scapulars more largely white. A still further in-
crease of white produces the following: —

Adult, winter plumage. — Wings and tail black, the mirror and under wing
coverts faultlessly white. Head and neck all around, rump and entire under

♦ Although this author does not recognize the specific validity of U, columba^ and would
therefore range Hpecimens of the latter ymder gri/lU in hi8 catnlogue, a specimen (No. 6.)
there enutneruted ai)pear8 to be this species, as is inferrible from the expression '• Au
miroir d'un blanc pur."

1868.]

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

parts pure white ; the back, (and frequently the crown, and back of neck,)
black, more or less variegated with white. Audubon figures this condition
very nearly.

The change in spring — mostly occurring during April and May — is the reverse
of that already described as the autumnal moult.

Fledgelings. — (Labrador, July, 1860, E. Coues, Mus. Smiths. No. — .) Length
about 6-00 ; bill -50 ; tarsus -60 ; middle toe and claw -90, etc. Wholly covered
with soft wooly puffy down, fuliginous brownish black ; bill and feet brownish
black.

Young ^ first plumage. — Traces of the down on various parts of the body ; the
bird probably just beginning to fly ; length about 10-00, wing 11-50 ; bill 1-00,
black; tarsus 1-25; reddish dusky, as also are the toes. Upper parts plumbeous or
sooty black, scarcely varied with white. Mirror beginning to appear, as white
spotting on a blackish ground. Entire under parts white, thickly marbled,
rayed and undulated with light touches of dusky.

This state tends to pass directly into a condition exceedingly similar to, if
not identical with, that of the adults in winter. But birds of the first winter
may, at least early in the season, be distinguished from old ones by a certain
" feel " of the plumage, and a shorter, weaker bill, less developed as to its
ridges and angles.

Accidental variations. — The foregoing descriptions apply to the various stages
of plumage, which are strictly normal in character, and which, though un-
ending in precise degree, and varying with almost every individual, merge in-
sensibly into each other. The species is, however, also very subject to acci-
dental and entirely abnormal variations. Of these, albinism is the most com-
mon. (Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada.) Entirely milk white, without a trace
of black ; bill and feet light colored ; eyes probably pink in life. The oppo-
site condition of melanism is described by authors. This consists in the total
absence of white on the wings ; and is apparently of infrequent occurrence.
Both these conditions have been described and named as characterizing dis-
tinct species. In the latter, the bird must not be confounded with Uria carbo,
which is totally different.

Dimensions. — Adult : Length, (average) 13.00 ; extent, (average) 22-50 ;
wing 5-50 to 6-25; tail 2-00, a little more or less ; bill along culmen 1-30;
along rictus 1-75; along gonys -65; depth at base -45, width -35; tarsus 1-25;
middle toe and claw 175, outer do. slightly less, inner do 1-40.

It may be of advantage to look closely into the formation of the white area
upon the wing of this species, to the end that its composition may be clearly
understood, and recognized as different from that which obtains in the allied
species, U. columha. The mirror upon the upper coverts varies to a degree,
and in a precisely similar way, in each species ; but when perfect constantly
presents a radical difference.

When Uria grylle is observed flying, as is its wont, low over the water with
rapid beats of the wings, the eye receives the impression of a black bird, with
a large white circular spot on the wing. This spot is constantly in view,
and represents the retinal imag»e resulting from the white spaces upon both the
upper and under surface of the wings blended together by the rapid motion of
the wings. Those who have observed Vria grylle in its native haunts will
appreciate the pertinence of this remark. Uria columha presents no such
peculiarity of appearance, there being no white upon the under surface of the
wings ; and the eye readily follows the movement of the small white space
upon the wings, as with the changing attitudes of the bird, it is now apparent,
now lost to view.

In Uria grylle., the row of great coverts upon the secondary quills are basally
black, terminally white. The outermost are white for rather less than half
their length, and the white occupies chiefly the exterior webs. Nearer the
body they are white for more than half their length, and the white occupies
both webs of the feathers.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71

The next row of coverts are wholly white in their entire length, except per-
haps for a very brief space just at their base ; and they are throughout long
enough to cover entirely the dark portion of the first row, reaching a little
beyond and overlying the commencement of the white upon the latter ; so
that the white is continuous and unbroken. One or two more rows of coverts
have precisely the same character and continue the white space uninter-
rupted.

The shorter coverts, for about half inch from the edge of the antibrachium
are black. The last of these, however, are broadly tipped with white, which
white portion overlies the extreme bases of the next row, blending its color
with that of the latter; the anterior edge of the mirror being thus the line of
union of the black and white portions of these coyerts, taken collectively.

In Uria columba, the row of great coverts is externally wholly black, or at
most the outermost feathers have only a very narrow white tip. The amount
of white on the feathers increases rapidly from without inwards, until on the
innermost there is nearly or quite as much white as in grylle. In consequence
of the small amount of white on these coverts, the next row of coverts do not
overlie, nor even reach it ; there being left a broad space of dusky between
the white tips of the second row of coverts, and those of the first; which
space rapidly diminishes from the edge of the wing towards the body, forming
the curved crescent of dusky which is obvious upon the wing of this species.

The mirror of Uria grylle is subject to much variation, which, however,
never obscures its distinctive characters in any decided degree. The greater
coverts may be wholly dusky ; then the mirror is the same as before, except
in its smaller size ; the next row may be tipped with dusky, so that no white
comes forward to coalesce with that of the greater row, and an appearance
like that of colurttba is produced ; which need not deceive, since the dusky
results from the second row of coverts instead of the first. All the wing
coverts may be tipped with dusky ; producing a variegated or spotted mirror.
Finally, the mirror may be only indicated by a few isolated white feathers, or
may be altogether wanting.

It is to be borne in mind, that the difference in the mirror of TJ. grylle
and columha is only one of the most obvious, but not the most specific distinc-
tion. In the very possibly occurring cases in which there is absolutely no dif-
ference between specimens in this respect, the absence of the white under the
wing, and the shape of the bill, readily distinguish columba from grylle.

Perhaps no bird has so many synonyms as Uria grylle. Independently of its
reference to divers genera, a large number of nominal species have been insti-
tuted upon its various stages of plumage, some of them requiring brief notice.
A very common name for the species among pre-Linnaean writers was " Co-
lumba groenlandica," — obviously a mere rendering into Latin^of a popular
designation. The word "grylle" made an early entry into the records, desig-
nating the adult plumage. Grylloides of Briinnich represents a variegated con-
dition ; and hallhica of the same author an immature or winter state. Lac-
teolus of the older authors seems to have been based upon the albino condition ;
the bird being described as " niveus, rostro pedibusque ex carneo fuscescen-
tibus." It is possible that Pallas, who introduced the word, may have really
based it upon a specimen of columba ; but this is a point of no special conse-
qnence. Bonnaterre has another name, — ^^nivea'^ — for the same condition,
quoting Pallas, Sp, Z. v, p. 33. Brisson and Brehm both have a large number
of nominal species, not necessary here to particularize. In 1817, Vieillot
(1. supril cit.) describes an adult under the name of Uria leucoptera, errone-
ously assigning it dimensions nearly equal to those of Lovivia troile. At least
the presumption is that this Icncoptera is nothing but a large grylle, though he
must have been perfectly familiar with the latter. Even so late as 1824, yrylU
is redescribed as Uria scapularis.

The " Uria Ma7idlti" of Lichtenstein requires attention, having been exten-
sively quoted as a synonym of, or employed to designate, U. columba, as will

1868.

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

be seen by the list of synonyms under head of this species. It is not possible
to determine from the description whether Mandtii is really based upon columha
or upon grylle. But Dr. Schlegel describes a specimen from Spitzbergen in
the Mus. Pays-Bas. — " un des individus types de VUria Mandtii diO. Lichtenstein,
obtenu du Mus6e de Berlin," as having the white feathers of the mirror tipped
with clear brown, and the wing and the tail feathers faded grayish. This is
a common condition of autumnal specimens of grylle ; and the description
does not point more particularly to columha than to this species. Upon the
whole, it may be best to regard Mandtii Licht. as a synonym of grylle; though
the name as used by Brandt, Bonaparte and some others refers unmistakeably
to columha.

A certain Uria unicolor \b described by Faber and Benecken and admitted as
distinct in the Comptes Rendus for 1856, by Bonaparte, who moreover places
it in a different subgenus from grylle. Bonaparte does not use the term to
designate cario Pall., which latter he gives as distinct. The name seems to have
been based upon the melanotic state of plumage of grylle. Dr. Schlegel
describes, in the ninth livraison of the Mus. Pays-Bas Catalogues, one of
Faber's type specimens from Greenland, as being " Au plumage d'un noir en-
fume absolument uniforme."

Uria columba, [Pallas) Cassin.

Black Guillemot, variety from Kamtschatka, "with a white oblique line issuing

from the white spot on the wings," Pennant, Arct. Zool. ii, 1Y85, p. 51Y.
Z7rm ^ry//e, var. B, Latham, Ind. Orn. ii, 1790, p. "797. " Fuliginosa, fascia
alarum gemina alba. Lath. Syn. vi, p. 333, No. 3, var. a. Habitat in Aoona-
lashka."
Colymbus grylle, var. B, DonndorfiF, Beytr. Zool. ii, pt. i, 1794, p. 872. Quotes

Latham and Pennant.
Cepphus columha, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. 1811, ii, p. 348. " In speciminibus orien-

tali oceani, fascia alarum duplex," etc. (p. 349.)
Uria columba, Cassin, Voy. Vincennes and Peacock, Orn. Atlas, pi. 38, fig. 1.
Idem, Baird's B. N. A.'l858, p. 912, pi. QQ, fig. 1. Idem, Pr. A. N. S. Phila.
1862, p. 323. Heermann, Pac. R. R. Rep. x, 1859, Route to California,
Birds, p. 76. Cooper and Suckley, Pac. R. R. Rep. xii, pt. ii, 1860, p. 285.
?9Uria mandtii, Lichtenstein, Verzeich, 1823, p. 88.
Uria mandtii, Reichenbach, Vollst. Naturg. Schwimmvog, pi. 4, fig. 47. Gray,

Genera Birds, iii, 1849, p. 644.
Uria (Grylle) mandtii, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 346.
Uria [Cephus) mandtii, Bonaparte, Tabl. Comp. Pelag. Comptes Rendus, 1856,
xlii, p. 774.

Asiatic and American coasts of the North Pacific, Kamtschatka (Mus. Acad.
Philada.), Russian America, Washington Territory, California (Mus. Smiths.
Inst.) Breeds on the islands off the coast of California.

Bill stouter than that
of grylle, more obtuse at
the tip ; upper mandible
with the culmen straight,
or even just appreciably
convex, suddenly de-
flected ; rictus straight,
ascending to near the
tip ; gonys and outline
of inferior mandibular
rami straight.

Adult. — Entirely fuli-
ginous or plumbeous
black, with a shade of
Fig. 14.— JTria coZwni&a.— Nat. size. invisible green. White

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 73

mirror on wing coverts. Nearly divided in two by a broad rather curved ob-
lique line of blackish. No white on under wing coverts, these being grayish-
brown. Bill and claws black. Mouth and feet vermillion red, tinged with
carmine. " Iris white " (label).

Length 13-00; extent 23-00; wing 7-00; tail 2-20; tarsus 1-25; middle toe
and claw 1-90, outer do. the same, inner do. 1-45; bill along culmen 1-20,
along rictus 1-80, along gonys -65 ; depth at base -40 ; width -30.

This species closely resembles V.grylle; but differs in being upon an average
larger, the wing particularly longer ; the bill stouter, straighter, more obtuse
at the point ; and the marking of the wings different, as above described. The
changes of plumage and the individual variations, as exhibited in the large
series of specimens examined, and entirely parallel with those of Uriagrylle.

It is worthy of note that this species occurs, in summer, upon the Pacific
coast of America, much south of the corresponding latitudes on the Atlantic
coasts frequented at this season by U. grylle.

One of the earliest indications, if not the first, of this species, may be recog-
nized in the variety of the Black Guillemot from Kamtschatka, described by
Pennant. This is said to have a white oblique line issuing from the white
spot on the wing. The var. B oi grylle of Latham and Donndorff is the same
bird. Pallas appears to be the first to bestow a specific name. The question
involved in the Uria Mandtii, Licht., has already been considered in the pre-
ceding article.

Uria carbo, {Pall.) Brandt.

(7e;?/)AM« mrfto, Pallas, Zoog. R.- A. ii, 1811, p. 350, pi. 79. " C. tridactylus,

totus niger, orbites albis," etc.
Uria {Grylle) carho, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 346. "Tola

nigra, pedibus rubris, orbita et stria ab orbites pone oculos ducta albis."
Uria {Cephus) carbo, Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus, 1856, xlii, p. 774.
Uria carbo, Gray, Genera Birds, 1849, p. 644. Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1858,
p. 913. pi. 97. Quotes Reich. Vollst. Naturg. Aves., pi. 375, fig. 2937. Cassin,
Pr. A.N. S. Philada. 1862, p. 323 (Japan).
Alca carbo, Schlegel, Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, livr, ix, 1867, p. 17.

"In oceano orientale circa insulas Aleuticas, praesertim Unalaschka'*
(Pallas), Kamtschatka (Mus. Acad. Philada.), Japan (Mus. Smiths. Inst.)

Sp. Ch. — Larger than grylle and columba ; the bill especially larger, stouter
and straighter. Feathers of nasal fossae and those around base of lower man-
dible whitish. A
conspicuouswhite
area around eyes,
and extending an
inch or so behind
them. No white
on either surface
of wings. Rest of
plumage brown-
ish-black, becom-
ing ashy black on
the under parts ;
perhaps deep

Fig. 15.— fTrt'o carte.— Nat. size. plumboous black,

with a shade of greenish, in more mature specimens than those examined.
Bill black. Legs and feet chrome yellow, tinged with vermillion, webs coral
red in the dried state ; probably vermillion or carmine red in life.

Length 14 to 15 inches; wing 7-75; tail 2-50; culmen 1-55; commissure
220 ; from feathers on side of lower mandible to tip 1*50, tarsus 1-36 ; middle-
toe and claw 2-10, outer 2-00, inner 1-60.

1868.]

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Another specimen: culmen 1-YO; commissure 2-10; feathers on side of
lower mandible to its tip 1-55 ; depth of bill at base -50 ; width at same
point -38.

An interesting species of Z7na, easily recognized by its peculiar colors,
which are different from those of either of the other two species here described.
Although unmistakeably characterized by Pallas, in 1811, as above cited, it
seems to have been overlooked by many subsequent writers. It appears, how-
ever, in the monograph by Prof. Brandt, who was well acquainted with Pallas'
labors and discoveries ; and is on different occasions noticed by Mr. Cassin,
who has given a figure of it in the Atlas accompanying Prof. Baird's Birds of
North America. There is a fine specimen in the Philadelphia Academy, from
Kamtschatka ; and a mutilated one in the Smithsonian Institution, from Japan.
The latter is interesting on account of the new and unusual locality. Tlie bird
is chiefly an inhabitant of the higher latitudes on the coasts of the Pacific
Ocean. It has not yet become a common bird in collections.

The species is somewhat larger than grylle or columba^ but chiefly noticeable,
as far as form is concerned, by the greater stoutness and straightness of the
bill, very observable upon direct comparison. The culmen and commissure
are nearly straight almost to the very tip, where they are rather suddenly de-
curved. The gonys and mandibular rami are quite straight ; the eminence at
.their symphysis is well-marked. The nasal fossa is short, but wide and deep ;
the feathers reach to the nostrils, but do not cover them. These nasal feathers,
as well as those around the base of the lower mandible, are dull white. The
eyes are conspicuously encircled with white, which stretches behind them for
about an inch, tapering to a fine point. There are no indications of white on
the wings. With the exceptions just mentioned the whole plumage is sooty-
black, tinged with slaty above, with brownish below, and becoming light ashy
on the under surfaces of the wings. The bill is black, as in the other species ;
the inside of the mouth probably carmine red in life. The feet are light yellow
in the dried specimens, doubtless vermillion or carmine red in life. The webs
are still tinged with this color. The claws are black.

It is possible that the plumage just described is not that of the perfectly
adult bird, in which, when fully mature, the white about the sides of the head
and base of the bill may not be exactly as here described ; and the body colors
may be purer and more intense. Dr. Schlegel describes a specimen from the
Kurile islands as '' d'un noir enfume uniforme ;" and another, from Sachalin
island, as an '' individu an plumage imparfait ; d'un brun fuligineux, passant
au blanchatre sur la face et les c6t6s de la tete."

LOMVIA, {Ray) Brandt.

Lomvia, Ray, Syn. Meth. Av., p. 120. Type L. Hoieri Ray, (fide Bryant).
Lomvia^ Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Pet. ii, 1837, p. 345. Type Colymbus troille Linn.
(7a^arac^e«, Moehring, Gen. Av. 1752, p. 68, No. 75. Based on Lomvia Ins.

Farrse Hoeiri.
Cataractes^ Bryant, Monog. Gen. Cataractes, Pr. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1861.

Type Colymbus troille Linn.
Alca, Linnaeus, 8yst. Nat. i, 1758, in part ; and of many older authors. Also

of Schlegel (1867), in part.
Uria^ Brisson, Orn. ii, 1760, p. 377, in part ; and of authors generally.
Colymbus. Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i, 1766, in part; and of many older authors.
Cepphus, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 345, in part.

Bill shorter than the head, longer than the tarsus, straight, or slightly de-
curved, usually very slender, much compressed, culmen regularly decurved in
its whole length, rictus moderately and very gradually decurved, gonys straight,
or even slightly concave in outline, very long, nearly as long as the culmen ;
a groove in the side of the upper mandible near its tip ; commissural edge of
upper mandible greatly inflected. Nasal fossae scarcely apparent, fully feath-

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

75

ered, the nostrils wholly obtected by feathers. Feathers on side of lower
mandible retreating in a straight line obliquely upwards and backwards from
interramal space to rictus. Wings moderately long; tail exceedingly short,
the latter contained about three and two-thirds times in the length of the for-
mer from carpus to end of longest primary; tail much rounded. Tarsus much
compressed, posteriorly and laterally reticulate, anteriorly scutellate, much
shorter than the middle toe and claw. Outer and middle toes about equal in
length ; the claw of the latter much larger than that of the former ; tip of inner
claw reaching base of middle one. Claws compressed, moderately arched,
acute, the outer one not grooved on its outer face, the middle one greatly di-
lated along its inner edge. A furrow in the plumage behind the eyes.

The genus as here constituted is restricted so as to comprehend only troile
and the species intimately related. It differs from Uria proper in several
points, some of them of decided importance. For the benefit of those who may
be sceptical regarding the propriety of separating the two forms as genera, their
distinctive characters are here antithetically tabulated :

Uria [grylle).
about equal to the tarsus ;

Bill
moderately compressed.

Rictus straight, except just at tip.

Gonys straight, half as long as cul-
men.

Upper mandible not grooved.

Tomial edges of upper mandible
scarcely inflected.

Nasal fossae wide, deep, mostly naked ;
nostrils partially covered with feathers.

Feathers on side of lower mandible
forming a salient rounded outline.

Tail short, slightly rounded, con-
tained 2f times in the wing,

Tarsus entirely reticulate.

Tarsus scarcely shorter than middle
toe without claw.

Outer face of outer claw grooved.

Size moderate ; ^no postocular furrow
in the plumage.

LoMViA {troile).

Bill much longer than the tarsus ;
much compressed.

Rictus decurved for great part of its
length.

Gonys concave, nearly as long as
culmen.

Upper mandible grooved near the tip.

Tomial edges of upper mandible much
inflected.

Nasal fossae narrow, shallow, feath-
ered ; nostrils covered with feathers.

Feathers on side of lower mandible
in a straight oblique line.

Tail very short, much rounded, con-
tained 3f times in the wing.

Tarsus anteriorly scutellate.

Tarsus much shorter than middle toe
without claw.

Outer face of outer claw not grooved.

Size large ; a postocular furrow in
the plumage.

Species — (4 ?).

I. Depth of bill opposite nostrils not more than a third of the length of culmen.

No white on sides of head ; bill slender, not dilated at

base; culmen, rictus and gonys much curved 1. troile.

A white ring and line on sides of head ; bill as in

troile 2. ringvia.

No white on sides of head ; bill stout, dilated at base ;

culmen, rictus and gonys nearly straight 3. cali/ornica.

II. Depth of bill opposite nostrils more than a third of the

length of culmen 4. svarbag.

LoMviA TROiLK, (Limi.) Brandt.

Lomvia IToieri^ Ray, Syn. Meth. Av., p. 120 ; fide Bryant.
Uria major, Ger. i, p. 549 ; fide Bryant.
Plaulus roatro larino, Klein. A v., p. 146, No. 2 ; fide Bryant.
Colymhm troille, Linnjeus, " Fn. Suec, ed. of I7GI, No. 109." Idem, Syst. Nat.
i, IY6G, xii ed. p. 220; not Uria troille, Briinn., which is Alca lomvia, Liun.j

1868.]

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

1758. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i, pt. ii, p. 788, p. 585 ; qnoteslomvia of Briinnich,
No. 108. Donndorff, Reytr. Zool. ii, pt. i, 1794, p. 874; confuses the quota-
tions of several species : e. ff., quotes Uria troile, Lath., and Alca lomvia of
Linnaeus' tenth edition.
Uria troile, Latham, Ind. Orn. ii, 1790, p. 796, No. 1. Retzius, Fn. Suecica, p.
149. Nilsson, Ornith. Suec. 1821, ii, p. 142. Temminck, Man. Orn. ii, 1820,
p. 921. Selby, lllust. Brit. Ornith. ii, 183i. p. 420. Reinhardt, Natur. Bidrag,
p. 18, No. 87. Gould, B. Eur. v, 1837, pi. 396. Fleming, Hist. Brit. Anim.
p. 134. De Kay, N. Y. Zool. 1844, Birds, p. 279. Gray, Genera Birds, iii,
1849, p. 644. Naumann, Naturg. Vog. Deutsch. ix, 1847, pi. 331. Peabody,
Rep. Nat. Hist. Mass. Birds, p. 399 ; confuses troile and ringvia. Thompson,
Nat. Hist. Ireland, iii, 1851, p. 207. Macgillivray, Hist. Brit. Birds, ii, 1852,
p. 318. Bryant, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. May, 1861, p. 74.
Uria {Lomvia) troile, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 345. Bona-
parte, Consp. Gav. Comptes Rendus, 1856, xlii, p. 774.
Catarractes troille, Bryant, Monog. Genus Cat. in Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1861, p.
6, fig. 2a. Verrill, Proc. B. S. N. H. Oct. 1862, p. 143. Idem, Proc. Essex
Inst, iii, 1863, p. 160.
ZZna Zomma, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 27, No. 108; quotes Alca lomvia,
Willoughby, t. 65. Not Alca lomvia, Linn., 1758. Scopoli, Bemerk. Naturg.
i. 1777, p. 88, No. 108; fide Donndorff. Keyserling and Blasius, Werbelth.
Europ. 1840, p. 238.
Uria (Cataractes) lomvia, Cassin. Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 913. Coues, Pr. A.

N. S. Phila. Aug. 1861, p. 256. Boardman, Pr. B. S. N. H. 1862, p. 131.
? Cepphus lomvia, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. 1811, ii, p. 345 ; quotes lomvia,Yio. 108, of
Briinnich, as (^, and svarbag. No. 110, of Briinnich, as 9 i also quotes Col.
troile of Linnaeus' 12th edition. Perhaps really refers to californicus.
Alca lomvia, Schlegel, Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas", livr. ix, 1867, p. 15. (Not of
Linnaeus.) Ex parte. Author considers the present and the succeeding spe-
cies to be varieties of one and the same species. Describes both under same
name. Quotes Uria lomvia et swarbeg [lege svarbag] of Briinnich ; Colymbus
troile of Linnaeus ; and Uria rhinyvia [lege ringvia] of Briinnich.
Colymbus minor, Gmelin, S. N. i, pt. ii, 1788, p. 585 ; confuses three species by
describing troile, and quoting Briinnich's No. 110 [svarbag) and Briinnich's
No. l\\ (ringvia). Donndorff, Beytr. Zool. ii, pt. i, p. 873 ; confuses three
species, by quoting Latham's var. B and Briinnich's Nos. 110, 111. Author's
var. y is true rivgvia.
Uria minor, Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xii, 1824, p. 246, pi. 63 ; erroneously
quotes svarbag, Briinn.

European and American coasts and islands of the North Atlantic, to or be-
yond 80° N. On the American coast, breeds from Nova Scotia northward.
" Its most favorite breeding-places south of the Straits of Belle Isle, are the
Funk Islands, off the coast of Newfoundland, Bird Rock, near the Magdalen
Islands, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and a number of small islands, generally
called Murre Rocks, between Meccatina and the Esquimaux Islands, on the
north shore of the Gulf," (Bryant). In winter to the extreme southern coast
of New England. Specimens in all American cabinets.

Adult, summer plumage. — Head and neck all around rich dark brown, which
changes on the back of the neck into dark slaty-brown, the color of the rest of
the upper parts. This hue is nearly uniform, but most of the feathers of the
back and rump have usually just appreciably lighter and more grayish-brown
tips. Secondaries narrowly, distinctly tipped with pure white. Exposed por-
tion of primaries dusky blackish, the shafts of the few outermost, and the
greater part of the inner webs of the whole, lighter (more grayish-brown),
tending to grayish-white towards the bases. Under wing coverts mostly white,
variegated with dusky along the edges of the wing, and the greater coverts
mostly of this latter color. Entire under parts from the throat pure white ;

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77

the whole length of the sides under the wings streaked with dusky or slaty-
brown. Bill black ; mouth yellow; iris brown ; legs and feet blackish.

Adult, winter plumage. — As before; the rich brown of the head darker in hue,
and more like the rest of the upper parts ; the white of the under parts extend-
ing to the bill, upon the sides of the head to or slightly above the level of the
commissure, upon the side of the neck so far around as to leave only a narrow
isthmus of dark color, which is somewhat interrupted by white mottling. The
white shades gradually into the darker color, without a trenchant line of de-
marcation, and varies greatly in its precise outline. Usually a pretty well de-
fined spur of dark color runs out backwards from the eye into the white of the
sides of the occiput, the spur occupying the borders of the postocular furrow
in the plumage. On the sides of the lower neck, just in advance of the wings,
the dark color extends in a point further than it does higher up, showing the
extent of the dark brown of the summer vesture.

Young, of the first winter, are colored precisely like the adults, but may be
always distinguished by their much shorter and slenderer bills, which are in
great part light colored (yellowish). The feet are also much tinged anteriorly
with yellowish.

Fledgelings are brownish-dusky, the breast and abdomen white ; and with a
few dull whitish streaks upon the head and hind neck.

Dimensions. — Adult. — Length about 17-00; extent 30*00; wing 8-00; tail
2-25 , tarsus 1*40; middle toe and claw 2-10 ; inner do. 1-70; outer do. 2-00 :
bill along culmen 1*75 , along rictus 2-50 ; along gonys 1-15; depth at base
•55 ; width at same point .30. Bill of young, first winter : culmen 1*50; rictus
2-2.') ; gonys -90 ; depth at base -45 ; width at base -25.

This species is well known to vary to a certain degree in size, and in the
precise shape of the bill. The dimensions above given represent very nearly
the average of a large suite of specimens measured. In colors, the variations,
though considerable, are unimportant, consisting in the difference in shade of
the colors of the upper parts, and the difference in precise outline of the dark
and light colors about the head and neck, in summer as well as in winter spe-
cimens. Specimens just before the renewal of the feathers have the upper
parts distinctly barred or waved with gray, owing to the fading of the tips of
the old feathers ; and the wing and tail feathers light dull gray. The difference
in intensity of coloration depends chiefly upon season, though individual pe-
culiarities may be observed. Very highly plumaged birds have the upper parts
almost uniform in hue.

The synonymy of this species is very extensive, and somewhat intricate,
though it is possible to collate it with much accuracy and certainty, provided
more labor be bestowed than the importance of the matter warrants, as seems
to the writer to have been the case in the present instance. In consequence of
the peculiarly obvious nature of the characters which distinguish the several
closely allied species from the present one, even the brief diagnoses of the
most antiquated authors may be recognized and identified, in the majority of
instances. But it is curious to note that the various names most in vogue for
two or three species of this genus have been so frequently interchanged, and so
variously applied, not only in a specific, but in a generic, sense, that they have
really come at last to mean nothing more than simply Murre or Guillemot. It
is absolutely necessary to refer to a writer's description, or his authorities
quoted, before we can have any idea to what species he alludes under any given
name ; — certainly a very discouraging state of affairs, and one not placing orni-
thology in a very creditable light.

The present species is Linnaeus' troille, of Fn. Suec. 1761, and S. N. 1766,
and is so regarded by most writers. It is the lomvia of Bnlnnich, which name
is usually adopted by those writers who date Linnwus' prerogative of priority at
1766. It is mmor of Omelin, who to a description of this species adds the
synonyms of two others. It is not troilU of Briiiinich, nor lomoia of Liunreus.

1868.]

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

LoMViA RiNGViA, (Brilnn.) Brandt.

Uria rm^mfl, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. i, 764, p. 28, No. Ill ; " linea a cantho oculi

exteriori per latera capitis nigraatia decurrit alba." Reinhardt, Bidrag. Na-
turg. p. 18. Naumann, Naturg, Vog. Deutsch. xii, 1847, p. 360, pi. 332.

Keyserling and Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ. 1840, p. 238. Gray, Genera Birds,
1849, iii, p. 644. Bryant, Proc. B. S. N. H. 1861, p. 7 ;.
Uria (Lomvia) ringvia, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. ii, 1837, p. 345. Bona-
parte, Tabl. Comp. Pelagiens, Comptes Rendus, 1856, xlii, p. 774.
Uria [Calaractes) ringvia^ Cassin, Baird's B. N. A. 1858, p. 914. Two of the

specimens enumerated belong to californica, Bryant. Description that of true

ringvia. Boardman, Proc. B. S. N. H. Sept. 1862, p. 131.
Catarractes ringvia^ Bryant, Monog. Gen. Cat. in Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1861, p; 8,

fig. 2. Verrill, Pr. B. S. N. H. 1862, p. 143. Id., Pr. Ess. Inst, iii, 1863, p. 160.
Uria alga^ Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 28, No. 112. Ringviae " simillima, ex-

ceptis rectricibus totis nigris."
Columbus langvia, " Plaff, Reise n. Isl, p. 562 ;" fide Bryant.
Colymhus troile, var. /5, Doundorff, Beytr. Zool. ii, pt. i, 1794, p. 875 ; quotes

Briinnich's No. 112 {alga), and Latham's, No. 1, var. y (also alga).
Colymbus troile, var. y, Donndorff, Beytr. Zool. ii, pt. i, 1794, p. 876. " Colym-

bus annulo oculorum et linea pone oculos albis." Quotes Miiller, Zool. dan.

Prod. p. 19, No. 152a.
Uria lachrymans, La Pylaie. " Choris, Voyages Pitt, autour du monde, 23 ;"

fide Bryant. Yarrell, Brit. Birds, iii, p. 351. Temminck, Man. iv, p. 574.

Gould, B. Eur. v, 1837, pi. 397. Macgillivray, Hist. Brit. B., ii, 1852, p. 326.
Uria leucopsis, Brehem, " Vog. iii, p. 880."
Uria leucophthalmos^ Faber, Isis v. Oken, 1824, p. 146. Thompson, Nat. Hist.

Ireland, iii, 1851, p. 211.
Uria troille leucophlhalmus, Faber, Prod. Isl. Orn. 1822, p. 42.
Uria troile, Bonaparte, Synopsis, 1828, p. 424. Two species confused. Not

Colymbus iroilie Linn., nor Uria troille Briinn. Audubon, Orn. Biogr. 1835,

iii, p. 142, pi. 218, fig. 1 ; oct. ed. vii, pi. 473, fig. 1. Figure 2 represents

troile^ of which the author considers the present species to be the adult. Gi-

raud, Birds Long Island, 1844, p. 376.

American and European coasts and islands of the North Atlantic. On the
American coast, breeds in the Gulf of St. Lawrence ; in winter ranges south to
the southern extremity of New England. Habitat the same as that of troile,
with which it is usually found in intimate association. Spec, in Mus. Acad.
Philada., Mus. Smiths. Inst., Cab. G. N. Lawrence.

Absolutely identical with L. troile, except in having a white ring around, and
white line behind, the eye. The white ring occupies the margins of both eye-
lids, forming a perfect circle, posteriorly continuous with the white line which
occupies the furrow in the plumage, and is an inch or more long.

The changes of plumage of this species, and the individual differences to
which it is subject, are absolutely identical with those of L. troile. The white
ring and line are usually, if not always, present in winter specimens.

The white ring and line are said to be sometimes wanting. But specimens
without this character cannot be distinguished from L. troile.

None of the specimens .contained in American museums offer any grounds
for contradiction of the preceding statements.

Such being the facts in the case, each one must be allowed to determine for
himself the relationship of L. ringvia to L. troille, according to the notion he
may entertain of species. In forming an opinion, the facts must be borne in
mind that the two kinds of Guillemots are always found intimately associated,
and that they are known to copulate with each other.

It is probable that the peculiar character upon which the species rests is an
individual peculiarity, not a specific difference.

This bird appears to have been first described and named by Briinnich under
the designation ringvia. Alga of this author is the same bird without white

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA.

79

tips to the secondaries. Subsequently several names have been proposed, as
will be seen by the synonymy adduced ; each based upon the head-markings.
The bird has also frequently been described as troile, var.

LoMViA CALiFORNiCA, [Bryant,) Coues.

? Ceppkus lomvia, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 345, synon. excl.

Uria troile, Newberry, Pacific R. R. Rep. vi, pt. iv, 1857, p. 110. Not of

authors. (Coast of California )
Uria Briinnichii, Heerraann, Pacific Rr. Rep. x, 1859, Route to California,

Birds, p. 75 ; synon. excl. Not of authors. (Farrallone Islands.)
Catarractcs catifornicus, Bryant, Monogr. Gen. Cat. Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1861,

p. 11, figs. 3 and 5. (Farrallone Islands, coast of California.)

Pacific coast of North America. Farrallone Islands, coast of California ;
breeding ; (Mus. Smiths. Inst, and Cab. H. Bryant ; the types of the species :)
Sitka, Russian America ; wintering ; Mus. Smiths. Inst.)

Fig. 16,—Lomvia californica, (Bry.) Nat. size.

(No. 17404, Mus. Smiths. A type of the species.) Entirely like troile, except
in the form of the bill. Bill somewhat longer than that of troile, on an
average ; deeper at the base, less decurved towards the tip, the several outlines
straighter. Culmen straight to near the tip, then moderately deflexed ; rictus
almost perfectly straight in its entire length, the commissural edge of the
upper mandible toward its base somewhat expanded and everted, as in svarbag,
though not to the same degree ; the feathers on the side of the upper mandible
not covering the tomial edge until very near the angula oris ; gonys perfectly
straight and very long, with a corresponding shortness of the mandibular
rami ; the angle at symphysis prominent, acute. " Iris white," (collector's
label.) Length 16-00 ; extent 27-00, (label ;) wing 8-00 ; tail 2-25 ; tarsus
1-40, middle toe and claw 2-25, outer do. 2-10, inner do. 1-70 ; bill along culmen
1-90, along rictus 2-90, along gonys 1.30; its depth at angle of gonys -60, its
width opposite base of nostrils -35.

Winter plumage. — (No. 46522, Mus. Smiths. Sitka, Nov. 1866.) In this speci-
men the bill is shorter (1-75 along culmen) than in the type above described,
and tlie culmen and rictus are more decurved. The peculiar shape, however,
is still preserved, the lower mandible being deep and very prominent at the
eminentia symphysis. The bird is probably one of the first winter. The
plumage is entirely parallel with that of troile at the corresponding season.
The upper parts are fully as dark as in the average of winter specimens of the
latter species. The white of the under parts extends to the bill, and along the
edge of the under mandible and eyes. Further back it invades the sides of
the occiput and nape, where it is separated from the white of the throat by a
prominent well defined spur of dark color protruding from the eye.

1868.]

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

As stated by Dr. Bryant, the dark parts of this species are rather paler in
tint than the average of those of troile. But this is not a diagnostic feature,
for it does not hold good in perhaps even a majority of instances. The iris,
according to the label, is white ; but Dr. Bryant remarks that he can hardly
credit this ; though if constant it would be a strong character. The only re-
liable diagnostic features are found in the shape of the bill, as just described.
In spite of the moderate amount of individual variation to which the bill is
subject, it alwaj^s preserves its peculiar shape, which is sufficiently different
from that of iroileio attract attention without direct comparison of specimens.
One feature which appears to have escaped Dr. Bryant's attention lies in the
inflation and eversion of the basal portion of the tomia of the upper mandible,
and their comparatively scanty feathering. This is an approach towards the
peculiar character of svarbag, though by no means attaining such development
as in that species. It is readily appreciable in amount in the majority of
specimens.

It is worthy of note, that the peculiarities of bill which characterize this
species as compared with troile^ are very much the same as those found in the
bill of U. columba, as compared with U. grille.

It is also to be observed, that the ringvia style of Murre has not been found
on the Pacific coast. Should the probability of its non-occurrence become a
certainty, the obvious inference would be additional evidence in favor of the
specific distinction of californica.

Numerous examples of this species are in the Smithsonian Museum, among
them Dr. Bryant's types. The bird breeds much further south than its Atlan-
tic representative, occurring in summer on the coast of California.

Among the specimens enumerated in the "Birds of North America" by
Mr. Cassin, under head of Uria ringvia, are two examples of this species, from
California. It is possible that this species rather than troile is alluded to by
Pallas under the name of Cepphus lomvia.

The figure is not a very good representation, the culmen and gonys not being
straight enough. The under mandible, however, is well delineated.

Lomvia svarbag, (Brunn.) Coues.

Alca lomvia.j LinnsenSj Syst. Nat. Ed. x, 1758, p. 130, No. 4. " Eostro Isbvi
oblongo,mandibula superiore margine flavescente."

Uria lomvia, Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc N. H., May, 1861, p. 75. Not of authors,
which is generally applied to troille Linn,

Catarractes lomvia, Bryant, Mon. Gen. Cat. in Pr. B. S. N. H. 1861, p. 9, figs.
1 and 4. Verrill, Proc. Essex Inst, iii, 1863, p. 160.

Vria troille, Bvunnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 27, No. 109. " Rostro latiore et
breviore, cujus margines, etiam in exsiccatas exuviis, flavescunt." Not
Colymbus troille Linn.

Uriasvarhag, Brunnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 27, No. 110. Winter plumage.

Cepphus arra, Pallas, Zoog. R.-A. ii, 1811, p. 347.

Uria arra, Keyserling and Blasius, Wirb. Europ. 1840, p. 237. Cassin, Pr.
A. N. S. Phila. 1862, p. 324. (Northwest coast of America.) Naumann,
Naturg. Vog. Deutsch. xii, 1847, p. 536, pi. 333.

Uria [Lomvia) arra, Bonaparte, Tabl. Comp. Pelag. Comptes Rendus, 1856,
xlii, p. 774.

Uria {Cataractes) arra, Cassin, Baird's B. N. A., 1858, p. 914.

Ulca arra, Schlegel, Urinatores Mus. Pays-Bas, livr. ix, 1867, p. 16.

Uria Briinnichii, Sabine, Trans. Linn. Soc. xii, 1818, p. 538. Temminck, Man.
Orn. 1820, ii, p. 924. Bonaparte, Synopsis, 1828, p. 424. Nuttall, Man.
Orn. ii, p. 529. Temminck, Man. Orn. ii. p. 576 : p. 924. Reinhardt, Natur.
Bidrag. p. 18, No. 88. Yarrell, Brit. Birds, p. 348. Swainson and Rich-
ardson, F. B. A. 1831, ii, p. 477. Gould, Birds Europ. v, 1837, pi. 398.
Audubon, Orn. Biog. iii, 1835, p. 336, pi. 345 ; oct. ed. vii, pi. 472. Pea-
body, Rep, Nat. Hist. Mass. Birds, 1840, p. 400. Gray, Gen. Birds, iii, 1849,

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

81

p. 644. Thompson, Nat. Hist. Ireland, iii, 1851, p. 213. Macgillivray, Hist.

Brit. Birds, ii, 185'2, p. 314.
Uria (Lomvia) Briinnichii^ Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. 183'7, ii, p. 345.
Uria Francsii, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. xii, 1818, p. 588. Stephens, Shaw's

Gen. Zool. xii, 1824, p. 243, pi. 62, fig. 2. Giraud, Birds Long Island, 1844,

p. 377. DeKay, New York Zoolog. Birds, 1844, p. 280. Peabody, Rep.

Birds Massachusetts, p. 400.
(Tria polar is, Brehm.

Coast of the North Atlantic and Pacific, and of the Arctic Seas. Herald
Island, (Mus. Smiths.) In winter, on the American coast south to New
Hampshire, (author's Cabinet) and New Jersey, (Mus. Acad. Philada.) Breeds
in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, (Bryant.)

Form subtypical of the genus. Bill short, hardly exceeding the tarsus in
length of culmen, very stout, wide and deep at the base ; culraen curved in
its whole length ; rictus straight for about half its length, then much deflexed ;
gonys long, its outline decidedly concave ; mandibular rami short, eminentia
symphysis very prominent ; tomial edges of the upper mandible in their basal
half turgid, and entirely bare of feathers. Slightly larger, and rather more
robustly organized than troiie. In other respects of form identical with
troile ; the plumage and its changes also the same. The turgid portion of the
tomia of the upper mandible flesh colored in life, becoming yellowish in the
dried state.

Length 18-00; extent 32-00 ; wing 8*50 ; tail 2-25 ; tarsus 1-25, middle toe
and claw 2-10, outer do. 1-90, inner do, 1-60, bill along culmen 1-40, along
rictus 2-20, along gonys -90, depth at eminentia symphysis -55, width at base of
nostrils -30, at augula oris -80.

The peculiar shape of the bill strongly characterizes this species. It is a
rather more robust bird than troile, and upon an average a little larger. The
colors of the plumage are not very appreciably different ; perhaps slightly
darker, and tending a little more decidedly towards a slaty or plumbeous hue,
particularly in winter. The seasonal changes are precisely the same. The
only decided difference in color lies in the whitish or yellowish hue of the
expanded tomia of the upper mandible.

Briinnich's Guillemot appears to be the most boreal species of the genus,
frequenting the Arctic seas, as well as more temperate latitudes. At the same
time it has been found further south in winter, on the Atlantic coast of North
America, than the other species ; and is of frequent occurrence on the United
States coast at that season. It is also of constant occurrence in the North
Pacific.

This is unquestionably the Alca lomvia of Linnaeus, 1758. The name should
stand for the species, were it not now in use for the genus. It has been more
usually employed for troile. The troile of Briinnich is unmistakeably this spe-
cies, but is preoccupied by its Linnean application for the common species.
Svarbag, Briinnich, comes next in order. This is based upon the winter plum-
age, and must stand as the specific designation of the bird. Pallas named it
Cepphus arra in 1811; and Sabine renamed it Uria BrUmiichii in IS18. Both
these names, but particularly the latter, are in very general employ at the pre-
sent day. Francsii of Leach, 1818, also this species, has never had much of a
run with writers.

List of BIRDS collected in Southern Arizona by Dr. £. Palmer ; with remarks.

BY DR. ELLIOTT COUES, U. S. A.

Dr. Palmer has kindly transmitted to me a list of the birds collected by him
at Camp Grant, about sixty miles east of Tucson, Arizona, during the present
year. The species are identified by Prof. Baird. The oollection contains four
species (marked with an asterisk in the following list) not previously acore-

1808.] 6

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

dited to the Territory. Although by no means a complete exponent of the
birds of Southern Arizona, the list is valuable in clearly indicating some diflFer-
ences between the avifaunas of the southern desert and northern mountainous
portions of the Territory. Compare the species mentioned below with those
characterizing the Fort Whipple fauna, as elucidated in my *' Prodrome,"
Pr. A. N. S. Phila. Jan. 1866.

In my " Prodrome," 245 species are enumerated ; one of which (Certhiola
fiaoeola) was inserted by mistake. The present collection raises the number
to 248. The various species mentioned passim in my paper as of probable
occurrence, will, when substantiated as inhabitants of the Territory, further
increase the number to about 260.

iSome manuscript notes with which Dr. Palmer has favored me are placed
in quotation marks. Species known to occur throughout the Territory are in
small capitals ; others in italics.

Cathartes aura, Linn.
Falgo sparverius, Linn.
AccipiTER CooPERi, Bouap.

"Nesting, June 1st, iu crotches of cottonwood trees along river bottoms."

Aquila canadensis, Linn.

One of the southermost localities on record for this species.

Geococcyx californianus, Less.

Chiefly southern and western Arizona. Rare or casual at Fort Whipple.
'* Very destructive to small animals, snakes, and hard-shelled insects."

Chordeiles texensis, Lawr.

Chiefly southern and western Arizona. Not observed at Fort Whipple,
where C. Henr-yi is abundant.

Centurus uropygialis, Baird.
Chiefly southern and western Arizona. Rare or accidental at Fort Whipple.

MyiARCHUs MEXICANUS, Kaup.

*' Is very fond of hovering around the giant cactus, Cereus giganteus, when
in bloom, to catch the wasps and bees. Builds a loosely constructed, flat nest,
often in dwelling-houses."

Sayornis sayus, Bon.

The egg of this species. Prof. Baird writes me, is much like that of Einpido-
nax Traill a. Dr. Palmer's specimens are the first ones ever obtained. "The
nest was procured May 3d, from the eaves of a house. The parent birds, when
alarmed, hovered about uttering plaintive cries, and returned to renew their
mournful notes for several days after the invasion of their home."

Pyroccphalus mexicanus, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 45.

Southern and western Arizona. Has not been found as high as Fort
Whipple.

Atthis Costee, Bourc.

Chiefly southern and western ; perhaps to Fort Whipple.

Trochilus Alexandri, Bourc.

I included this species in my " Prodrome " (p. 20), mainly on the strength
of its occurrence in the Colorado Valley, very near the river (Mojave River,
Dr. J. G. Cooper). Dr. Palmer is, I believe, the first to detect it actually
within the Territorial limits. Possibly it should be in small capitals. "Nest
six feet high, in a bush, in a deep ravine."

TURDUS MIGRATORIUS, LiuU.
SlALIA MEXICANA, SwaiuS.

Anthus ludovicianus, Licht.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

Pyranga ludoviciana, Wils.
Dexdroeca Auddboni, Towns.
D. iESTivA, Gmel.
Myiodioctes pusillus, Wils.
Campylorhynchus brunneicapillus, Lafres.

Chiefly southern and western Arizona. "Builds between the arms of the
giant cactus, and among the branches of more arborescent ones ; also in the
shrub called * palo verde ' by the Mexicans " {Fouqueria?). " A nest taken
May 15th was of an elongated shape, loosely built of straws and sticks ; the
foundation thick, raising the eggs to the middle of the nest. The orifice in
the side of the nest was small, and partially concealed by loose out-hanging
materials."

Salpinctes obsoletus. Say.

Throughout the Territory, but most abundant in its warmer portions.

*Harporhynchus curvirostris, Cab.

My remarks (Prodrome, p. 29) upon Dr. Heermann's notice of this species
are to be cancelled, as not pertinent. Dr. H.'s specimen is commented upon
by Baird (B. N. A. 1858, p. 352), and referred with a query to B. curvirostris.
Dr. Palmer's specimens add the species to the Territory. "Rare. Builds in
arborescent cactuses, a few feet from the ground. The nest is upright, with
loose twigs projecting all around. Two eggs were found in one."

Vireo pusillus, Coues, Prodrome, p. 40. Baird, Review, p. 360. V. Belli^
Cooper, (nee And.) Pr. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci. p. 122.
First obtained by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas ; then by Dr. Cooper at San
Diego, Cal. ; then by the writer at Date Creek, a little south of Whipple.
The present specimens further extend its range. It should perhaps be in
small capitals. Dr. Palmer has obtained the eggs.

Ph^nopepla nitens. Swains.

"Feeds upon the berries of the parasitic plant" (Arceuthobium ? Phora-
dendron ?) "which grows on the large mezquite trees. Is extremely shy, with
a quick, high flight."

Icteria longicauda, Lawr.

" Nests in thick underbrush. Feeds upon wild currants."

Auriparus fiavicepsy Sundevall.

Southern and western. Not found in the mountainous districts. "Builds
upon the outer limbs of bushes along shady river banks. The weight of the
nest often causes the limb to hang nearly to the ground."

Carpodacus frontalis, Say.
Chrysomitris psaltria, Say.
ZoNOTRicHiA Oambeli, Nuttall.
Pooecetes gramineus, Gm.
Chondestbs grammaca, Say.
Melospiza fallax, Baird.
Spizblla Breweri, Cassin.
Spizella socialis, Wils.

Poospiza bilineata, Cassin.

Perhaps to be in small capitals ; but certainly most abundant in southern
and western Arizona. ' * A nest containing three eggs was built in a dwarf
mezquite bush, a few inches from the ground."

Calamospiza bicolor, Towns.

I did not find this species at Fort Whipple, and have no reason to believe
1868.]

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

that it occurs in northern Arizona, though it is found much further north
(Kansas, Nebraska, etc.), along other meridians of longitude. But it is never-
theless common in the Gila Valley, and thence extends to the Pacific, though
it does not reach the ocean in the latitudes of Upper California, Oregon and
Washington. There is something peculiar in its distribution, not satisfactorily
explained upon any hypothesis touching the climate or physical geography of
the regions inhabited by it.

"^ Cardinalis igneus, Baird, Pr. A. N. S. Philad. 1859.

Not before recorded from Arizona. This is a Cape St. Lucas species, which,
as I remarked (Prodrome, p. 54), was to be expected to occur in southern
Arizona, though I had at that time no authority for including it in my list.
Its present acquisition is a matter of much interest.

Pyrrhuloxia sinuata, Bonap.

Confined to the southern districts.

GUIRACA MELANOCEPHALA, SwainS.

"Builds a flattish nest in crotches of young willows, a few feet from the
ground."

PiPILO CHLORURA, ToWUS.

Pipilo mesoleiicus, Baird.

Chiefly southern and western Arizona, but extends very near Fort Whipple.
Dr. Palmer says that it nests in much the same situations as those selected by
the Icteria longicauda.

Pipilo Abertii, Baird.

This, and the preceding species, are nearly identical in their range, and are
the characteristic species of the genus in the Gila and Colorado Valleys. Will
not P. albigula (Baird, Pr. A. N. S, Phila. 1859 ; from Cape St. Lucas) be
hereafter detected in south-western Arizona ?

molothrcs pecoris, gm.

Ageljeus ?

Xanthocephalus iCTERocEPHALrs, Bonap.

^Icterus eucullatus, Swains.

An acquisition. Not previously detected in the United States, except in
the valley of the Lower Rio Grande. /. Bullockii has been hitherto the only
Oriole accredited to the Territory.

Sturnella neglecta, Aud.

CoRvus carnivorus, Bartram.

LoPHORTYx Gambeli, Nutt.

" In early spring the Quail feed much upon mezquite seed, and the tender
shoots of a certain aromatic plant. The nest, built among underbrush along
the river bottoms, is merely a small shallow depression, thinly lined with soft
grass, leaves and feathers. The eggs are almost exactly like those of the
California Quail." (Pale buff", or yellowish-white, blotched and spotted all
over with different shades of brown ; of the usual shape in this family.)

Meleagris mexicana, Gould.

Generally distributed throughout Arizona and New Mexico; but rare in
certain localities, and extremely abundant in others.

^GiALiTis vociFERus, Linn.

FULICA AMERICANA, Gmel.

Bernicla Hutchinsi, Richardson.

QUERQUEDULA CYANOPTERA, Vieill.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

♦LoPHODTTES cucuLLATtJS, Gmel.

Not before recorded from the Territory, though its occarrence was to have
been anticipated. (Cf. Prodrome, p. 63.)

PoDicEPS CORNUTUS, Gmel.

Jan.2Sth.^
Mr. Cassin, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Thirty-one members present.

The following gentlemen were transferred from the list of members
to that of correspondents : Jos. Jones, M.D. ; W. F. Reynolds, U . S.
Top. Eng.

Dr. Allen's resignation as Corresponding Secretary w^as read and
accepted.

The following Committees were elected for 1868 :

Ethnology. — J. Aitken Meigs, S. S. Haldeman, F. V. Hayden.

Entomology and Crustacea. — John L. Le Conte, J. H. B. Bland,
Tryon Reakirt.

Comparative Anatomy and General Zoology. — Joseph Leidy, Har-
rison Allen, S. B. Howell.

Ornithology. — John Cassin, Spencer F. Baird, B. A. Hoopes.

Mammalogy. — Harrison Allen, E. D. Cope, John Cassin.

Concholoyy. — Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., Rev. E. R. Beadle, C. F. Parker.

Herpetology and Idhyology. — Edward D. Cope, S. Wier Mitchell,
Chas. Shaefter.

Geology. — Isaac Lea, F. V. Hayden, T. A. Conrad.

Physics. — Robt. Bridges, R. E. Rogers, Jacob Ennis.

Library. — Jos. Leidy, John Cassin, Robert Bridges.

Botany. — Elias Durand, Aubrey H. Smith, Elias Diffenbaugh.

Mineralogy. — Wm. S. Vaux, S. R. Roberts, Jos. Willcox.

Palaeontology. — T. A. Conrad, Jos. Leidy, Wm. M. Gabb.

Proceedings. — Joseph Leidy, Wm. S. Vaux, John Cassin, Robt.
Bridges, Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Prof Edw. D. Cope was elected Corresponding Secretary.

Feb. 4th,

The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Forty-one members present.

E. D. Cope made some observations on the living inhabitants of caves in
eouth-weatera Virj^inia. He said lie liad examined some lifteen, whicli were
not generally known ; one of tbem, Spruce Run Cave, in Giles couuty, for a

1868.]

86 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

distance of 2^ miles. He said that, besides bats, the Neotoma floridanura
was very abundant, and made nests like those of birds. He also found some
articulates peculiar to them. The few molluscs were the same as those of
the woods, and did not occur far from the mouth. The only beetle was en-
tirely blind, being a new Anophthalmus, A. p u s i o of Horn, and was rare.
A species of fly, apparently identical with one usually found about excre-
ments, was found in all the localities where rats occurred. There were two
species of Myriapoda, one the Cambala a n n u 1 a t a Say, quite rare and with
rudimental eyes, and the other, most common in the remote recesses only,
the Pseudotremia cavernarum Cope, sp. nov. (gen. nov.) of the Lysope-
talidae, with eyes better developed.

Special Meeting , Feb. 6th.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twelve members present.

Dr. Ruschenberger announced the death of Mr. Jacob Gilliams,
one of the founders of the Academy, on the 4th inst., in the 86th
year of his age.

On motion, the meeting adjourned to attend the funeral.

Feb. nth.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Thirty members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :

" Description of some new species of diurnal Lepidoptera. Series
III." By Tryon Keakirt.

Mr. Vaux, on behalf of Dr. Ruschenberger, offered the following
resolutions, which were adopted :

Resolved, That in the death of Mr. Jacob Gilliams, at an advanced age, the
Academy has lost the latest survivor of its seven founders and one of its
oldest friends.

That the society holds in grateful remembrance his efforts to encourage the
cultivation of the natural scienes at a period when they attracted the atten-
tion of few persons in Philadelphia.

That to his interest in natural history the foundation of this institution
may be in a great measure justly attributed.

That the friends of the natural sciences recognize in his early labors to
establish an institution devoted to the collection of materials and the publi-
cation of essays for the purpose of diffusing knowledge of the natural history
of the world, a claim to their lasting respect.

That the Academy tenders to the members of his family this expression of
sympathy in their bereavement; and that the President of the Academy is
requested to communicate to them a copy of these resolutions suitably en-
grossed.

Feb. 18tL

Mr. Cassin, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Thirty-four members present.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

Feb. 25th.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Twenty-six members present.

The deaths of the following gentlemen were announced : Marcel
de Serres, Tobias Wagner, and Gen. Geo. A. McCall.

The following gentlemen were elected members : Stephen Morris,
Thos. T. Tasker, Jr., Stephen P. M. Tasker, Henry G. Morris, Jas.
E. Caldwell and C. Newlin Peirce.

On favorable report of the Committee, the following paper was
ordered to be published :

Descriptions of soma new species of Diarnal LEPIDOPTERA.

Series III.

BY TRYON REAKIRT.

51. Lycjena marina, nov. sp.

Male. Upper surface lustrous violet blue, edged with a narrow black line ;
usually towards the anal angle there are two rounded black spots ; these are,
however, sometimes obsolete ; fringe white ; expanse 'S — 1 inch.

Underneath soiled white ; fore wings' costa, brown ; from the base, five
transverse bands extend across the wing from the costa to the inner margin ;
the fourth and fifth are sometimes interrupted on the second median veinlet ;
a sixth runs down from the costa to the same uervule, and a seventh and
narrower one reaches only the third nervule ; following these there is a sub-
marginal row of connected lunalse, enclosing oblong darker brown dashes
between themselves and the margin.

Upper half of secondaries traversed by numerous br(»wn lines, commonly
six in number, always interrupted in difi'erent points, and dilated and com-
pressed irregularly ; then there is a soiled white submesial band ; and then
the j^eries of lunulas, dashes and spots as on the fore wings, rarely confluent ;
the two spots nearest the anal angle are jet black, irrorated with shining
green atoms ; and ringed with ochreous-yellow.

Body black above, clothed with bluish hairs, whitish beneath ; antennae
black with whitish aunulations.

Female. Upper surface white, glossed with violet blue at the base ; costa
of both wings and outer margin of the primaries broadly brown ; the white
area of the f^jre-wings is traversed by three maculate brown belts ; one sub-
basal, the second mesial, the third subapical and merging into the brown
border.

Across the disc of the secondaries are several brown rays, and a submargi-
nal lunulate brown line encloses a marginal series of large rounded brown
spots, of which the second from the anal angle is always the largest and
deep brown or black.

Underneath marked as in the male, but with much less intensity ; the lower
portions of the transverse bands of the fore wings are frequently obsolete; on
both wings they are narrower and less compact, thus increasing the white
spaces ; tlie submarginal lunulae and spots, as in the males, wanting some-
times the ochreous yellow rings. Expanse -87— 1'05 inches.

J3a6.— Orizaba, Mexico. (Coll. Tryou Reakirt.)

*' Mexico, near Vera Cruz." Wm. H. Edwards.

Allied to Lijctena Ca^sius, Cram.

52. QONILOBA DOLORES, nOV. Sp.

Upper surface clear brown, with olive brown hairs below the median ner-
vure of the primaries towards the base, and over the basal half of the aeeou-

1868.]

88 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

daries. Four translucent ochreou3 spots on the primaries ; the first large
and near the end of the cell, is of trapezoidal form, with an angular indenta-
tion upon the outer side ; the second, also trapezoidal, but less than the pre-
ceding, is contained within the second and third median vein'ets, and situated
midway between the first and the outer margin ; the third, resembling an
irregular right-angled triangle, is aligned on the first median veinlet, with
the second and fourth, which last is small and obovate, placed on the sub-
median vein just beyond its middle ; a curved ash-gray bar, widest centrally,
and tapering at either end, extends between these last spots and the cell from
the submedian vein to the second median veinlet, touching above the upper
angle of the third spot, and below the inner portion of the ovoid.

Secondaries immaculate ; fringe ochreous yellow, lightly cut with brown ;
expanse 2*13 inches.

Underneath, the primaries have an ash brown apical triangular patch, sep-
arated by a brown bar from an irregular purplish- ashy belt, extending from
the margin down to the second translucent spot, and which contains a darker
spot near the middle of its inner margin ; the costa between this belt, and a
pale ochreous spot resting thereon, above the translucent spot in the cell, is
reddish brown ; the fourth spot of the upper surface is covered by a large
pale yellow ovoidal spot ; the ashy bar is wanting.

Secondaries pale purplish brown, with darker velvet maroon brown shades,
formed into three prominent areas, viz., a broad border, a large central patch,
and another resting on and below the middle of the costa ; there are also two
basal bars and a series of connected lunulas between the central patch and
the marginal band. Antennae brown ; club ochreous beneath.

Hah. — "Mexico, near Vera Cruz." Wm. H. Edwards.

53. Pyrgus Geoegina, nov. sp.

Upper surface black, with ashy shades, and waved brown lines traversing
the surface. Primaries : a white spot occupies the middle of the cell ; beyond
a mesial white band, broken into two parts, of which the lower occupies the
central portion of the first median interspace ; the upper extends from beyond
this to the costa ; on the margin, midway between this band and the apex are
two small white spots ; there is an indistinct series of submarginal black
spots, each having a minute whitish or gray point, sometimes enlarging into
an enclosing crescent, attached to its outer extremity.

Secondaries : a broad mesial band, bifid on the costa ; below, a sinuated
irregular line ; both white ; a submarginal series of indistinct spots. Fringe
brown, white towards the anal angle ; expanse 1*25 — 1*5 inches.

Below, primaries ; an oblong white dash in the cell ; the central band as
above ; an abbreviated series of three or four white spots run down from the
costa, in place of the two on the upper surface ; along the outer margin a
series of large white oblong dashes, becoming brownish towards the apex,
and containing each a rounded dark brown spot— in the lowest, the spot is
geminate.

Secondaries white, or soiled white, more or less brown towards the base ; a
subceutral maculate row of brown spots, of which three or four are contigu-
ous, towards the abdominal margin, and two distinct ones nearer the costa ;
along the outer margin are connected lunulse, rarely coalescing with the spots
of the inner row.

Body above black ; the rings of the abdomen marked with whitish hairs,
underneath white ; palpi white, excepting the terminal article, «iwhich is
black. Antennae brown, with incomplete white annulations, club tipped with
ferruginous.

Hah. — "Mexico, near Vera Cruz." Wm. H. Edwards.

Dedicated to my cousin, Mr. Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., the distinguished Con-
chologist, as a slight acknowledgement of his unvarying kind assistance in
my studies.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89

54. CiRROCHROA TYCHE, Felder.

(^ Felder, Wiener, Entom. Monatschr. v, p. 301, n. 13, (1861.)

Female. Upper surface ochreous brown ; a broad pale belt crosses the
outer half of the forewiugs, bordered interiorly by a gradually diminishing
waved dark brown bar, broadest below the subcostal vein, and becoming obso-
lete towards the inner margin ; the outer margin is dark brown, interior to
which are two angulated transverse lines, the outer being brownish black and
complete, the inner brownish ochreous, and obsolete in its lower portion ;
three indistinct brownish spots arise from the inner margin in the pale belt,
decreasing in size upward.

On the secondaries the transverse belt is suffused with the ochreous ground
color, and contains six rounded or oval black spots — there being none in the
discoidal interspace ; the anterior narrow black line, and the posterior
lunulate or angulated lines, — three of these on the hind wings, — are all com-
plete, extending from the costal to the abdominal margin, ani anal angle.

Underneath pale ochreous, the markings of the upper surface repeated in
pale shades ; the outer half of the wing glossed with lilacine ; a continuous
lilaceous band underneath the mesial brown line. Expanse 2-75 inches.

Antennae black, bright ferruginous underneath, and upon the club.

^a6.— Mindoro. (Dr. Clias. Semper.) (Coll. Tryon Reakirt.)

I am indebted for this beautiful species, along with many other rarities,
to Mr. Greorg Semper, brother of the celebrated collector.

55. Papilio Burtoni, nov. sp.

Size and shape of Pap. Leucaspis, Godt.

Male. Upper surface pale greenish yellow ; a very broad, dark brown
terminal band along the outer margin of both wings ; along the interior edge
of which band, on the fore wings, is a darker brown stripe, extending from the
cell to the inner margin ; two wide dark brown belts traverse the fore wings,
both merging into the terminal border — one resting over the end of the cell,
cuts off a small lunulate piece of the ground color, the other is a mesial
band, running from the middle of the costa towards the inner angle.

Upon the border of the hind wings are several pair of imperfect lunes,
composed of lustrous bluish gray atoms ; above the anal angle a yellow
lune, and above this a red lune, sometimes two of these ; the brown border
is continued some distance along the abdominal margin. The long slender
tail terminates with a large yellowish white patch.

Underneath mainly as above ; the outer border of both wings is irrorated
with lilacine atoms, assuming the form of lunulsB upon the lower portion
of the hind wings. Expanse 4 inches.

Head, throat and abdomen, dark brown.

Antennae black, with bright orange brown clubs.

Hah. — Insagasugii, New Granada. (Coll. Tryon Reakirt.)

This magnificent species was one of a large collection formed by Hon. A. A.
Burton, near Bogota, and has most appropriately been dedicated to him.

56. DiRCRNNA Bairdii, nov. sp.

Allied to Dir. Jemima, Hiibn. Wiwgs translucent, ochrey-yellowish, with
darker semi-opaque spots and border.

Male. The fore wings are narrower and more acute than in the related
species ; the disposition of the pellucid spots upon these is similar to Jemima :
their hind margin, however, is black instead of orange-oroheous ; the median
vein is orange to ilie end of the cell ; all the others black.

Hind wings ; the black terminal border does not extend so far upon, the
abdominal margin, upon which there is an orange brown patch, and is more
diffused inwardly ; the basal half of the wing is ochreous, as are also the veins
contained therein ; those upou the outer half, which is covered with the black
shade, are black.

Underneath as abos'^e, with the addition of three apical silvery white spots

1868.] 7

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

upon the fore wings ; a costal streak, three oblong apical spots, and three
triangular spots along the outer margin of the hind wings, all silvery white.
Expanse 2-75 inches.

Head, thorax and abdomen, above blackish brown, below the thorax is
spotted with white, but no yellow stripes as are in Jemima ; abdomen below
yellowish. Antennae blackish at base, orange brown beyond, darkening
towards the apex.

'l\v% female does not differ from the male, save in the more rounded wings,
and in intensity of coloration.

Z?a6.— Insagasuga, New Granada. (Coll. Tryon Reakirt.)

57. Mechanitis Franis, nov. sp.

Very closely allied to Meeh. Menapis, Hewits.

Differs chiefly in the larger size of the fulvous basal area of the fore wings ;
in the invariable presence of a large rounded black spot, between the first and
second median veins ; and in the more common division of the black portion
of the hind wings into a central belt, and a terminal border.

Underneath as in Menapis, with the above differences.

Hab. — Insagasuga, New Granada. (Coll. Tryon Reakirt.)

I can hardly believe this to be a local variety of Menapis ; both were cap-
tured at the same place, and time, and throughout a long series of specimens
I find the differences to remain constant.

58. Pyrrhopyga Bogotana, nov. sp.

Upper surface black, brilliantly glossed with steel blue ; the posterior two-
thirJs of the outer margin of the hind wings, is bordered with bright orange
brown, broadest towards the anal angle, gradually diminishing to the other
extreme point, and scalloped interiorly.

Underneath the same, with perhaps less shining reflections.

Body and legs glossy blue-black, with orange-brown palpi. Antennae
black.

Expanse 2*25 inches.

jya6.— Insagasuga, New Grenada. (Coll. Tryon Reakirt.)

59. Pyrgus alana, nov. sp.

Upper surface white, faintly tinged with yellowish ; costa of primaries, and
a large apical patch, covering the outer two-fifths of the wing, dark brown ;
the latter, which is concaved interiorly, and traversed by darker brown
veins, presents a transverse, indistinct, white macular, narrow subapical
band, frequently entirely obsolete.

Secondaries with an irregular narrow brown border, from which brown
veins rise a short distance into the area of the wing.

Fringe of primaries brown ; of secondaries, first narrowly white, bordered
externally with brown, forming two parallel lines around the whole outer
margins.

Underneath chiefly as above, with the brown more diluted, and the white
subapical baud of the primaries, and the whole white surface of the secon-
daries, replaced with ochreous yellow ; the former consists of six distinct
spots, of which the two lower are the largest, and extend to the outer margin ;
the white basal area of the fore wings is more or less tinged with yellow.

On the secondaries, the veins are all lined with black, and there are two
diffused brown patches ; one below the centre of the wing and towards the
abdominal margin, the other on the outer edge near its middle.

Expanse 1-70 inches.

Thorax and abdomen above black, clothed with whitish hairs ; the latter,
below, yellow, with a double brown stripe ; head palpi, and antennse brown ;
a yellow collar above the first.

^a6.— Insagasuga, New Granada. (Coll. Tryon Reakirt.)

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91

60. Heliconius Guarica, nov. sp.

Upper surface dark brown, glossed with bluish black ; anterior wings crossed
by a broad central transverse scarlet band, abruptly terminating after the
first median veinlet, and not touching the outer margin ; posterior, immacu-
late.

Underneath, the band becomes pale rosy white, edged only with dark pink ;
the costa of forewings, presents a short basal scarlet bar, that of the hind
wings a longer yellow one ; upon these are also five basal spots, one yellow,
surrounded by four scarlet ones.

Body black, with some yellow stripes on thorax below and a yellow ventral
stripe ; some yellow spots on the collar ; first and second joints of palpi
yellow ; third black. Antennae black.

Expanse 2*65 inches.

Hab. — Insagasuga, New Granada. (Coll. Tryon Reakirt.)

Closely allied to HI. Hijdara, Hewits, but constantly differs in the absence
of a scarlet spot on the upper side of the secondaries.

In the same number (63) of his " Exotic Butterflies," he has redescribed
Callidryas Thauruma, Reakirt, as Call. Fiaduna ; his name must therefore be
regarded as a synonym.

March Sd.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Twenty-three members present.

March 10th.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.
Forty members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

" A new species of Osmerus." By Thaddeus Norris.

" Description of nine new species of Unionida), from Lake
Nicaragua, C. A." By Isaac Lea.

" An examination of the Reptilia and Batrachia obtained by the
Williams College Expedition to Equador and the Upper Amazon,
with notes on other species." By Edw. D. Cope.

A letter was read announcing the death of Sir David Brewster.

The Publication Committee announced the issue of No. 4 of the
Proceedings for 1867.

March 17 th.

The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Thirty-three members present.

Mr. Benj. Smith Lyman made the following remarks on a bent'
marble stone presented by Mr. Edward Shippen to the Academy.

The bent gravestone of Dr. William Shippon, who died 11th July, 1808,
and of Alice his wife, who died 25th of March, 1817, was formerly in the

1868.]

92- PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

burial ground on Arch street, above 5th. As it had to be removed on the
closing up of that ground, it was thought best to replace it by a new one,
and the bent stone was given to the Academy on the 15th of November,
1867. The stone is of white Pennsylvania marble and is 6 ft. 3^ in. long,
by 3 ft. 1 in. wide and 2 in thick. It simply rested on six marble posts,
without being fastened to them, except imperfectly by mortar, and must have
bent merely from its own weight. The posts stood on separate brick foun-
dations under ground, but the near (northern) middle post of the picture
had sunk so as nc longer to touch the slab, and the other middle post had
settled also. The space between the inner sides of the end posts, lengthwise
of the slab, was 4 ft. 9^ in. The stone is bent down in the middle an inch
and a half from a straight line drawn from the near right hand corner to the
far left hand corner (northwest and east) and half an inch from the line
drawn cornerwise the other way ; and lengthwise through the middle it is
bent an inch and a sixteenth from straightness.

March 24:th, 1868.

The President, Dr. Hays, in tlie Chair.

Forty-two members present.

The following was presented for publication :

" Sexual Law in Acer dasycarpum." By Thos. Meehan.

Prof. Cope exhibited to the Academy several fragments of a large Enalio-
saurian, discovered by the Academy's correspondent at Port Wallace, Kansas,
Dr. Theoph. H. Turner. Portions of two vertebrae brought east by Dr. Le Conte
from his geological survey of the Pacific Railroad route, had previously indi-
cated to the speaker the existence of an animal related to the Plesiosaurus, and
the recovery of the greater part of the reptile had confirmed this affinity.

The remains consisted of over one hundred vertebrge, with numerous por-
tions of ribs, the greater part of the pelvic and scapular arches, with two long
bones somewhat like femora. Part of a muzzle, with teeth, belonged to the
same animal.

The species represented a genus differing in important features from Plesio-
saurus and its near allies. These were the absence of diapophyses on the
caudal vertebrae, and the presence of inferiorly directed plate-like parapophy-
ses, which took the place of the usual chevron bones, in the same position ;
also in the presence of chevron-like bones on the inferior surfaces of the cervi-
cal vertebrae ; further in some details of the scapular and pelvic arches. The
diapophyses of the dorsal vertebrae originated from the centrum, and not from
the neural arch.

In generic features it was related to the Cimoliasaurus and Brimosaurus of
Leidy, so far as the latter are yet known. It differed from both of them in
lacking diapophyses on the lumbar vertebrae.

The general form was different from Plesiosaurus in the enormous length of
the tail, and the relatively shorter cervical region. The total length of the ver-
tebral column sent was thirty-one feet ten inches, divided as follows : caudals
18 ft. 10 in., dorsals 9 ft. 8 in., cervicals 3 ft. 4 in. ; adding for missing cervi-
cals and cranium at least 2 ft. 6 in., we have a total of 34^ feet. An interval
of three to four feet occurred between the cervicals and dorsals as they lay in
the cliff from which they were excavated, which if, as is probable, it was occu-
pied by vertebrae in the animal, would give a length of thirty-eight feet. The
caudal vertebrae had very compressed centra, and elevated neural and haemal
laminae, and were of unusually elongate form. Neural arches everywhere on
the column co-ossified. AH the vertebrae considerably more constricted me-

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93

diftUy than in Brimosaurus or Cimoliasaurus, and none except cervicals with
such small antero-posterior diameter as the latter possess.

The general characters of the species would be presented in a special
essay.

He called it Elasmosaurus platyurus Cope, from the caudal laminae, and
the great plate bones of the sternal and pelvic regions. It was a marine
saurian, whose progression was more largely accomplished by its tail than by
its paddles.

The teeth and muzzle showed it to be an ally of Plesiosaurus. The former
were cylindric, implanted in very deep alveolae, and furnished with a very
small pulp cavity. The exposed surface closely and sharply striate to the nar-
rowly acuminate tip.

The beds were argillaceous, with much gypsum ; the latter mineral coating
the bones. The age was cretaceous; perhaps, according to Le Coute, the
upper middle. The matrix beneath the dorsal vertebrae contained remains of
perhaps six species of fishes, several ctenoid, among them a known Enchodus,
and a Sphyraaea, to be called Sph. carinata Cope.

The complete and mounted skeleton of the fossil Irish Elk, now
in the Museum, was presented to the Academy by Mr. J. A.Wright.

On motion the Academy tendered to Mr. Wright a vote of thanks
for his magnificent donation.

March Z\st.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.
Thirty members present.

The deaths of Mr. Thos. Earp, and Mr. C. F. Hagedorn, were an-
nounced.

On leave being granted, the following paper was presented for
publication :

" On a new mineral in Cryolite, Ivigtite." By Theo. D. Band.

The following gentlemen were elected Members :

Dr. Thomas B. Keed and Mr. Bichard Peltz.

The following were elected Correspondents :

Dr. Fred'k Stoliska, of Calcutta, Maj. Geo. Clendon, Jr., of
Glenn's Falls, N. Y., and Mr. B. H. Stretch, of San Francisco, Cal.

On favorable report of the Committees, the following papers
were ordered to be published :

Bemarks on the New Species of OSMEBUS (0. Sergeant!.)
BY THADDEUS NORRIS.

At a meeting of the Academy of Natural Sciences, March 2G, 1861, the
writer presented "Remarks on a new species of Osmerus taken in the Schuyl-
kill below Fairmount dam." describing its speciKo characteristics as com-
pared with those of the Northern Smelt, 0. viridiacens, also naming other
rivers besides the Scliuylkill in which it is found.

Although I Was then well convinced of the difference between the two,
those wlio composed the conunitteo on Ichtliyology could not admit sufficient
peculiarity in iliis to constitute it a new species ; I therefore suppressed the
specific name given above, which I now renew ; having no loss authority than

1868.]

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

that of Professor Agassiz, who has examined and compared the one with the
other. I would add that my conjectures as to the new species being found
at the terminus of the tide in the tributaries of the Delaware river have
proved correct ; as I have since ascertained that it is taken in March in the
Brandy wine below the dam at the head of tide, as well as at the foot of the
rapid water at Trenton, appearing for a short time before spawning and
apparently only for that purpose.

My object in this communication is to establish this as a distinct fish and
give it a specific appellation, as well as to settle any question of priority of
description which may hereafter arise.

I have presented this evening a small vial which holds the contents of the
stomach of a northern smelt, O. viridiscens, as being suggestive of the vast
amount of fish food accessible to marine species in winter as well as in
summer. The vial contains three shrimps, one of the small fry of some other
fish, and a half dozen fish ova not quite as large as those of our brook trout.
The ova have made no progress in the process of incubation, from which I
infer that they were seized by the Osmerus as soon as they were ejected, or
not long after they were deposited by the parent fish. In observing the
habits of both species above referred to, I have found them to go to the head
of tide, but no further, for the purpose of spawning. This occurs as soon as
the rivers are free from ice in the spring, when the northern smelt is taken
in such numbers from the Gulf of St. Lawrence as sometimes to be used as
manure.

Description of Nine Species of UNI0NID.a3 from Lake Nicaragua, Central

America.

BY ISAAC LEA.

In the "Proceedings of the Acad, of Nat. Sci.," April, 1856, I described a
new species of Triqueta [Hyria Lam.), which I called lanceolata. It was made
from a single valve in a collection from China. In the diagnosis made in the
Proceedings it was not mentioned that this valve was somewhat twisted, being
fearful that the curved condition arose from accidental circumstances, and
not from a normal condition like Area tortnosa, Lin. Subsequently, in the
" Journal of the Academy," vol. iii, and in " Observations on the Genus TJnio,"
vol. vi, I published a full account of this peculiarly interesting species, having
received perfect specimens, one of which was well figured. In this paper I
thought that, as the original name of lanceolata, made from a single imperfect
valve, did not apply to the perfect shell, science would be subserved by a de-
scriptive name. I proposed to call it coniorta, and redescribed it under that name
with full remarks and observations. At that time it was the only member of the
family Unionidse, which was known not to be equivalve. Subsequently, in de-
scribing a species of Spatha, under the name of Natalensis, I mentioned that it
was "slightly inequivalve." "Journal Acad. Nat. Sci.," vol. vi, and in " Ob-
servations on the Genus Unio," vol. xi.

In 1865 I published in the " Proceedings of the Academy" the diagnosis of a
new Unio from China, Avhich is inequivalve and twisted. This I named tortuosus.
The full description and figure, with remarks, is in a paper which I have pre-
pared for the Journal of the Academy. These constitute all the inequivalve
species of the family which I have seen until recently.

The collection made by the late Mr. Thomas Bridges, botanist, who, during
his travels in Central America, visited Lake Nicaragua, has been kindly placed
in my possession, part by Col. E. Jewett, and part by Mr. W. M. Gabb, Palaeon-
tologist of the California Geological Survey. Very much to ipy surprise and
satisfaction I found that several species of Unio and Anodonta had this
inequivalve character.

It may be here remarked that there seems to be a predisposition, in the
Unionidae of Central America, to this very unusual character in the Unionidse,

[March ,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

while in Mexico, United States and Canada, where so many species have been
described, there has not been a single one observed. These observations and
the following list will, I hope, induce more attention to the investigation, by
students of Fresh-water Molluscs^ of this interesting branch of inquiry.

List of inequivalve Unionidse.
Triquetra contorta, China. Unio encarpus. Central America.

Spatha Natalensis, Africa. Unio Nicaraguensis, Central America.

Unio tortuosus, China. Anodonta inaequivalva. Cent. Amer.

Unio Newcombianus, Cent. America. Anodonta Granadensis, Cent. Amer.
Unio Gabbianus, Central America. Anodonta lenticularis. Cent. Amer.

Unio Nicaraguensis. — Testa sulcata, triangulari, compressa, aliquanto inse-
quivalva, inaiquilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice oblique truncata ;
valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus prominentibus, subacutis ; epidermide olivacea,
crebris sulcatis indutis, eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus erectis, compressis,
crenulatis et in valvulo dextro tripartitibus; lateralibus brevibus fonicatisque ;
margarita argentea et iridescente.

Habitat. — Lake Nicaragua, Central America. Mr. W. M. Gabb.

Unio Granadensis. — Testa sulcata, elliptica, subinflata, inaequilaterali, pos-
tice subangulari, antice rotundata ; valvulis crassiusculis, antice crassioribus ;
natibus subprominentibus ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, nigricanti, eradiata ;
dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, compressis, erectis crenulatisque ; marga-
rita alba et iridescente.

ffab. — Lake Nicaragua, Cent. Amer. Col. E. Jewett and Mr. W. M. Gabb.

Unio encarpus. — Testa sulcata, subtriangulari, subinflata, aliquanto insequi-
valva, inaequilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis sub-
crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominentibus ; epidermide tenebroso-
olivacea, encarpiformi, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus compressis, erectis,
crenulatis, in valvulo dextro subtripartitibus ; lateralibus obliquis rectisque ;
margarita albida et iridescente.

Ilab. — Lake Nicaragua. Mr. W. M. Gabb.

Unio Gabbianus — Testa sulcata, triangulata, subinflata, aliquanto inseqni-
valva, inaequilaterali, postice triangulari, antice oblique truncata ; valvulis
crassiusculis, antice aliquanto crassioribus ; natibus prominentibus, ad apices
retusis ; epidermide tenebroso-olivacea, obsolete radiata ; dentibus cardinali-
bus erectis, compressis et valde crenulatis; lateralibus curtis, obliquis striatis-
que ; margarita argentea et iridescente.

IJab. — Lake Nicaragua, Cent. Amer. Col. E. Jewett and Mr. W. M. Gabb.

Anodonta Bridgesii. — Testa laevi, oblonga, inflata, inaequilaterali, antice et
postice rotundata ; valvulis pertenuibus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide
laevissiraa, micanti, olivacea, obsolete radiata ; margarita elegantissime iri-
descente.

Ilab. — Lake Nicaragua, Cent. Amer. Mr. Thomas Bridges.

Anodonta in^quivalva. — Testa laevi, obovata, compressa, insequivalva^ in-
aequilaterali, antice et postice rotundata; valvulis suV)ienuibus ; natibus sub-
prominentibus ; epidermide vel luteo-viridi vel tenebroso-viridi, obsolete ra-
diata ; margarita cmruleo-alba et valde iridescente.

Ilab. — Lake Nicaragua, Cent. Amer. Mr. W. M. Gabb.

Anodonta Jbwettiana. — Testa licvi, suboblonga, valde inflata, iuiiequilater-
ali, postice rotundata, antice obli(iue rotundata ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus
prominentibus, inflatis ; epidermide olivacea, transverse striata fere sulcata,
obsolete radiata ; margarita argentea et valde iridescente.

Hub. — Lake Nicaragua, Cent. Amer. Col. E. Jewett.

Anodonta lknticularis. — Testa huvi, subrotunda, compressa, itmquioalva,
1868.]

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

inaequilaterali, antice et postice rotundata ; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus
prorainulis; epidermide transverse striata, tenebroso-viridi, redundater radi-
ata ; raargarita caeruleo-alba et valde iridescente.

Hj^b. — Lake Nicaragua, Cent. Amer. Mr. W. M. Gabb.

Anodonta Granadensis. — Testa laevi, elliptica, subinflata, insequivalva, inaj-
quilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotunda ; valrulis subtenuibus ;
natibus prominulis ; epidermide vel lutea vel viridi-radiata ; margarita caeru-
leo-alba et valde iridescente.

Bab. — Lake Nicaragua, Cent. Amer. Col. E. Jewett.

An Examination of the REPTILIA and BATRACHIA obtained by the Orton
Expedition to Equador and the Upper Amazon, with notes on other Species.

BY E. D. COPE.

The expedition for purposes of scientitic exploration, to which the present
paper relates, was undertaken during the autumn and winter of 1867 — 8,
under the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution. Prof. James Orton, of
Williams College, Massachusetts, directed the expedition, which was composed
mainly of students of the same institution. This enterprise, particularly
worthy of a popular institution of learning of the grade and position which
an American College ought to occupy, has been attended with success in many
departments of natural and physical sciences. In the present department,
valuable in furnishing a reliable key to the history of the mode of creation
and distribution of animal life, a considerable amount of material has been
collected, which is reviewed summarily in the following pages.

The party divided, a portion ascending the Orinoco River to meet the other
portion in Eastern Equador. The course of the latter was as follows, as I am
informed by Prof. Orton :

They first touched the continent at Payta,Peru, and afterwards at Guayaquil ;
then proceeded inland over the Andes to Quito — collecting in the valley about
three months ; thence via Pafallacta (on the east slope of the eastern Cordillera)
and Archiaona (the largest town in the Oriental part of Equador,) to Napo on
the River Napo ; thence by canoe down the Napo to the Maranon and Amazons.

They collected Reptiles chiefly from (Guayaquil, Pallatanga (on the west
slope of the western Cordillera south of Chimborazo) ; Ambato (in Vallej^ of
Quito); western slope of the volcano Antisana, 13000 ft. above sea (a small
black frog;) Archiaona — in the depths of the Napo forest (lizards chiefly;)
Santa Rosa on the Napo (lizards chiefly ;) Pebas, Peru, on the Maranon — 2200
miles from the Atlantic (snakes chiefly,) and Tabatinga on the Brazilian
frontier, (snakes chiefly.)

CROCODILIA.

Crocodilus americanus Linn. C. acutus Cuv.
From Guayaquil.

TESTUDINATA.

Testudo elephantopus, Harlan.

From Guayaquil, identical with sp. from the Gallapagos Islands. This
species presents the broad posterior vertebral shield of the American T. tabu-
la t a and polyphemus.

Chelydra serpentina Linn. Schweigger.

One sp. from Guayaquil, identical with nearctic specimens. This species
furnishes a case of distribution unparalleled among reptiles, ranging as it does
from the cold regions of Canada to the torrid region of Equador. Peters has
already noticed Guayaquil as its most southern habitat, via. Monatsber., Berlin
Ac. 1862, p. 627.

^ [March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

SAURIA.

NYCTISAURA.

Phyllodacttlus reissii Peters, Monatsberichte, Preuss. Ac. Wiss. 1802, 626.
Several specimens of this handsome species from near Guayaquil.

GoNiODACTYLUS CAUDiscuTATUs Giinthcr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 18 , p.
From near Guayaquil.

GoNiODACTYLus FERRUGIXEU8 Copc. Goiiatodes fevT. Cope, Proc. A. N. Sci.

Phila. 1863, 102.

From the Napo and Maranon.

A Central American species of this genus is G. fuscus [Stenodacfylus
Hallowell. Gymnodactylus scapulahis Dumeril. The G. tenuis of Halloweill is
a Eublepharis Gray, from the Philippine Is.) G. gillii Cope, (1. c. 1863,
102) is G. vittatus Licht. von Martens Nomencl. Mus. Berlin. Was the
latter ever properly published ?

Thecadactylus rapicauda Gray, Houttouyn.

From the Napo and Maranon. Identical with specimens from Yucatan and
St. Thomas, W. I.

PLEURODONTA.
Iguana tdberculata Laur.

One sp. (No. 6645) from Napo or Upper Maranon.
Basiliscus mitratus Dumeril. Ptenosaura seemannii, Gray.

Near Guayaquil.
Hypsibates agamoides Weigmann.

Napo and Maranon.
LiocEPHALUs iridescens Guuther, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1859, icon optima !

Specimens from the Plateau of the Andes, near Quito, No. 6710, and from
near Guayaquil.
MiCROLOPHus PERUVIANUS, Girard.

Paita, Peru.
Angus viridiaeneus Peters, Monatsberichte Preuss. Ac. Wiss. Berlin. 1863,

147,

From Napo or Upper Maranon.
Anolis ortonii Cope, sp. nov.

Of the same group as the last, that is, with smooth abdominal scales, and
the median series of caudal scales not larger than the lateral ; the tail is,
however, only partially preserved, and as it is somewhat compressed the char-
acter of the vertebral scales may have been different in the lost portion.

Muzzle convex, wider than long, (measuring at anterior angle orbit,) covered
with scales of different sizes. Occiput small, separated by several rows from
superciliaries. Scales between the facial rugae hexagonal, smooth, in four
longitudinal rows, a little smaller than the plates of the rugaj which extend to
the central row. Dorsal and lateral scales granular, nearly equal, and smaller
than the rounded ventrals. Brachial scales a little larger, weakly keeled, anti-
brachials much larger, keeled. Labials 8 — 8, the two posterior very small ;
loreal rows six. Frontal cavity distinct ; superciliaries separated by one row
scales. Sides of muzzle with longitudinal, smaller, weakly keeled scales.
Auricular meatus two-fifths length eye fissure. Infralabials longitudinal
smooth, in two or three rows. Supraorbital disc of some seven broad smooth
plates, separated from superciliaries by a row of granular scales. Gular fan
large.

When the limbs are extended the end of the metacarpal reaches end of
muzzle, and the longest toe nearly reaches the orbit. The digital dilatations
are well developed.

To]) of head, nape, a rather narrow dorsal region and upper surfaces of
limbs blackish coppery ; sides and below golden, fan deep saffron yellow.

1868.]

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Lines.

Length from end of muzzle to vent 216

" " " " axilla 9-1

<< " " " ear 5-5

Greatest width head , 3-6

From Napo or Upper Maranon.

This handsome lizard differs from A. veridiaeneus Pet. in the shorter
muzzle Avith larger plates and fewer large labials, and in the shorter limbs, as
well as in coloration. I take pleasure in dedicating this species to Prof. Jas.
Orton, of Williams College, to Avhom Science is indebted for this and other
species of much interest included in the present essay.

DiPLOGLOSSUs MONOTROPis Wcigmaun, Peters. Camilla jamaicensis Gray, Catal.

Liz. Brit. Mus. 118.

This large scink is not an inhabitant of Jamaica, as given by Dr. Gray, but
of Equador, as given by Prof. Peters in Mus. Berlin. I. cannot think it right
that the species should bear the name erroneously given, and accordingly
adopt Weigmann's as above.

One sp. (No. 6691) from Guayaquil.

Centropyx pelviceps Cope, sp. nov.

This species bears much resemblance in structure and coloration to the
Monoplocus d o r s a 1 i s Giinther, and would seem to be a mimetic represen-
tative in an allied genus. The presence of femoral pores in both sexes sepa-
rates it generically, and the three additional series of abdominal plates is a
marked specific feature.

Dorsal scales small, hexagonal, keeled, graduating into the smaller lateral ;
abdominals large, keeled and mucronate. in fourteen rows; preanals smooth, of
equal size (except a marginal row of small ones) in three oblique series.
Spur* large, appressed, two on each side. Caudal scales large, strongly keeled.
Large scales on top of foot, tibia below, femur in front and below, fore arm
above, humerus above and behind. Collar of a row of large mucronate scales,
with three smaller series anterior. Middle gular region with scales little larger
than the lateral. Nineteen pores on each femur.

The head slightly compressed, elevated, the superciliary ridges bounding a
median concavity and coutinued back into a strong ridge which follows the
margin of the occipital plates and encloses the plates of the parietal region in
a deep basin. This margin is cordate behind. In younger specimens this
elevation is not prominent, and is entirely absent from specimens of length of
(head and body) two inches and less. Rostral shield nearly prolonged back
to internasal ; the latter broad as long, with straight lateral margins. Fronto-
nasals in extensive contact. Frontal longer than broad, undivided, angulate
before and behind. Frontoparietals elongate; interparietal wider than parie-
tals, surrounded by the latter and occipitals, which form a regular disc, emar-
ginate behind and extending nearly to the zygomatic angles. Nuchal scales
granular. Nostril on naso-frenal suture. Two frenals, the anterior much the
larger, the posterior noi extending above the three or more small preoculars.
Suboculars two or (divided) three. Superior labials six, inferior five. A
symphyseal, a postmental, and on each side three large and two small infrala-
bials, the anterior pair separated by a row of granules. Molar teeth tricuspid,
the lateral cusps nearl}^ as long as the median, but much narrower. Premaxil-
laries eight. Toes long, claws curved ; outer toe markedly longer than inner.

Color in spirits bluish green, with a pale dorsal band from the nape to
bevond the middle of the back ; this is bounded on each side by a heavy black
band of the same length, which sends in short branches nearly meeting simi-
lar ones from the other. In younger specimens the light dorsal band is brighter
and extends from the tip "of the muzzle ; it is more frequently crossed by
black bars. In these short black bars descend on the sides, and cross the
upper surface of the tail. Yellowish olive below in all.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

In. Lin.

Total lenpcth of adult 14 6

Length to vent 4 7

« axilla 2 1

" to most posterior part of head shield 1 3

" to anterior margin orbit 7

Width at prefrontal angle 4.5

" at nostrils . • 2-5

" at angles mandibles 9-5

Length fore limb 1 10-5

" hand 8-75

'' hind limb 3 7.1

" tibia 1 1-5

" foot 10-

Specimens of this species (No. 6638) from the Napo or Upper Amazon of
Equador.

Ameiva petersii Cope, sp. nov.

Ventral plates in ten series ; heel without horny tubercles. Two series of
plates on under surface of tibia ; frontal plate undivided, four supraorbitals.
Inner toe longer than outer, both short. Brachial shields in three rows just
continuous with the two series of antebrachials. Two pairs of parietal plates.
Gular scales considerably larger on the middle of the posterior border ; median
scales of posterior fold larger than marginal. Preanal plates scale-like, small,
two larger in the centre. Dorsal scales minute, keeled ; interparietal plate
wider than parietal, frontal narrowed behind ; prefrontals well in contact ; one
large loreal. Postmental plate longer than wide, infralabials five continuous
and three pairs posterior oblique. Numerous small plates behind the parietals ;
caudal plates keeled.

Color bright olive^ with a narrow yellow band from below orbit to gi^in,
banded above by a broad black band, which is marked by several white dots
behind the scapular region, and is bounded above in front by a pale green line
to orbit. A narrow dark band from below orbit to groin below the yellow.
Sides blackish and pale spotted. Tiie only specimen being voung, the colora-
tion of the adult is probably nearly uniform green.

In. Lin. Lin.

Total length , 4 10-5 Length fore limb 8 6

Length head and body 19 " hind limb 17

" to edge parietal plates 6 *' foot 9-5

" " orbit 2-5

No. , from the Napo or Maranon.

The species is nearest A. 1 a e t a Cope, but is quite different in the preanal
and parietal plates and gular scales. It is dedicated to Prof. Wilhelm Peters,
of the Friederich Wilhelm's University of Berlin, who has added much to Her-
petology.

Tbius teguexim Gray. Tupinambis Daud.
One sp. (6644) from Napo or Upper Amazon.

EUSPONDYLUS STRANGULATUS CopC, Sp. nOV.

This species is very distinct from others described, in the alternation of the
dorsal transverse series of scales, the minuteness of those of the sides, nape
and gular region, and in the constriction of the neck.

The general form is slender, the body not depressed, the tail of moderate
length and considerably compressed. Neck much compressed, head elevated,
flat above, muzzle short, compressed Rostral truncate behind, internasal sub-
quadrate, broad as long, frontonasals longer than broad. Frontal narrower,
frontoparietals elongate; interparietal longer than broad, convex behind and
projecting beyond parietals. Parietals one pair, in contact wilh supraorbitals,
broader than long. Four well marked supraorbitals, without surrounding
granules ; five superciliary plates, posterior not smaller. Two loreals, the

1868.]

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

posterior below the other and continuous with the suborbital plates. The
latter small, six, median pair smaller, all separated from orbit by granules.
Temporal region with some flat plates, side of head granular, no auricular
plates. Meatus auditorius large. Six upper, six lower labials; postgenial
Jarge ; four large infralabials, two pairs in contact. Gular scales small, larger
near rami and collar. Latter distinct, but not free, extending in front of ax-
illae. Abdominal plates in eight rows, larger than dorsal scales, subquadrate,
continuous by two rows with preanals ; latter four, posterior pair much larger.
Scales of tail smooth below, very weakly keeled above. Dorsal scales sepa-
rated by a wide lateral granular region, one row of the former resolving itself
into two of the latter.

The dorsal scales are in transverse series, which alternate with each other
on the median line. They are weakly keeled, longer than broad, and rectan-
gular; they grow smaller on the interscapular region, and disappear shortly in
advance of it. Thirty rows between axilla and groin ; 10 — 12 longitudinal.

Digits all well clawed, and with one row of scales below ; longest finger -15
distance to groin when extended ; longest toe to the gular fold in like manner.
Antebrachium plated above and below, brachium above and behind. Femur
plated in front only, tibia below only. Outer toe nearly as long as second, •
inner short.

Color (in spirits) above olivaceous ; sides bluish, with a few very pale dots,
hind face of femur similar; under surface head and body light yellow.

In. Lin.

Total length 7

Length to vent 2 5-5

" to collar 10-5

" to end of interparietal plate 6

" to eye fissure 2 5

" of forelimb 10-4

•^' of hind limb 1 3

" " foot 7-75

Width head at angle mandible 4-5

" " prefrontal bones 2-5

" " nostrils 1-5

T take the present opportuniry of correcting a lapsus calami in a former re-
view of the higher groups of the Reptilia Squamata, where I included the Ec-
pleopodidae under the head of families with the temporal fossa with bony roof.
This roof is really dermal only, as in the Ameivse^ as already mentioned by
Peters.
Mabuia cepedei Gray, Cope, Proc. A. N. Sci. Phila. 1862, 186.

One sp. (6647) from Napo or Upper Maranon.
Ophiognomon trisanale Cope, gen. et sp. nov.

Fam. Chalcididae. Nostril on the suture between the first labial and supra-
nasal. Head shields above five, viz., two supranasals, one frontal and two oc-
cipitals. Limbs minute, four, without digits. Scales smooth, hexagonal, in
annuli, those behind vent with a minute pore each. A short longitudinal fold
behind axilla. No collar.

This genus is near Chalcis, but differs in the position of the nostril and cha-
racter of the head shields. The latter above are much like those of some
Mexican genera of Calamarian serpents, especially Sympholis Cope — name
from fi<fig, serpent, and Tvajucov, a sign.

Char, specif. Muzzle obtuse, slightly projecting, rostral plate visible from
above. Supranasals extensively in contact with each other and the first and
second upper labials. Frontal large, hexagonal, posterior angle prolonged ;
parietals larger, obliquely hexagonal, truncate behind. Two superciliaries ;
four superior labials, posterior largest, truncate behind ; temporals three on
each side, anterior large. Two very small suborbitals, one minute preocular
and a square loreal. Symphyseal narrow, inferior labials three, posterior lan-
ceolate. Geneial rhombic, large ; infralabials three on each side, anterior pair

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ' 101

extensively in contact, the posterior sm<aller and separated from temporals by
four narrow plates, and from each other by four plates. The median pair of
the latter are the larger and join the anterior pair of infralabials. A groove
surrounds the throat behind the jaws, which is succeeded by five annuli of
equal ovate scales. These are followed by a cross series of six more elongate,
which precede a pair of large sternal plates extending between fore limbs.
Abdominal scales different from the dorsal, truncate, not hexagonal, .in six
series. Dorsals in fourteen longitudinal, thirty-seven transverse rows between
axilla and groin. Three elongate parallel anal plates ; a series of seven small
quadrate scales behind vent, each with a pore in the centre. Caudal scales
below, angulate like dorsal.

Hind limbs style-like, minute, half as long as anal plates. Fore limbs as
long as three anterior labials, consisting of humerus, forearm and carpus, but
no digits ; three terminal tubercles are probably metacarpal. Tail very long,
subquadrate in section ; the portion preserved, though nearly as long as the
body, presents no diminution of diameter ; the general form is probably snake-
like, as in Ophiosaurus.

In. Lin.

Length head to rictus oris... 2-25

" " togularfold 3-75

" " to axilla 6-5

" " to groin , 2 5

" " to vent 2 6 25

Width head at angle mandible , 2

Color: below brown; sides with a brown blackish band, which is bounded
above by a rather narrow yellow band which commences on the superciliary
region. Dorsal region between the latter yellowish gray, bounded exteriorly
by a distinct blackish line, and divided medially by an indistinct blackish line.
The colors of the tail are similar. Head brownish, paler below.

This species presents several points of resemblance to the Chalcides d o r-
bignyi Dum. Bibr. The specific differences, apart from the generic, may be
readily observed on comparing the descriptions. This is no doubt a sluggish
animal, and moves much in the manner of a snake. It is the most snake-like
of the Chalcididae, approaching somewhat the Amphisbasnia,
One spec, No. 6637, from the Napo or Upper MaraHon.

AMPHISB^NIA.

Amphisba^na pulioinosa Linn. A. americana Schreber, Gray.
Napo and Maranon.

OPHIDIA.
SCOLECOPHIDIA,

Typhlops reticulatus Linn.
Napo and Maranon.

ASINEA.

Trachyboa GULARI8 Pctcrs, Monatsberichte Acad, Berlin, 18 , p. Enygrus^

Jan.

The character of the rostral shield appears to separate this genus from Eny-
grus, as Peters observes ; the cranium is quite similar to that of Ungualia Gray.

Prom Guayaquil (No. 6683.)

Boa constrictor Linn.

The loreal plate larger than the preocular ; two rows scales between orbit
and labials. No vertical or loreal brown bdnd>

Guayaquil. ,

XiPHosoMA HORTiTLANUM Wagler. Boa Linn. '

From Napo or Upper Amazon. (6679.)

NiNiA ATRATA Cope. ColuhcT tttratus Hallowell, Streptophorus dmzii Dum. Bibr,
Elevated valley of Quito.

1868.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Rhabdosoma microrhynchum Cope, sp. nov.

Seventeen series of scales ; supralabials seven, the first very small, the third
and fourth entering the orbit. Prenasal larger, very nearly reaching lip. Pre-
frontals very small, equal postnasal, one-sixth the size of postfrontals. Latter
longer than broad. Rostral contracted above by approach of prenasals. Lo-
real very long. No preocular, on one side two, on the other one postocular.
Last upper labial longer than high. First pair of labials united; two pair only
in contact with genials. Frontal subtriangular ; occipitals elongate. Tempo-
rals 1 — 2. Total length 4 in. 7-5 lin. ; tail 8 lin.

Coloration like that of a Tantilla. Above dark brown, beneath pale brown,
with a faint line along the margins of the gastrosteges. Top of head blackish,
brown behind ; a partially complete yellow collar, which widens at the angle
of the jaws. A deep brown band from eye to. angle of mouth ; upper labials
yellow brown edged.

Tail slender acute.

No. 6693, from Guayaquil. Nearest the R. b a d i u m D. B.
Tantilla melanocephala. Calamaria Schl., Homalocranium D. B.

Two specimens, the longest measuring 17 inches. In both the postfrontals
and labials are in contact, as in our other specimens, and as given in a synop-
sis of the genus (Proc. Acad. 1861, 74,) and not separated by postnasal and
preocular in contact, as given in Jan's Iconographie.

From the valley of Quito.
Oi'HEOMORPHUS TYPHHTS Copc, Proc. A. N. Sc. 1862. Coluber et Xenodon typhlus

auctorum.

From Maranon or Napo.
Opheomorphds alticolus Cope, spec. nov.

Scales in seventeen rows, all rather broad. General form typical, head dis-
tinct, plane. Rostral plate flat, very broad, advancing by its whole posterior
convex margin on the internasals. Latter broader than long. Frontal with
straight, nearly parallel sides, not encroaching on the superciliaries in front;
front margin not quite equilateral. Occipitals a little narrowed and divaricate
behind. Nasals narrow, postnasal longer than high ; loreal very small, quad-
rate, on one side confluent with postnasal, and not encroaching on the single
preocular. The latter is therefore wide ; it just appears on the upper plane.
One large postocular, the place of a small inferior is occupied by the angle of
the large sixth upper labial,

Superior labials eight, seventh higher than long, fourth and fifth and scarce-
ly the third entering orbit. Temporals -^, the anterior only enlarged. In-
ferior labials ten, six in contact with the genials ; the pairs of the latter about
equal.

Total length 24 in. 6 lin. ; length of tail 5 in. 2 lin. ; of gape of mouth 9 lin.

Above green; lower surfaces with lips, and lower part of rostral plate, yel-
low, separated from nostril to rictus oris from the green by a black band. A
black line commences about the length of the tail in advance of the vent, on
the suture of the third and fourth rows of scales, and extends to the end of the
tail on each side.

From the elevated valley of Quito. No.

Since its establishment by the author, in 1862, this genus has received
several additions. The species known are as follows :

0. cobella L. 0. breviceps Cope. 0. doliatus Neuwied. 0.
m e r r em i i Neuwied. 0. alticolus Cope. O. typhlus Linn. 0. vi-
ridis {Liophis viridis Giinther, Ann. Mag. N. H. 1862). 0. dorsal is Peters,
{Liophis d.j Monatsberichte Ac. Wiss. Preuss. 1863, 283).
Liophis begin.*; Linn., Wagler. Coronella Schl.

From Napo and Amazon.
Liophis almadensis. Natrix almada Wagl. Liophis wagleri Ja,n.

The adult ; the specimen figured by Wagler and Spix appears to be young.

Napo and Maranon.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 103

LioPHis PYGM^us Cope, spJnov. «

This species is much the smallest of its genus; in size and appearance it is
like a burrowing snake of the Calamarinae, but its dentition, squamation,
pores, and even style of coloration, are those of this genua. It is undoubtedly
adult or nearly so.

Head slightly distinct, ovate, narrowed in front, muzzle slightly prominent.
Rostral plate much broader than long, just visible from above. Internasals
broader than long. Frontal large, elongate, longer than muzzle in advance of
it, sides straight ; superciliaries rather narrow. Occipitals elongate, including
a notch behind, each bounded by two large temporals and 1^ small scales.
Postnasal lower than prenasal, loreal still lower, subquadrate encroaching on
the preocular. Latter scarcely visible from above. Postoculars two, inferior
half superior, both in contact With temporal. Upper temporal bounded by
three scales, anterior larger, joining last labial. Superior labials seven, third
and fourth entering orbit, sixth largest. Inferior labials eight, five in contact
with genial 3. Latter, pairs equal.

Scales in seventeen rows, uniporous, those of the first larger.

Total length 7 in. 2 1. ; tail 1 in, 1-5 lin. ; that is 6-3 in the whole. Thus
this portion is shorter than in the geuus generally ; it is quite stout. Gastro-
steges 12-8, anal 1 [ 1, urosteges 31.

Above deep olive, leaden on the sides and the ends of the scuta. Below
uniform yellow. A black line from orbit to anterior lower angle of last labial.
A broad black collar which encroaches on the occipitals, which is directed
backwards and does not reach the gastrosteges. Continuous with the ex-
tremity of this, on the second, third and fourth rows of scales is a series of
small black spots separated by intervals of from three to two rows ; near the
middle of the length these join and form a black band, which extends to the
end of the tail. The median dorsal region becomes darker, and on the pos-
terior fourth forms an indistinct band. Where the epidermis is lost and the
skin is stretched the scales are white-edged. Top of head darker brown than
sides. Lips not margined.

One specimen, 6,6(j8, from Napo or neighboring pt. of Maranon.

Dromicus LATERISTRIGA? Liophis lateristriff a Berthold, J an' s IconogT&phie des

Ophidiens.

The individuals in the collection differ from Jan's figure in a less distinct
lateral stripe, and presence of occipital crqss-band. It is not probably distinct.
A description is, however, added :

Body cylindric, head flat, muzzle short. Scales in seventeen rows. Supe-
rior labials eight, fourth and fifth margining orbit, second to sixth inclusive,
higher than long. Loreal higher than long ; nasals nearly equal ; one large,
one small inferior preocular ; the superior sometimes divided. Postoculars
two, both in contact with the only elongate temporal. The latter is followed
by two rhombic temporals, the first one above the seventh and eighth labials ;
and two scales on margin of occipital. Occipitals narrowed behind, as long
as width between outer margins of superciliaries behind. Frontal, anterior
and superciliary borders equal ; prefrontals broader than long, rostral scarcely
visible from above, much broader than high. Length of muzzle from opposite
anterior margin eye, equal width frontal and one superciliary shield in front.
Inferior labials eight, fifth largest, seventh next. Posterior genials equal an-
terior. Gastrosteges 155 ; anal I | 1 ; urosteges 69-|- ; tail probably one-
third or more lost.

Color above, a rich dark brown, the sidee of the head darker ; an irregular
yellow band passes across the middle of the superior labials and passes round
the nape on the fifth row scales behind the occipital plates and joins its fellow.
A yellowish band passes along the outer margins of the two pairs of frontals, the
superciliaries and the anterior third of the occipitals, interrupted at each suture.
The dark of the upper surface extends on the gastrosteges, and is traversed
lor a considerable part of the length, and by a faint line forward, by a streak

1868.]

104 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

on the middle of each scalg. A similar line, equally indistinct, traverses the
scales of the fifth row, becoming more apparent on the tail. Color of lower
surfaces deep orange red ; lower labials and chin blackish.

Length of head and body 16 in. 9 lin.

This species is nearest the D. brevirostris Peters,* andD. temporalisf
Cope. The two preorbitals, single large temporal, coloration and other points
distinguish it. Its form is that of Pliocercus Cope, but belongs to Dromicus on
account of its diacranterian dentition.

Two specimens (6702) from the elevated valley of Quito.

Tachymenis canilatus Cope, sp. nov.

This species differs from the known species in a more slender form; and in
general appearance approaches the Lygophis e 1 e g a n s of Tschudi.

Scales in nineteen rows, elongate, thin, with single terminal pores. Supe-
rior labials eight, fourth and fifth bounding orbit, sixth larger than seventh.
Inferior labials ten, fifth and sixth long and narrow. Posterior geneials longest.
Nasals large, distinct ; loreal long as high, lower in front ; preocular single,
just reaching vertical; postoculars two. Temporals 1 — 1—2, the middle one
largest. Parietals narrowed behind, whole plate one-fifth longer than frontal,
common suture one-fifth shorter than same. Frontal narrower than each su-
perciliary, spreading a little in front. Muzzle flat, internasals longer than
broad, canthus rostralis strong. Rostral small, flat Gastrosteges 199, anal
1 — 1, urosteges 98. Total length 18 in. 4 1.; of tail 5 in. 4 ; of gape 5 lin.

Color leaden gray on the sides, bounded above on the sides by a faint black-
ish streak ; dorsal region brownish grey, with a double row of brown spots,
when confluent covering five rows of scales. On the posterior half the body
and tail they unite into a vertebral band, which is separated from the gray of
the sides by a pale brown band. A dark band through frontal plate, split by
a pale one ; a pair of white dots on the parietals, as in Tropidonotus sp.
Lips and belly below light yellow, the former brown-specked medially, black
margined above posteriorly. A brown band outside of muzzle. Each gas-
trostege with a row of brown dots its whole length.

This species was not obtained by the Orton expedition, but was sent from
Guayaquil to the Smithsonian Institution in a collection made by Messrs.
Destruger and Reeve.

CoNiOPHANBS DROMiciPORMis Copc, Proc. Acad. 1866, 128. Tachymenis dromici-

formis Peters, Monatsberichte Preuss. Ac. 1863, 273.

In four specimens of this species I find no scale -pores, and but one preocu-
lar. Prof. Peters describes scale-pores as present in his types, but I failed to
see them on examination of the same specimens, which he permitted me to
make. This character alone distinguishes this genus from Tachymenis,
though I ascribed the same importance, on a former occasion, to a supposed
difference in the number of preocular plates. That this is of little value in this
case, I can now agree with Peters in believing.

From Guayaquil, No. 6689.

Rhadin.^a chrysostoma Cope, sp. nov.

This species agrees with those of Rhadingea m technical characters only.
Its proportions are those of Opheomorphus, from which it differs in the entirely
equal teeth. It might be referred to Hypsirhynchus, but in that genus there
is a single scale-pore, in the present they are wanting. The vertebrae are not
furnished with hypapophyses on the posterior third of the length, but are
keeled below.

Head elongate oval, quite distinct; muzzle truncate when viewed from above
or in profile, not projecting. Rostral plate scarcely visible from above ; pre-
nasal higher than postnasal; loreal high as long, encroaching very little on
preocular, which latter does not reach frontal. Oculars 1 — 2, temporals 1 — 2.

* Monatsberichte Preuss. Academie Wiss. 1863, 280.
t Proc A, N, Sci,1860, 307,

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

106

Anterior touching both postoculars. Labials 8 — 10; the upper with fourth
and fifth entering orbit, chiefly the fourth, which is longer than fifth. All
longer than high, the seventh largest, longer above than on labial border.
Genials long, anterior longer than posterior. Frontal elongate with nearly
parallel and slightly concave sides ; occipitals moderate, narrowed behind.
Scales in seventeen rows, all of nearly equal size and rather broad.

Total length 8 in. 4 lin. ; of tail 1 in. 6 1.; of gape 5-35 lines. The tail is
thus as short as in Opheomorphus. Eyes rather small. Internasals about as
wide as long. Gasirosteges 157 ; anals 1 | 1 ; urosteges 57.

Upper surface of head and body dark-brown, which is bordered, except just
behind the head, by a series of small round brown spots on each side, which
become a band on the posterior fourth. Below this and ground of belly yel-
low, which is prolonged as a band along upper labials to rostral, leaving a
black labial margin. Belly with black cross-bars and halves, more sparse
posteriorly, confluent anteriorly on the fourth of the length ; this is here and
there spotted with yellow.

From the Napo or Maranon. No. 6665. This single specimen is probably
not fully grown.

Masticophis pulchriceps Cope, sp. nov.

This species is described from a specimen twenty-one inches long, and not
probably adult. The coloration of the dorsal region has considerable resem-
blance to that of the young of M. r a p p i i Gthr.

Rather slender, the head quite distinct, rather short, somewhat flattened and
with broad muzzle. Tail 3-6 times in the total length. Superior labials eight, the
anterior short, the two posterior elongate, the third, fourth and fifth in contact
with the eye, the fifth and sixth elevated. Orbitals one — two ; the loreal
higher than long ; temporals 2 | 2 on each side, the upper anterior the small-
est. Internasals broader than long, rostral prominent, scarcely visible from
above. Frontal little concave laterally, least width little less than -5 length
and equal greatest width the superciliaries. Greatest length occipitals ex-
ceeds same of frontal ; they are truncate behind, and with straight outer mar-
gins. Inferior labials ten ; pregenials much shorter than postgenials.

Scales of body smooth, in seventeen rows, second as large as the others.
Gastrosteges 170, anal 1 | 1, urosteges 100.

Ground color above and below dark-blue gray, which is largely obscnred in
the following manner : A series of quadrate black spots extends from nape to
near end of tail, alternating with a lateral series jbf the same, without line of
demarkation between. Each spot is separated from the next by a cross-bar of
ground color, in which all the scales are white-edged. These bars are pro-
longed on the gastrosteges, and their extremities fall into aline of yellow spots
on a blackish band, which extend on each side to vent. The cross-bars are
only one scale wide. A black nuchal cresent, which extends as a band on
each side through orbit round end of muzzle. This sends a bar to the edge of
the lip at the orbit and angle of mouth, which connect on the lip. Gular
region black with numerous yellow spots. Top of head dark brown, with
numerous paler brown marks within the margin of each scale.

One sp. (6704) from the plateau valley of Quito.

Masticophis bkunneus. Herpetodryas brunneus Giinther, Catal. 116. Drymo-

bins Cope, Pr. A. N. Sci. 1860.

Two sp. (6705), one from Guayaquil and one from valley plateau of Quito.
Both belong to a variety with an indistinct series of small dark spots on each
side of the vertebral line, forming an incomplete longitudinal streak.

Heiipktoduy^s CARINATU8 Boic, Liuu.

Valley of Quito; Guayaquil; Napo and Maranon, 6706, 6682, 6661, the last
all of the var. fuscus.

Spilotbs PICKU8 Cope, sp. nov.
This species exhibits the isodont dentition and entire anal plate of Spilotes,

1868.] 8

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

with the cylindric body and elongate tail of Bascanium. The relative length
of tail, within the proportions included by the genera in question, is, however,
a more variable character than the integrity of the anal plate as a generic
feature in our estimation. I therefore refer it to the Spilotes series. The
divided anal plate is also characteristic of Masticophis, (Peters describes a
Mexican species in which he says it is variable) ; this species is, however, more
massive than these, and generally proportioned as the Bascanium constric-
tor.

Scales in fifteen rows, broad, subequal, all smooth. Tail 3-6 times into the
total length. Head rather distinct, ovate, muzzle not prolonged. Anterior
margin four-fifths total length ; lateral margins slightly concave. Prefrontals
broader than long. Occipitals concavely, continuously truncate behind; tem-
porals 2 I 2, entirely in contact with two last labials. Only one small plate be-
sides bounding occipital. Superior labials eight, fourth and fifth bounding
orbit ^ sixth subtriangular, in contact with lower postocular. Postnasal higher
than prenasal, loreal higher than long, one pre- two short postoculars. Inferior
labials nine ; postgenials considerably longer than the pi'egenials. The ros-
tral plate is rather narrowed and with concave sides ; it is barely visible from
above.

Above and gastrosteges to one-fourth their length on each side, deep black.
Lower surfaces, with upper labial shields, yellow ; black margin dividing two
last labials horizontally; no dark margins to labials.

Total length 51 in, 8 lia. ; of tail 13 in. 81. Gastrosteges 169 ; anal 1;
urosteges 92.

This fine species is from the Napo or Upper Maranon. No. 6660.

To this genus must be referred the Geoptyas coUaris and G. flaviventris Stein-
dachner (Sitzungsber. Wien, 1867, 271), while the name Geoptyas applied to
Coryphodon pantherinus and C. constrictor of the Erp. Gen^rale must
become a synonym of Bascanium, Baird and Girard. G. collaris is Sp. m e 1 a-
n u r u s, from Mexico, while the G. flaviventris is too near Sp. c o r a i s.

Thrasops cupeeus Cope, sp. nov.

A slender, cylindric species, with an unusually short broad head.

Scales in fifteen longitudinal rows, the three median a little larger than the
others and equal, the median five, keeled, the keels invisible or nearly so, when
the epidermis is lost. Head flat above, muzzle contracted and short. Rostral
plate little visible from above, much broader than high, internasals subtrian-
gular, behind broad as long. Prefrontal o*n one side descending to labials, on
the other, all below the canthus rostralis cut off" as a large loreal. Frontal
not longer than supercilaries, with concave sides and a right angle behind.
Occipitals well developed, broad, broadly truncate behind, bounded by five
temporals. The anterior of these is much the largest and in contact with
three labials and the postoculars; behind it a second large plate borders the
last labial only. Superior labials eight, none elevated, fourth and fifth mar-
gining orbit; oculars one, two, the inferior posterior minute. The long narrow
nasal is acuminate posteriorly, and borders the first and half the second labial,
and the internasal plate exactly.

The number (15) of rows of scales is retained on the neck. Total length
20-5 in. ; of tail 8 in. ; of gape of mouth, 5-5 lines. Gastrosteges 152, anal
divided (generic char.) ; urosteges 136.

Color above metalic copper color, with the shades at the bases of the scales,
and cross-shades of the same on the anterior half of the body. A narrow
dark streak from nasal plate along upper edges of labials ; the latter and chin
yellowish white, below brown copper colored, with darker dashes. When the
epidermis is lost, which very readily occurs, the derm appears of a coppery
silver color.

From the Napo and Maranon. No. 66Q6^

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

Thrasops 0CCIDENTALI8, Ahmtulla occidentalis Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
1859, 412.
From Guayaquil, from Messrs. Detruger and Reeve.

OXYBELIS ACUMINATU8, Wicd.

Guayaquil, 6687.

Olisthbnes cobonatus, Scytale coronatum, Dum. Bibr. Gthr.

OxYRHOPUs SEB^, Dum. Bibr. vii, 1056.

From the valley of Quito. The stomach contained a Liocephalus.

Leptognathus BUCEPHALUS Copc, Dipsas Schleg. Dipsadomorus indicus Dum.

Bibr. Dipsadomorus bucephalus Jan. Leptognathus indicus Giinther. Tab.

Seba, xliii, 4-5.

This species is no doubt the type of Laurenti's genus Dipsas, as I have
pointed out, (Proc. Acad. 1860) but by the rule of exclusion, as Leptognathus
was first taken from it, the remaining species, to which Dum^ril and Bibron
applied the name Triglyphodon, should retain the original name.

Fine specimen ; Napo or Maranon.

As the species in the Academy are not embraced in the Erpetologie G^n^rale
and other works, I give a synopsis of those known to me, six of them not
described in any general work. The species not embraced in the Equador col-
lections are described at the end of the catalogue. I have been aided in this
by Jan's Elenco serpentium.

Group L Dorsal scales smooth, a larger vertebral

series ; anterior genials very short ; two pairs of

inferior labials in contact in advance of the genials.

{Dipsadomorus D. B. Jan.)

Scales in 13 rows ; a large preocular ; above and below liver

brown, with broad lighter cross bars, which terminate

in a bright yellow spot on the edges of the gastrosteges ;

six genials, with lateral plates behind bucephala.

Scales in fifteen rows ; no preocular ; four genials ; dark
brown, with darker cross-bars ; below yellow with lat-
eral dark spots varibgata.

Group II. Scales smooth, vertebral series larger ;
anterior genials small, preceded by one pair of
labials ;

at. Loreal plate not reaching the orbit.
Two preoculars, two postoculars, scales in thirteen rows ;
vertebral plates reaching occipital ; nine upper labials;
chestnut brown, with black yellow-edged discs on the
sides which become confluent into broad cross rings an-
teriorly, separated by yellow ; head black with yellow

collar and cross band on muzzle catksbyi.

ACL. Loreal plate entering the orbit.
^. Two postoculars.
Thirteen series of scales, (ten) eleven superior labials, one

preocular, twelve inferiors, six genials, without laterals, *

vertebrals not reaching occipitals ; light, a series of
broad rounded, brown light edged dorsal spots, just

reaching gastrosteges ; belly unspotted pavonina.

Fifteen series scales, nine superior labials, no preoculars,
eleven inferiors, four genials, no lateral genials, verte-
brals not reaching occipitals ; much compressed ; yellow
with broad brown entire annuli ; nape and temples and
spots on muzzle yellow articulati.

1868.]

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Fifteen series scales, seven superior, nine inferior labials ;
two, one, or no preocular; six genials, with laterals,
vertebrals broader, body shorter ; brown, with continu-
ous or alternate narrow, dark brown yellow-edged cross
bars ; belly with few lateral spots, top of head with five
dark light- edged ocelli mikanii.

Fifteen series scales, vertebral little larger; seven superior,
eleven inferior labials ; six genials, no laterals ; less com-
pressed ; yellow, black specked, with broad black equal
annuli, not quite complete, on the belly, and dorsal black
spot between; head black, varied above, belly much

black spotted oreas.

pp. Three or four postoculars.

Vertebral series larger, no preoculars ; ten superior and infe-
rior labials, six genials with laterals ; fifteen rows
scales ; light brown with a series of blackish cross
bands, very broad anteriorly, much narrower and more
numerous on most of the length ; a series of brown

spots below IN^QUIFASCIATA,

Group III. Scales smooth, vertebral series larger;
anterior genials forming a long pair as in other ser-
pents, preceded by one pair labials. [Petalogna-
thus D. B.
Fifteen rows scales, dorsal series not reaching occipitals ; no
preoculars, two postoculars ; four genials, no laterals ;
thickly brown dusted, with brown yellow-edged dorsal
cross bars which are or are not continuous with a late-
ral series which is continued on a portion of the gas-
trosteges ; below yellow nebulata.

Group IV. Scales smooth, dorsal series not larger ;

anterior genials elongate, colubriform, preceded by

one pair of labials.

Thirteen rows of scales, no pre-, two postoculars ; seven

superior, eight inferior labials ; three pairs genials,

without laterals ; black with yellow rings continuous

on the belly but not on the anterior parts above ; yellow

scales black edged ; temple and nape yellow anthracop3.

Group V, Scales equal, smooth ; genials short,
broad, preceded by two pairs of labials.
Fifteen rows scales, one preocular and a subloreal, three
postoculars, nine superior, eleven inferior labials ; slen-
der, compressed ; black with narrow yellow annuli ;

chin all black, a yellow collar brevipacies.

Group VI. Scales equal, smooth ; genials short,
broad, preceded by one pair inferior labials.
Form little compressed, scales in fifteen rows ; eleven
superior, eight inferior labials ; no preoculars, two
postoculars ; four genials without laterals ; yellow
brown, with three rows black, yellow edged subquad-
rate spots, which unite in front and become also

longer; head spotted, small spots on sides of belly turgida. *

Group VII. Scales equal, several dorsal series

keeled; first pair of genial plates short, preceded by

one pair of labials only. [Tropidodipsas Gthr.)

Head more elongate, scales in seventeen rows ; two anterior,

two posterior oculars ; three pairs genials, seven upper

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

labials ; black with nearly equal yellow annuli ; not com-
plete on belly fasciata.

Head short, broad ; scales in seventeen rows, the three me-
dian only keeled ; one preocular, loreal reaching orbit,
two postoculars, three pairs genials ; six superior, nine
inferior labials ; black with narrow yellow rings, yellow

scales, black tipped sartorii.

The seven groups of this genus do not represent genera, but rather sections,
for the following reasons. The vertebral series of dorsal scales is so reduced
inL. ore a s Cope, as to constitute it a link between the two types in this re-
spect. The keels are so weak in L. sartorii Cope, and the allied L. a n t h r a-
cops Cope being smooth, this character appears to have no more than spe-
cific value. The elongate pregenials, appear to constitute a strong distinction,
but in one of our numerous L. nebulata they are divided as in other species.
Lastly, the peculiarity of the junction of two inferior labials is less to be relied
on, in view of the fact that in one of our L. bucephala there is one on one
side and two on the other in front of the genials.

Lbptognathus catesbyi Giinther, Coluber Weigel, Stremmatoffnathus D. B.
Apparently abundant on the Napo and Upper Maranon.

Lbptognathus oreas Cope, sp. nov.

Body less compressed posteriorly than anteriorly. Frontal plate broader
than long, very obtuse behind. Occipitals l-VS times longer, narrowed and
divergent behind. Temporals one large anterior higher than long, in contact
with both postoculars ; two broad ones, lower joining last labial, then a row
of four. Four anterior labials not narrowed, third, fourth and fifth entering
the orbit ; the three last longer than high.

Dorsal band wider anteriorly, approaching on the sides ; behind they are
not all continuous, but alternate on the sides, then also the light intervals are
much obscured, no black collar. Chin and throat yellow. An irregular black
yellow edged band on each side of head from behind occiptals to middle of
superciliaries ; other head plates with similar black margins. Upper labials
yellowish, with a black line from loreal plate, one from orbit, and a broad one
over last labial, including two last lower labials. Belly largely obscured with
black.

Gastrosteges 180, anal 1 ; urosteges 90.

Total length 26 in. ; of tail 7 in. ; of gape of mouth 8 lines.

From the elevated valley of Quito. (No. 6707.)

Lbptognathus NEBULATA Giinther, Jan. Coluber Linn. Bipsas Sohleg. Peta-

lognafhus Dum, Bibr.

No. 6708 from the valley of Quito.

This species is the most extensively distributed of the genus. It ranges
from the Tierra Caliente of Vera Cruz (Suraichrast) to Nicaragua (Caldwell)
to Caraccas (Ashraead) and Dutch Guiana (Hering) ; according to Giinther
from Pernambuco.

HiMANTODKS CKNCHOA L., D. and B.
Napo and Maranon. No. 6670.

Leptodira annulata Linn,, Fitz.
Napo and Maranon, and Guayaquil.

PROTEROOLTPHA,

Pblamis bicolor.
From Guayaquil and Panama, apparently not rare.

Flaps lkmniscatus Linn.
Guayaquil, (6G85.)

1868.]

110 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Elaps mipartitus Dura. Bibr.

Four specimens from Guayaquil, and one from the valley of Quito.

Elaps impbrator Cope, sp. nor.

This is a species of the E. corallinus group, and is nearest to the series B.
11. a. y. aa. of Giinther's synopsis of individuals of this genus ;* or to the E.
ornatissimus of Jan. It differs from the latter and from all others, in
that the black bands are wider than the red and cease at the third row of
scales, not extending on the first two, or on the gastroteges. The two rows
are margined with black on a yellow ground. Black bands 7^5, red ones 5
scales wide ; scales in the latter, of the first row, narrowly, of the two following
broadly tipped with black ; the remaining dorsal series entirely black or witii
a faint basal shade of red. Yellow margins on half scales alternating. The
red bands cross the belly on two and a half gastrosteges. Top of head and
nape black, except outer half of internasal and prefrontal plates, which with
the labials are yellow. Labials black edged, not in contact with temporals,
which are yellow edged at bases. Lower lip, rostral plate, chin and belly un-
spotted, yellow. Two postoculars, Gastrosteges 225, anal 1 | 1 : urosteges 37.

Total length 2 ft. 3 in. 4 lin. ; of tail 2 in. 1 1.

From the ^Napo and Maranon ; one specimen.

It is difficult to imagine a more elegantly colored species of this beautiful,
but venomous genus. Dr. Gunther has shown the inconstancy of colors in some
species of the genus. Within certain limits the species are very constant, as I
have had occasion to observe in numerous specimens of E. lemniscatus, E.
elegans, E, mipartitus, E. nigrocinctus, E. euryxanthus, E. fulvius, etc.

SOLENOGLTPHA.

Teleuraspis nitida Cope. Lachesis nitida Gunther, Proc. Zool. Lond., 1859.
From Guayaquil.

Trigonocephalus brasiliensis. Bothrops jararaca Wagl. Craspedocephalus

Gray.

Three specimens from Napo and L^pper Amazon ; the smallest with fifteen
urosteges behind the vent, undivided.

Trigonocephalus xanthogrammus Cope, sp. nov.

Form rather elongate ; head elongate, muzzle short. Scales of body in
twenty-seven longitudinal series, not strongly keeled, the dorsal narrow, those
of the first row ovate, longer than broad. Scales of the whole top of the head
small, smooth, nine or ten rows between the large superciliary shields. Four
elongate plates in a row on top of the end of the muzzle, which are bounded
behind by four much smaller ovate ones. Superior labials seven, the second
bounding the pit anteriorly ; the last five large and of nearly equal size, infe-
rior labials eleven, the two anterior broadly in contact in front of geneials.
Two preoculars are loral, two nasals; rostral elevated. Gastrosteges 196,
urosteges 54.

Color above very dark olive, with a zigzag yellow line on each side from the
head to the origin of the tail, the apices of the open Vs usually meeting on
the vertebral line, enclosing dorsal rhombic spaces and lateral triangles. The
bases of the triangles embrace seven or eight transverse series of scales.
Gastroteges black, paler medially, with yellow irregular spots at their extrem-
ities. Gular region, chin, and superior labials bright yellow ; a bright golden
band round the end of the muzzle, involving the greater part of the supercil-
iary plates, passes to the nape, and is bounded below by a black band from eye
to angle of mouth ; top of head black, with a pair of undulating yellow bands
from the nape which meet on the vertex forming a V.

* Ann. Magaz. N. Hist., 1859, 171.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill

Inches.

Total length 60-7

Length of rictus oris 1-75

Length of tail T-S

Width between outer margins superciliary plates 0-7

From Pallatanga. Equador. Two specimens.

BATRACHIA.

ANURA.

ARCIFERA.

CiNCLiDiuM GRANULATUM Copc, Journ. Acad. J^at. Sci., 1867, 202.

Length body and hind limb together 8-5 inches. One specimen. No. 6659.
From the Napo or Upper Amazon.

Hyla marmorata Daudin, Dum. Bibr.

This species is quite distinct from that described and figured under this
name by Burmeister.-^*- The latter being without name may be called H. seni-
c ula.

I append a description of the fresh coloration of this species, which does
not appear to have been recorded.

Ground color above gray, with two large blackish blotches which extend
backwards on the sides, one from the iliac, and one at the axillar regions.
These are confluent on the middle line of the back, leaving only the scapular
regions and insignificant spots of the ground, which is more or less replaced
by bay. The last color forms a V-shaped figure with broad black border,
whose limbs reach the orbits and enclose a pink gray space which is bounded
in front by a black interorbital cross-band. Top of muzzle light bay. Gular
region pale, with dark gray speckles. Belly and femora, except a narrow band
above, with basal part of humerus, yellow black spotted ; the spots smaller and
thicker on the belly. Upper surfaces of limbs dark gray with rufous shades,
cross-barred with darker. End of humerus and femur, fore arm and band
with tibia and whole foot black below ; the distal halves of the webs yellow.
Dermal margin of ulna and tibia white.

From the Rio ^apo or Upper Amazon below its mouth. Eleven specimens.
This species is strikingly different from others of this genus, in the great ex-
tent of its webs, and the singular coloration. It appears to be abundant in the
region named. No. 6649.

Hyla leucophyllata Beireis. H. frontalis Daud.

A variety in which the brown dorsal patch does not bifurcate to the lateral
band, and the muzzle is rather more elongate.

Napo and Upper Maranon. No. 6650.

Hylella carnba Cope, sp. nov.

This is a small species with a broad rounded head, and slender body and
limbs. The canthus rostralis is moderately distinct, and the tympanum indis-
tinct and small, and surmounted by a fold. Eyes large and prominent, diam-
eter -25 greater than length of muzzle in advance of them. Nostrils terminal,
end of muzzle vertical. Tongue round, -25 free behind. Ostia pharyngea equal
inner nares. Fingers -33 webbed, and with dermal margins ; dilatations of
moderate size. Skin of body above smooth.

The exterior coloration does not appear on the femur, which is unicolor
behind, and only as a faint line on humerus. This pigment is light rose yellow ;
three narrow bands across tibia, two across forearm. A bioati blood-red band
between the eyes, each extremity sending a blood-red band on each side the
back to the vent, with a connecting spot of the same on the coccyx. A deep

• In Eriaat. z. NAturg. Brazlliens.

1868.]

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

red band from scapular region to end of muzzle ; and line below the eye.
Below uniform whitish.

Lin. , Lin.

Length head and body 9 Width head.. 3

" hind limb 14 Length gape 2

" hind foot 6

From the Napo or Upper Maranon, (6728.)
The third species of this little known genus.

PiTHECOPDS TOMOPTEBNUS CopC, 8p. UOV.

This genus with Agalychnis Cope, and Phyllomedusa, embrace the most
brilliantly colored of tropical Batrachians. Their characters were first pointed
out by the writer in Journal Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866. The species of Pitheco-
pus Cope, are now four, two having been added by the William's College Ex-
pedition ; they may be distinguished as follows :

L Parotoid stratum of crypts not visible externally ; no external surface pig-
ment on humerus.

et. A yellow band round upper lip to middle of sides ; pigment of fore arm

extending on two outer fingers ; dilatations small ; second toe shorter

than inner.

No dermal processes on heel; lower eyelid transparent; no vomerine

teeth ; concealed portions of limbs and sides with vertical brown bands ;

small „ P. AZURKDS Cope.

No dermal processes on heel ; lower eyelid reticulate ; vomerine teeth ; con-
cealed surfaces of limbs with vertical brown bands ; fewer of the same on
sides, and brown spots behind axilla; small. ..P. hypochodnrialis Daudin.
ua. No yellow band on upper or lower lip or side ; external pigment not
extending on outer fingers ; dilatations large, second toe longer than
inner.
Lower eyelid reticulate ; vomerine teeth ; two angular dermal heel pro-
cesses, together having a truncate posterior outline ; concealed surfaces
brilliant yellow, with broad vertical purple bars ; size larger —

P. TOMOPTEBNUS CopC.

IL Parotoid stratum of crypts distinct, extending from orbit to sacrum ;
humerus covered with the external pigment.

et. No yellow band on upper lip, an imperfect one on side ; outer fingers

and toes covered with the external pigment ; dilatations large, second

toe shorter than inner.

No dermal processes ; lower eyelid not reticulate ; vomerine teeth present ;

green, upper arm with a yellow band ; concealed surfaces of limbs with

purple clouds; below purplish ; large , P. tarsius Cope.

P. tomopternus has much the coloration of Agalychnis sp., and the
whole form a series leading from Hyla to Phyllomedusa * The P. tarsius ap-

* One species of this genus has been long known, but has been confounded by modern
authors with the longest known species of the genus Pilhecopus. A second species is
here added.
Inner toes equal ; dilatations large ; sides little, limbs unspotted; skin

with stellate bony deposits scleroderma.

Second toe shorter than first; dilatations small ; sides, throat and limbs

largely yellow-spotted; skin smooth bicolor.

P. SCLERODERMA Sp. HOV.

One of the largest of the Hylidse, measuring from end of muzzle to vent 4 in. 1*5 lines,
same to posterior border tvrnpanum 1 in. 3-4 1.; between parotoids and scapula. 1 in. 65 1.
Axilla to carpus 1 in. 11-0 1* Carpus to end of third finger 1 in. 2-5 1. Femur and tibia 3 in.
0-6 1. ; tarsus 1 in. 3 1.; tarsus to end fourth toe 1 in. 4*6 1.

The general form is much that of P. bico 1 or, but the toes are longer and provided
with larger dilatations; the under face of the tarsus, and the skin generally, are devoid of
dermal tubercles. The integument of the whole upper surface of the head and body is
studded with aggregations of osseous radii, which surround, more or less, numerous

[March,

NATL'RAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

proaches the last named genus most closely, and equals them in size. Of the
P. azureus I have seen three specimens from Brazil, two from the upper
Paraguay, and one from Pernambuco ; of the P. hypochondrialis one
specimen from Dutch Guiana.

The P. tomopternus is of elongate form ; width of head 3-3 times from
end of muzzle to end coccyx. Loreal region elevated, plane, canthus rostralis
contracted, muzzle not quite vertical in profile. Tympanum one-third the
large eye. Vomerine in two small fascicles opposite the anterior part of inner
nares, as far apart as each is from the choana. Inner nares very large, rather
larger than ostia of eustachian tube. The elbow reaches end of muzzle, the
heel to front of orbit. A dermal fold on lower arm, strong on elbow ; a weak
one on tarsus, terminating above in two heel processes, one projecting inwards
and one outwards. All the fingers and toes entirely free, thumb opposable,
fourth finger considerably longer than second. Longest toe the fourth, then
5, 3, 2, 1. Palm and sole with strong tubercles.

The colors are very brilliant; above green, below with hands and feet yel-
low ; outer fingers and toes bound with purple, like the concealed surfaces.
One specimen has an exceedingly narrow yellow margin to the upper lip. No
brown margin inside lower lip.

Lines.

Total length head and body 23-

Length to posterior margin tympanum (axial) 6-1

'• fore limb , 15-6

" band 5-6

" hind limb from groin 32-6

" tarsus 1-15

" metatarsus and longest toe 7-

Two specimens of this tree-frog are in the collection from the Rio Napo, or
Upper Amazon, below the mouth of the former. They are males and have the
corneous thumb shield of the breeding season. No. 6651, Mus. Smiths.

PiTHECOPUS TARSIUS CopC, Sp. nOV.

Form slender ; width of head at jaws, enters from end nose to vent, 3-5
times. Loreal region elevated, with the canthus concave ; upper lip project-
ing beyond muzzle. Diameter of eye three times tympanum. Tongue elon-
gate, largely free and openly marginate behind, narrowed in front. Vomerine
teeth in two transverse fasciculi, which are equi- distant from each other and the
anterior margin of the large internal nares. Ostia large and less than nares.
Skin everywhere granular, perhaps more properly glandular, those of the
sides largest. Areolae very large and flat on the pectoral region ; a series of
larger glandulous areolse on each thigh below. No distinct dermal margin on
forearm or tarsus. Digital dilatations of hand largest, larger than the tym-
panic disc ; that of the thumb smaller. Elbow to opposite nares ; heel to front
of orbit. Second toe much shorter than first, third less than fifth.

Color everywhere green, shaded with purple on gular and thoracic regions ;
also along sides and on under surfaces of thumbs. Femur green, except below,
two external digits of the same color. An irregular yellow band on side from

central pointw. These do not penetrate through the derm, which is thick, and entirely free
from the skeleton in every part. Muzzle elevated, loreul region .'<traight, canthus rostra-
lis strong, concave, Male with vocal vesicle. Tympanum one-lialf of orbit; inferior pal-
eebra medially transparent, dei moid at the circumlerence. Vomerine fasciculi oblique
etween nares as near the latter as each other. Mlimte areolation.s on posterior gular
region. Tongue small. Elbow extends to end of muzzle; hand and longest tinger equal
forearm. Heel to orbit; sole and longest toe exceeding tarsus; cuneiform tuborclo
minute; base of thumb broad, with a flattened tuben^le.

Blue-green with faint light margin to posterior parts of upper and lower lips, and one
series of very narrow longitudinal lateral spots. Lunbs blue aoove, except the pale l>rown
spotted upper arm; aniebrachium and tarsus yellow margined; femora uniform pule blue
behind, llelow uniform pale.

Ifubifat.—Hyirinnm, Ihring, Mus. Academy Nat. Sciences. Burmeister suspects the spe-
cies of the Amazon to be that found in burmant, and ditterent Irom the ?. bicolor.

1868.]

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

angle of mouth and margin of mandible. Two isolated yellow spots on breast,

and one on each side the vent below.

In. Lin.

Length head and body , , 3 9-25

" head, axially, to line tympanum 1

" fore limb 2 8-

" hand.. 1

'' hind limb from groin 5 3*

" tarsus I 415

'^ remainder of foot 1 2-25

_ This tree-frog, it is to be observed, exceeds the Phyllomedusa bic olor in

size. One male with the file-like corneous plates on the metatarsus of the

thumb is in the collection, from the same locality as the last. No. 6652, Mus.

Smithsonian.

Hemiphractds divaricatus Cope, sp. nov.

A single specimen of this species has afforded the first opportunity of inves-
tigating the structure of this genus. The result convinces me of the propriety
of recognizing in it a peculiar family as Peters has done, and confirming en-
tirely the position I assigned it in the essay on genera of Arcifera* The form
of the distal phalanges is a compromise between that of many aquatic frogs
and that of the Hylidae, the proximal globe being not recognizable, and much
flattened. Its structure is different from that of Hylodes, though it does not
probably inhabit trees any more than that genus, or Chorophilus and Acris
among true Hylidae.

The coracoid and epicoracoid are much less divergent than in other families,
and the arched cartilages are very wide, overlapping more extensively than in
any genus I am acquainted with.

The H, divaricatus is nearer the H. scutatus than to the H. fascia-
t u s. It differs from the latter chiefly in the form and proportions of the hel-
met; this is shorter and broader, with more divergent outlines, and is plane
and flat behind, and not so convex ; it lacks the recurved margin represented
by Peters. In profile the upper margin of the mouth is straight, not curved,
and the eye is median, not anterior. Other differences are that the anterior
vomerine tooth, or teeth, are abruptly longer than the others, and the throat is
blackish, with a broad yellow median band. There are transverse rows of
tubercles on the sides of the belly.

Interorbital width about one-third expanse of supratympanic ridges ; from
end muzzle to interorbital point 1-5 times from latter to concavity of posterior
margin helmet. From bony orbit to tympanum equal from latter to angle of
helmet.

Orbital fissure '*J5 long (vertical), diameter membranum tympani, which
latter is double width of same. Margin of helmet behind, medially slightly
elevated. Muzzle flat with a short terminal dermal process ; eyelids with a
marginal prolongation. Head slightly granular above ; body smooth above ;
oblique rows of tubercles on forearm. Belly closely, throat sparsely, granular.
Both fingers and toes with rudimental web. A large palmar tubercle ; two
indistinct metatarsal tubercles, the inner elongate. A fold along tarsus and
outer toe ; slight dermal margins on all the toes. A similar fold on forearm
and outer finger, and on the other fingers.

In. Lin.

Length head and body to vent 2 2-

" of casque on mediad line ; least 10-5

" " " " " greatest 13-25

" hind limb 2 11-5

" foot 1 4-5

" tarsus.... 7-

* Journal Academy, 1866.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115^

Length forelimb 1 3-

" hand *7*5

Width between nares 15

" " orbits 5-

** casque, superiorly, behind 14*

" " inferiorly, " 16-

Grayish-brown above, dark-brown below ; a yellow band from chin to
breast ; black bands on tarsus and forearm. A black blotch below rent, one
above tympanum, one below eye (indistinct on one side), and several smaller
ones on edge of upper lip.

From the Napo and Maranon. 6648.

Two specimens of two species of this genus in the Museum of Munich are
the only ones known in any Museum besides the present one.

The curious and high degree of ossification of the crania of this and several
other Neotropical genera, appears to be a defence to the animals possessing it.
When killed in spirits they frequently die with the flexor muscles of the head
contracted, and the bony front presented like a shield. This is no doubt an
important defense against the bite of venomous serpents, which abound in the
regions where they occur. This defence appears, however, to be rather a con-
sequence of such structure than a cause, in a physiological sense ; since the
majority of the Anura in the Continental Neotropical region, where they are
equally exposed to venomous serpents, do not possess it, while the tree-toads of
the West Indian district, where venomous snakes are almost unknown, invari-
ably exhibit this extraordinary ossification.

LiTHoDYTES C0N8PICILLATUS. Ilylodea conspicillatus Giinther, Br. Z. S. Lond.
1859.
From the valley of Quito.

CySTIGNATHUS HYLiDDACTYLUS CopC, Sp. nOV.

A species belonging to the section of the genus characterized by having the
vomerine teeth in two arched series on the line of the palatine bones ; the
digits without dermal margins, and the belly included in a discoid fold of the
derm.

A vertebral and dorso-lateral dermal fold, and some shorter ones on the
sides, but no large warts or glands on the groin. Muzzle ovate, gradually de-
scending at extremity, canthus rostralis not strong, contracted. Tibia less than
half head and body. Ethmoid not ossified to end muzzle. Brown with a
dark-brown band at each dorso-lateral fold, and two dark spots on the anterior
half of each side. A dark band from axilla to orbit, from orbit to tip, and
between orbits. Fore limbs not, hind limbs scarcely cross-barred; femur mar-
bled behind. Belly and throat pale yellow.

The toes have distinct dilatations at the end, but not the fingers ; all have
strong tubercles below ; two minute metatarsal tubercles. Tongue considera-
bly free behind and laterally. Vomerine series not extending exterior to inner
margin of nares. Tympanum one-half orbit. Wrist not quite to end muzzle ;
heel to middle of orbit.

Total length 11-6 1. ; of hind limb 16- 1. ; of gape 31 1. ; width head behind
4* lines.

From the Napo or upper Maranon.

In spite of its dilated toes this is a true Cystignathus. I also place in this
genus Hylodes hall owe Hi i Cope, and Platyraantis p ete r s i i Steindach-
ner. They are closely allied to each other ; the latter by no means a {Platy-
mantis) Halophila, a genus which does not occur in the new world.

BOFO NAR1CU8 Spix.

From the Napo and Maranon.

BuFO ANDiANUS Cope. " /iw/f) intermedius Gthr.," Cope, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Phil.
1862, 376, nee Qutntherii, hinc Phyrnoidu intermediut Cope, 1. o.

1868.]

116 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Cranium with the curved orbital margin elevated into a ridge, and con-
tinued into a strong supratympanic ridge ; a short preorbital ridge, no postor-
bital. Parotoid gland divergent towards the sides, elongate triangular nar-
row, continued into a lateral dermal fold. Two metatarsal tubercles, both
small; a smooth-edged tarsal fold. Tympanum distinct, less than half diame-
ter of eye. A trace of a parietal branch ridge on cranium. Canthus rostralis
very strong, concave short. Muzzle elevated, profile vertical, not as long, in
a straight line, as the long diameter of eye fissure. Nostril terminal. Greatest
width of head 2 6 times in length head and body ; length loot without tarsus
2-75 in same. Hind foot, outer toes with last phalanges only free ; 3J of medi-
an free. Heel to hinder edge orbit. Skin covered with small round tubercles
above. Palms and soles rough, and limbs generally, metacarpus with two
strong tubercles. Half the femur included in the skin of the body.

Gray above, with small paired dark-brown spot on each side the median
line ; these are more or less confluent, and have a few smaller spots external
to them. Sides below lateral fold brown-marbled. Lip with two brown spots
on each side, a large brown spot on each side tympanum, A brown band
across eyelid and verter. Pale below, with brown blotches on breast and

belly.

Lin. Lin.

Length head and body 19-5 Length tarsus 4 5

" " includ. tympanum... 5-4 " long toe... 1-5

" tibia 7-4 " hind limb 23-

Several specimens (No. 6712) from the valley of Quito. Originally brought
from Carthagena, New Grenada. (No. 4350 Mus Smithsonian.)

This species is nearest the B. agua. It differs in its very much smaller
size, being one-eighth or tenth the bulk of the latter, in its relatively smaller
and narrower parotoid glands, and in its pinched, narrow, angulate muzzle.
It is also near the B. d i p t y c h u s Cope, a still smaller species. In the latter
the toes are much less palmate, the muzzle longer and the parotoids broader.

Bupo AGUA Daud. B. marinus Schneider.
From the Napo and Upper Amazon.

RANIFORMIA.

Atblopus longirostris Cope, sp. nov.

The muzzle prolonged, the ethmoid cartilage overhanging the labial border,
and forming an acute-angled prominence. The muzzle a little longer than
the long diameter of the eye ball ; nostril just behind a lateral projection
formed by the extremity of the prefrontal. Canthus nostralis a right angle,
lores nearly plane, upper profile entirely plane, transversely a little
concave in front of the orbits. Greatest width of head behind nearly
one-third length from end muzzle to end coccyx. Extended backwards
the fore limb extends beyond the vent; forward the hind limb meas-
ures to the front of the orbit with the heel. Toes about half webbed,
the inner quite rudimental ; fingers slightly webbed, the inner short.
Skin above and below entirely smooth, a line of granular elevations
along the side. A faint tarsal fold ; metatarsal tubercles not developed. Ostia
of eustachian tubes, each half an inner nostril ; latter small lateral. Tongue
narrow, elongate. One large round metacarpal tubercle. Total length 10-6
lines. From nostril to posterior extremity supratympanic ridge 3-3 lines.
Total length fore limb 6-6 lines; of hind do, 13-1 lines ; foot 6 lines ; tarsus 3-5
lines ; extent of sacrum 3 lines.

Above black ; under surfaces and upper lip yellow, A greenish spot on each
scapular region, and two or three pairs of the same on each side the vertebral
line. Femur behind yellow, with a proximal longitudinal, and two distal
transverse black bands. All the toes blackish, thumb yellow.

From the valley of Quito.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117

This species is in general appearance somewhat similar to the A. rar i u s,
from Central America, but that has a relatively longer body and shorter limbs
and head, and lacks the singular nasal appendage. In this species the clavi-
cles and coracoids are considerably more divergent. It constitutes among
Atelopodes, an approximation to Rhinoderma.

In the writer's examination of the F'arailies of Raniform Anura* the genera
Atelopus and Phrynidium were accidentally retained as distinct, as was done
by Giinther, the fact having been lost sight of while correcting the proofs that
Peters had shown them to be identical in the structure of the auditory appa-
ratus. I do not think it probable that they should be retained as distinct on
account of the remarkable difference in the degree of ossification of the
ethmoid, which I have there pointed out.

The structure of the sternum in Atelopus 1 o n gi r o s tri s throws much
light on that of the genus Hemisus, discussed in the essay above quoted. The
latter genus ought probably to have been compared with Phryniscidae rather
than Engystoumidfe. I have already shownf that the clavical and coracoid
are not in contact in Atelopus, but are connected by a simple longititudinal
cartilage. This is the structure in all the Phryniscidae I have examined, and is
quite different from the truly Raniform character of the Dendrobatidae and
Colostelthidse. This elongation of the confluent epicoracoid cartilages — for
such is its homology — reaches its greatest extent in the family, in Ate-
lopus longirostris, making a distant approach to what is probably
the condition in Hemisus. The anterior transverse element of the latter genua
is therefore probably rather clavicle than coracoid, as suggested above.

Atelopus l^vis Cope. Phrynicua Isevis Gthr. Catal. B. M.
From the valley of Quito.

Ranula APFINI8 ? Rana ajjfinia Peters, Monatsberichte, Berlin Acad.

This may be Peter's species, though the latter is so briefly described that it is
not readily identified. Having examined the type in Berlin, I am not prepared
to agree with its learned describer that it is a climatal variety of Rana t e m-
po r ar i a.

Dr. Steindachner recognizes this genus, J but renames it Pohlia, and gives
it a character of cartilaginous "Stirnbeine" in front, rather than cartilaginous
ethmoid.

The genus Ranula turns out to have simple terminal phalanges as in Rana,
therefore three of the species formerly assigned to it by me, which have T-
shaped phalanges must be regarded as belonging to another and unnamed,
genus. This I call Tryphkropsis and refer toT. chrysoprasinus m. as
the type. It represents the Hylarana of the Old World, and bears the same
relation to Ranula that the former does to Rana.

Size and form that of liana c 1 a mi t a n s, but with small membranura tym-
pani — equal to orbit, and 1*5 length of muzzle. Toes palmate to near end of
last phalange, to basis of the same of longest toe. Head plane above,
fronto-parietals broad without posterior crests, equal between orbits the
length of ethmoid cartilage. Canthus rostralis sharp, loreal region concave ;
muzzle truncate in profile. Prefrontal bones three times as long as wide.
Vomerine teeth in two small fasciculi, exactly between inner nares, nearer to
each other than to tlie latter. Nares considerably less than ostia pharyngea.
Outer nostrils half as far from end of muzzle as from orbit. Skin everywhere
smooth, except a few minute granulations on posterior pelvic region. Fingers
elongate, the inner longer than the second, all with a narrow dermal margin.
When extended, the bases of the metacarpals mark, the end of the muzzle.
The hind limbs extended, nearly measure to the end of the muzzle with the
heel.

• Journ. Ac. Nat. 8cl. 1867, 189.

t Nat. Hi8t. Review, 18ti5.

I Characterized Proc. Academy, 1860, 129.

1868.]

118 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

Length of head (to opposite hinder margin tympanum) 14 | 5 times in
length, vent equal width of head behind.

In. Lin.

Length head and body ....»» 2 6-5

" of muzzle to orbit. ....... 4-6

" of fore limb..... 1 6

« of hand 8

" of hind limb 3 11-5

" of foot : 1 10

" of tarsus 8

Color above light olive, with a few small black spots on the pelvic region.
A black line on canthus rostralis on edge of upper lip and one round tympa-
num. Femur and tibia each with two narrow black cross bands. Numerous
black spots on groin and front of femur. Femur and tibia behind closely marbled
with deep black. Tarsus and forearm black below. An indistinct yellow baud
from nostril to axilla.

Two specimens from the Napo or Upper Maranon.

This species differs from the R. palmipes of Spix, according to the com-
plete description of Steindachner in having a considerably shorter and more
truncate muzzle. In the last named the nostril is equidistant between muzzle
and orbit, and the diameter of the latter is one half the same distance ; in this
species it is two-thirds. Our species has the thumb longer, and the black
marbling of the femoral regions is probably characteristic, as Steindachner
does not mention it.

How it differs from the R. affinis [Rana Peters) the description of the
latter author does not furnish the means of determining. The latter has the
same obtuse muzzle.

GYMNOPHIDIA.

CECILIA PACHYNEMA GUnther, Proc. Zool. Soc London, 1859.

Two specimens from Guayaquil. They have 170 — 180 annuli respectively.
In the larger the eyes are distinct; there are eight teeth on each side the
upper and six on each side the lower jaw, with five vomero-palatines on each
side. In the smaller specimen the eyes are invisible ; in both the narial
valvules are present on the tongue. Giinther did not find these, nor eyes, and
counted only 5 | 3 j 3 teeth. He describes blue spots on the sides ; these are
accidental and dependent on the condition of the integment,

SiPHONOPS ANNULATUS Dum. Bibrou.

From Lower Napo or Amazon.

The whole number of species brought by the Expedition is :

Crocodilia 1 Ophidia , 34

Testudinata , 3 Batrachia 16

Sauria..w...... 19 —

Total 73

These are from three distinct faunal districts — those of the Western Coast,
the Table land of Quito, and of the Eastern Slope of the Andes. The number
of species found in each is as follows :

Western 27

Table Land 16

Eastern 44

In the Western district are five species which occur in Brazil, and one
(Chelydra) which extends from Mexico to the cold regions of North America.
Two species of the same list occur in Middle Mexico. Of the species from
near Quito, four occur in the Western List, and four also found in Eastern
Brazil ; one is common in Middle Mexico. Of the species of the Eastern list,
the Sauria were chiefly obtained from points within the limits of Equador, and
the Ophidia from near the Brazilian frontier. Of the last, twelve are also

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILABELPHIA. 119

Eastern Brazilian ; of the first, and Batrachia, seven are found in the latter
region.

Of generic types none of any extent appear to be restricted to either of the
Western regions. Trachyboa with one species does not probably occur out of
the West Coast region. Euspondylus, so far as known, is confined to the eleva-
ted regions and the adjoining Eastern and Western Slopes. Teleuraspis is
largely developed in Central America and Coniophanes in Mexico. Of the
genera of the Eastern district, Centropyx, Teius, Hypsibatus, Hyla, Pithecopus,
Hypsiboas, Ranula, Himantodes, Olisthenes and Typhlops, have not been
brought either from the Table Land or the Western district. The absence of
Hyla has been already noted by Giinther.

The sources of information respecting the cold blooded vertebrates of Equa-
dor are the collections of Eraser, made in the Western district, and identified
and described by Giinther in the Proc. Zoological Soc. London, 1859 ; and the
collections of the Prussian Consul Reiss, published from time to time by Pe-
ters in the Monatsberichte of the Berlin Academy.

Eraser procured forty-nine species ; to this number Peters added four, and
the present enumeration four. The new species of the present list are mostly
from the Table Land and Eastern region, and number twenty-four.

Additional descriptions of Neotropical Reptilia and Batrachia not previously known.
TESTUDINATA.
DERMATEMYS Gray.

This genus presents a peculiarity of the skeleton which has never been
noticed. This is, that the vertebral elements of the carapace are not pro-
longed to the posterior marginal bones as in Emydidae* but terminate so as to
allow of three costai uniting in a median dorsal suture. This character has
heretofore been supposed to characterize the Ciuosternidae, which also lack the
mesosternal bone. In this genus the mesosternal is well developed. Cistudo
has, however, the last pair of costal bones joined by suture, and in the same
family. Claudius Cope, is another genus possessing the same character. It
is a character also of the genus Hydraspis.

The genus Pelomedusa Wagler I have shownf to possess only two series of
phalanges instead of the usual number, three. It is on this account as separate
from the other Pleurodira, as Testudo is from the remainder of the Cryptodira.
On this ground I consider it to represent a family hitherto unnoticed — the
Pelomedusidae.

Sternothaerus Bell possesses an important structure hitherto unobserved. As
in the extinct genus Pleurosternum ; the hyosternal bones are divided trans-
versely, giving ten bones to the plastron instead of eight. It therefore repre-
sents a family which I call the Sternothaeridoe, representing among the Pleuro-
dira the extinct family Pleurosternidie among the Cryptodira. It may be here
mentioned that I have found a fine new Pleurosternum — PL pectorale m. —
in the cretaceous Green Sand of New Jersey.

The above facts confirm the supposition of Agassiz that the Pleurodira
would be found to constitute a series of families, rather than one family.

One species of Dermatemys, the D. mave i, is recognized by Dr. Gray as in-
habiting Venezuela and Mexico. The same species, according to the same
author, has been subsequently named Emys berardi by Prof. Dumeril. I
have not had an opportunity of seeing South American specimens, but the
excellent figure and description of Gray render it certain that the individuals
from that country on which the species was based really belong to another
species from those of Mexico. The collections of the Smithsonian Institution

* Agassiz BtateH— Oontrib, Nat. Hist, U. States i, that in all Emydidie the vertebral series
of bones is uninterrupted,
t Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila,, 18Ca, p. 184.

1868.]

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

furnish another species from Belize, which I have heretofore identified with

the same.

The species may be thus distinguished.

One gular scute, no intergular; five inner marginals, the posterior
triangular, not in contact with the femoral or abdomi-
nal. Abdominal narrower than pectoral or femoral.
Sternum little emarginate behind. Vertebral scuta broader
than long, the median except behind covering a keeled
ridge abnormis.

One gular, and an intergular behind it ; four or five inner margin-
als, the posterior in contact with femoral and abdominal ; when
only four, the median elongate; vertebral scuta much longer
than broad ; no dorsal keel. Abdominal scuta equal or wider
than those adjoining berardii.

Two gulars, no intergular ; four inner marginals, the median shorter
than the hinder, joined as in the last ; abdominal as in the last ;
vertebrals much longer than wide, no dorsal keel. Sternum
well emarginate behind mavbi.

Dbrmatemys abnormis Cope, sp. nov.

The greatest breadth of the vertebral plates exceeds the length of the cos-
tals ; the length of the same equals the width of the anterior costals, exceeding
the width of the posterior. The form of the head is elongate, and acuminate ;
there is a strong basal angle all round the mandible below the cutting edge.
Though the carapace measures seven inches in length, the costal bones
are only united for half their length, and the hyo- and hyposternal
bones are entirely separated from the marginals. This lateral fontanelle
is eight lines wide medially. The plastron is well developed, except a very
small fontanelle at the middle of the hyo-hyposternal suture. This, with the
wider vertebral shields, indicate a young animal, and though there are no signs
of immaturity about the head, it doubtless is such. Nevertheless, I cannot
suppose the vertebral scutes become as narrow, nor the carapace as fully ossi-
fied at maturity, as in the other species, and its distinctness is confirmed by
other characters as given.

Above light brown, below and inner faces of limbs light yellow.

Length of plastron 5 in. 9 lin. ; width of same at axillae 3 in. ; at posterior
end 11-5 lin. ; total width at groin 5 in. 5 lin. ; length head from behind ear
17 1. ; greatest width head 1 in.

From Belize River, Yucatan. Museum Smithsonian, No. 6545 ; from Dr.
Parsons.

LACERTIL[A.

PROCTOTRETUS Dum. Bibr.

pROCTOTRETUS PRASINUS Tope, sp. nov., of the group Rhytidodira Gird.

Head broad, short, vertex and front plane longitudinally and transversely.
Canthus rostralis strong, loreal region concave. Nostril just below the edge
of the canthus. Scales of head above smooth, angulated. A transverse scale be-
hind rostral ; a united pair of supranasals, the larger divided internasals between
the smaller longitudinal posterior supranasals. Three pairs frontonasals, the
two anterior in contact with canthal row, and separated by four scales ; the
posterior largest, and in contact. No superciliary series, except from the
frontal backwards; frontal little longer than broad. Occipital (= interparie-
tal) small, in contact with superciliary rows, and followed by two plates a
little larger. Occipital and temporal regions covered with rather large, smooth
scales, those of the latter smaller, and rounded behind. Supraorbitals of ir-
regular size, smooth, the three inner larger, little broader than long ; together
three rows scarcely separated within by a series of small scales. Two marginal

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121

rows. Three loreal rows, the lower continued below the suborbital. Labials
5 — 6 ; two rows infralabials, the inner shorter, of broader scales, the first pair
in contact. Auricular meatus large, no marginal scales.

Scales of dorsal region small, not larger than ventral, little larger than
lateral, not longer than broad, with a keel on the distal half and obtuse mucro.
They are in series, which converge upwards and backwards. Sixty-nine series
from rump to occiput ; fourteen across the nape. A broad granular band ex-
tends from the ears to more than the length of the humerus behind the axillae.
A pair of longitudinal folds extend from above and below the meatus, and
unite half-way to the axilla, to which point the single fold extends. Another
extends along the side.

Lateral and abdominal scales smooth, the latter rounded, smooth, occasion-
ally slightly notched ; gulars entire ; caudal scales small, in whorls, strongly
keeled. Extended fore limb reaches -66 to groin ; hind limb to union of side
folds of neck.

In. Lin. Lin.

Total length (tail mutilated) : 5 11-2

Length to vent 2 1 Length to orbit 2-5

" axilla 11-5 Width of head 5-5

" meatus of ear 1 Lengthofpes 10

Color above brilliant green, with a double series of black dorsal spots, with
angles projecting laterally, which posteriorly meet similar angles from a late-
ral series of larger deep black spots. The green continues as a band to orbit.
A series of vertical black bars on sides ; limbs green-black, cross-banded ; tail
brown-black ringed ; top of head black, brown and green specked. Lower jaw
black-barred. Belly light green.

From 603. Museum Comparative Zoology, Cambridge. From Chili.

LIOCEPHALUS Gray.

Having had a large number of individuals of this genus at my disposal, as
the species are but little known I give the following synopsis. Gray, who
gives the fullest list (Catalogue Sauria Brit. Mus. 1845), enumerates five. There
are at present fourteen known.

L Several series supraorbital scales ; no transverse plates. Abdominal
scales smooth.
L. ornatus Gray, Catal. L. trachycephalus Dum., Catal. Method .
The former from Guayaquil, the latter from Bogota.

n. Transverse series of plates on the supraorbital region ; abdominal
scales smooth.
at. Parietals and interparietals united.
Supraorbital region scaled in front ; a black spot on

throat. Gallapagos Is L. grayi.

oa. Parietals and interparietals distinct ; the
former transversely divided.
Three pairs frontonasals ; three interparietals ; a black

spot on throat. Equador L. iridescens.

a*. Parietals and interparietals distinct ; the
former longitudinally divided.

j3. Four pairs frontonasals (four rows plates
across front).
Outer parietals larger than inner ; interparietal short,
triangular; two rows scales above infralabials ;
tail crest high. Brown, with many light cross-
bars L. e r e m 1 1 u s .

1868.] 9

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

/?/?. Three pairs frontonasals.

•y. Outer parietals much larger than inner.
Top of head smooth ; plates of front wide ; interparie-
tal long and narrow ; one row above infralabials.

Light olive. Bahamas, Cuba L. carinatus .

yy,. Outer parietals narrow, equal inner.
L. vittatus Hallow, and L. macropus Cope, both from Cuba. L.
schreibersii [Pristonotus schreibersii Gravenhorst, not L. schreibersii Gray
= L. vittatus), and L. melanochlorus Cope, from Hayti.

/?/?. Two pairs of frontonasals.
Scales smaller ; temporal scales small, keeled ; of

front much keeled ; auricular scales elongate ;

interparietal very small. Hayti L. raviceps.

Scales larger ; temporals large, smooth ; auriculars

short, thick ; scales of front little keeled. From

Hayti L. personatus and L. t rig em i n a tus .

The last two are much alike in structural features, but differ greatly in
coloration ; they do not appear to be sexes of the same animal, as I have seen
both (^ and 9 of the latter.

III. Transverse series supraorbital plates ; abdominal scales keeled.

Scales on nape in 5 — 1 — 5 rows ; seven supraorbitals ; frontal scales many,
keeled.

L. herminieri Dum. Bibr,, from Martinique.

I am not acquainted with L. macleayi Gray, from Cuba ; it is probably
allied to the L. carinatus and L. vittatus.

LlOCEPHALUS EREMITUS CopC, Sp. UOV.

Head moderately elongate, profile an inclined plane. Front with four cross-
rows of plates posterior to supranasals, the posterior smallest ; two pairs of
internasals, separated from each other, the anterior from the rostral also ; the
posterior pair of the same in line and continuous with the divided frontal.
Interparietal very short, the parietals largely in contact behind, the outer twice
as wide as the inner. All the scales of head smooth, except the supraorbitals.
The latter weakly keeled, six on each side, separated by one row scales from
supraorbitals ; also by one row small scales from superciliaries. Parietals
bounded externally by two rows larger scales, then minute scales, then medium
keeled preauriculars. Auricular scales elongate, four, Postauriculars not
granular. Scales above large, eight rows on median nuchal region. Dorsal
crest high on tail, elsewhere moderate. Lateral and abdominal scales smaller
than dorsal. Scales of lower surfaces entire, the preanals smaller, keeled.
The muzzle marks the end of the metacarpus on the extended fore limb, and
the front of the orbit the longest toe. Tail moderately compressed. Folds of
side of neck strong ; two oblique, one nearly horizontal. Scales of tail shiny,
keeled below except at basis.

Coloration plain. Ground dark olive-brown, with a deep brown dorso-
lateral longitudinal shade, connected by numerous indistinct cross-bars, which
are light margined behind. Lower surfaces brown, with numerous scattered
whitish scales, which are most thickly gathered on the pectoral region. A
dark brown spot between eye and ear.

In. Lin.

Length from end muzzle to vent 2 5-5

" " to ear 8

" of hind foot 13-5

"Width of head 6

One specimen of this species was sent to the Smithsonian Institution by W.
J. Rasin, from the island of Navassa, W. L, which lies to the south-west of St.
Domingo, in line with Jamaica.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

LlOCEPBALUS SCHRBIBERSII.

Curios, xviii, 739. Tab.

This species is not anywhere described in tlie English language. I therefore
append the following, which I took from specimens in the Mus. Leyden :

Crest very long, equal ; scales longer than high, other sc. small, keels not
prominent. 7 — 1 — 7 sc. on nape ; on rump, 7 or 8 — 1 — 7. Smaller lateral sc.
in a not wide band. Abd. sc. in 23 rows, rhombic. Sc. from ear to shoulder
granular; tail compressed. Extended hind limb, near to ear. Interparietal
narrow ; 8 supraorb. Supercil. not separated. 3 pair frontonas., the poster,
often double ; 4 in the median row ; the frontonas. as broad as long. Head
sc. keeled.

Olive-brown ; with or without traces of a light band on each side of back,
which are naost distinct on tail ; sides with a band of brown speckles. Green
below, with 4 or 6 cross-bands of blue-white bordered spotlets ; obsolete ante-
riorly. Bluish on»gular region. Head lighter, uniform ; feinus with two transv.
series of spots? Fern, with 2 longit. dors, stripes, and a distinct one on lower
part of each side. Transverse angulated brown bands behind white border,
from side to side. A yellow band on post, face of femur. Dors, crest very
small, scarcely on tail. Head sc. broad, keeled.

CELESTUS Gray.
Catal. Lizards Brit. Mus., 117.

This genus, in my opinion, embraces the Diploglossinae, with normal extre-
mities, in which the frontonasal plates are fused together in one shield; it
therefore includes most of the species of Diploglossus, as understood by Gray.
Diploglossus was originally based by Wiegmann on D. monotropis and
D. fas ciatus, species in which the frontonasals are quite distinct. Both
are from the South American continent ; the first-named is the type of Camilia
(C. jamaicensis) of Gray. The correspondence of the Smithsonian Institution
has procured numerous additions to this genus, which are here added :

A. Internasal plates confluent with frontonasals.

I. Scales in 32 — 6 rows.

Two frontals, one above the other ; two postnasals do. ;

scales all 8 — 10 keeled ; olive, sides black- spotted, stbindachneri Cope.

One frenal and postnasal ; scales smooth in front, keels
increasing to 16 on tail ; sides and limbs black ;
above olive, the scales black-edged CHALYBiEus Cope.

Keels of the scales eight to ten ; one postnasal, two fre-
nals, both on labials ; meatus of ear large ; anterior
limb two-thirds head. Brown, with blackish band
on upper part of each side plbii Dum. Bibr.

Keels of the scales eleven, all equal, on posterior re-
gions ; anterior scales smooth, together in 36 rows ;
nasal plate extending to rostral ; two loreals, both
higher than long ; ear minute, head and limbs very
short, latter -75 former, and -2 from axilla to groin;
a blackish lateral band above, cross-lined before,
spotted behind dbgbneb Cope.

Keels of the scales fifteen, all equal ; one postnasal,
two frenals, both on labials ; ear meatus small.
Serpentiform, fore limb five-sixths head. Brown,
with dark lateral band above sagr^b Coct.

II. Scales in 41 — 2 rows.

Keels 14; none larger; head narrow, sharp, muzzle
longer than interorbital width ; front plane ; parie-
tal separated from supraorbitals by two plates,
loreal longer than high ; gray, sides black, cross-
banded ; loreal higher than long phoxinus Cope.

1868.]

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Keels 15, a median stronger ; front convex; distance be-
tween orbits in front equal length muzzle ; both
loreals higher than long ; one plate between parie-
tal and supraorbitals ; brown, a deep brown dorso-
lateral band, and numerous longitudinal series of
brown spots on the back weinlandii Cope.

Keels 25, none larger ; head flat, acute, muzzle longer
than interorbital width ; many close, short bay-
stripes ; loreal higher than long badius Cope.

Keels 25 to 35, one median much stronger; head short-
ter, obtuse, muzzle equal width between eyes ; uni-
color, with vertical lateral bars ; two loreals, longer
than high stenurus Cope.

III. Scales in 49 — 51 rows.

Keels 34 — 8, the median stronger on dorsal region ; form
stout, fore-limb one-third longer than head; tail
much compressed ; yellow or light brown, with
about fifteen brown cross-bands occiduus Shaw.

Keels 17, scales with a cross elevation and marginal de-
pression, making rows of pits ; head wide, muzzle
short, equal interocular width ; tail cylindric ;
brown, with 18 cross-bars on dorsal region impressus Cope.

Keels 19, equal, scales plane ; head elongate, narrow,
muzzle longer than interocular width ; brown, with

14 cross-bars on back ?striatus Gray.

AA. Internasal plates separate, small.
Scales in twelve longitudinal series on the dorsal re-
gion, with fifteen striae and a weak median keel ;
body anguiform, anterior limb long as head. Pale,
with numerous short longitudinal reddish bands.

Otherwise as C. o c c i d u u s ." Dum. Bibr owenii D. B.

Species unknown to the writer: C. hewardii Gray, Catal. 1. c, from

Jamaica, and C. macrolepis Gray, 1. c, West Indies.

Synopsis of Species.

C. STEiNDACHNERi Copc. Diploglossus Copc, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Phila. 1864,
Vera Cruz, Mexico. Mus. Smithsonian.

C. CHALYB^us Cope. Diploglossus Cope, 1. c. 1866.
Vera Cruz, Mexico. Mus. A. N. S. ; Smithsonian.

0. PLEii m. Diploglossus Dum. Bibr., v, 605. Do. (oneyda) Gray, Catal.
Eab, — Martinique (Mus. Paris).

Celestus degener Cope, sp. nov.

This is the most Seps-like of the genus, having shorter and weaker limbs
than the C. s a g r ae , and a shorter and broader head. The toes are very short,
though of the normal number ; it perhaps will approach the genus Sauresia
Gray.

Width between fronts of orbits 1-5 times in length of muzzle anterior to
same. Length of head to middle postparietal plate equal width of same at ear
openings. Width of frontal plate behind greater than length of the same.
Supraorbitals five, separated by two scales from parietal. One preocular ; two
loreals, both higher than long ; an elongate oblique postnasal in contact with
anterior supranasal. Nasal meeting rostral by a suture. Eight upper labials,
fifth and sixth supporting a long suborbital, which is convex below. Two
rows of infralabials, the upper of longer, lower of wider scales. Toes short ;
behind, fourth much shorter than first. Whitish below ; chin reticulated with

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

brown. Sides with longitudinal brown lines, the upper confluent, much darker,
and with a zig-zag upper margin. Above, fawn brown, with seventeen cross
lines to middle of back, and small brown spots in quincunx behind them. Tail
with a deep brown band on each side.

In. Lin. In. Lin.

Length to vent 3 2.25 Length foreKimb 4-6

" to axilla 11.75 " hind limb 7-

" to ear 5-6

A single specimen of this interesting species is contained in a collection
from Porto Rico, West Indies, sent to the Smithsonian Institution by George
Latimer, correspondent at that island.

C. SAGRiB. Diploglossus Cocteau, Hist. Isle Cuba, Dum. Bibr. v, 602.
Hah. — The whole of Cuba. Mus. A. N. Sci.; Smithsonian.

Celestus phoxinus Cope, sp. nov.

A fusiform species, the body rather stout and flattened, the outlines tapering
gradually to end of muzzle and tail. Head flattened, with strong canthus ros-
tralis, and concave loreal region. ' Postnasal and postloreal longer than high ;
preloreal higher than long. Five supraorbitals ; scales behind postparietals
not larger than those of the nape. Dorsolateral angle strong on scapular
region. The eighth upper labial is the first one angulated above ; rostral plate
broad and low. The limbs, when pressed to the sides, fail to meet by the
length of the hand. Keels of the scales strong. Tail slightly compressed.

Above light gray; sides from orbit to groin dark brown, with regular ver-
tical brown bars, which are margined behind by a close series of light spots.
Two series of small brown spots on each side the dorsal region, the median
stronger on the nape, all vanishing behind. Below immaculate ; limbs with
brown light-edged cross-bars.

In. Lin. In. Lin.

Length to vent 3 3- Length to orbit 3-

" to axilla . 1 2-8 Greatest width head. 4-8

" forelimb 8-6 Length hind limb 1 0-1

This elegant species was found by Dr. D. F. Weinland, near Jeremie, Hayti,
and was placed by him in the Museum Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,
Mass., in care of Prof. Agassiz.

Celestus weinlandii Cope, sp. nov.

This species is near the last, but is less regularly fusiform ; the body, and
especially the head, are less depressed ; the canthus rostralis is depressed and
the loreal region plane. Both loreals higher than long, and the seventh
upper labial is the first angulated above. Rostral deeper, rounded above.
Five supraorbitals, separated from parietals by but one plate besides fronto-
parietals. Auricular opening small. Limbs when pressed to sides meet.
Larger median carina of scales wanting on those of anterior nape and tail.
Vent with three cross rows, rather larger scales in front.

Below the dorsolateral brown band is another formed of spots in line ; they
continue with a vertical series of brown spots on the sides. Ground above
dark brown ; sides of neck and gular region brown-lined. Limbs with brown
reticulations.

In. Lin. In. Lin.

Length to vent 3 6-8 Length fore limb 9-7

" to axilla. 1 4- " hind limb 1 2-4

" to orbit 3- Width head 5-9

This species is found on Gonave Island, on the western side of Hayti. Mus.
Smithsonian. From T. Younglove. Named in honor of Dr. F. Weinland, M.D.,
ot Frankfort o. M., who has contributed much to the history of the Reptilia
of Hayti.

1868.]

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Cblestus badius Cope, sp. nov.

This species, though larger than either of the preceding, possesses a more
acute muzzle; the front is plane as in D. phoxinus, but the snout lightly
convex, though less so than in D. weinlandii and with obtuse canthus
rostralis and plane loreal region.

The (sixth or) seventh upper labial is the first angulated above, while the
suborbital and lower postorbital plates are shorter and deeper than in the pre-
ceding species ; both loreals higher than long. There are two plates besides
the fronto-parietal between parietal and the posterior of the five supraorbitals.

The limbs are short, and when pressed to the side fail to meet by the length
of the hind foot. The digits of the fore foot are relatively shorter and weaker
than in the two species preceding.

The eye fissure is small, measuring 2-5 times from its hinder margin to the
ear ; but twice in the D. w e i n 1 a n d i i ; it is less than double the diameter of
the meatus. Transverse series of scales, from groin to above middle of meatus,
ninety-four ; those of the tail keeled like the rest. Three rows larger preanal
scales.

In. Lin. , In. Lin.

Total length (?tail reproduced.) 8 Length fore limb 9-

Length to vent 4 1- " hind limb 13-5

" to orbit 4-5 " hind foot 6-3

Greatest width head 7-5

Ground color cream, almost obscured above by many longitudinal bands
and lines of bright bay ; these are more or less broken up, of irregular width,
and often confluent. Top of the head and sides closely spotted with bay, on
the latter region in a longitudinal direction or in lines directed obliquely
downwards and forwards. A dorsolateral band of ground color extends from
superciliary region, more or less completely to the iliac, and is bay margined
below and sometimes above. Throat and belly uniform yellow. Limbs bay
red with white spots.

From Island of Navassa, W. I. From W. J. Rasin.

The collection sent to the Smithsonian Institution from this small Island
consists of the following species :

Typhlops sulcatus Cope, Metopocerus cornutus Wagl.,

Ungalia pardalis Gosse, Celestus badius Cope,

Liocephalus eremitus Cope.

Celestus stbnurus Cope. Diploglossus Cope, Proc. A. N. Sci. Phil. 1862.

From near Jeremie, St. Domingo. Mus. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge.

I append a description of another specimen, referred to this species with
doubt.

This is a large species with broad head, and short muzzle, the latter being
shorter than the width between anterior margins of eye fissures. First upper
labial angulated above the seventh ; suborbital and lower postorbital elongate,
narrowed. Nasal very small ; preloreal higher than long, loreal nearly square.
Front convex, canthus obtuse. Eye fissure one-half distance to meatus of ear.

Eighty transverse rows scales from above meatus to groin. Supranasal
plates small, narrow, the posterior nearly divided by the anterior (right) angle
of the elongate internasal. Scales with from 26 to 35 keels, a median one
rather stronger on some. Two scales bound the parietals in front besides
the fronto-parietals. Four rows large scales in front of vent. The limbs
pressed to the sides nearly meet.

Light-brown, with three rows of small subquadrate dark-brown spots on the
median dorsal region. Limbs brown with light spots arranged in indistinct
cross-bars. Head above light-brown with darker shades ; labial plates above
and below broadly brown margined. Below immaculate.

Length to vent 5 in. 9-7 lin. To orbit 5-1 lin. "Width head behind 9-6 lin.

A number of digits in this single specimen exhibit a loss of the claws, others

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

have lost one, two or three phalanges. This may have a natural cause, since
the allied genus Panolopus is deprived of these members entirely, though with
well developed limbs.

From Gonave Island, near Hayti. From Thos. Younglove. The reptiles
found by this correspondent in this Island are :

Homalochilus fasciatus Fisch., Diploglossus weinlandii Cope,

Dromicus parvifrons Cope. {D. pro- Diploglossus ? stenurus Cope,

tenus Jan), Ameiva chrysolaema Cope,

Uromacer catesbyi D. B., Trachycephalus marmoratus D. B.,

Uromacer oxyrhynchus D. B., Lithodytes lineatus Grav.,

Liocephalus.

Cblestus occiduos Gray, Catal. Lacerta occiduus Shaw. Diploglossus Shawii
Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen. v, 590.
Jamaica. Mus. Smithsonian.

Celestus imprbssus Cope, spec. nov.

This is an elongate species with a tail cylindric for its proximal half, a little
depressed at base ; the body is quite cylindric and the limbs short. The ear
is large and the head abruptly widened at the temples. The muzzle is short
and flat, and the superciliary regions are slightly elevated above the frontal
plane. Loreal region grooved. Ten upper labials, of which the eighth rises
between suboculars. Postnasal distinct, prefrenal much higher than long,
frenal square, two preoculars. Scales with equal keels, their hinder halves
depressed.

The limbs appressed to the sides fail to meet by the length of the anterior
without the hand.

In. Lin. In. Lin.

Length to posterior edge ear... 10-2 Length fore limb 11-66

" to axilla 19.75 " hind limb 15-3

" to vent 3 8-V5 " tail (reproduced) 5 9-

Color above olivaceous, below yellowish. Back and sides crossed by about
18 narrow brown bars, which are three times broken and alternating on each
side the middle line. Tail cross-lined, throat and breast cross-banded less dis-
tinctly. Lateral plates, a short band behind orbit, and four quadrate spots
above throat and axilla, deep brown.

Two specimens in Mus. Academy from Jamaica, collected by Charles B.
Adams.

Cblestus striatus Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist, ii, 288. Catal. Brit. Mus. Diploglossus
cliftii Dum., Bibr. v, 59G.
Jamaica. Mus. Academy, Phila.

Cblestus owenii m. Diploglossus Dum., Bibr., do. {Oneyda) Gray, Catal. B. M.
Habitat. — Unknown. (Mus. College Surgeons, London.)

AMEIVA Cuvier.

Ambiva chrysol^ma Cope, sp. nov.

Char. — Twelve series abdominal plates ; no horny tubercles on the heel ;
median and lateral gular scales equal. Frontal undivided, supraorbitals four.
Teeth mostly bicuspid. Olive with numerous series of white spots, sometimes
indistinct on dorsal region. Gular fold black, throat yellow ; belly green and
yellow.

Description. — One of the larger species. Four parietals and one interparietal,
subequal. Two posterior supraorbitals bounded by granules within ; frontal in
front nearly broad as long ; prefrontals longer than broad. Nostril in nasal
plate near suture. A postnasal, one very large frenal, two preoculars and two
suboculars. Labials 6 — 7, the anterior in both series very narrow. Infralabi-
als eight in lower series, three in upper behind, all separated from labials by

1868.]

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

granules. Gular fold margined broadly with granules, with three larger series
of hexagonal scales.

Brachials rather small, in seven rows above, and two below, not separated
from antebrachials by granules, but joining an area of small scales in seven rows
above, and ending in one row of broad and one of narrow antebrachials be-
low. Postbrachials small, three rows larger. Tibial plates in four rows, two
on under face, the outer of seven plates, of which the third and fourth are very
large. Outer toes just exceeding inner. Femoral pores twenty.

In. Lin. In. Lin.

Total length .16 9. Length to orbit 8-

Length to vent 5 5* " of fore limb 2 1-

" to edge collar . 1 10.5 " of hind limb 3 9-

" of anterior claw 3- " ofhindfoot 1 10-5

Olive-green with five series of small white spots on each side, and seven on
the dorsal region. The latter tend in a smaller specimen to form tAvo pairs of
incomplete dorsal stripes. Upper arm and hind leg with small white spots.
One or two series white spots on the lateral abdominal scales. Latter black-
ish olive-yellow margined.

The anterior claws of this species are particularly large, and slightly curved.
There are twenty teeth on each maxillary bone, which are nearly all bicuspid,
the longest cusp posterior. In one individual there are mingled with these,
posteriorly, three tricuspid.

Two specimens sent to Mus. Smithsonian from Gonave Island, on the west-
ern side of the Island of Hayti, by Thos. Younglove.

OPHIDIA.

TYPHLOPS Schn.
Typhlops sulcatus Cope.

This species exhibits most of the characters of the T. lumbricalis. These
are, the presence of a preocular plate, the obtuseness of the muzzle plates, four
upper labials, a nasal entirely divided by the suture through the nostril, and
twenty longitudinal rows of scales.

It differs in the much greater prolongation and depression of the muzzle,
and hencte more slender form of the rostral and nasal, and greater prolonga-
tion backwards of the upper part of the preocular. In the existence of a strong
groove along the sutures of these plates, giving the muzzle a trilobate outline
from above. In similar deep grooves along the upper sutures of the labials and
around the small frontal superciliary and interparietal scales. These scales
are not larger than those of the body ; a pair in place of the parietals are
larger. The body is more slender than in T. 1 u mb r icali s , the length of
the tail entering it 44-1 times. Tail short, acuminately conic. The length of
the muzzle beyond the mouth equals from the nostrils to the opposite side of
the rostral plate, or one-half the tail's length.

Color pale yellowish-brown ; a darker brown line in the middle of each row
of scales, on the anterior third of the length.

Total length 6 in. 5-2 1. ; of tail 1-75 1. ; greatest diameter 2 lines.

One specimen in Mus. Smithsonian from Navassa Island, southwest from St.
Domingo.

UNGALIA* Gray.
Tropidophis Bibr. Notophis Hallowell.

Thirty-five individuals, representatives of this genus before me, indicate
a greater number of species than are at present recognized by naturalists.
Some of the additional ones have been already named and imperfectly de-
scribed.

All that are known are from the Bahamas, Cuba, Navassa and Jamaica, a
remarkably local distribution. They are distinguished as follows :

* The correct spelling of this name is probably Ungualia.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

I. Scales in twenty-seven rows, keeled.
Gastrosteges from 200 to 209 ; five or six lateral rows

smooth ; yellow with black end of tail mklanoba.

Gastrosteges 169 — 189, nine or more lateral rows smooth ;

brown with rows of brown spots ; tail not black.... pabdalis.

II. Scales in twenty-one — five rows.
et. Scales keeled, a larger dorsal row ;

Gastrosteges 168; scales in twenty three rows; gray

with small dorsal spots cana.

AOL. Scales smooth, dorsal rows equal.
Short, stout, gastrosteges 142 — 150 ; head lanceolate ;
scales in 23 — 25 rows ; brown or gray with usually

dorsal and lateral spots maoulata.

Long slender, head small lanceolate ; gastrosteges 202 —
5 ; scales 21 — 3 rows; yellow with nearly complete

broad brown rings or half rings sbmicincta.

Long slender, head broad short ; gastrosteges 211, scales

25 rows; brown with six rows of black spots dipsadina.

The normal number of postoculars in this genus is three, but 'variations
are not unfrequent. Thus a specimen ofU. raaculata has but two postoc-
ulars on each side, another has two on one side only. Another has a com-
plete circle of five scales round the eye on one side, and three postoculars on
the other. I have seen no specimen with two preoculars as in the specimen
figured by Jan as T. distinctus, but as the species does not appear otherwise
different from U. macnlata, I suspect that this character also falls within the
range of the variations of the latter.

Ungalia melanura Gray, Boa, Schlegel.

There are two varieties of this species.

et. A narrow brown vertebral line; crown not spotted; [Notophis bicarinatus
Hallow.), three specimens from Cuba, two of them from the east ; one with
two keels on the vertebral row, the others with one.

/?. [Boa melanura Schleg.) Two dorsal series of brown and gray spots, top
of head much spotted. Five sp. from Cuba.

Ungalia pardalis. Boa Pardalis Gosse, Ungalia maculata Gosse.

Var. a. Shorter, gastrosteges 169; eight rows of spots, belly blotched.
One sp. from Jamaica (Adams coll.) Smithsonian, 5763.

/?. U. bucculenta Cope. Larger, gastrosteges 186 — 9; four rows of
spots, dorsal pairs much confluent, belly specked ; head swollen behind. Four
specimens from Navassa Id. Mus. Smithsonian. The largest of these
measures 25 inches in length.

Ungalia cana Cope, sp. nov.

This species is intermediate between the U. pardalis and U. m a c u 1 a t a
in many respects. Superior labials ten, all higher than long ; orbitals 1 — 3.
Internasals longer than broad ; prefrontals broader than long ; postfrontals
pentagonal, nearly equal sided. Temporals 3 — 3 — 4, Scales, except six exter-
nal rows, weakly carinate. Muzzle narrow, acuminate, head rather wide be-
hind: diameter of eye a little over twice in length muzzle. Total length 13
in. 9 lin. ; tail 16-5 lines. General form neither very stout nor slender.

Color gray brown above, below yellowish gray, densely punctulated at
middle of gastrosteges. A series of tolerably approximated transverso-dorsal
spots, which are short, and little distinct, in some specimens almost wanting.
On each side on the third row of scales is a series of black dots two or three
scales apart. A brown band from eye to side of neck, the labials below it
yellowish ; mental region yellowish.

Several specimens from the liabama Island of Inagua sent to the Smith-
sonian.

1868.]

130 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY &F

Unoalia maculata Gray. Tropidophis Bibron. Tropidophis distinctut Jan.

Elenco et Icongraphie.

<t. Two rows large spots on each side, the upper series usually confluent ;
a large series each side the vent extending half across it ; eight specimens
from Cuba.

0. Two rows small spots on each side, those of the dorsal rows separate;
no large blotches on the belly. Three sp. from New Providence ; Bahamas.

y. Gray without spots or with traces only. Three sp. from New Provi-
dence.

In this species two or three labials may enter the orbit irrespective of the
number of postoculars.

Ungalia semicincta, Vnff. maculata, var. semicincta Gundlach and Peters,

Monatsberichte Preuss. Acad. 1864, 388.

This is a handsome and distinct species, described as a variety as above,
most probably, though the authors have not noted its essential peculiarities
of proportions of body and the number of scuta.

Three specimens (2 Smithsonian, 5746) from Eastern Cuba. Chas. Wright.

Ungalia dipsadinaCopc, sp. nov.

This is a long slender species, much compressed, with slender neck,
and small flat and broad head ; its form is thus more like that of Dipsas than
any other of the genus. The anterior upper labials are larger than
in the other species, the second reaching to the preocular on one
side, and within a hair's breadth on the other. Ten labials on one side, nine
on the other, two only in orbit. Oculars 1 — 3; temporals 3 — 3 — 4; inter-
nasals and prefontals of equal length ; occipitals short, separated by two
scales. Eight dorsals, and the basal series of scales larger than the lateral
scales, some of the latter slightly roof-shaped. Two pairs of longer genials.
The eye is larger than in the other species, its diameter entering the length
of the muzzle 1-5 times. The width of the head behind nearly equal its
length from the end of the muzzle to near the end of the occipitals. The
diameter of the body an inch behind the head, one half that of the thickest
part of the body. Urosteges 42.

Color above a deep reddish brown, with a row of black spots on each side
the median line about two scales wide, and always distinct, and two alterna-
ting rows of smaller black spots on each side. A series of blackish cross-
bars on the belly, two and three scuta apart, sometimes divided and alterna-
ting, invade the first row of scales ; no spots for two inches behind the chin.
Head dark above, with a darker spot on the occipital region. Ground color
below, yellowish brown.

Total length 15-5 in. ; of tail 2 in. ; of gape 6 lin.

Habitat. — Cuba, section unknown. Discovered by my friend Prof. Poey,
of Havana, who sent a specimen to the Museum of the Academy of Natural
Sciences.

COLOPHRYS Cope, gen. nov.

Teeth equal. Anal shield simple, subcaudals divided. Two pair genials
and frontals ; no preocular or superciliary, the vertical forming the eyebrow;
two nasals. Scales smooth.

COLOPHRYS RHODOGASTBR CopC, Sp. UOV.

Scales broad, in seventeen longitudinal
series. Head slightly contracted, obtuse,
depressed. Rostral shield visible from
above; prefrontals moderate, their com-
mon suture little less than that of post-
frontals ; nasals large, as long as loreal,

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

131

postnasal longer. Vertical (frontal) angulated in
front, more acutely behind, where it has two su-
tures on each side, owing to its confluence with
the superciliaries — the exterior being the posterior
sutures of the latter. Parietals much longer than
wide, only margining anteriorly the whole of the
narrow single postorbital. Labials six, all higher
than long except the sixth, which only is separated
from the parietals by a single temporal. Second superior labial in contact
with postnasal and more with boreal ; third and fourth with orbit and post-
ocular. Inferior labials seven, five in contact with genials. Scales in contact
with parietal, 1 temporal, 4J squamae. Gastrosteges 144, urosteges 30; in
a second specimen 140 — 41. Length of largest specimen 12 inches j tail 2 in.
1-5 lines.

Color of upper surfaces a rich slate brown, very iridescent ; lower surfaces,
including first series of scales with labial and rostral shield, red orange.

Three specimens of this species were brought by Dr. Van Patten from the
elevated country in the neighborhood of the city of Guatemala. It bears con-
siderable resemblance to the Catostoma chalybaeum Wagler, but besides
the lack of superciliary shields, its eye is smaller and the head more com-
pressed. In the C. chalybaeum there are but six inferior labials, of
which four margin the genials ; it has also shorter nasals, and a vertical
more truncate anteriorly.

CATOSTOMA Wagler.

Catostoma nabale Cope, sp. nov.

This species has, like that preceding and that
following, seventeen rows of scales, of which those
on the posterior part of the body and tail are
weakly keeled, thus differing from the C. c h a 1 y-
b ae u m where they are smooth. It also differs much
from the same in the elongated form of the head
and the great disparity in size between the pre-
and postfrontal shields. In this species the former
are less than one-fourth the latter in longitudinal
extent, and about half in the transverse. The su-
praorbitals are very small and subtriangular, the
vertical broader than long, and what is unusual,
as much angulated anteriorly as posteriorly. Pa-
rietals longer than broad, the anterior margin
touching the postocular and superciliary. Supe-
rior labials eight, the last only separated from pa-
rietals by a temporal, which is large in two, small
in one specimen. First labial very small, third
longer than high. Inferior labials seven, four in
contact with genials. Seventeen rows of scales,

which are small and more crowded above the vent than in any other species.

Gastrosteges in three specimens 131 — 3 — 4 ; urosteges in the same 25, 30.
Color above, including labial region and chin, iridescent slate brown ;

belly and gular region pale yellow. Length of largest specimen 11 in. 1-5

lines ; tail 2 in.

This species is probably nearly allied to the C. s i e bol d i i of Jan, of

which but few peculiarities are described. Jan's account of the scutellation

indicates a more elongate species no doubt distinct: the scuta vary from ff.

146—154, u. 34—8.
Several specimens from near the city of Guatemala, presented to the

Smithsonian Institution by Dr. Van Patten. Mus. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila.

1868.]

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

RHADIN^A Cope.

The genus Rhadinaea is nearly coextensive with Henicognathus Jan, and
Ablabes Giinther. Ablabes of Dum. Bibr. was, however, established on the
Coronella rufula of Schlegel. which has the prolonged series of gastric
hypapophyses, and is therefore quite different, while Henicognathus is
characterized by a peculiar structure of the mandible, which so far as I am
aware occurs in only one American species, the H. a n n u 1 a t u s D. B. Conse-
quently the majority of species attached to this genus belong to Rhadinaea,
as the E. melanocephala D. B. etc. In the description of this last
species, three are mingled, as* I have ascertained both from a reading of the
same, and from an examination of the originals in Mus. Paris. One of these
is our R. o b t u s a, the other is the true R. melanocephala, which
should be described as follows, and the third is a species as yet undescribed,
which I call Lygophis n i c a g u s Cope. Dum^ril and Bibron give both the
Island of Guadaloupe and Brazil as habitats of their species. I suspect,
however, that the specimen of R. o b t u s a was accidentally introduced into
the jar containing the other two, and that it is confined to South America,
where it is not uncommon. It is figured by Jan in his Iconographie, as the
second specimen ofR. melanocephala. His first specimen of the same
as figured, is our Lygophis n i c a g u s, a serpent with a diacranterian denti-
tion.

The true R. melanoce-phalais probably confined to Guadaloupe and
the neighboring islands. Its description has been so mingled with those of
the two other species as to require a rediscription. It is to be regretted that
this, the type of the species, should not have been figured in the beautiful
work of Jan and Sordelli.

Rhadinaea melanocephala. Enicognathus melanocephalus D. and B., part.

Head broader and shorter. Common pre- and postfrontal suture 2^ times
in length, from vertical ant. sut. to end occip. suture, and equal diam. eye.
Vertical a little longer than occip. Common sut. occip. = anterior sut. occip. !
Postfront. descending low on (sides of) loreal seg. Loreal longer than
high, 8 and 9 sup. lab., 4 and 5 or 4? 5 and 6 in orbit; of the 3 behind the
5th or 6th — 1st is higher than long, 2d longer than high, 3d and last of all
twice as high as long. Temporals 2 | 2 | 2 | the infer, of 1st row between pe-
nult, and antepenult, labials. Yellow band round canthus rostralis and upper
part of rostr. plate edge of supcil. and across post, part of sapcil. and vert. ;
brown area enclosed. Occips. brown, connected by long, line with broad
brown collar yellow edged, which is 6 scales long. Yellow vertebr. band on me-
dian row sc. with occasional round brown spot on a single scale, small round
spot on end gastrosteges. Labials yellow, edged above with brown. Tail 10''''.
Total 32^/ 5^^^

From Guadaloupe. Mus. Paris.

LYGOPHIS (Fitz.) Cope.

Lygophis nicagus Cope. Enicognathus melanocephalus Jan, Iconographie Livr.

xvi. Tab. 1, fig. 4, (not of Dum. Bibr.)

Length of coram, suture of pre- and postfront. one-third dist. from anter.
suture vertic. to end of comm. sut. of occipitals. Vert, long, sides straight,
converg., as long as comm. sut. occip. Occip. long, a little divaricate at tips.
Diam. eye = comm. suture pre- and postfronts. ; 7 sup. lab. ; 3, 4, 5 in orbit ;
Vth largest, higher than long, 8th longer than high. Loreal higher than long.
Temp. 1 I 2, 17 r. sc. Below yellow, immaculate, near end of gastrost. a
longit. spot, forming together longitud. line. Above this line brown,
darker to 4th row of sc, forming band with numerous light points mixed ; and
on 8, 9, 10 rows where a median longitud, band is formed with undnlatory
edges and varied with whitish points. On anter. part body the intermediate

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

pale lateral band crossed by vertical brown bars. Dark spot on nape and
middle of occips., which are bordered all round with pale and have a pair
pale spots in middle (Tropidonotus style.) Superciliar. with a posterior bor-
der. Tail 1^^ r^\ Total 36^^ 3'^'.

XENODON Boie.
A review of the species of this genus is given by Giinther in Ann. Mag. N.
History, 1863, 353, in which he enumerates six species. He omits the East
Indian species, and places them in Tropidonotus in his volume on the Reptiles
of British India, — an arrangement which I had long thought necessary, on ac-
count of the hypapophyses of the posterior vertebrae of the latter (vide Proc.
Acad. 1864), Jan places Liophis bicinctus of Dum. Bibr. with Xenodon
gigas D. B,, a closer approximation to nature than any other arrangement.
He, however, regards them as a genus distinct from Xenodon, the truth of
which position I doubt, and refer them both to Xenodon. The species of the
latter genus will then be as follows, two not previously known being added:

I. An orbital ring of scales.

X. bicinctus. X. gi gas Dum. Bibr,

II. One labial entering the orbit.
X. irregularis Gthr.

III. Two labials entering orbit,
o. Eight superior labials.

/?. Anal bifid.
X. severusL. X. neovidii Gthr.

/8/?. Anal entire.
X. colubrinus Gthr. X. suspectus Cope, sp. nov. X. angustiros-
tris* Peters.

tct. Seven superior labials.
X. r h a b d 0 c e p h a 1 u s Boie.

I have before me, of X. g i g a s two sp., X. severus five sp., X. neo-
vidii one sp., X. colubrinus three sp., X. suspectus one sp., X.
a n g u s t i r 0 s t r i s four sp.

Xbnodon suspectus Cope.

Scales in nineteen longitudinal rows, in transverse series and very imbri-
cate. Body rather slender, compressed, head distinct ovate, plane in profile,
the muzzle not depressed or arched. End of muzzle not projecting; eye
large, contained 1^ times in length muzzle, and 1§ in interorbital width.

Prenasal more elevated than postnasal ; loreal large, higher than long.
Two postoculars, the superior considerably more elevated, in contact with one
temporal, which is higher than long; sixth and seventh labials higher than
long, the seventh not reaching postoculars, separated from occipital by two
temporals. Last labial a little longer than high'. Supraorbitals each a tri-
angle truncate anteriorly. Frontal nearly long as broad, subtriangular, the
occipital sutures being very short. Occipitals very short, subtriangular, sides
concave, width equal common suture. Inferior labials 9 (one less than other
species) ; genials, the pairs short, equal. Gastrosteges 134, urosteges 35.

Color: above a bright dark olive, wiih fourteen blackish cross-bars con-
tracted in the middle, as wide as their interspaces ; the ground color appears
in the middles of these bars, reducing them to skeletons. Sides of belly
black, with irregular bright yellow spots, most distinct on the end of every
other scutum. Top of head with ground like the back, and, like it, thickly
covered with black specks. Sides of head and of muzzle black, speckled

* Two specimens of this species are in the museum of the Academy, presented by Dra.
Gallaer and Le Conte. Two other apeciineas, of unknown locality, are to be referredf to the
Hame.

1868.]

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

with yellow, on the temple abruptly bounded above by the olive in a line to
rictus. Labial plates with a yellow blotch in the middle. An indistinct
brown band on each side the head from the occipitals backwards. Throat
bright yellow, with black blotches behind, which continues on the anterior
fourth the length. Belly brown, clouded yellow laterally, becoming blacker
behind ; tail yellow below.

Total length 22 in. 4 1. ; of tail 3 in. ; of gape 111.

This, the brightest species of the genus, was brought from Lake Jose Assu
by the Thayer Expedition to Brazil, under direction of Professor Agassiz.
M. C. Z. 362.

EUT^NIA Bd. Gird.
Bothnia phenax Cope, sp. nov.

This is a handsome and peculiar species, being the only one of the genus
which is cross-banded.

Scales in nineteen rows. All keeled except the first. General form much
as in E, sirtalis . Head rather short, muzzle obtuse, eye large, supercili-
ary plates arched. Diameter of eye equal from same to rostral plate along
the labials. Frontal shortened behind, with straight sides, -75 of parietal
common suture. Parietals truncate behind. Upper labials eight, fourth and
fifth in orbit. Loreal longer than high, one preocular, temporals 1 — 2. In-
ferior labials nine, sixth largest ] genials equal. Urosteges 63 ; anal 1 ;
gastrosteges 161.

Total length 23 in, 5 L ; of tail 5 in. ; to rictus oris 9 lin.
Coloration. Above reddish-olive, crossed by thirty-six transverse spots,
which are of a bright brownish-red, with a narrow black margin. They are
separated by transverse intervals of only a scale in width, hence the black
margins appear as paired cross-bars. These cross-bars extend to the first
row of scales, and are as often continuous on the side as not. There is no
lateral stripe, but there are black spots on the corner of the end of the gas-
trosteges. The margin of the first brown spot is in form of two black lines,
diverging from the parietal plates backwards. There is a brown bar in front
of frontal, one on the frontal and superciliaries behind (imperfect), and a
longitudinal on each parietal. No pair of light parietal spots. Labials below
eye with the last black-margined, otherwise light olive. Below, a strong
green, unspotted.

This species is common near Cordova, Vera Cruz, whence Francis Sami-
chrast has sent specimens to the Smithsonian Inst, and Mus. A. N. S,

MASTICOPHIS Bd, Gird,

Masticophis melanolomus Cope, sp, nov.

A slender species, with one preopercular plate, and smooth scales in fifteen
longitudinal series. Loreal an elongate parallelogram, not encroaching on
the preocular. Postoculaps two, the inferior very small. Superior labials
nine, the fourth, fifth and sixth in orbit, seventh subtriangular, eighth and
ninth longer than high. The last mentioned arc separated from occipitals
by two horizontal series of temporals, each of three plates, the anterior of the
lower, and posterior of the upper, the longest, lower posterior widest. Occi-
pitals broadly emarginate behind, their width in front equal the common
suture and four-fifths frontal plate. Latter much narrowed ; superciliaries
broad, projecting. Internasals a little longer than broad, rostral just visible
from above. Inferior labials ten, postgenials considerably longer than pre-
genials. A row of plates in an open chevron bounds the occipitals and tem-
porals behind. Scales of body not narrowed j anal as in the genus, divided.

Gastrosteges 184; urosteges 128. Total length 44 in. 3 1.; of tail 14 in. ;
of rictus oris 1 in. 1 1.

Coloration grayish-olive, all the scales with a narrow black border, which
become longitudinal lines on the posterior part of the length ; one of these,

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 135

on the line of the second and third rows of scales, extends throughout the
posterior five-sixths the length. A dark shade through eye. Middle half of
gastrosteges yellow.

From Yucatan; A. Schott, of the Comision Cientifica.

I had enumerated this as the M. bilineatus of Schlegel (Pr. A. N. S.
1866, 127), but an examination of Jan's beautiful figure enables me to correct
the error.

LEPTOGNATHUS Dum. Bibr.
Giinther, Jan.

A review of the species of this interesting genus has been already given. I
give here references to all the species, and descriptions of some new ones not
contained in the Williams College collection.
Leptognathus bucephala Cope, Shaw, see Catalogue.

Leptognathus variegatus Dum. Bibron, Erpet. Gen. vii, p. 477. Dipsadomo-
rus Jan.

From Surinam. No specimen of this species has fallen under my observa-
tion.

Leptognathus catbsbyi Giinther, Weigel. See Catalogue.

Leptognathus pavonina Dum. Bibr. Schleg., Erpet. Gen. vii, 474.
Guiana.

Leptognathus articulata Cope, sp. nov. '^Dipsas brcvis Dum. Bibr.," Cope,
Proc. A. N. Sci. Philada. 1860. Not of Dum. Bibr.

The most slender, compressed species of the genus. Muzzle very short ;
frontal plate hexagonal, sides converging, length equal width ; occipitals
broad and squarely truncate behind, not reached by the vertebral series of
plates. Fourth and fifth superior labials entering orbit, sixth nearly excluded
by the long lower postocular. Temporals two — three, with one inferior addi-
tional in contact with postocular. Sixth and seventh inferior labials con-
nected by one transverse plate.

The brown annuli are wider anteriorly than posteriorly ; the second covers
lOj rows of scales, the seventeenth, just in front of the vent, 6J. The yellow
annuli are of nearly uniform width — 4^ scales, — and without spots above or
below. Top of head, sides, and upper labials in front of eye, all the lower
labials, brown; rest of head with numerous short lines on the muzzle, yellow
or white.

Gastrosteges 215; anal 1; urostegeg 135. Total length 26-5 in. ; of tail
8-75 in. ; of gape 6 in.

From Veraguas, Costa Rica; sent to the Academy by R. W. Mitchell.

Leptognathus mikakii Gunther, Schlegel. Anholodon mikanii Dum. Bibr.
vii, 1165.

Eastern Brazil.

Body not elongate, but much compressed. Head less elevated, and with
flatter muzzle than in the last.

Loreal square ; frontal nearly equally hexagonal, with straight aides ; occi-
pitals elongate, rounded posteriorly. Third and fourth labials bounding or-
bits, the anterior little higher than long, posterior two much longer than
high. Temporals 1 | 2, all longer than high, anterior in contact with both
postoculars.

Dorsal cross-bands two scales wide, four scales apart, with zig-zag outlines
from never crossing a scale. Posteriorly their extremities are broken off into
a lateral series of spots. Belly with a series of elongate blotches on each
side, which alternate with the lateral spots; dusted with brown medially.
Top of head dark brown, with five darker light-edged spots ; one on the junc-
tion of prefrontals with frontal, on one outer posterior angle of latter, and
one on each occipital plate. Labial plates all reddish- brown margined.

1868.]

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Gastrosteges 165; anal 1; urosteges 74. Total length 16 in. ; of tail 3-75
in. ; of gape 5 1.

Frem Bahia, Brazil. Spec, in Mus. Academy, presented by E. D. Cope.

Leptognathus vaga Jan., Elenco Systematico (nondescripta).

This species has not been described, so far as the writer is aware, but it
can be assigned to its place in consequence of an examination of the original
specimen, which was permitted the writer through the attention of Prof. Jan.

It belongs to group II, and has but two postocular plates ; of itspreoculars
nothing can be said. Superior labials eight. There are four pairs of genials.
General form less compressed than the types, with rather short body and tail.
Above wood-brown, with indistinct cross series of spots. Below yellowish,
tesellated with brown. Size not large for the genus.

This species is said to have been brought from Hong Kong, but this is alto-
gether improbable ; it is probably South American.

Another species, L. irtcerius^ from Surinam, is named but not described by
Jan, and is therefore likely to remain incertus.

Leptognathus brevis Dum. Bibr., vii, 476.

This species is not described in sufficient detail to allow me to refer it to
its place in this genus. It appears, however, to be different from any species
here enumerated, though it has the coloration of several Mexican species.

Mexico, Dum. Bibron.
Leptognathus orbas Cope. See preceding Catalogue.

Leptognathus in^quifasciata Cope. Cochliophagus insequi. Dum. Bibr., vii.
From Brazil, with doubt. D. B.

Leptognathus nebulata Giinther, Linn. Petalognathu« Dum. Bibr. Coluber
variegatus Hallowell, Pr. A. N. S. ii, 214. See Catalogue.

Leptognathus anthracops Cope, sp. nov.

A strongly marked species, having a general resemblance to the L.
sar to rii .

Muzzle short, narrowed, frontal plate longer than wide, with straight sides ;
occipitals not shortened, broadly rounded behind. Anterior three labials
narrow and high, fourth and fifth only touching orbit. Sixth upper labial
much higher than long; seventh much longer than high. Inferior postocular
larger than superior. Temporals rather small, subequal, 1 | 2 | 3 ; loreal
longer than high. Sixth inferior labial enlarged. Second pair genials longer
than wide, third pair wider than' long.

Yellow annuli, 9J rows scales apart anteriorly, four rows distant posteri-
orly; yellow rings, wider behind. There are twenty-three on the body,
twelve on the tail. They are often alternating on the belly, which is other-
wise unspotted. No white markings on top of head.

Gastrosteges 177; anal 1 ; urosteges 76, some dozen or more at the tip of
the tail undivided in the individual at hand.

Total length 19 in. 8 1.; of tail 5 in. 3 1.; of gape 4-75 1.

From Central America ; one sp. in Mus. Academy from E. D. Cope, pro-
cured from the traveller and collector, Robert Bridges.

Leptognathus brevifacies Cope. Tropidodipsas brevifacies Cope, Proc. A. N.
Sci. Philada. 1866.
From Yucatan.
Leptognathus turgida Cope, sp. nov. " Cochliophagus insequifasdatus D. B.,"
Cope, Proc. A. N. Sci. Philada. 1862, 347 ; not of Dum. Bibr.
This species has the head very little distinct from the body when viewed
from above, and the neck but little compressed. In profile the frontal region
is seen to be concave, and the top of the muzzle swollen both longitudinally
and transversely. The internasals are but little broader than long; the same
f [March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

may be said of the large prefrontals. Frontal hexagonal, scarcely longer than
broad, with strongly convergent sides. Occipitals narrowed, emarginate be-
hind. Temporals 1 | 2 | 2, the anterior not large, in contact with both post-
oculars and fifth and sixth upper labials. Seventh labial bounded by two.
The five anterior labials are higher than long, the two others a little longer
than high, third and fourth entering orbit. Loreal longer than high. Eight
inferior labials, fifth with greater transverse than longitudinal diameter.

Gastrosteges 159; anal 1; urosteges 41.

Color above a rich yellow-brown, with a series of black spots on the dorsal
region, which are longer anteriorly, but separated by nearly equal spaces of
1-5 to 2 scales; length of third spot 7-5, scales of tenth, three scales. Behind
the third spot the lateral portions are separated and sometimes divided, and
extend to the ends of the scuta. Below nearly unspotted, except on tail.
Gular region also immaculate. Head above thickly dusted with brown, paler
on nape and top of muzzle. A pair of deep brown, yellow-edged spots on
each occipital plate, converging behind ; labials brown-dusted.

This is one of the most handsomely colored of the species, and of aberrant
form.

From the Northern part of the Paraguay river.

Leptognathus fasciata Cope. Tropidodipsas fasciata GUnther, Catal. Snakes
Brit. Mus., 1858.
From Mexico.

Leptognathus sartorii Cope. Tropidodipsas do. Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
1863, 100.
Vera Cruz, Mexico.

BATRACHIA.

Peostherapis INGUINAL18 Copc, genus et species novae Colostethidarum.

Char, gener. — Xiphisternum membranous (difficult to discover), manubrium
a bony style, with cartilage disc; metatarsus slightly webbed, dilatations
strong, each with two dermal scales on the upper side, separated by a fissure ;
terminal phalanges small, T-shaped ; tongue cylindric, free ; no vomerine
teeth ; belly not areolate. Pupils longitudinal. Ethmoid well developed an-
teriorly, the prefrontals lateral, well separated.

This genus is interesting, as constituting the second of the little known
family of the Colostethidae, which was established by the writer in 186*7. Its
general appearance is that of a Phyllobates, and it is related to Colostethus
much as Limnocharis is to the first-named. The two leathery scales of the
pallettes are peculiar, and resemble those of the under side in Phyllodactylus.
The distal phalanges are short, and extend very little into the dilatation.

Char, specif. — Muzzle and canthus rostralis angulated, the former project-
ing, rounded, truncate from above ; the loreal region nearly vertical. Nostril
nearly terminal, eye large, its long diameter equal to near end of muzzle.
Membrana tympani concealed. Skin everywhere smooth, a weak fold on the
distal half the tarsus. Free portions of the metatarsi only webbed, all the
toes with strong dermal margin ; the fingers with a weaker one. Digital di-
latations extended rather transversely; two metatarsal tubercles, both small,
inner elongate. Inner nares almost lateral, ostia pharyngea small, half the
size of the former.

Width head and jaws one-third length to end coccyx, and equal length head
to opposite usual position of posterior margin tympanum. Heel to middle
of orbit, wrist to beyond end muzzle.

Lin.

Length head and body r2'6

" fore limb 8

" hind limb 18-5

" foot without tarsus 6-6

1868.] 10

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Color dark brownish-leaden, below dirty white. The almost black of the
sides bounded below by an irregular pale border, below which are some dark
marblings. The same border extends, with an axillary interruption, to the
orbit, and continues on the upper lip as a series of light dots. A light band
commences at the groin above, and extends to opposite the sacrum, convert-
ing the dark color of the side into a half band. Femur and tibia dark, marbled
before and behind.

From the river Truando, New Grenada. Brought by the expedition under
Lieut. Michler, by Arthur Schott. This species and the Dendrobates tinc-
t o r i u s Wagl. were accidentally omitted from the report of this expedition,
published in Proc. Acad. 1862, 355.

BUFO AROILLACEUS Cope, Sp. UOV.

Ridges of cranium superciliary and supratympanic ; no parietal branch.
Parotoids elongate trigonal, the long angle prolonged towards the sides. Two
weak metatarsal tubercles. A tarsal dermal fold ; toes little webbed. Muzzle
elongate, not much depressed or projecting beyond labial border. No pre-
orbital ridge; superciliaries nearly parallel. Skin rather finely rugose.

Males olive-grey ; females with a pale vertebral line, and a series of brown
spots on each side of it. Crown, lips, and below unspotted. Length of head
and body 2 in. 9 1.

This species is to be compared with the B. granulosus of Spix, which
it represents in another region. It differs in lacking the preorbital ridge, and
having a longer muzzle.

Numerous specimens in Museum Smithsonian from Colima, Western Mexico,
from U. S. Consul, John Xantus.

Second Supplement on some New Raniformia of the Old World.

TOMOPTERNA LABR08A CopC, Sp. UOV.

Head rauiform, little elevated ; end of muzzle recurved, loreal and subor-
bital regions concave, the edge of the maxillary region strongly projecting.
From orbit to margin of jaw below it less than diameter of tympanum, two-
thirds that of orbit. Tympanum elliptic, subvertical, about -66 long diame-
ter eye fissure, latter -2 greater than from edge of same to external nostril,
and 1'5 least interorbital width. Frontal and prefrontal regions slightly
grooved medially. Vomerine teeth in two very short, nearly transverse, lines
opposite the middle margin of the inner nares. Latter large, about equal to
ostia pharyngea.

When the limbs are extended the carpus attains the end of the muzzle,
and the heel the middle of the orbit. Tarsus equal third toe without last
two phalanges. Cuneiform shovel small for the genus, equal inner toe less
the last phalange. Webs large, measuring '66 the third and fifth toes.
Thumb longer than second and fourth fingers. Skin of upper surfaces with
numerous narrow irregular folds ; eyelids slightly rugose behind. A strong
fold above the tympanum decurved behind it.

In. Lin. In. Lin,

Total length head and body... 2 4-5 Length tarsus 6-

" " hind limb 3 4-5 " foot 1

Length tibia -13 Width head behind 1

Color above gray-olive, with paired blackish spots, on each side a light
vertebral band. The anterior of these are a triangular blotch on top of muz-
zle and band across middle of each eyelid. Side of head blackish-gray with
a pale gray band on end of muzzle, one from front of orbit to lip, and one
below eye, longitudinally past lower edge tympanum bordered by blackish
from orbit backwards. Femur with three, tibia with four, and outer edge
foot with four blackish-gray cross-bars ; femur pale-brown behind.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

This species is more slender in form than the others of the genus, and ex-
hibits a fuller palmaiion of the feet ; it does not differ more from the species
of Hoplobatrachus Pet. than the Rana; do among themselves. One spec.
(282) has the whole upper surface of the head, and a broad vertebral band
yellow. Of the types are two specimens (No. 283) in Museum Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, all from Madagascar, presented to Prof. Agassiz by G
W. Goodhue.

TOMOPTERNA POROSA CopC, Sp. nOV.

Toes nearly completely webbed, 2-3 phalanges of the fourth toe free. Muz-
zle obtuse ovate from above, decurved in profile, as long as diameter of eye-
slit. Top of front and muzzle plane, canthus distinct, contracted, obtuse
loreal region with a longitudinal concavity. Tympanum round, nearly as.
large as eye, distinct From orbit to maxillary border '66 diameter tympan-
um ; lip rather prominent below orbit. Vomerine teeth in two fasciculi op-
posite middle or hind margin of choanae, nearer each other than margin.
ChoansB smaller than the large ostia.

Fingers with very small web at base, thumb longer than second, equal
fourth. Tarsus of extended limb beyond end muzzle ; heel to front of orbit.
Tarsus 2-3 times in longest toe. Cuneiform shovel 2-66 times in tarsus.

In. Lin. In. Lin.

Length head and body 2 1-75 Length head to tympanum

Hind limb 3 3 75 behind 8-25

Tibia -11 Width head same point 9*

Hind foot 1 -7

A glandular dermal fold from above tympanum to above groin on each
side ; the greater part of the eyelid glandular and covered with pores. A
glandular fold from angle mouth to behind above axilla. No tarsal folds.

Color above brown, with dark-gray shades ; in one specimen an imperfect
pale-gray vertebral line. Under surfaces white, sides coarsely and hand-
somely marbled with brown and white below and gray above. Head dark-
brown, a pale line on the lip, a slight margin to lower lip. Femur brown
with pale marblings.

This species is abundantly different from those hitherto known, and seems
to indicate that the genus Hoplobatrachus Peters is less distinct from Tomop-
terna than hitherto supposed.

Three specimens (No. 305), Agassiz' Mus. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge,
Mass. From Kanagawa, Japan. From Dr. J as. T. Gulick.

Hylorana lbptoglossa Cope, sp. nov.

This species is most nearly allied to the H. temporalis Gnnther of Cey-
lon. The points of difference are italicised in the following description :

Hind limbs as in H. t e m p o r a 1 i s, and the fourth toe is only -33 longer
than the third and fifth. Two well marked metatarsal tubercles. Vomerine
teeth in two very short oblique rows commencing opposite the posterior
margins of the choanse and directed backwards ; they are about as far from
each other as from choante. Tongue narrow, not filling rami of jaws. Tym-
panum as large as eye ; latter contained 1-5 times in length of muzzle, extending
beyond nostril. A heavy glandular dorsolateral fold, separated by a groove
from another interrupted one below it. A deep groove from axilla to near groin.
A short glandular fold from angle of mouth. Muzzle flattened acuminate at the end.
Heel of hind limb to front of orbit. Fourth toe more than half length bead
and body ; no dermal fold on upper edge of tarsus.

Above olivaceous, with a blackish band from end mu«zle to groin, margined
with yellow below, from below eye to axilla. Pale yellow below, sides black-
ish spotted. Femora behind black, yellow veined. Limbs paler, rather close-
ly cross-barred.

Lin. Lin.

Length head and body 21-6 Width head behind tympanum.. 7.75

" bind limb 20- Length hind foot 14-5

1868.]

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Three specimens (623) in Mus. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. From
near Rangoon, Burmah. With many other valuable specimens, these were
procured by Wm. Theobald, Jr.

Hylorana subccerulba Cope, sp. nov.

Fourth toe somewhat more than half the length of the head and body.
Two lateral glandular folds, the inferior much narrower, not reaching groin
from angle mouth. No groove on the side of the belly. General form slen-
der, the head elongate, the muzzle produced, 1-5 length of eye fissure, the
nostril measuring two-fifths this distance. Tympanum -66 the diameter of
eye. Interorbital width equal from eye to nostril. The middle of the meta-
carpus measures the end of the muzzle, as does the proximal two-fifths the
tarsus. Skin above smooth except on posterior iliac region, where are small
warts. Sides scarcely glandular. A delicate fold on tarsus ; one metatarsal
tubercle. Tongue rhombic, filling space between rami, contracted a little
behind. Vomerine teeth in two rather long series originating at the front of
the choanae, and extend very obliquely backwards, and well separated. 1*3
phalanges of third and fifth toes free, and three phalanges of fourth toe.

Above glossy blue, sides with a blackish-blue band from end muzzle to
groin. Dermal folds and a band all around the upper lip brassy yellow.
Femora behind speckled and marbled with yellow on a blackish ground, and
with a dark longitudinal band below ; upper face tibia golden brown, not
cross-barred. Arm not crossed-barred. Everywhere below brown shaded,
palest on the belly. In a younger specimen the belly is white and the upper
surfaces pale brown.

Lin. Lin.

Length head and body 15-1 Length hind limb 2.8

" tibia &• '' to behind tympanum... 6-

" tarsus 4-5 Width at same point 4-5

" foot : 8-25

This very handsome animal is nearest in general characters to the H. m a-
crodactyla Giinther, a specimen of which was procured at the same
locality, viz.: Rangoon, Burmah, by Wm. Theobald, Jr., above recorded. Its
feet are much less palmate than those of the H. chalconota, from Java,
which it also resembles. It is one of the best illustrations of a genus which
has been particularly furnished among the Batrachia with beauty of hue and
lustre. Mus. Compar. Zoology (624 — 626), three specimens.

Sexual Law in ACER DASYCAEPUM Ehrb.
BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

Noticing among the silver maple trees at Bristol, Pa., some trees which had
evidently borne only pistillate flowers for many years, and had subsequently
pushed forth branches which bore only male flowers, it occurred to me
that possibly extended observations might enable me to discover the law
which governed the production of male or female forms respectively. I af-
terwards examined carefully some thousands of trees in blossom, and though
I failed in the immediate object, the discovery of the law, it may serve an
useful purpose to place on record the facts observed in the investigation.

The staminate flowers are easily distinguished from the pistillate ones, not
only by their larger size, owing to the development of the stamens, bat by
the pale yellowish-green of the filaments. The awl-shaped styles of the
female flowers do not project far beyond the scales, and are reddish-brown.
The Bristol trees were about a foot in diameter, very healthy, judging by their
clean smooth bark, and had probably been in fruit-bearing condition for at
least ten years. The proportion of male to female trees was about equal.
There were many instances of branches with male flowers which had perhaps

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

within the last three or four years pushed out on trees which had evidently
once borne only female ones; but in no instance did a female branch start
out from a male tree. Having once began to bear male flowers, these
branches continued to develop these only, presenting the appearance of an-
other variety grafted on another stock.

Returning to Philadelphia, noting every tree I met on the side walks, I saw
a very few trees which had male and female flowers scattered promiscuously
over the same branches. These are very rare; but the fact of their existence
may have an important bearing on any attempt to evolve the laws governing
the production of separate sexes.

At Germantown I chose for the field of my investigation the large estate of
Mrs. G. W. Carpenter, on which are many hundreds about twenty-five to
thirty years old ; but amongst all these I did not note one which showed any
tendency to branch into distinct sexes like those at Bristol, or any one with
mixed sexes like the few seeii in Philadelphia. All the trees were either ex-
clusively male, or exclusively female.

The parts of fructification in Acer dasycarpum have no^, to my knowledge,
been minutely described. It will be of interest, in connection with the sub-
ject of this paper, to note them.

There are three classes of buds on the tree : leaf-bearing, staminate, and
pistillate. The leaf-bearing buds are formed of eight imbricated scales in four
pairs, the scales all distinct and beneath the uppermost pair ; five embryo
leaves, rolled up to look very much like imperfect anthers, form a sort of
crown. The bud bearing the staminate flower, or rather which forms it,
has also eight scales, the upper two uniting for nearly half their length, and
recurved at their summits when the flower is fully formed, making a cup-like
involucre, at the bottom of which arise five (rarely seven) corollas, which are
separated from each other at their bases by a fuscous down. These corollas
are about one-fourth of an inch long, the lower half tubular, the upper half
funnel-shaped, the five (rarely seven) stamens arising from the base of the
funnel. The filaments are double the length of the corolla, which we may
properly term it.

The female flower primarily resembles the other two in this, that it is com-
posed of eight scales imbricated in pairs ; but what in the male we call a
corolla is reduced to a pair of united scales not more than one-thirty-second
of an inch in depth, united into a flattened cup, with the edges rather in-
clined than to turn out. In the center is the two-styled ovary, and at its
base arise seven stamens, although sometimes only four, generally five, push
•their anthers above the minute scaly cup outside. These anthers appear
large and well-developed, but I have failed to find pollen in any one, and in
no instance have I been able to find a perfect stamen like unto those formed
in the staminate flower. These rudimentary stamens never push beyond the
scales. Though classed as a Polygamous species by authors, it would appear
from these observations a monceciously Dioecious plant.

In trying to classify mj' observations, in order to evolve some sexual law,
I found that vigor made no difference; weak trees or weak branches were
alike male or female Some individuals are more years coming into flower
than others. I fancied I had once got a clue in the fact that in the com-
mencement of my observations 1 found numerous specimens of great size
which were apparently commencing their fruiting age, and which were female
trees in all cases; but at length I discovered two trees of the same character
of the masculine kind.

The only positive fact in relation to the matter seems to be that the sexual
character of the maple is not unchangable after the infancy of the tree; and
that the tendency of development is from female to male.

1868.]

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

April 7th.

Isaac Lea, LL.D., in the Chair.

Thirty-one members present.

The following was presented for publication : " Description of
Sixteen new species of Unio of the United States." By Isaac Lea.

April 14th.
Mr. Vaux, Vice President, in the Chair.
Twenty-nine members present.

April 21st.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty-four members present.

The following was presented for publication :

" Notes on some singular species of Unio." By Isaac Lea.

A letter from Mr. A. R. Koessler, dated Washington, April 18, was
read, stating that he had examined a specimen of tin stone, from the
vicinity of Ironton, Mo., and had found it to contain a " very favor-
able percentage of metal."

Dr. Genth remarked that he had examined specimens of the best
tin ore of Missouri, and found that they contained only six pounds
of tin to the ton of ore.

April 2Sth.
Mr. Jos. Jeanes in the Chair.

Forty-three members present.

The resignation of Mr. Samuel Jeanes, as a member of the Aca-
demy, was read and accepted.

The death of Mr. Isaac Barton was announced.

The following gentlemen were elected members : Dr. H. C. Chap-
man, Mr. Charles Wilson Peale, Mr. Benj. Bullock, Mr. Thos. Web-
ster, and Dr. E. Dyer.

Dr. T. H. Turner, U.S.A., was elected a correspondent.

On favorable report of the committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published :

On a New MINERAL in CRYOLITE.
BY THEO. D. RAND.

This mineral, for which I propose the name Ivigtite, from its locality, was
first observed in 1866, but only recently has been obtained in sufficient quan-
tity for examination.

It occurs disseminated in films and seams through massive cryolite — some-
times forming a coating between crystals of carbonate of iron and the cryo-
lite in which the carbonate is imbedded. Color pale yellowish-green, some-

[April^

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143

times yellow. Structure fine granular, approaching micaceous. Hardness
2—2-5 S. G. 2-05. B. B. alone blackens slightly and fuses rather easily to
a white slag. With carb. soda fuses readily and with effervescence to a green-
ish bead. In borax dissolves readily iron reaction. In microcosmic salt dis-
solves readily, except silica skeleton, bead yellow while hot, bluish opalescent
when cold. In closed tube yields acid water.

With considerable difficulty 0-6V9 gm. of the mineral, free from admixture,
was obtained and submitted to analysis with the following percentage result :

Water 3-42

Fluorine •7 5

Silica 36-49

Sesquioxide of iron 7-54

Alumina 24-09

Soda... 16-03

Loss 11-68

100-00
The very small quantity of the mineral which could be procured prevented
a more satisfactory result, but from the foregoing characteristics I feel justi-
fied in pronouncing it a new species, and hope that a larger quantity may be
procured and a correct analysis made.

Pachnolite, besides its usual occurrence in honey-combed cryolite, nearly
or always in juxtaposition with the so-called Hagemannite. has been observed
in crystals implanted on massive cryolite, and also coating crystals of the
latter, mixpd with microscopic crystals of cryolite. The crystals of pachno-
lite are always small, rarely exceeding the fiftieth of an inch in diameter, but
those of cryolite have been found measuring over 3-lOths of an inch cube. The
crystals of carbonate of iron, found in the cryolite, have probably never been
excelled for size and beauty. They are usually simple rhombohedrons, often
of fine polish and measuring from half an inch to four inches across. A
black blende, containing much iron, has been found in the massive cryolite,
crystallized in perfect octahedra.
Philadelphia, March 23, 1868.

Deicription of Sixteen New Species of the Genus IJNIO of the United States .
BY ISAAC LEA.

Unio Murrayensis. — Testa laevi, obliqua, tumida, solida, valde inaequila-
terali, postice rotundata, antice truncata; valvulis crassis, antice crassiori-
bu8 ; natibus valde elevatis, tumidis ; epidermide luteo-fuscata, concentrico-
vittata, eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus crassis, subelevatis; lateralibus
crassis, obliquis rectisque ; margarita argentea et iridescente.

Hah. — Murray County, Georgia, Maj. T. C. Downie ; Etowah River, Georgia,
Bishop Elliott.

Unio fassinans. — Testa laevi, elliptica, subcompressa, inaequilaterali, pos-
tice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis crassiusculis, antice crassi-
oribus ; natibus subprominentibus ; epidermide tenebroso-rufo-fusca, eradi-
ata; dentibus cardinalibus crassiusculis, corapressis, obliquis; lateralibus
sublongis, crassis, obliquis corrugatisque ; margarita salmonis colore tincta,
splendida et iridescente.

Hab. — Headwaters of Holston River, Washington Co., Va., Prof. E. D. Cope.

Unio si'arus. — Testa laivl, lato-elliptica, subinflata, valde inrequilaterali,
postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis subtenuibus, antice cras-
sioribus ; natibus prominulia, ad apices minute undulatis ; epidermide sub-
crocca, valde radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, erectis, conicis; lateral!*

1868.]

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

bus longis subcurvisque ; margarita salmonis colore tincta et valde irides-
cente.

Hab. — Swamp Creek, North Georgia, Maj. T. G. Downie.

Unio Gopei. — Testa laevi, elliptica, subcompressa, insequilaterali, aatice et
postice rotundata ; valvulis subcrassis antice crassioribus; natibus prominu-
lis, ad apices uadulatis; epidermide tenebroso-fuscata, ad marginem squamo-
sa, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus subcrassis, elevatis, compressis, corrugatis,
in utroque valvule duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis, subcurvatisque ;
margarita purpurea et valde iridescente.

//a6.— Headwaters of Holston River, Smith Go., Va., Prof. E. D. Gope.

Unio cylindrellus. — Testa laevi, late elliptica, cylindracea, valde inaequi-
laterali, antice et postice rotundata; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ;
natibus prominulis ; epidermide luteola, eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus
parvis, subconicis corrugatisque ; lateralibus longis aubrectisque ; margarita
intus purpurea et valde iridescente.

Hah. — Duck Greek, Tenn. : Swamp Greek, Murray Go., Ga., Major Downie ;
and North Alabama, Prof Tuomej.

Unio dippicilis. — Testa laevi, elliptica, inflata, valde inaequilaterali, postice
obtuse angulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis tenuibis, antice crassioribus ;
natibus prominulis ; epidermide luteola, valde radiata ; dentibus cardinali-
bus parviusculis, conicis crenulatisque ; lateralibus sublongis rectisque;
margarita alba et valde iridescente.

Hab. — Swamp Greek, Ga., Major Downie; Holston River, Washington Go.,
Prof. Gope.

Unio Topekabnsis. — Testa laevi, lata, subcompressa, valde inaequilaterali,
postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis crassiusculis, antice cras-
sioribus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-
fusca, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus erectis, compressis crenulatisque ;
lateralibus longis rectisque ; margarita ca^ruleo-alba et valde iridescente.

^a6.— Topeka, Kansas, Prof. Daniels; Little Arkansas, Dr. Le Gonte, &c.

Unio Brazosensis. — Testa plicata, subrotunda, ventrieosa, valde inaequila-
terali, antice et postice rotundata; valvulis percrassis, antice crassioribus;
natibus prominentibus, tumidis, incurvis, ad apices minute undulatis; epi-
dermide tenebroso-rufo-fusca, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus percrassis,
solidis, erectis corrugatisque ; lateralibus longis, subcrassis et obliquis ; mar-
garita argentea et valde iridescente.

Hab. — Dallas Go., Texas, Prof. Forshey ; Brazos River, Dr. Lincecum.

Unio Lincecumii. — Testa plicata, rotundata, subglobosa, valde inaequilater-
ali; valvulis precrassis, antice crassioribus; natibus prominentibus, tumidis,
incurvis, ad apices minute undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, nigricawte,
eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus percrassis, solidis, erectis corrugatisque ;
lateralibus longis, subcrassis et obliquis ; margarita argentea et valde irides-
cente.

Hab — Dallas Gounty, Texas, Prof. Forshey ; Brazos River, Texas, Dr. G.
Lincecum.

Unio corvinus. — Testa laevi, elliptica, inflata, valde inaequilaterali ; antice et
postice rotundata; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus; natibus vix pro-
minentibus, epidermide nigra, subsquamea, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus
parvissimis decussatisque ; lateralibus longis subrectisque ; margarita alba
et valde iridescente.

Hab. — Flint River, Geo., J. G. Plant and Dr. Neisler ; Neuse River, N. G.,
Prof. Emmons.

Unio corvunculus. — Testa laevi, elliptica, subinflata, valde inaequilaterali ;
antice et postice rotundata ; valvulis crassiusculis, antice crassioribus ; nati-

[ April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145

bus prominulis, ad apices subconcentrico-undulatis; epidermide nigricante,
eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibns parvis, erectis, subcompressis creaulatisque ;
margarita purpurea et iridescente.
JIab.— Flint River, Ga., J. C. Plant and Dr. Neisler ; Darien, J. H. Couper.

Unio planior.— Testa subsulcata, subtriangulari, ad latere planulata, inie-
quilaterali ; valvulis crassiusculis, antice crassioribus ; natibus subpromi-
nentibus ; epidermide vel lutea vel ochracea, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus
parTis, compressis striatisque ; lateralibus longis, crassiusculis et obliquis ;
margarita alba et iridescente.

Hah. — Tennessee, Mr. H. Moores ; Headwaters Holston River, Washington
Co., Virginia, Prof. Cope.

Unio vallatds. — Testa nodulosa, rotundata, lenticular!, sabinflata, inaequi-
laterali ; valvulis, crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus subprominentibus ;
epidermide luteo-fusca, eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus pergrandibus, ele-
vatis granulatisque ; lateralibus crassis, curtis obliquisque ; margarita ar-
gentea et iridescente.

Hub. — Alabama River, Dr. Showalter.

Unio repulgens. — Testa nodulosa, rotundata, lenticular!, insequilaterali ;
valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus; natibus prominulis; epidermide
rufo-castanea, aliquanto polita : dentibus cardinalibus subgrar.dibus, ele-
ganter corrugatis crenulatisque ; lateralibus longiusculis, obliquis, minute
corrugatis ; margarita albida, ad marginem purpurescenle et elegantissime
iridescente.

Ifab. — Oktibbeha River, Lauderdale Co., Miss., W. Spillman, M. D.

Unio Uharebnsis. — Testa laevi, oblonga, ad latere planulata, insequilaterali,
postice biangulata, antice rotundata; valvulis crassiusculis, antice crassiori-
bus; natibus prominulis; epidermide rufo-fusca, subsquamea, eradiata;
dentibus cardinalibus parvis, striatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; laterali-
bus longis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita vel alba vel salraonis colore
tincta.

Hab. — Uharee River, Montgomery Co., N. C, F. A. Genth, M. D.

Unio sph^ricus. — Testa nodulosa, valde inflata, subglobosa, fere aequila-
terali ; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus elevatis ; epidermide
rufo-castanea, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus pergrandibus, corrugatis
crenulatisque ; lateralibus curtis, crassis, corrugatis, obliquis subcurvisque ;
margarita argentea et valde iridescente.

Ifab. — Pearl River, at Jackson, Miss., C. M. Wheatley.

Notes on some eingular forms of Chinese species of UNIO.
BY ISAAC LEA.

In a paper on " Chinese Shells," by Dr. Baird and Mr. H. Adams, published
in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, May 9, 1867, there
are some remarks and claims which call upon me for correction.

1st, " Unio Douglasiie.^^ It is stated that " in 183H Dr. Gray shortly de-
scribed and accurately figured in the 12th volume of Griffith's edition of Cu-
vier a species of Unio, which he called U. Doufflasice," &c. Further, that " Mr.
Lea, some years afterwards, from not knowing the shell as figured in Griffith,
described and figured a species from China, which ho named U. Mnrchisonia-
nun, but which there is no doubt is the same as U. Douglasia of Gray." In
the above statements there a?e several to which I beg leave to demur. It is
suggested by these gentlemen that "perhaps from not knowing the shell
[Douglasia;) hs figured in Griffith," I had *' described and figured Afurchisonia-
nuti, which there is no doubt is the Douglasix of Gray." In answer to this I

1868.]

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

would ask how I could, when I read my paper on the 16th March, 1832, be-
fore the American Philosophical Society, know of a description in Griffith's
Cuvier dated 1834? (not in 1833, as incorrectly cited). Douglasise therefore
cannot have precedeuce '' of some years," as claimed for it, but it must remain
a sj'nonym to Murchisonianus^ where I placed it in my Synopsis^ first, second,
and third editions, since 1836.

As regards the claim in the same paragraph for U. Shanghaiensis^ Lea, being
also a synonym to Donglasice^ I am constrained to differ in opinion. Shanghai-
ensis is not the same with Douglasise^ as affirmed, but it is the same with U.
Osbeckii, Philippi, the description of which I had not seen. "Conchylien, vol.
3d." Some years since I placed it as a synonym to Osbeckii in the manuscript
copy of my Synopsis, 4th ed., preparing for the press.

2d. Anodonta tenuis, Gray, — also called Unio tenuis, Gray, in Griffith's Cu-
vier,— is considered to be, by Messrs. Baird and Adams, an Anodonta, and it
is said to be little known. This shell does not belong to either of these
genera. It is a true Dipsas of Leach, and if Dr. Gray had had a perfect spe-
cimen before him when describing Anodonta tenuis, he never would have
placed it in that genus. The Dipsasian character was evidently obliterated
by age in the specimen from which he made his diagnosis. The young spe-
cimens, and the mature perfect ones, always have the tooth (so to call it) of
the genus Dipsas. 1 described this species in the Transactions of the Ameri-
can Philosophical Society, March 15, 1833, under the name of Symphynota
discoidea, with a figure perfectly representing the characteristic tooth, which
consists of a single raised, sligbtly curved line under the dorsal margin. In
my " Synopsis," in the first edition in 1836, as well as in the second and third
editions, I gave Dr. Gray's tenuis as a synonym to this shell, which I there
placed in the genus Dipsas, where it properly belongs. It must therefore
stand as Dipsos discoidea, Lea, with the synonym of Anodonta tenuis, Gray ; my
date being 1833, and Dr. Gray's 1834.

In this paper of Messrs. Baird and Adams, they have described a supposed
new species from Shanghai, under the name of l/nio (Lampsilis) subtortus. I
previously published a description of a species which I believe will prove the
same, under the name of tortuosus, in the Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. April 18, 1865.
Since then I have found in the "Journal de Conchiliologie," July, 1863, — which
work for that year was not accessible to me, — that Messrs. Crosse and De-
beaux had given a description and an excellent figure of a Unio of the same
twisted character, under the name of Tientsin en sis, which, if the figure be en-
tirely correct, differs in the form of the posterior slope, and in the undulations
of that part.

I may be permitted to express my surprise that neither the French nor the
English authors should have observed the very remarkable character of these
Chinese species, which were before them, in being inequivalve! The figure in
the Journal de Conchyliologie seems to be very correctly delineated by the art-
ist, having represented the inequivalve condition of the right and left valves.

Messrs. Baird and Adams refer to Tientsinensis , but consider it to differ in
some respects from their subtortus, which I think very likely. If Tientsinensis
prove to be the same as tortuosus and contortus, then the two last must be
synonyms. If not, then there will be two species, viz. : Tientsinensis, Grosse
and Debeaux, and tortuosus (nobis), — contortus, B. and A., being a synonym to
tortuosus.

May dth.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty-nine members present.

The following paper was presented for publication: "List of

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

Birds collected at Laredo, Texas, in 1866 and 1867." By Dr. H.
B. Butcher.

May 12ih.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Thirty-six members present.

The following were presented for publication : " Description of
Four new species of Exotic Unionidse," and " Description of Twen-
ty-six new species of Melanidae of the United States." By Isaac
Lea, LL.D.

" Moncecism in Luzula campestris," and " Variations in Epigea
repens." By Thos. Meehan.

Prof. Edw. D. Cope defined the characters of a new genus of Cheloniidae,
which represented the modern marine turtles in the Cretaceous green sand of
New Jersey. It differed in the considerably greater co-ossification of ihe
disc and marginal bones posteriorly and anteriorly. The anterior rib is at-
tached to one marginal in advance of that to which it is connected in Chelone.
He called it Osteopygis, and exhibited a specimen of the type species — 0.
emarginatus Cope — of which about half the carapace and plastron were
preserved, and which indicated an animal of about the size of the green tur-
tle. It was presented to theAcademy by Dr. Samuel Ashhurst.

Prof. Cope stated that he was more or less acquainted with four species of
the genus : 0. s o p i t u s (Chelone Leidy), 0. chelydrinus Cope, and 0.
repandus Cope, all of the same or larger size than the type.

May Idth.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Twenty-nine members present.

Prof. Cope called attention of the Academy to the rarity of Ophidian re-
mains, and to the fact that none had been discovered in North America up
to the present time. He then exhibited two vertebrae of a serpent of or near
the family of the Boas, from the green sand of Squankum, Monmouth Co.,
N. J., which had been discovered by Dr. Knieskern.

Peculiar interest attached to these specimens, from the fact that they
came from a bed which has recently been stated, by Conrad, to be an equiva-
lent of the older Eocene or London clay of the Thames valley. They con-
firm this identification exactly, since they belong to Owen's genus Palseophis,
which is characteristic of those beds in England. They indicate a species
intermediate between the two larger described by Prof. Owen, and of some
fifteen feet in length. It was associated with remains of crocodiles, sting-
rays and saw-fishes, and was named, from its geographical and geological
location, Palakophis littoralis Cope.

The type specimens belong to the Geological Survey of New Jersey, under
Prof. George Cook, and were lent by him for description.

Dr. Hayden read a letter from Prof. Leo Lesquereux, identifying
the fossil plants of the coal formation of the south-west, as follows :

" I was unwell when your boxes of fossil plants arrived, and was not able
to examine the specimens before now.

1868.]

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

" Most of the leaves, which are well preserved indeed, belong to a new species
of Ficus. It resembles Ficus lanceolaius, Heer., a miocene species, but differs
by leaves being broader, mostly rounded at base, and not aZways alternated to
the petiole. The medial nerves and shorter pedicel are thicker. Some of
the leaves, which are narrower and narrowed to the petiole, present the form
and appearance of Ficus lanceolatus, but the specific difference is marked by
the thick nerves and shorter petiole.

''Among these leaves there are two fragments of leaves of a Cinnamomum,
referrable perhaps to C. offine, Lesqx. ; a large leaf of PZa<a/2i/s, probably P.
aceroides? Aug., whose borders are destroyed, and a Populus with round
leaves — Populus subrotundus, Lesqx. — found also by Dr. Hay den at Rock Creek.

'' Besides these species, the specimens show a number of fragments of a
Cypertis, apparently a new species. The nervation is that of Cyperus chara-
nethsis, Heer., but the leaves, IJ inches broad, are twice as broad as in the
European species."

Dr. Hayden considered this as confirming his opinion that, the lignite beds
of that region were of tertiary age.

Dr. Le Lonte said that the question of the geological age of that section
must be solved by a consideration of the relative positions of the strata,
rather than by comparison of the fossil plants found therein.

May 2m.
Mr. Cassin, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Thirty-nine members present.

The following gentlemen were elected members : Mr. Edward
Lewis, Jas. Truman, M. D., Wm. Trueman, M. D., Mr. S. Fisher
Corlies, Mr. T. W. Starr, Edw. Khoads, M.D., T. H. Andrews, M.D.,
Herbert Norris, M. D., Mr. Jas. S. Gilliams, Mr. Charles Bullock,
Mr. Edw. L. Huitt, Mr. I. Zentmayer, Mr. Aug. F. Muller, F. F.
Maury, M.D., Horace Williams, M.D., Mr. Wm. H. Walmsley, Mr.
T. L. Buckingham.

The following were elected correspondents : Mr. Augustus Fendler,
of Allenton, Mo. ; Hon. J. S. Wilson, of Washington, D.C. ; Mr. A. R.
Roesler, Washington, D. C. ; Prof. John Tomes, F.R.S., of London.

On favorable reports of the committees, the following papers
w^ere ordered to be published ;

List of BIBDS collected at Laredo, Texas, in 1866 and 1867.
BY H. B. BUTCHER, M. D.

The list of birds here given embraces the species collected by me at La-
redo, Texas, on the Rio Grande river, Avhile engaged as Acting Assistant Sur-
geon of the U. S. Array ; and is presented as a contribution to the subject of
the geographical distribution of the birds of North America. No new species
but many quite rare species were procured. The most interesting result of my
examinations at Laredo was the discovery in abundance of Scardafella inea, a
species not previously obtained north of the Rio Grande.

The collections made were first sent to the Smithsonian Institution, and a
series afterwards presented to this Academy. I am indebted to Prof. Baird for
assistance in identifying the species.

A comparison of this list with that of the birds collected in Texas by Mr.
Dresser will be found of interest.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149

Tinnunculus sparverius, Vieill. Nov., Jan. and Feb.

Accipiter fuscus, Bonap. Jan.

Buteo swainsoni, Bonap. July.

Buteo borealis, Vieill. Jan.

Polyborus Audubonii, Cassin. Jan.

Athene hypugaea, Bonap. Oct., Jan.

Bubo virginianus, Bonap. Oct.

Geococcyx californianus, Baird. May to Sept. Abundant.

Coccygus erythrophthalmus, Bp. June to Aug.

Picus scalaris, Wagler. June to Nov. Abundant.

Centurus flaviventris, Sw. June to Nov. Abundant.

Antrostomus nuttalli, Cassin. Sept., Feb.

Chordeiles texensis, Lawr. May to Sept.

Ceryle alcyon, Boie. Oct.

Tyrannus vertical is, Say. May.

Myiarchus crinitus, Gab. Aug. and Sept.

Myiarchus mexicanus, Baird. Aug.

Sayornis fuscus, Baird. Nov.

Sayornis sayus, Baird. Nov., Jan., Feb.

Contopus virens, Cab. May.

Empidonax pusillus. Cab. May.

Empidonax flaviventris, Baird. Aug.

Turdus migratorius, Lin. Jan.

Sialia sialis, Baird. Nov.

Sialia arctica, Swains. Feb.

Anthus ludovicianus, Licht. Nov., Dec.

Regulus calendula, Licht. Dec, Feb.

Geothlypis Philadelphia, Baird. Sept.

Helminthophaga celata, Baird. Nov., Jan., Feb.

Dendroica aestiva, Baird. May, Aug., Sept.

Dendroica coronata. Gray. l3ec., Jan.

Myiodioctes pusillus, Bonap. Sept.

Pyranga sestiva, Vieill. Aug.

Cotyle serripennis, Boie. May, June, March.

Ampelis cedrorum, Baird. March.

Collyrio excubitoroides, Baird. April and Sept. to Nov., Jan., Feb.

Vireo gilvus, Bonap. May.

Vireo belli, Aud. May, June, Aug.

Mimus polyglottus, Boie. April to Oct., Dec. to Feb.

Oreoscoptes niontanus, Baird. April, May to Nov., Dec. to March. Abundant.

Harporhynchus curviiostris, Cassin. April to Nov., Feb. Abundant.

Harporhynchus longirostris, Cassin. May, Nov., Jan.

Campylorhynchus brunneicapillus, Gray. May, June, Nov., Feb.

Salpinctes obsoletus. Cab. May, Nov., Oct., Dec, Feb.

Thryothorus bewickii, Bonap. Nov. to Feb.

Polioptila cfprulca, Sclat. July, Aug., Oct.

Lophophanes atricristatus, Cass. Aug., Nov.

Paroides flaviccps, Baird. May to Sept., Jan., Feb, Abundant.

Eremophila cornuta, Boie. Nov., Dec

Chrysomitris tristis, Bonap. Dec.

Plectrophanes rnaccownii, Lawr. Dec.

Chondestes gratnmaca, Bonap. April, Sept. to Nov. Abundant.

Zonotrichia leucophrys, Sw. April, Dec to Feb.

Zonotrichia gambelii, Gambel. Jan.

Poospiza bilineata, Sclat. June to Oct. Abundant.

Melospiza heermanni, Baird. Jan.

Peuca;a cassini, Baird. June.

Melospiza lincoluii, Baird. Dec.

1868.]

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Embernagra rufivirgata, Lawr. Nov.

Galamospiza bicolor, Bonap. Nov.

Euspiza americana, Bonap. Aug.

Guiraca caerulea, Siv. May, June, Oct.

Cyanospiza ciris. Baird. April to Aug. Abundant.

Pyrrhuloxia sinuata, Bonap April to Sept., Dec. to Feb, Abundant,

Cardinalis virginianus, Bonap. May to Aug., Nov., Dec. Abundant.

Pipilo chlorura, Baird. Dec, Jan.

Molothrus pecoris, Sw. April to July, Jan. Abundant.

Xanthocephalus icterocephalus. April, May.

Sturnella neglecta, Aud. Oct. and Nov. Abundant.

Sturnella magna, Sw, Dec.

Icterus cucuUatus, Sw. June.

Icterus spurius, Bonap. June, Aug.

Icterus bullockii, Bonap. May to Aug. Abundant.

Scolecophagus cyanocephalus, Sw. Nov., Feb.

Quiscalus macroura, Sw. June.

Corvus cryptoleucus, Couch. Feb., March.

Zenaidura carolinensis, Bonap. April to July.

iSoardafella inca, Bonap. May, Sept. to Nov., Dec, Feb., March. Abundant.

Ortyx texanus, Lawr. Oct., Nov., Dec

Callipepla squamata, Gray. April to Nov., Feb. Abundant.

Grus canadensis, Temm. Jan.

Ardea herodias, Linn. Jan.

Nyctherodius violaceus, Reich. Sept.

Aegialitis vociferus, Cass. April, May, Aug., Sept.

Tringa wilsonii, Nuttall. Oct., Dec.

Ereunetes petrificatus. III.

Actiturus bartramius, Bonap, Aug.

Tringites ruiescens, Cab.

Pelecanus fuscus, Litm. May.

Descriptions of four new species of Exotic ITNIONID.ffi.

BY ISAAC LEA.

Anodonta Strebelii. — Testa laevi, elliptica, inaequilaterali, postice obtuse an-
gulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis pertenuibus ; natibusprominulis ; epidermide
tenebroso-viridi, radiis capillaris indutis ; margarita caerulea et valde irides-
cente.

Hah. — Vera Cruz, Mexico ; Dr. G. Strebel, per Smithsonian Institution.

Unio Veracruzensis. — Testa laevi, elliptica, subcompressa, ingequilaterali,
postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus promi-
nulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, radiata politaque ; dentibus cardinaiibus
parvis, compressis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis,
rectis lamellatisque ; margarita caerulea et valde iridescente.

Hab. — Vera Cruz, Mexico ; Dr. G. Strebel, per Smithsonian Institution.

Unio prunoides. — Testa laevi, elliptica, valde ventricosa, inaequilaterali, an-
tice et postice rotundata ; valvulis subcrassis, antice aliquanto crassioribus ;
natibus prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, eradiata ; dentibus cardinali-
bus compressis, obliquis et valde crenulatis ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis
corrugatisque ; margarita argentea.

Unio Chinensis. — Testa nodulosa, subelliptica, inflata, fere aequilaterali,
postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis crassiusculis, antice
crassioribus; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices corrugatis : epidermide vi-
rido-lutea, radiis viridis undique indutis ; dentibus cardinalibus erectis, com-
pressis, striatis, crenulatis et in utroque valvulo subduplicibus ; lateralibus
sublongis subrectisque ; margarita argentea et valde iridescente.

[May,

NATURAI. SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA.

151

Descriptions of Twenty-six New Species of MELANID^ of the United States.
BY ISAAC LEA.

GoNioBASis Wheatlbyi. — Testa striata, subfusiforrai, subinflata, subcrassa,
ochracea, vel vittata vel evittata ; spira conoidea, ad apicein aliquanto plica-
ta ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar senis, fere plaoulatis ;
aperiura subconstricta ; ovata, intus ochracea; labro acuto, parum sinuoso;
columella iuflecta, reflexa et tortuosa.

Hab. — Coosa River, Alabama, Dr. Showalter.

GoNiOBASis siMiLis — Testa striata, subfusiformi, gubtenui, luteo-cornea ;
spira brevi, ad apicem plicata ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus instar senis,
vix convexis ; apertura subgrandi, ovata, intus luteo-alba ; labro acuto ;
columella ihflecta et tortuosa.

Hab. — Connesauga Creek, Georgia, Major T. C. Downie.

GoNiOBASis SULCATA. — Tcsta Striata, conica, subcrassa, mellea, evittata ;
spira obtusa ; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfractibus instar septenis,
planulatis, ad apicem plicatis ; apertura parviuscula, rhomboidea, intus alba,
labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella inflecta, incrassato.

Hab. — Cahawba River, Alabama, Dr. Showalter.

GoNiOBASis ARATA, — Tcsta valdc striata, conoidea, subtenui, cornea, rel
vittata vel evittata; spira elevata ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus septenis,
planulatis, ad apicem carinatis et plicatis ; apertura parva, ovata, intus albi-
da ; labro aliquanto crenulato ; columella inflecta, ad basim retrorsa.

Hab, — Connesauga Creek, Georgia, Maj. T. C. Downie.

GoNiOBASis Gesnerii. — Tcsta striata, fusiformi, tenui, tenebroso-oliva;
spira subbrfvi ; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar septenis, planulatis;
apertura grandi, late ovata, intus lugubri ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso;
columella purpurescente et valde contorta.

Hab. — Uchee River, Alabama, Mr. W. Gesner.

GONIOBASIS TKNEBROSA. — Tcsta valdc striata, subfusiformi, subcrassa, tene-
brosa ; spira brevi ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar quinis,
vix convexis ; apertura grandi, ovata, intus tenebroso-purpurea; labro sub-
crenulato ; columella inflecta et parum contorta.

Hab. — Connesauga Creek, Georgia, Maj. T. C. Downie.

GoNiOBASis BiPASciATA.— Testa plicata, aliquanto striata, subcrassa, luteola,
bifasciata ; spira obtusa, valde plicata ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; an-
fractibus instar senis, planulatis; apertura parviuscula, subrotunda, intus
albida ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella albida et contorta.

Hab. — Jackson Co., Alabama, Dr. Spillman.

GoNiOBASis CLATHRATA. — Tcsta plicata et striata, pyramidata, tenui, dilute
cornea, efasciata; spira exerta, acuminata; suturis impressis; anfractibus
octonis, convexiusculis ; apertura parviuscula, rhomboidea, intus vel albida
vel purpurea ; labro crenulato, subsinuoso ; columella valde contorta,

Hab. — Jackson Co., Alabama, Dr. Spillman.

GoNioBASis PULCiiBLLA. — Tcsta plicata, subturrita, subtenui, rufo-cornea,
vittata; spira elevata ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar no-
venis, convexiuscula ; apertura parviuscula, ovata, intus albida; labro acuto ;
columella inflecta et tortuosa.

Hab. — North Alabama, Dr. Spillman.

GONIOBASIS LUTBOCBLLA.— Testa pHcata et striata, fusiformi, subcrassa,*
ochracea, vittata vel evittata ; spira brevi ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; an-
fractibus quinis, convexiusculis ; apertura grandi, ovata, intus luteo-alba ;
labro acuto; columella superue incrassata et valde contorta.

Hab. — Connesauga Creek, Georgia, Maj. T. C. Downie.

1868.]

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

GoNiOBASis CoNNESAUGAENSis. — Testa plicata, in feme striata, subfusiformi,
subtennijVel mellea vel ochracea vel tenebroso-fusca, nitida ; spira conoidea ;
suturis impressis ; anfractibus septeais, planulatis ; apertura subconstricta,
rhomboidea, intus luteola vel tenebroso-fusca ; labro acuto ; columella in-
flecta et tortuosa.

Hah, — Connesauga Creek, Georgia, Maj. T. C. Downie.

GoNioBASis coNTiGUA. — Testa laevi, subfusiformi, tenui, tenebroso-oliva,
evittata ; spira subelevata ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus instar quinis. con-
vexiusculis ; apertura grandi, subrhombica, intus albida; labro acuto, sinuo-
so ; columella vix incrassata et valde contorta.

Hah. — Connesauga Creek, Georgia, Maj. T. C. Downie.

GoNioBASis MuRRAYENSis. — Tcsta losvi, fusiformi, inflata, subtenui, tene-
broso-cornea, evittata ; spira conoidea, ad apicem plicata ; suturis aliquanto
impressis ; anfractibus instar senis, subplanulatis ; apertura magna, sub-
rhomboidea, intus luteola; labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella inflecta
et tortuosa.

Hah. — Swamp Creek, Murray Co., Ga.. Maj. T. C. Downie.

GoNiOBASis GRANATOiDES. — Tcsta grauulaia, inferne striata, subfusiformi,
subtenui, cornea ; spira conoidea, ad apicem plicata; suturis impressis; an-
fractibus instar senis, vix convexis ; apertura subgrandi, ovata, intus luteo-
alba ; labro acuto; columella tortuosa.

Hah. — Connesauga Creek, Georgia, Maj. T. C. Downie.

GoNioBASis CI.AVULA. — Tcsta carinata, aliquanto plicata, tenui, tenebroso-
castanea, efasciata; spira exerta, acuminata; suturis regulariter impressis ;
anfractibus instar octonis, planulatis ; apertura parvissima, ovata, intus cas-
tanea; labro acuto ; columella alba et contorta.

Hah. — Jackson Co., Alabama, Dr. Spiliman.

GoNioBASis cocHLiARis. — Testa carinata et striata, cylindracea, tenui, tene-
broso-fusca, evittata; spira attenuata ; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus
instar novenis, ad apicem valde carinatis, inferne striatis ; apertura parvis-
sima, late elliptica, intus tenebroso ; labro subcrenato ; columella inflecta,
ad basim incrassata.

Hah. — Shelby Co., Alabama, Maj. T. C. Downie.

GONIOBASIS VBNUSTA. — Testa subcarinata, conoidea, subtenui, mellea, evit-
tata; spira elevata ; suturis regulariter impressis ; anfractibus planulatis, in-
star septenis ; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto; colu-
mella inflecta et valde contorta.

Hah, — Coosa River, Alabama, Dr. Showalter,

GoNioBASis ORNATA. — Tcsta Carinata, subturrita, tenui, olivacea, valde
vitatta ; spira elevata, superne plicata; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus
septenis, planulatis; apertura parviuscula, subrhomboidea, intus vittata ;
labro acuto, aliquanto sinuoso ; columella vix incrassata et valde contorta.

Hah. — Connesauga Creek, Georgia, Maj. T. C. Downie.

Tbypanostoma nuciforme. — Testa laevi, obtuse conica, inflata, crassiuscula,
castanea ; spira brevi, obtusa ; suturis regulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar
quinis, convexiusculis ; apertura magna, rhomboidea; labro acuto ; expanso,
sinuoso ; columella inflecta er, valde tortuosa.

Hah. — Connesauga Creek, Georgia, Maj. T. C. Downie.

Trypanostoma castaneum. — Testa laevi, pyramidata, subtenui, castanea,
obsolete fasciata ; spira exerta, acuminata; suturis impressis ; anfractibus
instar novenis, planulatis ; apertura parviuscula, rhomboidea, intus dilute
purpurea ; labro acuto, sigmoideo ; columella parum incrassata et valde
contorta.

Hah, — Coosa River, Alabama, Dr. Showalter.

[May

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153

Trypanostoma Wheatleyi. — Testa laevi, pyramidata, tenui, dilute rubigi-
nosa, vel fasciata vel efasciata ; spira exserta, acuminata; suturis regulariter
impressis ; anfractibus instar denis; planulatis, ad apicem carinatis ; apertura
parviuscula, rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, sigmoideo ; columella ad
basim parum incrassata et valde contorta.

Hub. — Coosa River, Alabama, Dr. Showalter.

Trypanostoma terebralb. — Testa laevi, pyramidata, tenui, olivacea, vel
vittata vel evittata ; spira valde exserta ; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus
instar duodenis, planulatis, ad apicem carinatis ; apertura parviuscula, rhom-
boidea, intus albida vel vittata ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella impressa et
valde contorta.

Hab. — Jackson Co., Alabama, Dr. W. Spillman.

LiTHASiA PURPUREA. — Testa laevi, curta, subcylindracea, subcrassa, tene-
broso-purpurea ; spira brevissima ; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus in-
star quinis, convexiusculis ; apertura grandi, rhomboidea, intus saturale pur-
purea; labro acuto, vixsinuoso ; columella impressa, superne incrassata.

Hab. — Cahawba River, at Centreville, Bibb Co., Ala., Dr. Showalter.

LiTHASiA CURTA. — Tcsta granulata, curta, solida, luteo-olivacea, plerumque
bifasciata ; spira brevi ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar
quinis, planulatis ; apertura subgraudi, rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro
acuto, subsinuoso ; columella infern© et superne incrassata.

Hab. — North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey and Dr. Spillman ; Tuscumbia, B.
Pybus.

ScHizosTOMA Wheatleyi. — Testa striata, subfusiformi, subtenui, luteola,
imperforata, vittata; spira obtuso-conoidea; suturis irregulariter impressis ;
anfractibus instar senis, vittatis, ultimo grandi ; fissura obliqua brevique ;
apertura parviuscula, ovata, intus alba et vittata; labro subcrenulato ; colu-
mella alba, incrassata et contorta.

Hab. — Coosa River, Dr. Showalter.

Anculosa Downiei. — Testa plicata et obsolete striata, subglobosa, crassa,
tenebroso-oliva, maculata; spira vix prominulis, plicatis ; artituris impressis;
anfractibus vix ternis, ultimo grandi et ventricoso ; apertura grandi, subro-
tunda, intus fusco-maculata; labro acuto; columella impressa et incrassata.

Hab. — Connesauga Creek, Georgia, Maj. T. C. Downie ; Coosa River, Ala-
bama, Dr. Showalter.

Variations in EPIG^A REPENS.

BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

There are yet many botanists who regard variations as accidents. They
speak of a normal form as something essential ; and departures from their idea
of a type, they refer to external causes, independent of any inherent power of
change in the plant itself. Hence, when a change of form occurs to them, it
is usually referred to shade, to sunlight, to an unusual season, situation, or
some geological peculiarity of the soil. Cultivation is denounced as inter-
fering with botanical science ; introducing and originating innumerable forms,
defying the skill of the botanist to classify or arrange. My experience in
plant culture, and as an observer of plants in a state of nature, leads to the
conclusion that there is no greater power to vary in the one case than in the
other; that there is as much variation in the perfectly wild plant, as in those
under the best gardener's skill. To illustrate this I gathered a great number of
specimens of Antennaria plantagimfolia, which, though I do not believe has a
greater average power of variation than any other plant, affords a good example
for the following reasons : The small seeds I believe require a clear surface of

1868.] 11

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY QF

ground to vegetate, and young plants therefore never appear in a meadow or
grassy place. In such positions plants only exist that had a footing in advance
of the grass. They then propagate exclusively by runners. After being two
or three years in this situation they form patches of one or several square feet
each. Now it is not easy to appreciate a minute difference between one single
specimen and another ; but when a score or more of specimens of one are
matched against a similar number of the other, the minutiai make an aggre-
gate which is readily estimated. So we shall find in the case of a two or three
year old meadow, filled with this plant, that not only are no two patches alike,
but that the eye convinces us of the fact on the first glance over the field.
Plain as the differences thus presented were, I found, however, some difficulty
in describing them in language ; and besides being a dioecious plant there
might be brought in the objection of intercrossing between allied species of
this or neighboring genera, if not of the individuals of the opposite sexes them-
selves, to account for so many forms. I therefore chose JEJpigsea, as belonging
to a natural order exclusively hermaphrodite ; containing only one natural
species ; not very closely allied to any of the neighboring genera, Andromeda,
Clethra, Gaultheria, &c. ; none of which, at any rate, flower at the same time
with it.

On the 19th of April I gathered specimens from sixteen different plants on
the Wissahickon, without taking any pains to make any particular selection of
varieties. The following descriptions show their variations :

1. Tube of the corolla half inch long, contracted in the middle ; segments of
the corolla broadly ovate, one-third the length of the tube, incurved, pure white.
Scales of the calyx two-thirds the length of the tube, narrowly lanceolate, in-
terior ones white and membranaceous with a crimson base.

2. Tube half inch, regularly cylindrical ; segments half as long as the tube,
triangularly ovate, light rose, incurved. Scales one-third the length of the
tube, white, coriaceous.

3. Tube quarter inch, thick (one-eighth wide), cylindrical ; segments rather
longer than the tube, triangularly ovate, incurved, deep rosy pink. Scales
three-fourths the length of the tube, rosy red, with white margins.

4. Tube nearly half inch, contracted at the summit ; segments very short,
scarcely one-sixteenth of an inch, forming nearly five ovate repand teeth,
purplish white. Scales greenish white, simply acute.

5. Tube quarter inch long, one-eighth wide ; segments lanceolate, erect,
two-thirds as long as the tube, rosy purple. Scales brown, not margined,
drawn out to a long fine point.

6. Tube quarter inch, cylindrical ; segments oblong ovate, recurved, as long
as the tube. One of the anthers slightly petaloid. Scales prolonged *into
almost an awn.

7. Tube much narrowed at the summit, quarter inch long; segments less
than one-sixteenth of an inch long, pale purple. Scales greenish brown, very
narrow.

8. Tube near half inch, contracted in the middle; segments quarter inch,
linear lanceolate, bright rose. Scales half the length of the tube, broadly
ovate, membranaceous, simply sharp pointed.

9. Tube half inch, cylindrical ; segments quarter inch, of which there are
but three broadly ovate, white.

10. Tube nearly three-quarters inch, cylindrical ; segments quarter inch,
narrowly ovate. Scales as long as the tube, linear lanceolate, pale green.

11. Tube less than quarter inch, and shorter than the luxuriant foliaceous,
mucronate scales. Segments of the corolla two-thirds as long as the tube,
broadly ovate, pure white.

12. Tube quarter inch, increasing slightly in width upwardly (funnel-
shaped), one-eighth thick at the top of the tube ; segments short, ovate, re-
flexed, light pink. Scales longer than the tube, green, white margined.

13. Tube quarter inch, much contracted in the middle ; segments quarter

[May

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 155

inch, broad ovate. Scales half the length of the tube, brown, with white
margins.

14. Tube under half inch, thick, perfectly cylindrical ; segments quarter
inch, broad linear, and rounded at the apex, waxy white. Scales quarter inch
long, brown, with membranaceous margins.

15. Tube full three-quarters inch, cylindrical ; segments quarter inch, tri-
angularly ovate, pale rose. Scales half inch, narrow and drawn out to an
awn-like point.

16. Tube half inch, cylindrical. Scales less than one-sixteenth of an inch,
broad ovate, green, and barely pointed.

On again examining No. 12, after making these notes, I was surprised to
find no trace of stamens, but with the pistil perfect ; and on examining the
other specimens I found three out of the fifteen were pistillate also. Another
remarkable fact was that all these pistils had the fine cleft stigmas strongly
recurved, exposing a glutinous surface ; while the hermaphrodite ones kept the
apex of the pistils closed. The ovaries of the pistillate forms were also evi^
dently better developed than those in the hermaphrodite condition, and the
inference was that the plant was practically dioecious.

On the third of May I returned to the locality and found this hypothesis in
all probability correct. The pistillate plants were in proportion about one-
third that of the hermaphrodite, and could be readily distinguished after the
flower had faded by the recurved stigmas above noted. All the plants that
had shed their corollas were pistillate ; the apparently hermaphrodite plants
having their corollas dry on the receptacles from which it was not easy to
separate them — the scales of the calyx and a part of the stem coming away
with them. This is so well known a feature of impregnation in the develop-
ment of a fruit, that I need not dwell much on the importance of this fact, as
showing the fertility of the pistillate, and the sterility of the opposite form.

I engaged friends to furnish me specimens from other places. Dr. James
Darrach finds them, as I have above described, in another locality on the Wis-
sahickon. Miss Anderson sends me ten specimens from Edge Hill, Mont-
gomery County, Pa., amongst which two are purely pistillate, the rest varying
much as in the Wissahickon specimens. Mr. Isaac Burk finds pistillate plants
abound at Mount Ephraim, New Jersey, but there are abortive filaments with-
out anthers, and he sends me one specimen of this character. Mr. Charles E.
Smith sends me a dozen or so specimens from Haddonfield, hermaphrodite,
and so exactly alike that they probably all come from one plant. Mr. E. Dif-
fenbaugh sends ten specimens from another place in New Jersey, all with
anthers, but varying from nearly no filaments to filaments three-eighths of an
inch long ; varying also in the proportionate lengths of scales, tubes and seg-
ments ; but not near as much as in the Wissahickon specimens. Prof. Cope
sends samples from Delaware County, Pa. These are varied like the Wissa-
hickon ones ; and Mr. Cope remarks to me that the pistillate forms are so dis-
tinctly characterized, by the vasiform recurved corollas and other characters,
that he can readily distinguish them as he walks along.

Has this peculiarity of Epigcba repens been overlooked by the many botanists
who must have critically examined it heretofore ? Or has the plant reached a
stage of development when germs of new forms spring actively into life ?

In a paper on Lopezia, published in the last volume of the Proceedings, I
showed that the sexual organs of that geuus were admirably arranged to pre*
vent the pollen of a flower falling on its own stigma. This behavior oi Epigtea
adds another to the list of plants, now so extensive, known to have an ab-
horrence of self-fertilization. It may not be out of place to hazard a reason
for this course :

There would seem to be two distinct principles in relation to form going
along together with the life of a species. The tendency of the one force is to
preserve the existing form ; the other to modify, and extend it to newer chan-
nels. The first we represent by the term inheritance^ the other we understand

1868.]

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

as variation. Inheritance struggles to hare the plant fertilize itself with its
own pollen ; whilst the efforts of variation are towards an intermixture of
races or even neighboring individuals, rather than with members of the one
brood or family. May it not be possible that at some time in their past his-
tory all species of plants have been hermaphrodite ? that Dioecism is a later
triumph of variation, its final victory in the struggle with inheritance ? There
are some diflficulties in the way of such a theory, as there are with most of
these theories ; but it seems clear from this case oi Epigsea that cultivation has
not «o much to do with changes as it gets credit for, and we may readily be-
lieve that, independently of external circumstances, there is a period of youth
and a period of old age inform as well as in substance^ and that we may there-
fore look for a continual creation of new forms by a process of vital develop-
ment, just as rationally as for the continued succession of new individuals.

The discovery of dioecism in Epigsea is interesting from the fact that it is
probably the first instance known in true Ericacsea. In the Ericale suborder
of Francoacoea, abortive stamens are characteristic of the family, and in the
Pyrolacxa antherless filaments have been recorded.

Monoecism in LUZULA CAMFESTRIS.
BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

The recent discovery, that many plants structurally" hermaphrodite are
practically monoecious or dioecious, in consequence of the flower being so
arranged as to prevent self-impregnation, is so interesting that every additional
fact bearing on the subject has a value.

Luzula campestris, D. C, adds another to the list. The three stigmas are
protruded through the apex of the flower bud some days before the sepals open
and expose the anthers. In the specimens I marked for observations, six days
elapsed before the flower opened, after the pistils had been protruded to be
operated on by the pollen of other flowers. This was in a cloudy week, and
probably the exact time might vary with the weather. In all cases the stigmas
wither away before the flower opens.

After fertilization the stigmas generally twist around one another, and after
the anthers have shed their pollen they twist in the same way, withering up
in a very short time. An interesting fact in Luzula is the slight adhesion at
the articulation of the subpedicels with the main flower stalk, — the gentlest
force being sufficient to draw them out of their sheaths. It is perhaps owing
to this weakness that the pedicels are often drooping when in fruit.

June 2d, 1868.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Twenty-five members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

'' Description of §even new species of Unio from North Carolina."
By Isaac Lea.

" Descriptions of two new species of Unionidse from Equador."
By Isaac Lea.

" New Unionidse, Melanidse, &c., chiefly of the United States."
By Isaac Lea.

" On Agaphelus, a genus of toothless Cetacea." By Edw. D. Cope.

Dr. Leidy called attention to some specimens of Sombrero Guano
-containing about 90 per cent, of phosphate of lime. This substance

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

was noticed some years ago by him under the name of Ossite. A
similar material has been found near Charleston, S. C, in a post-
pliocene formation.

E. D. Cope gave an account of his discovery of the fresh-water origin of
certain deposits of sand and clays in west New Jersey, which he found to con-
tain leaves of dicotyledonous trees, ctenoid fish scales, and numerous Unionidae
in a tolerably good state of preservation. The most important part of the
deposit consisted of a heavy black clay, which is used for-making brick, which
rests on a bed of hard laminated clay, with a thin layel- of iron-stone between.
The clay bed, at one place examined, is 25 feet in tl)ickness, and at from one
to three feet from its bottom occurs a bed of fresh water mussels. These are
Unios and Anodontas of six species, all of them, as pointed out to him by Dr.
Lea, hitherto undescribed, and having some analogy with those of the Wealden,
procured by Dr. Mantell in England. The beds are from the top of the clay
down, conformable, and have a dip of about 25° to the south-east. The upper
surface of the clay is worn into holes, which are filled by the material of a bed
of coarse gravel of little depth, which covers the whole. Above this is a bed
of fine sand, varying from six to fifteen feet in thickness to the soil. The point
at which the section is visible is in New Jersey, on the banks of the Delaware,
about six miles above Camden, N. J.

These deposits belong to Meek and Hayden's Earlier Cretaceous, No. 1,
which contains abundant remains of leaves on the Raritan River, but no
animal fossils. Their age has been heretofore quite uncertain ; they have been
stated by Meek and Hayden to be the earlier division of the later Cretaceous of
the general geologic series: They extend across the States of Delaware, Mary-
land and Virginia. In Maryland they are stated by Ducatel to contain the
important deposits of carbonate of iron ; and Philip Tyson, State Geologist,
informs me that these beds lie upon the red and blue clays, forming hills,
which have been produced by erosion of the valleys to the beds below. These
iron clays contain several species of Cycadaceous plants, whence Tyson infers
the age of the clays to be Jurassic, and not Cretaceous,

There are in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, "Washington, several
specimens of fossil Unios, from a ferruginous clay which crops out at some
elevation on the banks of the Potomac. These species are identical with those
which have been found in the New Jersey clays, and the deposit is doubtless
the same as that which traverses the State of Maryland.

Indurated grey clays on the Rappahannock River have been examined by my
friend Philip R. Uhler, of Baltimore, who has obtained from them leaves and
stems of some six species of plants, in beautiful preservation, of the orders
Cycadaceae, ? Gnetaceaj and Filices. The position and character of this bed
renders it exceedingly probable that it is a continuation of those of Maryland
and Alexandria.

The whole formation indicates the existence of an extended body of fresh
water, having a direction and outline similar to that in which were deposited
the red sandstones and shales of the Triassic belt, which extends parallel to its
north-west margin throughout the States in which it occurs, separated, except
in New Jersey, by a broad band of Gneiss, and Potsdam rocks. The carbonate
of iron was no doubt deposited in a bog or bogs along its margin or in its
shallows, as the bottom became elevated, as suggested by Tyson, — though not
in a salt-water swamp, as supposed by him. The cycads and dicotyledonous
trees grew in the swamps and on the shores, while terrestrial reptiles of large
size no doubt haunted their shades.

These beds appear to dip conformably beneath the lower Cretaceous marine
beds in New Jersey, in which, at a distance of a few miles from their border,
occurred the remains of the Hadrosaurus ; and it is therefore not pj-obable that
they were cotemporary with these, as is the case with the Wealden of Kent

1868.]

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

and the Cretaceous at Maidstone, England. The Hadrosaurus clays, belonging
to the upper Cretaceous, as indicated by the presence of many molluscs of the
Ripley Group of Mississippi, appear indeed to be separated from the clays in
question by a great lapse of time. The age is therefore probably truly Wealden
or Neocomian.

These facts indicate the existence of a barrier to the eastward of their present
position, which for a long period prevented the access of salt water. This
barrier was no doubt an anticlinal of the Appallachian series, outside of that
which walled in the Triassic fresh-water area, and, like it, parallel with the
general series of anticlinals of the present Allegheny range. That it was, like
the latter, at one time submarine, and, gradually rising, finally enclosed the
area in question, the waters of which soon became fresh, from the numerous
rivers which flowed into it.

On the gradual elevation of this fresh-water valley, with its included beds
of clays, etc., the Delaware river cut its way through the latter nearly to the
fouth-eastern rise, and was then deflected along the base of these first eleva-
tions of the bounding anticlinal, in a south-west direction. Thus is accounted
for the apparently singular phenomenon of the great bend of the Delaware
River, near Bordentown. For after penetrating the high ranges of the Blue
Mountains, it remains to be turned, apparently, in a level country of sands
and clays.

We must suppose the coast line to have been not far from the south-eastern
base of this anticlinal, and that a subsequent submergence brought the marine
deposits near to the margin of the fresh, and gave the latter the south-east dip
visible at the section at the Pea Shore. I have not yet been able to ascertain
the relative position of the margins of these beds, nor the natu'-e of those that
conceal the supposed anticlinal. A system of borings at a distance of two or
three miles from and parallel to the Delaware, would do much towards ex-
plaining this point. It is to be hoped that this may be undertaken by the
present State Survey, under Prof. Cook.

At the present time, the cities of Alexandria, Washington, and Baltimore
stand upon its deposits, and Philadelphia is probably underlaid by its margin,
as well as the adjoining margin of the Gneiss. Indeed, the location of the
prominent cities of the Atlantic States appears to have been determined by the
fine sites and water-powers off"ered by the junction of the high rolling country
of the Gneiss formation, and the lower and more level regions of the supposed
Neocomian, Cretaceous and Tertiary. Where the Gneiss strikes the ocean, is
situated our greatest seaport. New York. Trenton, Philadelphia, Wilming-
ton, Baltimore, Washington, Alexandria, Richmond, Raleigh, Columbia, and
Milledgeville, Georgia, are all on this line of junction. The elevated Gneiss
hills furnish healthy and beautiful residences, the fall furnishes water-power,
and the lower level, water communication, and a light soil most suitable for
gardening and the production of provisions for these centres of population.

The succession of strata is rather more complete in New Jersey than has
been generally supposed. At the basis of the series occurs the present fresh-
water period. Then the marine Hadrosaurus or Ripley clays, and lower Green-
sand bed. This deposit my friend John Smock, first assistant of the State
Survey of New Jersey, informed me had not found to contain Chelonians. On
examination of my own collections and explorations, and those of the Academy,
I find this to be true up to the present time. The Chelonians, then, have so
far been found in the middle bed of green sand only. Third, the sands, green
sand, and limestone pertaining to the middle bed. Lastly, the upper green
sand bed, which appeared to approximate closely the London clay, or lower
Eocene, in the character of its fauna, in its molluscs, according to Conrad, and
especially in the genus of serpents, Palseophis of Owen.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

June 9th,
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Thirty-seven members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :

" Descriptions of Unionidse from the Lower Cretaceous formation
of New Jersey." By Isaac Lea.

The death of Mr. Matthew Newkirk, member of the Academy,
was announced.

June IQth,

The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Twenty-one members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :
"A sketch of the Natural Order Liliacese, as represented in the
flora of the States of Oregon and Calfornia, with special reference to
the plants collected in an excursion along our Pacific Coast, A. D.,
1866, now in the herbarium of the writer." By Alphonso Wood.

June 2Zd.

The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Thirty members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :
" Notice of some vertebrate remains from Harden Co., Texas ;'*
" Indication of an Elotherium in Texas ;"
" Notice of some reptile remains from Nevada ;"
" Notice of some vertebrate remains from the AVest India Islands."
By Joseph Leidy, M.D.

Prof. Cope presented to the Academy some remains of extinct Cetacea from
the Miocene bed of Maryland. Of these, some vertebrae, belonging to adult
and young individuals, were stated to belong to a species "and genus which
had not been characterized. He stated that the form was allied to Priscodel-
phinus in its slender and pointed diapophyses of the lumbar and caudal verte-
brae, but differed in the concave centrum, with four processes clasping the
epiphysis. It was named Ixacanthus ccelospondylus.

The portion of the mandibular ramus of the smallest known finner whale
was presented to the Academy and named BALiENOPTBRA pusilla. The length
of the species was stated to have been about eighteen feet, or equal the new born
young of the modern fin-backs. Some vertebrae in the collection were also
supposed to belong to the same.

He mentioned that he had opportunity of examining a portion of a specimen
of the Scrag Whale of Dudley, Balaena g i b b o s a of Erxleben, and ascertained
that it represented a genus not previously known. It was a fin-back whale,
but without dorsal fin or throat folds, resembling superficially the genus
Balaena. The baleen short and curved. The genus was called Agaphklus.

A second species of the genus was to be found in the " gray whale " of the
coasts qf California. The baleen of this species, compared with that of the A.
g i b b 0 8 u s, was longer and had narrower basis. The plates moderately and
simply concave, while those of the latter are sigmoidal, most curved near the

1868.]

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

outer margin in cross section. The bristles of the California species w ere
very coarse, varying from one to three series between the enamel plates. The
bristles of the A. gibbosus much finer, three series together. Length of
the latter 8-5 inches, width at base 4-4 inches. In the gray whale or Agaphelus
gl a u cus Cope, 22 inches in length, width at base 6 inches. In the former
nearly 6 in an inch, in the latter 2 J. The baleen of the A. gibbosus be-
longed to an immature specimen of 35 feet in length.

June SOth.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.
Thirty-nine members present.

The amendment to Art. XXI, Chap^ XIII, was adopted, as fol-
lows :

"The Department A shall be denominated the Biological and Mi-
croscopical Department of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia."

Articles VI, VII and VIII, Chap. XIII, were amended to read
according to the original tenor, as follows :

"ART. VI. — Each department formed as herein provided, shall
elect its own officers and members.

"ART. VII. — Every candidate for admission into a Department
shall be proposed in writing by two of its members at one meeting,
and be ballotted for at the meeting next succeeding.

" The affirmative vote of three-fourths shall be necessary to elect a
candidate, but no election of members or of officers of a Department
shall be valid unless there be present at the meeting six legal voters.

"ART. VIII. — Every member elect shall pay to the Treasurer of
the Department an initiation fee and a semi-annual contribution, the
amount of which shall be determined by the members of the Depart-
ment, provided that a Department shall not assess its members at a
rate exceeding two dollars for initiation and two dollars serai-annual
contribution. In other respects the By-Laws, Chap. II, which gov-
ern the election of members and correspondents of the Academy,
shall apply also to the election of members of any of its^^- Depart-
ments."

The following gentlemen were elected members :

Roger Sherman, John E. Carter, Francis P. Steel, Wm. Thomp-
son, M.D., Wharton Barker, Isaac Comly, M.D., Silbert Combs, L.
S. Bolles, M.p., J. F. Holt, M.D.

The following were elected correspondents :

Prof Jas. Orton, Dr. Boynton.

On favorable report of the Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be printed :

Descriptions of seven new species of IJNIO from North Carolina.

BY ISAAC LEA.

Unio dorsatus. — Testa laevi, triangulari, ad latere planulata, inaequilaterali,
postice subbiangulari, antice rotundata ; valvulis subtenuibus, antice crassi-

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161

uscuHs ; natibus prorainentibus ; epidermide rufo-fusca, subsquamosa, obsolete
radiata, dentibus cardinalibus parvis corrugatisque, lateralihus longis, lamel-
latis subcurvisque ; margarita vel alba vel purpurea vel salmonea et valde
iridescente.

Jya6.— Catawba River, N. C, C. M. Wheatley.

Unio datus. — Testa laevi, lato-elliptica, valde compressa, inaequilaterali,
postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis subcrassis, antice parum
crassioribus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide rufo-fusca, micanti, obsolete
radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, sulcatis erectisque ; lateralibus
prelongis, subcurvis, lamellatis corrugatisque ; margarita nubila, salmonea et
purpurea et valde iridescente.

Hab. — Paw Creek, Beaver Creek and Long Creek, N. C, C. M. Wheatley.

Unio Beaverensis. — Testa laevi, oblonga, compressa, ad latere planulata,
inaequilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotunda; valvulis subcrassis,
antice parum crassioribus ; natibus subprominentibus ; epidermide rubiginosa,
micanti, obsolete radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus longis, crassis, lamellatis
subrectisque ; margarita vel alba vel purpurea et valde iridescente.

Hab. — Beaver and Long Creeks, N. C, C. M. Wheatley ; Carter's Creek, Ga.,
J. Postell.

Unio nubilus. — Testa laevi, oblonga, subcompressa, inaequilaterali, postice
subbiangulari, antice rotundata; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus; natibus
prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus cras-
sis, sulcatis corrugatisque ; lateralibus crassis, longis, corrugatis lamellatisque ;
margarita nubila, salmonea et purpurea et iridescente.

Bab.—F&w Creek, Mecklenberg Co., N. C, C. M. Wheatley.

Unio Pawensis. — Testa laevi, suboblonga, inflata, valde inaequilaterali, postice
subbiangulari, antice rotundata ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus subprominenti-
bus, subtumidis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, squamosa, eradiata ; dentibus
cardinalibus parvis, corrugatis, subconicis ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis sub-
curvisque ; margarita vel alba vel purpurescente et iridescente.

Bab. — Paw Creek, Beaver Creek, and Catawba River, N. C, 0. M. Wheatley.

Unio humerosus. — Testa laevi, elliptico-oblonga, compressa, ad latere planu-
lata, inaequilaterali, postice obtuse biangulari, antice rotunda ; valvulis sub-
crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide rufo-fusca, obso-
lete radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus grandibus, sulcatis, partitis ; lateralibus
prelongis, lamellatis corrugatisque ; margarita salmonis colore tincta et valde
iridescente.

ifa6.— Charlotte, Mecklenberg Co., N. C, C. M. Wheatley.

Unio genuinus. — Testa laevi, elliptica, subinflata, inaequilaterali, postice sub-
biangulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis subtenuibus, antice crassioribus ; nati-
bus subprominentibus; epidermide luteola, valde radiata; dentibus cardinali-
nalibus erectis, pyramidatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis
subcurvis lamellatisque : margarita alba et iridescente.

//a6.— Bissel's Pond, Charlotte, N. C, C. M. Wheatley.

Description of two new species of UNIONIDJE from Eqnador.
BY ISAAC LEA.

Unio Ortonii. — Testa plicata, lato-elliptica, compressa, valde inaequilaterali,
postice angulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ; nati-
bus prominulis ; epidermide rufo-fusca, eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus multi-
partitis, tlexuosis curtisque ; lateralibus prelongis, curvatis corrugatisque;
margarita albida et valde iridescente.

JJub. — River Napo, Equador, S. Am., Prof. Orton.

1868.]

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Anodonta Napoensis. — Testa laevi, oblongo-elliptica, subcompressa, valde
inaequilaterali, antice et postice rotundata ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus pro-
minulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, encarpiforini, flexuosa, obsolete radiata ;
margarita pallido-viridi, non iridescente.

Hah. — River Napo, Equador, S. Am., Prof. Orton.

Descriptions of XJNIONID.^ from the Lower Cretaceous Formation of New

Jersey.

BY ISAAC LEA.

Prof. Cope very kindly placed in my hands the specimens of C//womcfe vs^hich
he collected in a bed of bluish clay^ now first observed to contain them, about
six miles north-east of Camden, N. J. This bed is subordinate to the Green
Sand, so long known to our geologists as belonging to that portion of the Cre-
taceous group which furnished so many interesting organic remains within the
last forty years, particularly the Iladrosaurus Foulkii, Leidy, and the Lielaps
aquilunguis, found by Prof. Cope. The same member of the Green Sand For-
mation has been very productive also of marine mollusca, some of which I de-
scribed in our Proceedings from the beds near Haddonfield, N. J. But, ^s ob-
served above, no fresh water remains had been found in these cretaceous beds
there, and the unexpected development of these Unionidse by Prof. Cope, it is
hoped, may lead to other and more extensive results.

These interesting beds in New Jersey have only yet had a very slight de-
velopment. They will, no doubt, continue to yield their natural treasures to
the industrious investigator for many years. The late Prof. Vanuxem, as early
as 1818, while examining the Paris basin, was convinced that i-hese New Jersey
beds had their equivalent in the Green Sand of Europe ; and subsequently, in
1828, his notes were published in the Journal of the Academy, where he gave
a table of their " relative geological position."

Prof. Cope procured nearly forty specimens of Unionidse, and these are com-
posed of ten species, viz. : eight Vniones and two Anadontse. These consist
almost altogether of casts, but the forms are well preserved, and in some spe-
cimens the inner layers of the nacre are remaining in fragments. These frag-
ments, submitted to the microscope, exhibit the imbricated structure as de-
veloped by Prof. Carpenter in the Unionidse, but I could not detect any of that
portion of the outer structure of the nacre where the base membrane is de-
posited in the peculiar cellular structure described and figured in his work.
The impress of the muscular cicatrices is visible in many of the specimens.
These cicatrices being placed in their usual positions, shewing even the dorsal
and palleal scars. While all the massive structure of the cardinal and lateral
teeth have been decomposed and carried off, their impress in the clay remains
perfect, showing the same forms and striae which are found in the massive
cardinal and lamellar teeth of our western species.

As there are no characters of the shell itself left in anyone of the specimens,
to designate specific differences, either by form of teeth, color of nacre, or epi-
dermal rays, it remains only to take the outline, transverse diameters, and
general curves, to group these specimens. In so doing, I have made these
groups conform to the most known species, and named them accordingly.
Among these specimens I have noticed none which have nodules or folds,
while there is a general resemblance in size and form to those now inhabiting
the rivers of the Ohio basin.

As the bed in which these fresh-water shells are found lies below the well-
known deposits of " green sand or marl beds," it becomes a very interesting
question as to its relations to these superimposed beds. Further investigation
can alone give us the data to settle this ipoint. In finding these fresh-water
molluscs here, we are naturally brought to consider how far they may have
relation to the products of those deposits in Europe, where the same genera of

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

fresh-water shells have been found abundant ; I mean of course the Wealden
of England, in which the distinguished geologist Dr. Mantell had worked so
successfully, and in which he found the Iguanodon Manielli, a gigantic terres-
trial reptile, and other animals, together with many fresh-water molluscs, par-
ticularly a large number of Unionidse, analogous in form to these now so
happily found by Prof. Cope in this bed below the Green Sand*

1 ought to state, in connection with this subject, that Dr. Hayden published
with Mr. Meek, some ten years since, observations made by the former regard-
ing the estuary and fresh-water deposits near the mouth of the Judith River,
where Dr. Hayden found Uniones, Paludinse, &c. These geologists, considering
it the lowest, have called this number one. They say in their paper, published
in our Proceedings May, 1857, that "the estuary and fresh-water deposits at
the mouth of the Judith River are probably in a parallel with the lowest bed
of the great Lignite basin, though some portions of them may be somewhat
older."

Unio NASUToiDES.f — Shell smooth, very wide, compressed, very inequilateral,
biangular behind, rounded before ; beaks slightly raised, nearly terminal ;
cardinal teeth short and striate ; lateral teeth long, and nearly straight.

Length 1-5 inches, breadth 4-6 inches.

Remarks. — This species is very nearly the same in outline with the well-
known nasufus, Say, but it is more acute at the posterior margin, in which
character it is more nearly allied to' Fish erianus (nobis).

Unio radiatoides. — Shell smooth, regularly elliptical, compressed, inequi-
lateral, subangular behind and rounded before ; beaks slightly raised, subme-
dial; cardinal teeth large; lateral teeth large, rather long and lamellar.

Length 2-4 inches, breadth 4-3 inches.

Remarks. — Some of the large and compressed varieties of radiatiis, Lara., are
nearly of the same outline Math this species, and the beaks are nearly in the
same position. It is evidently a species of thickness and weight.

Unio subrotundoides. — Shell smooth, subrotund, very much compressed,
very inequilateral, rounded behind and before ; beaks slightly raised, nearly
terminal ; cardinal teeth apparently small ; lateral teeth long, lamellar and
arched.

Length 2-6, breadth 3-4 inches.

Remarks. — Very nearly of the same outline with subrotundus nobis, but not so
high in the beaks. The lateral teeth seem to be unusually long and curved.

Unio carriosoides, — Shell smooth, broadly elliptical, somewhat inflated, ob-
tusely angular behind, rounded before ; beaks somewhat raised, removed from
medial ; cardinal teeth ; lateral teeth long and slightly curved.

Length 2-5, breadth 4-8 inches.

Remarks. — This is evidently a very regularly formed species, the curves be-
ing gentle and pleasing. It resembles in outline some of the more transverse
large males of carriosus, Say.

Unio humerosoidbs. — Shell smooth, ovately oblong, very much compressed,
rounded behind and before ; beaks slightly raised, removed from medial ; car-
dinal teeth large and compressed ; lateral teeth rather long and slightly curved.

Length 26, breadth 4-2 inches.

* While in London in 1852, my friend Dr. Mantell consulted me in relation to these
Unionidie from the Wealden, of which he had sovural hundred specimens, witli the inten-
tion of publishing them. For this purpose I grouped the whole of this fine collection,
and assimilated tliern to those of our existing western species. Owing to severe illness,
from which he never recovered, Dr Mantell did not {)ublish these shells, and his collection
was dispersed by a public sale. On my return from the continent to London, fllteen
months afterward, I round in the cabinet of the late distinguish(«d geologist, Mr. Sharp, a
portion of them, which he had purchased, and which still hnd the la\)el8 which I nad
written for Dr. Mantell. I am not aware of any ol these having been published.

t These descriptions are of course imperfect, being little more than from casts. Speci-
mens of all the species are deposited in the cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences.

1868.]

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Remarks. — A rather unusual outline, and more like some South American
species than our own, except humerosus (nobis), which it is closely allied to.
The exterior is very much and coarsely striate.

Unio Roanokoidbs. — Shell smooth, very wide and slightly curved at basal
margin, compressed towards the beaks, rounded before and behind ; beaks
slightly raised, well advanced towards the anterior margin ; cardinal teeth
rather large, very much striate ; lateral teeth very long, lamellar and slightly
curved.

Length 2-6, breadth 4-8 inches.

Remarks. — The form of this species is very unusual, and it is nearest in out-
line to Roanokensis and macer (nobis). A portion of the nacre remains on the
specimen, but there is no appearance of rays on this or any other of these spe-
cimens. The anterior portion is remarkably compressed for a Unio ; this
character somewhat applies to others which accompanied it.

Unio LiaAMENTixoiDES. — Shell smooth, elliptical, very much compressed,
very inequilateral, angular behind and rounded before ; beaks slightly raised ;
cardinal teeth compressed : lateral long, lamellar and curved.

Length 2-3, breadth 3-5 inches.

Remarks — The outline and general appearance of this shell is nearly that of
a compressed male ligamentinus, Lam., but rather more arched above. The
curves are regular, and no doubt that in a perfect state it must have been
attractive as its prototype now existing is.

Unio alatoides. — Shell alate, smooth, subelliptical, very much compressed,
inequilateral, rounded before and behind ; beaks raised ; cardinal teeth
oblique and compressed ; lateral teeth long, large, lamellar and very slightly
curved.

Length 2-9, breadth 4-2 inches.

Remarks. — A single specimen only is before me, and this by no means per-
fect. It is very closely allied to ala,tus, Say. The anterior dorsal portion of
one valve is gone, and that of the other valve is crushed, but the posterior por-
tion is in a very good state, showing a perfect and deep mould of the large,
regular, lamellar lateral tooth, over which the posterior dorsal portion of the
disk extends into a well-defined wing, which was connate above, but not ex-
tending so high as in alatus.

Anodonta granbioides. — Shell smooth, elliptical, very much inflated, ventri-
cose, obtusely angular behind, obliquely rounded before ; beaks submedial,
flattened at the tips, but very much inflated on the umbos.

Length 3-3, breadth 4-9 inches.

Remarks. — This species is more like grandis^ Say, than any other of our
western Anodontse. It is about the same size, and of very nearly the same out-
line. Both the valves are present, and in their natural relevant positions. The
umbos are much inflated, but not so much as the other species [corpulentoides)
herein described.

Anodonta corpulentoides. — Shell smooth, rotundo-elliptical, exceedingly
inflated, very ventricose, obtusely angular behind, rounded before ; beaks sub-
medial, flattened at the tips, but excessively inflated on the umbos.

Length 3-6, breadth 6 5 inches.

Remarks. — This species is so nearly like corpulenta, Cooper, that I have no
hesitation to consider it nearest in outline and form to that remarkable species,
described by the late Judge William Cooper, and which inhabits the Lake of the
Woods, and other north-western waters. There is no mistaking the peculiar
great enlargement of the umbos of this species being analogous to corpulenta.
Theretare two imperfect specimens before me, but the larger one has the ante-
rior half of the right valve and posterior half of the left valve, which enables
me to make a nearly correct description and measurement.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

A sketch of tli9 Natural Order LILIACE^, as represented in the Flora of the
States of Oregon and California, with special reference to the Plants col-
lected in au Excursion along our Pacific Coasts, A. D. 1866.

BY ALPHONSO WOOD.

(Commencing at San Diego, Jan. 28, 1 made wide excursions in that vicinity until Feb.
l9. Here the hills are covered with four species of the Cacti, with other plants. Thence
journeying north, I visited the splendid plains of San Louis Rey, and of Anaheim, <fec.
Arrived at Los Angeles on the 23d. Here flourish almost all the tropical, together with
the temperate fruits, in great abundance. My daily excursions here extended to San
Gabriel, to the Granite Mountains north and east, to Cocomungo and San Bernardino east,
and to San Pedro west. Next journeyed to San Buenaventura,— a most delightful trip,
much of it on the beach. Hence diverged to Ojai Ranch and the Sulphur Mountains.
Thence to Santa Barbara, known for its grand Mission church, still in good repair. On
the 28th of March I left for San Louis Obispo, where I spent three days on those magnifi-
cent plains and lofty buttes. Next on the Salinas Plains, the Gavilan Mountains, and the
vicinity of Monterey four days, and April 4th to 7th in the rich Pajaro Valley and adjoin-
ing Redwood Hills. April 7th to 17th botanized in the remarkable region of Santa Cruz,
and the following week on the splendid plains and hills of Santa Clara and San Jose,
south and east of the Bay. April 23d to May 6th, in the vicinity of San Francisco, San
Mateo, Oakland, tec.

Our next journey was to the Giant-wood of Calaveras, with side excursions to Sacra-
mento, Lincoln, Folsom, Murphy's and Vallecito, returning on May 31st. The plainj
were now dressed in their most brilliant robes, in which the golden and purple Mariposaa
shone conspicuous.

A trip to the Geysers commenced June 1st, when the Geyser Mountains were red with
Clarkias. In this journey we visited Petaluma, Sevastopol, Santa Rosa and Healdsburg,
which latter place yields a rich harvest to the botanist. Returned June 7th.

Next day commenced our long tour northward, again visiting Sacramento, Marysville,
and exploi'ing the Yuba River to near Downieville. Thence Oroville, Chico, are visited ;
Red Bluff and Shasta, where I explored the head-waters of the Sacramento. Thence over
the Trinity Mountains, where Brevoortia had long bloomed unknown, and over Scott's
Mountain, reaching Yreka June 17th From this place enjoyed a grand excursion over the
volcanic plains, thirty miles, to Mt. Shasta.

June 21st crossed the State line, on the Siskiyou Mountains, into Oregon, and for three
days explored the splendid valley of Rogue River, in the vicinity of Jacksonville. Next
three days were spent in pleasant excursions up and down the Umpqua Valley, from the
bright little town of VVilbur. At Eugene, 100 miles to the north, entered the vast plains
of the Wahlamette River. Reached Albany July 1st, and Salem, the capital of Oregon,
July 4th. Here spent three days in botanic trips, in company with Dr. Wythe of the
Wahlamette University. Hence thirty miles to Oregon City, a place of infinite water-
power, and one hundred miles from Eugene,— the entire length of this great valley. Hence
to Portland twenty miles, and to the ocean one hundred miles navigation for the largest
steamers.

From the city of Portland, June 9th to 17th, my long excursions radiated, usually in
excellent company. By the waters of the Great Columbia I reached the Dalles on the
I8th, laboring diligently one week, with Judge Wilson often as guide. Returning, spept
one day at the famous Cascades, wh«re the river has torn asunder the mountains, which
are supported on columns of basalt. Next I am perambulating the rich woods and
meadows of Forest Grove, twenty-five miles west of Portland. A day at Milwaukie, Oswe-
go and Oregon City, where friends and botanists had already collected herbaria for my
use. August 7th to 11th at Astoria, and Clatsop Plains, at the mouth of the Columbia.
Once more reach, and leave Portland, accompanied by friends brave and true (Dr. Atkin-
son, J. Deerdorf, <fec.), for the Cascade Range and Mt. Hood, in full view sixty miles east-
ward. On that awful summit we stood Aug. 20th, and estimated its height at 17,(X)0 feet,
—water boiling at 180° Fahr.

On the 25th, started from Monticello, Washington Territory, in a canoe rowed by Indi-
ans, on a two days' excursion up the Cowlitz River. Everywhere in dark, gloomy forests
of the Douglas Fir (Abies Douglasii),— would supply the world with lumber for a
thousand years. Finally, on the Slst, leave Portland by steamer Montana for the Pacific,
and for San Francisco, 000 miles distant.

Our final excursion was to the Yosemite,— last, not least. A day or two at Benicia and
around Mt. Diablo (whose flowers had already been gathered for me by Rev. J. P. Moore),
once more at Stockton, and across the vast plain to Bear Valley, Mt. Bullion, and Mari-

f>osa, and I surveyed alone the Giant-wood or Mariposa. Four tfays 1 went up and down
n Yosemite, plucking flowers from tlie bases of cloud-capped rocks, and on the 22d of
September am again In San Francisco, whence, on the morning of the 20th, with many a
trophy, I embarked for home.)

Tribe l.—TULIPE.E.

Ebythronium orandiflorum, Pursh. Scape tall (1 — 2 f.), 1 — 3-flowered ;
perianth segments yellow, acuminate, retiexed from near the base ; stigmas 3,
distinct, revolute j leaves spotless. — Woods, from the Sacrameuto to the Co-

1868.]

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

lumbia River, and northward. Bulb oblong-ovoid. Flowers (when more than
one) racemed, as if by the splitting of the scape.
/?. multiflorum (Torr.) Flowers 5 — 8 in the raceme. — Sierras.
y. mulfiscapidea (Kellogg). Scapes several, all radical, each 1-flowered. —
Sacramento Valley (Dr. Stillman. V. s. in herb. Torrey). A remarkable
plant ; but the scape is often one only, and then undistinguishable from
var. ct.

E. GiGANTEUM Lindl. Scapes 5 or 6-flowered ; segments acuminate ; stigmas
united and club-shaped, somewhat 3-lobed. — Oregon to Idaho (Mr. E. Walker),
and northward. My specimens are all 1-flowered, and too small to justify
Lindley's name. Flowers straw-yellow.

LiLiUM CANADENSE, /?. puberulum {ToTT.l) Tall, strict (3 — 4 f.) ; stem and
peduncles minutely puberulent ; leaves some opposite, some verticillate, often
some scattered ; flowers few (often but one) ; segments orange-yellow, with
brown dots, oblong, reflexed from below the middle ; anthers oblong ; stigma
entire, 3-lobed. — Yuba Co. to the Columbia. Flowers large, showy, 1 — 7.
June, July.

y. minus. — Glaberrimum ; foliis plerumque sparsis ; flore ssepius unica /? di-
midio minore ; antheris ovalibus, basi affixis. — Meadows near Mt. Shasta,
and in Oregon. June. (Y&r. parviflora Hook, is undescribed.)
S. Walkeri. Floribus multis (12 — 15) minimisque (policaribus) ; racemo
elongato ; foliis verticillatis — Idaho (Mr. Elkanor Walker).

L. Washingtonianum (n. sp.) Glaberrimum ; foliis plerumque verticillatis,
oblanceolatis vel obovatis, breviter acuminatis : floribus permagnis, infundi-
buliformibus, basi attenuatis, umbellatis vel Sfepe solitariis, subnutantibus ;
segmentis spatulatis, apice cuspidatis, basi longe angustatis, supra recurvatis,
3-policaribus ; intus fusco-maculatis, odoratissimis ; anth. oblongis ; stig. in-
tegro. — In woods here and there, from Yosemite to the Columbia. 3 — 5 f.
Flowers purple, varying to white.

This splendid lily seems to have been overlooked by the botanists, or con-
founded with the preceding. It is well known to the miners, who recognize
its superior qualities, and call it the " Washington Lily."

FRITILLARIA, Tournef.
* Flowers tessellated, purple and yellow. Caps. 6-winged.

F. MUTiCA Lindl. Stems many (3 — 9)-flowered, naked below ; leaves verti-
cillate, linear-lanceolate, obtusely pointed; flowers racemed, nodding, bell-
form, as long as the pedicles (1^) ; segments oblong, acutish, tessellated with
dull purple and greenish-yellow ; style trifid ; capsule 6-winged. — California ;
common in the interior. 2 — 3 f. Lvs. 2 — 3''. The one radical leaf is ample,
elliptical. Bulb of white, thick scales. April, May.

/?. foliosa. — Procera ; foliis majoribus (5 — 6^) ; floribus parvulis, segm.
linearibus,* 9^^. — In deep shades. Redwood hills. 3 — 5 f.

F. LANCEOLATA Ph. Stem strict, 1 — 2-fiowered ; leaves lanceolate and linear-
lanceolate, verticillate or opposite ; flowers nodding, obconic, obtuse at base,
longer than their pedicels ; segments oblanceolate, rather obtuse, tessellated
with purple and yellow; caspule broadly 6-winged.— Monterey to Portland,
north and east. 1 — 2 f. Lvs, 2 — V. Stem naked below, as in F. mutica. The
capsule is broader than long. It is more than probable that F. mutica runs
into this.

F. PARViFLORA Torr. (P. R. R. Rep. IV.) Leaves narrowly lance-linear,
whorled or scattered; flowers small, few or many, in a long raceme, on short
pedicels, nodding ; perianth narrow at base ; style trifid to near the middle;
capsule 6-winged. — Santa Cruz, Gavilan Mts. ! Murphy's (Calaveras Co.)
Radical leaf broad. Stem lvs. about 2^ by 2^^. Flowers 1 — 20, greenish and
purple.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

167

** Flowers brownish-purple, not tessellated. Fr. wingless.
F. Kamtschatcbnsis Gawl. Bulbs granulated ; leaves lanceolate, irregularly
verticillate ; flowers 1 — 3, pendulous, brown-purple, spotless, bell-form, much
longer than their pedicels ; segments lance-elliptical, acute, veins inside more
or less lamellated ; nectaries oblong ; capsule obtusely 6-angled. — Coast, San
Diego to Sitka (and Kamtschatka). The bulb consists of thick farinaceous
scales, loosely conjoined. Stem 8— 12^ February — April. {F. bifiora Lindl.)

F. RECDRVA Benth. Stem tall, naked at base ; leaves linear or oblong-linear,
some whorled near the middle of the stem ; flowers several, subcylindrical,
suberect ; segments oblong, reflexed at the end, longer than their pedicels ; stig-
mas subconnate ; ovary oblong, fr. wingless. — California (Hooker), Umpqua
Valley, Oregon (Mrs. Royal). 2 f. Flowers 1^ inches long, light purple.

*** Flowers yellow. Capsule wingless.
F. LiLiACEA Lindl. Stem leafy at base ; leaves oblong-lanceolate and
linear, the lower whorled or opposite ; flowers 1 — 5, racemed, nodding, bell-
form, with a narrow base, yellow ; pedicels erect, longer than the bracts; cap-
sule oblong, blunt at both ends ; style 3-cleft. — San Francisco (Dr. Slillman),
Benicia (Rev. J. P. Moore), to Nevada. 8 — 14^. Nectary a groove. Very
pretty. March.

F. PUDioA Spreng. Low ; leaves lance-linear and linear, opposite or scat-
tered ; flower solitary, nodding, bell-form, yellow ; peduncle as long as the
bract, recurved at top ; segments oblong-obovate, obtuse ; style and stigma
undivided ; ovary wingless. — Dalles of the Columbia (Mrs. Wilson), and east.
6 — 9''. Leaves few, 3''. Nectaries nearly obsolete, hence first named by Pursh
a Lilium [L. pudicum).

Yucca aloifolia L. ? — Hills, near the Hot Springs, San Bernardino (March
10th), only the leaves and the dead scapes of the preceding year. Leaves
densely capitate near the ground, 12 — 15^ by 1'', very rigid, sharply serrulate,
glaucous, ending in a strong spine. Scapes very stout, 10 — 15 f. high.

Y. GRAMiNiFOLiA (u. sp. ?) — Mouutaius twclvc miles east of Los Angeles
(March 3d). Saw only leaves, and dead scapes with the fruit. Leaves very
numerous, in a dense radical crown, linear, 2 f. by 3 — 4^'', glaucous, not very
rigid, rough-serrulate, round -carinate, involute above, and ending in a sharp
spine. Scape 10 — 15 f. high, paniculately branched, bearing hundreds of
" white, bell-form, pendulous " (Mr. Hoover) flowers. Capsule K thick, 1^'' long,
6-lobed, 6-celled, packed full of disc-form, thin, black seeds. The leaves are
not at all filamentous.

Y. FiLAMENTOSA L. ? — Mountains east of Los Angeles, with the last. Only
the leaves seen (March 3d), which are densely clustered, yellowish-green, with
brown spots and transverse lines at intervals, with no midvein, thick, lance-
linear, rolled above and sharp-pointed, margin splitting into strong, recurved
filaments.

CALOCHORTUS, Pursh. (Kaxof, beautiful, x^rot, grass.)
[Cyclobothra and Calochortus of authors.)
Perianth 6-parted, regular, deciduous ; segments distinct, contorted in Aesti-
vation ; sepals oblong or lance-linear, spreading, much smaller than the petals ;
petals connivent or spreading, broadly obovate, cuneate-unguiculate, bearded
within, with a glabrous spot above the base ; stamens tJ, perigynous ; fil.
subulate ; anthers linear- oblong, deeply perforated at base where the filament
is inserted ; ovary free, 3-angled ; style very short or none ; stigmas recurved,
persistent on the 3-celled, 3-valved, chartaceous capsule ; seeds angular, one
row in each cell. — Bulbous erect herbs of the North American Pacific States.
Leaves narrow, acuminate. Flowers few, terminal, solitary, nodding or erect,
showy.

1868.]

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

The acknowledged error of Litidley, Kunth, &c., of referring the origin&l species of
Pursh (C. ekgans, A.D. 1816) to a genus invented ten years later {Cyclobothra, Sweet, 1826), is
aroided by including both genera in one, under Pursh's name. Moreover, Sweet's genus
cannot possibly be distinguished by " fovea nectarifera alte impressa " (the only distinc-
tion relied upon), for in C. elegans and its congeners " the pit" fades away by degrees, be-
coming imperceptible. If, however, the two genera be insisted on. Sweet's name must
give place to the prior one of Pursh, and a new name (none more appropriate than Mari-
posa) conferred in place of the Calochortus of Lindley, «fec. No one acquainted with these
oeautiful flowers will regret the disuse of so distasteful a name as Cydobothra,

^Calochortidea, Petals impressed inside with a nectariferous pit, which is
gibbous outside, beard scattered, soft, margin ciliate-fringed.

* Perianth ventricous, pendulous.
C. P0LCHELLUS. Erect, branched above ; flowers globous, yellow ; the upper
in pairs and threes, lower often solitary, all with long bracts ; sepals lance-
ovate, acuminate^ petals concave, connivent, fringed, twice broader than the
sepals, the pits large and deep ; anthers mucronate ; ovary ovoid, — Mt. Diablo
(Rev. J. P. Moore), and the interior of California generally, less common than
the next. 1 f. Its pendulous golden globes make a fine appearance. May.
{Cyclobothra pulchella Benth., in Hort. Trans., n. ser., i, p. 413.)

C. ALBUS DougL Erect or inclined, branching ; flowers oblong, inflated,
white, the upper in pairs, with lanceolate acuminate bracts ; sepals oval, much
shorter than the concave, scarcely fringed petals ; anthers obtuse ; ovary obo-
void. — California, common in all the foot hills. 1 — 2 f. Leaves and bracts
lance-linear and long pointed. Flowers V or more long, of a delicate pearly
whiteness. May, June. (Cyclobothra alba Benth., 1. c. C. alba And paniculata
Lindl.)

** Perianth expanding, nodding (not pendulous).

0. ELEGANS Pursh. Stem slender, with one radical, linear leaf; flowers in
pairs or threes, open, nodding or suberect, white or purplish ; sepals oblong,
cuspidate, greenish-purple, the petals much larger, roundish-obovate, soft-
bearded within except its purplish pit, ciliate-fringed, and a short cusp at apex ;
anthers acuminate, white j stigmas recurved ; capsule 3-winged, finally oval
and reflexed on the elongated pedicels. — In cool mountain shades, Mt. Shasta
to the Columbia. 10 — 16^. Petals near 1'' long, the pit strongly impressed.
June. (C Tolmxi Hook., Cyclobothra elegans Lindl., Bot. Reg. t. 1662.)

/S. nanus. Folio august^ lineari v. filiformi, florem unicum longe excedente ;

ped. filiformi bracteis subulatis duabus instructo ; perianthii capillis fuscis.

— High hills, Yreka. Also on Mt. Hood. 5 — 8''. June — August.

^^Mariposa. Perianth erect, open. Sepals convolute-acuminate. Petals

plane, erect-spreading, often spotted, but with no nectariferous pit. Seeds oval,

compressed. (Vide C. venustus, below.)

* One radical leaf exceeding the slender stem. Petals straight, spotless? Pods
oval, obtuse, nodding
C. UMBELLATUS (u. sp.) Folio radicali unico, lineari, caulem et bracteas
foliosas longe excedente ; floribus 5 — 9, fere umbellatis, erectis ; pediculis
subradicalibus, longissimis, ebracteatis, fructiferis recurvatis ; petalis flabelli-
formibus, apice rotundatis, erosis, glaberrimis, basi squama ciliata instructis,
albis, concoloribusj antheris oblongis, obtusis ; capsula 3-alata — In collibus
altis prope Oakland, California (legimus Sanborn et nos). Caulis 6 — 8 poll.
Folium pedale. Petala 10 lin, Maia. {Cyclobothra elegans, r&r. Tow. 7 R. R.
Rep. iv ) Distinguished from C. elegans by its many flowers, beardless petals,
entire absence of nectary, &c.

c^C. UNiFLORUS Hook. One radical lance-linear leaf larger than the several
cauline ones ; flower single, lilac, on a long, nearly radical peduncle ; sepals
linear, acuminate; petals triangular-fan-shaped, bearded just at base, with a

[June*

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

small purple spot; anthers linear-oblong, obtuse, blue; style short, distinct.
—High plains, Santa Cruz, &c. Scape 6\ Flower V long. April. Clearly
distinct.

C. NiTiDUS Dougl. Radical leaf lance-linear, much larger than the few cau-
line, all long-pointed ; flowers 3 — 4, orange-yellow, pedicels elongated ; sepals
elliptic, acute ; petals same length, roundish, bearded all over inside with cla-
vate hairs ; anthers short, acuminate ; capsule oval, wingless, drooping. — Yuba
and Tuolumne Counties. 6—8^. Leaf 1 f. Flowers brilliant, 15'^ broad.
May.

/?. cornutus. Sepalis longe acuminatis, corollam excedentibus. Flore unica ;
fol. anguste lineari.— Dutch Flat. 4—6^. Fl. 1^ lato.

** Stem leafy, erect, branched, rigid. Perianth large, broad-campanu-
late, the petals recurved- spreading above the middle, spotted (except
a Weedii).

C. VENUSTUS Benth. Branches few, 1-flowered ; leaves few, narrowly linear;
sepals lanceolate, acuminate, greenish outside, a purple eye bordered with
yellow inside ; petals many times larger, flabelliform, straw-white, variegated,
a tuft of hairs below, a purple crescent bordered with yellow near the middle;
stamens one-third as long as petals, anthers longer than filament ; pod lance-
oblong. — Plains and foot hills, California. 1^ — 2 f. Flowers 2^ inches broad.
This splendid flower (with the next two) has long been known to the native
Californians by the name of Mariposa (iSpanish for butterfly).

C. SPLENDBNS Bcuth. ? Stem stout, 3 — 5-flowered ; leaves narrowly linear ;
sepals lanceolate, acuminate, revolute, green, longer than the petals, a small
brown spot in the middle ; petals broad-obovate, rounded at apex, lilac,
sparsely bearded below, a brown-yellow eye in the middle ; anthers large,
longer than filament (6^''), blue (Bentham). — Santa Clara, &c., not rare. 1 —
2 f. Flowers as large as in No. 7. Perhaps it runs into that species. May.

C. MACROCARPUS Dougl. Bulb oblong ; stem 5-leaved, 2-flowered glaucous ;
leaves convolute, sheathing at base ; pedicels enlarged upwards ; sepals lance-
linear, longer than the petals, lilac, -with a green line outside ; petals obovate,
short acuminate, tapering to base, lilac or bluish-purple, greenish at base in-
side, and with a tuft of beard ; anthers acuminate, as long as filament ; cap-
sule lance-oblong, very long (3 — 4^). — Dalles of the Columbia, &c., common.
August.

C. LUTEUS Dougl. Stem about 3-flowered ; leaves convolute-acuminate,
shorter than the slender peduncles ; sepals oblong, pointed and recurved at
apex, scarcely shorter than the petals, yellow; petals yellow, broad-cuneate,
rounded at apex, bearded across the base, a roundish red spot near the middle ;
anthers as long as filament; capsule elliptical. — Plains of Sacramento and
San Joachin. 1 — 2 f. Flowers smaller than in the foregoing, very brilliant.
May.

C. Weedii (n. sp.) Caule subtrifloro ; foliis convolutis-filiformibus, pedun-
culo divaricato multo brevioribus; floribus aurantiacis-Iuteis, coucoloribus ;
Sep. oblongis, acuminatis, petala excedentibus, basi barbatis ; pet. cuneato-
obovatis, intus omnino barbatis, ciliatis, basi barbis fasciculatis ; stam. fere
longitudine petalorum, anth. filamentis brevioribas; ovario lineari. — San Diego
(ligit Weed). Caulis gracilis, rigidus, 1 — 2 ped. Flores magnitudine Glutei;
pet. 15 lin. Stam. et pistilla, 1 pol. April. Very distinct.

0. NuTTALLii Terr. "Stem 2-flowered; leaves very narrowly linear; petals
obovate cuneate, rounded at summit, white except the yellow base, with an
oblong dense tuft of hairs on the claw, a jjurple spot just above, and a few
scattered hairs. (C. luteua Nutt ) Noble's Pass, Sierra Nevada, July 3." (P.
R. R. Rep. ii, 124.) V. s. in herb Torr*

* The frequent references like the above, In these paKes, Indicate the extent of my ob*
ligations to tliat eminent botanist, Dr. John Torroy, of Cohimbiu Coll., Now Yorit.

1868.] , 12

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Tribe ll.—ASPHODELEJE,

Camassia esculenta Lindl. — Fine specimens from Marin Co. (Dr. Stillman)
to Portland (Mr. Walker, Mrs. Shepley). Bulb white, furnishing to the Indi-
ans a rich diet. Leaves broadly linear, nearly the length of the scape (12 —
18''); raceme 6 — 10-flowered. Flowers I'' long, blue, alternate. Sepals lance-
oblong, 5 — 7-veined. Cells of the capsule about 12-seeded.

ALLIUM, Linn.
I Bracts of the spathe 2, rarely 1 or 3.

* Sepals acuminate, longer than the stamens.

A. PALCiFOLiuM Hook. Bulb globular, white ; leaves 2 or 3, linear, recurved,
shorter than the scape ; spathe colored, of 1 or 2 bracts, shorter than the pedi-
cels ; flowers 10 — 30, rose-purple, two or three times shorter than their stalks ;
sepals lance-ovate, carinate-acuminate, more or less glandular-serrulate,
recurved, more than twice longer than the unequal stamens. — San Diego to
Salem (Oregon). 10 — 20''. Pedicels V — 18''^. March — May. Hooker's plant
had " lanceolate " leaves. None wider than lance-linear appear among my
specimens.

A. DouGLASSii Hook. Bulb ovoid, white ; leaves linear, erect, mostly two,
shorter than the scape ; spathe 2 bracted, about as long as the pedicels ;
flowers about 20, rose-purple, two or three times shorter than their stalks ;
sepals ovate, gibbous at base, rather acuminate, straight, a third longer than
the subequal stamens. — Throughout Oregon, California and Nevada. 10 —
20''. Pedicels V. San Diego specimens have sepals brop-dly ovate, merely
acute. Nearly allied to A. falcifolium, but readily distinguished by the sepals
(sepals and petals).

A. ACUMINATUM Hook. ? Bulb ovoid, often purplish ; leaves 2 — 3, narrowly
linear, shorter than scape ; umbel densely 00 -flowered, globular, V or more in
diameter; spathe 2 — 3-bracted; pedicels not longer than the purple flowers
(3 — 5^^) ; sepals ovate or oval, acuminate, gibbous at base, near twice longer
than the stamens ; capsule ripening 1 — 3 black seeds. — Hills, Santa Clara Co.
to the Wahlamette. Scape 1 f. or more. Umbel small and compact, 20 — 40-
flowered, very pretty. April, May.

/?. gracile. Scapo gracillimo ; umbella 20-flora, f pol. diam. ; segmentis
(siccis, post anthesin) inflectis, albis ; semine unico. — On Feather River,
Oroville.

** Sepals acute, equalling the stamens.

A. TRiBRACTEATUM Torr. Bulb ovate ; scape low (3 — 4'') ; leaves 2, linear,
much longer than scape ; umbel 15 — 20-flowered; spathe of 3 ovate bracts ;
sepals lanceolate, acute ; about equalling the stamens ; capsule broadly
obovate, 3-lobed, cells 2-seeded. — Hill sides, Dufifield's, Sierra Nevada (P. R.
R. Rep. iv, 92). V. s. in herb. Torr.

A. AMPLECTENS Torr. Bulb large ; scape low, flexuous ; leaves 2, longer than
scape, filiform; umbel 3 — 6-flowered ; spathe of two round concave bracts
embracing the flowers ; sepals oblong, obtuse ; capsule 3-lobed, depressed, 6-
seeded. — Hill sides, Sonoma, Cal. (Torrey, 1. c, V. s. in herb. Torr.

■5^** Sepals acute, stamens exserted.

A. CERNUUM Roth.? Bulb ovoid-oblong, tapering upwards; leaves 5 — 8,
narrow-linear, erect, shorter than the scape ; umbel fastigiate, nodding, finally
erect, with a short 2-leaved spathe, and about 20 small roseate flowers; sepals
oblong-ovate, acute, shorter than the stamens and slender style; ovary
3-lobed, crowned with a 6-lobed crest !— Dalles of the Columbia and east. 1^
feet. Bulb 1^ in. long, eatable. Flowers 2^^ long. Umbel 1^ broad. August.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171

This plant combines the exserted stamens of ^. cernuum with the 6-lobed creat
of A. stellatum Nutt.

§§ Bracts of the spathe 4—6.

A. Sanbornii (n. sp.) Bulbo ovato, albo ; foliis ante anthesin evanescenti-
bus (ignotis) ; scape gracilente, procero (2 — 3 ped.), basi longe vaginatis ;
umb. globosa, confertim 40 — 100 flora; spatha e bracteis 4 lanceolatis
acuminatis ; ped. filiformibus, floribus purpureis longioribus ; segm. erectis,
oblongis, basi gibbosis ; interioribus longioribus ; stam. et stylo gracillimo
exsertis ; fil. capillaribus, basi dilatatis ; stigm. trifida ; caps, trilobata, tri-
sperma, glandibus 3 coronata; spermatibus angulatis, albo-luteis (immaturis).
— In collibus umbrosis, Yuba Co. prope Foster's Bar (S. S. Sanborn, Esq.) Aug.
Flores 3 lin. longi.

A. MARiTiMUM Torr. Bulb globular, corm-like ; leaves 3 — 6, linear, longer
(often shorter) than scape; umbel about 10-flowered, fastigiate ; spathe of 3 —
6 narrow bracts, sepals distinct almost to base, oval, with a wide midvein and
callous tip, some longer than the stamens; fil. dilated at base ; capsule globu-
lar, size of a peppercorn, 30-ovuled, perfecting about nine black seeds. — Hills
near the sea and bay, Santa Cruz to Benicia and Marin Co. 6 — 12^. Flowers
small, white. April.

A. CROCEUM Torr. Leaves several, linear, as long as the slender scape (1 f.) ;
umbel 9 — 12-flowered, pedicels spreading, 8 — 10'''; spathe of 4 — 5 lanceolate,
acuminate bracts ; sepals oblong, acutish, orange-yellow, 4 — b^^ ; stamens
shorter, fil. 2-toothed at base ; capsule obovate. — Mountains east of San Diego
(Mex. Bound. Rep. ii, 218). V. s. in herb. Torrey.

HESPEROSCORDIUM, Lindl. ("Ecr;r«/)of, evening, <r*i/i/oy, garlick.)

Perianth acute at base, articulated to the pedicel ; segments 6, distinct,
spreading above ; stamens six, short, equal, fil. dilated, coherent andperigynous
at base; ovary stipitate, many-ovuled ; style slender ; capsule ovoid, 3-celled,
3-valved : seeds CO , black. — Corm coated, scape umbelliferous. Involucre of 4
or more bracts. Flowers erect, white.

H. LACTEUM Lindl. Corm globular, fibrous-coated, brown ; leaves 2, linear,
shorter than the tall scape ; flowers 10 — 25, shorter than their pedicels ; seg-
ments cream-white, 1-veined, oblong, obtuse, 6 — *l'^ long; fil. at base broad
and connate, forming a corona half the length of the perianth ; stipe nearly
the length of the capsule. — San Mateo Co. (Mr. Easton), to the Sacramento
and Wahlamette. 2 f. {^H. hyacinthinmn Lindl. is the same plant.)

TRITELEIA, Dougl. (T/)i'f, thrice, tjawo?, complete.)

Perianth 6-parted, funnel-form, persistent, segments spreading, 1-veined ;
stamens 6, the 3 inner higher and longer ; fil. adherent to the tube, anthers
linear-oblong, fixed by the middle ; stigmas 3-lobed, style distinct ; capsule
ghort-stipitate (in our species), cells 3, about 10-seeded. — Bulbous. Scape
umbellate or 1-flowered. Spathe of 2 bracts.

T. GRANDiFLORA Lindl., Hook. Leaves linear, glaucous, shorter than the tall
(2 f.) scape ; spathe equalling the pedicels, which are scarcely as long as the
perianth; stipe shorter than the ovary or the style ; stigmas 3-lobed; umbel
few-flowered. — Plains of the Columbia and Wahlamette. The specimen in.
Dr. Torrey's her
Flowers white ?

SUBERTIA, Kunth. (In honor of Dr. Subert, a German botanist.)

Perianth funnel-form, attenuate at base, half-6-cleft ; segments erect, 3-
veined in the middle ; stamens 6, inuluded, fil. inserted at top of tube ; antherg*

1868.]

172 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

versatile, ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, the 3 inner higher than the 3 outer; ovary
oval, longer than its style, 3 to 5 times shorter than its stipe ; capsule ovoid,
ripening few black seeds from many (15 — 45) ovules. — Bulbous. Leaves lance-
linear. Scape umbellate. Spathe of 3 — 6 narrow bracts.

S. LAXA Kunth. Bulb globular, iibrous-coated ; leaves as long as the scape
(12—18^), broadly linear (5—8^^) ; pedicels 10—20, suberect, 2—3^ ; flowers
violet-purple, segments with a triple midvein ; stipe 5 or 6 times as long as the
ovary (near 1^). — California, middle and northern counties. Bulb as large as
a musket ball. Flowers 16^^ long. April, May. Very handsome.

S. CROCEA (n. sp.) Foliis 1 — 2 (v. pluribus ?), linearibus, conduplicato-
falcatis, erectis, scapo gracilente brevioribus, obtusis ; spatha e bracteis 4
subulatis acuminatis, pediculis breviora ; floribus 5 v. 6, basi acutis, supra
sensim dilatatis (9 lin. longis), segm. aeque obtusis, medio vena forti instructis ;
anth. oblongis, interioribus duplo altioribus ; ovario quam stipes crassus
triplo breviori ; loculis 5-spermi3. — Yreka, California. Caulis pedalis. Flores
crocei. June.

OALLIPRORA, Lindl. (KaKxos, beauty, ^r/xj^/ja, front.)

Perianth of 6 segments united at base into a turbinate tube, spreading above,
oblong, 1-veined; stamens 6, perigynous, 3 of them longer, fil. dilated, all
tricuspidate, the middle cusp shortest, bearing the anthers ; ovary short -stiped ;
style and stigma undivided ; capsule 3-celled, co -seeded, seeds black. — Bulbous.
Leaves linear-ensiform. Scape umbellate. Spathe of 3 or 4 bracts. Flowers
5 — 20, yellow. [Calliproa Kunth.)

C. LUTBA Lindl. — Hills, Santa Cruz, to Healdsburg and the Sierra Nevada.
A handsome plant, 1 f. Bulb globular. Leaves 1 — 3, as long as the scape,
channeled. Segments 6 — 10^^ long, the vein greenish outside. Pedicels 1 —
2''. Specimens from the Coast Range have a much smaller flower than those
from the interior. April, May. Differs from Subertia chiefly in its stamens.

BRODIiEA, Smith. (Named for James Brodie, Esq., of Scotland.)

Perianth funnel- bellform, outer segments narrower ; stamens 6, inserted into
the throat of tube, exserted, outer anthers sterile, petaloid, the inner fertile,
erect, fixed by the cleft base (shorter than the segments); ovary fusiform,
narrowed to the subsessile base ; cells 3, 5 — 7-ovuled, style equalling the
stamens, stigmas 3-fid ; capsule substipitate. — Bulbous. Leaves 5, linear,
exceeding the scape. Umbel few-flowered. Spathe 2bracted. Flowers
large, violet blue.

B. GRANDiFLORA Sm., it. macrantka, Tbrr. Bulb depressed-globous, fibrous-
icoated ; pedicels stout, divaricate, then erect; flowers 4 — 8, rarely but 1, the
inner segments nearly twice broader than the outer, all spreading above. Ste-
rile stamens usually longer than the fertile, emarginate, yellowish, — Plains
and hills, California. 8 — 18^. Flowers large, varying from I'' to 2^ in length,
on unequal stalks.

B. ToRREYi (n. sp.) Bulbo magno, depress©, tunica reticulata instructo ;
foliis multo elongatis ; umb. 5 — 10- flora, subradicali v. scapo brevissimo, pedi-
culis valde inequalibus ; perianthii segm. suberectis, omnibus obtusis; anth.
• oblongis, castratis elongatis, bifidis. — Swampy places about Oakland, Napa, to
Marysville, «fec. Leaves 6—10''. Pedicels 3 — 6^. Flowers f inch long. I often
saw the live plant, always with the same habits and characters. (B. grandifiora^
/?. macropoda Torrey, Bot. Whipp. Rep. 93.)

B. PARviFLORA Torr. Scape roughish ; umbel 15 — 20-flowered ; pedicels
shorter than the flower ; sterile stamens ovate lanceolate, rather acute, entire ;
cells of the ovary 6 — 8-ovuled.— Sierra Nevada. (Torrey, in P. R. R. Rep., ii,

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

DICHELOSTEMMA, Kunth. {^ix>i>^o(, bifid, a-ri/u/x*, crown.)

Perianth 6-parted, limb erect or spreading ; fil. 6, dilated, perigynous, the 3
outer exserted, petaloid, 2-parted either with or without an anther between
the lobes, the 3 inner wholly adnate, antheriferous, rarely appendaged ; anthers
bifid at each end ; ovary 3-celled, cells 3— 5-ovuled ; seeds few or many,
black. — Bulb or corm globous. Leaves linear, flat. Scape tall, wiry, bearing
a dense umbel of flowers. Spathe of 3 or 4 broad bracts.

§ Only the three outer filaments appendaged. Flowers violet-blue.

D. coNGESTA Kunth. Leaves 1 — 2, narrowly linear ; scape flexuous, erect
(2 f.) ; flowers subsessile, in a globular umbel, tube tumid at base, contracted
above the globular ovary; anthers 3 ; pedicels roundish ; seeds angular, 5 in
each cell. — Oregon and N. California, common. Flowers 9^^ long, about a
dozen in each umbel. March — May. {Brodixa congesta, Smith.)

D. CAPiTATA Benth.? Leaves broad-linear, glaucous ; scape straight, erect
(2 f.) • flowers subsessile, few (5 — 9), compact, broad at base, not contracted
above ; anthers 6 ; pod ovoid, with 9 elliptical seeds. — San Diego to Yreka ;
often seen with the other, readily distinguished at sight. The seeds are thrice
larger than in the preceding. The bulbs of both are largely eaten by the
Digger Indians. February — April.

^ StrophoUrion, Torr. Filaments all appendaged ; the lobes of the antherife-
rous much shorter than those of the sterile.

D. Calipornica. Leaves long, linear ; scape terete, twining on anything in
reach, 5 — 10 f. ! Umbels capitate, with 4 or 5 bracts; flowers tubular-bell-
form, rose-purple, somewhat constricted above the ovary, articulated to the
pedicels ; cells 4-ovuled, 1-seeded ; seed oblong, black. Common in the foot
hills, Marin, Yuba and Placer counties. May. {^Stropholirion californicum,
Torrey, in P. R. R. Rep. iv. 149.)

BREVOORTIA, Wood. Proc. Phila. Ac. N. Sci., June, 1867.
(Dedicated to J. Carson Brevoort, Esq.. Reg. N. Y. Univ.)

Perianth tubular-pyriform (scarlet red), persistent, limb 6-toothed, reflexed,
crown erect, of 3 broad truncate scales ; stamens 3, fil. adnate, anthers free,
exserted, opposite the inner segments (teeth), alternate with the scales of the
crown, deeply bifid at base ; ovary ovoid, 3-celled ; cells 4-ovuled, style slender ;
capsule? — Bulbous? Leaves long, linear. Scape tall, erect, umbellate.
Spathe of 4 bracts. Flowers 8 — 12, pedicellate, nodding.

B. Ida-Maia Wood. High hills of the Trinity Mountain Range, Shasta Co.,
Cal. Glabrous, 2 — 4 f., leaves nearly as long, channeled. Flowers K long,
pedicels 1 — 2\ Singularly beautiful, the tube scarlet, lobes chrome-green,
crown yellow, and umbel subtended with 4 purple bracts. May, June.

CHLOROGALUM, Kunth. (Xxa./>of, green, ydx*, milk.)

Perianth of recurved-spreading segments ; stamens 6, equal, scarcely
perigynous, as long as the segments; anthers 2celled, fixed by the back;
ovary free, sessile, cells 3, 2 — 3-ovuled; style filiform, stigma tricuspidate. —
Bulb tunicated. Leaves radical, linear, carinate. Scape branching, with
panicled racemes. Soap Plant.

C. POMERiDiANUM Kunth. — California, throughout the open country. The
bulb is invested with a dense mass of black, hair-like fibres. Leaves broad-
linear, recurved, the margins undulate. Scape 2 — 3 f. high, bracted, with a
few spreading branches. Flowers erect, broad, white, in long loose racemes,
open only at mid-day in May. The bulb is alkaline and mucilaginous, answer-
ing well for soap.

1868.]

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ODONTOSTOxMUM, Torr. {'O^o6s, tooth, ctto^si, mouth.)

Perianth salver-form, tube cylindric, limb of 6 equal spreading segments as
long as tube ; stamens 6, perigynous to top of tube, alternating with as many
sterile filaments ; style filiform ; ovary globous, nearly free, 3-celled, 6-ovuled,
capsule 6- seeded. — Bulbous, with broad linear leaves sheathing the divaricately
branched stem. Flowers small, racemed, white.

0. Hartwegii Torr. — Foot hills, Yuba, Placer and Sacramento counties. 1
— 2 f. Radical leaves flat, 3 — 6^^ wide, 5 — 7-veined. Segments 5-veined,
reflexed after flowering. Stamens and sterile fil. barely exserted. May.

Tribe III.— SMIL ACINE^.

Smilacina racemosa Desf. — Common in the Redwood hills, Pejaro to the
Russian R., Cal. In no wise different from the eastern plant.

S. STELLATA Dcsf. — Santa Cruz, with the last, north to the Columbia River
from Astoria to the Dalles. 1 f. Raceme loose, few-flowered. Berries red.

Clintonia Andrewsii Torr. Root fibrous ; leaves few, lance-oval, abruptly
pointed, sheathing at base, veins running from base to apex ; scape taller than
the leaves, bracted, bearing 2 — 4 umbels, the terminal 10 — 20-flowered, the
lateral 2 — 4-flowered ; flowers bell-shaped, yellowish, ^^^ long; segments
obtuse; berries 3-celled; cells 8 — 10-seeded. — Mountain woods near Santa
Cruz to the Russian R. A handsome plant, 1 — 2 f. May.

C. UNiFLORA Kunth. Root tuberous ; leaves 2 or 3, lance- oblong, abruptly
pointed, margins ciliate ; scape not longer than the leaves, bearing one large
white flower ; segments same shape as the leaves, 10^'' long, stamens shorter;
berry obovoid, as large as a pea, 9-seeded, blue. — Northern declivities of Mt.
Hood (Mr. Brazee), Cascades to Vancouver ! June, July.

Majanthemum bifolium DC. /?. dilatatum. — From Astoria to the Dalles, north
and east. Leaves generally 3, broad-cordate, 3 — 5^ diameter! Stem 6 — 10^.
Exactly like the eastern plant, except its gigantic size. June. [Smilacina
dilatata, Nutt.)

Tribe lY.— UVULARIE^.

Prosartes Hookeri Torr. Stout, leafy, scabrous- pubernlent ; leaves broad-
ly ovate, acuminate, deeply cordate-amplexicaul ; umbels 3 — 4-flowered, seg-
ments spatulate, obtusish ; anthers oblong, glabrous; stigma entire.— Santa
Cruz to Oakland hills, &c. 2 f. Leaves 2^ iDroad, strongly veined. Stem and
branches reddish, pubescent. Flowers greenish-yellow, 9^^ long. April.
( Uvularia lanuginosa^ /?. major Hook.)

P. Menziesii Don. Nearly glabrous ; leaves lance-oblong or ovate acumi-
nate, sessile, or subcordate-clasping ; umbels terminal, 1 — 3-flowered ; flowers
bell-shaped, pendulous, as long as their stalks ; segments linear-lanceolate,
acuminate (6^^), the stamens often longer, and the slender style still longer;
berry lemon-shaped, orange- colored, with 6 rounded seeds. — Santa Cruz to the
Columbia. Stem 2 f., erect to first branch, then secund. Flowers greenish.
May. ( Uvularia Hook.)

Streptopus amplexifolius DC. — Washington Co., Oregon (Mr. E.Walker).
Glabrous. Leaves glaucous beneath. Berries red, oblong, 15 — 21-seeded.

Notice of some VERTEBRATE REMAINS from Harden Co., Texas.

The following described fossils were submitted to my examination by Messrs.
Geo. N. Lawrence and D. G. Elliot, of New York. They are reported to have
been obtained from blue clay and sand, beneath a bed of bitumen, in Harden

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175

Co., Texas, and were donated to the New York Lyceum of Natural H' story by
Mr. Robertson. The fossils are mostly thoroughly permeated with bitumen ;
others slightly.

Equus complicatus.

1. A first superior molar. Length along the inner median column 2J inches ;
antero-posterior diameter of the triturating surface 20 lines ; transverse diame-
ter, independent of the cementum, 13J^ lines. It nearly resembles the specimen
represented in fig. 9, pi. xv, of Holmes' Post Pliocene Fossils of South
Carolina.

2. A last superior molar, curved to a remarkable degree. Length along the
inner median column, less the fang, 2 inches 1 line ; antero-posterior diameter
of triturating surface independent of cementum 18 lines ; transverse diameter
do. 10^ lines; length of curve antero-externally 35 lines, postero-externally 16
lines.

3. An upper temporary molar. Length internally 10^ lines ; antero-posterior
diameter 17 lines; transverse diameter 9^ lines.

4. A fragment of a fourth upper molar.

5. The upper part of the crown of a last lower molar. Antero-posterior
diameter 15^ lines ; transverse diameter, independent of the cementum, 5J
lines.

6. A fifth inferior molar. Length antero-internally to division of fangs 33
lines ; antero-posterior diameter 13 lines ; transverse diameter, independent of
cementum, 6 lines.

All the above are completely imbued with bitumen, which has penetrated
the cementum and dentine throughout.

7. Fragments of a lower jaw, with the first molar tooth. This specimen is
only partially impregnated with bitumen. The length of the tooth is 33 lines;
the antero-posterior diameter 17 lines ; the transverse 7 lines.

Mastodon americanus. M. ohioticus or M. giganteus of authors.
A small fragment of a molar.

Megalonyx validus, n. s.

A portion of a tooth resembling most in its form the second upper tooth of
t]\Q Megalonyx Jeffersnni^ but much larger than in the mature individuals of that
species. The transverse diameter is 15^^ lines; the antero-posterior 11^ lines.
The transverse section is quadrate. The anterior surface is nearly a transverse
plane ; the posterior surface forms a plane inclining outward ; the inner surface
is nearly a plane inclining forward ; the outer surface forms with those in front
and behind a semi-circle. The triturating surface is comparatively slightly
concave, and inclines postero-internally. Its anterior border is the most pro-
minent; the posterior being comparatively so little prominent as not strikingly
to interfere with the slope of the surface. The specimen is thoroughly impreg-
nated with bitumen.

Felis (Trucipelis) fatalis, n. s.

An upper sectorial molar, contained in a small fragment of the jaw, which
also includes the socket for a single fanged tubercular tooth. The specimen
is thoroughly saturated with bitumen.

The sectorial tooth indicates a feline animal, approaching in size the lion or
Bengal tiger. The form of the tooth is nearly like the corresponding one of
the latter animals, but the crown is of less width and proportionately longer.
The anterior lobe differs from that in the true cats not only in a greater propor-
tionate development, but in its distinct separation in two sub-lobes, of which the
anterior is rather more than half the depth of the succeeding one. The
measurements of the tooth, in comparison with those in a similar one of a largo
skull of the Bengal tiger, are as follows :

1868.]

176 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

Fossil. Ti^er-

Breadth of crown 15f lines. 18 lines.

Depth at anterior lobe 7 " 7^ "

" at principal cusp 9 " 9 "

" of posterior lobe 6^ " 7 "

Width at antero-internal abutment 7| " 8^ "

Canis.

An upper lateral incisor, impregnated with bitumen. The tooth is unworn,
and is intermediate in size with those of Canis occidentalis and (7. latrans. The
unworn crown is Q\ lines long , its antero-posterior diameter 3| lines ; its
transverse diameter 3 lines. The compressed fang, broken at the end, has
been about 13 lines long ; its width is 4J lines ; its thickness 2f lines.
Undetermined.

An ungual phalanx, apparently of an edentate animal. The end is broken
oflP, and the specimen is thoroughly imbued with bitumen. The length is
uncertain, for we cannot determine whether it was blunt or pointed at the end.
Supposing it to have been in the former condition, it has been about 28 lines
long. The breadth is more than half the length, and is much greater than the
depth or thickness. The bone is without sheath, transversely oval in section,
13^ lines wide by 10 lines in depth. The articular facet forms a trochlear
concavity, with vertical median elevation, and is directed backward and down-
ward. About one-fourth of the length from the base it expands, and then
gradually narrows forward to the apex. The upper surface forms an inclined
plane forward, and is convex transversely, and smooth. Its greatest width
just back of the middle is 16 lines. The under surface is convex transversely,
and slightly so in the length. On each side of this surface, just in advance of
base, there is a large vasculo-neural foramen, penetrating to the interior of the
bone. A wide but shallow groove curves forward between the foramina, and
a deeper one diverges from each laterally and backward. The lateral borders
of the ungual expansion are obtuse.
Undetermined.

A bone of uncertain character, but resembling a phalanx. Slightly impreg-
nated with bitumen. It is a curved, four- sided pyramid, with a square plane
base, truncated deeply at one angle. A strong boss occupies the incurvature
of the bone at the base, and at the side of the truncated angle. The border of
the pyramid along the convexity opposite the latter is likewise truncated. The
bone in the structure of its surface looks as if it might be of reptilian charac-
ter, exhibiting everywhere . a rather conspicuous vascular porosity. The
length of the specimen in the axis is 16 lines, the diameter of the base 11 by
lOj lines.
Emydes.

Small fragments of the carapace and sternum of several species of emydes,
thoroughly imbued with bitumen. Most of the fragments are too imperfect to
characterize the species, but some of them indicate an animal about the size of
the living Emi/s scabra of the southern States, but evidently a different species,
as the bones are proportionately much more robust. The fore part of the ster-
num diflFers from that of E. scabra in the abrupt projection forward of the inner
divi'sion of the episternals. A pair of these together at the articulation of the
hyposternals give a breadth of 43 lines ; depth of the episternals to the ento-
sternal 13 lines; projection forward of the part covered by the gular plates 4
lines ; greatest tliickness 5| lines. A hyposternal about its middle is 28 lines
frem before backward ; 26 lines in width behind the inguinal notch; and 6
lines where thickest internally. The fore part of a nuchal plate resembles the
corresponding portion in E. scabra. but is more deeple indented. Its width
anteriorly is an inch ; the length of its median column lOj lines ; its thickness
where greatest 6 lines. The species may be distinguished by the name of
Emys petrolei,

Probably belonging to the subgenus Trachemys of Agassiz, like Emys scabra.

[June,

ITATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177

Indication of an EIOTHERITJM in California.
BY JOSEPH LEIDY, M. D.

Elotherium superbus, n. s.

Prof. Whitney recently placed in my hands for examination a tooth of a
supposed carnivorous animal, from Douglas Flat. Calaveras Co., California. It
was derived from a stratum of the same age as that from which a lower jaw
of Rhinoceros hesperius was taken. The tooth appears to me to be the right upper
lateral incisor of a species of Elotherium, perhaps the same as E. ingens of the
Mauvaises Terres of White River, Dakota, though it would appear to belong to
a larger individual than the remains referred to the latter, if not to a yet larger
species. The crown of the tooth is conical, compressed from within outwardly,
and subacute laterally. The apex is rounded ; the base somewhat expanded,
and at its fore part produced in a short embracing ridge. The fang is conical
and curved. Tlie measurements of the specimen are as follows :

Length of tooth in straight line 29J lines ; length of crown 13 lin. ; breadth
9 lin. ; thickness 6^ lin.

Notice of some REPTILIAN REMAINS from Nevada.
BY JOSEPH LEIDY, M. D.

Prof. J, D. Whitney has submitted to my inspection some fossils derived from
the Triassic rocks, of Star Canon, Humboldt Co., and from the Toiyabe Range,
north-east of Austin, Nevada. The specimens are very imperfect, but neverthe-
less interesting, and sufficiently characteristic to indicate apparently three
distinct reptiles having ai# affinity to Ichthyosaurus and Uosaurus, nor am I
prepared to prove that they do not belong to one of these.

The fossils have been and are yet partially imbedded in a dark bluish silice-
ous limestone, and the same material has so completely infiltrated the bones
that they almost appear like modified portions of the same rock.

One of the specimens consists of a mass of rock containing two vertebrae and
parts of two others in series. The same rock includes two shells, which appear
to be Ammonites Blakei. Gabb, and Posodonomya stella, Gabb. The specimen is
from New Pass, in the Toiyabe Range, north-east of Austin. The body of
the vertebra; is deeply biconcave, as in Ichthyosaurus. The length is considera-
bly less than the breadth. The under side is plane fore and aft, but the mar-
gins are slightly prominent and bevelled. The sides are slightly concave,
and provided with a short and robust process for the head of a rib. The neural
arch with its spine, visible in ofie vertebra along the broken margin of the
specimen, rises above the body about one and a half times its depth, and its
abutment exhil)its the remains of another articular process for the rib. The
neural canal is triangular. The measurements of the vertebrae, partially esti-
mated, are as follows :

Length of body inferiorly 11 lines.

Depth of body 16 "

Width 16 "

" including costal processes 21 '"

Height of neural arch, including spine from upper part of body, ob-
liquely 28 "

Height of neural canal 8 "

A second specimen from Star Caflon, Humboldt Co., consists of .a series of
eight vertobrye, partially included and held together in the nuvtrix, and much
weather-worn where they have been exposed. The vertebra) may bo part of
the caudal series of the same animal as the above, but the matter is uncertain.
The eight vertebra; together have a length of 58 lines, making about 7^ lines
for each'.

1868.]

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

A third specimen from the Toiyabe Range, on the Reese River, north-east of
Austin, consists of the isolated body of a vertebra, somewhat distorted, ground
off at one of the articular faces, and less infiltrated with the rocky matrix than
the others. It appears to have corresponded in proportions with those of the
series last noticed. It is biconcave, moderately concave at the sides, nearly
plane below, presents the remains of two short oblong articular processes for
ribs near the position of the neural arch, the sutural impressions of which are
visible above. The length has been about 8 lines, the breadth about 16 lines.
The neural canal about 2 lines wide.

The very imperfect condition of the specimens renders me unable to say
more about them, nor is it certain that they all belong to the same animal, but
for the present I propose to consider them so, under the name of Cymbospon-

DYLUS PISCOSUS.

Of the remaining specimens, three consist of the greater portion of three
vertebral bodies, which belonged in series and have been broken apart. These
are labelled Humboldt, Nevada. They apparently indicate a much larger spe-
cies of the same genus as the former, the vertebral body having the same form.
The sides of the articular funnels are convex outwardly from the centre, which
deepen more rapidly at the inner third of the surface. One specimen retains
the neural arch without its spine, and a short, robust, costal process, extending
from near the bottom of the arch almost half the depth of the body. A second
vertebra is singularly distorted, apparently as if the bone had been in a plastic
condition. The measurements of these vertebrse, partially estimated, are as
follows :

Length inferiorly 17 to 18 lines.

Depth of body 44 "

Breadth <' ^ 44 "

Depth of costal process 21 "

Projection of costal process 4 "

For this species I propose the name of Cymbospondylus petrinus.

Another specimen, consisting of a mutilated vertebral body from Star Canon,
Humboldt Countj-, indicates an Enaliosaurian, apparently not only differ-
ing from either of the former, but probably belonging to a different genus. The
specimen is broken away at the top and at one side, is also somewhat mutilated
on the opposite side, and appears considerably eroded on one articular face.
The body is deeply biconcave, as in Ichthyosaurus^ but proportionately much
longer in relation with the breadth. The funnel-like surfaces are convex out-
wardly from the centre, and deepen more rapidly at the inner third. The sides
and under part of the body are slightly concave fore and aft, and defined by
acute borders. The under part exhibits a square depressed appearance from
the presence of four angular chevron processes, associated fore and aft by sub-
angular ridges. The estimated size of this specimen is as follows : Length of
the body inferiorly 2-^ inches; depth 4J inches; breadth about 3 inches.

For this animal I propose the name of Chonespondylus grandis.

Notice of some VEETEBBATE REMAINS from the West Indian Islands.
BY JOSEPH LEIDY, M. D.

Sometime since Prof Felipe Poey, of Havana, sent to me several fossils, to-
gether with a copy of a pamphlet entitled " De la Existencia de grandes Mami-
feros Fosiles en la Isla de Cuba. Par D. M. F. de Castro. Habana, 1865."

The fossils consist of the vertebra of a crocodile and part of a costal plate of
a turtle, which were found with other bones, together with the lower jaw of a
giant sloth, at Ciego-Montero, Cienfuegos, Cuba.

The reptilian fossils are as follows :

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

CrOCODILUS PRISTINUS, n. s.

A posterior dorsal vertebra of mature age, but without its neural arch, ex-
cept the greater portion of one abutment. The body is slightly shorter, and
absolutely very much broader and moderately deeper than in the corresponding
vertebra of the Mississippi alligator. It also more rapidly narrows posteriorly,
but proportionately presents about the same degree of concavity from before
backward at the sides and beneath, where it is also in like manner smooth.
The anterior articular surface is of considerably greater breadth than height,
so as to present a transverse ovoidal outline. The measurements of the speci-
men are as follows : Length in the axis 23 lines ; inferiorly 19 lines. Height
anteriorly 19 lines ; breadth 24 lines. Estimated height posteriorly 17 lines;
breadth 21 lines. Thickness of neural abutment anteriorly 12 lines. I have
not the means of comparing the fossil with vertebrae of either species of the
living crocodiles of Cuba, so that I cannot say whether it belongs to one of
them or not. It is too large to belong to G. rhomhifer, according to the dimen-
sions given by Dumeril, but would perhaps accord with C. acutus. As an
associate with a Megalonyx^ it is not unlikely that it belongs to an extinct spe-
cies, for which the name leading this article is proposed.

Testudo Cubensis, n. s.

Indicated by a portion of what I suppose to be the first coslal plate of the
right side. It is marked by the lateral borders of the first and second vertebral
scutes and their transverse separation. Along the former borders the plate is
51 lines, and along the latter separation 16 lines. The articular border with
the first vertebral plate is 30 lines ; that with the second vertebral plate 14
lines. The articular border from the first vertebral plate to the lateral groove
defining the first vertebral scute is convex forward and inward, and 14 lines in
a direct line. A strong cost^ process projects from the under part of the plate
near]}' parallel with its length. The surfaces corresponding with the vertebral
scutes are somewhat depressed, and generally everywhere are nearly smooth,
or without markings so conspicuous as to affect the investing scutes. The
greatest thickness of the bone is where it articulated with the first and second
marginal plates, measuring from 3^ to 4^ lines ; and where thinnest it meas-
ures only one line.

No living Testudo^ I believe, at present inhabits Cuba, and the fossil probably
indicates a species cotemporary with the Megalonyx.

The pamphlet above mentioned contains a notice of remains of the horse,
hippopotamus, and of a giant sloth, found in Cuba.

The remains of the horse appear not to differ from the corresponding parts
of the recent animal, and it is even doubtful if they are to be considered in-
digenous fossils.

The remains of hippopotamus, consisting of isolated canines, probably also
belong to the recent animal. An inferior canine, described and figured by De
Castro, certainly presents nothing peculiar. Formerly dentists employed the
canines of the hippopotamus for the construction of artificial teeth, but since
the introduction of porcelain teeth they have been thrown aside. Occasionally
such specimens have been brought to me as supposed fossils, and perhaps the
Cuba specimens are of the same character.

The most interesting fossil described by De Castro consists of the greater
part of a lower jaw of a giant sloth, which was found in association with a
number of reptilian bones, of which those above described are specimens, at
Ciego Montero, Cienfuegos. The figures accompanying the description, though
drawn in unfavorable positions for satisfactory comparison, nevertheless clearly
indicate a lower jaw of nearly the same form, and teeth holding the same rela-
tive position as in Megalonyx. As in this genus the anterior large caniniform
molar is widely separated from the posterior three small molars, which differ
from those of Megalonyx Jefferaonii only specifically. From the dimensions
given, the jaw belonged to a smaller animal than the latter. The caniniform

1868.]

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

molar differs remarkably from that of M. Jeffersonii and M. dissimilis, as is also
the case compared with that of Lesiodon armatus a,nd L. myloides of Buenos
Ayres. In transverse section it is reniform or crescentic with blunt poles, and
the biting extremity appears to have been worn off in the same manner as the
incisors of a Rodent, to which, indeed, the jaw appears first to have been sup-
posed to belong. The species may be named Megalonyx rodens, or, if the
peculiarities of the caniniform molar be regarded generically distinct from
those of Megalonyx and Lestodon, it may be named Megalocnus rodens.

Emys Sombrerensis, n. s.

The bones of extinct species of turtle are not unfrequently found in the so-
called Sombrero guano, Sombrerite or Ossite, a material rich in phosphate of
lime, largely mined in the island of Sombrero, W. I., and used in the prepara-
tion of a fertilizer for agricultural purposes. In a mass of this material pre-
sented to the museum of the Academy (see Proc. 1859, 111), the posterior part
of the plastron of a species of Emys ^ or perhaps Testudo^ is perceived, for which
the above name is proposed. The specimen consists of both xiphisternals and
the greater portion of both hyposternals, articulated in natural juxtaposition.
Other fragments of the plastron and carapace, together with a portion of a
thigh bone, are also contained in the mass. The specimen indicates the ster-
num to have approximated a foot in length ; and the breadth at the lateral
sutures of the hyposternals has been about i^ inches. The under surface of
the sternum is flat and smooth ; and laterally it curves but slightly upward.
The posterior sternal notch is two-thirds as deep as the width, and almost
forms an equilateral triangle. The postero-lateral border from the inguinal
notch to the rounded triangular ends of the xiphisternals, is bow-like, or pre-
sents two concavities with an intervening convexity. The caudal scutes are
small, reaching slightly beyond the bottom of th^sternal notch. The femoral
scutes are on a level with the inguinal notches. Estimated length of hypo-
sternals in the median suture 35 lines ; breadth 45 lines. Length of xiphi-
sternals in median suture 17 lines; greatest length about middle 25 lines;
breadth along anterior suture 28 lines. Length of caudal scutes internally 13
lines ; externally 10 lines. Length of femoral scute internally 25 lines. The
bones present about the ordinary proportion of thickness observed in eniydes.

July 1th, 1868.

Dr. Bridges in the Chair.

Twenty-one members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :
" Notice of some remains of Horses." By Joseph Leidy, M.D.
" Notice of some extinct Cetaceans." By Joseph Leidy, M.D.
*' Mitchella repens ; a Dioecious plant." By Thomas Meehan.

July lAth.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.
Nineteen members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :
*' Second contribution to the history of the Vertebrata of the Mi-
ocene period of the United States." By Edw. D. Cope.
" Remarks on Conosaurus." By Joseph Leidy, M.D.
" Remarks on a jaw fragment of Megalosaurus." Jos. Leidy, M.D.

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

E. D. Cope exhibited the vertebra of an extinct reptile, from the middle green
sand bed of New Jersey ; which possessed the peculiar articular structure known
as the zygantrum and zygosphen. He said the form' was in some degree like that
of certain modern terrestrial genera of Iguanidse, as the genus Euphryne,
Baird, but it appeared to have some affinity to Macrosaurus, Owen, in form.
The animals, if similar in proportions to the Iguanae, would have been some
twelve feet in length. It was called Clidastes iguanavus.

A Mosasauroid reptile was indicated also by a single vertebra from Medford,
N. J., also from the middle bed. It was distinguished from other forms gf the
family by its compressed elevated form. It was assigned to a species named
Nectoportheus validus.

The structure of the vertebral column in Elasmosaurus was pointed out. It
was stated to possess apparently no zygapophyses throughout its whole length,
but in place of these, the zygosphen and zygantrum articulation. The articu-
lations of the vertebrae were therefore the reverse in respect to direction of
their surfaces from the usual form among vertebrata. In fact the structure of
the genus was shown to be entirely new and peculiar among vertebrated
animals. The genus Cimoliasaurus, Leidy, was stated to exhibit the same
structure, and required that the vertebrae should be reversed in order to read
their connections correctly.

Thomas Meehan said he had proposed to himself to contribute a paper to
the American Academy of Science which meets next month in Chicago, on the
leaves of Coniferas ; but some friends here acquainted with his intention, and
interested in the facts, were desirous he should explain to them some of the
leading points, which he would with pleasure do.

His chief position was that what are usually considered the leaves of Coni-
ferae are but a part, and frequently the least important part of the true leaves,
which are either mostly adherent or mostly free according to the vigor of the
branch or individual plant, and not according to any specifically constitutional
character ; and that a recognition of this fact is of great importance in deter-
mining the limits of genera, species and varieties of the Order. He exhibited
specimens of the Larix Europ<za, pointing out that it had two classes of leaves,
the one entirely free, the other mostly adnate to the stems. The adnate leaves
were on the elongated shoots, the free leaves on the arrested shoots or verti-
cills ; on the elongated shoots the leaves also had a power of elongation,
and produced the green awl-shaped points we commonly called leaves. On
the arrested shoots or spurs, the leaves had no power of elongation. They
were obtuse, rather spatulate, just the same as the adnate portion — the true
leaves — on the stem. The theory he deduced from this was that adnation was a
characteristic of vigor ; free leaves a condition of weakness or arrested growth. This
explained the polymorphous character of many Coniferae. The rule operated
through many genera. He exhibited strong branches of Cryptomeria Japonicay
on which the leaves were united for four-fifths their length, and weaker ones
on which four-fifths were free, &c. The same occurs on Juniperus virginiana,
Juniperus communis.. Thuja orienialisj T. occidentalism and other species. Wher-
ever the shoots were delicate, either constitutionally or by growing in ihe
interior of the plant and deprived of their due share of light, the leaves were
free ; wherever the contrary existed, and the shoots were vigorous, adnation in
a greater or less degree prevailed. In many species this polymorphous condi-
tion could be produced at will, by weakening the plant. Cuttings of Thu/opsis
borealis made from branches with adnate leaves, would throw out shoots with
free leaves until they were very well rooted and able to throw out vigorous
shoots.

A test of vigor was the power to branch. Only on vigorous maturity did the
branching age of trees commence. Arbor vittes, when mature, pushed out
branches from the axils of every other pair of leaves. This gave them their fan-
like appearance. When young they branched little, and this stage was always

1868.]

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

marked by more or less free leaves. Thuja ericoides of gardens, with its heath-
like foliage, was a weakly constituted form, which retained its childhood foliage,
and had little disposition to branch. Thuja meldensis of Lindley, which from
its peculiar appearance that learned author supposed to be a hybrid between
the red cedar and Chinese arbor vitae, was a form of intermediate vigor,
branching moderately, and leaves intermediately adnate. Retinispora ericoides
of Zuccarini, was also a weak form with free leaves, the well developed form
of which he had had no opportunity to trace with certainty. Taxodium dis-
tichum Richard, and Glyptostrobus sinensis Endl., were no doubt the same thing.
He showed, by the vigorous branching character of the latter, the necessity
for the arrested foliation it presented, and exhibited specimens of vigorous
(more branching) Taxodium distichum in which the leaves were abbreviated
and twisted around the stem, exactly as in Glyptostrobus, except that the free
parts were rather longer. This form did not branch quite as much as the typical
Glyptostrobus, but more so than in the typical Taxodium.

He remarked that the two genera Pinus and Sciodopitys had their true leaves
adpressed almost entirely to their branches, and illustrated this by specimens
of Finns austriaca. Instead, however, of these genera developing green free
points on the apices, they pushed out rather abortive branches from the axils
of the true leaves. The fasicles of leaves on these plants were not true leaves,
but were intimately connected with the axial system of the plants. The
adpressed true leaves on the pine were annual, although as dead epidermis
they remained often on the bark until the regular excorticating period arrived ;
but these so-called leaves, or rather metamorphosed branchlets, remained often
several years. He had known some remain eight years. Their connection
with the axial system could be seen by raising the bark of a three or four
year old branch on the Austrian pine.

Mr. Gabb made some remarks about Kitchen Middens, in the vicinity of San
Francisco and on the shores of San Francisco Bay, his attention having been
called to the similarity between them and those observed by Dr. Leidy, near
Cape Henlopen. He also mentioned a curious circumstance for which he had
been unable to account. In various places on the coast of both Upper and
Lower California, he had observed shells, often of the heavier species, scattered
over the surface in great profusion, and occasionally to a distance of several
miles from the beach. They were evidently of very modern origin, being
strewn on the surface of the soil, but whether they had been carried there by
man or birds, he had never been able to discover.

Dr. Wm. L. Wells made some observations on the mode of scattering the
spores of the Polypodium vulgare. Under the microscope the sporangium could
be seen to open at a point near its stem ; and the opening grew very slowly
larger, until the continuation of the stem which previously encircled the
sporangium was nearly straight. It then suddenly sprang shut with a jerk,
which scattered the spores in every direction, and which usually sent the
sporangium itself out of focus. In the cases in which it was not thrown
entirely out of focus, the same operation could be seen to be repeated two or
three times. In no case were any spores scattered during the opening, which
always took place very slowly.

July 21st.

The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Fourteen members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :

" On the Crocodilian genus Perosuchus." By Edw. D. Cope.

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

Mr. Gabb made some remarks on a small lot of fossils submitted to him by
Prof. Orton. The fossils are small, and all belong to undescribed species.
They are of unusual interest, being the first fossils, so far as he was aware,
ever found in the immense clay deposits of the Amazon Valley — the Tabatingu
Clay. The fossils indicate a marine origin for this clay, all of the genera being
essentially salt-water forms. They were found by Prof. Orton in a bluff show-
ing a fine section of about fifty feet in height, at the town of Pebas, on the
Amazon River, two miles above where it joins the Maranon.

July 2Sth.

Dr. J. Gibbons Hunt in the Chair.
Fifteen members present.

The following gentlemen were elected members : Geo. Roberts,
M.D., Mr. Levi Taylor.

The following were elected correspondents : S. Spencer Cobbold,
M.D., of London, W. Kitchen Parber, of London, Rev. Samuel
Haughton, of Dublin, Alphonse Milne Edwards, of Paris, Wm. T.
Brigham, of Boston.

On favorable reports of the committees, the following papers
were ordered to be printed :

MITCHELLA BEPENS, L., a dicecious plant.
BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

A few weeks ago I had the honor of pointing out to the members of the
Academy that Epigxa repens was a dicecious plant. I have now to report a
like discovery in Mitchella repens.

In the case of Epigcza I had to indicate the polymorphism accompanying
the divisions of the sexes, as part of the discovery ; in the present instance
Dr. Asa Gray is before me in noting the distinct appearances ; the originality
of ray own observation lies merely in giving the meaning of the facts already
recorded. In the last (5th) edition of Gray's Manual, speaking oi Mitchella,
the author says, "Flowers occasionally 3 — 6, merous, always dimorphous, all
those of some individuals having exserted stamens and included stigmas, — of
others included stamens and exserted style." Although this statement ex-
presses the appe>irance, it is not strictly accurate ; for the pistil in the one
case is not perfect, and in the other the anthers are mere rudiments, without
a trace of pollen in any that I have examined. The two forms are truly male
and female plants.

In the female plant the pistil, with its well-developed stigma, projects
one-eighth of an inch beyond the throat of the corolla. The small rudiment-
ary anthers are sessile, and hidden among the coarse down of the corolla
tube, so as not to be seen without dissection.

In the male plant it is the rudimentary pistil which is confined in the
villous tube, far out of reach of pollen influence, if even it were perfectly de-
veloped. On the other hand, the anthers are borne on filaments which are
free from the corolla for one-eighth of an inch, and projecting that much
beyond the corolla throat.

In the case of Epiyiea I had to record many variations in the form and pro-
portions of the floral parts. MUchclla is as remarkable for uniformity ; except
that the calyx teeth in the male are coarser than in the female, there is little
variation from one type. Dr. Gray observes that the lobes of the corolla

1868.]

184 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

vary from three to four, five, and six. I may add that five-lobed corollas are
common, and these are usually accompanied by five anthers.

The number of male plants is about equal to the female ; occasionally
plants of the separate sexes intermix. I, and probably others, have often
noticed in the fall some patches bearing abundantly, other patches without
a berry. The facts I now offer afford the solution.

In reference to llitcheUa, it may not be out of place to correct an error in
Lindley's " Vegetable Kingdom." The learned author includes in his natural
order Cinchonaceae Mitchella^ Cephalanthus, Diodia, OLdenlandia and Spermacoce,
— all high northern plants ; and yet, when speaking of the geography of the
order, writes that " the most northern species in America is Pinckneya pubenSy
inhabiting the Southern States of North America."

Second contributioii.to the History of the Vertebrata of the Miocene period
of the United States.

BY E. D. COPE.

A visit to the Miocene region of the western shore of Maryland, has ex-
plained to the writer more clearly the stratigraphical position of the verte-
brate fossils described in this and preceding essays on the subject.

The miocene deposit which contains the fossils, consists of a dark sandy
clay, varying from a leaden to a blackish color, through which water does not
penetrate. Its upper horizon may be traced along the high shores and cliff's
of the Chesapeake by the line of trickling springs which follow its upper sur-
face. The bottom I have not seen, and cannot give its depth, but a great bed
of shells occurs at from fourteen to twenty-two feet below its upper horizon.
This consists of, first, two separate shallow strata of shells, and about four
feet below the upper, a heavy bed at the depth mentioned. The lesser beds
vary in amount, being sometimes wanting.

The streams of the country either flow on or cut the shell beds, and display
their wa;shings, as teeth of sharks, cetaceans, etc. The bones generally occur
at or near the level of the upper line of shells. The remains of the large
whale, the Eschrichtius cephalus mihi, lay across th-e bed of a small run
and penetrate the bank, where I saw the remainder of its vomer, of which I
have the half; with numerous other parts of the cranium added since the de-
scription of the species, it was dug out by my energetic friend Jas T. Thomas,
whose evidence as to the pertinence of the various pieces described to the
same animal is conclusive. It is, if need be, confirmed by the white color and
porous texture of them all, a character not noticeable in other large whale
remains procured by him. Apparently pertaining to a genus known as fossil
only from the European drift, it becomes important to be sure of its Miocene
origin. This must be admitted ; it lay together as originally deposited, just
below the upper shell line, and did not extend so far down as the great bed,
from 10 to 18 feet below the top of the blue loam. The upper line of the latter
has been varied, inland, by the various operations of erosion, etc. In some
places it forms the bottom of vallies, which are excavated almost to the shell
line. In such a situation, about 3 J feet above the great shell bed, and a few
inches below the surface on the side of a creek, the bones of Galera and Dico-
tyles occurred.

BASIL OS A URID^,

CETOPHIS Cope.

This genus rests upon the evidence furnished by caudal vertebrae in the col-
lection. They present an approximation to Basilosaurus in the great thick-
ness of their epiphyses. In the more elongate vertebra each epiphysis will
measure the third the length of the centrum deprived of them ; in the less
elongate, they measure oue-half the same ; in the shortest, more than half the

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185

remaining centrum. One extremity of the vertebra is flat, the other strongly
convex, and none have any trace of diapophyses. The neural arches have been
partly broken away, but have been similar to those of other genera, while the
groove that marks the inferior aspect of caudal vertebrae is normal. In two
vertebrae, the longest and shortest, the foramina which usually pierce the sides of
the centra vertically, issue below, within the basal groove and above, below and
outside the basis of the neurapophysis. In another specimen the foramen
opens outside the inferior sulcus, and in one there is no foramen at all. These
structural features indicate a genus of general peculiarity, and perhaps allied
to Basilosaurus. There may be some question as to whether two species are
not represented among the vertebrae.

Cbtophis heteroclitus Cope.

The four specimens may represent a proximal, a median, and a distal caudal
of one individual, and a median caudal of another. They were not adult, as
the epiphyses are entirely separable. The longer or proximal caudal is sub-
hexagonal in section, the median depressed, and the smallest round in section.
The larger median is nearly round in section. The epiphysis instead of re-
treating before a process of the centrum opposite the four apophyses, as in
Ixacanthus, advances on the centrum at these points. The inferior groove of the
centrum is deep on the first and shallower on the succeeding ; obsolete on the
last. The neural canal about as large on the proximal as in anterior caudals
generally.

In. Lin.

Length longest 3 3-8

Height flat articular face 2 1

Width do. do 1 11-

Length median (smaller) 2 6.3

" without epiphyses 1 1-5

Height flat face 1 9

Width " 1 9-2

Length median (larger) 3 1-2

Width flat face 2 5

Length smallest , 2 1

" without epiphyses 11-

Height flat extremity , 1 10-5

Width do. do 1 11-

From Charles county, Maryland. From Jas. T. Thomas, Mus. Academy.

The convex articulation of the vertebrae would suggest a greater flexibility
of the column in this part than is usual among Cetacea, but more as in cervi-
cal vertebrae of long-necked mammals, and in reptiles. The absence of dia-
pophyses would confirm such an indication. Were it not for the inferior groove
the longer vertebrae above described might be taken for a lumbar, and it may be
guch, as in the Zarhachis flagellator a similar form coexists with the
usual form of diapophysis of that part of the column. There is probably some
distant affinity between the two genera.

With respect to the genus Basilosaurus, it may be noted that the Polypty-
chodon inter r up lus of Emmons, must be regarded as established on one of its
canines. Whether the species be the D. c e t o i d e s must be left for their
examination. A fine specimen is in the Museum of the Mount Holly Lyceum
of Natural History.

In the description of the Cynorca proterva (in Proceed. Acad. 1867,) mis-
led by the extraordinary resemblance to Giebel's plate quoted, I unfortu-
nately mingled with its molar and premolar teeth, the canine of small Dico-
tyles. This point, suggested to me by Lcidy, I have no doubt is the case. U
will be necessary therefore to add the following details of character of the
characteristic molar and premolar, which I described too briefly (p. 151) : " Mo-
lar with two roots. Premolars with short conic crowns. Premolars compressed,

1868.] 13

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF •

cutting. Roots of premolars compressed." (P. 152): "Two teeth having
crowns similarly though rather more symmetrically formed, I suspect to have
occupied that position," i. e. " between molars and premolars."

The premolar first mentioned is about -8 in length, the crown slightly striate.
The anterior molar has two roots, which are united some distance below the
crown. The crown exhibits no denticles, and is not more elevated than the
antero-posterior diameter of its base. This tooth, as well as the other, is of
small size, and indicates the smallest species of the family.

The Pontogeneus prise us Leidy, which I referred, in accordance with a
printed suggestion of Leidy's, to the Zeuglodon pygmoeus Miiller, on examination
proves to be a Delphinoid. The species of Miiller is not only generically dis-
tinct from Basilosaurus, but from Doryodon also, to which I referred it,* if it
be regarded as established on the cranium figured by Gibbes in the Journal of
the Academy.

DELPHINID^.

Among the vertebrae of the species of this family collected by Jas. H.
Thomas in the Miocene marls of Charles county, Maryland, may be recognized
those of five genera, as follows :

The caudal vertebrfe broader than long ; lumbars, sacrals and caudals nearly
similar ; diapophyses of lumbars and caudals flat dilated, the latter with

vertical foramen Delphinus.

The caudals longer than broad, slender ; diapophyses broad, of caudals per-
forate , Delphinapterus.

The caudal vertebrae longer than broad, lumbars and caudals with flat diapo-
physes which are not perforate Zarhachis.

The lumbars, dorsals, and caudals elongate, narrower than long ; the diapo-
physes of some of the lumbars and of the caudals narrow and spinous, and

not perforate; epiphysial face plane Priscodelphinus.

The lumbars and dorsals shorter, the diapophyses of both posterior lumbars and
caudals narrow and subcylindric, not perforate ; epiphysial face grasping
the epiphysis by four processes, one opposite each neur- and one opposite

each diapophysis Ixacanthus.

We find a serial relation among the Dolphins of this period, and exemplified
in the characters of the above genera. In Tretosphys the diapophyses are all
flat as in Dolphins, generally many of the caudals perforate, with a vertical
foramen at the base as in them. This is succeeded by a genus in which the
blood vessel which in the former passes through this foramen runs round the
front of the base of the diapophysis. In the next form some of those of the
caudal vertebrae are narrower, and the posterior subcylindric and spine-like ;
in the last genus of the series the diapophyses of all the caudals and many of
the lumbars have the same spinous form. There is also a relation of a similar
kind in the forms of the beak of Miocene Dolphins. All are elongate, some
very narrow and prolonged, and some acylindric beak only toothed at the base,
(Rhabdosteus Cope). It is an interesting object of inquiry to determine
whether the relation of structure of the processes in any way coincides with
that seen in the muzzle.

A point to be noticed in our Miocene Dolphins, as compared with the Inia, Be-
luga, Delphinus and Phocaena of the present period, is the universally increased
length of the vertebras of the posterior part of the vertebral column. Those
species named here Delphinapterus resemble in their dorsal vertebrae the Belu-
gas, but the caudals of some, instead of being shortened, as in the latter, do
not diminish in length. This points to a more slender form, and with the
narrowed diapophyses and increasing thickness of the epiphyses constitutes an
i approach to the Basilosaurus type.

* Proc. Acad. 1867, 156.

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

IXACANTHUS Cope.

This genus is similar to the next in the cylindric spinous character of the
diapophyses af the caudal and lumbosacral vertebra?, but differs from it and
all other Delphinidae with which I am acquainted in the manner of attachment
of the epiphyses of the vertebrae. Instead of being nearly plane and thin
discs, they are furnished with two oblique faces above, which are capped by a
projecting roof formed by the floor of the neural canal, while their central
portion forms a knob which fits a corresponding shallow pit of the centrum.

TXACANTHDS C(KL0SP0NDYLUS Cope.

Extremities of centra deeply concave when epiphyses are removed ; length
of vertebras less than breadth.

In. Lin.

Length centrum lumbar 2 4-5

Width " " 2 6-5

Elevation " " 2 4

Width neural canal on dorsal 1

" " '' on lumbar 4J

Length of caudal vert 2 6

Transverse diameter 2 3

Width diapophysis at base 6

Lumbar, — elevation of body and spine to anterior zygapophysis 4 9^

We have of this species three dorsals, nine lumbo-sacrals and one caudal,
one only of the lumbo-sacrals exhibits the spine-like diapophysis character-
istic of the genus. One of the caudals belongs to an entirely adult animal.
The dorsals are rather constricted, and rounded below ; the lumbo-sacrals
have a strong median keel, except in one near the canal series, when it again
becomes rounded below.

I first received this species from my kind friend Oliver Norris Bryan, of
Charles county, Md. Jas. T. Thoms has also discovered various portions of it.

PRISCODELPHINUS Leidy.

Posterior lumbars and caudals spinous, dorsals with flat diapophyses.

The prominent character of the genus is seen in the lumbo-sacral and
caudal vertebrae, whose diapophyses are very narrow at the base, and soon
become cylindrical and slender, terminating in an obtuse point. The general
form of the vertebrae is like those of Delphinus, but with the exception above
noted, that the caudal vertebrae, instead of being shorter than the dorsals, are
really longer, till we approach the posterior portions of the series. The largest
of the typical species will not exceed seven feet in length, while the aberrant
P. flagellator has been perhaps twelve.

In the P. spinosus Cope, the spinous form of the diapophyses is exhibi-
ted among the longer ones of the lumbar series considerably in advance of the
caudals. In P. a t r o p i u s Cope, and P. c o n r a d i Leidy, I have seen it on
the most posterior lumbars only, though it may occur further anteriorly, and
several such have the diapophyses much narrowed. I have not seen it in
the P. harlani Leidy, but it probably exists there, as the species is very
near the P. c o n r a d i.

Priscodblphinus spinosus Cope.

This species is represented by two cervical, three dorsal and eight lumbo-
sacral vertebrae ; they are about as broad as long, with articular faces trans-
versely oval. As they belong to more than one individual they vary a little
more than is to be expected in a single series. Thoy differ of course greatly
in the size of the neural canal, with the position in the column. That with
tlfe smallest, (the posterior) exhibits no zygapophyses or their rudiments.
General form depressed ; sides of centrum nearly plane to a well-marked
obtuse median keel.

1868.]

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

In, Lia.

Length centrum lumbar 1 9

"Width articular face 1 T-5

Height.... 1 6

Length diapophysis , 2

Width neural canal 'i ^ ■ f 3

Whole height of I posterior I 3 g

Length diapophysis of j lumbar. ^ ^ g.,.

This is the type of genus, for in it the peculiar form of the diapophyses ex-
tends much further forward on the series of vertebrae than in any other.

Pbiscodblphinus atropius Cope.

This species is based upon three cervicals, and three dorsals of one, two
lumbars and one caudal of a second individual, one lumbar and one caudal of
another, and three lumbars of a fourth. The diapophysis of the caudal is
short and spine-like, as in the last genus, and the last lumbar has had a nearly
similar process. The centra of all are yerj slightly depressed and constricted
medially. The dorsals are broadly rounded in section without inferior carina ;
on the last lumbar the lateral face below becomes, as in other species, slightly
concave.

This species differs from the P. harlani in that the dorsal vertebrae are
not so depressed, are stouter, and have not the median inferior keel seen in it.

Id. Lin.

Length of a dorsal (No. 1) 2 2

Width articular face 1 11-5

Depth " " , 1 7

Height neural canal (No. 2^ 9-7

Length diapophysis (No. 1) 1 4

Priscodelphinus harlani Leidy.
Proceed. Acad. 1851, 327.

A few vertebrae of this species occur in the collection.

Priscodelphinus conradi Cope.

Delphinus conradi Leidy, Proc. Academy, 1853, 35, Cope, 1. c. 1867, 144.

This appears to be an abundant species of our Miocene beds. We have ten
lumbars and one caudal vertebrae. Its affinities are apparently nearer the last-
mentioned species than any other.

Priscodelphinus stenus Cope.

This species is represented by two vertebrae, but quite characteristic ones
of the lumbar series. They indicate both the smallest and the most slender
species of the genus. A section of the vertebra would have an almost exact
pentagonal form, though the articular surfaces are subround, and, what occurs
in no other species, a little deeper than wide. The neural arch preserved is
elevated and possesses a weak pair of zygapophyses. The bases of the broken
diapophyses indicate that they are very wide. The lower face of the centrum
has a strong median longitudinal angle, stronger than in any species, and not
prolonged into a thin keel as in D. ha w k i n s i i. The planes of the centrum
are mostly straight.

In. Lin.

Length centrum 1 7-2

Height > 1 0-5

Width..... 1 0-5

" neural canal 5-8

" basis diapophysis 10

Height neural canal 6

" zygapophysis 8-2

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 189

ZARHACHIS Cope.

This genus is established on vertebrae which bear a general resemblance to
those of Priscodelphinus, but differ in the essential point of having flat and
broad diapophyses of the caudals. It is therefore intermediate between that
genus and Delphinapterus. The posterior of the caudals in our museum ex-
hibits a narrowing of the diapophyses, as certain of the lumbars do in Prisco-
delphinus.

Zarhachis flagellator Cope.

This species is represented by only two lumbar and two caudal vertebrae,
which belonged to at least three different individuals, none of them adult.
Neither is any one entirely perfect, but they indicate a very distinct species,
by clear characteristics. All these vertebrae are of greater length as compared
to the diameter than in any other cetacean known by me except the great
Basilosaurus. The lumbars, when compared with those of T. lacertosus,
differ in their broadly obtuse median line, which offers distinct trace of the
two keels. An anterior caudal either exhibits unusually broad diapophyses,
which are directed downwards, or else is a lumbar with two keels, and
a median groove below, which is not seen in any other species. The caudals
exceed in length those of any other species. One of these, from a large indi-
vidual, resembles that of P. a t r o p i u s in the narrow basis of the diapophysis,
which is probably narrow, and not perforate. The length of the vertebrae is
nearly double the vertical depth of the articular faces. The diapophysis is
nearly median ; the basis of each neurapophysis is one-half the length of the
centrum, and median.

In. Lin.

Length lumbar (epiphyses hypothetical) 3 6 5

Depth 2 2

Width 2 3

" neural canal 2 8

Length caudal (one epiphysis supplied) 3 10-5

Depth '' 2 4

Distance between inferior keels 10-5

Width basis diapophysis 10-5

DELPHINAPTERUS Less.

Delphinapterus rusohbnbergeri Cope.

This species is represented by two vertebrae, a lumbar and a caudal, which
indicate an animal of about the same or a little larger size than the Prisco-
delphinus ste nu s. They are also of a slender form, more so than in any
species of the last genus. What distinguishes it generically, is that instead of
the slender diapophyses of the caudal it has the broad ones of the true Dol-
phins, though broader even than is usual in these, and it is perforated a little
on one side of the middle by the foramen seen among Whales and Dolphins
generally.

Articular faces transverse oval ; centrum slightly constricted with an
obtuse keel along the median line. The two inferior keels of the caudal vanish
on part of the middle of the centrum.

In. Lin.

Length centrum 1 9

Height " 10-3

Width " 12 5

" neural canal 5*2

" basis diapophysis lumbar. 10-5

« <' <« caudal 10-

A dorsal vertebra which relates in age and size with the preceding, is
more than usually constricted lateromedially, the inferior line concave, and
slightly keeled; length 10^ 1., width 12-6 I.

1868.]

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

This species is dedicated to W. S. "W. Ruschenberger, M. D., of this city,
an active member of the Academy, and author of introductory works on
Natural History.

Delphinapterus lacertosus Cope.

This is much the largest species of the genus. It is based on two lumbar
vertebrae which have been united by an exostosis and then separated. They
are quite elongate and have broad diapophyses so far- as their bases indicate.
The articular surfaces are about as broad as deep, and slightly pentagonal in
outline, not ovoid or discoid as in other species. The lower surface presents
an obtuse median angle, with slightly concave sides. The general proportions
can be derived from the measurements.

In. Lin.

Length centrum 3 5-5

Heighth articular surface 2 2-5

Width '' " 2 4-5

" neural canal 7-5

" base diapophysis 1 9

In addition to the above, there are in the Museum of the Academy speci-
mens of dorsal lumbar and caudal vertebrae of this species from the Miocene
of Cumberland county. New Jersey. They all belong to one individual and
represent the characters of the species well. The lumbars are all strongly
keeled below, and the dorsals narrowly rounded, and slightly concave on each
side. One posterior caudal, with rudimental anterior zygapophyses exhibits
rather short diapophyses pierced by the vertical foramen. I therefore refer
this species to Tretosphys with the remark, that it is not so typical as the first
mentioned species, where the perforation is at the middle of a broad, well
developed transverse process.

The two species which follow are assigned to this genus, only on account of
their resemblance to the present one, as I have not seen the caudal vertebrae of
either. They may be thought to rest on but a slight basis — but as they are
extremely easily distinguished among several bushels of bones of other species,
I feel entire confidence in their reliability.

Delphinapterus tyrannus Cope.

This is a large species, doubtfully of the genus, not uncommon in the
Miocene formations of Maryland. It is represented in the collection by one
dorsal and three lumbars. Three of these serve as the type of our diagnosis.
They are much shorter in relation to their other dimensions than those of any
other fossil dolphin herein described, except the Ixacanthi,and they have the broad
diapophyses of the genus Delphinus. The epiphyses are unfortunately lost,
and but three of the specimens belong to the same individual. Articular sur-
faces broader than high, lateral faces concave everywhere and in every direc-
tion ; below they meet in an obtuse concave ridge.

In. Lin.

Length centrum lumbar (epiphyses supplied) 3

Depth " 2 10-5

Width " 2 3-2

" neural canal 6*7

" basis diapophyses 2 0-5

Length lumbar of larger individual

The rugosity of the epiphysial surfaces is less marked and more intrerupted,
i. e. without radiating ridges, than in any other species.

Delphinapterus hawkinsii Cope.

This species is based on two lumbar veterbrae, which resemble those of J*.
conradi, (Delphinus conradi Leidy), but are of much larger size and are
furnished with a strong and acute keel below on the median line, as is seen in
no other species. The diapophyses are very wide at the base; centrum much

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191

depressed. Both these specimens are young and have lost their epiphyses ;
with the latter, they would be relatively as slender as those of D. lacertosus;
they differ from the latter in their deep keel, like that of a boat.

A dorsal vertebra is with much probability referred to the same species. It
is therefore a little shorter than the lumbars and has not so strong a keel ; yet
the latter is more marked than in any other species, contrasting much with the
round face of the D. 1 a c e r t o s u s. It is adult with fixed epiphyses ; the articu-
lar fiices are subround. The upper part of the diapophyses come from the base
of the neural arch, and the neural canal is wide, with median ridge as usual.

In. Lin.

Length, dorsal, centrum 2 11-5

Depth articular face 2 0-5

Width of " " 2 2-5

" " centrum at base transverse margin of diapophysis 2 10-3

Length centrum lumbar " 3 6

Width in front diapophysis 2 5-2

" of " 1 10-5

Depth centrum from canal to edge of keel 1 10-5

This species is named for my friend B. Waterhouse Hawkins, the restorer of
the extinct mammals and reptiles at Sydenham Palace, England, who is now
engaged in the Museum of the Academy on a similar work for the Central Park,
New York.

Delphinapterus gabbii Cope.

This species is indicated by a well preserved caudal vertebra of an adult,
which is so different from anything else in our Museum as to require notice.
It has pertained to a species of not more than half the length of the T.
gran d a e V u s, and is less strongly constricted everywhere and especially
below. In a caudal of near the same position, the ridges and chevron artic-
ular surfaces are much more elevated, especially those on the anterior part of
the centrum. They embrace a very deep groove in this, a shallow one in the
T. g a b b i i. An additional longitudinal ridge on each side the inferiors in
front is wanting in T. g ab b i i. Both have a delicate one above the dia-
pophyses in front, the T. gra ndaevus behind also. There is no posterior
zygapophysis in the T. gabbii; the caudal of the latter is also relatively
shorter.

In. Lin.

Length centrum , 2

Depth articular face anterior 1 5-7

Width " " « 1 7

This species is dedicated to my friend Wm. M. Gabb, Palaeontologist of the
State Geological Survey of California.

To this genus belongs also the Priscodelphinus gra ndaevus of Leidy.
This species is not rare in our collections.

I may add that there still remain species of Delphinidaj in the collection
which are as yet undescribed.

BAL^NID.^.

The vertebrae of several rather small species of this family were procured
by J. T. Thomas, of which a few are sufficiently characteristic for descrip-
tion. They are accompanied by the other bones of the body, but as these
must be allocated with much care and labor, and as the vertebne are most
abundant and therefore characteristic of the beds, I think best to describe
them from these.

ESCHRICHTIUS Gray.
EacHRioHTius PU8ILLU8 Cope.

This species is indicated by many vertebrae, of which one dorsal, six of the

1868.]

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

lumbars, and one caudal may serve as types. They indicate a species of less
size than any heretofore described, except perhaps the B. rostrata now
living. They are about half the size of the vertebrae of Balsenoptera
prisca and B. p a Ire atlan tica, and 3-5ths those of Eschriehtius
cephalu s.

The dorsal is a little longer than transverse width of centrum, and 2-5ths
longer than vertical width of the same ; the latter is therefore a depressed oval.
Inferior surface a regular arch from side to side. The lumbars have the
usual median keel, and the articular faces are not quite so transverse ; the
external planes are generally concave. The venous foramina in these are
so small as not to be noticeable.

The articular faces of the caudal are a little more compressed and nearly
as deep as wide. The two inferior keels are very slight, the diapophysis are
not perforate, and the neural arch standi on 3-5ths length of the centrum.

In. Lin.

Length dorsal 4 11

Height articular face 3 6-2

Width " " 4 3

Width neural canal 1 4

Lumbar length 4 11

Height articular surface 3 11

Width " " 4 2

i' neural canal 10

Caudal, length , 4

Height articular surface 3 9 5

" to zygapophyses 5 2

Width articular sui'faces 4

Several cervical vertebrae show the characters of the genus and species.
They are all distinct, and their parapophyses and diapophyses have not prob-
ably been united, as the portions of them remaining are quite slender.

The superficial dense bony layer of the ramus of the mandible, of which we
have specimens, is well developed, and nowhere fissured, and the nutritious
foramina small. The ramus moderately convex on both faces, much as in
the Balaenoptera prisca , [Balsena Leidy), and like it, the nutritious fora-
mina were arranged in a series on each side of and close to the median
superior ridge. What distinguishes it from the latter is the presence of a
distinct median ridge, which separated from the inner face of the ramus by
a strong longitudinal groove. The nutritious foramina of the inner side
penetrate along the line of this groove. The size is about one-third the
same portion of the jaw of the B. p r i s c a. Like the latter its inferior
margin is greatly decurved, and the outer side more convex than the inner.

In. Lin.

Length of fragment 15

Depth inner face ^ 2

Circumference 5 2-5

Remains of the mandibles of this species are not uncommon in the Miocene
region in the beds of streams. I have in similar situations dug out the
vomers of two whales whose size would correspond with the present. Bullae
of the periotic bones of small Balaenidae are not uncommon in the same
beds, and I suspect are mostly to be referred to this and the succeediag
species.

The species appears to occur in the phosphatic deposit of the neighborhood
of Charleston, South Carolina, as I have a specimen of a lumbosacral ver-
tebrae from that locality. It was among the toothless whales what the small,
elephant of Malta was to the giant elephants. Our specimens have belonged
to individuals of not more than fifteen feet in length, and probably adult.

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 193

MEGA^TERA Gray.
Megaptera expansa Cope.

This species is based on numerous vertebrae from the Thomas collection,
several from the Nomini Cliffs, Westmoreland county, Virginia, presented to
the Academy by my friend Oliver N. Bryan, of Charles county, Md., and by
some in the Academy's Museum from Virginia.

The cervicals have -a greater antero-posterior diameter than those of the
Eschrichtius species, but show quite similar di- and parapophyses. They
are, however, not atpresent in my possession, and their full description must
be postponed for a time.

There are also ten dorsals and several lumbars and probably some cervi-
cals ftom the same collection. The former have a broad and capacious
neural canal, and the diapophysis is given off in all from the neural arch.
In the lumbars this process is of course given off lower down, but in them it
is flatter than usual. The centrum has somewhat the form of some of those
of Doryodon, being broad and of little antero-posterior diameter. The
articular faces have a transverse subcordate outline, being flat above. The
basal face without keel. The form of the epiphyses indeed approaches sub-
trigonal.

In. Lin.

Length anterior dorsal 2 9

Height articular face 2 8

Width " " 4

" neural canal 1 9-7

Length median dorsal 3 2-5

Height articular face 3 0-5

Width " " 3 7

" neural canal 14-5

The size of this species is quite comparable to that of the Eschrichtius
p u s i 1 1 u s, being one of the smaller species. The elevated position of its
diapophyses disiinguishes it from all the Squalodons.
The extinct species of Balaenidai of the United States are the following:
Megaptera expansa Cope.
Eschrichtius cephalus Cope.
Eschrichtius leptocentrus Cope.
Eschrichtius pusillus Cope.
Bal^enoptera prisca Leidy.
Bal^noptera pal^atlantica Leidy.
There is no evidence that either of the two last named species are true
Balaenopteri. They may be Eschrichtii, but cannot at present be referred to
those known as above.

It is to be observed that none of the Miocene species exhibit the dimen-
sions possessed by the largest existing species, while several of them are
smaller than the least of those of modern seas. The present period would
appear, with present information, to be that in which these monsters have
attained their greatest bulk.

The recent Baltenidaj of our coasts are the followiug :
Balvena mysticetus Linn., Polar Sea.
Balaina cisarctica Cope, Temperate Sea.
BAiiiiiiNA cuLLAMACH Cham., North Pacific.
Agaphblus olaucus Cope, Temper. Pacific.
Agaphblus gibbosus Erxl., Temp. Atlantic.
Megaptera osphyia Cope, " "

Megaptera longimana Gray, Polar Seas.
Eschrichtius ? robustus Lillj., Temp. Atlantic.
Bal^noptera rostrata Fab,, North Atlantic.
SiBBALUius laticeph Gray, North Alluulic.

1868.]

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The following notes on these species may be in place here.

OftheBalfena cisarctica there is a skeleton in the Museum of the
Academy of an individual of thirty-seven feet, and a ramus mandibuli of
sixteen feet in length, indicating a total of sixty-eight feet adult size. A
scapula in the Museum Rutger's College, New Brunswick, N. J , measures 36
inches in height, and 485 in. in width, indicating an adult of 57 feet in
length, A young individual of 45 feet line measurement, awaits mounting
in the Museum Compar. Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Of this individual I will
shortly give a detailed description in an essay on the species. Like the other
specimens, it presents a strong acromion. The phalanges of the manus ex-
hibited an important difference from those of B. a u s t r a 1 is. In it they
number respectively 2 — 5 — 6 — 3 — 3, while Cuvier gives (Oss. Foss. 227, 23)
2—5—6—5—4.

The species of Agaphelus are briefly noticed in the present number of the
Academy's proceedings. They will be more fully described shortly from
material at present in hand.

A second and more full examination of the skeleton of the Megaptera
o s p h yi a Cope, furnishes the following additional points and characters.
The specimen is young, and measures in its present condition, 34 feet. It
has, however, lost a considerable number of caudal vertebrae, and from the
posterior part of the column, of intervertebral cartilages also ; add to this
the shrinking of the cartilages preserved, and the increase of length would
perhaps amount to eight feet, giving 42 in all. The asserted length of fifty
feet line measurement, which I quoted in my original description, is no
doubt an exaggeration.

The glenoid process is margined by an angular prominence, the rudiment
of the coracoid, precisely as in the M. brasiliensis. The diapophysis
of the atlas is a flat vertical plate, extending from opposite the base of the
foramen dentati to opposite the widest point of the spinal canal ; inferior poste-
rior outline of the atlas broad, slightly concave medially. The mandible is
peculiar in the strong angular process, which extends from behind round the
side, projecting as far as the condyle, and separated from it by a deep groove.
The third and fourth cervicals are united by the neural arch. The first rib
is very broad at the extremity ; length 37 inches, width at end, 8-22 in. The
orbital processes of the frontal bone are not contracted at the extremities as
in M. lo n g i m a n a, but are more as in Bala^nopterae ; entire width over and
within edge of orbit, 15^ in. ; length to vertical plate of maxillary 31 in. The
baleen measures two feet in length, is black, with three rows of coarse bristles.
Its base is one curve ; its length is spirally twisted.

The species is probably one of the largest of the Balaenidae.

The Eschrichtius r ob u s t u s is admitted on the evidence of a ramus of
the under jaw in the Museum Rutger's College, which is of peculiar form,
and closely resembles the figure given by Lilljeborg of that portion of this
rare species.

August 4ih.
The President, Dk. Hays, in the Chair.
Eighteen members present.

August Wth.

Mr. Cassin, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

[August,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

19^

On favorable report of the committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published :

Notice of some remains of HOUSES
BY JOSEPH LEIDY, M. D.

Mr. W. Lorenz loaned me for examination -a horse tooth, black in color, and
devoid of its outer cementum,from diluvium, occupying a depression about six
feet in depth and about twenty feet in breadth, in the Silurian slate, between
Rutherford's Station and Highspire, Lebanon Co., Pa. It is stained in texture
with iron, mutilated at its lower part, and not petrified. It is a fifth upper
molar of an individual which had just attained maturity, and does not differ
characteristically from the corresponding tooth of the recent horse at the same
age. The inflection of enamel at the bottom of the principal internal valley of
the triturating surface is minute, but this is the case occasionally in the cor-
responding tooth in the living horse. The size of the tooth also is about that
of the ordinary full-sized horse. The measurements, in comparison with a
fifth molar contained in a recent horse skull, are as follows :

Fossil. Recent.

Length .. 40 lines. 34 lines.

Breadth fore and aft ' 15^ " 15 "

Width, transversely 12 " 12 "

The tooth may be viewed as having belonged to an indigenous horse, a co-
temporary of the Mastodon, but it is equally improbable.

Prof. Whitney has recently submitted to my inspection a fossil horse tooth
from Martinez, Contra Costa Co., California, the largest I have ever seen or
can recollect of being on record. The formation from which it was derived
Prof. Whitney considers to be of pliocene age. The tooth is well preserved,
retaining its outer cementum, and is but slightly, if at all, changed in texture.
The tooth is a second upper molar, nearly half-worn. The triturating surface
in its arrangement of the enamel presents nothing strikingly different from that
of the corresponding tooth of the recent horse. As in this there is an inflection
of the enamel at the bottom of the principal internal valley, and in this respect
and the less simplicity of folding of the enamel islets of the triturating surface,
differs from Equus excelsus of the Niobrara and of California. The tooth pro-
bably represents an extinct species, upwards of eighteen hands high. Its
measurements are as follows :
Length along the outer median column to the origin of the fangs.... 26J lines.

Breadth of triturating surface fore and aft. 16^ "

Thickness independent of cementum 15 "

*' with cementum 16 "

The species represented by the tooth may be distinguished by the name of
Equus pacipicus. I had previously seen fragments of aa upper molar and two
lower molars, apparently of the same species, from the same locality, submit-
ted to my inspection by Prof. Whitney several years ago.

Coincidentally, Dr. Le Conte has just handed to me a bone indicating the
smallest species of horse of which I have any knowledge. The bone, a second
ungual phalanx or coronary bone, together with the proximal end of a meta-
carpal of a ruminant, were obtained by John 0. Browne from a well 60 feet
deep, at Antelope, Nebraska, 450 miles west of Omaha. The coronary bone
in its axis is 9 lines long; the same width at the proximal end, and rather
more than a line less at the distal end. From its relation of size with that
of the recent horse, the animal to which it belonged was about eight hands
high. It is uncertain to what solipedal genus the bono actually belongs, but
in the absence of more characteristic materials, it may be viewed as repre-
senting a species of Equus.

1868.]

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP ^

Notice of some extinct CETACEANS.

BY JOSEPH LEIDY, M. D.

HOPLOCETDS OBESUS.

Prof. F, S. Holmes, of Charleston, S. C, has recently submitted to my in-
spection a remarkable tooth and the fragment of another, which I recognize
as having belonged to an extinct genus of Cetaceans, characterized under the
name of Hoplocetus by Gervais, from similar teeth derived from the miocene
and pliocene formations of France. The tooth, indeed, bears a near resem-
blance to that of II. crassidens, represented in figure 10, plate xx, of Gervais'
Paleontologie Francaise, both in form and size, but is more curved, in this
respect resembling more the tooth of that represented in fig. 11 of the same
plate. Prof. Holmes' specimens were obtained from the post pliocene forma-
tion of Ashley River, in the vicinity of Charleston, S. C.

The more complete tooth has the end of the fang and a good portion of the
crown broken away. The latter was worn away, leaving on the summit a
broad, flat, discnidal surface. The enamel, where it remains, forms a band
encircling about one-third of the crown, about three lines in depth, and one-
fourth of a line thick. It appears to have been rugose longitudinally. The
fang, a striking character in •the teeth referred to Hoplocetus, is fusiform, re-
markably robust, and large in proportion to the crown. It is straight at the
bottom two-thirds, but curved towards the crown, so that this appears to be
obliquely implanted upon it. The interior of the fang is pervaded by a
narrow pulp cavity of irregular diameter, from the existence at its sides of
nodosities. The part constituting the technical neck of the tooth is feebly
constricted. The measurements of the specimen are as follows :

Length in present condition in a straight line 44 lines.

Estimated length of fang restored 52 "

Greater diameter of fang ,.... 19 "

Lesser " " 16^ "

Estimated diameter of crown at base..'. 8 "

The fang of this tooth appears to consist of an axis of dentine about equal
in diameter to the crown, and its great accession of bulk appears to be due to
the cemental layer.

The second specimen consists of the fragment of a tooth devoid of crown.
The tooth has been of little greater bulk than the preceding, as the diameter
of the remaining portion of the fang is 20J lines.

Almost immediately after the reception of the above specimens, quite un-
expectedly and purely coincidentally, I received, among some other, cetaceous
remains, another tooth, referable to Hoplocetus, from my friend, Prof. Wyman
of Cambridge. This specimen was derived from the miocene formation in
the vicinity of Richmond, Va. The tooth is much larger and straighter
throughout than the better preserved of the two preceding specimens, and
may perhaps belong to a different species, — a conjecture which is favored in
the fact that the tooth was also derived from a different geological for-
mation.

The crown is worn off in a blunt manner or somewhat convex disk, about
9 lines in diameter, and is encircled by a more or less worn and broken band
of longitudinally rugose enamel, varying in depth from three to five lines,
and one-third of a line in thickness. The fang is broken at its end, and ex-
hibits a long conical pulp cavity, large enough to introduce the end of the
middle finger for an inch or more. The fang in shape is fusiform, exceed-
ingly robust, straight, and somewhat quadrate. As in the other specimens,
it is composed of a dentinal axis near the diameter of the crown, enveloped
in a huge accumulation of cementum. The length of the specimen in a
Straight line, in its present condition, is 55 lines. The fang in a restored

[August*

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

condition is estimated to have been 5 inches long. The diameter of the fang
is 20 and 21^ lines.

In the large proportion of cementum to the dentinal axis of the teeth of
Iloplocetus they bear such a resemblance to the fragments found in the Red
Crag of England, and referred by Prof. Owen to a genus under the name of
Balxnodon, as to render it probable the former is the same as the latter.

The relations of Hoplocetus or Balsenodon, other than that th-ey were toothed
cetaceans, are unknown.

Dklphinus occiduus.

An extinct species is indicated by a fossil derived from the upper miocene
formation of Half-moon Bay, California, submitted to my examination by
Prof. J. D. Whitney. The specimen consists of an intermediate portion of
the upper jaw, devoid of teeth, and encrusted with seleniie. It measures
along the more perfect lateral border 5 inches, and in this extent is occupied
with 19 closely set, circular alveoli, rather over 2 lines in diameter. At the
back of the fragment the jaw has measured a little more than 2 inches wide.
From this position it gradually tapers for half its length, and then proceeds
with parallel sides to the fore end, where it is lOJ lines wide. The palate
behind is nearly plane or slightly convex; at its fore part it presents a deep
median groove, closed by the apposition of the maxillaries, and this groove
is separated only by a narrow ridge from the alveoli. The sides of the max-
illaries are slightly concave longitudinally, convex transversely. The inter-
raaxillaries are broken away, leaving a wide, angular gutter between the
remains of the maxillaries.

Bemarks on a jaw fragment of MEGALOSAIJRTTS.
BY JOSEPH LEIDY, M. D.

A fossil worthy of notice in the Museum of the Academy consists of the
fragment of a jaw, apparently of the Megalosaurus, which, if it does not be-
long to a different species from M. Bucklandi, indicates an individual larger
than any one of those referred to by Buckland, Cuvier, Owen, etc. The fossil
was purchased in England, and was presented to the Academy by Dr. Thomas
B. Wilson. It is labelled, " Fragment d'une machoire de Megalosaurus trouv6
dans le lias a Boue (or Boues). L'animal est extremement rare ici. II avait
45 pied de loiigeur." In another hand it is marked " Jura Mts."

The fragment contains two mutilated tefth, visible throughout their length
from the inner part of the jaw being broken away. The matrix adhering to
the fossil consists of an oolite composed of a homogeneous clay-colored basis,
with imbedded granules, of a rounded form, brown and shining.

The teeth are inserted into the jaw about two-thirds their length, and more
than three-fourths the depth of the bone. They have measured 5^ and 6
inches in length. The breadth at the base of the enamelled crown of the
best preserved tooth is 14| lines, which is nearly the fourth of an inch
greater than in the largest tooth represented in any of Prof. Owen's figures
in his Monograph of the Fossil Reptiles of the Wealden Formation. A tooth
apparently nearly as large in an American ally, is one referred to Dinodon
horridus, and represented in fig. 21, pi. 9, of my memoir on the Extinct Verte-
brata of the Judith River, published in the eleventh volume of the Transac-
tions of the American Philosophical Society. The reconstructed outline of
this figure is, however, too large, rendered so by the too distant removal of
the apex of the tooth from the other fragment. The breadth of this specimea
really did not exceed an inch.

The longest togth of the fossil under inspection, for the most part broken
away, exhibits a mould of the large interior pulp cavity. This mould, from
the hotiom of the latter to its broken eud in the position of the crown, is 5^

1868.]

198 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

inches long. The broken end is 8 lines wide and If lines thick ; the widest
and thickest part of the mould near the middle of the length of the tooth is
11 5^ lines wide and 5 lines thick.

The fangs of the teeth do not continue of the same width to the bottom, as
in the teeth of crocodiles, and, as I believe, is considered to be the case in
Megalosaurus, but from about their middle they contract, or become narrower,
as is ordinarily the case in mammals. Indeed, one of these teeth isolated
might be taken for the canine of a Drepanodon^ or sabre-toothed tiger. In
the fossil the bottoms of the fangs narrow antero-posteriorly, and become
thinner from without inwardly, and they also curve somewhat in the latter
direction.

The long fangs of the teeth in the fossil, and their becoming narrowed at
bottom, at first led me to suspect the specimen belonged to a different genus
from Megalosanrus, but a view of fig. 1, plate xii, of Prof. Owen's monograph
above mentioned, seems to prove by the appearance of the successional teeth
within the jaw, that the fangs actually become narrowed towards the bottom
in that genus.

In the best preserved tooth of the fossil, the enamelled crown exhibits the
same shape, familiar as the characteristic form of that of 3Iegalosaurus. The
trenchant borders of the crown are denticulate, and the enamel is compara-
tively smooth, or only very feebly striate.

The contracted condition of the bottom of the fangs of the teeth would
leave more space than there otherwise would be for the development of suc-
cessional teeth within the jaw. In the fossil the remains of one of the latter
is seen at the lower part internally of one of the functional teeth, and an im-
pression in a corresponding position of the other functional tooth indicates
a similar occupant.

In the progress of the successional teeth of Megalosaurus, their summit
first appeared at the margin of the jaw internally to the teeth in functional
position. In the course of growth and protrusion they excited absorption in
the contiguous bone and fang of their predecessors, and continuing to ad-
vance from within and beneath (in the lower jaw), as it were, shouldered the
latter from the jaw. A third tooth in 3Iegalosaurus appears to have occupied
a position internal to the second one, before the protrusion of this from the
jaw.

The outer portion of the jaw bone retained in the specimen has an average
depth from the alveolar border of 5 inches. Its outer surface is a vertical
plane, rounding only near the basf .

The present opportunity is an appropriate one to make a few remarks on the
American 2i\\\&& of Megalosaurus. Since I have had the opportunity of inspecting
the remains of the remarkable reptile from the green sand of New Jersey, de-
scribed by Prof. Cope (Proc. 1866, 275) under the name oiLselaps aguilunguis, in
observing the comparative uniformity of the teeth, identical in character with
those of Megalosaurus, I am more strongly impressed with the idea that the
teeth of like shape, forming part of those referred by me to Binodon, alone
belong to this genus. The others, of which no representatives have been
discovered or recognized as belonging to Megalosaurus or Loilaps, most pro-
bably indicate a distinct genus and species, for which I propose the name of

AUBLYSODON MIRANDUS.

Future discovery may prove Lselaps and Dinodon identical, and, judging
from the comparison of corresponding parts of the jaws and the teeth, will
be found to be more closely allied to Megalosaurus than was suspected, even
should they not prove to be generically the same.

It is clear, from an examination of the anterior portion of the mandible of
Megalosaurus described and figured by Buckland, Cuvier, Owen, etc., that no
such teeth as those now referred to Aublysodon occupied the forepart of the
jaw. It is also probable that the upper teeth of Megalosaurus and of its

[August,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 199

allies differ ia no important point from those below. It follows, therefore,
that the teeth now referred to Auhlysodon, if they belong to the maxillary or
mandibular series of Megalosaurus or its allies, could only pertain to the
back part. The variation ia form of the teeth in question appears too great
for such a position.

The teeth now viewed as characteristic of Auhlysodon are represented in
figs. 36 — 45, pi. ix of vol. xi of the Transactions of the American Philosophi-
cal Society. The specimens consist of parts of three teeth, which diflfer
much in size and other important points. In general the crowns are laterally
compressed conical, with the anterior part thick and convex transversely as
well as longitudinally, and with the sides nearly parallel. The posterior part
forms a surface nearly as wide as the thickness of any part of the crown, and
is defined from the lateral surfaces at right angles. In the two larger teeth
these angles or borders are denticulated, like the trenchant borders of the
teeth oi Megalosaurus and its American allies. In the longest tooth (fig. 35,
36, op. cit.) the posterior surface forms an even plane; in the second sized
tooth (figs. 37 — 40) the posterior surface presents a median elevation. In
the smallest tooth (figs. 41 — 45), which indeed may belong to a different
animal from the preceding, the borders defining the posterior surface are
somewhat prominent backward, non-deniiculate, and subside approaching
the base of the crown so as to make a transverse section in this position oval
(fig. 45).

Hadrosaurus Foulkii, the bulky vegetable feeder, and cotemporary of the
rapacious Lselaps aquilunguis^ was at most probably only specifically distinct
from Trachodon mirabilis, the teeth of which were found in association with
those of Binodon, so that, according to the laws of nomenclature, as Trachodon
has priority of name, I suppose the first mentioned animal must be called
Trachodon Foulkii, though the names of Hadrosaurus Foulkii and H. mirabilis
would appear more appropriate for these powerful dinosaurs.

The best preserved tooth of those originally referred to Trachodon, repre-
sented in figs. 1 — 6 of the plate above cited, is identical in form with those
referred to Hadrosaurus, and differs only in the absence of the rugulations of
the lateral borders of the crown, and in some less important points.

The remaining specimens of teeth referred with the former to Trachodon,
are represented in figs. 7 — 20 of the plate cited. Most of them are so worn
and probably altered from their original form, that it is rendered uncertain
whether they belong to the same animal as the preceding tooth, and one
unworn (figs. 18 — 20) has a very different shape from this. Perhaps these
specimens belonged to another Dinosaur, for which the name Trachodon might
be reserved, while that of Hadrosaurus might include the first mentioned and
more characteristic tooth.

As Iguanodon had its enemy in a species of Megalosaurus, Trachodon, the
representative of the former both in the western and eastern portions of the
North American continent, was accompanied by an equally bloodthirsty
enemy, which may, perhaps, on nearer comparison of corresponding parts,
prove to be another species of the same genus, until now supposed to be
different, under the names of Binodon and Lrelaps.

Prof. Cope remarks of l^vlaps (Pr. A. N. S. 18G6, 276), that " in its dentition
and huge prehensile claws it resembled closely Megalosaurus, but the femur,
resembling in its proximal regions more nearly the Iguanodon, indicated the
probable existence of other equally important dift'erences, and its pertinence
to another genus." Thus the genus is especially distinguished by the appa-
rent peculiarity of the femur, but in my estimation oven this disappears if
the bone referred to Lmlaps bo viewed in the corresponding position to that
of M. Bucklandi, represented in pi. vii, pt. iii, of Prof. Owen's Monograph of
the Fossil Reptiles of the Wealden, which appears to me to be the reversed
one to that in which Prof Cope has described it in Pr. A. N. S. 1866, 276.

The teeth of Bathygnalhus, a huge carnivorous reptile, whose remains have

1868.]

200 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

been found in the triassic red sandstone of Prince Edward's Island, have
the same form as those of Megalosaurus^ Dinodon and Lselaps. But here, so
far as we have the corresponding parts for comparison, the resemblance
ceases. The remarkable depth of the dentary bone in rMation with its
length in Bathygnathus^ indicates a form of head very different from that of
Megalosaurus and its American representatives. It was this unusual relation
of depth to breadth which led me to suspect a form of head more in accord-
ance with that of the skeleton of an upright animal, and led me to ask the
question, "was this animal probably not one of the bipeds which made the
so-called bird tracks of the New Red Sandstone of the valley of the Con-
necticut?" (See Jour. Ac. Nat. Sc. 1854, 329.)

Subsequently, in examining the remains of Hadrosaurus, the American
representative of igi'Manof/on, from the great disproportion between the fore
and hind parts of the body, I was led "to suspect that this great herbivorous
lizard sustained itself in a semi-erect position on the huge hinder extremities
and tail, while it browsed on plants growing upon the shores of the ocean."
jJUret. Kept, of the U. S. 1865, 97.)

The remains referred to Lselaps exhibit even a far greater disproportion
between the fore and hind limbs than in Hadrosaiirus, which, together with
its long bird-like claws, etc., suggested to Prof. Cope a similar position of
body to that o? Hadrosaurus, and a use of the hind limbs in attack upon the
prey of the animal analagous with that in the eagle (Pr. A. N. S. 1866, 279).
The extraordinary disproportion between the fore and hind limbs of Lselaps,
which appears to me so closely related with Megalosaurus, leads me to sus-
pect that the remains described by Buckland, Cuvier, Owen and others, and
attributed to the shoulder of M. Bucklandi, perhaps, at least in part, belong
to the pelvis, if they in whole or part do not belong to other animals. Had
the humerus of Lselaps been found isolated, I nev^r would have thought of
associating it in the same skeleton with the huge bones of the hinder ex-
tremity of that animal. Perhaps, when this great disproportion comes to be
known, it may be discovered that there exist specimens of remains of the
fore limbs of Megalosaurus, from the Wealden, in the British or other muse-
ums of England, which heretofore have excited no suspicion as to their true
relations.

Teratosaurus, from the upper Keuper, in the vicinity of Stuttgart, described
by Meyer (Palaeontographica, 1859-61, 258), approached Bathygnathus most
in the proportions of its face, as well as resembled it in the form of the
teeth, but the fossil dentary bone of the latter is even still shorter and deeper
than would relate to the fossil maxillary of the former.

Bemarks on CONOSATJEUS of Gibbes.
BY JOSEPH LEIDY, M. D.

In a memoir on Mosasaurus and the allied genera, by Dr. R. W. Gibbes, pub-
lished in the second volume of the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge,
the author described some teeth from the eocene formation of Ashley River,
South Carolina, which, from their general resemblance with those of Mosasau-
rus, both in form and conjunction with osseous bases, he referred to a reptile
with the name of Conosaurus Bowmavi.

An examination of the structure of these teeth proved to me that they be-
longed to a fish. The body of the crown is composed of a compact vaso-
dentine, invested, in place of enamel, with a thin layer of ordinary dentine.
There is no pulp cavity in the interior -, and in the complete teeth, the crown
is continuous with a robust osseous fang, resembling in general appearance
that of the teeth of Mosasaurus.

A short time since Prof. F. S. Holmes submitted to my examination the
dentary bone of Conosaurus, imbedded in a block of white eocene marl, from

[August,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

the vicinity of Charleston, South Carolina. The specimen fully confirms the
view that the animal is a fish.

The dentary bone, from its symphysis to where it articulated with the angu-
lar bone, judging partly from the bone itself and the impression of the remain-
der on the matrix, has been a little over six inches in length. Its depth at the
symphysis has been about two and a quarter inches.

Twelve teeth have occupied the alveolar border in a space of four inches
and ten lines, and perhaps a couple more occupied the part broken away be-
hind. The teeth form an unbroken row, close together, and generally differ
but little in size, though those posteriorly are a little the smaller.

The perfect crown of the teeth forms a nearly regular cone, the fore and aft
diameter of the base slightly exceeding the transverse. It is curved inwardly,
pointed, smooth, shining, and even, except at the base, where it is slightly
fluted, being most so in the anterior teeth, and more or less feebly so in the
hinder ones.

The crown ceases at the alveolar margin, where it becomes continuous with
a more robust,^ solid, oval fang, which is inserted into the jaw and coossified
with its alveolus.

In the dentary bone above mentioned, the crown of the first tooth, or that
nearest the symphysis, is broken off, displaying a clean continuous disk of vaso-
dentine, nearly circular, and about four lines in diameter. The fang is visible
from a destruction of a portion of the bone. It is half an inch long, of greater
diameter than the base of the crown, and composed of bone hardly more dense
than that of the jaw itself, with which it is coossified. The fourth tooth of the
series is in the same condition as the former.

The crown of the second tooth had been shed, and its remaining solid fang
is somewhat encroached upon, through absorption, by the fang of the tooth
in front.

The third, eighth and twelfth teeth have been shed, and their fangs absorbed,
leaving deep oval cavities. These were filled with matrix, and nothing more.
It is probable they contained successional teeth, which dropped out in the
decomposition of the animal.

The fifth tooth had been shed, and its remaining fang contains a funnel-
shaped pit.

The sixth and tenth teeth alone remain in the specimen, the latter entire,
the former without its point. The crown of the sixth was nearly eight lines
long ; the other is seven lines.

The crown of the seventh tooth has been broken off, and the fractured surface
displays a small central cavity.

The crown of the ninth tooth, which was smaller than any of the others, is
shed, leaving the fang somewhat excavated ; but the sides are narrowed, as if
the position of the tooth were to have been obliterated to give more room for
the accommodation of others.

Back of the tenth tooth there is a small pit, probably the remains of the
position of an early tooth smaller than that last indicated. This included
would give thirteen to the series.

The crown of the eleventh tooth had been shed, leaving a shallow basin on
th6 top of the fang.

I could find no successional teeth in the specimen. Those which existed
appear to have dropped out of the exposed cavities.

From a study of the fragment it would appear as if the germs of new teeth
originated in the centre of the preexisting teeth, — that is, at the conjunction
of the crown and fang. In the development of the new tooth it was first
accommodated in its growth by the absorption of the fang of the old tooth.
The crown of the latter being shed, that of the new one gradually assumed its
position, and when protruded its fang became coossified with its alveolus.

A specimen in the museum of the Academy, from Ashley River, S. C, con-
sisting of an isolated tooth with the greater portion of its fang, is larger than

18680 14

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

any of the teeth in the dentary bone above described. The crown is eight lines
long and four and a quarter in diameter at base. The fore and back part of
the robust osseous fang present concavities, as portions of cavities remaining
after the shedding of teeth with absorption of their fangs.

Of two shed crowns in the museum, from the same locality, one is 5^ lines
long by 21 and if in diameter at base ; the other 6| lines long by 3| and 3^
at base.

The museum of the Academy also contains two specimens consisting of
alveolar fragments of jaws with teeth, of the same animal, from Burlington
Co., N. J. They were presented by W. J. Taylor, and are reputed to have been
obtained from the green sand.

One of the specimens is 2| inches long, and contains an alternation of teeth
and empty cavities for successional teeth. The first cavity is large, the fang
formerly occupying its position being completely absorbed. The second tooth
of the specimen is entire. Its crown is 7 lines long by 4 and 3^- at base. The
third and fifth cavities for successional te6th are not quite so large as the first,
nor are the fangs which occupied them so completely absorbed. The fourth
tooth has its crown mutilated. Its base behind is irregularly excavated, but
whether by erosion, or whether it is the remains of a position occupied by a
successional tooth, I cannot determine. In the sixth tooth the crown is not
entirely protruded, and its fang is already coossified with a tubular sheath of
the fang of the former tooth which occupied its position. In the seventh tooth
the crown is shed, but the fang remains with a large cavity. The crown of
the eighth tooth was also shed and the fang nearly obliterated through ab-
sorption.

The smaller alveolar fragment is IJ inches long, and contains two teeth,
with an intervening cavity for a successional tooth. Before and behind the
two teeth are the remains of other cavities.

Though I have an aversion to change names, yet the name Conosavrus is so
obviously wrong and liable to mislead, especially also as there is a saurian
named Coniosaurus, that I propose for the former the name of Conosaurops.

I may here take occasion to mention that I have suspected that the tooth
represented in figs. 7, 8, 9, pi. xx, of my " Cretaceous Reptiles of the United
States," and referred to a carnivorous reptile with the name of Tomodon, may
also have been a fish. The base of the specimen presents an irregular porous
condition, but this I suspect rather to be the result of erosion. As it is unique,
I have not been able to obtain a section to examine its microscopic structure.
As the name Tomodonhsid been previously appropriated by Dumerilfor a genus
of serpents, I would propose to alter the name applied to the animal to which
the fossil belonged, to that of Diplotomodon.

August ISth.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.
Sixteen members present.

August 2dth.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Twenty-three members present.

Messrs. Uselma Smith and B. Waterhouse Hawkins were elected
members.

Mr. Kalph Tate, of London, was elected a correspondent.

On favorable report of the Committee, the following paper was
ordered to be printed :

[August,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

On the Crocodilian genus FEBOSUCHDS.
BY EDWARD D. COPE.

Characters. — Toes 5-4, with claws two — three. No osseous nasal septum
or bony eyelid. Belly protected by series of osseous plates, as well as the
back.

All the genera of Crocodiles hitherto known as living are characterized
by the possession of three claws on the fore foot. The pres'-nt therefore
offers a remarkable exception. The free fingers and half webbed toes, and
the bony abdominal buckler, together with the cartilaginous nasal septum are
points of strong resemblance to Jacare (Gray, including Cseman Gray), but it
differs from these creatures in the lack of bony orbital plate. In specific cha-
racters it differs from those of this genus, which it most resembles, as J. n i-
gra, in the absence of a transverse bony ridge between the orbits. Another
feature of importance is the relat ion of the canine teeth of the lower jaw to the
upper. On one side this tooth is received into a notch, as in Crocodiles, on
the others it enters a pit of the maxillary bone, within the border of the
same, as in Alligators ! This remarkable combination may be abnormal even
in this species, but this cannot be now ascertained, as it rests at the present
time on a single specimen only. As iis affinities are rather more alliga-
torial, I am disposed to anticipate that the dental arrangement of the latter
type will be most common.

Perosuchus pdscus Cope.

Char, specificus. — Nuchal plates in a cross row of six ; cervicals in four
cross-rows, all of four plates except the last of two. Dorsal plates six — in
a few eight in each transverse row. No posterior crest on arm or leg. Tail
short with remarkably low crest. Muzzle broad, flat, without any ridges ;
its width at the eighth tooth entering 1-4 in length from end of muzzle to
anterior margin of orbit.

Description. — The specimen in the Museum of the Academy is young,
measuring only 2 feet 5 inches in length. Of this the skull measures to the
margin of the supra-occipital 2 in. 10 5 lin. ; and the tail from the vent 13 in.
1 line. From groin to heel 3 in. 2-5 lines, and the hind foot 2 in. 7-5 lines.
The muzzle is a broad ovate, the sides rather more convergent anteriorly
than in the Alligator mississippiensia. There is a thickening in front
of each orbit, and between them on the middle line another, which together
enclose two shallow concavities. Superciliary margins raised, the cranial
table quite flat. The margin of the quadrato-jugal bone projects strongly.
The scales of the limbs are all smooth and those of the dorsal region with
very low keels. The sides have four longitudinal rows of ovate scales sepa-
rated by scarcely defined smaller ones. The abdominal plates are longer
than broad, and are in twelve longitudinal rows. Dorsals in seventeen
transverse series from interscapular to crural region. The lateral crests of
the tail are only obtuse keels; they unite on the thirteenth annulus behind
the vent inclusive. Color above dark brown, almost black on the upper sur-
face of the head. The tail is paler^ of a light olive brown. Lower surface
everywhere bright yellow, including the entire lower jaw and margin of the
upper. Eyelids and a band through ear yellow, the former with a black spot
above.

Remarks. — This interesting addition to our knowledge of the Reptilia was
made by Schulte Buckow, of New York, while on a visit to the interior part
of the course of the Magdeleua River, in New Grenada. This naturalist
has also enriched our collections with other interesting vertebrata of that
region, both living and dead.

1868.]

204 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

Sept. Ist.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.
Twenty-two members present.

Sept Sth.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.
Twenty-eight members present.

Sept 15th.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Twenty-eight members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

Extinct Mammalia of Dakota and Nebraska, including an account
of some allied forms from other localities, together with a synopsis of
the Mammalian Remains of North America. Illustrated by twenty-
eight plates. By Joseph Leidy, M. D. Preceded by an introduc-
tion on the Geology of the Tertiary Formations of Dakota and
Nebraska, accompanied by a Map. By F. V. Hayden, M. D.

Notice of American Species of Ptychodus. By Joseph Leidy,
M. D.

Synopsis of the Extinct Batrachia of North America. By Edw.
D. Cope.

Dr. Leidy read a letter from Mr. B. Waterhouse Hawkins, pro-
posing to erect in the Museum, at his own expense, the fossil remains
of the Hadrosaurus to their natural relations in the figure of that
great Dinosaur, in accordance with Dr. Leidy's descriptions in his
Monograph of the Cretaceous Reptiles of the United States.

On leave being granted, the following resolutions, offered by Dr.
J. L. LeConte, were adopted :

That the Academy accept the proposition of Mr. B. Waterhouse
Hawkins, to erect in this Hall, at his own expense, a restoration of
the skeleton Hadrosaurus.

That the thanks of the Academy be respectfully tendered to Mr.
Hawkins for his liberal offer, and that the Curators be instructed to
furnish to him every facility in the use of specimens in the Museum,
which the most liberal interpretration of the By-Laws will permit.

Sept 22d.
Dr. Bridges, in the Chair.
Twenty-four members present.

Sept 2m.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Twenty-four members present.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 205

Dr. D. G. Brinton was elected a member.

On favorable report of the Committee, the paper of Dr. Leidy,
presented Sept. 15th, entitled " Extinct Mammalia of Dakota and
Nebraska," etc., reported in favor of its publication in the Journal.

On favorable report of the Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be printed :

Notice of American Species of FTYCHODTJS.

BY JOSEPH LEIDY, M. D.

The Cestraciont genus of fishes Ptychodus, so far as known, is confined to
the Cretaceous Formations. Remains, consisting of teeth, I have had the
opportunity of inspecting from Alabama, Mississippi and Kansas, and
although reported to exist in the Cretaceous Formation of Delaware, I have
not met with them from that locality nor from the Green Sand, of correspond-
ing age, of New Jersey. The following list comprises all the specimens of
American Ptychodus teeth I have had the opportunity of examining.

Ptychodus Mortoni.

Agassiz, Poissons Fossiles III. (1833-43), 158, Tab. 25, figs. 1 — 3; copied in
figs. 773, 773a, of Dana's Manual of Geology,

Palate bone of a fish ? Morton : Syn. Org. Rem. Cret. Group. (1834), pi.
xviii, figs. 1, 2.

The teeth of Ptychodus Mortoni I have seen only from the cretaceous forma-
tion of Alabama and Mississippi. Morton, in the work above noticed, figures
a tooth, but does not mention the locality from which it was obtained.

Agassiz, in his Poissons Fossiles, gives a good representation of a tooth of
this species, from the Green Sand of America, in three views, figs 1 — 3, Tab. 25.

Dixon, in his Geology of Sussex, represents two small teeth, (figs. 6, 7, pi.
xxi), which he refers to the same species. Though exhibiting some resem-
blance in character to the American teeth, I think a further comparison is
necessary to establish their specific identity.

The teeth of Ptychodus Mortoni are well defined in character, and in com-
parison with teeth of well recognized European species are almost generic in
their peculiarity. Though exhibiting some variety, their likeness presents a
distinct specific uniformity. Their size of course varies greatly with age and
the relative position they occupied with one another in the mouth of the
fish.

Viewed from above, the crown is reniformin outline, the long diameter being
transverse ; the incurvature posterior. The crown rises in the form of a cone
with a more or less obtuse summit. The sides of the crown slope to the base
and frequently more or less abruptly expand, laterally approaching the latter.
The back part is occupied by a wide triangular sinus for the reception of the
fore-part of the crown of the tooth which was situated in front of it wheu
the teeth were contained within the mouth. The border of the crown is thick
and rounded and dips beneath. At the sinus it is prominent. The summit of
the crown presents a prominent crucial ri^ge, more or less distinct in ditlerent
specimens. From the cross numerous ridges of about the same thickness
diverge upon the sides of the cone, branching in their course, multiplying and
becoming finer, and ultimately conjoining. upon the base in a fine reticulation
extending to the borders of the crown. The coarser ridges vary in their pro-
portionate length in different specimens. The reticulation of the base is most
extensive laterally, occui)ying usually half the breadth of the space between
the summit and border. It also occupies the sinus, and is least developed at
the fore-part of the crown. The width of the crown approaches double the

1868.]

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

fore and aft measurement, and the height is usually little less than the latter.
The root partakes of the form of the outline of the base of the crown, but is
more square and is flat or transversely concave below.

Twelve specimens of teeth of Ptychodus Mortoni^ from the Cretaceous For-
mation of Alabama, belonging to the Yale College Museum, have been sub-
mitted to my examination by Mr, William M. Gabb. Among them occurs
the largest tooth of the species I have seen, and larger than any on record.
It is labelled as having been derived from Perry Co., Alabama. The fang
and parts of the lateral and back borders of the crown are broken away, 'i^
the perfect condition the crown has measured a little over two inches in
transverse diameter, one inch and a quarter antero-posteriorly, and ten lines
in height. The crushing surface is porportionately less prominent at the
centre than in the smaller teeth attributed to the same species, and is more
uniformly convex, or less expanded laterally at the base. The borders of the
posterior sinus also are less abrupt or defined. The unworn summit presents
a crucial ridge, of which the lateral radii are most distinct and directed pos-
tero-laterally. From the crucial ridge, numerous ridges, equally prominent,
diverge, branch in their course and ultimately conjoin in a fine reticulation at
the base af the crown. This reticulation has the greatest breadth at the sides
of the crown and is least developed at the fore-part.

Eleven teeth from Uniontown, Alabama, exhibit a gradation in size from less
than three-fourths that of the above described specimen down to one little
more than a fourth of its diameter. The specimens present a remarkable sim-
ilitude throughout. Some are proportionately wider fore and aft than others,
and the smallest are porportionately higher than the largest ones. The outline
of the base of the crown is reniform, with the relation of the longer and
shorter diameters varying. The largest specimen has the crown an inch and
a half wide, a little over three-fourths of an inch fore and aft, and about half
an inch in height. The sides of the crown expand at the base laterally; the
fore-part forms nearly a uniform slope, and the back surface slopes to the
sinus, which forms a broad triangular depression. The fang is fourteen lines
wide, seven lines fore and aft, and three lines in depth.

The crown of a median sized tooth of the series, unworn, measures scant 14
lines wide, 7 ^^ fore and aft, and 6^ high. The smallest specimen has the crown
7 lines wide, 4^ fore and aft, and an equal height. Its base laterally appears
more abruptly expanded than in the others. Most of the specimens are unworn
and exhibit the characteristic ridges of the crown in a striking manner. In
three specimens the coarser ridges are resolved into the reticulation much
earlier or nearer the summit than in the others. In one specimen the crown
is smooth or totally devoid of ridges, presenting the same appearance repre-
sented in figs. 4, 5, pi. XXX, of Dixon's Geology of Sussex, and described as
" nascent or incomplete teeth of Ptychodus.

Seven specimens of teeth in the Museum of the Academy, from Alabama,
exhibit the same characters expressed in the description of those above. They
all present an unmistakeable specific likeness, though varying in the propor-
tions of their diameter. The largest specimen has the crown 16 lines wide, 11
lines fore and aft, and 8 lines high. The root is an inch wide, 7 lines fore and
aft and nearly 3 lines thick, A secoj;id specimen, with the crown 16 lines wide
and 9 lines fore and aft, has been proportionately lower than the former. Its
summit is worn away, leaving an exposed circular disk of vaso-dentine 4 lines
in diameter.

Two specimens in the Museum of the Academy, presented by Prof. Joseph
Jones, are from Green Co., Alabama. The larger is perfect and unworn. The
crown is scant 14 lines wide, by 7 lines fore and aft, and 5 lines high. The
root is 11^^ lines wide, 4 J fore and aft, and 2 lines thick.

Two specimens in the Museum of the Academy, presented by Dr. Wm. Spill-
man, are from Columbus, Mississippi. They present the same character as the
Alabama specimens. The larger specimen has the crown 20 lines wide, 10 lines

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

fore and aft, and has perhaps been about 8 lines high. The summit is worn ofiF,
leaving an exposed flat circular surface of vaso-dentine half an inch in diame-
ter. The root is 15 lines wide, 6 lines fore and aft, and three lines thick. The
smaller specimen consists of an unworn crown 11 J lines wide, 7 lines fore
and aft and 5J lines high.

Ptychodus occidentalis, n. s.

The Museum of the Academy contains a specimen consisting of the crown
of a tooth of a species oi Ptychodus differing from any other previously known.
I#was obtained by Dr. John L. LeConte, in association with other remains of
fishes, from an ash-colored rock of the Cretaceous series, a few miles east of
Fort Hays, Kansas.

•The tooth is remarkable, especially from the comparatively near approxima-
tion of its diameters, the width transversely and fore and aft and the height
approaching one another more nearly than in any other species. The fore-
part of the crown is somewhat injured and the root is broken away. The
transverse diameter of the crown at base is 14 lines ; the fore and aft diameter
has been about an inch ; and the height is also an inch.

In shape the crown is a blunt cone with the sides sloping evenly to the base
and to the posterior sinus. The latter is a triangular concavity about two-
thirds of the breadth in height.

The direction and arrangement of the ridges of the crown are much like as in
the European Ptychodus dectcrrens, but the principal ridges crossing the crown
transversely are finer and the intervals much narrower, indeed the space occu-
pied by a pair of ridges with their interval in P. decurrens would accommodate
three ridges with a pair of intervals in P. occidentalis. Descending the sides of
the cone the ridges branch as in P. Mortoni, and at the basal half of the crown
form a reticulation much as in P. decurrens. At the back of the summit of the
crown the principal ridges continue their transverse or parallel course until
near the upper part of the sinus, into which as they descend they are resolved
into a fine reticulation. The fore-part of the crown is occupied by a reticula-
tion formed by the descent, convergence and division of the more anterior
principal ridges.

From the description it will be observed that the tooth holds an interme-
diate position in anatomical character to those of Ptychodus Mortoyii, and
P. decurrens.

Three small teeth, found by Dr. Le Conte in association with the latter, re-
semble, in their proportions and in the proportionate size and arrangement of
the ridges of the crown, the teeth of P. decurrens, but perhaps may belong to
the same species as the large tooth above described. The larger of the three
specimens is perfect, but has the summit of its crown worn off. The crown
measures 7 lines transversely, 6 lines fore and aft, and has been from 4 to 5
lines high. The root is 6 lines wide, 4J lines fore and aft, and 2^ lines thick.
Comparatively coarse ridges cross the crown transversely, curving forward
laterally and ending in a marginal reticulation. Branching ridges descend in
front from the foremost of the transverse ridges, and likewise end in a marginal
reticulation. The sinus is occupied b}-- a finer reticulation joined by fine ridges
descending from the summit and sides of the crown. The smallest tooth, like-
wise perfect, has the crown 4 J lines wide, 3 J lines fore and aft, and 2 J lines
high.

Three additional specimens associated with the former ones, are the smallest
teeth of Ptychodus I have seen, but I suspect that they belong to the same
species. They are transversely ellipsoidal in outline at the base of the crown,
and this appears as a low cone elevated at tlie inner third and with a broad
expanding base. The sinus is situated at the inner posterior third. The sur-
face of the crown is crossed with transverse ridges which form a narrow retic-
ulation at the border. The largest of these small specimens is 3^ lines trans-
versely, 1;| fore and aft, and J of a line high from the root. The smallest tooth
is 2|^ lines wide, 1^ fore and aft, and \ a line from the root.

1868.]

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Ptychodus polygyrus.

Agassiz : Poissons Fossiles III, 156 ; Dixon: Geology of Sussex, 1850, 363.
Gibbes: Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1849, 299, pi. 42, figs. 5, 6.

Dr. Gibbes, in the work above noticed, figures two teeth, from the cretaceous
formation of Alabama, which he refers to Ptychodus polygyrus. They clearly
bear a close likeness to specimens of the European species of that name.

A single specimen of a tooth, accompanying the Alabama specimens be-
longing to the Yale College collection, resembles the teeth of the European
Ptychodus polygyrus. The crown is nearly square or transversely oblong, wi^
the fore and back borders nearly straight, and the lateral borders convex.
The crushing surface is moderately convex and is crossed transversely by ten
coarse acute ridges, separated by similar intervals. The borders of the sur-
face, including the posterior sinus, are occupied by comparatively fine vermicu-
lar and interrupted ridges, appearing like granulations. The coarse ridges
are nearly straight, and at the end rather abruptly resolve themselves into the
finer vermicular ridges of the border. From European specimens of the teeth
of P. polygyrus and P. latissimus, this tooth appears especially to differ in the
proportionately greater degree of fineness of the bordering vermicular ridges
or granulations of the crown. Its measurements are as follows :

Width of crown 13 lines; fore and aft 11 lines; height 5^ lines; width of
fang 8 lines ; fore and aft 6| lines ; thickness 3 lines.

Of other species of Ptychodus, Agassiz mentions teeth of P. mammillaris,
found in the excavation of the Delaware canal, and preserved in the Museum
at Paris. (Pois. Fos. Ill, 151.) I have seen no specimens of that species
from an American locality.

Synopsis of the Extinct BATRACHIA of North America.
BY EDWARD D. COPE, A.M.

BATRACHIA.

The vomer is double, and usually bears teeth in this class ; the premaxillary
is usually double ; Amphiuma and Spelerpes belli are exceptions. Teeth never
planted in deep alveoli.

There are six orders, as follows :

Trachystomata.

Caudal vertebrae and frontal bones distinct.
Inferior pelvic elements not confluent.

0. o. maxillaria, prefrontalia, palatina and pterygoidea wanting ; nasalia
present.
Ethmoid,* two lateral pieces, each forming part of palate.
Mandible toothless, condyloid.
No " postorbital and supertemporal bones."
First pair ceratohyals distinct.

Proteida.
Caudal vertebrae and frontal bones distinct.
Inferior pelvic elements not confluent.

0. o. maxillaria, prefrontalia and nasalia wanting ; palatina and pterygoidea
present.

Ethmoid,* a vertical plate on each side the cerebral lobes.
Mandible toothed, teeth pleurodont.f

* Erroneously called orbitosphenoids by me, Jour. Acad. 1866 (on Anura).

fThe statement made by Dr. Gray that the teeth of Necturus are eanaled, as in venem-
ous serpents, by a channel entering at the base and issuing below the tip, appears to the
writer to be of doubtful accuracy. No other opening exists in the teeth of Necturus m a-

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

Ceratohyals, first pair connate.

No postorbital and supertemporal bones.

Urodela.

Usual cranial bones present, but pterygoids reduced or wanting.
No " postorbital or supertemporal bones."
Caudal vertebrae and frontal bones distinct.
Ethmoid a vertical plate on each side.
Mandible dentigerous, teeth pleurodont.

Inferior pelvic elements horizontal, in contact, no osseous pubis ; ilium sus-
pended to a sacral rib.

(Mostly no quadratojugal.)

Gymnophidia,

Usual cranial bones present and distinct, including frontals and pterygoids.

Caudal vertebrae distinct.

No " postorbital or supertemporal bones."*

Ethmoid an annulus surrounding cerebral lobes.

Mandible dentigerous ; teeth anchylosed by their bases.f

(A quadratojugal.)

Stegocephali.

Usual cranial elements distinct, including frontals and pterygoids, and add-
ing " postorbitals and supertemporals."
Caudal vertebrae ?
Ethmoid normal.
Inferior pelvic elements distinct.

Mandible dentigerous ; teeth with anchylosed bases, or
(A quadrato-jugal.)

Anura.

Frontal and parietal confluent, nasals wanting or rudimental ; other cranial
bones present.

Postorbital, supratemporal and usually nasals wanting.

Ethmoid an annulus (usually complete above) surrounding cerebral lobes.

Caudal vertebrae represented by an elongate compound style.

Inferior elements of the pelvis consolidated into a single vertical mass ; ilium
attached immediately to sacral vertebra.

Quadratojugal.

STEGOCEPHALI.

Xenorhachia.
The vertebral centra not ossified ; ? the dentition pleurodont ; teeth simple ;
? no branchial hyal bones. ? Occipital condyles.

culat us than the emargination at the base of the root occupied by the growing crown of
the successional tooth, as in other Batrachia. If the structure described by Dr. Gray exists,
it is in a species as yet unexamined by American zoologists. Professor Winchell, of Ann
Arbor, confirms rny observation.

In my Synopsis of higher groups of Batrachia (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1866), I stated that
Ampliiunia possesses minute scales. Gray, in 1850 (Catalogue Brit. Mus.), makes the same
statement, which Dumeril (18G;i, Catal. Mus. Paris) contradicts. I must accord with Prof.
Dumeril, since a subsequent examination has convinced me that they do not exist. The
specimen in which the appearance of scales was presented was mislaid at the time of
writing, and I find it was due to numerous free portions of the true dorm, which are con-
tinuous with the attached portions.

* When the temporal fossa is overarched it Is by expansion of the maxillary and quadrato-
jugal. (Stannius says "squama temporalis.")

fThe teeth of Ctecilia are compressed with a trenchant posterior edge, which ia crenate.
after the manner of Megalosaurus, Carcharias, etc. Thus to the numerous genera or
Saurians and Belachians possessing this character, must be added a Batraohian.

1868.]

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

MiCROSAURIA..

Vertebral centra ossified ; no branchial hyoids ; teeth simple or with slightly
inflected enamel, pleurodont. Occipital condyles.

Ganocephala.

Vertebral centra cartilaginous ; branchial hyoids present ; teeth with slightly
inflected enamel, anchylosed by their bases. No ossified occipital condyles.

Labyrinthodontia vera.

Vertebral centra osseous ; no branchial hyoids ; teeth with much inflected
enamel, anchylosed by their bases. Occipital condyles.

Xenorhachia.

This order I proposed for the reception of the genus Amphibamus Cope, in
1865, I proposed to regard, as one of its characters, the existence of opistho-
coelian vertebrae. Such impressions were observed in the matrix in which the
fossil was preserved, as to induce a belief in the existence of such vertebrae,
and the existence of these in a well ossified condition, in the apparently nearly
allied genus Pelion Wyman, strengthened such belief. There were actually,
however, only osseous neural arches present, and I am now decidedly of the
opinion that the vertebral centra were either cartilaginous or annuliform, as in
Archegosaurus.

AMPHIBAMUS Cope.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1865, 134.

Amphibamus grandiceps Cope, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Phila. 1865, p. 134. Palaeon-
tology 111. State Survey. Tab.
Carboniferous ; Lower Coal Measures, Morris Co., Illinois.

MiCROSAURIA.

This sub-order was established by Prof. Dawson, for small lizard-like verte-
brates from the Coal Measures, which he thought presented points of affinity
to, or should be under the Saurian reptiles, at the same time recognizing Ba-
trachian characteristics.

After examining the evidence brought forward by Prof. Dawson, it appears
to the writer that the Saurian characteristics are analogical only, and not in-
dicative of true affinity, and that these creatures form, in fact, a series closely
resembling or parallel with what was probably an immature stage of the
Labyrinthodontia. They are in fact Labyrinthodonts, with simple or very
slightly inflected enamel of the teeth, and with the extent of the exostosis of
the cranial bones much reduced. This character has been much overrated by
some authors. In the Dendrerpeton obtusum Cope the grooving and pit-
ting exists only on the posterior parts of the cranium, and gradually disappears
anteriorly. In the Alligator mississippiensis the same is the case.

The points in which they have been said to resemble the Lacertilia, are, 1st,
the dermal scales ; 2d, the parietal fontanelle ; 3d, possession of ribs. All of
these features belong to the Labyrinthodontia ; the Xenorhachia also had
scales. On the other hand, the two occipital condyles, indicating the existence
of a parasphenoid bone, distinguishes it at once from all the Allantoid verte-
brata, and the form of the vertebra? is very Batrachian. In the Lacertilian
families of Gecconidae and Hatteriidae only we have biconcave vertebrae, but
the concavities are comparatively shallow, and the vertebrae less constricted
medially than in the Microsauria. Those of the latter are much like those of
Salamanders, according to Prof Dawson's figures.

The bones figured as pelvic are unlike those of any Batrachia or Lacei'tilia
known to the writer. But until those of the Labyrinthodontia are discovered,

[Sept.

\

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211

■we cannot assert that they differ from the latter. The long spatuliform ele-
ments figured as pelvic are, perhaps, scapulfe, which are of not very different
type in the Trachystomata, Proteida, and the Ganocephala.

The only species included in this tribe in which inflections of the enamel
have been described, is the Dendrerpeton acadianum, and here it is only
at the base. It is, however, not impossible that this genus should not be asso-
ciated with Hylerpeton, Oestocephalus, etc. The genera Urocordylus, Cera-
terpeton, Lepterpeton, Ophiderpeton and others recently described by Prof.
Huxley, also belong here.

PELION Wyman.

In litteris. Raniceps Wyman, Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts, 1858, 158. Not of Cuvier
(Pediculati).

Pelion lybllii Wyman. Raniceps lyellii Wyman, 1. c.

This animal differs from the genus Amphibamus in the well-ossified verte-
bral axis ; no remains of a tail with elevated neural spines exist in the type
specimen, and no ventral scales are seen in it.

Middle Coal Measures, Jefferson Co., Eastern Ohio.

HYLONOMUS Dawson.

Hylonomus lyellii Dawson, loc. cit. viii, 167.
The Joggins. Nova Scotia Coal Measures.

Hylonomus aciedentatus Dawson, 1. c. viii, 258.
Coal Measures ; with the last,

Hylonomus wymanii Dawson 1. c. viii, 270.
Coal Measures, Nova Scotia ; with the last.

PARIOSTEGUS Cope.

This genus is represented by a large part of the cranium of a Batrachian
from the triassic coal measures of Chatham Co., North Carolina. If not a Ba-
trachian, it could only belong to a ganoid fish, but though some of its charac-
ters are somewhat ichthyic, it lacks the following important elements of the
ganoid structure, i. e., free post- and suborbital bones ; postnareal cavities ;
branchiostegal, and arched branchihyal bones. On the other hand it has a
large preorbital, bounding the frontal and maxillary to the nares, and the inner
border of the orbit as in Stegocephalous Batrachia ; also a postorbital element
contributing to the formation of an extended supratemporal roof.

Contrary to what has been found the case in most genera of Stegocephali,
the maxillary appears to extend posteriorly to a free termination, as in modern
Salamanders, and the supra-temporal bone presents a very prominent, obtuse,
arched margin. This margin extends from the orbits on each side, and is in-
curved towards the posterior part of the cranium. There is therefore no
quadratojugal piece.

Tiie maxiUary and mandibular pieces are slender, flat bones, as in Menopoma ;
the form of the posterior or articular portionof the latter cannot be ascertained
from the specimen. The more or less exposed part of the median region of the
latter exhibits a succession of shallow transverse notches, enclosing thirteen
obtuse elevations. The former resemble rudimental lateral alveolae for minute
pleurodont teeth, A few other similar minute ribs, and perhaps a minute
curved cone without sculpture, are the only other indications of dentition.

The bones of the upper surface of the cranium are most readily interpreted
by reference to those of Menopoma. A pair of narrow nasals, acuminate be-
hind, ])enetrate between the frontals as far posteriorly as the posterior margins
of the orbits. The suture between these is very distinct, and entirely straight.
The preorbitals extend to above the orbits, and there appear to cease with a trans-
verse suture. Between these and the nasals a broad triangular element enters

1868.]

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

on each side, not attaining the probable position of the nostrils. Each is di-
vided by a longitudinal groore, which is probably a suture, and which would
then divide the frontals from the parietals. The frontals would then divide
the parietals entirely, as they do in Menopoma for the anterior half of their
length. This would give the frontals a narrow form, acuminate in front, and
bounded behind by a regular coarse, zig-zag transverse suture. The cranium
behind this point is rugose, and the surface not well preserved, and it can only
be said that two irregular grooves converge to a point between the posterior
extremities of the frontals, like the boundaries of the supraoccipital. The
posterior boundary of the cranium with the condyles cannot be readily deter-
mined. When the postorbital roof bone is raised up, the meeting of two gular
dermal bones, as I interpret them, is seen. One of these is a plate directed
backwards and outwards, bearing minute radiating lines on its upper surface.
It meets a similar flat plate directed forwards and outwards, with similar lines
radiating to the circumference. The inner margins of these plates were not
seen.

The orbits are remarkably small, and situated probably near the middle of
the longitudinal measurement of the cranium. The external cares are not
defined, but symmetrical depressions in the position they usually occupy in
Salamanders are distinct.

The general form recalls Menopoma, particularly the necessarily small eyes.
A slender curved bone with a slightly dilated and truncate extremity, lying by
the cranium in connection with the mandible, is like a branchihyal of that
genus. Nevertheless it cannot be positively assigned to this genus, as numer-
ous scales of cycloid fishes are on the same block.

Pariostegus myops Cope.

The surfaces of the cranial bones are little sculptured ; there are small tu-
berculiform elevations on the parietals and more numerous ones on the pre-
orbitals. The postorbitals show the strongest markings of elongate pits which
radiate to their circumference, leaving a smooth obtuse border. The nasals
present a series of small warts at a little distance on each side of their com-
mon suture, and transverse to it. The surface of the maxillary is marked with
longitudional grooves and shallow pits.

No suture separating maxillaries and premaxillaries can be traced with cer-
tainty, though the bones of the jaw are interrupted at the usual place of suture,
opposite the nostril.

Measurements.

Lin.

Length of specimen (including mandible) 18

Width between outer convexities postorbitals 17

" " inner borders orbits 11

" of same without preorbitals 8

" of nasals at middle 2-5

" orbit 1-5

Length of frontal nasal premaxillary 11.

" " supposed branchihyal 12.

The name is derived from the roof-like postorbitals with free lateral margin.
Locality .—CodA bed of the Keuper Triassic, Chatham Co., North Carolina.
The species was discovered by Prof. Jos. Leidy, who handed it to me for de-
scription. It is in the Museum of the Academy of Nat. Sciences of this city.

DENDRERPETON Owen.

Journal Geol. Soc. London, 1853, p. 81.

In the form of the cranium this genus differs from Brachydectes and Ophi-.
derpeton, much as Menopoma does from Amphiuma. Two species appear to
have left their remains in the coal measures at Linton, Ohio.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

DSNDRERPETON OBTUSUM Cope.

This species is known by a partially preserved cranium. The superior sur-
face is exposed, the outlines of the jaws and orbits are well preserved, with the
occipital condyles. The os-quadratum is directed obliquely backwards, and
the angle of the mandible extends to a line a little behind that of the occipital
condyles. The zygomatic arch exists in a position similar to that in which it
may be seen in a few genera of Anura, as Discoglossus and Pelobates. It ex-
tends downwards and forwards from the suprasquamosal to the maxillary
region, but whether it is homologically squamosal or malar, the specimen can-
not show. The postorbital is present as well, and with the last, and the su-
pratemporal forms the bony roof of the temporal fossa. A piece which may
be the pre- and postfrontals combined, borders the inner superior margin of
the orbit; it widens posteriorly, where it has contact with the parietal, etc.,
and narrows in front. Supra-occipitals form together a broad triangle on
the upper plane of the cranium, of less extent than the adjoining supratemporal.
The latter elements are pitted, and towards their margins radiate grooved.
These sculpturings grow less on the margins of the supratemporal, and the
portions of the surface of the more anterior element remaining are so slightly
marked as to give the impression that the sculpturing in this species is much
less than in others of the genus. A few beaded ridges are all that remain on
a few of the parietals and postorbitals ; the maxillaries have a slightly
stronger sculpture seen in a few spots.

The general form of skull is elongate behind, and much shortened in front of
the orbits. The orbits are thus altogether in front of a line equally dividing
the cranium transversely, while in the D. acadianum Ow. they are in the
middle of the skull. The outline of the muzzle in one species is thin, broad,
rounded, as in the Menopoma allegheniensis, while in the latter it is ovate
and produced.

The parietal bones extend to opposite the posterior margins of the orbits, are
then gradually contracted and form an acuminate prolongation on each side
the wedge-shaped frontals. The prefrontals are thickened on each side the
front, behind the external nares. The sutures defining the frontals anteriorly,
the nasals, and the premaxillaries behind, cannot be made out. The median
longitudinal suture is a marked and zigzag one, and can be seen as far post-
eriorly as the anterior margin of the orbits. The external nostrils are large
and opposite the inner margin of the orbit on each side. This separation of
the nares is associated with a greater transverse extent of the premaxillaries
than in some of the genera. These have been set with numerous teeth, judg-
ing by their small impressions ; no larger ones have left traces, and no
traces of any on the maxillaries. The teeth of the genera before described
are all much larger relatively, indicating still further the diversity between
them.

A fragment of mandible remains, but without teeth or external surface. It
shows a large internal canal.

Measurements.

Lines.

Total length cranium. 25-5

Width cranium 3 lines behind orbits 24

'* between orbits 7*5

" " nares , 6*

" •' occipital condyles, -. 2-2

" of supraoccipital bones 6

" of right parietal 6

Extent of premaxillaries , ,. 8'7

Length orbit , 6

From the Coal Measures at Linton, Columbiana Co., Ohio, (West Pennsylva-
nia Basin). Discovered by Dr. John S. Newberry.
Another cranium accompanies the collection which belongs to a species dis-

1868.]

214 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

tinctfrom the last. The muzzle is not so broadly rounded, and the premax-
illary teeth are relatively much larger. The sculpture is more delicate, with
the ridges more acute. The orbits and nares are not defined. The maxillary is
well preserved for a length of an inch ; its teeth are smaller than the premax-
illaries ; I count four in a line ; crown simple conic. External surface of
maxillary not very strongly sculptured.

This species cannot be referred to its genus without further material. I
therefore do not name it, hoping to avoid the unworth}'- practice of some, who
give prosj)ective names — to be applied to other peoples future discoveries, and
the like.

Dendrerpeton acadianum Owen, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, x, 1853, 81. Daw-
son loc. cit.
Coal Measures : Joggins of Nova Scotia.

Dendrerpeton owenii Dawson, Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, viii, 161.
Coal Measures : as tlie last,

HYLERPETON Owen.

Hylerpbton dawsoni Owen, Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., 1862, 241. Dawson,
Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, viii, 272.
Carboniferous Coal Measures. The Joggins, Nova Scotia.

BRACHYDECTES Cope.

This genus is indicated by two rami of a mandible, and a portion of a pre-
maxillaryouly. These, when compared with those of Oestocephalus and Dendrer-
peton from the same locality, and with others described by authors, are so
much stouter, i. e. shorter and more elevated, that they evidently pertained to
a genus not hitherto known. The genus further differs from Oestocephalus in
having the teeth of equal size to the posterior parts of the series, that is to the
base of the elevated coronoid process. The teeth are elongate cylindric cones,
with t,heir acute tips turned a little posteriorly. The fractured ones display a
large pulp cavity. The three premaxillaries preserved are similar but without
curvature of the tips. They do not exhibit striae or any other sculpture. So
far as the remains known go, the genus is nearer Hylerpeton than any other.
The latter does not give any indication of the very elevated coronoid process
of Brachydectes, though the external portion of the dental bone in that region
being lost, little can be said about it. Prof. Owen's plate indicates a ramus
whose depth at the last tooth enters 8J times the total length. In our species
this depth enters about five times. There are at least nine teeth in the Nova
Scotian species ; seven in the present one,

Brachydectes newberryi Cope.

This species is represented by one nearly perfect ramus mandibuli, one den-
tary bone, and one premaxillary probably not complete.

The dentary bone appears to have been attached by suture to the articular
and angular, as its free margin has very much the outline of that suture in
Amphiuma and lizards. The coronoid process would also seem to be a part
of the same bone as in Amphiuma and Menopoma, and not composed of a
coronoid bone as in lizards. It rises immediately behind the last tooth, and
displays no suture.

The lower portion of the dentary is prolonged into an acute angle. This is
separated by a deep and wide concavity from the superior posterior prolonga-
tion, which is obtuse and rises at once into the coronoid process. Teeth on
this dentary seven ; the same number is on the preserved ramus ; this number
I suspect to be complete or nearly so. The teeth terminate at the obvious
termination of each ramus, which is it is true slightly obscured. The teeth
are the longest of the Microsauria in relation to the depth of the ramus, equal-
ling the largest in Ophiderpeton. They are doubtless exposed, as are some of

[Sept.

\

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 216

those of the last named genus, by the splitting away of the outer parapet of the
dentary bone. As no traces of alveoli have been thus rendered visible, I
suspect the dentition to have been pleurodont, as in existing Batrachia.

No external surface of the mandible remains, but there are no impressions of
sculpture on the matrix. A little external face of the prenJaxillary displays
none.

Measurements. .

Lines.

Preserved length of ramus (imperfect) 11.

Depth at last tooth 2.

Length of exposed tooth 1'7

" dentary 1-5

Depth at coronoid 3-5

" at first tooth 1-3

SAUROPLEIJRA Cope.

Neural and haemal elements of the caudal vertebrae elongate, distally dilated
and grooved, attached by contracted bases. Ventral aspect defended by a
series of oblique dermal ribs on each side, which meet anteriorly on the median
line. Limbs distinctly developed. Ribs long, well developed. Scales none.

No dermal bones have been discovered, nor are any portions of the cranium
known.

This genus is allied to the Urocordylus of Huxley, recently discovered in the
coal measures in Leinster, Ireland. It differs only in the presence of elongate
lizard-like ribs (whence the name), and in the absence of " oal-shaped scales"
of the upper surfaces.

It is a matter of much interest in American palaeontology that this remark-
able type should be found to occur in our coal measures. It was first announced
by Dr. Newberry at the meeting of the American Association for the advance-
ment of Science for 1867 (see Proceedings, p. 144), as a supposed Urocordylus,
occurring with Ophiderpeton. He mentioned at the same time the discovery
of the ganoid Dinichthys Newb.

The forms discovered by Dr. Newberry have an interesting relation to those
of Ireland, such as types of the present period frequently present.

The genera may be thus parallelized ; where no representation exists, we
may look forward to a future discovery to supply the present want :
Geraterpeton Huxl., represented by

Urocordylus Huxl., " " Sauropleura Cope.

Lepterpeton Huxl., . " "

Dolichosoma Huxl., " " Molgophis Cope.

Ophiderpeton Huxl., " " Oestocephalus Cope.

Brachydectes Cope.
Herpetocephalus Huxl., ? ? Dendrerpeton Ow.

Of the American genera, Sauropleura and Oestocephalus exhibit the peculiar
ventral dermal armature of Urocordylus and Ophiderpeton, while Molgophis
does not possess it, nor Dendrerpeton, if our species truly belongs there.

The museum of Columbia College, New York, contains portions of two spe-
cies of Sauropleura, but both unfortunately represented by portions only of the
vertebral column. These are, though closely resembling the species ^.-scribed
by Prof. Huxley, sufficient to demonstrate marked generic distinction. This is
further established by the remains of the trunk of a third, and larger species,
whose relationships can be shown to lie within this genus. This individual
has been spread over a surface of the coal slate, exhibiting ventral armature,
dorsal region with ribs, and anterior and posterior limbs. Of skull aud caudal
vertebra? nothing remains.

The dermal riblets are arranged as in Urocordylus, i. «., in parallel lines di-
rected obliquely forwards and continuoas on the median line, lorming there a

1868.]

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

chevron, directed forwards. The striae are not so closely placed as in U. p e c-
t i n a t u s , but are separated by grooves wider than themselves.

The humerus, ulna, and radius are rather stout, and of a size relative to the
body, as in comjnon types of existing Sauria ; the ulna and radius separate.
There is no carpus, but five well-developed digits have phalanges in the follow-
ing numbers, commencing on the inside : 3 — 4 — 5 — 6 — 5. The last phalange
of the second is obscured, and it is not positive that the number is as given ;
it is more probable than that it should have been 3. The outer toe has been
more slender than the others ; the distal phalanges of all the toes are short
conic, as in Salamanders. Thus this form differs much from Amphibamus,
where the numbers are 3 — 3 — 4 — 5 — 4, showing a lower developement of
limbs.

The ribs are long and curved, as in Reptiles, and judging by their distances
the vertebrae are short ; the latter arc not well defined, but there is no indica-
tion of prominent spines of any kind.

The pelvic bones and portions of those of the hind limbs are present, but so
obscure and confused as not to be made out. Enough remains to show that
the hind limbs are considerably larger than the anterior.

Sauropleuba digitata Cope.

This species had a length of body about equal to that of a fully-grown Cha-
maeleo vulgaris of the largest size, or of a half-grown Menopoma, Thirteen
ribs on one, and several on the other side, are preserved ; where they terminate,
probably at the pelvic region, some small or rudimental ribs project from the
two or three first caudals. Three ribs and their interspaces extend over five
lines. The humerus is broken, but its length can be clearly made out to be
seven lines ; it has no condyle, and is dilated at both extremities. The ulna
and radius are distinct, truncate, hollow, and dilated at the ends. Length of
ulna 5-1 lines, distal width 1-8 lines. Carpus not ossified. The fourth toe is
considerably longer than the others, the fifth is next, and reaches the basal
third of the antepenult phalange of the fourth ; the third is very little shorter ;
the first is not quite so long as the first two of the third. The bones of the
hind limb are not readily distinguished. They are evidently much longer and
larger than the anterior; no part of a foot is preserved.

This form is probably allied to Urocordylus. It has relatively much stronger
ribs in relation to the vertebrae than we have seen in that genus, and there is
no evidence of the existence of the peculiarly formed spines of the vertebrae
characterizing the latter. The limbs are relatively much stronger' than in
Ophiderpeton, and it lacks the peculiar dermal armature of that genus.

Sauropleura pectinata Cope.

This species is represented by portions of the vertebral columns of four indi-
viduals. In two of these, vertebral centra are discoverable ; in one quite defi-
nitely. They are slightly constricted medially, and without ridge or process.

The neural and haemal spines of superior and inferior lines are similar, and
in the specimen^ undistinguishable. The dilated portions form nearly equi-
lateral triangles, which stand on moderately short pedicels. They are weakly
ridged, and each ridge is prolonged into a narrow acute tooth, beyond the
margin, of which eleven may be counted on one of the best preserved. The
longitudinal striae are terminated near the pedicel by two others, which cross
obliquely from each side, and, meeting, present an appearance similar to an
overlapping of each margin. The edges of the spines form a continuous line.

As in the other species, there are no indications of other processes, nor of
dermal scales.

The smallest of the specimens shows that in front of the region furnished
with the peculiar spines described, the body is furnished with a mass of bristle-
or hair- like scales. The grooved neural spines are slightly displaced anteri-
orly, and the bristle-like mass looks like a continuation of their striae, and it is
not easy to find any line of demarkation between them. The serrate spines are

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

continued further forward on one side than the other. These linear scales
were arranged as in other genera, in lines which converge forwards to the me-
dian line. They are somewhat obscured in the specimen, but it can be de-
termined that they are continuous on the median line. Whether this is the
posterior or anterior portion of the body cannot positively be determined from
the specimen ; it is, however, most likely the posterior, for near the posterior
portion of the striate surface a weak pair of limbs is given off on each side. On
the right, a moderately stout ? femur is followed by a broken tibia and fibula,
and by five slender, closely appressed metatarsals. The last are about two-
fifths as long as the space between them and the femur; beyond them a few
«Iender phalanges are moderately distinctly defined. The tibia is more distinct
on the left, but no tarsus or phalanges ; some of the metatarsals are preserved
here also. Length of limb to end of metatarsals equal to five vertebra in juxta-
position, measured along the edges of the neural spines. The limb has been
slender, especially the hand.

The above specimen enables me to assign, as the ventral armature of this
species, a closely packed series of V-shaped grooves, which lie in connection
with an obscure vertebral column, on the block containing one of the typical
specimens of this species. They are not continuous with any of the series ex-
hibited on other parts of the block ; some of these at least are the doublings of
the slender animal, and this ventral portion has been displaced. The grooves
are perhaps the impressions of haemapophysial rods, vastly more numerous,
however, than the number of vertebra? ; perhaps they are rather the dermal
armature. Huxley figures a portion of this as on the block with Urocordylus
wan de sfo r d i i , but does not refer it to its precise relation to the animal.
A few well-developed ribs are preserved with this portion, — the only ones I
can refer to this species. The vertebra^ are partly enclosed in matrix, partljr
impressions. The neural spines, though expanded antero-posteriorly, are les*
elevated than in the caudal region, and have left no traces of their character-
istic ribs or serration.

The number of spines in the type specimens is six in a half-inch ; in iher
smallest, just described, ten in the same distance. The height of the spine in
the former is 1-15 lines.

As the characters of this species are most determinable, I regard it as the-
type of the genus Sauropleura.

Sauropleura remex Cope.

This species is larger than the S. pectinata, and about equal to the Uro-
cordylus wan desfordii Huxl. The caudal spines differ from both in the
greater attenuation of the haemal series, and the presence of a basal lamina on
the neural.

it is represented by a portion of the vertebral column three inches in length.
In this space may be counted twenty-four vertebrte Such of the latter whose
outlines are visible display centra, characteristic of the genus; their terminaf
concavities conic, with aj)ices meeting medially ; zygapophyses present ; and
their length a little greater than their depth.

The characteristics of the species are the remarkable length and slenderness
of the fan-shaped neural and haemal spines, and the absence of an acute serra-
tion on their margins. In this species the spines have a lamiiiiform expansion
at the base in their planes. In the other species here described these spines
are not only relatively broader and move fan-shaped, but they are acutely ser-
rate on the margin and constricted at the base.

In S. r e m ex the dilated neural s[)ines are a little more than three times as
long as they are distally wide, while the luemal S{)ines are a little narrower.
The neural spines stand about the middle of the centrum. The basal half i*
furnished with an anterior ahi, which leaves the anterior margin rather ab-
ru[>tly and extends to the next spine in advance. It returns gradually to the
centrum and is separated from the articular face of the latter by a notch. A

1868.] 16

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

similar ala exists on the posterior margin of the neural spine, which extends
for a shorter distance above the base, and is narrower than the anterior. Each
spine presents a median groove on its surface, which extends halfway to the
base or further ; on each side of this are some three other grooves,
which extend but a short distance ; surface otherwise smooth. The ends of
the grooves slightly notch the truncated end of the spine.

The hfemal spines are on the posterior portions of the centra, and in con-
tact with the anterior part of the basis of those succeeding. They are without
the dilatations of the neural spines, and are directed rather more obliquely
backwards. They are similarly grooved, though without that so distinctly
median, seen in the neural series.

Both neural and haemal spines become larger towards the posterior part of
the vertebral column. There appear to be no zygapophyses nor diapophyses,
nor rudiments of ribs. The centra are rather stout, and somewhat constricted
medially. There are no traces of dermal armature of any kind.

Measurements.

Lines,

Length of a posterior centrum 1-2

Depth " " " 1-

Length neural spine of adjoining vertebra 4-4

Basal width 1-4

Median width -9

Distal width 1-1

Length of a more anterior neural spine 43

Distal width " " " '' 1-5

" anterior haemal spine 4

" width " <• , 1-4

From the Coal Measures, the Western Pennsylvania and Ohio Bituminous
Basin, at Linton, Columbiana Co., Ohio, near the Ohio River. Prof. J. S.
Newberry.

(ESTOCEPHALUS Cope.

This genus is known from a single species as yet. As before remarked, it
irepresents in many respects the Ophiderpeton of Huxley, and has been alluded
■to by Dr. Newberry as the same. It, however, differs markedly in the narrow
lanceolate form of the head, with probable accompanying peculiarities of de-
tail, .and in the presence of limbs, which have not been found in the Irish
genu*. The form of the head is somewhat nearer that of Lepterpeton Huxl.,
but the limbs of the American genus have as yet been seen as one pair only,
and very small, while in Lepterpeton there are two pairs, which are large.
The general form of the body of Oestocephalus is more snake-like.

In more detail, w.e have an elongate lanceolate head with little or no sculp-
turing ©f th« external surface of the bones. The angles of the mandibles are
iffiuch prolonged backwards as in. Archegosaurus and frogs, and the well de-
veloped ribs commence but a short distance behind the head. The vertebrae
.are slender, and furnished with well developed diapophyses. A pair of sym-
.metrical bones, whose impressions are seen posterior to the occipital region,
look like ceratohyals or small scapulae, and one of them is continuous with
a second piece, which occupies the place of a humerus. A third piece follows,
which is probably ulna 5 no radius or manus is preserved. This then is a
Tudimental fore limb, situate very close to the head. The skin has been occu-
pied by a great number of closely packed, curved, spine-shaped scales. They
have occupied the ventral integument passing from the median line of the belly
coutwards and posteriorly, having acute tips which may have penetrated the
skin on each side ] whether such tegumentary spines protected the back can-
not now b.e determined,

£Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

Oestocepbalus AMPHiuMiNus Cope.

This species is represented by the imperfect crania and anterior portions of
the bodies of two individuals. They indicate an animal of the average size of
the Amphiuma m e a n s .

The extremities of the vertebrae are deeply concave, but the centra are so
long as to prevent the concavities entering more than one-fifth of the latter,
each. The diapophyses are behind the middle, and are broad, curved back-
wards, and acuminate, as in Amphiuma. The centra have a prominent median
line below, with a longitudinal concavity on each side. Five of them a little
exceed an inch in length. Neural spines are nowhere visible. The humerus
is longer than the scapula and is considerably dilated distally ; the scapula
slightly dilated at its superior extremity.

The dermal armature commences immediately behind the head, and forms a
band of 14 lines in width ; measuring across the spine- like scales, in a width
of a line, four cylinders may be counted. The external portions are carried
backwards, the interior nearly straight, those of the anterior more delicate
than the posterior.

The head is wedge-shaped with regularly acuminate sides. The top of the
cranium is somewhat broken in the specimen ; the portions preserved are
smooth, and the longitudinal suture is distinct for a considerable distance. The
angle of the mandible is produced considerably behind the occiput and is
enlarged and rounded. The end of the muzzle is broken away, and the region
of the orbits so fractured as to render their precise location uncertain. The
superficial layer of the cranial bones is nowhere clearly visible, so that it can-
not be ascertained whether it is sculptured or not. The quadrate bone pro-
jects well posteriorly. Some fragments indicate small cylindric teeth, as in
Amphibamus, but they are not characteristic.

Measurements.

. Lines.

Length cranium without muzzle 17-3

Width " posteriorly 11-5

Length scapula 2-1

*' humerus 2-5

" of sixth vertebra from skull 3

Extent diapophyses 3-5

Width centrum 1-5

This species was discovered by Prof. Jno. S. Ne^jberry, at Linton, Eastern
Ohio, in the slate of the coal measures. Mus. Columbia College.

The characters of the genus are further shown by a part of another indi-
vidual in the same coal slate matrix. The cranium and anterior portion of the
vertebral column only are preserved, the latter so much injured as to render
the vertebral characters very obscure. As in the other, the bristle-like scales
extend along the dorsal region to near the cranium. The anterior two-fifths of the
ventral side shows a large number of small oval scale-like bodies, which
belonged undoubtedly to the animal and were probably dermal scales. They
are, however, neither regular in form or position. Close behind the head two
or three long bones of the fore limbs have been exposed. They are slender,
and similar to those of the last specimen.

The cranium, though without the muzzle, shows its long wedge shape. The
maxillary bone cannot be distinguished, nor can the orbits be made out; one
ramus mandibuli is i)retty well preserved; it shows no coronoid process.
Twenty-one teeth may be counted on a portion a little more than one-third its
length. The anterior eleven of these are abruptly longer and stouter than the
others. They are, except a few most anterior, in pairs, t. e. with a slight va-
cancy between every two. The larger ones were broken at the bases, exhibit
a moderate pulp cavity ; the smaller, a large one extending to near the tip.
Several, though not all of the larger teeth, display a shallow groove on tlie ex-

1868.]

220 PBOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ternal face to near the tip, which is probably owing to pressure, and a partial
crushing. The points of the larger teeth are rather abruptly acute, and turned
abruptly backwards. A portion of their increased length ('25) is to be attrib-
uted to the splitting off of the external dentary margin, and the exposure of
the roots. No alveoli are shown, and the dentition is probably pleurodont,
with anchylosis of expanded base as in true Labyrinthodonts.

MOLGOPHIS Cope.

This genus is established on remains represented by three specimens, which
are two series of dorsal vertebrae with ribs, and a series of caudals. One of
the dorsal series embraces sixteen vertebrae, the other fourteen ; the caudal
series, twenty-two.

From its serpentine form this genus may be compared with the Dolichosoma
of Huxley, though a close relation does not exist between them. In the Irish
genus the series of caudal vertebrae is quite short, and the ribs are short and
but little curved. In Molgophis the tail has been like that of an elongate ser-
pent, and the ribs are as well developed as those of many reptiles.

Though no limbs or arches can be certainly found, a rather quadrate, paral-
lelogrammic piece, about as long as the diameter of a vertebra, may be a
femur. This is, however, very doubtful.

The characters of the genus are, a long serpentine body, without dermal
Armature, so far as discoverable ; the vertebrae large and broad, with very
prominent zygapophyses and moderate neural spine, those of the caudals with-
out narrowed bases (and grooved or serrate edges, most probably). ? Limbs
and cranium unknown.

This genus differs from Urocordylus in its caudal vertebrae, and from Ophi-
derpeton in its dorsals; the latter, in their zygapophyses projecting laterally,
resemble those of Amphiuma. It differs from Sauropleura in the absence of
ventral dermal bands and in the longer body, without indication of limbs. The
size of the vertebrae would indicate a body of the size of a rattlesnake, (C.
h o rri d a), and therefore too large for the species named Brachydectes n e w-
b e r ry i.

The ribs are long, and though the head is not bifurcate, there appear to be
both tubercle and head on the dilated extremity. They show themselves, where
crushed, to have had a large median vacuity.

Molgophis macrurus Cope.

The neural arches, viewed from above, have a posterior V- shaped outline,
from the fact that the broad zygapophyses meet on the median line, and spread
out distally over the broad anterior ones adjoining. The latter appear to be
somewhat concave, and to border the former exteriorly as well as inferiorl}'.
The base of the neural spine extends to the posterior emargination, but not
quite to the anterior. The breadth of the dorsal vertebra above is equal from
the emargination behind to the anterior margin of the anterior zygapophyses.

The caudal series must have been very long, as there ig very little diminu-
tion in the size of the vertebrae throughout the series preserved. They present
much the same form as the dorsals, but are more contracted medially, and the
Kj'gapophyses have a more transverse direction. There may indeed be a dia-
pophysial element beneath these, but the two 'cannot be distinguished if so.
They are connected by longitudinal impressions indicating the existence of the
tendinous bands in the longitudinal muscles seen in Amphiuma, or the osseous
spicules in the same situation in birds. The neural spines, indicated by their
narrow bases, occupied the lengths of the neural arch, and remind one of
Amphiuma.

The ribs are long for a Batrachian, but shorter than in a reptile. They are
well curved, chiefly near the proximal extremity. The longest I can find,
measured by a chord, eq'uals two vertebrae and two-fifths. Three vertebrae

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221

measured along the median line above equal eleven lines ; one of these is 3-6
lines in width above ; width of a (?) posterior caudal 3 1.

This animal has been, like Amphiuma, a snake-like Batrachian, but probably
of even more elongate form. How near its affinities to this genus may be,
cannot be ascertained, owing to want of important parts of the skeleton, but
it differs in the important feature of the large, well developed ribs.

LABYRINTHODONTIA.

DITCYOCEPHALUS Leidy.

DiCTYocEPHALus ELEGANS Leidv, Proc Acad. Nat. Sci.. 1856, 256. Emmons
Geology North Amer., p. 59." Tab. 31.
Triassic Coal Measures, Chatham Co., N. Carolina.

CENTEMODON Lea.
Centemodon sulcatus Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1856, 78.
Triassic Shales near Phoenixville, Chester Co., Penn.

BAPHETES Owen.
Baphetes planiceps Owen, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond. x, 1853, (xi, notes).
Carboniferous Coal Measures of the Joggins, Nova Scotia.

EUPELORCope.

Gen. nov. Char. Teeth subcylindric, with large pulp cavity at the basis only ;
external surface without grooves ; dentine divided by numerous flat vertical
lamina? of a dense substance, probably enamel, which radiate from very near the
])ulp cavity to the external enamel layer.

The species on which this genus depends was originally described by the
writer as a Mastodonsaurus. The latter genus, however, exhibits external
grooves where the inflections of enamel enter and separate the dentine. These
inflections, as is well known from the figures and descriptions of Professor
Owen, are more or less convoluted, some of them very highly so. The laminae
of the teeth of the Eupelor cannot be looked upon as inflections of enamel,
but rather as branches. They are exceedingly thin, and our sections do not
demonstrate them to be double. If they are double they are very much more
attenuated than the external enamel stratum. The}'- may be distinguished in a
section of the wall of the pulp cavity at the base of the root as well as else-
where.

EiTPELOR DCBUS Cope, MastodoHsaurus durus Cope. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Phila., 1866, 249.
From the Triassic Red Sand Stone near Phoenixville, Chester Co., Penn.

On AGAFHELTJS, a genas of toothless Cetacea.

BY EDW. D. COPE.

During the autumn of 1866 a whale was cast ashore on the Long
Beach, Ocean Co., N. J., opposite Westecunk, on the other side of Little Egg
Harbor, near the residence of Wm. A. Crane. A recent visit to the spot fur-
nished me with the means of determining the species to which this monster of
the deep belonged, although not with the completeness desirable, as the tide
had a short time previously taken oft" the most bulky part of the carcass. Thus
the cranium, cervical and dorsal vertebrae, with the first ribs, the most import-
ant portions for its identification, were lost. There were preserved, however,
the mandibular arch, ear-bone, one scapula and both fins, numerous ribs, many

1868.]

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

lumbar and caudal vertebrae, with the baleen from one side of the maxilla.
These portions, with a few prominent points dependent on the observations of
Wm. A. Crane, serve to indicate a species not only new to our fauna, but new
to modern science. The evidence of my informant, as that of an old and ex-
perienced coaster and waterman, and one familiar with the appearance of our
cetaceans, confirmed by his sons and by the specimens preserved, so far as
they went, I consider reliable. That the species should have remained unde-
scribed until the present time will not appear surprising to those who read
carefully Gray's recently issued " Catalogue of Cetaceans," or Eschricht and
Reinhardt " Om Nordhvalen," Copenhagen, 1861.

The scapula preserved is low and elongate, with well-developed acromioa
and coracoid process. It is evidently of the type of BakBuoptera and Physalus ;
the ulna and radius relatively less elongate than in Sibbaldius 1 a t i c e p s
and b o r e a 1 i s , being 1 -5 as long as the humerus, thus resembling Physalus.
The four fingers, with the second much the longest, form a fin of the type of
these genera. The ear-bone is much more compressed than in Physalus an-
tiquorum or Sibbaldius 1 a t i c e p s . The mandibular ramus is rather
massive, moderately curved, and with a more elevated coronoid process than in
any whale that I have seen. The greatest peculiarity is in the form of the lum-
bar and anterior caudal vertebrae ; they are of a much more elongate form than
any I have seen or found figured, excepting those of the Bahenoptera r o s -
t r a t a (as figured by Gaimard in Voyage de la Recherche), which, however,
are relatively shorter. Those of the present species are of greater length than
transverse diameter, the lumbars most elongate ; all furnished with an acute
hypapophysial keel and concave sides, and entirely transverse diapophyses.
This peculiarity is consistent with the account of my informant, who stated the
animal to have been of an unusually elongate and slender form. When it came
ashore it had perhaps been dead ten days; the flukes and muscular region as
far as the third caudal vertebra had been devoured, probably by sharks and
killers, and the abdominal region much lacerated ; the edge of a fin preserved
was slit by the teeth of some carnivorous enemy. The measurement from the
end of the muzzle to the end of the third caudal was 35 feet, which may be re-
duced to 33 feet axial. Up to this point the dorsal line was, according to my
informant, entirely smooth, without knob or fin, or scar of one ; hence I sup-
pose the fin (if present) to have been situated as in Sibbaldius, &c., at the pos-
terior fourth of the length, and not as in Balaenoptera, on the posterior third.
It may then be safely assumed, bearing in mind the form of the vertebrae, that
ten feet of the whale's length had been removed, making in all 43 feet. That the
species attains over 50 feet is probable, as the present individual was quite young,
the epiphyses separating from the vertebrae with the greatest ease. The slender
form of the animal is corroborated by the slenderness and slight curvature of
the ribs, one attached beneath the scapula, probably the second, being nar-
rower than the corresponding ones in Sibbaldius. I therefore think it most
probable that in this form the anterior ribs are single-headed.

The baleen is peculiar; throughout the length of the maxillary bone it no-
where exceeded one foot in length, and the width ^f the band, or length of the
base of each plate, four inches. It is of a creamy-white ; the fringe very coarse,
white, and resembling hogs' bristles.

The proportions in most respects present a contrast to those of Physalus
species, and Sibbaldius species. While the cranium and fin of the Physalus
antiquorum are of about equal length, the latter is four-sevenths the for-
mer in the present species. In the Physalus the cranium enters the length 4-7
times ; in Sibbaldius 1 a t i c e p s 4 06, and in the present species 6-6 times ; in
Balaenoptera rostrata 45 times.

In general features this Cetacean seems to be an intermediate form of the
toothless whales ; and an additional feature, which depends on the observation
of my friend W. Crane, and in which 1 cannot conceive it possible that he
should be mistaken, indicates still more conclusively that it pertains to a genus

[Sept

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

223

not before characterized. The whale was first driven on shore on its back, and
the guhir and thoracic regions were seen to be entirely without ridges or plicae
of any kind, but as smooth as any other part of the body, or as the throat of a
right whale, Balaena cisarctica Cope, which is not uncommon on the same
coast.

This my informant told me was the species known among the whalers as the
" Scrag Whale." Though this name is indefinite when applied by whalers of
different nationalities, it is probably used with accuracy by those accustomed
to any particular region. At any rate I have little doubt that this is the spe-
cies called by the same name by Dudley, who in 1725 wrote an account of the
whales known by the whalers of the coasts of New England. He says it is
near the right whale (B. ci sa r cti c a) in figure also; " is near akin to the
fin-back, but instead of a fin upon its back, the ridge of the after part of its
back is scragged with half a dozen knobs or knuckles. He is nearest the right
whale in figure and quantity of oil. His bone is white, but won't split." This
is published, with an account of the other species known, in the 33d volume
of the Philosophical Transactions. He mentions particularly the fin-back and
hump-back whales, describing the deep folds of the chin, throat and sides of
those genera. There can be little doubt that his " scrag whale " had a smooth
throat like the Balaenfe, and noi a plaited one like the Bala^nopteras and their
allies. By the preceding account it has been shown that the species has but
four slender fingers at the carpus; hence it is obviously the type of genus in-
termediate between Balaena and Megaptera, not hitherto recognized, — furnished,
however, with the scapula of Balaenoptera.

Captain Atwood, a resident of a part of th8 peninsula of Cape Cod, Mass.,
who is a good observer of the life of the ocean, thus writes of the scrag whale
in J. A. Allen's Catalogue of the Mammals of Massachusetts, in the Proc. Bos-
ton N. H. Soc. for 1868:

"Scragg. — A species of whale known by this name, and nearly allied, if not
identical with the right whale, is sometimes taken here. It is the opinion of
m^ny of our whalemen that they are not a distinct species, but are the young
right whale that lost its mother while very young, and has grown up without
parental care, which has caused a slight modification. The most prominent
feature is on its dorsal ridge ; near the tail there are a number of small pro-
jections or bunches, having some resemblance to the teeth of a saw. It has no
dorsal fin or hump on its back."

Additional evidence of the existence of this genus has been furnished by the
Smithsonian Institution. In accordance with recommendations and directions
furnished by the writer, Wm. H. Dall, the enterprising director of the West
Coast Scientific Exploring Expedition, originally commanded by Dr. Kennicotl,
sent to the Institution drawings and descriptive notes of the grey whale of the
coasts of Upper and Lower California. The writer has also examined an al-
most complete set of whalebone, with some other portions of the same species,
in the museum of the Essex Institute, at Salem, Mass. The baleen is similar
in character to that of the present species, but presents specific differences.
The notes of Capt, Dall indicate a long-finned, smooth-throated whale, wiih a
flat-pointed head like a fin-back, and no dorsal fin, but a series of knobs on the
posterior region of the back. That it in all respects conforms to the generic
type of the Atlantic species, can be determined from the description which
follows.

The Atlantic species was named from Dudley's description by the com-
piler, Erxleben, without his adding to our knowledge of it, Bahena gibbosa. 1
will follow Dr. Gray in adopting this name. The latter author, in his excel-
lent Catalogue of Seals and Whales in Brit. Mus., refers it, on the basis of the
same description, to Balaiua, with doubt.

Genus AGAPHELUS Cope.
Fingers four, elongate. Cervical vertebrae ? Lumbar and antcriar caudal

1868.]

/

I
224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

vertebrae longer than their greatest diameter. Dorsal fin wanting. Gular and
pectoral region without folds. Scapula with well developed acromion and
coracoid. Baleen narrow, short.

Agaphelus gibbosus Cope.

Scrag Whale, Dudley, Philos. Trans, xxxiii., 250, and of The Whalers.
Balctna ffibbosa Erxleben, Syslema Mamnialium 610 (from Dudley), and after
him of Gmelin, Bonnatere, Lacep^de, Virey, Gerard, Desmarest & Fischer.
Gray, Catal. Brit. Mus. 1850, p. 18, and 1866, p. 90.
Agaphelus gibbosus Cope, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Phila., 1868, 159.
Balsenoptera rostrata Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1867, 147.

Ft. In.

Total length (estimated) of young 43

Length to third caudal vertebra 33

Length of cranium (estimated) 6 10

" mandibular ramus (in curve) , 6

" pectoral limb .^ 4

Width of » " 15

Length of humerus 11-5

" radius and ulna 17

Posterior margin of scapula 14

Length of coracoid from glenoid cavity , 3-3

" glenoid cavity ." , 6-3

Mandible, length from condyle to coronoid 13-5

" depth at coronoid 85

" " 2-5 feet from coronoid 4-6

The form of the mandibular ramus is pecnliar, and more like that of the
Balaenoptera rostrata than any other. It is triangular ini section, having
an inferior angulated ridge, and a broad, slightly convex, superior face, instead
of their usual ridge. Such a ridge leaves the coronoid process, but soon turns
inwards to form the inner outline. Width of the superior face 3-5 inches.
The coronoid process is quite elevated, and turned outwards. In the fresh
animal the lower lip included the upper all round. The laminae of whalebone
are placed on a base having a sigmoid flexure. Greatest depth of the gum 1
in. 3 lines. Within each principal lamina are two supplementary laminae, the
intermediate being the narrower, the inner triangular, its intermediate bristles
arising from the gum. The bristles of the supplementary plates are longer
and finer than those of the outer; in the latter, three series of bristles are en-
closed between very thin enamel plates. All the laminae are thin, five in an inch,
and split transversely straight; white cream-colored, with a purplish shade near the
centre of the base. The ulna is slender, but furnished with a prominent round-
ed and flattened olecranon, which is prolonged into a thin cartilaginous plate,
formed like the diapophysis of a vertebra, and in the plane of the ulna ; this
structure appears to have been ossified in the Sibbaldius bo re alls Fisch.,
as figured by Dubar Li the Agaphelus gibbosus it occasions an abrupt
angulation near the basal third of the inner margin of the fin. In the scapula,
the coracoid is in its plane, but the larger acromion diverges outwards.

The anterior caudal vertebras are more elongate than the lumbosacral, less
depressed, and with the centra in every way larger. All are sharply keeled
on the median line below, with a concave face between the keel and the base
of the diapophysis. The caudal and lumbosacral diapophyses are obspatulate,
the anterior becoming narrower. The neural spines of the lumbar vertebrte
are much elevated, concave above both before and behind, the zygapophysis
measuring a point considerably below the middle.

In.

Third (?) caudal (not perforate) length centrum 7'3

depth 6

width 6-5

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225

height neural spine 9"^

zygapophysis ^'3

length diapophysis (from front base).. 3 3

Lumbosacral 1; length centrum *?*3

depth 5-3

width 6-3

height neural canal 2-5

width 1-5

height neural spine 15'3

zygapophyses 5*5

length diapophysis 7*5

greatest width do , 5-3

Lumbosacral 2 (more anterior) length centrum 6*3

Lumbosacral 3 (anterior) height centrum 4-3

width " ' 6

length diapophysis V"7

The ear bone is much compressed, with an inferior carina, towards which
the lip of dense bone is suddenly decurved. The longitudinal opening is much
contracted, especially anteriorly, where the bone is pinched up into a keel,
and there is no abrupt concavity of the inner lip at that point. External sur-
face not very rugose. Total length 3 in. 2-5 lines.

The owner of the whale tried out about one-fourth of the blubber, and pro-
cured sixty-five gallons of oil, which would give about four hundred gallons
for the whole ; the thickness of the adipose layer would not average 4 inches,
the greatest thickness was 5 inches.

This species was black above and white below, the sides lead-colored, with
longitudi«al shades of the darker color ; fins, basal half white, terminal
black.

Agaphelus glaucus Cope, sp. nov.

The points in which this species differs from those of the genus Balaena,
previously known, are numerous, and will no doubt be increased on a further
knowledge of the animal. The head, between one-fourth and one- fifth of the
total length, allies it to the shorter headed species. From the B. a u s t r a-
- 1- is, the number of dorsal vertebra?, and the color and shortness of the baleen,
distinguish it, and no doubt other features will be brought out when we are
acquainted with the Cape species. The dorsal serration is not known to
occur in any species of the genus Balaina, though said to be characteristic of
the A. g i bb o s u s, whose characters I have just given. Two Balaenae have
been described as inhabiting the north Pacific Ocean, Bahena sieboldii
Gray,* and Balaena cullamach Chamisso.f Both have been established
on figures carved by the natives of the Ja[)anese and Aleutian Islands respec-
tively, the former under the supervision of a naturalist, the traveller Siebold.
The carving of the B. c u 1 1 a m a c h, judging from the figure given by Ghamis-
80, can but doubtfully represent apy species, but which, if it exist, will rest
on the following diagnosis of its describer: " Rictu amplo forma littera; Scur-
vato, elasmiis maximis atrocorruleis, spiraculis flexuosis in medio capite,
tuberculo in apice rostri (ex imagine) pectore pinnisque pectoralibus albis
dorso gibboso sexpinnato."

These are, however, true Baloenae, A species of Agaphelus exists in the
Kamtschatkan Seas, according to Pallas, who, however, derives his informa-
tion solely from wooden models made by Aleutian Islanders. This is not
sufficient basis for an introduction to the scientific system, yet Pallas indulges
in applying to it the name Buliena agamachschik. The pectoral limb ot this
species is said, however, to be white, with the under side of the flukes, charac-

• Ciitalogiio CetaceunH, 1805, 96, Fauna Japonica, Temmiuck & Schlegol, t. 28, 29.
fMova Acta Acad, t'uoH. xii.^ p, 261, Tab.

1868.]

/

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ters not found in the A. gl a u cus Dr. Gray has already (Catal. Brit. Mus.)
indicated that this, if reliable, indicates a genus unknown to him.

The Agaphelus glaucus is the gray whale of the coasts of California.
Two specimens have been examined by my friend, Wm. H. Dall, of the Scien-
tific staff of the U. S. Russian American Telegraph Expedition, one of them
near Monterey, and descriptions as complete as the state of the specimens would
allow, were made. These, which were sent to the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, and placed in my hands by Prof. Baird, are quite sufficient to indicate a
whale of a species hitherto unnoticed, and to render certain its future identifi-
cation.

Specimen No. 1, a skeleton nearly complete.

Ft.

Length of cranium 10

Of dorsal vertebrae 12

Lumbar and caudal (except of the fluke) 26

? Vertebras of fluke ? 3

Total..... 51

Dorsal vertebrae and ribs, thirteen ; lumbar and caudal (those in the fluke
cut off" with it), 28. Scapula, breadth and height not very different, with a
short, broad coracoid process ; its head opposite first rib. Apparently only
four fingers, of which the second is the longest. 145 laminae of baleen on
each side, the longest eighteen inches long ; color light yellow.

Specimen No. 2, killed by the " killers," (orca) ; skeleton still concealed by
mass of muscle, etc.

External measurements.

* Ft.

Flukes to anus 14^

Anus to sulcus penis 2

Length of sulcus \\

Latter to plane of flippers 15

Plane of flippers to end of mandible 15

Total 48

The lower jaw is four inches longer than the upper ; the blow-holes are
entirely concealed by four dermal plicae, which accounts for the small misty
spout peculiar to the species.

Ft. In,

Length of flipperand shoulder 6

'' mouth 10

" exterior canthus of mouth I 6

" from chin to eye. 10 4

" from eye to margin of canthus 6

Width of caudal flukes 8 9

Width of mouth at canthus : 4

From chin to blow-holes 4 9

Longest baleen 14

Head of humerus opposite third rib ; anterior angle of scapula just anterior
to first rib. On the vertebral line, for fourteen feet from the caudal flukes, is
a series of 18 'ridges, like the teeth of a saw, which are altogether dermal in
their character. Blubber 4 — 8 inches thick, thickest near the jaws and on the
back near the tail ; yield of oil 35 bbls. Epidermis 1 inch thick, carium •75>,
with numerous pores. Blow-holes 2 — 4 inches apart. On each side of sulcus
penis a mammary sulcus a few inches shorter.

Color above and below, black, with a gray bloom like a plum. This dis-
tinguishes this species from the known Balaenae of the Pacific, which are more
or less white on the belly and fin.

[Sept.

\

\

\

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227

Specimen N'o. 3. A full set of baleen of one side the maxillary is in the Mus.
Essex Institute, Salem, Mass. A portion of this, kindly lent me, exhibits the
foUowinfr characters : Compared with that of the A. g i b b o s u s, it is longer
and has narrower basis. The plates moderately and simply concave, while
those of the latter are sigmoidal, most curved near the outer margin, in cross
section. The bristles of the California species are very coarse, varying from
one to three series between the enamel plates. The bristles of the A. g i b b o-
s u s much finer, three series together. Length of the latter 8-5 inches,
width at base 4-4 inches. In the Agaphelus glaucus Cope, 22 in.
iu length, width at base 6 in. In the former nearly 6 in an inch, in the latter
2 J. The baleen of the A. gi b b o sus belonged to the specimen above de-
scribed.

Two rough outlines accompany Capt. Dall s notes. Both represent the pec-
toral fin as rather elongate, not pointed, but rather broad at the extremity.
A third sketch represents the inferior view, and in it we see two lines for grooves,'
one on each side the median gular line. This feature, if existing, is interest-
ing, as indicating a tendency to the plicae of the fin back whales.

This species has usually one calf at a birth, but one was recently taken at
San Diego with two foetuses. Penis 27 in. long, smooth, coarsely papillose,
slightly bifid at tip, where the urethra is about the size of a goose quill.
(Dall's m. s.)

Oct eth.

The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Thirty-five members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :

Notice of some American Leeches. By Joseph Leidy, M. D.

Oct. ISth.

Mr. Cassin, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Thirty-four members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :
Notice of some Remains of Extinct Vertebrata. By Joseph
Leidy, M. D.

On the Origin of Genera. By Edward D. Cope.
On some Cretaceous Reptilia. By Edward D. Cope.
On variations in Taxodium. By Thomas Meehan.

Oct. 20th.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.
Thirty-six members present.

Dr. F. A. Genth made some observations on the occurrence of cupriferous
dlres in Texas.

Dr. A. R. Iloessler, Geologist at the U. S. General Land Office at Washington,
had sent him for examination a specimen from Weatherford. Archer Co., Texas.
It was a piece of copperglance, containing 55-44 per cent, of copper, pseudo-
morphous after wood or a vegetable substance. It resembled so much similar
pseudomorphs found in the Furmiau formation at Fraukeaberg iu Hesse, and

1868.] ♦

/

228 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

elsewhere in Europe, that he pointed out the probability of its occurring also in
the Permian formation, and requested Dr. Roessler to obtain fuller details with
reference to its occurrence. A few days ago Dr. Roessler received an answer
to his inquiries from the General Land Office agent in Texas, with more speci-
mens, and the following report, which he sent to me:

" After traversing the cretaceous and carboniferous series northward of
Weatherford, Archer Co., Texas, I was agreeably surprised by a grand pano-
rama of the Permian formation. This system is extensively developed in Russia
between the Oural Mountains and the River Volga, in the north of England,
and in Germany, where it is mined for its treasures of copper, silver, nickel and
cobalt ores. It has not heretofore been known to exist in this State, or it had
been mistaken for the Triassic system, which is overlying the former to the
«outh-east. Its hills, which have been traced throughout Archer and Wichita
Counties, resemble in shape the copper-bearing or gossan-crested upheavals in
Ducktown, Tenn., but they are of a different age and composition. They are
nearly barren, and, towering above the most beautiful mesquit prairies fringed
by the finely-timbered bottoms of the tributaries of Red River, are exceedingly
picturesque. The members of the Wichita System, as far as open to ocular
inspection by out-crops or cross-cuts, making allowance for climatic differ-
ences, correspond closely with the lower strata, discovered at Perm and Mans-
feld, but its mineral resources are evidently more promising. Such numerous
veins of copper ore have been traced over the summits and sides of the hills,
that hardly a hundred and sixty acre tract could be found without ore on the
surface. The ore crops out, a.s, for instance, on the Isbell Douglass Ball, in
such quantity and quality that the mere collection of it, without mining, would
prove remunerative. It is supposed that those veins are cotemporaneous with
injections at different ages of quartz, trap and porphyry. The vein lodes are
parallel with the strata, but there is sufficient evidence that they partake of the
nature of true veins. Cupriferous and ferruginous cross-courses, feeders and
leads of manganese are often met with. A cross-cut was made to a depth of
about fifteen feet upon the Isbell lode, and ten hours work resulted in the
raising of 6000 pounds of copper ore. This ore is far superior to the ferro-
sulphuret of copper, or copper pyrites, which ore is most generally worked in
England, and it is, in fact, more profitable than the native copper as found at
Lake Superior. It is easily smelted, and the strata in which it is found can
also be more economically excavated than any other in which copper ores
occur."

Dr. Le Conte, in continuation, spoke of the occurrence of calamite tinged
with copper in the Permian formation of Southern Mexico.

Mr. Gabb mentioned the deposits of grey copper near the Colorado River, in
Arizona, scattered over the surface, the debris of metallic veins.

Dr. Leidy remarked, that shad had been brought to our markets, for several
years past, during the late autumnal months, which were caught in salt water,
perhaps in Delaware Bay or off the Jersey coast. When the shad ascend the
river to spawn, their stomachs and intestines appear to contain so little that
the question is often asked as to the nature of their food. A shad which Dr.
L. had purchased a few days since, on examination, was found to have the
stomach full of small fishes. There were 30 of them, from 2 to 4 inches long,
and all one species, which appears to be the Sand-launce, Ammodytes Ameri-
canus.

Oct. 27th.

Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty-six members present.

Philip S. Wales, M. D., was elected a member.

[Oct.

\

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

229

The following gentlemen were elected correspondents: L. E,
Latemer, M. D., of New York; A. A. Breneman, of Lancaster;
H. Evan Rijgersma, of St. Martin's, W. I. ; Prof. Oliver W.
Holmes, of Boston.

On favorable report of the Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published :

Notice of some American LEECHES.

BY JQSEPH LEIDY, M. D.

Having been invited by Mr. R. H. Lamborn, Secretary and Treasurer of th«
Mississippi and Lake Superior Railroad Company, to join an excursion to Min-
nesota and Lake Superior, tlie last summer, during the trip T had the opportu-
nity of making many interesting observations in natural history. The many
lakes of Minnesota are rich in moUusca, annelides, &c. Among the anne-
)ides, besides an abundance of the ordinary American medicinal leech Ilirudo
decora, I noticed one which struck me from its general resemblance to a variety
of the European medicinal leech, H. medicinalis. One of the gentlemen in
company with us, Mr. Clark, allowed me to try upon him its disposition to
bite, but I did not succeeed in getting the animal to do so. Upon exami-
nation of the leech, I find it belongs to a different genus from Ilirudo, appar-
ently to the genus Aulas tomiim. Its characters are as follows :

AULASTOMUM LACUSTRI8, n. S.

Body cylindroid, compressed, narrowing anteriorly, obtuse at the sides (in
movement more cylindroid, or less flattened, and quite obtuse laterally com-
pared with Hirudo decora in the same condition). Color throughout olive
green, (with more of a yellowish hue than in the dorsal green of H. decora),
closely maculated everywhere with confluent spots of a darker hue of the
«ame color. Ninety-two annuli, exclusive of the lips, of uniform widih,
smooth. Upper lip half ovate, obtuse ; lower lip narrow. Eyes ten ; eight in
the upper lip ; the last pair separated by an annulus from the others. Mouth
obliquely terminal, large. Acetabulum subbasilar, ventral, sessile, circular.
Anus dorsal, above the acetabulum. Male aperture in the 24th annulus (but
^ppaI■ently between the 23d and 24th). Female aperture in the *29th annulus
(apparently between 28th and 29th). Oesophagus capacious, extending to about
the 22d annulus, with 12 folds. Jaws three, small, when at rest included in
pouches formed by an eversion of the mucus membrane. Teeth 12 in number
to each jaw, bilobed at base. Length 4 to 5 inches, breadth 5 lines posteri-
orly; acetabulum 2 lines in diameter.

Var. An individual of lighter olive green than the former had black macu-
lae replacing the dark green ones, which were also more distinct and fewer.

Specimens described from Twin Lake, Minnesota. In the summer of 1865
I saw several leeches at Saut St. Marie, in Lake Superior, which so far as I
can remember were of the same species. At the edge of the shore I also saw
some cocoons which I supposed to belong to the same animal. They were
ochreous yellow, oval, about 4 or 5 lines in diameter; the surface impressed
with concave' pentagonal and hexagonal pits. From the angles of the mar-
gins of the latter projected branching processes curling at the ends.

Notwithstanding our familiarity with the American medicinal leech, its long
and frequent employment in the medical profession, and the vast numbers
which have been brought to notice, it has been so imperfectly described that,
in the excellent Systema Helminthum of my late esteemed friend Dr. Diesing,
<>f Vienna, it has been placed with the " JJdcUidea s[)ecies genere penitut
dubia\" I therefore take the present opportunity of indicating its characters
more fully. It agrees most nearly with the diagnosis of the genus Ilirudo, of

1808.]

230

PEOCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

which the II. medicinalis of Europe is the type, but nevertheless possesses pe-
culiarities perhaps rather more than specific. Its characters, generic and
specific, are as follows:

HiRUDO DECORA,

Say: Long's Expedit. vol. ii, 1842, Append. 268. Moquin-Tandon : Monog.
Hirud. 1846, 344. Diesing : Syst. Helm, i, 1850, 474. Wood and Bache :
United States Dispensatory.

Body elongated, compressed cylindroid, narroAving anteriorly, laterally sub-
acute ; in motion convex above, flat below, with the margins compressed, thin,
acute and somewhat wavy ; composed of from 90 to 94 annuli, which are uni-
form and smooth. Head continuous with the body. Mouth obliquely termi-
nal, bilabiate ; the upper lip prominent, semiovate, obtuse, or from contraction
of the tip emarginate ; lower lip forming the inferior portion of the first annu-
lus ; the lips together acting as an acetabulum ovoid or obcordate in form.
Eyes 10, arranged in horse shoe form, the anterior 8 above the upper lip, the
posterior pair separated from the others by the first annulus. Acetabulum
subbasilar, ventral, sessile, circular. Anus dorsal, above the acetabulum.
Male aperture perforating the 25th annulus, with the lips more or less promi-
nent. Female aperture between the 29th and 30th annuli. A group of four
papillae situated back of the latter on the 34th to the 36th annuli inclusive.
Jaws three, semicircular, laterally compressed, furnished with 55 teeth, which
have an acute curved summit and an expanded bilobed base. Oesophagus
short and narrow compared^with that of Aulastomum, furnished with 6 longi-
tudinal folds, of which three coarse ones descend from the jaws and three nar-
row ones are intermediate.

Color. Porsal surface olive green, with a median irregular band and a
lateral line of darker hue of the same kind ; a median row of reddish brown
dots, and a lateral row of black dots. Ventral surface reddish brown, extend-
ing slightly above the lateral margin, devoid of spots, or more or less macu-
lated with black. Acetabulum colored like the back above and the belly
below.

In the genus Hirudo, as characterized by Diesing, (Sj-st. Helm, i, 465), and to
which he assigns 9 recognized species, the jaws are furnished with from 60 to
70 teeth, and the male aperture is situated between the 24th and 25th seg-
ments. MoquinTandon (Monog. Hirud. 1846, 326) likewise assigns the latter
as the position of the male aperture in the genus Hirudo.

The position of the generative apertures in H.. decora often appear more or
less discolored, or of a dull purplish hue, and the same is the case with the
group of papillae back of them. The latter do not exist in the medicinal leech
of Europe. They are quite conspicuous in ours. I have suspected that they
were provided for the adherence of individuals in sexual intercourse, and this
view is confirmed by Mr. S. J. Moore, the well known professional leecher
and bleeder of this city. Mr. Moore informs me that in copulo two individuals
adhere in the position of the papillae and make two turns of a spiral upon
each other.

The red and blacks spots of the back contain from 20 to 22 in each row.

Length up to 7 inches, by 8 lines in breadth posteriorly ; and the acetabu-
lum 3 lines in diameter.

Notice of some remains of Extinct PACHYDERMS.

BY JOSEPH LEIDY, M. D.

DiCOTYLBS NASUTUS.

Extinct Peccary. Leidy : Pr. A. N. S. 1860, 416.

An extinct species of Peccary, obviously different from any one heretofore
noticed, is indicated by a specimen submitted to my examination by the late
Dr. David D. Owen. It was found in digging a well in Gibson Co., Indiana, at
a depth of between 30 and 40 feet.

[Oct.

\

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

231

The specimen consists of the fore part of the snout, containing on one side
of the jaw the upper canine and anterior two molar teeth. It belonged to a
species larger than any of those previously noticed. The face in advance of
Uie molars was more prolonged proportionately than in other species, but wae
also proportionately narrower.

The two premolars retained in the fossil are blunted from wear, but are
clearly constructed after the same pattern as those of the living Peccaries.

The incisors, as indicated by their alveoli, held the same relative position as
ia the latter, but appear to have been comparatively feeble organs, and the an-
terior pair were but slightly larger than the lateral ones.

The upper canine has the same form and mode of insertion as in the recent
Peccaries, but is proportionately smaller.

The anterior ends of the coossified premaxillaries project to a much greater
degree in advance of the incisors than in the other known Peccaries. They
are also more truncate in appearance ; and on each side of the intermaxillary
notch they exhibit a conspicuous pit, apparently for the attachment of a pair
of muscles intended for a longer and more mobile snout than is possessed by
the living Peccaries,

The measurements of the fossil compared with those of other Peccaries, are
as follows :

First molar to front of premaxillaries,

*' " to canine alveolus,
Length of jaw in advance of canines,
Breadth outside of canine alveoli,
Ant. post, diara. first premolar,

" " ** second "

" " " base of canine,

Mr. Timothy Conrad has recently submitted to my inspection the crown of a
second molar tooth obtained by Dr. P. Knieskern, from a mioceue formation of
Shark River, Monmouth Co., New Jersey.

The tooth bears nearly the proper relation of size with the premolars in the
specimen above described of D. nasutus to belong to the same animal, but the
fact of its being found in a miocene deposit, while the latter is of supposed,
post-plioceoe age, renders it probable that it pertains to a different species.

The crown has a strong basal ridge, hardly interrupted at the most prominent
portion of the lobes externally and internally. The lobes present the same
form and relative position as in D. labiatus. They are considerably worn, ex-
hibiting on their summits exposed tracts of dentine ; nearly circular on there
external, and larger and irregularly reniform on tbere internal. The measure-
ments of the tooth in comparison with the corresponding tooth of other species
are as follows :

D.nasutus.

compressus

labiatus.

torquatus.

58 lines.

46 lines.

411ines.

31 lines.

30 "

23 "

14 "

8 "

24 "

19 "

20 "

17 "

28 "

29 "

31 "

26 "

Ah "
5| "

4| "
5 "

5 "
5 «

8 "

A\ «'
4i ."
6 "

trans. 8^ lines.

Fossil tooth, ant. post. diam. ^\ lines,
D. labiatus, " '* 7 "

D. torquatus, "■ '' 6^ "

D. compressus, ^< " 7| "

Anchippus Texanus.

An a[>parent solipedal pachyderm, allied to Anchitherium, is indicated bv a
specimen consisting of the greater and more characteristic portion of an upper
molar tooth submitted to my examination by Dr. B. F. Shumard. It was ob-
tained from " Hutchen's well," from a yellow sandstone, supposed to be of
miocene age, at a depth of 50 feet below the surface, in Washington Co.
Texas.

The size of the tooth, as well as the general form and proportions, have been
nearly as in the European Anchitherium aurelianense. Six lobes, as in the latter
enter into the constitution of the crown. The external lobes, imperfect, appear
1868.]

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

to have had the same form as in Anchitherium. The inner lobes also have the
same form but are proportionately less robust, while the median lobes are
more so. The postero-median lobe pursues the same course as in Anchitherium
and likewise, as in this, joins the outer lobes at their conjunction. From near
the middle of its course it gives off a process directed towards the interval of
the antero-internal and antero-median lobes and ceasing short of them. This
process looks as if disposed to join the contiguous portion of the antero-median
lobe, together with it to form a crescentoid lobe, embracing the antero-exter-
nal one, as in the corresponding columns of equine teeth. No such arrange-
ment exists in Anchitherium. A triangular tubercle, as in the latter genus,
occupies the space at the back of the crown, and it appears as if its anterior
angle had a disposition to join the contiguous portion of the postero-median
lobe, to form with it a crescentoid lobe, in like manner as in the former case,
to embrace the postero-external lobe.

The construction of the tooth clearly indicates an animal of intermediate
diaracter to Anchitherium and Equus.

Anchippodus riparius.

Mr. Timothy Conrad has submitted to my examination the specimen of a
tooth of rather enigmatical character, which I suspect to indicate n. pachyderm
at least with solipedal affinities. It was obtained by Dr. Knieskern, from a
tertiary formation, either eocene or miocene, of Shark River, Monmouth Co.,
New Jersey.

The tooth would appear to correspond with a first or second lower true mo-
lar of a ruminant, or with any of the series between the first and last molars in
Palseotherium or Anchitherium. The crown is much worn, even so as to obliterate
some of its distinctive features It is composed of a 'pair of demi-conoidal
lobes, one before the other, the plane side internally, the convex and sloping side
externally. From each lobe descends a fang in the usual manner. No fold,
and only a feeble basal tubercle occupies the deep external angular interval
between the lobes. The worn triturating surface presents, on the anterior
lobe, a wide crescentoid tract of exposed dentine, slightly concave and bordered
with thick enamel. The anterior arm of the crescent is obtuse ; the posterior
extends less inwardly and is acute. The posterior lobe exhibits ahalfellip-
spoidal tract of dentine, nearly straight at its inner margin, and bordered with
enamel, except behind, where it has all disappeared. The dentinal tracts of
the two lobes are separated by a narrow isthmus. The enamel is thick, black
and shining, and though it appears to have originally been more or less rough,
yet it is now nearly smooth. The measurements of the specimen in its pre-
sent condition are as follows :

Fore and aft diameter of the crown 10 lines ; breadth of posterior lobe
obliquely at base of the enameled crown 9^ lines; breadth of anterior lobe in
aame position 8J lines ; breadth of worn triturating surface of posterior lobe
6 lines ; breadth of do. on anterior lobe 5J lines.

LOPHIODON OCCIDBNTALIS.

Dr. Hayden's last collection of Mauvaises Terres fossils contains a last infe-
rior molar tooth which has all the characters ascribed to the corresponding
tooth of the extinct tapiroid genus Lophiodpn of European eocene formations.

The crown is composed of a pair of transverse hill-like lobes, as in the
lower molars of the Tapir with the addition of a Avell developed posterior
conoidal talon. The principal lobes have subacute summits slightly concave
transversely, their posterior surface sloping, their anterior surface concave,
and their exterior sides convex. The talon is about half the height of the
principal lobes, convex behind, and with the front surface inclining from
the middle on each side. The crown is bounded in front by a basal ridge.
Fore and aft diameter of the crown 9| lines ; transverse diameter in front 6.]

lines.

1 have a suspicion that this specimen belonged to the lowest bed of the

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

233

White River tertiary formations, and with associated remains of Hyopota-
mus and Tifanothcrium, probably indicates the end of the eocene, which was
succeeded by the more extensive miocene deposits of the Mauvaises Terres, and
the pliocene deposits of the Niobrara River.

On some Cretaceous BEPTILIA.
BY E. D. COPE.

NATANTIA.

CLIDASTES Cope.

This genus is established on a species represented by a single dorsal verte-
bra, which was found by my frieni Prof. 0. 0. Marsh, of Yale College, in a
marl pit near Swedesboro', Gloucester Co., N, J. Its form is highly character-
istic, and resembles considerably that of such genera of Iguanidae as Euphryne
and Dipsosaurus, and in some degree those of Cyclura and Iguana. It differs
from the dorsals ^of known serpents in having a zygosphen on the plane of
the anterior zygapophysis, and in having the costal articular surface continu-
ous with and covering the diapophyses. It differs from the genera of Iguanidae
mentioned in the very small amount of upward direction which the face of the
articular ball of the centrum exhibits. This face is nearly vertical, meeting
the lower plane at a slightly less angle than the upper. It is much more
strongly convex transversely than vertically. The neural arch rises from the
anterior three-fourths of the centrum, the zygapophysis coming off from the
edge of the cup, and the diapophysis from -2 of the length behind it. The
zygapophysis is more prominent than the zygosphen, and tlie sinus between
them is floored by a thin horizontal plate at its fundus.

The general form of the vertebra is depressed. The zygapophyses are
spread apart, and their outer margin continues in a straight line from the dia-
pophyses. The diapophyses are directed upwards, and are vertical compressed
in form ; they are opposite to about equal portions of the centrum and neural
arch. Their posterior face is slightly concave, and the upper face behind forms,
with the neural arch, a deeply concave line. The convexity of the ball is not
so great as in the Crocodilia, and, with the thin lipped cup, resembles that of
Mosasaurus ; this resemblance is heightened by the slightly depressed upper
outline of the ball, and the form of the diapophyses. The inferior face of the
centrum presents a median obtuse ridge, and nearly flat lateral faces, which
are concave antero-posteriorly. The cup is broader than deep, and has a
slightly concave outline ; the base of the zygosphen originates opposite the
middle of the neural canal. The latter is a broad vertical oval.

Clidastes iguanavus Cope, sp. nov.

In this species the articular face of the zygosphen is inclined at an angle of
45°, while that of the zygapophysis is a little more horizontal. The posterior
zygapophyses are broken off.

In. Lin.

Length of centrum below , 2 0-5

Width of cup 1 6-8

Depth " 1 1-5

Width between extremities diapophysis 3 0-5

Depth articular face diapophyses. 10-5

From diapophysis to end zygapophysis 9

Between zygosphen and zygapophysis 4-5

Width centrum anterior to ball 15

Width of neural canal behind 5-5

While there is a probability that this animal was a forerunner of the Igua-
nian type of Lacertilia, it possessed, no doubt, strong relationships to Mosasau-

1868.] 16

/

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

rus. Its nearest ally is Macrosaurus, in some of the vertebrae of which a
slight groove, beside the zygapophysis, is the rudiment of the zygantrum.
If of the same proportions as Iguana and Amblyrhynchus, its length would
not have been much different from twelve feet, or that of the largest alliga-
tors of the Mississippi.

OPHIDIA,

PALiEOPHIS Owen.

Pal^ophis littoralis Cope. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1868, 147.

This, with the following, is the only serpent whosie "remains have been
found in the United States in deposits older than the post-pliocene. We owe
its preservation to Dr. Knieskern, of Shark River, N. J., best known by his
botanical investigations. It is in possessi(m of the New Jersey State Geologi-
cal Survey, and has been submitted to me oy Prof. Geo. H. Cook, the Director,
for examination. The specimens consist of three vertebrae, neither of them
perfect ; the most so with neural arch, but with diapophyses broken off.

The more perfect is an anterior dorsal, with two hypapophyses, the anterior
small and directed forwards, the posterior larger, and directed vertically down-
wards. The ball has some superior up-look, though the groove which
bounds it is but little oblique. Centrum much compressed behind the middle.
Plane of basis of zygapophysis opposite floor of neural arch ; zygapophysis di-
rected slightly upwards and outwards, continuous by a broad wing running
posteriorly, with the diapophysis. Neural arch well elevated, (broken off be-
hind). The basis of the neural spine is narrow on the anterior part of the arch,
and does not reach the anterior margin.

Lin.

Length centrum (ball to edge cup). 8-25

Depth ball 4-25

Width " 5-

*' between extremities of zygapophyses .'.. 8*

Depth cup and neural arch .' 7-5

Width neural arch behind 2-25

A strong ridge extends from the zygapophysis posteriorly parallel with the
centrum. There is no ridge continued from the zygosphen. Except a slight
ridge below the fossa, which is above and back of the diapophysis, the surface
of the vertebra is smooth.

Another vertebra is rather broader in proportion to its length, and less com-
pressed.

Lin.

Length (as above)... 7-8

Width ball 5

in both the ball has a subtriangular outline. In the more perfect, the base
of the neural canal is divided by a narrow longitudinal epapophysis.

Locality. — The eocene green sand bed of Shark River, Monmouth Co., N. J.

Pal^ophis halidanus Cope, sp. nov.

A single vertebra represents this species. It indicates one of the largest of
the genus, being little different from the P. typhasus of Owen in size. The
bulk of the vertebra is double that of the P. 1 i 1 1 o r a 1 i s. In addition to this
point, it differs from the latter in the greater transverse diameter of the cup
and ball; these are transversely oval; in the P. littoralis subtriangular
ovate ; the centrum is naturally less constricted and broader in the former.
The articular face of the zygapophysis is broadly ovate in the P. halida-
nus, narrowly in the smaller species ; while there are indications of similar
posterior hypapophysis in both, the anterior in the P. halidanus appears
to have been smaller.

As compared with the species described by Owen, the cup and ball are more

[Oct.

\

4

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 235

transverse thaa in any noticed in the British Fossil Reptiles, approaching that
figured by him in pi. 3, fig. 22-4; the ball has not the oblique, up-lopking
profile of that species, but forms a nearly regular arc, with its posterior margin
superiorly a little behind its position interiorly. The hypapophysial ridge is
considerably interrupted, as in the P. ty p h oe u s, while P. I i 1 1 o r a 1 i s agrees
with the P. toliapicus in having it continuous. The two last named
species differ in the rflevelopment of their hypapophyses ; in the American
species both are large, especially the posterior ,• in the English, the anterior
process is weak or wanting; the ridge connecting the zygapophyses disap-
pears in the P. toliapicus and continues in the P. 1 i tt o ral i s. The
general proportions of the centrum are slender, as in P. t o 1 i a p i c u s, and not
so stout as in P. p o r c a t u s Owen.

The diapophyses in the P. hal idanus are not so pedunculate as in P. ty-
p h £e u s, though they are separated above by a notch from the vertical ala
which descends fj-ora the zygapophysis, which I do not find in the P. I i 1 1 o ra-
l i s They approach near the margin of the cup in their transverse extent
below.

The horizontal ridge between the zygapophyses is strongly marked, and in
the specimen in hand comes off from the anterior vertical ala below the zyga-
pophysis, rather than from the plane of that process, as in P. littoral is.
The neural canal is depressed behind, below the margin of the ball, and has
an obtuse epapophysis along the median region of its median line. There is
no ridge parallel to the hypapophysis. The cup is partially broken, but its
transverse diameter appears to have been one-fourth greater than the vertical.
The transverse plane of the face of the zygapophysis is transverse. A large
part of the neural arch is broken away.

Lines.

Length from edge up to convexity of ball 12-75

Width between anterior zygapophyses 13-5

" of cup ". 8-4

Depth "• 6-2

Least width centrum at middle 5-3

Width neural canal 4*

Locality. — This serpent was found by my friend 0. B. Kinney in the excava-
tions of the Squankum Marl Company, at Squankum, Monmouth Co., N J., a
few miles south of Shark River. The horizon is eocene.

This animal was probably a sea-serpent distantly allied to the Boas, and far
exceeding in dimensions those at present inhabiting the Indian Ocean. Its
size was similar to that of the very largest of terrestrial serpents of the
modern era, and was probably proportioned to a length of tweuty feet.

CHELONIA.

ADOCUS Cope.

Emydoid tortoises, in which the rib-heads of the posterior costal bones are
represented by rudimcntal lamina^, and the anterior by a crest or truncate
ridge in addition. Vertebral scuta narrow ; external surfaces smooth or
nearly so.

Name from A, and Awkoc, rafter (?. e., rib-head).

This genus, now first characterised, differs from Emys in the absence of cos-
tal capitula of the costal plates of the carapace, a feature pointed out by Leidy
in the type species. It also possesses a character of Pleurosteraum in the pres-
ence of a series of marginal dermal plates on the sternal bridge. It belongs to
the true Emydidie, having the eight paired sternal bones instead of ten of the
first-mentioned. The markings of the dermal plates of the plastron are not
distinct. Besides the species here described, it includes A beatus(Emy8
Leidy), A. firm us {Kmys Leidy), A. p r a v u s (Emys Leidy), and A agilis
Cope. It represents Emys in our cretaceous, as Ostcopygis Coi)e does Chelydra,
and Taphrosphys Cope (type Platemys s u 1 c a t u s Leidy) does Ilydraspis.

1868.]

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Adocus petrosus Cope.

This species is represented by portions of four costal bones, parts or wholes
of six'Snarginal bones, most of the right hyosternal, and a posterior portion of
the right hyposternal, with the head of the os coracoideum. They were found
in the West Jersey Marl Company's pits, Gloucester Co., N, J., in the same lo-
cality whence the Laelaps was procured.

The hyosternal bone is preserved in its axillary margin, and is continuous
wath two marginals of the carapace of the same side. Two of the costals are
adjacent, and give the outlines of the vertebral bones and scutes. These show
the inferior outline to be very convex, the whole, from angle to angle of the
marginal bones of opposite sides, amounting to an arc of about 124 degrees.
Each hyosternal is slightly concave below the plane of their common suture.
Each thins out laterally, though the one preserved is very thick on the axillary
margin. There is little difiFerence between the thickness at the mesosternal
and hyposternal sutures. All the sutures have minute rugosities, differing much
from sternals in A. agil is and Taphrosphys, which are very ragged, and re-
sembling those of Pleurosternum pectorale m. The piece of hj^posternal is
even thicker than the hyosternal. The bone is everywhere remarkable for the
thickness of its dense layer, and the closeness of the texture of the spongy.
The former is one-third the thickness of the sternal and costal bones frac-
tured.

The scute sutures of the inferior surface are obsolete ; those of the dorsal
surface are like those of Adocus, i. e., the vertebrals with bracket-shaped
lateral borders, with the costal proceeding from the point of the bracket.

The marginal bones vary much in thickness proximally. They have two
proximal sutures, one side convex, the other concave. Four have a heavy bor-
der, round in section ; in two of these it is considerably everted. Another has
a rather thin margin, slightly decurved, with a submarginal groove separating
it from the most massive portion. The costal bones are strongly convex in
their length, indicating an arched carapace.

3Ieasurements.

In. Lin.

Hyosternal width , 3 9

" " to origin axillary abutment 2 1-5

" length on median suture 2 1-5

" thickness near mesosternal line ^ 9

" " " hyposternal " T-2

Hyposternal thickness near posterior suture 9

Costal width 1 V-5

" thickness vertebral suture 8

Marginal No. 1 width 2 1-5

" " length 1 7

" " proximal thickness 3

" No. 5 " " 8-2

" " length 1 6

'' " width 1 7-5

" " width dermal scute 9

This animal is therefore a species of considerable size, though less than most
of those described here, and particularly convex and solid in every part. While
the sutural lines of the hyosternal measure about the same as in A. f ir m u s
(Emys Leidy), it is much more convex and not so thick at the mesosternal
suture. The marginal bones are relatively just half the size. The Pleuroster-
num pectorale differs in being very much flatter, and in having a more
discoid mesosternal bone. The hyosternals are also much thicker at their
union with the marginals than in the present.

A portion of a hyo- or hyposternal bone collected at the same place, and
near or at the same time, mav be referred to a larger individual of the same

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237

species or to A. fir m u s . It exhibits a wedge for a diagonal gomphosis be-
tween the two sutures, which are preserved. The thickness on the median
suture is 14 lines.

DINOSAURIA.

L^LAPS Cope.

L;elaps aquilunguis Cope.

External form and position in Lselaps.

The short fore-limbs of this genus suggest at once the habit of standing
upon the hind limbs chiefly, yet this disproportion is no sufficient reason
therefor, and is seen to exist in the tailless Batrachia, where no such position
is assumed. It exists to a less degree among the modern lizards, whose position
we well know to be always horizontal.

Laelaps had, however, no doubt an erect position, for the following reason :
The head and neck of the femur are at right angles to the direction of motion
on the condyles, or in the same plarfe as the transverse direction of the con-
dyles. This indicates that the femur has been reflexed and extended in a plane
parallel with that of the vertebral column. The relations of articulation are
those of birds, and different from those of reptiles, where the directions of the
proximal and distal condyles of the femur are oblique to each other, and the
proximal of a vertically elongate form, thus allowing the femur to be obliquely
directed as regards the axis of the body, so that in a prone position it rested on
the ground equally clear of the body and the flexed tibia.

The resemblance of the tibia, with its high crest and embracing astragalus,
as well as the slender fibula, to those of the birds, confirms this position ; so
do types of the iliac and sacral structures. The same is suggested by the great
bird-like reptile tracks found in many places.

How must a reptilian form with elongate vertebral column and heavy tooth-
bearing cranium have stood erect? The elongate form of the femur as com-
pared with the tibia is only seen among animals who walk^||ect, in man ; in
the birds and kangaroos the femur is very much shorter tlMm the t:'bia ; be-
sides these no other vertebrates progress on the hind limbs entirely. The
lizards, which are prone, present the long femur exceeding or equalling the
tibia.

The bird-like reptile did not, however, exhibit the slight flexure between
femur and tibia presented by man. The acetabulum in the known Dinosaurs
is not or but weakly completed below, or what would be in man anteriorly, in-
dicating that the weight of the body was supported by a femur placed at a
strong angle with the longitudinal axis of the ilium ; otherwise the head of the
femur would be most readily displaced. If, therefore, the ilium were more or
less erect, the femur was directed forwards ; if horizontal, the femur must have
projected downwards. I have shown, however, that the position and therefore
the ilium was oblique or erect ; therefore the femur was directed very much
forwards.*

• There are, however, other reasons for believing that the femur was directed
forwards, and somewhat upwards from the ilium. One is, that the centre of
gravity of an elongate reptilian dorsal and sternal region must have been fur-
ther forwards than in the short-bodied bird, and therefore the knee must have
been further forward, in order to bring the support — i. c, the tibia, etc. — be-
neath it.

♦ The remarks of Prof.Owen on this relation in Megalosaurus are so pertinent, that they
are introduced here :

" The backward position and production of tlie corresponding articular prominences or
condyles in imtli femur and tibia, indicate that these bones were joined toKCther at an
angle, probably approachitijj; a ri^lit one, when iu their intermediate state between Hex on
and extension ; and tliat the motion of the tibia could not have Uikeu place to tlie extuot
required to bring the two bones to the same lino."

1868.]

238

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

the tibia is excessively oblique, requiring that one or both sections of the limb
should be very oblique to the vertical line. As the tarso-metatarsal elements
support the weight immediately on the ground, and as it is obvious that the
leverage moving the great vs^eight of the body on its support must have been
the gastrocnemius and soleus muscles extending the tibia on the metatarsal
segment as the fixed point, and as there is no indication of correspondingly
powerful muscles to flex the metatarsals on the phalanges, it is obvious that
the latter has been the more vertical, and the former the more oblique seg-
ment. And if the tibial segment has been oblique, for reasons just given, the
femur must have been oblique also.*

The length of the femur has had relation to another peculiarity as well, as
follows :

In an animal designed to walk erect, it is necessary that the centre of gravity
should be transferred as far posteriorly as is consistent with the type. In Lse-
laps and other Dinosauria we have very elongate pubic and iliac bones, and, as
I have before described, these appear to have been designed to enclose and
support an abdominal mass, in a position beneath the sacrum, and posterior to
the position observed in quadrupedal mammals and reptiles. We would thus
have a prominent keeled belly between the femora, supported by elongate
curved ischia behind, and slender pubes directed downwards in front. In Poe-
cilopleurum the space between the latter and the sternum was occupied by
abdominal ribs. The length of femur places the arc through which the knee
moves beyond this projection.

The confluence of a greater number of vertebrae to form a sacrum, seen in
this order and in the birds, would seem to have a direct relation to the support
of the above-mentioned greater weight by it, than in horizontal vertebrata,
where the weight is distributed throughout the length of the vertebral column.

The shifting of the neural arches backwards, seen in the same orders, pointed
out by Owen, would have a mechanical relation to the same necessity, — i. €.,
their partial transfer over the intervertebral spaces naturally tending to
strengthen thejpiion of the sacral elements.

The foot neec^ot, however, have been placed precisely beneath the centre
of gravity of the body, as the animal was furnished with a tail of greater or less
weight. This member bears, however, little proportion to the great size of
those seen in Iguanodon, Hadrosaurus, etc., but exhibits a commencement of
the reduction which is so striking among the birds.

The proportions of the metatarsus are only to be ascertained by an examina-
tion of those of allied species, as L. m a c r o p u s and Megalosaurus b u c k-
1 an d ii. As all the other bones are more slender than those of the latter, so
were no doubt these bones longer in proportion to their breadth. I have esti-
mated it above as equal to a little over half the tibia.

The digits in the genus Lgelaps have not, in all probability, been more than
four. The less bird-like forms of Hylaeosaurus and Iguanodon have had, ac-
cording to Owen, but three metatarsals, and it is not according to the rule of
successional relation that there should be any repetition of a reptilian character,
in a point of prime importance in measuring the steps of succession between
reptiles and birds. Lselaps, and probably Megalosaurus also, had but three
digits directed anteriorly, and a fourth lateral or rudimental.

It is true that Deslongchamps ascribes five digits to Poecilopleurum, after a
careful study of abundant material. He was, however, much more impressed
with the Crocodilian affinities of that reptile than with any other, and did not
recognize the avine in the astragalus. It seems to me quite possible that one
of his toes can be dispensed with, — for example, the second, of which but one
phalange is said to remain. If we ascribe the fractured extremity of the bone

* Probably in a squatting posture the animal rested on the entire sole as far as the heel,
though not under ordinary circumstances ; as I have suggested in Amer. Naturalist, i, 28,
Mycteria and other wading birds assume a similar position at times.

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

«
regarded (Tab. viii, fig. 6) as the first phalange of the fourth digit, to the me-
tatarsal of the same, the phalange referred to the second may find another
place. The fifth digitals© rests on the evidence of one phalange only. Though
the reasoning of Deslongchampsin referring these pieces is good, it seems to me
that renewed study might result in ascribing to this genus three toes anteri-
orly and one appendicular, — his first.

The predominance of Reptilian characters in the Dinosauria, as indicated by
the structure of the vertebrae and other points, renders it probable that the
vertebral column did not present that remarkable flexure where the cervical
and dorsal series are joined, which is seen in the birds, but rather that they
were more or less continuous, and formed a continuum from the sacrum to
the nape. The cervicals may have been somewhat elongated, as in some birds,
yet this is not probable in view of the necessary balance to be preserved, which
would not admit of much projection of the cranium anteriorly. The cervicals
of Hadrosaurus are not so long as in the modern Varani ; in Iguanodon they
are similar, while their rather oblique articular faces indicate the elevation of
that region, and of the position of the cranium. In the case of these animals,
there is not the same necessity for a long neck as in the birds, for even in Lae-
laps and other genera which probably never used the fore limbs in progression,
they furnished a support to the body when the head was employed in taking
food, etc., on the ground.

The caudal region affects the general proportions of a vertebrated animal
materially. In Laelaps it is shorter than in any known Dinosaur, measuring less
than the hind limb by half a foot. It was cylindrical, slender towards the tip,
and in fact not unlike that of a dog, and probably capable of motion similar to
the latter. When the Laelaps stood erect, the tail would trail its extremity on
the ground, but could furnish little support.

Comparison with other Dinosauria.

The species with whi?lh detailed comparisons can be made, are the Poecilo-
pleurum bucklandii Deslongchamps, and Megalosaurus bucklandii
Mantell. All three were of nearly similar size. The Poecilopleurum is better
known than the Megalosaurus, and furnishes many similar parts. Thus the
humeri possess the same disproportionately small size, the extremity of the tibia
is similarly expanded and flattened, and is similarly embraced by the astraga-
lus. There are, however, abundant specific differences in all the bones described
by Deslongchamps. in the same manner tfie Laelaps aquilunguis presents
abundant specific differences from the Megalosaurus bucklandii. The
slender curved femur differs from the massive straight one of the latter ; the
tibia is more slender, and more flattened distally ; its extremity is wedge-
shaped, not rhombic as in the European species. The claws of Megalosaurus
are relatively shorter and less curved.

The generic relations with these two types must be understood. Laelaps is
obviously distinct from Poecilopleurum in the structure of its feet. In the
former the phalanges are slender, in the latter massive, and mostly broad. The
claws are more different ; in the former compressed and hooked ; as broad as
deep in the latter, and but little curved. They are prehensile in the former, in
the latter not at all, or adapted only for defense ; they present a very small
point of insertion, compared with the large knob of the former ; they also ex-
hibit a deep groove on the side, which is weak in Laelaps. The diflference in
this respect is about that between a raptorial and rasorial bird.

As compared with Megalosaurus, Laelaps probably had very short fore-limbs.
I have pointed out the difference in the femur, which is perhaps not more than
specific, though this cannot be positively asserted. The difference in the form
of the extremity of the tibia I suspect also to indicate more than specific differ-
ence. The bone described by Owen (Palaeontographical Society) as scapula,
furnishes means of estimating the size of the humerus. The glenoid cavity

1868.]

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

some six inches in diameter, indicating a humerus of four times the size of
that of Laslaps at least. The claws also of the Megalosaurus are intermediate
between those of Laelaps and Poecilopleurum, being less compressed and hooked
than in the first.

Size. — In estimating the length of this reptile we have the lengths of the
limbs and tail, and proportions of parts of the jaws to rely on. There is some
reason to believe that the lengths of the hind leg and of the tail were similar.
In erect animals, as the Kangaroo and Ostrich, the length of the vertebral
column anterior to the sacrum about equals the length of the hind limb. In
the present form the limb is increased by the greater length of the femur than
in either, but is shorter than that of the bird by the abbreviation of the meta-
tarsals. The proportions would then remain about the same as in the bird,
were it not that a head larger than in that class has evidently been borne
upon the cervical vertebrae, more as in the Kangaroo. It appears then that
the increased length of the femur in Laelaps may be added to the proportions
of the Kangaroo, thus giving a nearer equality between the lengths of the hind
limb and the body and head together. The length would then be seventeen
feet, divided as follows :

Ft. In.

Tail 8 6

Body and neck 6 6

Head 2

Total , 17

This is probably the size of the Barnesboro individual, which is in all pro-
bability young, as the sacral vertebrae are entirely disunited. The phalange
from Mississippi, above described, is very much larger than any of the former,
and may have belonged to an adult animal. In any case it indicates a gigantic
reptile of twenty-three feet or more in length.

The femur of the young individual is as long as ^tat described by Owen
(Palaeontographica) as belonging to Megalosaurus. As that genus was proba-
bly more bulky anteriorly than Laelaps, its length, as compared with the
dimensions of the hind limb, is greater. If, however, it approached Laelaps in
proportions, as is probable, the length of thirty feet assigned to it appears too
great. In fact it cannot have been larger than the Mississippi, or adult Laelaps
a q u i 1 u n g u i s.

Thus the original estimate of the lengths of these carnivorous Dinosaurs
is still further reduced. Owen accomplished part of this by estimating on the
mammalian and rejecting the reptilian type ; the introduction of the avine
element places the proportion at about the proper point in respect to the Gonio-
poda at least.

The elevation of the head of Laelaps would no doubt depend more upon the
pleasure of the animal, than in a more quadrupedal form. Nine feet above
the ground is a probable estimate for the young one, and twelve for the adult.

Movements. — The mind will picture to itself the actions and habits of such
strange monsters as the Dinosauria, and in respect to some of the genera there
is considerable basis for speculation.

That monsters walking on two posterior limbs have inhabited the earth, has
been familiar to all since the publication, by Hitchcock and Deane, of the
histories of the great foot-tracks of the Triassic Red Sandstone of the Connec-
ticut valley. Such tracks have been discovered by Jno. Smock, in the same
formation, in New Jersey, and by Dr. Chas. Hitchcock in Pennsylvania. Prof.
Hitchcock ascribed the tracks described by him to birds. Prof. Agassiz* ex-
presses the belief that they were made by vertebrates combining characters of
existing classes, perhaps of reptiles and mammals, rather than by birds. Now
a carnivorous Dinosaur probably allied to Laelaps, as proven by a portion of

* Contrib. Nat. Hist. U. S., 1857, vol. i.

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241

the jaw with teeth, in the Academy's Museum, the Bathygnathus borealis
of Leidy, has left its remains in the red sandstone of Prince Edward's Island, of
the same age. and we safely conclude that some of the large-clawed biped
tracks of Hitchcock are those of that animal. Dr. Leidy has suspected that
this would prove to be the case, as he asks* "was this animal probably not one
of the bipeds which made the so-called bird tracks in the sandstone of the
Connecticut valley?" This enquiry was, after an examination of the form of
La^laps, answered in the affirmative.f I have ascribed these tracks to r^tiles
allied to Laelaps, and Huxley believes also that they were made by Dino-
sauria.J

The creatures which strode along the flats of the Triassic estuary have been
various in species and genera, as pointed out by Hitchcock. Some were pure-
ly biped ; some occasionally supported themselves on a pair of reduced fore-
limbs. There are impressions where these creatures have squatted on their
haunches. One can well imagine the singular effect which these huge grega-
rious reptiles would produce, standing motionless, goblin-like, on a horizon
lit by a full moon ; or lying with outstretched neck and ponderous haunches
basking in the noonday sun ; or marching or wading slowly along the water's
*edge, ready for a plunge at passing fishes or swimming reptiles. But in the
active pursuit of terrestrial prey did such an animal as the Laelaps run like the
Ostrich, or leap like the Kangaroo? So far as the Triassic tracks go, there is
no evidence of leapers, only runners, fell upon an exhausted quarry. Or were
they only carrion eaters, tearing and devouring the dead of age and disease ?»
Probably some were such, but the prehensile claws of Lselaps are like instru-
ments for holding living prey.

Lajlaps has a long femur ; those great leapers the Kangaroos have a short
one ; the cursorial birds, however, have a similar form of femur, but they do
not leap. So this form is not conclusive. The modern Iguanas have long
femora, and they all progress by their simultaneous motion; they only leap ;
but man with his long femur runs only. The question then does not depend
on the form of the femur.

I have suggested on a former occasion that Laelaps took enormous leaps and
struck its prey with its hind limbs. I say, in describing it, •' The small size of
the fore limbs must have rendered them far less efficient as weapons than the
hind feet, in an attack on such a creature as Hadrosaurus ; hence perhaps the
latter were preferred in inflicting fatal wounds. The ornithic type of sacrum
elucidated by Prof. Owen suggests a resemblance in the use of the limb."

The lightness and hoUowness of the bones of the Lselaps arrest the attention.
This is especially true of the long bones of the hind limbs ; those of the fore
limbs have a less considerable medullary cavity. In this respect they are
quite similar to those of Ccelosaurus Leidy, of which its describer remarks,
"that the medullary cavity of the tibia is large, and the walls thin and
dense," " being intermediate in this respect between the characters of the
mammals and birds."

The mutual flexure, as well as the lightness and strength of the great femur
and tibia, are altogether appropriate to great powers of leaping. The feet
must have been elongate, whatever the form of the tarsi; the phalanges, or
finger bones, were slender, nearly as much so relatively as those of an eagle,
while the great claws in which they terminated were relativel}-^ larger and more
compressed than in the birds of prey. There was no provision for the retrac-
tibility observed in the great carnivorous mammalia, but the size of the infe-
rior basal tuberosity indicates the insertion of a great tendon of a powerful
flexor muscle. The slight grooves at the base, and deeper one on each side
of the phalange, suggest the usual horny sheath, which, prolonging the point
of the claw, would give it a total length of eleven inches.

♦Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, 18r)4, :129.

t American NuturaliHt, 1H()7, 27. Hay's Medical News and Reporter, 1868.

tProceedings Royal Society, London, 1808, p. Natural Science Review, 1868.

1868.]

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The fore limbs must indeed have been of very little use, and it is very diffi-
cult to imagine an animal running and seizing the prey it overtakes with the
hind limb. If it were not a carrion feeder it must have leaped. We are in-
formed by Sochstetter,* that the Apteryx leaps with the utmost ease over ob-
jects two and three feet in height, that is, higher than its own head. Huxley
suggests that the Compsognathus "hopped" along on its hind limbs. The
bulk of Lffilaps is no objection to its leaping, for the giant extinct Kangaroos,
, Mac^pus atlas and titan, found in the postpliocenes of Australia, did not
fall far short of these reptiles in this respect. We may add that Lselaps had
smaller allies, asL. macropus one-half, and Coelosaurus antiquus one-
fourth or fifth the size, whose remains, so far as they go, indicate an identity
of habit. Deslongchamps says of Poecilopleurum bucklandii, that it " could
project itself with prodigious force, as a spring which unbends itself; but this
could not have been on a solid surface, since the fore limbs are too weak to
resist the shock of the fall of suck a heavy body." He supposed it to be marine
in its habits, accustomed to battling a stormy sea. However, his objection to
leaping on land is obviated by understanding that progressive movement was
entirely performed by the hind limbs.

^

On the Origin of GENEBA.

BY EDWARD D. COPE, A.M.

Introduction. — The present fragmentary essay is a portion of what other oc-
cupation has prevented the author from completing. It does not therefore
amount to a complete demonstration of the points in question, but it is hoped
that it may aid some in a classification of facts with a reference to their signi-
fication. When all the vast array of facts in possession of the many more
learned than the writer, are so arranged, a demonstration of the origin of
species may be looked for somewhere in the direction here attempted to be
followed.

Conclusions of any kind will scarcely be*Teached, either by anatomists who
neglect specific and generic characters, or secondly by systematists who in
like manner neglect internal structure. Such will never perceive the system
of nature.f

Analysis of the subject.

I. Eelations of allied genera.

First ; in adult age.

Second ; in relation to their development.

a. On exact parallelism.

3. On inexact or remote parallelism.

y. On parallelism in higher groups.

JP. On the extent of parallelisms.

II. Of retardation and acceleration in generic characters.

First ; •taetamorphoses in adult age.

a. The developmental relations of generic and specific characters.

(3. Probable cases of transition.

y. Ascertained cases of transition.
Second ; earlier metamorphoses.

<r. The origin of inexact parallelisms.

* New Zealand Amer. Transl., 181.

t It might seem incredible that either class should systematize with confidence, yet a
justly esteemed author writes even at the present day, " However, there is scarcely a sys-
tematist of the present day who does not pay more or less attention to anatomical charac-
ters, in establishing the higher groups !" (The italics are our own,) As though a system
was of any value which is not based on tne whole sti ucture, and as though lower groups
were only visible in external characters : in a word, as though external (muco-dermal,
.dental, etc.) characters were not " anatomical !"

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 243

III. Relations of higher groups.

n. Of homologous groups.

/?. Of heterology.

y. Of mimetic analogy.

IV. Of natural selection.

tt. As affecting class and ordinal characters.
p. As affecting family characters.
y. As affecting generic characters.
J. As affecting specific characters.
(. On metaphysical species.

V. Of epochal relations.

The laws which have regulated the successive creation of organic beings
will be found to be of two kinds, as it appears to the writer. The first, that
which has impelled matter to produce numberless ultimate types from com-
mon origins ; second, that which expresses the mode or manner in which this
first law has executed its course, from its commencement to its determined
end, in the many cases before us.

That a descent, with modifications, has progressed from the beginning of
the creation, is exceedingly probable. The best enumerations of facts and
arguments in its favor are those of Darwin, as given in his various important
works. The Origin of Species, etc: There are, however, some views respect-
ing the laws of development on' which he does not dwell, and which it is pro-
posed here to point out.*

In the first place, it is an undoubted fact that the origin of genera is a more
distinct subject from the origin of species than has been supposed.

A descent with modification involves continuous series of organic types
through one or many geologic ages, and the co-existence of such parts of such
various series at one time as the law of mutual adaptation may permit.

These series, as now found, are of two kinds ; the uninterrupted line of
specific, and the same uninterrupted line of generic characters. These are
independent of each other, and have not, it appears to the writer, been de-
veloped pari passu. As a general law it is proposed to render highly proba-
ble that the same specific form has existed through a succession of genera, and
perhaps in different epochs of geologic time.

With regard to the first law of development, as above proposed, no one has
found means of discovering it, and perhaps no one ever will. It would
answer such questions as this. What necessary coincidence of forces has
resulted in the terminus of the series of fishes in the perches as its most
specialized extreme ; or, of the Batrachia, in the fresh-water frogs, as its ulti-
mum ; or, of the thrushes, among birds, as their highest extreme : in a word,
what necessity resulted in man as the crown of the Mammalian series, instead of
Bome other organic type ? Our only answer and law for these questions must
be, the will of the Creator.

The second law, of modes and means, has been represented to be that of
natural selection by Darwin. This is, in brief, that the will of the animal, ap-
plied to its body, in the search for means of subsistence and protection from
injuries, gradually produces those features which are evidently adaptive in
their nature. That, in addition, a disposition to a general variation on the
part of species has been met by the greater or less adaptation of the results of
such variation to the varying necessities of their respective situations. That
the result of such conflict has been the extinction of those types that are not
adapted to their immediate or changed conditions, and the preservation of
those that are.

In determining those characters of plants and animals, which constitute them
what they are, we have, among others of higher import, those which constitute
them species and those which constitute them genera. What we propose is :
that of the latter, comparatively very few in the whole range of animals and

1868.]

244 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

plants are adaptations to external needs or forces, — and of the former a large
proportion are of the same kind. How then could they owe their existence to
a process regulated by adaptation ?

Darwin is aware of these facts to some degree, but, as already said, he does
not dwell on them. Where he dbes, he does not attempt to account for them
on the principle of natural selection.

There are, it appears to us, two laws of means and modes of development.
I. The law of acceleration and retardation. II. The law of natural selection.

It is my purpose to show that these propositions are distinct, and not one
apart of the other: in brief, that while natural selection operates by the
" preservation of the fittest," retardation and acceleration act without any
reference to "fitness" at all; that instead of being controlled by fitness,
it is the controller of fitness. Perhaps all the characteristics supposed to
mark generalized groups from genera up (excepting, perhaps, families), to
have been evolved under the first mode, combined with some intervention of
the second, and that specific characters or s/)ec/es have been evolved by a com-
bination of a lesser degree of the first with a greater degree of the second mode.

I propose to bring forward some facts and propositions in the present essay
illustrative of the first mode.

I. On the relations of nearly allied genera. ^.

First. The writer's views of the relations of genera have already been given
at the close of an Essay on the Cyprinoid Fishes of Pennsylvania.* It is easy
enough to define isolated genera which have few immediate affines, but among
extensive series of related forms the case is different. One principle, however,
pervades the conception and practice of all zoologists and botanists, which
few take pains to analyse or explain. It is simply that they ooserve a succes-
sional relation of groups, by which they pass from one type of structure to one
or several other types, and the presence or absence of the steps in this succes-
sion they regard as definitions of the genera.

It is true that the reader will often find introduced into diagnoses of
genera, characters which indicate nothing of this sort. It is often necessary, ^
indeed, to introduce characters which are not peculiar to the genus character-
ized, for the sake of distinguishing it from similar ones of other series, but this
only in an imperfect state of the record. Moreover, the ability of the writer
to distinguish genera being thus tested, he too often fails by introducing
family and specific characters, or by indulging in an unnecessary redundancy.
In general it may be said that adjacent genera of the same series differ from
each other by but a single character ; and generally, that the more remote
difi^er by characters as numerous as the stages of their remove.

It is precisely as, among* the inorganic elements, we pass from the electro-
negative, non-oxidizing extreme of the Halogens, with Fluorine as the extreme,
to the electro-positive, violently oxidizing extreme of the alkaline metals,
whose extreme is potassium, by steps whose relative position is measured or
determined first by these tests ; and as these steps have each their included
series of bodies, characterized by their successive relations on the lower level
of a subordinate range of characters. Ttjis principle is distinctly admitted by
many zoologists ;f those who deny it generally failing to perceive it because
they attempt to guage a major scale by characters which are really the test of
one or all of the subordinate or included scales. It holds true of most of the
groups of organic beings ; thus the class is a scale of orders, the order of
tribes. I will not now say that the tribe is a scale of families, as the case is
here much modified, but what is chiefly to be considered in this essay, is that
the family is composed of one or several scales of genera.

* Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, 1866, from Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei., Phil., 1859, 332.
fProf. Bronn, in his Classen u. Ordnungen des Thierreiches, has everywhere a chapter
on Die aufsteigende Eeihe,— " the ascending scale."

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

Second. Now, the more nearly allied genera are, the more surely will these
generic steps be found to fall into the direct line of the steps of the develop-
ment of the highest, or that with the longest scale, the former being truly
identical with the latter in generic characters. Less allied genera will offer
an inexact or incomplete imitation of such identity, — some additional charac-
ter being present to disturb it. Such genus belongs to another series, charac-
terized by the disturbing feature, whose members, however, bear to each other
the relation claimed above for such.

The relation of genera, which are simply steps in one and the same line of
development, may be called exact parallelism, while that of those where one or
more characters intervene in the maturity of either the lower or higher genus
to destroy identity, may be called incomplete parallelism.

The latter relation has been dwelt on by Von Bar, Agassiz and other writers,
but none have accepted the existence of exact parallelism, or seen its important
relation to the origin of genera.

Third. That the lowest or most generalized terms or genera of a number of
allied series, will stand to each other in a relation of exact parallelism. That
is, if we trace each series of a number, up to its lowest or most generalized
genus, the latter together will form a series, similar in kind to each of the sub-
series ; i.e. each genus will be identical with the undeveloped conditions of
that which progresses the farthest, in respect, of course, to the characters
which define it as a series.

Those characters of the skeleton which we are accustomed to call embry-
onic, are only so because they relate to the developmental succession witnessed
in animals at the present time. Characters not so called now were probably
as much so at one period now passed. Hence embryonic characters of the
bony system do not, as I have often had occasion to observe, characterize the
types of the highest rank, but only subordinate divisions of them. Thus the
Elasmobranchs are probably repressed forms of groups of a really higher
grade than the bony fishes, or Teleostei, which may be known to us. In their
early presence in the geologic series we have evidence of the first beginning of
a higher type.

In the same manner it has been discovered that the molecular constitution
of the elementary substances do not characterize their highest or most distinct
series, but rather the substances themselves within the lower group or family
to which they belong. The gaseous, liquid and solid molecular conditions
being characters distinguishing otherwise allied substances in the same way
morphologically (we cannot say yet developmentally), as the cartilaginous,
osseous and exostosed or dermosseous characters distinguish otherwise nearly
allied genera.

The "family " group embraces one or many of such series. If we trace the
series in several families to their simplest or most generalized terms or genera,
and compare them, we will not find the relation to be one of exact parallelism
in the series of the "order," so far as our present knowledge extends, but in a
developmental sense, one of divergence from the commencement.

If we could know the simplest known terms or family characters of a number
of groups of families, or "orders," we would probably find them to represent
a series of exact parallelism, though to find such simplest terms we must go
far into past periods, since the higher the group the more extensive the range
of its character, and the less likely to be found unmixed with additions and
extensions, in modern times.

Finally, the series of classes is in the relation of the essential characters of
the same, as expressed in their now extinct, most generalized and simple repre-
sentatives, also one of "exact parallelism."

a. Examples of exact parallelism. ^

* In generic series.
1. As an example we may take the genus Trachycephalus (Batrachia Anura).
1868.]

/

y

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Nearly allied to it is the genus Osteocephalus, which diflfers in the normal ex-
ostosis of the cranium not involving the derm, as in the former. Close to this
is Scytopis, where the fully ossified cranium is not covered by an exostosis.
Next below Scytopis is Hyla, where the upper surface of the cranium is not
ossified at all, but is a membranous roof over a great fontanelle. Still more
imperfect is Hylella,^ which differs from Hyla in the absence of vomerine teetli.
Now the genus Trachycephalus. after losing its tail and branchia3, possesses aff
the characters of the genus Hylella and those of Hyla, either at or just before the
mature state of the latter, as the ethmoid bone is not always ossified in advance
of the parietals. It soon, however, becomes a Scytopis, next an Osteocephalus,
and finally a Trachycephalus. It belongs successively to these genera, for an
exhaustive anatomical examination has failed to reveal any characters by
which, during these stages, it could be distinguished from these genera.

Now it would be a false comparison to say that the young of Trachycephalus
was identical with the genus Agalychnis, which in truth it resembles, be-
cause that genus is furnished with one other character, — the presence of a ver-
tical pupil, — and belongs to another series in consequence, which is represented
as yet, with our present imperfect knowledge, — or perhaps imperfect fauna, —
by three genera only.

2. The lowest type of the near allies of our common fresh- water frogs is the
genus Ranula, where the prefrontal bones are narrow strips on each side the
ethmoid cartilage ; the ethmoid cartilage itself entirely unossified above, and
the vomerine teeth very few and on a small elevation. There are two spe-cies,
R. a f f i n i s and R. p a 1 m i p e s. The other species have the ethmoid carti-
lage ossiffied above, at least beneath the extremities of the frontoparietals.

Those of the latter most like Ranula possess the same type of narrow pre-
frontals, separated by a broad area of cartilaginous ethmoid, and fasciculi of
teeth. Of this type is Rana delalandii, and probably R. porosissima
Steind., of the South Ethiopian region. Other species of the same type extend
their vomerine patches into lines ; such are R. mascariensis, R. fasci-
ata, R. oxyrhynchus, R. grayi, and other South African species.

The prefrontals are subtriangular, and approach each other more or less in
the numerous species of North America and of the Regio Palajarctica, while
generally the vomerine teeth are in fascicles or very short series. In the
Ji^thiopian Rana fuscigula the prefrontals unite on the median line, roof-
ing over the ethmoid cartilage and reducing it, while the vomerine teeth are
in very short lines.

In the species of the Palseotropical region, Rana tigrina, R. vittigera,
R. cyanophlyctis, R. grunniens, R. hexadactyla, R. corruga-
ta, R. ehrenbergii, R. gracilis, and the Ethiopian R. occipitalis,
the prefrontals not only unite solidly (the suture remaining on the median
line), but extend and closely fit to the frontoparietals. The vomerine series
have lengthened out into series.

Now the young of the latter type of Rana (I take as an example the R. ti -
grina, one of the most abundant and largest of Indian frogs) presents the
subtriangular prefrontals neither in contact with each other or with the
fronto-parietals, and the vomerine series is much reduced ; in fact, it belongs
in all respects to the Palaearctic group. I have not examined younger speci-
mens, but have no doubt they are like those of the Palaearctic ; the latter, then,
in their young stage, are precisely of the type of the Ethiopian Rana, with
fasciculate teeth like the young of those of the same region with teeth in se-
ries, since the prefrontals are still more reduced, becoming linear. Finally the
first stage of the Nearctic Rana, after losing the larval tail, is the genus Ra-
nula,- having linear prefrontals, minute vomerine teeth, and the ethmoid ring
cartilaginous above.

These points of stfructure are of generic quality, but I have not regarded any

*I refer to H. carnea m., not having Reinhardt and Ltltken's type of this genus.

[Oct.

V

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247

group as sufficiently defined to be so regarded, except Ranula, as the adults of
some species appear not to be constant in possessing them. Thus a very large
Rana catesbyana sometimes exhibits prefrontals in contact on the median
line, while it is difficult to say whether R. a r e o 1 at a of North America is of
the Nearctic type so much as of the ^Ethiopian. Nevertheless the groups are
generally quite geographically restricted.

3. A similar relation exists between the genera Hyperolius, Staurois and
Heteroglossa in respect to the prefrontal bones and the separation of the outer
metatarsi, and —

4. Between Ixalus, Rhacophorus and Polypedates also, in reference to vo-
merine teeth, bifurcation of last phalange, and dermoossification of the cra-
nium.

5. When the larvae of certain species of Spelerpes possess branchiae, they
also lack one digit of the hind foot, also the maxillary, nasal and prefrontal
bones, and exhibit a broad continuous palatopterygoid arch, in close contact
with the parasphenoid. The prootic is separated from the exoccipital by a
membranous space, and the exoccipitals themselves are not yet united above
the foramen magnum. There is at the same time a series of splenial teeth.
Both ceratohyals are confluent, the posterior is present, and there are but
three superior hyoid arghes. After they lose the branchiie, the hinder foot,
which has four tdfiB only for a time, gradually adds another at first rudimental
digit, in the Mexican species ; in most North American species the fifih digit ap-
pears at an early larval stage. Five digits are finally present in all Spelerpes.

We have thus four combinations of the above characters, at different periods
of the life history of certain (but not of all) of the species of Spelerpes. There
exist four permanent series of species or genera, equivalent to these stages.
The well-known " perennibranchiate " Necturus is nearly identical with the
first, Batrachoseps with the second, the half-toed Spelerpes with the third, and
the typical Spelerpes is the last.

In one character of generic value only, do I find that Necturus differs from
the early larval Spelerpes. It closes the premaxillary fontanelle with which
it commences, by an approximation of the premaxillary spines, but not by a
sutural union, as takes place in Amblystoma. It thus, in this one point, ad-
vances a stage beyond the condition to which Spelerpes attains, though it
maybe a question whether such a closure without union should not be classed
among the specific characters by which N. m aculatus differs from the young
of the various Spelerpes, as they do from each other. Characters of the latter
kind are the following: in N. m aculatus the frontals are more deeply
emarginate behind; it has little or no ala on the inferior keel of the caudal
vertebrae, which is prominent in Spelerpes larvae.

It may be that the parallelism in the case of Spelerpes is inexact by one
character, and that a strictly developmental one ; or it may be regarded other-
wise.

6. It is well known that the Cervidae of the old world develope a basal snag
of the antler (see Cuvier, Ossem. Fossiles ; Gray, Catal, Brit. Mus.) at the third
year; a majority of those of the New World (genera Cariacus, Subulo) never
develop it except in " abnormal " cases in the most vigorous maturity of the
most northern Cariacus (C. v i r gi n i a n u s) ; while the South American
Subulo retains to adult age the simple horn of the second year of Cervus!

Among the higher Cervidae, Rusa and Axis never assume characters beyond
an equivalent of the fourth year of Cervus. In Dama the characters are on the
other hand assumed more rapidly than in Cervus, its third year corresponding
to the fourth of the latter, and the development in after years of a broad plate
of bone, with points, being substituted for the addition of the corresponding
snags, thus commencing another series.

Returning to the American deer, we have Biastocerus, whose antlers are
Identical with those of the fourth year of Cariacus.

1868.]

\

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Now, individuals of the genus Cervus of the second year do not belong to
iSubulo, because they have not as yet their mature dentition. Rusa, however,
is Identical with those Oervi whose dentition is complete before they gain the
antlers of the fifth year. When the first trace of a snag appears on one beam
of Cariacus virginianus, the dentition includes the full number, but there

remain _ milk molars much worn and ready to be shed. Perhaps the snag is

3
developed before these are displaced. If so, the Cariacus is never a Subulo,
but there can be little doubt that the young Blastocerus belongs to that genus
before its adult characters appear.

7. Leidy states* that certain Perissodactyle remains containing a foot of a
liorse, contained the teeth of a genus, Merychippus, which has the per-
manent teeth of Equus, and the deciduous dentition of Anchitherium. He
observes "the deciduous'and permanent dentitions of both these genera are
alike, therefore the new genus is in early life an Anchitherum, and later in life
a true horse." This is therefore a case of exact parallelism, always providing
that the Merychippus has not added to its immature Equine characters, others
in other parts of \he body, which invalidate the indentity. In the latter case,
it will still be an interesting example of the " inexact parallelism."

8. It is well known that the Cephalopoda form q, number of series of re-
markable regularity, the advance being in the first place j#the complication
of the folds of the external margins of the septa, and in the second place in the
<iegree of involution of one or both extremities of the shell to tfie spiral ; third,
in the position of the siphon.

Alpheus Hyatt, in an important essay on this subject,f points out that the
less complex forms are in many cases identical with the undeveloped condi-
tions of the more complex. He says : " There is a direct connection between
the position of a shell in the completed cycle of the life of this order, and its
own developement. Those shells occupying the extremes of the cycle " (in
time), " the polar forms, being more embryonic than the intermediate forms. J
The first epoch of the order is especially the era of rounded, and, in the ma-
jority of the species, of unornamented shells with simple septa ; the second is
the era of ornamentation, and the septa are steadily complicating ; in the third
the complication of the septa, the ornamentation, and the number of species,
about twice that of any other epoch, all combine to make it the zenith of de-
velopement in the order; the fourth is distinguishable from all the preceding
as the era of retrogression in the form, and partially in the septa.

" The four periods of the individual are similarly arranged, and have com-
parable characteristics. As has been previously stated, the first is rounded
and smooth, with simple septa ; the second tuberculated, and the septa more
complicated ; the third was the only one in which the septa, form and orna-
mentation simultaneously attained the climax of individual complication; the
fourth, when amounting to anything more important than the loss of a few
ornaments, was marked by a retrogression of the whorl to a more tabular as-
]>ect, and by the partial degradation of the septa."

I will here quote an entirely antagonistic statement of Bronn's,^ as follows:
In the development of Lamellibranchiate molluscs " it is not possible to esti-
mate the successional changes of one genus by those of another, though nearly
related; so diverse are the most significant relations in the manner of progress

* Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1858, p. 7.

f Memoirs Boston Soc. N. Hist, 1866, 193.

^;He adds here: "Although in regard to geological sequence and structural position
one of the extremes must be of higher geological rank." The ''highest'" extreme will be
of higher geological rank according to the complexity of structure and length of develop-
mental scale, whether it come at the middle or end of the history of the class in time. If,
as has been the case so far as known, a decline has terminated the history of a class, its
later forms are zoologically lower than its older ones. Hence the adjective high is only
appropriate to types of the latter kind, when used as synonymous with extreme.

g Classen u. Ordnungen des Thierreichs, iii, 445,

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

among nearest allies. Therefore embryologic indications are throughout use-
less in classification, and it is necessary to keep carefully separate the state-
ments of observations on development of a given species, and not transfer
such facts to the history of another species for the purpose of completing it.
We cannot even range these histories in conformity with family groups." For
us this statement, though no doubt largely true, is an indication of imperfec-
tion, first, of knowledge of true affinities of recent, but especially of extinct
adults, and second, of imperfection of knowledge of development. The posi-
tion appears to be based on negative evidence, while the opposing can and
does stand on nothing but positive.

0. Examples of the inexact parallelism.
1. The genera of the Batrachian family Scaphiopodidae form a series of steps
differing a little more than as repressions or permanent primary conditions
in the development of the highest.* Thus two of the genera, which are North
American, maintain their tubae eustachii and tympanum through life, while
three European lose them at an early period. The three European genera also
advance beyond the larval character of the American in the ossification of the
basis of the xiphisternum into a broad style. Thus we have two series estab-
lished, which differ only in the two characters named. Each shows its devel-
opmental steps in a similar manner, the European series extending further ;
thus, —

European. North American.

1. Temporal fossa over arched.

Cultripes. * *

Temporal roof not ossified.
2 Fronto-parietal bones ossified, involving
derm.

Pelobates. Scaphiopus.

3. Fronto-parietals ossified, distinct from

derm.

* * (Unknown.) * * •

4. Pronto parietals not ossified, distinct

from derm. ^

Didocus. Spea.

In this case Didocus cannot be said to be identical as a genus with an un^
developed stage of Cultripes, since while the cranium of the latter is in the
condition of Didocus it bears a long tail, and the limbs are but little developed.
Nor is Didocus identical with the undeveloped condition of Pelobates, since
both cranium and limbs of the latter are developed before the tail is absorbed.
Nor is Pelobates identical with the undeveleped condition of (^'ultripes, since
while the cranium of the latter is that of the former, the limbs and tail are still
larval. The same relations exist between the other members of the family.
The genus Scaphiopus is not an undeveloped form of Pelobates as to its audi-
tory organs, for when the latter is identical with the former in this resjjcct, it
bears otherwise entirely larval characters. Nor is Spea an arrested Scaphio-
pus, the relation being here precisely that between Didocus and Pelobates.
Spea approaches more closely an arrested Didocus in all respects, but that
when the latter posesses the auditory apparatusf of the former, it is a larva in
limbs and tail, and that it loses this apparatus before reaching the other
cTiaracters of Spea. The relations of these genera, as compared with those of
the Trachycephalus, Cystignathidie and Bufo series, may be represented as fol-
lows: the lines represent the developmental scale of each.
— — — ♦—

*8ee Jouniiil Acrtdemy, 18()(5, on Arcifera.

tThe pos.se.ssion of caviim tympaniAnd tuba Eustachii in the undeveloped condition of
this Kcniis in only as.sumed from its close relation to Polohates.

J Ac('()r(iin^ to Uriich and Tscliudi in Pelobatow. I iiavo found traces of tlie eustachian
diverticula in a tailed Pelobates f us c us, whose body nieuBurod 1 in. 4 liu., from Mue.
Peabody Institute, Halcm, Mass.

1868.] 17

250

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

elations between the terms of
the different series, Heterolo-
gy or Eemote Parallelism.

03

: :

'."

s

>>

bC bC

t

a,

X m

"5

S 3

s:i.

a.

« pq

W

3

"3

3

js

O-

a.

s

o

a

s

-5

>.

pC

7"

>.

u

£

C

K o a

If:

oQtr.o

. liJ — <

; c8 3

73 •

0) ■

03 ^

O ^

>< 2

05 Oi

o .2

This is an example of the simplest case of
inexact parallelism, as distinguished from the
exact parallelism or identity. As the fauna
of the present period is but a fragment, so the
simple inexact is a more frequent relation
than the exact, while the more complex in-
exact relation is still more common. The
greater the inexactitude, the more frequently
do such parallels occur, till we have those'
of the most remote character, as, for instance,
the parallelism between the different stages
of the development of the mammal, in the
structure of the heart and and origins of the
aorta, and the existing classes of vertebrates.
The relation of these facts to the origin of
genera will be noted hereafter.

It will be borne in mind that in the Sca-
phiopodidae the generic types are identical
for a long portion of their developmental his-
tory.

2. In both Perissodactylous and Artiodac-
tylous Mammalia, certain types develop their
family character of canines at the earliest ap-
pearance of dentition, others not till a com-
paratively late period of life (Equus), and
the extreme genera never produce them.

3. Among Cetaceans the genus Orca main-
tains a powerful and permanent series of
teeth, which is an important generic charac-
ter. In Beluga the series is shed in old age,
in Globiocephalus, or the Caing whales, they
are shed at middle age, while in the Bala^nidai,
of which the absence of teeth is an essential
cTiaracter, these ^rgans are developed and ab-
sorbed during foetal life (Eschricht). Though
the condition of the teeth is not of sj'^stem-
atic value in the two named intermediate
genera, it is the important feature in the his-
tory of progress to such value.

4. Among the tortoises, the Testudinidae
rapidly extend the ribs into a carapace, which
fits closely the marginal bones, while equally
early in life the elements of the sternum unite
together. This is also the case with most Eray-
didae ; among whose genera, however, we find
the transitional scale. In Dermatemys and
Batagur the carapace is very late in attaining
its complete ossification, while the plastron is
early finished. In Chelydra, on the other
hand, while the carapace is even more slowly
developed, the plastron is never free from its
larval fontanelles. In the marine turtles
neither plastron or carapace is ever com-
pleted, while in the Trionychidae the marginal
bones are also entirely undeveloped.

In order that this last illustration be a true
one for the theory in question, as applied to
the families, these developmental characters

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 251

should be the true distinctive features of these families respectively. This,
as is well known, they are not. The Cheloniidse are characterized by the
form of their anterior limbs, which is in an adapted structure, while the Tes-
tudinidae similarly are distinguished by an extreme opposite modification of
foot-structure, adapted to an extreme difference of habit. Here there is an
example of the co-working of both laws. Nevertheless, we only claim at pre-
sent to show the developmental relation o^ genera of the same family and the
same series. This we see among the Emydidae.

5. In the important character of the scutellation of the tarsi among the
Passerine birds, the "boot" appears early in life in the highest Oscines, later
in the lower, and does not appear at all in the majoritv. In respect to the still
more important feature of the long posterior plates which appear very early in
most Oscines, in the Myiadestes type* they appear late, th^ squamae remaining
long, while the Clamatores never develop the plates, not advancing beyond the
infantile squamous stage.

6. It has been shown by Falconer that the genera of great Proboscidians
form a remarkably regular and graded series, distinguished by their denti-
tion. These are Dinotherium Kaup, Trilophodon Falc.f Mastodon Cuv.,
Pentalophodon Falc, Stegodon Falc, Loxodon F. Cuv., and Elephas Linn.
In the first there are but two cross crests on the third molars, and a pair
of permanent mandibular tusks ; in the second, three cross crests and man-
dibular tusks only permanent in some males ; in the third, four cross crests
and the mandibular tusks all deciduous; in the fourth, five cross crests
on the third molar; tusks unknown. In Stegodon the tusks cease to ap-
pear, the crests of the third molar become more numerous, and embrace
between them, in the bottoms of the valleys, a strong deposit of ccmentum.
In Loxodon the crests have the whole interspaces filled with cementum, while
the same thing holds in Elephas, with a greatly increased number of cross
crests, which become vertical laminae. The laminar character has become
apparent from its rudimental condition in Stegodon.

Now these are stages of development, though not in a continuous, single line.
The shedding of the inferior tusks takes place earlier and earlier in the genera
from Dinotherium, till they never appear in Stegodon. The molar teeth, it is
well known, present, as they succeed each 6ther from back to front, a regu-
larly increasing number of transverse crests in the same species. Thus, in
'Trilophodon ohioticus the first molar presents but two, while the last
'presents six. The last molars of other genera present a very much increased
number. What is it then, but that the increased number of crests in the third
molar, definitive of these genera, is an acceleration of growth ; the fourth
in Trilophodon is structurally third in Mastodon, and the fourth of Mas-
todon being third in Pentalophodon, the fourth of Pentalophodon becoming
third in Stegodon, and so to the end ? This is confirmed from the proven fact of
the disappearance of the premolars. They are fewer in TrilophodonJ than in

•Baird, Review Birds N. America.

t The genus Mastodon, as left by Cuvier, embraced two genera, as has been clearly shown
by that excellent paheantologist, the late Dr. Falconer. lie named these genera Trilopho-
don and Tetralophodon. It appears to us that this was unnecessary, as he was aware
that Dr. Godman had named the American Mastodon Tetracaulodon iVom its sometimes
persistent inferior tusks, a character distinguishing it from the later genera of the series
though not so trenchantly as the three crests of its third molar, as pointed out by Fal-
coner. As this group was taken from the ('uvierian Mastodon, it should retain Godnian's
name, for the T. o h i o t i e u s, the T. a n g u s t i d e n s and T. h u m b o I d i i, while Cuvier's
name should be preserved for the remainder, viz., M. longirostris, M. borsoni M
a r V e r n e n s i s, etc., the Tftralophodons of Falconer. '

JThe two-crested and first three-crested molars are usually called milk molars, becnnse
early shed. As, however, they arc not succeeded by any snl)soqnent teeth, but are similar
to thos(( which lie behind them in the jaw, I cannot see why they are not true premolars
I-)r. Warren, in his monograph of Mastodon oh i o t i c n s, says "This is called tlie tliird
deciduous tooth, l)ut why it is more entitled to tliis epithet than the two which follow it
would be (liflicfilt to d<>termine. Are not the first and second 8o-(!alled permanent teeth
equally deciduous, since they are shed, and leave the last permanent molar solifurv'"
V. p. m. Flower says (Transac. Koyal Society, 18r.7. (KJH), "In the Dugong and in the ex-
isting Elephants the suocossionttl process is iimitod to tlio incisor teeth."

1868.] /

/

252

PKOCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

Dinotherium, and soon shed; they are also early shed in Mastodon and Stego-
don (insignis Falc. Caut.) and are not known to exist in the succeeding
types ; the acceleration of succession of teeth has caused them to be entirely
omitted. The young tooth of Elephas moreover is represented by a series of
independent parallel laminae at first, which, when they unite, form a series of
crests similar to the type of the genus Mastodon and others of the beginning
of the series. The deposit of cementum takes place later, till the valleys are
entirely filled up. Thus the relations of this part of the tooth structure in the
•series are also those of the successional growth of those of Elephas, or the ex-
treme of the series.

It would be only necessary to show that two distinct conditions in any of
these respects occurred among the diflferent individuals of the same species of
any of these genera, to render a hypothesis of evolution a demonstrated fact.

It must be here observed that great size indicates little or nothing as to
zoological rank. It merely indicates the expenditure of a large amount of
stored vegetative force in the individuals of the group, however limited, which
exhibits it. The greatest species are often not far removed in affinity from the
least ; thus there can be but little doubt that Elephants are not far removed
from the Rodents, and the Rhinoceros is near the Cony. Indeed, in the same
genus the most extraordinary diversity prevails, for we have a very small Ele-
phant of Malta, and in the Miocene of Maryland a fin-back whale not so large
as the new-born young of the fin-backs now living. Hence Prof. Dana's ob-
jection* to the developmental hypothesis, based on the great size of the
primal Selachians and Ganoids, has but little weight.

7. Rathke has shown that the arteria ophthalmica of the higher Ophidians
is originally a branch of the arteria cerebralis anterior, and that it later forms
a connection with the arteria facialis. This connection increases in strength,
while the other diminishes, until finally its supply of blood is derived from the
facialis instead of the cerebralis.

Rathke has also shown that the cerebral origin of this artery is continued
through life in the three lowest suborders of the serpents, the Scolecophidia,
Catodonta and Tortricina ; also in the next succeeding group, the Peropoda.

8. In most serpents the left lung is never developed ; in such the pulmonary
artery instead of being totally wanting, remains as a posterior aorta bow, con-
nected with the aorta by a ductus botalli ; serpents without left lung being
therefore identical in this respect with the embryonic type of those in which,
that lung exists.

9. Dr. Lespes states that the optic region of the brain of blind cave Coleop-
tera, examined by him, is similar in structure to that in the blind larvae of
Coleoptera, whose images possess visual organs.

f 10, Those Saurians, (IJromastix, etc.,) in which the premaxillary region
is produced into a uniform cutting edge, are furnished during early stages
with a series of premaxillary teeth, which become gradually fused and con-
fluent with the alveolar margin. Hence other Acrodonts are equivalent, in
this respect, to the young of Uromastix, etc. The same thing occurs among the
Scaroid and Labroid fishes. In this most natural family we find the ma-
jority of generic forms provided with a normal complete dentition; in others
(Chaerops, Xiphochilus, Pseudodax, etc.,) the lateral teeth are gradually and
normally replaced by a more or less cutting edge of the mandible; and finally,
in the Scarina and Odacina the entire mass of teeth and jaws are coalesced,
forming a beak with sharp cutting edges, the single teeth being still visible in
the true Scarus, while they have entirely disappeared in adult Pseudoscarus
and Odax.J Thus in dentition the adult Scarus is identical with not fully
developed Odax ; Chaerops with the teeth less confluent, equals a still younger

* Manual of Geology, p.

t See under section on acceleration and retardation.

X Gimther on Hatteria, Philosophical Transactions, 1867, II. I had already noticed the
peculiar development in Uromastix, but not published it.

[Oct.

\
\

\

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

Stage of Odax, while those with distinct teeth are the same in this point as
the embryos of the highest — Odax, etc. I venture to predict that here will be
found a long series of exact parallelism, in which the different genera, resting
exclusively on these dental characters, will be found to be identical generically
w4th the various stages of the successively most advanced.

11. Professor Agassiz states that the absence of ventral fins is characteristic
of an embryonic condition of the Cyprinodont fishes. The genus Orestias
does not progress beyond this stage in this one point. Probably the genus
will be found which will only differ from Orestias in the presence of ventral
fins. If so, Orestias will be identical with an imperfect stage of that genus,
if, as will probably be the case, the fins appear in the latter, after other struc-
tures are fully completed.

yy. Parallelism in Higher Groups.

It is not to be anticipated that the series of genera exhibiting exact parallel-
ism can embrace many such terms, since comparatively few stages in the de-
velopmental condition of the same part in the highest, would bring us back to
a larval condition, which, as far as we yet know, has no exact parallel among
existing genera. But it is to be believed that the lowest terms of a number
of the most nearly allied of such series, do of themselves form another series
of exact parallelisms.

Thus exact parallelism between existing genera of mammals ceases with all
characters which are larval or foetal only prior to the assumption of the adult
dentition, since among the higher mammalia at least we know of no genus
which, However similar to undeveloped stages of the higher, never loses the
milk dentition. It is nevertheless an important fact that, among smooth
brained mammals, or many of them, but one tooth of the second series ap-
pears; and inasmuch as smooth brained forms of the higher orders have be-
come extinct, it is not too much to anticipate that a type of permanent milk
dentition will be found among the extinct forms of the same high orders.

As an example of exact parallelism in series of series, I select the follow-
ing ••

1. in the" Batrachian family Cystignathidae there are six groups or sets of
genera. In the highest of these we have an ossified cranium and xiphisternum
— i. e. in the Cystignathi ; in the Pleurodemae the cranium is not ossified, thus
representing the Cystignathi while incomplete ; in the Criniae the xiphister-
num is cartilaginous, as well as the fronto-parietal region, being an equiva-
lent of a still lower stage of the Cystignathi. From this simplest type we can
find a rising series by a different combination of characters ; thus the Cera-
tophydes add an osseous cranium to the incomplete xiphisternum, while two
succeeding groups diverge from each other at the start, the Pseudes loosening
the outer metatarsus in their development to maturity, while the Hylodes add
by degrees a cross-limb to the last phalange. The Ceratophrydes and Criniae
are stages in the development of these, but neither one of them is a step in
the development of the other. They are measured by adaptive characters
purely.

2. The whole suborder of the Anurous Batrachia, to which the above family
belongs, the Arcifera, differs from the suborder Raniformia by a character
which distinguishes a primary stage of growth of the latter from its fully de-
veloped form. That is, the Raniformia present, at one period of their devel-
opment, a pair of parallel or over-lapping curved cartilages, connecting the
the procoracoid and coracoid bones, which subsequently unite and become a
single, slender median, scarcely visible rod, while the bones named expand
and meet. The first condition is the permanent and sole systematic character
of the Arcifera.*

♦ This may be readily understood by comparing my monograph of the Aroifem, Journ.
Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1860, with Duges work, or Gegenbaur & Porker's memoirs on the siioul-
der girdle. '

1868.] /

/

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Objection. — It may be objected by those who have observed some of these
developmental relations, that they are exhibited by certain single structures
only, and not by whole organisms. These objectors must not forget that the
distinctions of those groups, whi- h alone we have in one geological period
in a relation of near affinity, exist in single characters only ; and that it is
therefore infinitely probable that the higher groups, when we come to know
their representatives with the same completeness, will prove to be separated
by single characters of difference also.

3. The following table is here introduced to illustrate the relations of groups
higher than the preceding. This is largely measured by the circulatory sys-
tem, not only as to the class relations, but also as regards orders. In its less
central portions it is, however, definitive of families at times.* [The reader is
here referred to the table commencing on p. 256.]

If the reader will compare the history of the development of vertebrates of
any class or order, as those of Teleosts and the lizard by Lereboullet, of the
snake and tortoise by Rathke and Agassiz, and of the bird and mammal by
Von Baer, he will find the most complete examples of the inexact parallelism
of the lower types with the embryonic stages of the higher. A few points are
selected as examples, from the histories included in a few of the columns of the
table, and given at its end.

Similar parallels may be found to exist in the most beautiful manner be-
tween the adult anatomy and structure of the urogenital apparatus within
each class of the series taken separately, as indicating ordinal relationship.
This department is, however, omitted for the present.

As an example of the homologies derivable from the circulatory system, and
of the use of the preceding table, I give the following relations between the
types of the origins of the aorta. f

The single ventricle of Teleostei is no doubt homologous with that of Lepi-
dosteus, and that of Lepidosiren. The arteria vesicse nataloTise, which is the
homologue of the A. pulmonalis of air breathers, issues in Lepidosteus from
the last vena branchialis. thus receiving aerated blood from the gills In Lepi-
dosiren it issues from the point of junction of two gilless and two gill-bearing
venx branchiales, thus receiving mixed blue and red blood, or blue blood
altogether, when the branchiae are not in functional activity. In Proteus it
issues from the last vena branchiaJis, where it receives the ductus botalli of the
preceding vein, which, when the gill is inactive, becomes a gilless aorta-bow,
which brings it only carbonized blood, which it readily aerates in the swim
bladder, now become a lung. The ventricle is homologous with the preced-
ing. In Salamanders, where the substitution of the accessory gill arches by
the ductus botalli^ converts the arterise and vense branchiales into " aorta-bows,"
the A. pulmonalis is given off from the posterior bow, and receives henceforth
mixed blood. In the Anura the origin is the same but nearer the heart. In
Grymnophidia it approaches the heart so far as to issue from the extremity of the
bulbus arteriosus, which is now divided by an incomplete septum, one half
conveying blood to the aorta roots, and the other to the A. pulmonalis. This
septum was already preceded by a longitudinal valve with free margin in the
Anura ! As if to meet the coming event, a trace of ventricular septum
appears at the apex within. There can now be no question of the homology
of the ventricles of the gar, and of the Caecilia. But we have next the true
Reptilia. The Bulbus arteriosus is split externally, as it already was inter-
nally, but it is first represented in most Tortoises by an adherent portion, one-

*This sketch is not nearly complete, but is published in hopes of its being useful to
students. It is compiled from the works of Meckel, Rathke, Barkow, Muller, Hyrtl,
Briieke. Stannius and others, in connection with numerous dissections.

t Professor Agassiz (Contrib. Nat. Hist. U. S., I 285) states that the ventricle of the Tes-
tudinata " is not any more identical with the one ventricle of fishes, than with the two
ventricles of warm blooded vertebrata; for in fishes we find only one vessel, the aorta,
arising from it, while in Turtles both the aorta and arteria pulmonalis start together from
it." We think this statement, which, if true, is destructive to the asserted homologies of
the circulatory system, cannot be substantiated, for the reasons above given.

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255

half being the now, to this point, independent arteria pulmonalis and the other
the nearly split aorta roots. There can, I think, be little question of the exac-
titude of the homology throughout.

It is no less certain that the Salamander* fulfils in its development the dif-
ferent stages to its permanent one, and is identical in each stage, in respect to
this pointy v^Wa the orders it represents at the time. This is true even of the long
period during which it bears the long branchial appendages and contained
arteries and veins which are not found in fishes ; it is then like the Pro-
topterus, which has hyoid venous arches and appendages of those arches
at the same time. The Tortoise f and Tropidonotus, X are also identical in
their successive stages with the types already enumerated, the external or
appendicular branchial vessels being omitted as belonging to the special serial
development of the line of air-breathing Anallantoidans. The division of the
bulbus arteriosus into three instead of two may indicate a case of ineocact par-
allelism^ but on the other hand it may be that the pulmonary partition is com-
pleted a little before the aorta-root partition, thus passing through the Batra-
chian permanent type. For explanations of inexactitude see under Part II.
No doubt the Batrachian type of bulbus arteriosus is passed by many serpents
less extreme and specialized than the Tropidonotus.

The aortic and pulmonary divisions of the bulbus in the Cfecilia are not
laterally placed, but one is dorsal and the other ventral, the one passing a
little spirally to the right of the other. So the pulmonary division of the
bulbus turns over to the right in the Anura. When the septum of the true
reptiles appears it rises on the anterior wall of the ventricle till it is seen in
Eunectes to meet the partition between the arteria pulmonalis and aorta-roots,
and we have at once the right and left ventricles of the bird and mammal
structurally and functionally. Thus are the two ventricles of man the same
as the one ventricle of the fish, merely divided by a septum.^

In the fissure of the aortic bulbus in the reptiles a spiral turn is again given,
and in Testudo the one aorta-root issues behind the other. In the Crocodile
the turn is still greater, and the right aorta-root issues to the left of the left
root, and vice versa. In the birds we have lost the left root, and parallelism
ceases with this change. In the mammalia the right root turns to the lef»,
so that in the comparison of these classes the rule of Von Baer above quoted
is true ; no mammal at present known is identical in a foetal stage with any
fully grown bird, but with a foetus of the same, up to a certain point. But
for both classes the parallelism of those below them holds true.

But it is with the exact parallelism or identity of genera that we have to do
in the present essay. That being established, the inexact parallelism between
the modern representatives of higher groups, follows by a process of reduc-
tion.

/. The extent of parallelism.

Prof. De Serres and others have stated it as their belief that the lower
" branches " of the animal kingdom are identical with the undeveloped forms
of the higher ; i. e. that the mollusc and articulate are not merely parallel
with, but the same as the lower conditions of the vertebrate. The works of
various embryologists as Von Baer and Lereboullet, have shown this state-
ment to be erroneous " and founded on false and deceptive appearances." The
embryos of the four great branches of the animal kingdom appear to be dis-
tinct in essential characters, from their first appearance. But Lereboullet, who,
in his prize essay, has compared with care the development of the trout, pike,

• Amblystoma. f Agasslz. % Rathke.

§ ApisHiz, 1. c.dftnioH the homoloj^y of the ventricles of the turtle find mammnl, but it
appears to mo erronoouHly. He ways : " The fact that the great blood veswels (aorta ami
art. pulmonalis) start together from the oavum venosuni seems to prove that the two cavi-
ties in the heart of turtles, which are by no means very marked, do not correBpond to the
two ventricles in mammalia and birds."

1868.]

256

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

o o
2;Q

es o

0-2

I t

OS =3

® ^ =°

O 35

if

o 5

o o

^•5 o g^-

.^S

£§

s s

^.s-

3 =i

s

s

00

,^ § g s §

X 00 G i3
3 =t2 ^O

J ^ CJ
TO c3 &■

£^§

^i^

02 s a

S <D

O O O 2 aj

c &.0-0 o
O CO;=)Q

53 _g P<

(B 0)

ss

o o

O V
«

aM

<u s c 5 ~^

V^i s s *
CO s fl ?* £

- 0) .g <C r/: g G ~5

<l5 O gj O)

S OJ 5 o

^-:

O >3

^"$t3 a,

o «?o^
O-^O CI

h cs cs
S S o

S

S o

wW

ww^

o
o

'M ^

73 a,

a> o o

a,

01
O
Pt3

B s

0^2

til

fcH^73

§£-a

ft «

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

257

I

^

1^

^

O.J

<y

^1

.S-2

a

h

II ^

3 S3

0

?

0) S

^1

1868.]

/

258

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

CD u

^8

O OJ o
03 ^ «

i «^'

^^. oi .
!>, *-i O "2

s

c o

o

2

tH CO 03
<C OJ (»

O > fl

o.S

» K "^ >
S cj > •

? ^« C3 S

a S fi 2 S

S 2 « - 1

Pit*; g ^xi
8 -1^5

0) CI 0)3

32 2 C8 != «

2 g a; -s^

^^

§ s «

S C &:
~ O O

wot:
^2

o fco2i

« ^ ^ ^- -«■ = "« II

T3 ^

03 Jg

^S

03

-. b: c3 q

. o "^ .if b 0) K

"^ r- S - S-i ^
<U5 S (S 0) O

. ^ Q "^ lO O cS

c'2

o! C
^ c4

i b Q S op

sit'-lllio

' r< 5, S fcnS

^H CC r-S

« IS .^

^o.

fe i^ fe

« 02 '^

s >

•ri H O

(U 0"S ;h

O C
ft, D

d,

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

2m

fl'C

t« S O

fc O O

^i Sri lis'

3 cs

«

O V

,t- a

^ c3

Is es 0) ti

3 S "-I o o'"

»-i rv ^ "
3 Mi's fa "=5 m

S3

tS CO

08 "£

u S
fa-»

>s

silis

SC3
2 c s:! -'

£-d.25:

^ o

(2 S
OS'S

.-s

o o

O o C

>■ l; *
--2 "^ s

"C *^ -ka 03

111

X2 C3

of"

s> o o « 2

rO ai >- (fj

o -1^ II -1^ II

c c 11 o II

•S II

IS

fa SfagSf^o

(is > a>

Sis
|l|

1^1

1868.

4) A =

■St;

28

J-^o a-^^S

cS_

11

O fc,
6:03

o o-

;^ &;»

S^ .^ .

as|o|w-2

03 bO

Is

III
d Q « 03

'SaS

So
S§ll

-^ S OJ

SX O
«J c

- i o

bO

5 — 03

CO

260

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

=5.2 "= O rj

•^ "3 !-•

. o o

S 5" • "' ^

'^ S 33 jj
- t-. 0) ?

S^

CC <3^ &

3 S »

sis

II

o.iS

i|.5
111.

Iff) • ^

03 fl ,*

■■i-( (T) 'rj

o o

; a c a u

P'° S'

. -2 2 S -^

is-"

o 03 ap

m OS

En
"% o

-.^^o^

fl o o

£ « o

.X! «

;;5

"< o

^ O B

.2 05 iS

SIS

o a>

op o

CJ2

a> -' c
25.2

1^2

t^ ji s
2 =3 §

^ .253

o OR

-22

fi«

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

261

w'5

11.

05,2 •

'^1

«6 <D --ki

H

So

9.2^ 5 !3

»o.

U5 M- (

55 o"^£-Si

Ill-Nil

^ a; a » o5 <

60

G.J4

S * 'p r
X bc5 2

£ "^ ^. 2

"^ « 08 S o

II

;■§

ts S o .- c

§ I 3

si

1-2

Eo£oi

t) « « SI —

O)

"So £"3 0.2

• ^ '^ 01 Sj3

es t, V 2

„ rt " ni C ^

SSs^-^

BB'oa^'oSZ

a

o

•9 I

S £fl

•-< .a 01

u .-a en

■2S£d
2 2- I.

5 *i *- o
0) M)>3 .

•5 sties

|S

s 5 ."O

£|li

5 * £'^

|£^'*

.2 .'-So fl
< o B

gS|

u O

^"§.2 5

-« * O?

I £ E . S

p «-.«^

•■='=<;»'

08 OS
0. V

5«

OCQ 01

2 §

1

sit

II J

fl} El*

§Ha .a

> - -2

1868.]

i^x

262

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

05

^5

si

o o

-f^.

5«

&

S

01

13X3^

& fl

fl

GOXJ

c

,

Q

O-

(M

9

>.

i i i
o « o

3 73 W

OOP ^

CO

o s > X 03 2

s-^

.2^-SS

» . c: i:

-g?i2ls§

c4 c c 5,"^

d H '=^ 03 CO

iiiOO ■« >>s

_„-^ > c t;

=3 _. 03 ® G C3

® O ^ G °

0> "^ !-<

as .

?3 M

J2 Cii i -kJ ^ ■" --<

XO

s.s

o .

co.^

as

S
iC P

2 h s«^

.^H SH H

S2

00 pq

i s^

•-£1 o

a a 2

?^ ^ 2 cc-
5 S § a- C S

g-^^ o c o o

£®feSc^S

?-a

O G

c p
«3

c S

01

85
73 o
"c'o
o >>

r" S rH rj rt
Cfj ^ OfJ CO oo

S

s

o © •13

Wa,a

^ .2

O -;-

c-w

OO*

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

263

I

ft

II

03 ^

ci >> — r; OS

»- a. . s c tt

0; C C3 J 0) ^

>rR P 0/ •- •

?t

^ ^1

■go Sh
"^^^^ .

O t< . aj

5 • CI o

c ::;;

• c <^ " »j

i4j "73 •-; V

p^ m

c3 «
O

orj o

.0)-?; c

> OS

"«. 2 5

C 01 f-

S.2J

:= 2

=J o

I — i(n S

a a

rs

3 O

C5

CJ ^J ■*»

o "Co

■C iiJ

3 lis

-2^
Si

ti

1868.]

I

e 2.-

^8 s«

?53

r

•go 5

264

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

^

5i

^

an

fe

fcC®

ll

■1°

•si

-a

C8§§

<l^

ti.2i

aJ

s

x: M)

-73 OS
CS O

'^ 2 8
o a g

<i> s 9

. fl OS
eS-fc! >>

o t; o

CS oi P
.r so a>/

•Spa}

PS,

p- -be

O W t-i

e, C *
W -5

-,^1

^~P
^P

P3 0) «
^^ S J?

§.Sf 3 O

S"^ Sp

S St-- t- 2

-S o

CD ---^ 3

a o >■ „S

P • ^■Ss
0-3 a *
fe .2 o ^- p

C 05

.2 1=^!

&35

03 X
P-O.

O ^ 08

O >»>

Pa

o «

«S'

§11

•r-C (E

■Sb.2

go

i 08 "^^ Ug

it- -^^^
S Sll

6"

bO

•5|

2 2

s.a

<^' to

*^^3

•^ © OS

O M

-Cp

<D

^o

"I . da

fc«.S ci^

P "=^T3 S fl

Oh5

I'S

^1 >E

O 6Cc«

R oj 05

■a

ri

EC 03

OS 01

p i o.=«
2 § ?> P

t3 08 O

i.2^
P ^~

Sh <li o

PhPhoq

oH.

I. a

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA.

265

I

« o

« a

i: ®

»^ 2

^^

s-

3

I §

1 l§
^ OS bO

o o

>

03 OS

60 >^

'2 <A <D a

bbO ^ .

O £ Oh

§S3
i^ •

C 03
c8 2 H

o.S §
•^ o &,

73 <S

?.T'

^s

<y l o

Cb 03 «-— ,
- "^ O C

CO (T) +i M

<» Q,OS"^ .

>-• So G !>. ®

^11 «

g 13 ^

;h 13 09

;i

11

« -S S3 o 0) M
o o OJ i^""

-55

03 c$

H'

;o g 0)5 <D o

"w S o ©

bC«

o

.2 !>.

;i

2 =» -

C CO n

5^

6

^<^B^

o -^^^

..2*0-3

■Ors (3 S 2

2 oj fcj o

-I
;e.2
^1

•§2-3

o seal's

I: I

IzlM

'•a o c o
) tit d

5
£

t =

ft « fis

m
C

§•

ii

^1

1868.]

18

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

.2 ^ S ..

a, O jB

SO S)

o 5:s ■

' *. °. g

> > <s

S«t5

.S-s S<J =«&^ E«£:

:r-SS

<!■>:

oS> II g-e

9 >>

3 S

is s

•|§is

SS:9-^fl

S PhcS

2 -Sg:

§> ? =« 5 « B " «^

K O w ti * o O CS>— >

'02

^^ggo.S'^2.2

>.4 a

-; b «

■«^

Eg

'dS

2|

< cs a,

2«

•I- o^ •

2g>.S.2

• t: ♦-( o c

■^JJtKXi O eg

O

bO .

o *

.2 "^ OS

a , ®:s^

P,£ 08 0 rt

J='^f^ g C
■ "^ _ o ^

>3

§.9

^ . U o

gp<

CO

.c«

p.© 5

i-S ©S CTS

£ O (D cS

[Oct.,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

and perch of the Teleosts, with that of a Lacerta among reptiles, has failed
10 point out characters by which the embryos of the two vertebrate classes
essentially differ, for a considerable period. It is true, that as each and all of
the species belong to widely different generic series, parallelism is of the kind
to be called inexact or remote. But enough is known of embryology and pale-
ontology to render it extremely probable that the historic predecessors of
the types whose embryology LerebouUet studied, formed a series of parallels of
the kind termed in this essay exact.

LerebouUet states that a certain difference exists between the eggs of the
fishes and those of the Lacerta. This is for us merely stating that the parents
of the embryos differ, a fact which no one will contest. I he same may be
said of the elevated or depressed character of the surface of the vitellus on
which the embryo reposes. v

Secondly, after the appearance of the embryo the Lacerta is furnished
with the amnios and allantois, the Teliost not. This is certainly neither a
generic, ordinal nor class character of the adult, for it is but temporary ;
therefor^ in generic, ordinal and class characters the 'embryos of the Teliost
and Reptile are still identical. It is a physiological character and not mor-
phological, and therefore far the less likely to be a permanent one, even in
embryos, under changed circumstances. The female of one of the species of
Trachycephalus inverts the skin of the back at one season of the year to re-
ceive her eggs, because she cannot lay them in the water ; the other species of
the genus do not. The next genus in direct morphological line possesses a
single species whose female does the same for the same reason ; but the rela-
tions of these species and genera are zoologically the same as though this
modification did not occur. Many such instances will occur to many natu-
ralists. It is not pretended that they are as important as the presence of the
allantois ,• but they constitute % character no doubt sinular in kind, and en-
tirely at the service of the needs of the great system of morphological suc-
cession. The same may be said of the vascular area of the Reptile.

LerebouUet concludes his summary of the differences between the Teliost
and Reptile, up to the period of completion of the heart, by saying '^ It is easy
to perceive that all these differences, however important they may appear, are
constituted by the accessory organs of the embryo, and do not modify the
development of the latter, which progresses in reality exactly as in the fishes."
He says the same previously, as to the relation of' the same to the bird and
mammal.

We have then in the embryos of the lower vertebrates at a certain time in
the history of each, an " exact parallelism " or identity with the embryonic
condition of the type which progresses to the next degree beyond it, and of all
the other types which progress successively to more distant extremes.

We have, however, so far, every reason to suppose that the embryos of the
other branches of animals never present an exact parallelism with those of
the vertebrata.

The embryo of the fish and that of the reptile and mammal may be said to
be generically if not specifically identical up to the point where preparation
for the aerial respiration of the latter appears. They each take different lines
at this point- The fish diverges from the course of the reptile and proceeds
to a different goal ; the shark does the same, but proceeds a shorter distance,
while the Dermopter scarcely leaves the point of departure. No doubt tliere
have been types which never left this point, and whose plan or eirculo tort/ system
is identical with that of the embryo Reptile and Mammal Such a type was only
generically different from the reptile or mammal which had only taken the iucceeding
step^ provided other structures were not super-added.

By comparing the development of types of different classes in certain features
which are only ordinal or generic in meaning, very erroneous conclusions may
be reached by the inexact student, as to the want of parallelism of classes to
each other. Thus Rathke says of the development of the eye of the Tropi-

1868.]

268

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

donotus at a certain period, that it is far in advance of that of the mammal at
the same stage. Here, says the objector, is a case where their parallelisms do
not coincide; the mammal is really similar to a younger stage of the Reptile.

But, in fact, the size of the eye is but a generic or family character ; if the
development of the lemur had been compared with the snake, ihe mammal
would have been found to be in advance ; if the mole, much farther behind.
If the snake selected were the purblind Atractaspis, almost any mammal would
have been in advance ; if, on the other hand, the great eyed Dipsas, but few
mammalia would have been parallel to it.

In a word, to find exact parallelism it is necessary to examine the closest
allies.

It is also of first importance to distinguish between the existence of generic or
higher chajacters, and their condition under various circumstances of individual
life. If a foetal or larval character be conserved through the adult life of a
type, it will be of course adapted to the functions of mature age. Thus the
undeveloped character of the horns of the genus of deer, Rusa, are not accom-
panied with the marks of individual youth of the corresponding stage of Cer-
vus; its individuals are fully grown an^ functionally t^qv\qq.%. The species of
Hyla are not small and incapable of self preservation and reproduction, as is
the corresponding stage of Trachycephalus ; they are functionally developed.
The student need not be surprised, then, if, when identity or exact parallelism
is asserted, he finds some differences dependent on age and adaptation, for if he
be an anatomist he need not be informed that a morphological relation consti-
tutes types what they are, not a physiological.

II. Of retardation and acceleration in generic characters.
First. Of adult metamorphosis.

The question has necessarily arisen — have these remarkable relations between
genera resulted from an arrangement of distinct generations according to a
permanent scale of harmony, or have the same genetic series of individuals
been made to assume the different positions, at the same or different periods of
the earth's history.*

Prof. Marcel de Serres proposed the theory of repressions of development to
account for the existence of the lower groups of animals as now existing^ an
error easily exposed, as has been done by Lereboullet in his various important
embryological writings. But little observation is sufficient to prove that a
mammal is not a shark where it has five gill arches or aorta bows, nor a batra-
chian where it has three, or a reptile where it has the two aorta-roots. This
has been already sufficiently pointed out by Von Baer, who says there is
" Kein Rede," of such a theory as was afterwards proposed by de Serres.
Thus are true the rules propounded by this author. f 3. "Each embryo of a
given animal type, instead of passing through the other given animal found,
diverges still more from it." 4. " In the basis, therefore, the embryo of a
higher animal type is never identical with an inferior type, but with the em-
bryo only of the latter."

* Some naturalists seem to imagine that the demonstration of the existence of interme-
diate types is only necessary to establish a developmental hypothesis. Thus Dr. Dohrn
(Ann. Magaz. N. Hist., 1868), writing of his discovery of that most interesting genus Euge-
reon, which combines characters of Neuroptera with those of Hemiptera, does not hesi-
tate to say that it proves the truth of Darwin's theory. Now it appears to me that a dem-
onstration'of the existence of a regularly graduated succession of types from the monad to
man, would be only the mmor of a syllogism without its major, in evidence for develop-
ment, so long as the proof of transition of one step into another is wanting; and the idea
that such a discovery could establish a developmental theory is entirely unfounded.
Indeed the reasoning in which some indulge— if we dare so call the spurious article —
based on this premise alone, is unworthy of science. The successional relation of types,
though a most important element in our argument, has been long known to many who
give no sanction to the idea of development.

t Entwickelungsgesehiehte, 224.

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

269

I think that I have already made some progress in proving that the near or
true generic relationship is one of absolute developmental repression or
advance. Palaeontology shows that families and orders, as now existing, were
preceded in time by groups which are synthetic or comprehensive, combining
the common characters of modern generic series. This process of synthesis
must, it is obvious, if continued, result in the near approximation of the single
representatives of the now numerous and diverse groups. There is every reason
to believe that a backward view through time will show this to have prevailed
throughout the vertebrata and other branches, as we already can in part prove.
And I have no doubt that the synthetic types, which represent modern orders,
have existed in a generic relationship subordinate to the plan of the synthetic
class, and that the latter have existed as genera only, of the type of the great
branch. This is not ideal. We only have to look to our extiact ganoids,
Archegosaurs, Labyrinthodonts, Compsognathus, Archaiopteryx, Ornitho-
rhynchus, etc., to realize these facts.

The first genera then formed a scale of which the members were identical
with the undeveloped stages of the highest, and each to each according to
their position.

Such a series of antitypic groups having been thus established, our present
knowledge will only permit us to suppose that the resulting and now existing
kingdoms and classes of animals and plants were conceived by the Creator
according to a plan of his own, according to his pleasure. That directions or
lines of development towards these ends were ordained, and certain laws ap-
plied for their realization. That these laws are the before-mentioned law of

RETARDATION AND ACCELERATION ; and laW of NATURAL SELECTION.

The first consists in a continual crowding backwards of the successive steps
of individual development, so that the period of reproduction, while occurring
periodically with the change of the year, falls later and later in the life his-
tory of the species, conferring upon its offspring features in advance of those
possessed by its predecessors, in the line already laid down partly by a
prior suppression on a higher platform, and partly as above supposed, by
the special creative plan. This progressive crowding back of stages is not,
however, supposed to have progressed regularly. On the contrary, in the de-
velopment of all animals there are well-known periods when the most impor-
tant transitions are accomplished in an incredibly short space of time, (as the
passage of man through the stages of the aorta bows, and the production of
limbs in Batrachia Anura;) while other transitions occupy long periods, and
apparently little progress is made.

The rapid change is called metamorphosis ; the intervening stages may be
called larval or pupal. The most familiar examples are those which come
latest in life, and hence are most easily observed, as in the insects and frogs.
When, during the substationary period, the species reproduces, a constancy
of type is the result; when the metamorphosis only appears at the period of
reproduction a protean type is the result ; wh^n the metamorphosis is crowded
back to an earlier period of life, then we have another persistent type, but a
new genus of a higher grade than its predecessor.

In reviewing many examples everywhere coming under the eye of the natu-
ralist, it is easy to perceive what would constitute a plastic and what a con-
served condition of generic, or even of specific form.

As one or more periods in the life of every species is characterized by a
greater rapidity of development (or metamorphosis) than the remainder, so in
proportion to the approximation of such a period to the epoch of maturity or
reproduction, is the offspring liable to variation. During the periods corres-
ponding to those between the rapid metamorphoses the characters of the genus
would be preserved unaltered, though the period of change would bo ever
approaching.

Hence the transformation of genera may have been rapid and abrupt, and
the intervening periods of persistency very long ; for it is ever true that the

1868.]

270

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

macrocosm is a parallel or repetition of the microcosm in matter and mind.
As the development of the individual, so the development of the genus.
We may add — so the development of the whole of organized beings.

These metamorphoses may be fitly compared to those in the molecular con-
stitution of matter.' The force of cohesion between the atoms of a vapor
steadily increases with descending temperature, and in a regular ratio, till a
given point is reached, when a sudden metamorphosis to a denser, or liquid
condition takes place. Nor have we reason to believe, with regard to many
substances, that there is any parallel relation between the temperature and
the molecular constitution before or after the metamorphosis takes place.
So the temperature continuing to descend, the molecular character of the
liquid remains unchanged until the vis conservatriz suddenly giving way at the
ordained point, a solid is the result. Thus while the change is really progress-
ing the external features remain unchanged at other than those points, which
may be called expression points.

Now the expression point of a new generic type is reached when its appearance
in the adult falls so far prior to the period of reproduction as to transmit it to
the offspring and to their descendants, until another expression point of pro-
gress be reached;

Thus a developmental succession does not so obliterate the lines drawn
around nature's types as to render our system ineffectual as an expression of
them.

The successional acceleration or retardation in metamorphosis may be best
illustrated in the cases selected above, by the following tables. These are
taken, it will be remembered, "from the Bufonidae and Hylidae as examples of
*' exact parallelism ;" three are now added from the Ranidse and Discoglos-
sidse. The case of "inexact parallelism" is that of the Scaphiopodidse.

Whether they are cases of acceleration or retardation can only be deter-
mined by reference to the palaeontology of the respective groups, or a careful
comparison of times of metamorphosis. In the case of the Discoglossidse I
suspect it to be retardation, as the highest genus is extinct. The others I
shall arrange with them for temporary convenience. Were I dealing with a
group of Ganoids, I should imagine the process to be retardation, as this
group is going out of existence. On the other hand, were they higher
Oscine birds we might imagine the case to be reversed.

TABLE I.

Series No. 1. No. 2. No. 3

Bombinator..Hyla Epidalea.

Assumed,

140th gen.

—

120th gen.

e

100th gen.

e Pf

F

80th gen.

e Pf

F

60th gen.

e. Pf F

Ex

40th gen.

Pf:F

Ex

t

20th gen.

Pf

?F :

Ex

t

1st gen.

: 1

H 'T3

r^ Tj

H

H

WO

§1

ersistenc
ratus. (S
ront ossi
ose tail.

1
5-

3

p,ai

35 fD m

>-j

n3

2 «f

o

■-B-

Alytes*

Discoglossus

Scytopis Bufo sp.

Osteoeephalus Bufo sp.

Latonia Trachycephalus.... Pel taphryne*

* A parotoid gland of small size is added herCjlaut is not generic as compared with Bom-
binator, as the latter has collections of crypts on the same region and over the body.

[Oct

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA.

271

:

T

T :

T F :

T F Ex :

T F Ex :

:

TABLE II.

f No Yom. teeth.
Ixalus. \ Sometimes "

» S,t3 g CO

Rhacophorus.
Polype dates.

O P O SL-

[ Always

go.
Points not attained.

3^1

oq Q

/

«

•

«

hi

«

•

Death.

Reproduc-
tion.

Tail lost (re-
tard.).

Temp, roof
(ace).

Ossif. front
(ace.)

Hatch ng.

1868.]

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

In the preceding diagrams each horizontal column represents the life history
of the individuals of each genus. The line of dots, stars, etc., represents
the same developmental stage of each, as it appears earlier or later in the life
of the individuals. The point of crossing the breeding period is that al
which the character is rendered permanent. When the change falls on this
period the character is not generic, as in Ixalus, Tab. II. The period of losing
the tail, like that of breeding, is represented as occurring at nearly the same
time in the history of every genus, as it is generally seasonal. Yet this is not
alvs^ays so, and like the other characters has most likely had its period of
shifting. Compare difference of time of development, for instance, of the
frontal and prefrontal bones in Tabs. I. and IV. The comparison of the adult
stages of the less developed genera, at the tops of the columns, with the
larval conditions of those more fully developed, may be traced in the absence
of characters which appear in the latter. I have convinced myself of the
accuracy of the above relations by the examination of many skeletons and
wet preparations of adults and larvaj.

The tables* are representations of nature, and not ideal sketches. It is to.
be noted as remarkable, that the advance throughout so many diverse groups
is in the same direction^ viz., to complete or excessive ossification of the cra-
nium ; and this identity of progress might be readily shown by adding other
characters, were it not that the tables would become too complex for con-
venience.

lias any such transition from genus to genus ever been seen to occur 9

It must of course take place during the life of the individuals of a species,
and probably at different times during the lives of different individuals, de-
pendent on their relative vigor. In our view, ordinary metamorphosis is such
a change, and we have stated its bearing in this form, that " every character
distinguishing suborders, families and genera is to be found among the indi-
viduals of some species, living or extinct, to mark new varieties or stages of
growth."

et. The developmental relation of generic to specific characters.

For the relation of the law of retardation and acceleration to specific char-
acters we will look to development again. While the young of Trachycepha-
lus are successively different genera, they preserve most of their specific char-
acters so as not to be mistaken. Agassiz says of the development of the
North American turtles,-}- "I do not know a turtle which does not exhibit
marked specific peculiarities long before its generic characters are fully devel-
oped." The same thing can be said of the characters of our salamanders,
whose specific marks appear before their generic, or even family characters.
I suspect that this will be found to be a universal law.

It also follows, if a developmental process, as proposed, has existed,
that at times the change of generic type has taken place more rapidly than that of

* Notes on the tables. — I. I characterized a genus Zaphrissa (Journ. A. N. S., 1866) from
the Braunkohle (miocene) of Prussia, as different from Latonia, on the ground of the
presence of a fontanelle in the exostosed frontoparietal bones. This combination of
characters is very improbable, and appeared so at the time ; but the appearance of the
Bpeciraen is quite clear in this respect. I think, however, it must be the result of injury,
and that the roof has been partially carried away.

Tab. II. Polypedates is here restricted to P. maculatus and P. quadrilineatus. The
other species are referred to Rhacophorus, which has not hitherto rested on any proper
basis; the asserted character — the palmation of the hands— being one quite graduated
from species to species among Hylse. Chiromantis, Peters, is referred to the same, as its
character is not strongly marked and is visible in other species. For similar reasons
Leptomantis is referred to Ixalus.

Tab. IV. In each of series II and III two series are mingled for the sake of comparing
the structures of the prefontal bones. Thus Heteroglossa, Staurois, Hylorana and Try-
pheropsis are one series, and Hyperolius and Hylambates members of another.

t Contrib. N. Hist. United States, I., p. 391. Note.

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 273

tpecijic* and that one and the same species [if origin be the definition,) has, in the
natural succession, existed in more than one genus.

Apart from any question of origin, so soon as a species should assume a
new generic character it ceases, of course, to be specifically the same as other
individuals which have not assumed it. If supposed distinctness of origin be,
however, a test of specific difference, we shall then have to contend with the
paradox of the same species belonging to two different genera at one and the
same time.

It follows, therefore, in our interpretation of nature, that groups defined by
coloration alone are not to be regarded as genera, as is done by some orni-
thologists and entomologists. They are simply groups of species in which
distinctive generic characters had not appeared up to the period of repro-
duction. Inasmuch as in development certain specific characters appear first,
among them part or all of the coloration pattern, it is obvious that the latter
do not belong to the generic category. The employment of such characters
then, in this sense, is only to commence reversing the terms generic and
specific, and to inaugurate the process of regarding each species as type of a
separate genus.

(i. Of probable cases of transition.

Thus the transition between the toothed and edentulous conditions in Ceta-
cea takes place in the ordinary growth of the individuals of the genus Glo-
biocephalus, and the transition between the ossified and non-ossified types of
Chelonia occurs during the life of the individuals of the genus Dermatemys.

But in attempting to demonstrate this proposition we must bring forward
facts of another kind. The anti-developraentalists are accustomed to put
such changes aside, as part of the necessary history of established types ; hen^e
we will not appeal to such.

1. The frog Ranula affinis, of South America, was described by Peters
as probably a climatal variety of European Rana temporaria. In this
he is supported by the fact that the specific characters do not differ more
than would characterize it as a local variety, were it an inhabitant of Europe.
But I have found that it differs generically in the non-ossification of the
ethmoid bone, as has been confirmed by Steindachner, and represents an
embryonic condition of the same bone in RanS,. It is in fact an undeveloped
Bana. That this is a true genus is confirmed by many specimens, by an addi-
tional species (R. pal mi pes), and by the fact that the allied genus Trypher-
opsis, embracing three species in the same region, differs in the same way from
the otherwise identical genus of the Old World, Hylorana.

2. The South African Saurians Ghamaesaura an gu i na, and Mancus m a-
c r o 1 e p i s, are verjA closely allied in specific characters in all respects, though
distinct. They have one important ground of generic distinction ; the latter
has one pair of limbs less than the former. They are rudimental in Ghamae-
saura, and the disappearance in Mancus is but another step in the same di-
rection. The difiference in specific characters is of much less degree.

3. In the genus Gelestus there are numerous species, which range from a
slender, snake-like form with weak limbs, to stouter, strong-limbed forms with
a more saurian build. Among these the Haytian C. phoxinusis well dis-
guished by form and coloration. An allied genus from the same region is
Panolopus, which in specific characters approaches the C. ph o xi n u s very
closely, much more so than any Gelestus (one species possibly excepted). But
in generic characters it is distinguished by the loss of all its toes and the non-
separation of nine plates on the end of the muzzle. The genus Diploglossus,
on the other hand, occupying a superior place on account of the division of
the frontonasal into three, is, in specific characters (ofD. m o n otrop i s) much

• See Proceedings Academy, 18G7, p. 86, where I observe that generic characters are
probably less inherent than speciiitt.

1868.]

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

closer to the stout Celesti than the species of the latter genus are among
themselves.

4. The Gronias nigrilabris is a Silurid, which in specific characters
more nearly resembles the Amiurus lynx, than the latter does the A. a 1 b i d u s
and many other species of the genus. The A lynx is found in the same
streams. The important generic character, the absence of eyes, is, however,
its constant feature (in three specimens known to naturalists, others to fisher-
men).

5. The Cinclidium granulatum, a large tree toad of Brazil, resembles
in all its characters the Centrotelma geographicum. The specific difiFer-
ences between them amount to almost nothing, but both sexes of the former
grow larger and are furnished with a generic peculiarity in the addition of
some phalanges to the thumb.

6. The Auk Sagmatorrhina s u c k 1 e y i Cass, is stated"**^ to resemble in plumage
and all its characters the Ceratorhyncha m o n o c e r a t a, aS to be not distinguish-
able, even as a variety from it, except by the striking generic characters. In
the latter a concave bone-like process rises from above the nostril, and an
accessory piece is found in the symphysis mandibuli, both wanting in the
genus Sagmatorrhina.

7. The Oporornis agilis Baird, a North American bird of the Tanager
family, resembles very closely in form, color and habits, the adjacent species
of the adjacent genus Geothlypis. While its specific characters are thus very
close to Geothlypis tephrocotis, it differs in the generic feature of a longer
wing. By this it is associated, and properly so, with another species, 0.
f 0 rm o s u s, which has the general color and habits of species of Myiodi-
octes (M. canadensis), the next related genus.

8. The following fact I give on the authority of Prof. Leidy, who will pub-
lish it in his forthcoming work on the extinct mammalia of Nebraska, etc.

Three species of Oreodon occur in the miocene strata; they are a larger, a
medium and a small sized species. In the Pliocene beds above them they are
represented by three species of Merychyus, which are in all respects known,
identical specifically with the three preceding. Each one may thus be said to
be more nearly allied to the species of the other genus than to its fellow of the
same genus, in specific characters. But each, on the other hand, diflFers from
each in generic characters. The teeth of Merychyus are more prismatic, have
longer crowns and shorter roots, approaching the sheep, as Oreodon does the
deer.f

9. The North American Centrarchoid, Hemioplites simulans, in specific
characters is most closely allied to the Enneacanthus guttatus Morris.*
It has however one or two distinctive specific features, but it differs as to genus
in having one less dorsal spine and one more anal spine, characters in the direct
line of succession of genera to Centrarchus and Hyperistius. Now the lack
of one of its dorsal spines is not an uncommon variation in the Enneacanthus,
but the anal is never known to change. There is, however, apparently no
reason, as far as physical causes are concerned, why it should not tend to
vary as much as the dorsal. The lack of this tendency constitutes Hemio-
plites, a genus distinct from Enneacanthus, at the present time.

* By Cou^s Monograph of Alcidse. Proc. Acad. Phila., 1868, p. 34.

t This phenomenon suggests an explanation on the score of adaptation, which the other
cases do not. The existence during the later period of a tougher material of diet, would
increase the rapidity of wearing oi the crown of the tooth, and require a longer crown
and greater rapidity of protrusion. This necessitates a diminution of the basal shoulder
and shortening of the roots, producing the prifmatic form aforesaid. The deer browse
on forest foliage, which is more tender, while the Cavicornia graze the grasses, which
contain, as is known, a greater amount of silex ; hence the more rapid attrition of the
tooth.

This may have been the case with the two extinct genera; the different periods during
which they lived may have seen a change from forest to prairie. (It is not intended to
insinuate that the species of the two genera are necessarily of the same or any given
number.)

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275

Those naturalists (who are not a few) who will be disposed on this account
to deny generic rank to Hemioplites, will have, on the same grounds, to unite
each succeeding step till they embrace the " series," and no doubt at the same
time belie a considerable amount of their own work already done.

10. The Coreopsis d i s c o i de a T. and G , var. anomala Gra)', is much more
nearly allied to Bidens frondosa than to other species of its own genus,
and the latter is nearer to it than to other species ©f Bidens. It differs chiefly,
if not altogether, in the generic character: the barbs of the achenia are di-
rected upwards ; those of the Bidens downwards.

From these and many other such instances it may be derived : That the
nearest species of adjacent genfra are more nearly allied in specific characters than
the most diverse species of the same genus.

11. While Taxodiura distich um and Glyptostrobus europai us, conifers of
North America and of Eastern Asia, respectively, are readily distinguished by
generic peculiarities of their cones ; in specific characters they appear to be
identical.*

Confirmatory of this proposition is the statement of Parker :f " In tracing
out the almost infinite varieties of the modifications of any one specific type
of shelled lihizopod, my friend, Prof. Rupert Jones and I found that like va-
rieties of distinct species are much nearer in shape and appearance than unlike va-
rieties of the same essential species." (It is not unlikely that species should here
be read genus and variety species, though the latter may not fulfil the require-
ments in regard to distinctiveness observed among higher animals. In types
like the Rhizopod, forms of this grade may not be really differentiated. Their
enormous geographical range would suggest this, if nothing else.)

Objection. — A class of objectors to the preceding explanation of the rela-
tions in question, will ascribe them to hybridization. They have already done
80 to considerable extent among the Teleosts, (see the writings of Von Siebold,
Steindachner and Giinther). That hybrids exist in nature will be denied by
none, but that they are usual or abundant is not a probable condition of a
creation regulated by such order as ours is. The tendency to modify in given
lines of generic series, if admitted, will account for many of the cases regard-
ed as hybrids by the above authors, for it is to be remarked in many cases how
the generic characters are strikingly affected, and are chiefly used in guessing
at the parentage. This is among Cyprinidae so much the case that their is
scarce an example of a hybrid between two species of the same genus brought
forward, but often between species of different genera.

If any two forms should hybridize freely, the circumstance should prevent
their recognition as distinct species.

y Ascertained cases of transition.

This naturally suggests 4hat in accordance with the theory of acceleration
and retardation, a transition can take place in the life history of species. Have
we any means of proving this suspicion ?

1. The genus Ameiva (Saurians of South America) has been composed of
species of moderate size furnished with acutely tricuspid teeth. Teius, on the
other hand, embraces very large species with the molars obtusely rounded
and of the grinding type. These genera are generally held to be well founded
at present. 1 find, however, that in Ameiva p 1 e i i, which is the largest species
of the genus, that in adults the greater part of the maxillary and mandibular
teeth lose their cusps, become rounded,, then obtuse, and finally like those of
Teius. While young, they are true Ameivse. Strangely enough the A. p 1 e i i,
from Porto Rico, acquires but three such obtuse teeth when of the size of the
other (St. Croix) forms. In youth the teeth of all are as in oth«r Ameivae.
Here is a case of transition from one genus to another in the same species.

* See Meehan, Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci. 1808. Newberry, Ann. Lye, N. Y., 18C8.
t Transuc. Zool. Hoc, Loudon, 'imi, 161.

1868.]

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

2. In the important characters of the possession of branchiae, of maxillary
bones, and of ossified vertebrae, the tailed Batrachia presents a series of a ris-
ing scale, measured by their successively earlier assumption. Thus Salaman-
dra atra''^ produces living young, which have already lost the branchiae; S.
m ac u 1 OS a living young with branchiae; Plethodon f produces young from
eggs which bear branchiae but a short time, and do not use them functionally ;
Desmognathus nigra uses them during a very short aquatic life ; D. f u s c a
and other Salamanders maintains them longer, while Spelerpes preserves them
till full length is nearly reached. Finally species of Amblystoma reproduce
while carrying branchiae, thus transmitting this feature to their young as an
adult character And it is a very significant fact that Spelerpes, which bears
branchiae longest, next to Amblystoma, is associated in the same zoological
region with a genus (Necturus) which differs from its four-toed form (Batra-
chosepsj), in nothing more than the possession of the osseous and branchial
characters of its larva, in a permanent and reproducing condition. That this
is a genus, to be one day converted into Batrachoseps by an acceleration of its
metamorphosis, or that has been derived from it by the reverse process, I am
much inclined to believe. In support of this I quote the following examination
into the time of change of the species of Amblystoma from my essay on that
genus-l

"The great difference between the different species, and between individuals
of the same species in this respect, may be illustrated by the following com-
parison between the size of the animals at the time of losing the branchii«
so far as known, and that to which they ultimately attain.

Species. Size at loss of branchiae.

In. Lines.

A. jeffersonianum, 1 5-75

A. punctatum, 1 10

A. conspersum, 1 10-5

A. opacum, 2 2

A. texense, 2 1

A. microstomum, 2 3-5

A. talpoideum, 3 (perhaps too large.)

A. paroticum, 3 7-5 (not smallest.)

A *• • f 3 7 to

A. tigrinum, j 6 7

. ,. (3 9-5 to 8 9

A. mavortium, •? g ^

A. mexicanum, ? branchiae persistent. ' 8

The last species, though not uncommon in collections, is not known to pass
through its metamorphoses in its native country, bijt reproduces as a larva,
and is therefore type of the genus Siredon of Wagler, Cuvier, Owen and others.
The larva of A. mavortium in like manner reproduces, but their offspring
have in the Jardin des Plantes and at Yale College undergone an early meta-
morphosis.||

Here is a case where all the species but two change their generic characters;
one changes them or not, according to circumstances, and one does not change
them at all. What are the probabilities respecting the change in the first set
of species ?

* See Schreibers Isis, 1833, 527 : Koelliker, Zeitschr. f. Wissenseh. Zoologie, ix, 464.

t Baird Iconographic Encyelopsedia, Wyman, Cope.

X See Cope, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866.

g Proceed, Academy, 1867.

Ij Through the kindness of Prof. Dumeril, I have received both larvae and adult of the
species here noted, and observed by him. The larva is as he states, Siredon lichenoides of
Baird, while the adult is his Amblystoma,m avortium, not A. tigrinum (= luridum)
as also supposed by Dumeril.

[Oct.

.verage i

full size.

In.

Lines.

6

6-1

6

2

7-5

3

9-5

?

4

3

9-5

7-2

2-5

3 to 10

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 277

As we know from the experimentg of Hogg, Dumdril and others that met-
amorphosis is greatly hastened or delayed bj the conditions of temperature
and light, whai would not be the effect on such a protean species of a change
of topographical situation, such as the elevation or depression of the land ?
And I have no hesitation in saying that if the peculiarities of series of indi-
viduals of A. tigrinum and A. mavortium, in the respects above
enumerated, were permanent, they would characterize those series as species,
as completely as anv that zoologists are accustomed to recognize. For the
evidences on this hea&, see the discussions of those species in my monograph.

The experiments of Hogg above alluded to, are as follows, as given by him
in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

He placed a number of impregnated ova of frogs in vessels arranged at reg-
ular distances from the light, in a cave. The lessening degrees of light were
of course accompanied by a corresponding but much less rapid decline in
temperature. The resulting effects on the metamorphosis "may be tabulated
as follows :

Mo.

day.

60°

56°

53°

51°

3

11

Egg.

Egg.

Egg.

Egg.

20

Larva free,

*

^

*

25 ■

*

Larva free,

*

*

31

*

■X-

Larva fi^e,

Larva free.

4

10

Larva very large.

■jfr

*

*

22

Metam. complete,

Larva large,

Larva large,

Larva small,

8

11

Metam. complete,

*

-x-

28

Metam. complt.

*

10

31

Metam. comp.

3. The reproduction of some species of insects before they complete their
metamorphosis is a well-known fact, and it is particularly to the point that,
in many of them, some individuals do attain to their full development, while
the many do not. Westwood says,* "two British species of this family (the
Reduviidae), Prostemma g u 1 1 u 1 a and Coranus su bapterus, are interest-
ing on account of their being generally found in an undeveloped state, the
latter being either entirely apterous or with the fore-wings rudimental,
although occasionally met with having the fore-wings completely developed.
" 1 think," says Spinola, " that the presence of wings and their development de-
pends on the climate," and in speaking of Oncocephalus griseus, he says
" the influence of the northern climate appears to have arrested the develop-
ment of the organs of flight." It will be seen that I have referred elsewhere
that I have noticed that it is especially in hot seasons that certain species
acquire, while the circumstance noticed respecting the ordinary occurrence of
winged specimens of Microcoelia in the West indies is confirmatory of the
same opinion."

4. It is now known that certain Orthoptera do not get through their meta-
morphosis in time for the period of reproduction, and hence never or in rare
instances only develope more than a short distance beyond the pupa state.

5. My friend, P. R. Uhler, tells me of an example among Hemiptera of
the genus Velia. The species V. r i v u 1 o r u m Fab., and V. c u r r e n s* of
Europe, are only distinguished by the developmental feature of the presence
of wings in one, and their absence in the other. Another species of the tropi-
cal region of the West Indies, Halobates americanus Uhler, is furnished
with wings, while its individuals which occur abundantly in North America
have been generally supposed to lack them. Individuals, however, no doubt
occur whose developments is so far accelerated as to permit them to acquire
wings before the period of reproduction, since one such hus been found by
Uhler.

* Uhler informs me that Amyot's asserted color characters are not reliable.

1868.]

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

These wing characters are in many cases generic, it appears to the writer ;
and the fact that they differ without corresponding specific differences, is
important evidence as to the origin of genera.

6. The females of the Lepidopterous genus Thyridopteryx never deyelope
beyond the pupa state, according to the same authority, before reproduction ;
they are reproducing pupae, so far as the external characters concerned in me-
tamorphosis go. In other words, the latter have been retarded, while the re-
productive system and others have progressed. Now ^neric characters are
seen in the first, not in the last. The influence of the males is sufficient to
prevent more than a part of the offspring from being retarded in the same
manner.

I have selected a few of this class of facts which have come before my
mind during the present writing, as drawn mainly from my own experience.
How many more of the same purport could be found by search through the
great literature of" science or in the field of nature, may be readily imagined.
1 have no doubt that the field of Entomology especially will furnish a great
number of evidences of the theory of acceleration and retardation, especially
among the insects with active pupae.

Finally, having already stated the law according to which these pro-
cesses naturally take place, I quote the following significant language of
Hyatt in the ab'ove quoted essa}- on the Cephalopoda, as approaching nearer
to the " law of acceleration and retardation," than any thing I have found
written. He says :

'* In other words there is an increasing concentration of the adult charac-
teristics of lower species, in the young of higher species, and a consequent dis-
placement of other embryonic features, which had themselves, also, previously
belonged to the adult periods of still lower forms."

The preceding propositions have been formulated as follows ; a few addi-
tions being now made :

I. That genera form series indicated by successional differences of struc-
tural character, so that one extreme of such series is very different from the
other, by the regular addition or subtraction of characters, step by step.f

II. That one extreme of such series is a more generalized type, nearly ap-
proaching in characters the corresponding extreme of other series.

III. That the other extreme of such series is excessively modified and spe-
cialized, and so diverging from all other forms as to admit of no type of form
beyond it.|

IV. That the peculiarities presented by such extremes are either only in part
or not at all of the nature of adaptations to the external life of the type.^

V. That rudimental organs are undeveloped or degraded conditions of the
respective characters developed or obliterated in the extreme of the series.

VI. That the differences between genera of the same natural series are only
in the single modifications of those characters which characterize the ex-
treme of that series.

VII. That the relations of the genera of a primary series, are those of the
different steps in the development of the individuals of the extreme genus ab
ovo ( Von Baer, Agassiz) (with sometimes the addition of special adaptive
features??)

VIII. That the presence, rudimental condition, or absence of a given generic
character can be accounted for on the hypothesis of a greater rapidity of de-

* On Insects, II, 473.
t St. Hilaire, Owen, Agassiz, Dum6ril.
X Dana on Cephalization ; Leconte.

§ Owen on Cetaeea, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lon., 1866, 44. Leconte on Carabidae, Trans. Amer.
Philos. Soc., 1853, 3G4.

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

279

velopraent in the individuals of the species of the extreme type, such stimulus
being more and more vigorous in the individuals of the types as we advance
towards the same, or by a reversed impulse of development, where the ex-
treme is characterized by absence or " mutilation " of characters.

IX. And that as the character of the genus at the period of reproduction of
its species, is that which is perpetuated ;

X. So the character of the genus has been first inferior, then protean, and
then advanced, as the metamorphosis has been by a retrograde movement in
time, posterior to, at, or anterior to the period of reproduction.

XI. That it therefore results that there is one primary structural type in-
volved in such a series of species, which is made to present at any given
period in its Geologic history that appearance of succession of genera or-
dained by Creative Power.

/. On the origin, of inexact parallelism.

The hypothesis can only be demonstrated in case of exact par alMism. If
proven in these, it readily accounts for the cases of inexact parallelism, which
are of course in any single period vastly in the majority. First take the case
of simple inexact parallelism. A series of individuals of the genus Didocus un-
dergo the metamorphosis of the cranial structure earlier and earlier in life,
commencing by completing the ossification of the perichondrium, of the fronto-
parietal region in fall age, until at last it becomes completed as early as the
period of reproduction. Heretofore the adult offspring have appeared during
a, long period, invariably characterized by the larval cranium, but like now
producing like, this development springs into new power, and the offspring
ossify the cranial bones far earlier than their immediate predecessors ; in a
word, the genus Pelobates nas been created I At this state of progress Di-
docus is an undeveloped Pelobates.

Let us, however, suppose the " acceleration" of development of the cranial
bones still to progress. i^The character appears now soon after the ordinary
metamorphosis has been passed, and now a little before. The identity of Di-
docus with the undeveloped Pelobates is thereupon lost I

So may have been the relations between Pelobates and Cultripes. Peloba-
tes was probably once identical with the undeveloped Cultripes, but the same
acceleration has concentrated the characters more rapidly than the other
larval stages, leaving Pelobates behind.

This I conceive to be the explanation of this relation : when the parallel-
ism is inexact by two steps, as in Spea to Didocus, by the obliterated ear and
ossified xiphisternum. The continued concentration of characters has been
carried to earlier stages till the identity exists ia the adult state of neither one,
but at a period of larval life of both, shortly preceding the adult period of the
lower. The relations between the Amblystomidae and Plethodoniidae, which
I have elsewhere ■''■ pointed out, have probably had their origin in this way.

If we attempt to prove the identity of the modern mammalian f(»tal circu-
lation with that of ttffe modern adult fish, we may find nearly an exact parallel
in this respect, as it is the basis of class distinction- but in other respects the
identity will not exist, rendering the parallel inexact or remote The structure
of the origins of the aorta is at one time identical with that of the shark,
with one exception — in the former but four aorta-bows appear together ; in the
latter five. In the former the first disappears as the fifth comes into being.
This is simply a continuation of acceleration. The first generalized representa-
tive of the Mammalia lost the first aorta-bow towards the latter part of its
growth, and became the next genus in advance of the selachian. The fact
that these bows do not appear exactly simultaneously, but rather successively,
renders it necessary that in a regularly shortening period of possession of

• Jour. Ac NAt. ScL, Phil., 18C6, 100.

186a.]

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

transitory characters, one such, as the existence of the first aorta root, should
vanish before the appearance of a permanent, the fifth, in the more specialized
types, where acceleration reaches its maximum. This is indicated by the fact
that in the Batrachia, where the acceleration has not attained so high a degree,
the first and fifth aorta-bows coexist for some time, though the first and second
disappear before maturity.

So also with the splitting of the bulbus arteriosus. As in the Batrachia, the
pulmonary ductus communis only is to be separated, the remaining bulbus is
divided by a long valve or incomplete septum, tracing the division of the
aorta roots, in the serpent (Rathke), this division is so accelerated as to ap-
pear at nearly the same time as the septum of the pulmonary duct. In the
mammal, on the other hand, while the division of the aorta root takes place
as soon as in the last, the pulmonary septum is accelerated so as to appear
long before the first named. Hence in the septa in the serpent, the singular
auomaly seems to present, of the mammal passing through the Batrachian
stage Avhile the serpent, a nearer relative, does not.* If, however, we take the
less typical serpent, we will find the aortic septum to appear a little later, thus
giving the Batrachian type, and if we reverse the order of time, so that the
succession becomes one of retardations, we will find the same known ratio
will bring us to an identity under all circumstances.

This then is the explanation of the divergence and want of " exact parallel-
ism " which is observed in comparing the developmental histories of all types
not most closely allied. It has not, according to our theory, always been a diver-
gence, but was at a prior epoch in each case a relation of " exact parallelism,"
the lower type a repressed higher ; the former identical with one of the stages
of the latter. But the process which has produced this relation, continued,
has of necessity destroyed it, so that the exact parallelism Las always been a
temporary relation, and one shifting over the face of the system.

III. Of higher groups.
First ; comparison of the cotemporary.

Having now admitted a developmental succession of genera, and second, that
this has progressed more rapidly at certain times in the earth's history than
any modification of specific forms, the hypothesis already broached nat-
urally comes up. Has such transformation of types, generic or higher, taken
place in any degree simultaneously^ throughout a great number of species 9 An
affirmative answer to such a proposition is absolutely necessary to its accep-
tance as expressing the phenomena exhibited by geological succession of types.
Let us try to answer the question put in a closer form. Have the same
species been transferred from one geologic epoch to another by a change of
generic form ; and has not the genus been transferred from one epoch to
another under change of ordinal type ? and as a consequence the same species ?

As a reply, I propose to render the affirmative of the first of these questions
highly probable.

Palaeontology only will be able to answer this questi^ conclusively, though
as we have abundant evidence that the relations of species to genera and other
higher groups were the same then as now, we may look to the present status
as furnishing important evidence on the subject. We are turned at once to
the probable history of development in the separate zoological areas of the
earth's surface. The question may be asked, Are the present zoological regions
on an equal plane as to the geologic relations of their faunae, or are they re-
lated as the different subdivisions of a geologic period in time?

I have on a former occasion asserted that the latter of these propositions
was true.f

*This is the way indeed in which it is stated by Rathke, Entwickelungsgeschichte der
Natter p. 164.
t On Arciferous Anura, Journ. Ac Nat. Sci., 1866, 108.

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281

at. Of homologous groups.

Naturally following the admission of a developmental succession of organic
beings, is the question of its relation to the different surfaces of land and
water on the earth. The following considerations bear on this subject.

Among the higher groups of animals can be detected series " homologous "
on the same principle as the alcohols (? compound radicals) and their deriva-
tives ; and the component types of each can be, and have been in many in-
stances, shown to be " heterologous," as are the ethers, mercaptans, aldehydes,
acids, etc. Among Mammalia two partly homologous series have been pointed
out, Implacentialia and Placentialia f possibly such are the types Altrices and
Pracaeoces among Aves ; of a lesser grade in this class are the parallel series
of PuUastrai and Grallinae, of Clamatores and Oscines. Among Tortoises I
have alluded to the Pleurodira as compared with the remainder of the order,
already parallelized by Wagler ; and of lesser grades, the series among Lacer-
tilia of Acrodonta and Iguania, parallelized by Dum^ril and Bibron, and of
Teidae and Lacertidas, compared by Wiegmann. I have discovered a full paral-
lelism between the Raniform and Arciferous Anura. It is carried out between
the Characiniand a group of remaining Phj'sostomous Fishes, perhaps not yet
well defined ; it is exhibited between the orders Diptera and Hymenoptera
among insects. None of these comparisons can be allowed, of course, without
the most searching anatomical and embryological analysis.

This heterology is what Swainson and others called " analogy " as dis-
tinguished from affinity. It generally relates genera of different zoological
regions. Mimetic analogy, on the contrary, relates genera of the same region ;
it is a superficial imitation which has occurred to critical biologists, and is of
much interest, though as yet but little investigated. It has as yet been ob-
served in external characters only, but occurs in internal also ; it has been
accounted for in the first case by the supposed immunity from enemies arising
from resemblance to well defended types. No such explanation will, however,
answer in the latter case. I believe such coincidences express merely the de-
velopmental type common to many heterologous series of a given Zoological
" Region ;" this will be alluded to a few pages later.

We naturally inquire, is there anything in the food, the vegetation, or the
temperature to account for this apparent diversity in the different regions ?
Are there not carnivora, herbivora, seed-eaters, insectivores, and tree climbers,
where game and grass, seeds and insects and forests grow the world over?
We answer undoubtedly there are, and these adaptations to food and climate
are indeed as nothing in the general plan of creation, for every type of every
age has performed these functions successively.

/?. Of Heterology.

This relation will be exhibited by a few examples from groups known to
the writer, commenciag with the Batrachia Anura.

Ranipormes. Arciferi.

External metatarsal fre'e.

Aquatic. Rana. Pseudis.

Metatars. shovel. Hoplobatrachus. Mixophyes.

External metatarsal attached.

Feet webbed.

Metatars. shovel. Pyxicephalus. Tomopterna.

Arboreal ; vom. teeth. Leptopelis. Hyla.

" no " " Hyperol'.us. Hylella.

Subarboreal. Hylambates. Nototrema,

Feet not webbed.

Terrestrial. Cassina. Cystignathus.

" spurred, Ilemimantis. Gomphobatos.

1868.] 19

282 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

Comparing the genera in a general physiological sense we may parallelize
further.

Aquatic, with digital dilatations.

Heteroglossa. Acris.

Arboreal : cranium hy-r> i j ^ m x, u i

perostosed. Polypedates. Trachycephalus.

" cranium free. r), , ( Hyla.

Rhacophorus. | Agalychnis. .

The same kind of parallels exist between the primary groups of the Testu-
dinata, as follows :

Cryptodira. Pleurodira.

Five complete pairs of bones across the plastron.

Pleurosternidae. Sternothaeridse.

Four pairs of bones across plastron ; not more than two phalanges on all toes.

Testudinidae. Pelomedusidae.

Three phalanges on most digits ;

Zygomatic arch ; no parieto-mastoid.

Emydidae. Podocnemididse.

Temporal fossa overroofed by parietal.

Macrochelys. Podocnemis.

No zygoma ; a parieto-mastoid arch.

•x- -x-

Hydraspididse.

If we compare the peculiarities 'of generic structure merely with reference
to their adaptation to the animals habits, we will see the following :

Cryptodira. Pleurodira.

Feet reduced for terrestrial progress.

Testudinidae. Pelomedusidae.

Feet normal.

Anterior lobe of sternum moveable.

Cistudo. Sternothasrus.

Cinosternum.
Anterior lobe fixed.
Neck very elongate.

Trionychidae. Chelodina.

Neck shorter ; aquatic.
Temporal fossa open.

Emydidae in gen. Hydraspididae.

Temporal fossa over-roofed.

Cheloniidae. Podocnemis.

The parallels between the genera of the American Iguanidae and the old
world Agamidae are similarly quite close.

Iguanid^, Agamid^b.

Abdominal ribs.

Polychrus. * *

No abdominal ribs. *■•

Ribs greatly prolonged into a lateral wing.

* * Draco.

Ribs not prolonged.

Arboreal types, generally compressed.

A dorsal and caudal fin supported by bony rays.

Basiliscus (no fem. pores) Lophura (pores.)
No vertebral fin.

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

No femoral pores.

Form slender, scales in Calotes. | Lsemanctus.

equal series, Bronchocela. j

Form elongate ; eyebrows
elevated, tail compress-
ed. Gonyocephalus. Ophrjoessa.

Form stouter, scales less

regular. Hypsibates. Tiaris.

Femoral pores.
Low crested ; small

hyoid disk. Brachylophus. Diporophora.

High crested ; large

hyoid disc. Iguana. Physignathus.

Tail with spinous whorls. Cyclura. * *

Terrestrial types of flattened form.

Femoral pores.
Tail with whorls of

spiny scales. Hoplocercus. Uromastix.

Tail long, simple ; scales

small. Crotaphytus. Liolepis.

Tail simple, scales large. Sceloporus. * *

No femoral pores ; preanal pores.
Tail with whorls of

spines. * . * Stellio.

Tail simple, not elongate,

ear open. Proctotretus. Agama.

Neither femoral nor anal pores.

Much flattened, tail short, scales irregular.

Ear exposed. Phrynosoma. Moloch.

Ear concealed. (Doliosaurus, s. g.) | SegaSus.^""''

A similar parallel may be drawn between the American Teidsp, and the old
world Lacertida), and in fact between all the families of the Lacertilia Leptog-
lossa. I have added to these for comparison two families of the Typhloph-
thalmi. Each family embraces one or more series, and these exhibit a re-
markable similarity in the relative development of the limbs and digits ; among
the higher groups the parallelisms lie in the arrangement, — as greater or less
separation, of tlie head shields. The Scincidae are cosmopolite ; the Gym-
nophthalmidte, which have the eyelids of their foetus, are Australian; the Sep-
sidaj, either larval or senile in head shields, are mostly Ethiopian.

The first comparison of these groups was made by Wiegmann (Herpetolo-
gia Mexicana.) who employed, however, only the Scincidie and Lacertidae, and
could not include the many types made known since his day.

From the class Aves I have selected only the homologous series of the Cla-
natoridl and Oscine Passeres. Naturalists more fully acquainted with the
genera could probably increase the examples of heterology largely. Bac]i
group furnishes us with carnivorous, insectivorous and frugivorous forms ;
each with walkers, climbers, and sedentary genera ; each with butcher-birds,
thrushes, warblers (not in song !), wrens and fly-catchers. Each and all of
these types are teleoLogically necessary to any country complete in the wealth
of nature, and to each geological period.

1868.]

284

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

'«

« 2

«^

S g «

i{

i

02

rpetosa

ontias.

phlosau

ylinia.

elytrop

^•^

^

s

Q

{•i

.

III

i

1

,-^

I

floS

1

3

A

15 & p.

.

*

m

Seps.
Heterom
Sphenoc
Sepomor

1

eg o

otfW

O, ?«
o • t*©
08 3 OJ S
O P-C <u

11

^ 2
0<3

g O

05

n

00 m

1

^

1

^
■^

.3

g

00

o

1

'0

codes,
eosauru
uis.
eomoru

■^

"S.

"a

Pi

o3

ffl

-a^^

Q

-O

(2

pm

00<30

?

n

n

a

s

^

S

o

a,

is

<1Q

1

a

(0

Cercosaura
Iphisa.
Ecpleopua.
Lepidosom

O w

II

1

.2
'o

.1

.

'

1

.2

1

1

g

.2

2
i

«

g

^

o

"S

fi

p4

«

«!

•3

J

i

1

-g

1-

II

S

p

It

§,

11

•3

§^

02

5^

<

iJ'S

I i

O t.

11

s

T)

t3

®

0)

T

3
">

2

"^ei

•d

•c

-« j

^

t-l

H

^^

s

JS

•

to

•55

p

2

fl

>^

p<

o

©

o

;>

;>

o

^

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 286

Clamatores. Oscines.

I. Tree-climbers, with long hind toe and tail feathers stiffened and acute.
Dendrocolaptidse. Certhiidx.

II. Terrestrial in part, with the tertials.as long as the primary quills.
Geobatidse. Motacillidx.

III. Tree-perchers with hooked bill, graduating from powerful to medium
and slender.

Formicariidse. Turdidx.

Thamnophilus. Bill strongest, hooked. Lanius.

Formicarius. " moderate. Turdus.

Formicivora. " weak. Sylvia.

Rhamphocsemus. " slender (wrens). Troglodytes.

IV. Fly-catchers with flat bill and weak legs ; wait for their prey and take
it on the wing.

Tyrannidx. Muscicapa et aff.

V. Flat-billed berry and fruit eaters.

Cotingidx. Bomhycillidx.

From the Mammalia the well-known series of the Marsupialia and Placen-
tialia may be chosen.

Placentialia. Marsupialia.

I. Toes unguiculate, in normal number ; sectorial teeth ; i. e., one or more
molars with one or no internal tubercles ; canines strong :

Carnivora. Sarcophaga.*

I. Digitigrade.
Toes 5—4.
b. Numerous sectorial tuberculars.
Tubercular molars 2.
Canidffi. 2 ^ ^

Tubercular molars | (upper incisors" more numer-
ous in some).

* * Thylacinidae.

II. Plantigrade ; molars tubercular.
a. Posterior molars |.

* * Dasyuridae.

aa. Posterior molars 2.
Ursidse. , * *

II. Toes unguiculate; molars with more than one row of pointed tubercles;
canines weak or none ; incisors large.

Inseciivora. Entomophaga.

a. True molars |, toes 4 — 5.
Tail naked. ^
Gymnura. Didelphys.

Tail hairy!
Cladobates. ^ Myoictis.

IV. Molars with transverse crests, no canines ; tusk-like incisors ; pairs' of
limbs of similar proportions.

♦ Flower and Krefft show that the supposed carnlverous Thylaooleo Ow. is allied to
Hypsipryinus, and probably similar in habits.

1868.]

286

PEOCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

Proboscidia. Diprotodontidm.

Two inferior incisors ; molars with two cross-crests ; size huge.
a. Two rudimental lateral incisors above.

* * Diprotodon.

aa. ? One pair of incisors only above ; a trunk.
Dinotherium.

V. No canines ; two pairs of cutting incisors.
a. Three true molars.
Rodentia. * *

aa. Four true molars.

* * Rhitcophaga.

The parallels are in this case very imperfect in details, and but few worthy
of the name can be made. They are, however, illustrative of a remote hetero-
logy, sufficiently remarkable to have claimed the notice of naturalists for many
years.^ I also have little doubt but that future palaeontological discoveries
will increase the number of parallels, but bring to light truly heterologous
generic terms of the Marsupial series. Predictions of this kind have been on
many occasions fulfilled [e. g.^ some of D'Orbigny's among the Cephalopoda),
and I look with confidence to the ultimate demonstration of that heterology
here, which has been already seen in the Batrachia and Reptilia.

The homologous groups of the Catarrhine and Platyrrhine Quadrumana are
measured as follows :

Catarrhini.

Platyrrhini.

Tailless.

Andropithecus.

*

Simia.

*

Hylobates.

*

Tail short.

Cynocephalus.

*

Macacus.

Brachyurus.

Long tail.

Thumb developed.

Cercopithecus.

Lagothrix.
Mycetes.

Thumb rudimental.

Semnopithecus.

Brachyteles.

Thumb none.

Colobus.

Ateles.

I append two homologous series, represented by the Nautileaand the Ammo-
nites of the Tetrabranchiate Cephalopoda, which are distinguished, the first
by the simple septa and the siphon central or marginal ventral ; and the second
by the complex and folded septa and siphon central or marginal dorsal. The
parallelisms have been noted by Barrande, Bronn, and many conchologists,
who can furnish a much more full table than the following, from the most re-
cent sources :

Nautili.

Orthoceras.

A. The shell straight, unwound.

B. The shell more or less curved or wound.
A. Simply curved.

Cyrtoceras, ■)

Phragmoceras,

Ammonites.
Baculites.

Toxoceras.

AdL. A more or less straight portion, folded on the remainder.
iS. Folded portion in close contact with remainder.

* We owe very many observations on the Marsupials to Owen.

[Oct.,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

Ascoceras. Ptychoceras.

/?^. Folded portions not in contact.
? ? Hamites.

oat*. One extremity spirally wound, the volutions not in contact.

/?. Extremity of the shell prolonged beyond the wound portion.

Lituites. Ancyloceras.

/S/?. Extremity not prolonged in a line.

y. The spiral flat.

Gyroceras. Crioceras.

yy. The spiral elevated (heliciform).
Trochocerus. Turrilites.

etstaoL. Spiral turns of the shell in contact.

0. Extremity prolonged in line beyond the spiral.
* * Scaphitea.

P/3. Extremity not prolonged beyond spiral.
Nautilus. Ammonites.

We may now consider the question of the origin of these higher groups.
In the first place, we must lay down the proposition that (he characters which
constitute groups " higher ' in the comparison of rank (we do not of course mean
higher in the samejine, as we say higher genus in a family, or higher order
in a class) are such solely from their being more comprehensive, or present through'
out a greater range of species.

What is true, therefore, in respect to characters of genera, is likely to be
true in respect to characters of higher groups, such as we have been consider-
ing in the preceding pages. Believing, then, that a new genus has been es-
tablished by the transition of a number of species of a preceding genus itt
order, without necessary loss of specific characters, I think the same process
may have established the suborders and orders in question. That is, that a large
number of genera have near the sam". time, in past or present geological history, p assed
into another suborder or order by the assumption or loss of the character or charac"
ters of that to which they were transferred, and that without necessary loss of their
generic characters .

I will cite a probable case of this kind, th« facts of which I have already
adduced.

It has already been shown that the genera of six of the families of the Ba-
trachia Anura form series characterized by the successive stages of ossifica-
tion of the skull, terminating in a dermoossified condition, with over-roofed
temporal fossae. That in nearly all the other families similar relations be-
tween genera exist, but are nowhere carried so far. The character attained
by all the first series is now only generic, but should all the genera of each of
the six families assume this character in time, as is necessary in accordance
with a development hypothesis, it would at once possess a new and higher
importance, and would become ordinal or otherwise superior. It would define
a series homologous with all those types which had not attained it. This
character of the over-roofing of the temporal fossae has actually attained a
family significance among the Testudinata, — e. g., as defining the marine
turtles; and similar characters are found by Owen to characterize the
Labyrinthodontian order of Batrachia.*

Agassiz has pointed out a similar and more extended case, in the Hetero-
cercal and Homocercal ganoids. Had we not so many of the closest approxi-
mations between members of these groups, they would stand in the systems

♦The roof here alluded to by Owen Includes some two distinct bones not known in the
arch of the Anura, and therefore different. It Is, however, enough to know that this
structure is serially associrtted with its absence and rudimontal appearance in the tailed
Batrachia of the present day, to make the comparison appositov

1868.]

288 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

as two great homologous series, with their contained heterologous genera.
As it is, these heterologous terms or genera are evidently so nearly allied
that Agassiz, in the Poissons Fossiles, has thought it best to arrange the
Jatter together, thus instituting a system transverse, as it were, to the other.
This may be necessary, since Kolliker points out transitional forms, and per-
haps certain types may have begun to abandon the heterocercal form near
the period of reproduction, producing offspring somewhat protean in charac-
ter, preparatory to an earlier appearance and consequent permanence of the
homocercal type. This is to be derjfved from the history of the metamorpho-
sis of Amblystoma.

In the same manner the development of the convolutions of the brain does
not define groups of the highest rank, since it progresses chiefly during the
later periods of embryonic life, and is therefore a" developmental character,"
Owen has endeavored to distinguish the primary divisions of Mammalia by
the character of these convolutions, whereas they really define only the sub-
groups of the orders. For we have Lissencephalous (smooth-brained) mon-
keys,— certain lemurs, — and smooth-brained Ruminants, — i. e., the extinct
Brachyodon and Anoplotherium, according to Lartet and Gratiolet. (The
lowest types of the existing smooth-brained Mammalia, including especially
those with no , or rudimental corpus callosum, the Marsupials, are also dis-
tinguished by the non-developement of the deciduous teeth* (excepting one
premolar). If now through some topographical change the whole series of
Mammalia between the smooth-brained and convolute-brained were lost tons,
as by the elevation of a region, and the absence of favorable localities or
bodies of water for the preservation of their remains, we would have to
study two homologous groups, with the heterologous terms of each corres-
ponding with each other, as do now the genera of the Clamatores and
Oscines, of the Arcifera and Raniformia, etc.

In the same way the characters defining Implacental Mammalia will be
found transitional in some type, and this great series, homologous with the
Placentals, will have to be placed in closer connection, in its genera, with the
series of the latter, with genera of the same, perhaps now extinct.

y. Of mimetic analogy.

It has been often remarked that the animals of the Equatorial Ethiopian
region were very generally of smoky and black colors. This is remarkably
the case, and the peculiarity of the genus Homo in this respect is shared by
birds, reptiles and fishes in a remarkable degree. This cannot be traced to
the effect of torrid climate, for the same latitudes in India and the Malaysian
Archipelago, and in South America, do not produce such colors.

The similarity in color of desert types has also been remarked. The grey
sand-hue so well adapted for concealment is universal, with few variations,
in the reptiles of the Tartar and Arabian deserts, the great Sahara, and the
sands of Arizona and California. There is also a tendency to produce spiny
forms in such places ; witness the Stellios and Uromastix and Cerastes of the
Sahara, the Phrynosomas and horned rattlesnake of south-westei^n America.
The vegetation of every order, we are also informed, is in these situations
extremely liable to produce spines and thorns.

The serpents of the Neotropical Region furnish remarkable illustrations of
inimetic analogy. All the species of the genera Elaps, Pliocercus, Oxyrrho-
pus, Erythrolamprus, and many of those of Ophibolus and Rhabdosoma are
ornamented with black and yellow rings on a crimson ground. The species of
all these genera are harmless, except in the case of Elaps, which is venomous.
We may give for this genus, as the most varied, the following range of varia-
tion in coloration :

* This I have inadvertently alluded to (p. ) as the non-development of the permanent
series; the homology of the dental system of Marsupials appears, however, to be with the
latter, and not with the milk series. See Flower, Trans. Roy. Soc. 1867.

[Oct

NATURAL SCIENCES OF, PHILADELPHIA

Pairs of black rings ^

Opheomorphus mimus. d

Erythrolamprus venustis-

simus. a
Ophibolus polyzonus. a
Xenodon bicinctus. b

Single black rings^far apart
Elaps corrallinus. b

nigrocinctus. c
Pliocercus equalis.c

Oxyrrhopus ?
Erythrolamprus albosto-
lalus. b

28*

Single black rings, very close
Elaps mipartitus. d

Pliocercus euryzonus. d

Oxyrhopus petolarius. d
Scolecophis ssonatus. a

Leptognathus
cops, a

anthra-

Single black rings with faint

laterals,
Elaps fulvius.

elegans.a
Pliocercus elapoides. a

Black rings in threes.
Elaps lemniscatus. b

Oxyrrhopus trigeminus, b

Single black rings about

equal to intervals.
Elaps.

Pliocercus dimidiatus. a
Catostoma semidolia-

tum. a
Oxyrrhopus sebae. d
Ophibolus pyrrhomelas. h
Chionactis occipitale. h
Sonora semiannulata. h
Contia isozona. h
Chilomeniscus ephippi-

cus. h

Species a, from Mexico and Central America.
" b, " Brazil, Venezuela.
" c, " Central America.

h,

western side of Andes.
Arizona and Sonora.

Many of the species in the same column are exceedingly similar, and some
have little (perhaps nothing) to distinguish them but generic characters. The
most similar are almost always from the same sub-region.

Similar analogies have been pointed out by Bates among the Lepidoptera
of Brazil, and by Wallace among those of Borneo and Celebes, etc. I call
attention to these authors here without copying them, as they will repay pe-
rusal in the originals.

A case of analogy which may belong to this class is that of the three genera
Chelys among tortoises, Pipa among frogs, and Aspredo among Siluroid
fishes, species of which inhabit at the same time the rivers of Guiana. The
crania of these genera are similarly excessively flattened and furnished with
dermal appendages, and their eyes are very minute. The singular similarity
need only be mentioned to those familiar with these genera, to be recognized.

The bearing of the Mimetic analogy on the question of transition of types
in the developmental hypothesis, is its demonstration of the independence of
generic and specific characters of each other, which may suggest the possibility
of the former being modified without affecting the latter.

These facts might have been introduced under Sect. II«t, but they illustrate
the general laws of the present section.

IV. Of natural selection.

at. As affecting ordinal and class characters.

The second law which may be supposed to have governed a descent with
modification, in the production of existing genera, is the force which the will
of the animal applies to its body, in the search for means of subsistence and
protection from injuries, gradually producing those features which are evi-

1868.]

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

dently adaptive in their nature. This is part of the " natural selection" of
Darwin.

That this law is subordinate to the one first propounded must. I think, be evi-
dent to any one who studies the assumed results of the workings of both, as
seen in the characters of genera. It is sufficiently well known that the essential
features of a majority of genera are not adaptive in their natures, and that
those of many others are so slightly so as to offer little ground for the suppo-
sition that the necessity has produced them.

Both laws must be subordinate to that unknown force which determines
the direction of the great series. If a series of suppressions of the nervous
and circulatory systems of beings of common birth produced the " synthetic "
predecessors of the classes of vertebrata, the direction towards which the
highest advanced, or its ultimate type, can be only ascribed as yet to the
divine fiat. So far as we can see, there is no reason or law to produce a
preference for this direction above any other direction.

If from these fixed bases descendants have attained to successive stations
on the same line of progress, in subordinate features of the nervous and cir-
culatory systems, constituting the " synthetic " predecessors of the orders in
each class, the type finally reached seems to rest on no other basis than the
pleasure of the Almighty.

(3. As affecting family characters.

If from the single species generalizing a modern order we attempt to de-
duce synthetic predecessors of existing families, we find seme difficulty, if we
attempt to see in these stages a uniform succession of progress. A sup-
pression of some features, and advance in others, in one and the same indi-
vidual up to the period of reproduction, would produce offspring divergent
from the start, and represent the relationship of families as we find them.

y. As affecting generic characters.

If the extremes of our series of genera were characterized by structures
particularly adapting them above all others to some cotemporary necessity of
existence, this second law, or Darwin's, might be regarded as primary. But
the writer's experience of comparative anatomy has led him to believe that
this is not the case, as expressed in Proposition IV.

This view has not been overlooked by Darwin, who, however, treats of it
very briefly, and appears to attach it to the theory of adaptations, or modifi-
cations for a physiological purpose. He says, Origin of Species, 388 (Amer.
Edit. 1860): " We may extend this view to whole families, or even classes.
The fore-limbs which served as legs in the parent species may become, by a
long course of modification, adapted in one descendant to act as hands, in
another as paddles, in another as wings ; and on the above two principles, —
namely, of each successive modification supervening at a rather later age, and
being inherited at a correspondingly late age,— the fore-limbs in the em-
bryos of the several descendants of the parent species will still resemble each
other closely, for they will not have been modified. But in each individual
new species the embryonic fore-limbs will differ greatly from the fore-limbs
in the mature animal ; the limbs in the latter having undergone much modi-
fication at a rather late period of life, and having thus been converted into
hands, paddles or wings." He then inclines to assign this change to the ne-
cessity of external circumstance. But such modification must be the same in
kind as others, which the same hypothesis must explain, and of which the
same author remarks (p. 382) : " We cannot, for instance, suppose that in the
embryos of the Vertebrata the peculiar loop-like course of the arteries near
the branchial slits are related to similar conditions in the young mammal,
which is nourished in the womb of its mother, in the egg of the bird which is
hatched in a nest, and in the spawn of a frog underwater. We have no more

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

291

reason to believe in such a relation than we have to believe that the same
bones in the hand of a man, wing of a bat, and fin of a porpoise, are related
to similar conditions of life. No one will suppose that the stripes on the
whelp of the lion, or the spots on the young blackbird, are of any use to these
animals, or related to the conditions to which they are exposed."

The law of natural selection, however, has no doubt been a very important
agency in the production of organic types in different periods of the world's
history, but the part it has played in the determination of generic features
would appear to have been very small.

In its first effect, — that of producing a structure adapted for a particular
purpose, — it would seem to have acted differently to produce the same results,
and hence not to have produced any of the more extended groups, as families,
where hundreds of species are identical in a single feature. Witness the
differences in diverse types of the tree-frogs, each type adapting its possessor
to an arboreal life :

I. Claw-like, with globular base Hylid^.

Leptopelis.
II. Simple, obtuse-depressed at tip Ranid^. I aa and III a.

III. With a terminal transverse fimb. Ranid^, Hylarana et aff.

Callula.

Brachymerus.

Ilylodfis.

IV. Bifurcate Batrachyla.

Dendrobates.

Polypedates.

Rhacophorus.

The short foot of the Testudinidse, where one row of phalanges is omitted,
has been already alluded to. The gradual reduction of this set of bones, ac-
companying general modification of form in the increased convexity of dorsal
region, as we leave the more aquatic and progress towards the terrestrial
tortoises, would seem to be intimately connected with difference of habit.
The increased convexity of carapace is an increased defence from falling ob-
jects,— a danger to which land toirtoises are far more subject than the aquatic.
Another protection not needed by water tortoises so much as by terrestrial,
is the faculty of closing one or both free lobes of the plastron, as seen in
the Cistudo, Sternothaerus, etc., or of portions of the carapace, as in Pixys,
Cinixys, etc. This might really have been produced by excessive tension on
the sternal and pelvic muscles while young, and while the sutures were not
fully interlocked. This, continued for a long time, might have produced the
result. Yet it is not easy to see what protection the aquatic Uronyx and
Platythyrae need in this respect, above the Emydes of the same countries. The
backs of these genera are also as convex as are many of the terrestrial genera
or Testudinida?.

I cannot better express my views than by quoting the following from the
pen of the late Dr. Falconer. It is extracted from one of his essays on the
Elephantidae.''''

" Each instance, however different from another, can be shown to be a term
of some series of continued fractions. When this is coupled with the geo-
metrical law governing the evolution of form, so manifest in shells of the
MoUusca, it is difficult to believe that there is not in nature a deeper seated
and innate principle, to the operation of which natural selection is merely an
adjunct.

*'The whole range of the mammalia, fossil and recent, cannot furnish a
species, which has had a wider geographical distribution, and, at the same
time, passed through a longer term of time and through more extreme changes
of climatal conditions than the mammoth.

*See writings of Hugh Falconer, vol. ii. (Ed. by Murohison.)
1868.]

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

" If species are so unstable and so susceptible of mutation through such in-
fluences, why does that extinct form stand out so signally a monument of
stability? By his admirable researches and earnest writings, Darwin has, be-
yond all his cotemporaries, given an impulse to the philosophical investiga-
tion of the most backward and obscure branch of the biological sciences of
his day ; he has laid the foundation of a great edifice; but he need not be
surprised if, in the progress of erection, the superstructure is altered by his
successors, like the Duomo of Milan, from the Roman to a different style of
architecture.

"The inferences which I draw from these facts are not opposed to one of
the leading propositions of Darwin's theory.

" With him I have no faith in the opinion that the mammoth and other
extinct elephants made their appearance suddenly, after the type in which
their fossil remains are presented to us. The most rational view seems to be,
that they are in some shape the modified descendants of earlier progenitors.
But if the asserted facts be correct, they seem clearly to indicate that the
older elephants of Europe, such as E. m er id i ona lis and E. antiquus,
were not the stocks from which the later species, E. prim igenius and E.
africanus sprung, and that we must look elsewhere for their origin. The
nearest affinity, and that a very close one, of the European E. meridiona-
1 i s, is with the miocene E. (Loxod.) planifrons of India, and of E, p r i -
m i g e n i u s with the existing Indian species.

" Another reflection is equally strong in my mind, that the species by ' natu-
ral selection,' or a process of variation, from external influences, are inade-
quate to account for the phenomena. The law of Phyllotaxis, which governs
the evolution of leaves around the axis of a plant, is nearly as constant in
its manifestation as any of the physical laws connected with the material
world."

«r. As affecting specific characters.

As I have hitherto attempted to prove, that the higher grade of groups, or,
in other words, the higher grade of characters, could not have had their
origin through natural selection alone, thoygh admitting it as a conserving or
restricting principle, I now come to ground where natural selection must be
allowed full sway. The " origin of species " is not the object of this essay,
as a greater has gone before me, and has done a great deal towards showing
that a selective power, dependent on adaptation and teleological relation, has
favored or repressed, or even called into existence, the varied peculiarities
that characterize species and races. I will therefore only refer to his well
known works on the Origin of Species and the Modifications of Animals under
Domestication.

I may add that it is within the range of possibility that that grade or kind
of characters found to define the famili/ group, may be more or less the result
of natural selection.

Acceleration and retardation is also far from excluded from the probable
causes of specific characters. The species of many genera do exhibit a pro-
portion of characters which are the successive stages of that one which pro-
gresses farthest, as the species of Amblystoma in the position of their teeth,
nostrils, form of tail and coloration ; of Hyla in form of vomerine teeth, etc.
But the majority of specific characters are of divergent origin, — are "mor-
phic " as distinguished from developmental.

«. On metaphysical species.'
One of the arguments employed against the developmental hypothesis in
any form, is that that inherent " potentiality " which causes that like shall al-
ways produce like, is a metaphysical being, which cannot be transformed, and
which holds the structure which it vivifies as a material expression or stamp
of itself, and which therefore cannot be changed.

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293

One expression of this inherent metaphysical specific individuality, if the
term may be allowed, has been said to be the peculiar traits of the intelli-
gence of species, their motions, voices and instincts. But intelligence of all
animals is susceptible of impressions, the lower the intelligence the less sus-
ceptible, and the more automatic. But as we rise in the scale of animal being
this impressibility and capacity for education is undeniably exhibited by the
dog, horse and all the well known domesticated companions of man. There
can, in view of the capacities of Aves and Mammalia in these respects, be
little doubt that all animals are educated by the " logic of events," that their
intelligence, impressed by changed circumstances, can accommodate itself
more or less to them, and that there is nothing in this part of their being op-
posed to the principle of "descent with modification."

There is another difficulty in the way of accepting metaphysical peculiarity
or progenitiveness as isolating species. It is marked often strongly in races
or varieties, which no one pretends to have had distinct origin. Here like
produces like continually, though not persistently, but sufficiently to show
that it resides in varieties of common origin. The isolation of allied species
in fact depends, we believe, solely on the supremacy of the automatic over
the intelligent spirit. When the intelligent rises above the bounds of nature,
or the automatic, the mixture or separation of allied species depends merely
on circumstances of necessity, determined by that intelligence.

But the metaphysical "potentiality'" loses all basis, if the law of accelera-
tion and retardation be true, for in accordance with it, in the fullness of times
like does not produce like.

V. Of Epochal Relations, or those measuring Geologic Time.

If it can be shown that groups having the developmental relation above
insisted on are cotemporaries, and if it can be shown that this relation is iden-
tical in kind with that which we regard as measuring the successions of
geologic time, we will be led to doubt the existence of any very great inter-
ruptions in the course of this succession throughout geologic time. And if
we can show that faunae so related are more or less characteristic of distinct
portions of the earth's surface, at the present time, we will be led to anticipate
that cotemporaneous faunae in different regions, during geologic periods, also
borp such a relation. If this proposition be true, we are led to the further
conclusion, which is at variance with received canons, that identity of faunae
proves successional relation in time, instead of;|synchronism.* That this will
ultimately be demonstrated appears highly probable to the writer, though, as
yet, the evidence is but fragmentary.

If the relations expressed under the terms homology and heterology, taken
together with the observations on metamorphosis, render it probable that a
number of genera have reached their expression points, or periods of metamor-
phosis, at near the same time in geologic history, an important point has
been gained. If we can render it probable that a change in any organic char-
acter has been nearly simultaneous throughout a large extent of specific
forms, the change becomes, on the latter account alone, of higher than gene-
ric value, but characteristic of such groups as Marsupialia, Ciamatores,
Acrodonta, Arcifera, Heterocerca and the like.

We have here, also, an important element in the estimation of the value of
apparent interruptions in the geological history of the life of the globe. These
interruptions, it is true, are greater than any such theory as the present can
bridge over; yet such a theory, if true, lessens their importance. They are
in any case well accounted for on the theory of the existence of periods of
elevation, during which the life of a given region is necessarily almost en-
tirely lost to us, through lack of means of preservation of their remains.

*Thi.s view was first propounded by and has since been reaffirmed by Huxley.

1868.]

294 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

We may also compare such extended metamorphoses with those of cosmical
matter, such as when, in the course of ages, a primaeval vapor has in a short
time collapsed to the liquid form, or as when the vast of liquid in turn has
shrunk to its solid condition; both alike for ages approaching their change,
jet stationary in external relations till the moment of transition has arrived.

The following are the zoological relations of the groups already compared :

The most generalized group of fishes of the Regio Neotropica is that of
Characins. Its type, in respect to fin structure, which is common to all the
Malacopterygians, is that t-f an undeveloped stage of the Acanthopterygians,
the adipose fin being an undeveloped cartilaginous fin and the cartilaginous
fin an undeveloped spinous fin.* It may be said to be the highest among
Malacopterygians if we look to the complete oviducts, opercula, jaws, etc.,
but it is the lowest as removed farthest from the extreme of Malacopterygian
peculiarities, as being most generalized or embracing representatives of all
the rest, and approaching nearest the types of the past — the Ganoids. For
example, Butyrinus and Vastres may be compared with Amia. The family is
distributed chiefly in the Southern Hemisphere.

The genus Orestias, which Agassiz says is characterized by a feature which
exists in the immature state of all other Cyprinodonts, — the absence of ven-
tral fins, — is only found in the Neotropical region.

Of the venomous serpents, the inferior group, the Proteroglypha, belong to
the Southern Hemisphere, and the Australian and Neotropical regions al-
most exclusively embrace by far the greater proportion. Australia con-
tains none other.

The Iguanian lizards are lower than the Acrodont, exhibiting a larval type
of dentition, and one characteristic of all lower Sauria and Batrachia. The
only acrodont type of Ophiosaura (Trogonophis) is Old World.

The New World Teidse have not the extent of ossified temporal roof that
their representatives, the Old World Lacertidae have. So the chiefly Neo-
tropical Anguidae have the tongue partly of papillose type of their Old World
representatives, the Zonuridae, and partly the smooth or scaly type of the
cosmopolite Scincidse, which are inferior to them.

The snake-like forms of the families of the Lacertilia Leptoglossa greatly
predominate in the Southern Hemisphere; also those with undeveloped pal-
pebrae.

The Neotropical type of Testudinata is quite coincident with the family
Characinidae in relations. It is, like it, largely distributed over the Southern
Hemisphere, and like it may be regarded, in respect to its pelvic pecularities,
as higher than the remaining types, but in its generalized character and re-
lationship to the past periods may be called lower.

The Neotropical type of Batrachia Anura, that is the Arcifera, is lower in
developmental characters than the opposed series, the Raniformia ; such of
the latter as are found in its limits partake in some way of larval incomplete-
ness. The Arcifera are chiefly distributed elsewhere in Australia, where
no Raniformia exist.f Those genera of Old World Raniformia of the lowest
or toothless group, which display the least development of the cranial bones,
as Brachymerus and Breviceps, are of the Southern Hemisphere — South
African.

The Pullastrine birds are a generalized group, inferior to the group op-

* Kner Ueber den Bau der Flossen.

f The Eucnemis bicolor Gray would appear to be an exception, were its generic and sub-
ordinate affinities truly represented by its name. I have examined the type specimen
through the kindness of Dr. Gi'inther, and can state that it is nor an Ixalus (= Euaiemis),
and does not even belong to trie Raniformia, but is an Arcifer of the family Hylidse. If
it be not a young C^lamita or Hyla, it will be a Hylella near the H. ca r nea type.

Glinther states that Hylorana erythraea has been found at the extreme northern
point — Cape York— of Australia. If so, the case is parallel to the occurrence of the Kani-
form Ranula in northern South America.

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

posed to them — the GalHnae. Their typical forms, like the last, are distributed
to the Neotropical and Australian regions : the outliers (pigeons) are not so
numerously distributed in the other regions.

The Struthious birds, the most synthetic of the class, belong exclusively to
the Southern Hemisphere ; as is well known, they chiefly abound in Austra-
lia and its adjacent islands, with an abundant outlying type — the Tinamus—
in South America.

The penguins, which only of all birds display the divided metatarsus, in-
habit the Antarctic regions and Cape Horn.

The Clamatorial type of the Passeres exhibit larval characters in the non-
developmeht of the singing apparatus, and the scaled or nearly naked tarso-
metatarsus. These are chiefly South American.

Of Mammalia, the placentals without enamel on their teeth, which, in this
respect, never reach the full development of the class, whose dentition is also
monophyodont, i. e., the Edentata, inhabit only the Southern Hemisphere,
and almost altogether the Neotropical region. Th.e implacental Mammalia, also
(except in one tooth) monophyodont, which approach birds and reptiles in so
many respects, are confined' to the Southern Hemisphere, and chiefly, as all
know, to Australia.

Of the Quadrumana, the Platyrrhine group is known to be inferior to the
Catarrhines : the farmer presents an entirely embryonic condition of the os
ty'mpanicum, which is passed by the latter in early age f''^ it contains also the
only clawed genus of the true monkeys. It is confined to the Neotropical.
To Madagascar, also of the Southern Hemisphere, and nearest in many ways
to the Neotropical, pertain the lowest families of the Quadrumana, the Lemur-
idae and Chirorayidae ; the former presenting brains without convolutions,
and approaching in many ways the Tnsectivora; the last imitating, at least,
a Rodent.

There are also other reasons for the inferiority of South America. Its deer,
which are few, are those which never produce more than the " dague," or the
first horn of the northern Cervus, or those which never get beyond the fourth
step in the development of the lower group ofR. Nearctica.

The Loricariidae of South America, I am informed by Prof. Agassiz, possess
the foetal pupil of the vertebrate type.

If we glance at Coleoptera we find the gredt predominance of the groups
with undeveloped tarsus, the three and four-jointed Trimera and Tetramera,
and of the lower group with undeveloped sternum,f the Rhynchophora, in the
Neotropical region.

Among Lepidoptera it is known that the most gigantic of the species of
the Neotropical region are Noctuidse (Erebus, etc.), and that in that region
this low type of the order reaches its greatest development. The largest
forms of the Regio Nearctica, as well as Palaearctica, are representatives of
the higher type of the Saturniidae (Attacus, Telea, etc.), while the largest and
most powerful of this order in the Palaeotropical (Indian) region are the
Papiliouid forms of Ornithoptera, etc., the generally admitted crown and
head of all. Of course other types, both higher and lower, are largely de-
veloped in each and all of these regions, and the significance of the above
facts is perhaps only to be seen when taken in connection with a large num-
ber of others pointing in the same direction.

Two or three comparisons of different faunae may be brought forward final-
ly. First, returning to the birds, a survey of some of the differences between
the birds of Panama, PennvSylvania and Palestine may be made. J

Tristram noticed 322 species of birds within the range of the ancient terri-

♦ See Dr. H. Allon, Proceed. A. N. 8., Philada., 1867.

fLeeonte American Association, 18C7.

% From the American Naturalist, 1808, by the author.

1868.]

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

tory of Palestine. Of these 230 were land and 92 water birds,!. e.,Natatores and
the wading Cursores. Of the 230, 79 are common to the British Islands, and
36 of them are found in China, but a small proportion extending their range
to both these extremes. Of the water birds, which are always more widely
distributed, 55 of the 92 are British and 57 Chinese. Twenty-seven appear to
be confined to Palestine and to the immediately adjacent country ; the largest
of these is a crow.

Taking the 230 land birds at a glance, we find the utter absence of so many
of the well known forms that enliven our grounds and forests. The absence
of Tanagridae and Icteridse changes the aspect of the bird-fauna at once.
What have we here then of nine-quilled Oscines to enliven the meadows like
our swarms of blackbirds, or fill the tree tops and thickets with flutter like
our wood warblers ? Nothing ; for the twenty-four species of finches, Frin-
gillidae, will but balance our own, though the genera are all difi'erent but
four, and they the most weakly represented by species. We must look to
the higher series, the ten-quilled song birds, for the missing rank and file.
While a much larger extent of the Eastern United States possesses fifty
species of these types, the little Palestine has already furnished a list of one
hundred and twenty-eight.

First, of the crows, which verge nearest Icteridae by the starlings, we have
13 species against five in our district of the United States, and not less than
seven of the type genus Corvus, to our one common and two rare. Of these,
two are of the larger species, the ravens. If we turn to the cheerful larks,
we find the proportion again the same ; fifteen species for Palestine and one
for the whole United States. One congener of our species occurs there ; the
other genera call to mind the African Deserts and Russian Steppes. Mota-
cillidae, again, ten to one against our fauna. We have two Tanagridae to
imitate them, beside the true relative. In swallows we are about equal, and
in the forest-haunting Paridae — titmice and wrens — we exceed a little; but
the comparison of Sylviidae and Turdidae is most striking. These highest of
the bird series, especially made to gladden man's haunts with song, exceed
in number all the other ten-quilled Oscines together inhabiting Palestine,
amounting to seventy-five species. In our corresponding region of the United
States nineteen species is the quantum. It is true no mocking bird or wood-
robin is known away from our shores, but Palestine has the nightingale, the
black-cap and the true warblers or Sylvias, which, while they glean from
shrub and tree their smallest insect enemies, as do our equally numerous
small Tanagridae, have much louder and sweeter voices.

Our solitary blue-bird represents the long-winged Turdidae; in the Holy
Land there are twenty species corresponding, though none are of our genus.
There are indeed but three genera of these two families common to both
countries. One of these, Lanius, the butcher-bird, occurs here in one new
species, in Palestine in six.

Turning now to a lower series, we look in vain for Clamatorial perchera ;
that series which gives us the fierce king-bird and querulous pewee, and
which peoples South America with thrush and, warbler, and shrike and tree-
creeper.

f^In taking a hasty glance over the lower groups, where the carotid arteries
begin to be double, as the Syndactyli, we find Palestine too far from the
tropics to present us with much array ; but in the related zygodactyles our
forest-crowned continent must claim great preeminence. It has but a solitary
Picus, while we have eight in the immediate neighborhood of lat. 40°, in
our Eastern States.

I will close with the birds of prey. Four swamp-hawks, eleven species of
falcons, four kites, and eight native eagles, form a list unequalled in the annals
of nobility by any land. There are together thirty-one species of Falconidae,
and of Vultures, four. The eagles appear to be all common, among them

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297

the most magnificent birds of prey, the imperial and golden species of these
creatures.

To the ornithologist acquainted with the fauna of North America, it will
thus be readily perceived that, in comparison, the ornis, just examined, pos-
sesses more numerous representatives of the higher groups of the birds, and
among lower groups possesses chiefly those of superior grade, or lacks them
altogether. Let us, however, compare it with that of Central America, where
varied surface and temperature offer even greater opportunity for variety,
within quite as restricted an area.

The bird fauna has been found by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin to embrace
about 385 species, which is 63 more than were mentioned to occur in Pales-
tine, which is open on three sides to the great contnient. Eighty of 348 land
birds are characteristic of Central America; and those which find their kin
limited to the Isthmus and adjoining regions of New Grenada and Equador,
amount to about seventy-five more. Twenty-seven is the number not known to
extend beyond the boundaries of Palestine ; as to the Middle States of our
Union, not one species has been shown to be restricted within such narrow
Umits.

A single species occurs in Europe ; this is the fish-hawk, an animal which
combines the cosmopolite habit of the sea-bird with the powerful flight of
the bird of prey. This is also the only species common to the Panama and
Palestine catalogues.

The birds of prey are numerous, — twenty-nine species. Among these there,
is no true eagle or falcon, and of the nineteen genera but four belong to the
fauna of the Holy Land. There is but one species to represent the great
grouse family, but, instead, three families of their South American imitators,
the PuUastrae, instead of the one — that of the Pigeons — slimly represented in
Palestine, and in North America as well.

Coming to the closer test of superiority, the Passeres, — those delicate
creatures, apparently so dependent on those laws which govern increase and
provision, and so affected by the changes that man works in the face of
nature, — what do we find? We count 106 distinct species. There are none
in Palestine. Of songsters, the Oscines, ninety-six species await man's con-
quest of the wilderness, to increase in numbers and to display their gifts,
while Palestine rejoices in a whole army of them. But the contrast is more
remarkable if we analyze these forms. Of the Isthmian Oscines, seventeen
only hold the first rank, by virtue of their additional, the tenth primar
quill, while this feature marks one hundred and twenty-eight species of
Palestine. As we rapidly follow the line to the point where its extreme is
manifested, in the family of the Thrushes or Turdidae, Panama is left but two
solitary pioneers of these songsters of the North, while seventy-five species
represent the family in Palestine.

The comparison between different fauna; exhibits an apparent gradation in
some other groups equally curious. Thus the true Cyprinidae in the Palae-
arctic region reach a great development, and produce the highest number of
teeth on their pharyngeal jaws known, as well as attains the greatest bulk
and importance. The number of these teeth is usually seven to five in the
inner row ; only two or three genera exhibit only four on both. In the Ne-
arctic region the number of teeth is almost always 4 — 4, more rarely 4 — 5,
and very seldom as high as 5 — 5. The species of the family are excessively
numerous, but are, with scarcely any exception, of small size' and weak organ-
ism. These statements apply to those of the eastern district of the region
between the Rocky Mountains and the Atlantic. Similar types occur in the
northern region of the Neotropical, — Mexico, but in no great numbers, but
with them the lowest form of the family, — viz., Graodus Giinther. This
form has n(j teeth whatever on the pharyngeal jaws. Further south thr
family disappears, its place being supplied by the generaliaed family of
Characinidue.

1868.] 20

298 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

I have already alluded to the great variety of the highest or pentamerons
carnivorous beetles in the Palgearctic Region. They are extremely abundant
in the Nearctic, while the intermediate territory, the Sonoran and Mexican
sub-districts, are the head-quarters of the next lower form, the Tenebrionidse,
which have the tarsal joints 4 — 5. These give place in the Neotropical to the
multitudes of the still lower series, — those with the joints 4 — 4 and 3 — 3, —
Tetramera and Trimera,

The preceding comparisons indicate that an inherent difference between the
types of a continent exists at the present time, though the difference is sub-
ordinated to a universal distribution of the higher groups throughout the
earth. Has this state of things existed for any long period, or is it a result of
different progress in the same group since the human period? This brings ug
necessarily to a consideration of the truths of palaeontology, especially of the
last periods, Mhich have been already urged by Darwin. Thus the present
fauna of Australia was preceded in the postpliocene and pliocene by forms
possessing similar peculiarities, and belonging to the same classes. That is
by herbivorous and carnivorous marsupials and monotremes, and by Varanid
Sauria, all of greater size than their predecessors.

The same fact is well known of the Neotropical region, its present peculiar
Edentata having been preceded by giants of the same type in the postpliocene
and pliocene.

In the Nearctic region peculiar existing genera, as Procyon, Alces, Castor,
Bos, Sciurus, Arctomys, Lepus, Ovibos, Sorex, Mephitis, Felis, Ursus, Meno-
poma, Aspidonectes, Crotalus, are represented by postpliocene fossils.

Tbe same occurs in the later Pala^arctic formations, where Cervus, Bos,
Canis, Mustelidae, Insectivora, Vipera, Alytes, Triton, etc., are allied predeces-
sors of existing types. In the Palaeotropical area a wonderful development
of Elephas and Gavialis preceded the same types of the present.

Prior to these faunae another state of things has, however, existed. North
America has witnessed a withdrawal of a Neotropical fauna, and the Pala"-
: arctic the retreat of an Ethiopian type. During the postpliocene in North
America, N,eotropical genera were to Nearctic as 12 to 29, as the record now
stands. In the pliocene beds of Pikermi (Greece) antelopes, giraffes, rhinoce-
ros, hippopotamus, huge manis,"^ monkeys, monitors, and other genera and
species of African relationship are the prevailing forms.

Still eai:lier, a strong mingling of Nearctic, and more of Neotropical types,
abounded in tbe Pala?arctic. The genera Chelydra, Andrias, Podocnemis,f
Platemys, Caviiform, Psammoryctid and Hesperomys-like Rodentia, Opossums,
. and Raccoon-like Garnivora.

We have, then, three important terms from which to derive a theory of the
creation : 1, the existing six faunae bear in many of their parts developmental
relations to one another ; 2, they were preceded immediately by faunse similar
to them in each case, but more remotely by faunae like that now next lower.

On the whole, there can be no doubt of the truth of the generalization, 1st,
Tliat the Southern Hemisphere is a geologic stage behind the Northern Hemisphere in
progress^ on account (l)'of its perfection in types extinct in the Northern, and
(2) inferiority in modern types prevalent in the Northern.

In order, however, to demonstrate this point more fully, let us examine to
what extent the higher types exist in the Southern, and lower or ancient in
•the Northern.

The Percoid fishes and their allies have Australian and South American
representatives in their fresh waters, but they are as mere outliers of the
great mass in the Northern Hemisphere. The higher type of venomous ser-
pents (Solenoglypha) occur in both the Ethiopian and Neotropical regions,
but they preponderate in the Northern Hemisphere. The higher group of the

* Ancylotherium, Maerotherium.

fP. bowerb ank i i {Platemys Ow.) P. 1 se v i s (Emys Owen).

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Saurians (the Acrodonta) abounds in the Ethiopian and Australian regions ;
thej are as abundant in the Indian and Palsearctic regions of the Northern
Hemisphere. In the Southern also, by Uromastix and the Rhynocephalia,
they approach nearest the ancient types of the Dicynodontia and the Croco-
dilia. Lacertidae, and not Teidae, occur in the iEthiopian, but they are but a
proportion of the whole, which chiefly exists in the Nearctic.

Raniform and not Arciferous Anura populate South Africa; they, however,
form but a small proportion compared with the great series of the Nearctic,
Palaearctic and Palaeotropical regions. It is, however, superior in Anura to
the Nearctic, taken by itself.

Rasorial birds and not Pullastrae are the food species of South Africa ; but
they do not compare in abundance or size with those of the three regiojis just
mentioned.

Moreover, but few Clamatores exist in either Australia or Ethiopia. The
Oscine types are abundant, nevertheless they cannot be compared in abundance
with those of the northern regions. It must also be remembered that the mi-
gratory capabilities of birds render them less expressive of the true nature of
any fauna.

The higher family of the Quadrumana, the Simiidae, replaces in Africa the
Cebidae of the Neotropical ; they are, however, most abundant in the Palaeo-
tropical region, in the other hemisphere.

There are two ancient or inferior types of the Northern Hemisphere: first,
its Ganoid fishes, the Sturgeons of the Nearctic and Palaearctic, and the Gars
of the Nearctic. The latter only have representatives in the Southern Hemi-
sphere, Polypterus and Calamoichthys in Africa, and so may be said to be
equally distributed ; but the former are confined to the north. We do not
know, however, whether they are of a modern or an ancient type, nor do we
know of extinct sturgeons in the Southern Hemisphere. Indeed, the Ganoid
series is not well defined or known as yet. If, as Agassiz states, the Siluroids
pertain to it, it is cosmopolitan, though least represented in the Palaearctic.

Second, the Tailed or IJrodele Batrachia. This order, entirely characteristic
of the Northern Hemisphere, is a group which combines characters of Anura
with those of the ancient forms, and possesses in its Nearctic types many of
low development. The Gymnophidia of the Southern Hemisphere cannot be
considered inferior to them. In the possession of this group the Northern
Hemisphere presents its first element of inferiority.

The preceding comparisons indicate also the relations of the regions proper
to each other. It is obvious enough that the ^Ethiopian is much superior
to the two others of the Southern Hemisphere. As to the Australian and Neo-
tropical, the former must still be regarded as probably the most ancient, though
possessing at the same time a much stronger admixture of northern forms. I
have already presented the relations, with the inferior forms of each, thus :*

R. A us trails. — Inferior in Monotrematous and Marsupial Mammalia, Pul-
lastriforra and Struthious Birds, Serpentiform Pleurodont Lacertilia,
Arciferous Batrachia, Pleurodire Tortoises, its Elapid venomous snakes,
and the whole Flora, according to Unger.

R. Neotropica . — Marsui)ial and Edentate Mammalia, Inferior Rodentia and
Quadrumana, Pleurodire Tortoises, Pleurodont Lacertilia, Arciferous Ba-
trachia, Clamatorial and Pullastriform Birds, Characia and Erythrinid
Malacopterigii.

Conclusions.

The following maybe looked upon as conclusions which have been indicated
in the preceding pages :

I. Species have developed from pree'xistent species by an inherent tendency

♦ Journ, Acad. Nat. 8cl. Philada. 1806, 109.
1868.]

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

to variation, and have been preserved in given directions and repressed in
others, by the operation of the law of Natural Selection. (Darwin.)

11. Genera have been produced by a system of retardation or acceleration
in the development of individuals ; the former on preestablished, the latter on
preconceived lines of direction. Or, in other words, that while nature's series
have been projected in accordance with the law of acceleration and retardation,
they have beei^ limited, modified, and terminated by the law of natural selec-
tion, which may itself have operated in part by the same law.

TIL The processes of development of specific and generic characters have
uot -proceeded pari passu, transitions of the one kind not being synchronous
with transitions of the other ; and that, therefore, species may be transferred
from one genus to another without losing their specific characters, and genera
from order to order without losing their generic characters.

IV. And as the heterologous terms of the peculiar homologous groups pre-
sent an '' inexact parallelism " with each other ; and as types related by inexact
parallelism are each among themselves exact parallels in separate series, whose
earliest members present " exact parallelism " with each other, it follows —

V. That the heterologous terms or genera in the later series are modified
descendants of those of the earlier series; in other words, that certain groups
higher than genera are produced from others of similar high value by " descent
with modification."

VI. That the result of such successional metamorphoses will be expressed
in geologic history by more or less abrupt transitions, or expression points,
rather than by uniformly gradual successions.

Of course, under the conclusion stated in Proposition II, the genus Homo
has been developed by the modification of some preexistent genus. All his
traits which are merely functional have, as a consequence, been produced
during the process. Those traits which are not functional, but spiritual, are
of course amenable to a different class of laws, which belong to the province
of religion.

Variations in Tazodinm and Finns.
BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

In some remarks before the Academy on July 14th, in reference to adnation
in the leaves of Coniferas, T said that the power to branch was the test of vigor ;
and with increased vigor came proportionately the power of adnation. I
pointed out that this was the universal law through all Coniferse, so far as I
had been able to examine them ; and that it fully accounted for the specific
identity of many forms supposed to be distinct. I went so far as to suggest
that Taxoiium distichum. Richard, and Glyptostrobus sinensis, Endl., were no
doubt the same thing, because the only difference between the growing plants
was in the different degrees of adnation in their foliage ; and because with
this adnation was the increased power to branch observed in all other cases.
The two points, going along together, seemed to indicate that this could not
be a solitary exception to so clearly marked a law. I exhibited specimens
taken from Taxodium, and from Glyptostrobus, showing the approach of the
two in the manner the theory indicated.

Since then some new facts have come before me confirming this view in a
remarkable manner. On the nursery grounds of Mr. Robert Buist, of the
Darby Road, near Philadelphia, are a few trees which I supposed to be the
Glyptostrobus, but which Mr. Buist assured me were many years ago, selected
by him from a bed of some thousand Taxodium on account of their peculiar
appearance. I exhibit specimens from eleven different trees. It will be seen
the suppression of the leaf blades or adnation is in exact proportion to vigor,
or the power of forming branchlets, and with this increased vigor the Taxodi-
um become Glyptostrobus, so far as any comparison of leaves and branches
can identify anything.

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

At the conclusion of my paper on the laws of adnation, read before the
meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, at
Chicago, Dr. J. S. Newberry kindly pointed out that, in a fossil state, Glj/p-
tostrobus and Tazodium were often found side by side, but always with so much
difference between the scales of the cones that, while assenting to the general
principles of the paper, he could not regard these two plants identical. As
cones are nothing more than metamorphosed stems and branches, it is not sur-
prising that the sames laws of adnation which might operate in making the Tazo-
dium GLyptostrobus^ and which make them look so very distinct in the different
stages of adnation, should also operate on the fruit, and make it appear, when
at the widest point of divergence, as really different. It should in fact do so,
and instead of the differences in the cones of these fossils being any proof of
their specific distinctness, it must be received as a natural sequence of the law
I would evolve.

The specimens I now exhibit show at any rate that ihe two plants are identi-
cally the same. This granted, it completely refutes the generally received
theory, that no one species of Coniferse inhabits at once the eastern and western
worlds.

In my paper on variations in Epigxa repens^ presented for publication last
May, I endeavored to show that " cultivation " and " external circumstances "
would not account for variations in form to the extent they usually received
credit for ; but that there was rather a regular principle of growth in form, as
well as in substance, independent of outward agencies, which agencies were
calculated quite as much to preserve as to originate the growing forms.

Those accustomed to study chiefly from herbaria, and little from living spe-
cimens, have no idea of the great variations from one type which many species
present. These comparative differences are often so insensibly blended, that
it is only when we meet with some very extreme forms that they attract our
attention, and then only to note their extreme differences. Even when noted
they are contemned as obstructing classification, rather than welcomed as
invaluable aids in resolving the laws of form.

In a recent review of part 16 of Decandolle's Frodromus, which has lately ap-
peared, with the Conifers by Prof Parlatore, the reviewer says : " It must be
clear to every one that a great number of so-called species are varieties of one
strain, doubtless produced by localization in different climatal ornatural conditions."
{Gardener^s Chronicle^ page 922, 1868.) As this review is understood to be by
one who is himself known as a describer of many Coniferse, which are doubt-
less varieties of one strain, it may be worth while to point out, in some Coni-
ferae, that neither climatal nor any external condition has as much to do with
variation in form as an innate power of development, independent of either
climatal or local causes.

In one of our commonest pines — Pinus inops — a very careful comparative ex-
amination will show scarcely any two trees to be exactly alike ; the habits of
the tree, the shade of color, or the length of the leaves, the size or form of the
cone, the scales, or the seeds — in some one point a difference may be found
which can easily be described in words. When extremes are brought together
the differences are quite as great as characterize different species. By descrip-
tions alone they would be fairly entitled to rank as distinct. The mind fails
to unite them. It is only the educated eye which perceives their identity. I
exhibit two cones from two trees growing on the banks of the Susquehanna,
near Harrisburg. One is very long and narrow — three and a lialf inches in
length, by only three-fourths of an inch wide at the base, and the scarcely
projecting scales barely spinescent, the other nearly as wide, but only
half the length, and with strongly projecting scales and spines. Unless
with previous acquaintance of Finns inops in its natural places of growth, a
botanist might well be i)ardoned for considering these distinct species, yet with
the multitude of intermediate forms, all under the same external conditions,
how can any " localizatious " account for the varieties ? 1 have the same ex-

1868.]

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

perience with Pinus rigida and P. pungens ; and it is doubtless true of other
species.

I have noted some interesting variations in Pinus Banksiana^ which in some
way do seem to be connected with location, although I have no doubt that
ages of geo'graphical travel from a central point conjoined with the principle of
inheritance, might find the natural inherent laws of variation sufficient to
account for them. Dr. Gray says, in the last edition of his Manual of Botany,
it is a shrub or low tree 5 to 20 feet high, giving N. Maine, N. Michigan and
Wisconsin, and northward as the localities. I did not collect in northern
Illinois, but friends tell me it grows some thirty miles from Chicago, only as
a bush. Michaux observes that in Labrador it shows signs of decrepid old age
at 3 feet, and in no part of America did he find it over 10 feet. Dr. Richardson,
in Franklin's narrative of a journey to the shores of the Polar Seas in 1819 —
1822, describes it as 40 feet high in favorable situations, but the diameter of
its trunk was greater in proportion to its height than in any other pines of the
country. Douglass found it to have longer leaves on the Rocky Mountains
than elsewhere. In company with Mr. Wm. Canby, I had the opportunity of
examining large forests of them growing on the neck of land between Escan-
auba, on Lake Michigan, and Marquette, on Lake Superior, where we found
them just the reverse of Dr. Richardson's experience. Here they were more
slender in proportion to their height, not only than any pine of the country, but
probably than any pine elsewhere. Most of the trees were from 30 to 40 feet
high, remarkably straight, but only from 6 to 12 inches in diameter. We
roughly measured one at Escanauba which was about twenty inches in diame-
ter, and perhaps sixty feet high, little shorter than in fact a very fine Pinus
resinosoj about two and a half feet through, growing near it.

Now these variations have relation to only one particular, that of size ; there
would no doubt be found others in many respects ; but even in this one
character no theory of climate or soil will account for them. If a low tem-
perature dwarfs the Labrador specimens, what is to account for the small
bushes in Illinois or southern Wisconsin, in lat. 42°? And again, why are
these latter in the rich soils of this district so small in comparison with the
almost timber trees of a few hundred miles farther north, and in which is
usually considered the poorest land of the north-west ? Soil and climate may
have some influence in aiding variation, but facts show the origin is deeper
than these, namely, a native power to change, kept in check only by inheri-
tance and perhaps external circumstances.

I have heretofore reported Pinus pungens as growing at Port Clinton ; I find
it now abundantly on the hills about Harrisburg ; so it may be set down as
native to the whole interior of the State of Pennsylvania.

Nov. Zd, 1868.

The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Forty-two members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :
Sixth Contribution to the Herpetologyof Tropical America. By
Edw. D. Cope.

Dr. Leidy called attention to two singular specimens presented this evening
by Mr. Lamborn.. They were obtained from the Huronian slates near the
Dalles of St. Louis River, northern Minnesota. They bear a strong likeness to
large coprolites partially imbedded in portions of slate. They not only have
the usual form of coprolites, though flattened, but have an apparent spiral
arrangement. Taken from the surface slate, the bodies, where exposed to the
air have been more readily decomposed than the slate. A broken surface ex-

[Nov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303

hibits a more distinct crypto-crystalline appearance than exists in the slate.
Suspecting that they possibly might be of the nature of coprolites, Dr. L. had
desired Dr. Genth to analyze part of one. The result was carb. lime 36-5, silica
and silicates 59-1, oxide of iron, alumina, etc., 4-4. Though not of vertebrate
origin, they may perhaps have been the excrement of some huge invertebrate,
which, with all others of the time, are now totally obliterated.

Dr. Leidy further remarked that it was well known that iridescent hues from
the surfaces of bodies, independent of thin films, were usually due to aminute
striation or parallelism in the arrangement of the elements of structure. Thus
is produced the iridescence upon the wings of the house fly and many other
insects, that of muscular and tendinous fibres, of pearl shells, artificially ruled
surfaces, etc. He has repeatedly observed that the iridescence on the surface
of waters was due to the same cause, through myriads of vibrios and bacteria.
Under the circumstances he was surprised that authors continue to repeat that
the phenomenon of the beautiful play of colors in the precious opal has not
been satisfactorily explained. It is evidently due to a regular striated condi-
tion of the structure, readily observed by the microscope. The striae upon
brilliant facets examined in a number of opals appear to be about 6000 to the
inch. The striaj are probably the pores to which Brewster alludes as being
the cause of the coloration of the opal. The brilliancy of labradorite is also
due to a regular parallelism in the arrangement of elements of structure.

Nov. 10th.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.
Forty- two members present.

Nov. 17 th.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.
Twenty-five members present.

Mr. R. P. Stevens made the following remarks on the geology and
mineralogy of Venezuela :

Observations made by my party extend two hundred and fifty miles up the
Orinoco river from the city of Bolivar, or five hundred from its mouth, and iu
three directions southwards one hundred and fifty to two hundred miles. In
the hydrographical basin of the Orinoco we have seen no other rock than
gneiss, gneissoid schists, granite, and other crystalline rocks. The gneiss is
granular and lamellar. Its minerals are magnetic iron ore, cupriferous ores,
argentiferous galena, and, very sparingly, gold.

We have been able to make out two distinct systems of elevation in this
basin ; one running N. and S., the other W. N. W. and E. S. E. The former
is a low ridge of black, shining, lamellar gneiss, forming a low divide between
the Caroni river and the affluents of the Yuruary, or the line of demarcation
between the hydrographical basins of the Orinoco and the Essequibo on the
west.

Upon the flanks of these rocks abut the gneiss of the Imitaca Mountains,
which forms the divide between these two basins on the north.

The remaining system of elevation runs N. E. and S. W., and corresponds
with that of the Appalachian system of the United States.

This system is confined, so far as our observations have seen, to the basin of
the Esseijulbo. The rocks elevated by this system are talcose, with quartz
veins, quartzite, pori)hyry, brecciated schists, and aluminous rock of a bluish
color, locally known as " bluestone."

1868.]

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The basin of the Essequibo is about 900 miles long N, and S., and 600 E.
and W. It is the true auriferous field of Venezuela.

Fragmentary knowledge comes in from all known portions of it, showing all
its mountains to be gold-bearing.

In the valley of the Mocupio, a small and insignificant tributary of the
Yuruary. the greatest amount of exploration has been done. Here has been
developed two systems of veius ; one running N. E. and S. W., corresponding
with the strike of elevation ; the other E, and W., corresponding with the
strike of talcose rock.

On the method of the formation of gold in the veins, the following observa-
tions have been made :

First. Showing that gold must have been placed in the veins at the same
time with the quartz matrix, and that these were deposited /janpassM on both
walls of the vein.

Second. Observations show that gold has been redisposed on fissure walls of
the quartz.

Third. Observations show that gold has been mechanically mixed with the
sulphuret of iron, and that these depositions were made simultaneously with
the quartz.

The best known portion of the new gold fields of Yuayana are situated in
the canton of Yuruary (formerly a portion of the canton of Upatee), in lat.
7° 20^ N., and long. 65° W. from Greenwich ; about 100 miles south from the
island of Piacoa, in the Orinoco river, and 200 miles south-east from Bolivar,
over the great plains of Venezuela.

Nov. 2m.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.
Thirty-two members present.

The chairman of the Curators announced that B. Waterhouse
Hawkins, F. G. S., had presented to the Academy a restored skele-
ton of the Hadrosaurus Foulkii, on which the following resolutions
were offered and adopted :

Resolved, That the Academy entertain a deep sense of obligation to Mr. Haw-
kins for his valuable donation of a restored skeleton of Hadrosaurus Foulkii, —
a gift which will constitute an especial attraction and a prominent object of
interest in our museum.

Resolved, That the profound palaeontological knowledge, artistic skill and
patient industry displayed by Mr. Hawkins in reconstructing from some frag-
mentary remains this huge creature of a former geological period, has gained
for him our respect and admiration, while his invariable courtesy and freedom
in imparting knowledge has secured our highest regards.

Resolved, That the Academy fully appreciate the great value of the efforts he
is making to popularize science ; efforts, the importance of which cannot be
too highly estimated. They will tend to benefit the community by expanding
the minds of the masses, and by furnishing to them higher and more ennobling
subjects for thought than can be afforded by the common pursuits of every-day
life. He will also advance science by increasing the number of those who can
appreciate the labors of men of science, sympathize in their labors, and secure
for them objects of interest which would be thrown aside or destroyed by the
ignorant.

Resolved, That the Academy tender to Mr. Hawkins its best wishes for his
health, happiness and prosperity.

The following gentlemen were elected members : Wm; M. Dar-

[Nov.

NATURAL BCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 306

lington, Emil Fischer, M.D., Isaac C. Price, Jos. G. Richardson,
M.D., M. W. McAllister.

Prof. H. J. Clark was elected a correspondent.

On favorable report of the Committee, the following paper was
ordered to be published :

Sixth Contribution to the HEBFETOLOOY of Tropical America.

BY EDWARD D. COPE, A.M.

LoxoPHOLis RUGiCEPS Cope, gen. et sp. nov.

Fam. Ecpleopodidae. The scales imbricate, arranged in oblique rows or
quincuncially ; the exposed portion triangular, strongly keeled. Prefrontals,
frontoparietals, parietals and interparietal plates distinct. Lateral and gular
scales like dorsal ; ventral broad, smooth ; no gular collar, no lateral fold.
Toes 5 — 5, all unguiculate. ? Femoral pores. Eyelid with transparent disc.

This genus differs from Cercosaura only in the squamation, which is of a
character entirely different from that of any other genus of the group except
Tretioscincus Cope, where the scales are also arranged after the type of the
Scincidae.

Char, specificm. — Tail moderately long, limbs well developed. Canthus ros-
tralis a right angle, lores straight, top of head flat. Two loreals or preoculars
between nasal and eye. Four superciliaries. Four supraorbitals. Internasal
long as broad, prefrontals largely in contact. Frontal twice as long as broad,
angulate before and behind, Fronto-parietals and the large inter-parietal
longer than broad; parietals rounded externally. Labials five, long and narrow,
third and fourth under orbit, with a narrow series of scales between. Inferior
labials five, narrow ; a large symphyseal ; behind this a still larger mental,
behind which follow on each side a row of three large and two small infrala-
bials, of which the first two pairs are in contact. Temporal scales keeled.
Auricular opening large, a half disc, the truncation behind. Twenty rows of
lance-triangular scales on back and both sides, and four rows of smooth ab-
dominal scales, which are broader than long. Six large prseanal plates, five
reaching the margin, the two outer narrow, the median shert. Scales of the
limbs large-keeled. No pores on the femur in the specimen. Caudal scales
like those of the back of Pantodactylus, — ;. c, elongate parallelogrammic, in
whorls and keeled ; keels stronger below than above. The hind limb laid for-
wards will reach the wrist of the anterior when appressed. Inner fingers and
toes very small ; lengths of fingers 1 — 2 — 5 — 3 — 4 ; of toes 1 — 5 — 2 — 3—4.

The plates of the top of the head are rugose, with longitudinal striae, which
are not close, and more or less interrupted.

In. Lin.

Total length (end of tail lost) 4 5-5

Length head to vent... 18 2

» " axilla 7-2

" " ear 4

" hind limb 6-6

" " foot , 3 5

** fore limb 4*8

Color above yellowish-brown, with a narrow blackish band on each side
from the upper margin of the meatus to near the end of the tail A median
pair of bands appear near the rumj), and continue half the length of the tail, but
are very indistinct. The upper and lower labial plates with a continuous
transverse black band through the middle of each. Throat, belly and tail be-
low unspotted, yellow.

Habitat. — This Saurian is a native of the Magdalena River region, New Gre-
nada, whence it was brought by Schulte Buckow, naturalist, and presented to

1868.]

306

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

our Museum in Philadelphia by J. Carson Brevoort. Specimens of Tretioscin-
cus bifasciatus Dum., and Dendrobates tinctorius accompanied it.

Gbrrhonotus auritus Cope, sp. nor.

This species is distinguished by its strong massive head, with a series of
elongate conic flexible processes above the auricular meatus.

Muzzle flattened, canthus rostralis wanting. Each of the posterior pair of
supranasals divided in two, the posterior parts on each side the rhombic inter-
nasal. Five supraoculars and five supraorbitals ; other plates of the head nor-
mal; they graduate into the nuchals by three cross-rows of scales. Temples
much swollen, but not angularly. Upper labials eight large and two small ;
lower labials nine, with two rows of infralabials ; the inner of four large scales,
the third largest. Side of neck and axilla coarsely granular ; above the ear
four long conic flexible processes, with two or three shorter below them.
Scales of back and belly small for the genus, in sixteen longitudinal and
twenty-six transverse series, from nape to groin. They are bony, and strongly
but finely keeled. Ventral plates smooth, in 14 longitudinal rows. The lateral
fold is slight, and contains about three rows of coarse granules.

The ground color is pea-green, more or less shaded with yellow; the rugosi-
ties of the scales everywhere black. Blackish green shades form indistinct Vs
directed backwards on the middle of the back. Below yellowish, with dirty
green shades. Eyelids and auriuular processes yellow. Length to vent 5 in. ;
to axilla 2 in. ; to ear 21-5 1. ; to orbit 4-5 1. ; greatest width of head 12-5 1.
Length fore limb 15-5 1. ; of hind limb 20 1. ; of foot 10-2 1. The tail is short
(3 in. 10-2 1.), and covered with bony scales, but I am not sure it has not been
early reproduced.

This, the most singular species of the genus, is only equalled in beauty by
the G. g r a m i n e u s m. of Mexico, which it resembles. The latter has larger
scales, a longer muzzle, and a much more angulate temporal region; the occi-
put is also well marked off from the nape by one projecting cross-row behind
the postparietal, while there are three in G. auritus. Finally, its post-supra-
nasals are not divided. Both these species are allied to the G. t ae n i at u s
and G. d e p p e i of Wiegraann. Gray refers the latter to a genus Abronia,
but a regular gradation of characters connect them with the other Gerrhonoti.

This is one of the Reptilian forms which inhabit the vast forests of Vera
Paz, in the neighborhood of the ancient cities of Peten and Coban. Museum
Smithsonian, Henry Hague discoverer.

HOLCOSUS BRIDGES!! CopC, Sp. UOV.

This species is near the H. sexscutatus Giinther, having quite the same
coloration, that is, dark olive, with a pale vertebral band from the end of the
muzzle and a lateral black band from the orbit, which is white-bordered above
and below. The superior white line is much interrupted in this species. Top
of head brown, below uniform light green. It differs considerably in the scu-
tellation of the head. There is a pair of confluent supra- and prenasals in
contact medially, and these are succeeded by a pentagonal internasal, but from
this point the squamation is different; thus three plates represent each pre-
frontal, while some eighteen take the place of the frontal. Behind this point
they are too numerous to homologize, except that a small median occipital is
surrounded by series of tubercular or keeled scales, which are arranged in
curved series running behind the occipital. The frontal scales are in three
series, two larger superciliaries which are strongly keeled, and a median flat
row, with those of the muzzle arranged quite as in species of Anales. Supra-
orbitals two on each side, each a half-ellipse, keeled on the inner margin, sur-
rounded by granules except the anterior, which is in contact with the super-
ciliaries.

The throat fold is covered with granular scales ; Giinther says H. sexscu-
tatus has a series of shields. He also states that the hind limb extended
only reached to the posterior margin of orbit ; in the present species it reaches

[Nov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

considerably in front of the orbit. Giinther gives twenty femoral pores ; la
the present there are twenty-four on each side.

In other respects, as to squamation, scutellation, etc., Gunther's description
applies to this species. See Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1859. The allied H.
septemlineatus A. Dum. differs in the less divided scales of the front,
as well as in being seven-banded.

This Saurian is dedicated to my friend Robert Bridges, M.D., Professor of
Chemistry in the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, and an active member of
the Academy of Natural Sciences.

The species is represented by one specimen in the Museum of the Academy,

Opheomorphus mimus Cope, sp. nov.

This is the only species of the genus which has the black annnli on red
ground, characteristic of Erythrolamprus and other genera of American Coro-
nellines, Elaps, etc. Its general appearance is exactly that of E. v e n n s t i s s i-
mus with single rings, or Ophibolus micropholis with confluent rings.
It agrees entirely with other species of this genus in double anal, short tail,
diacranterian dentition and lack of scale-pores, but is slightly abnormal in the
rudimental condition of the loreal plate ; it is on one side entirely wanting.

Superior labials seven, eye over third and fourth, fifth largely in contact
with postoculars. First, the only one longer than high. Muzzle short, head
slightly distinct. Internasals transverse ; orbitals 1 — 2, the anterior not reach-
ing frontal. Temporals 1 — 2. Scales in 15 series, broad as long. Frontal
with straight sides convergent behind ; its length greater than its breadth, and
longer than common suture of occipitals, though shorter than greatest length
of the latter. Tail 6-8 times in total length ; i. e., 2 in. 3 1. out of 13 in. 6 1.

General color crimson, each scale with a brown spot near its tip. Ten black
rings of 3 and 3-5 scales in width cross the body. They are sometimes divided,
and the halves alternate ; they are complete across the belly, but have a ten-
dency to divide, especially the posterior. One pair of complete annuli on the
tail, and four spots above near the tip. No black collar, chin uniform ; head
above and spot below eye black ; plates on sides of muzzle and temples black-
edged.

The long posterior maxillary tooth of this species presents a singular struc-
ture. Its section is triangular, two of the sides being shallow concave. The
angle between these is the section of an acute posterior ridge of the tooth ; the
anterior face of the tooth is convex. The posterior sides being slightly concave
to the tip, in some lights suggest the presence of the groove of Erythrolamprus
and other genera, but both are similar, and neither is a true groove.

The habitat of this species is a mining district in the higher regions of Equa-
dor or New Grenada, but the exact locality I cannot fix. It was found with the
following species : Anolis f r a s e r i Gthr., Rhabdosoma microrhynchum
Cope, Holcosus bridges ii Cope, Opheomorphus mimus Cope, Amphis-
baena f u 1 i g i n o s a L., Masticophis pulchriceps Cope, and Elaps s ae v u s
Cope.

Specimens in Mus. Academy from Edward Day, of the Assay Department of
Columbia College, New York.

LlOPHIS FLAVITORQUBS CopC, Sp. nOV.

This is a small and aberrant species of the genus. Its peculiarity consists
in a projecting rostral plate, as in Lygophis conirostris Gthr., which is
consequently developed on the upper aspect of the muzzle. The tail is also
rather longer than in any other species, its length entering the total 3-2 times.
In this it approaches Dromicus.

Internasal plates about as long as wide; prefrontals considerably wider than
long. Frontal with superciliary borders each one-third the anterior suture,
and about half the occi])ital ; thus the plate is very wide, with u long produced
|)08terior angle. Each nasal higher than long, narrower than the loreal ; latter
higher than long, straight above, angulate below. Prcocular higher than long,
1868.]

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

two postoculars ; temporals 1 — 2. Superior labials seven, all higher than long
except the last, third and fourth bounding orbit. The eye small, pupil round.
Inferior labials seven, the fourth as long as any three others, the first well de-
veloped behind symphyseal, Geneials short, the posterior half the length of
the anterior, and separated by a plate. Scales in seventeen series, rather
broad, subequal. Gastrosteges 188; anal 1 — 1; urosteges 105. Total length
17-5 inches ; of tail 5-5 inches.

Everywhere above dark brown, except a broad yellow half- collar which
crosses the posterior half of the occipital shields and two rows of scales. Below
dirty yellowish.

This serpent is from the Magdalena river, New Grenada. Brought by Schulte
Buckow, of New York.

The physiognomy of the head of this species is somewhat like that of Oxyr-
rhopus, though the characters are different.

LioPHis PERSiMiLis Cope, sp. nov.

This species is very much like the Coniophanes f i s si d e n s Gthr. in gene-
ral appearance ; it differs generically in its uniporous scales and entire poste-
rior maxillary tooth. It also resembles Rhadinaea o b t u s a, but differs also in
dentition and pores. The form is more like the latter than the former, as the
head is relatively small.

Scales in 17 rows. Frontal nearly as wide as superciliary suture ; occipi-
tals long, truncate behind; supranasals very small. Postnasal much larger
than prenasal, loreal nearly square ; preocular one, narrow, not approaching
frontal. Two postoculars. Seven upper labials, eye over third and fourth ;
postoculars two ; temporals 1 — 2 — 3. Inferior labials seven ; post-genials
longer than pre-genials. Gastrosteges 131 and 1 — 1. Urosteges 70.

Total length 11 in. 3 1. ; of tail 3 in. 3 1. Above light brown, with a dark
brown band on each side, from the neck to the end of the tail, which is dark
bordered above on the lower edge of the fourth row of scales. Labial plates
white edged above. Belly and tail below yellow, a black dot on the edge of
each scutum and scutellum.

From Rio de Janeiro, Brazil ; brought by the Thayer expedition. Mus. Com-
par. Zoology, No. 436.

CONOPHIS PULCHER CopC, Sp. UOV.

Scales in nineteen longitudinal rows. Loreal a little longer than high ;
orbitals 1 — 2, temporals 2 — 3. Muzzle rather projecting. Head little distinct.
Superior labials, eight, higher than long except the last, fourth and fifth form-
ing orbit below. Gastrosteges 73, anal 1 — 1 ; urosteges 67. Total length
29 in. 3 1., of tail 6 in. 3 1.; of gape 9-2 I.

Six dark longitudinal bands on a light ground. First a black band along
the middle of the first row ; second a dark brown black edged on the third and
half the second and fourth; third a similar broadly black margined on the
eighth and half the seventh and ninth, separated from its fellow on the other
side by a median stripe of only one scale in width which is black edged. This
median band disappears on the nape, leaving a broad band to the end of the
muzzle, extending over the occipitals and superciliaries. The lateral band ex-
tends in like manner to the end of the muzzle including the upper edges of
the labials. Throat clouded with blackish below. Belly yellow with a few
specks on each end of the gastrosteges. Upper labials broadly brown edged
below. The bands extend to the end of the tail.

From near Peten, Vera Paz. Henry Hague ; Museum Smithsonian.

This handsome species is near the C. vittatus Peters, but differs in many
points of coloration, and in having one more labial shield above and below.
From C. I i n e a t u s D. and B., it differs also very much in coloration.

Hblicops fumigatds Cope, sp. nov.
Scales in nineteen rows, keeled anteriorly and posteriorly, lower rows smooth.

[Nov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309

Two pairs geneials ; occipitals short and broad. Dark brown, with numerous
lighter or dark gray cross bands, which are blacked edged, and extend to the
first row of scales, and are sometimes interrupted on the vertebral line. Belly
with a broad brownish gray band from throat to vent, the ends of the gastro-
steges yellow, forming two bands ; a median longitudinal brown line on the
tail.

Tail 3-3 times in length. The plates of the head and other peculiarities are
quite like those of H. a n g u 1 a t u s.

From Surinam, Mug. Academy Natural Sciences. Discovered by Chas.
Hering, M.D.

Helicops CYCLOPS Copc, sp. nov.

Scales in nineteen rows, strongly keeled everywhere, including the first row.
Two pairs geneials ; occipitals short and wide, long as frontal.

Head exceedingly short, mouth wide as the length of the rounded lip mar-
gin. Superior labials eight, fourth scarcely entering orbit by its upper corner
(by its whole extremity in H. a n gu 1 at u s), the fifth, sixth and seventh nar-
row and high. Prefrontals broad as long (much broader than long in H. a n g u-
latus). Orbitals 1 — 2, nearly meeting below orbit. Temporals 2 | 1 | 3
(11 I I 3 in H. a n g u 1 a t u s). Loreal plate wide as high, (higher than wide
in H. a n g u 1 a t us).

Tail -33 total length, slender (less than -25, H. angulatus). Gastrosteges
124, anal 1 — 1 ; urosteges 89.

Light yellowish brown, with twenty-six transverse deep brown rhombs
across the back which terminate at the second row of scales, being separated
from the back ventral cross-bar, which is opposite each, by a longitudinal yel-
low band. This band is not distinct between the spots. Belly strong yellow
with jet black cross bars, which are on more than two gastrosteges. Tail
black, spotted below. A brown cross-band between the eyes.

Length 275 inches. From Bahia, Brazil. Mus. Academy, from Dr. Otho
Wucherer.

This species is at first sight much like the H. angulatus, but differs vari-
ously as above. In coloration the spots in the latter are always continued into
the ventral cross-bars, and not interrupted as in A. c y c 1 o p s.

The species of the genus are as follows : H. carinicauda Nie;uw. H.
modestus Gthr. H. leprieurii Dum. Bibr. H. c h ry so s t i ct u s
Cope. H. in f r a t ae n i a tus Jan. H. f u m ig a tu s Cope. H.cy clops
Cope. H. an g u 1 a tu s Linn. H p o 1 y 1 e p i s Gthr. The following species
have been erroneously referred to this genus : H. wagleriJeiu. is Tretanorhinus
variabilis Dum. Bibr. JI. agassizi Jan. is T. nigroluteus Cope. //.
achistOHus Jan. is Atretium schistosum Daudin, and H. mortuarius Jan. is
Tropidonotus mo'rtuarius (Boie) Schlegel ( Tropidinotus ferox Giinther).

Thrasops pr-«8tans Cope.

The largest species of the genus, exceeding considerably the T. fl avigu-
lari s of Hallowell. The length of one sp. is 6 ft. 3 in., of which the tail is
2 ft. 3J in., while the body of another measures 4ft. 6 in., giving a total of
seven ft. 1 in. Length head to end of quadratum In in. 10 1., width between
superciliary margins 8 lines, diameter orbit 4 1. ; from orbit to end of muzzle
(> lines.

The head is very distinct, and the muzzle rather short for the genus ; the
eyes are very large. Rostral plate small, postnasal lower than prenasal ,• place
of the loreal entirely occupied by the prefrontals Orbitals 1 — 2, the anterior
not quite reaching the frontal. Frontal one-sixth longer than wide in front, wilh
concave sides and short posterior angle. Occipitals broad, short, divaricate
behind; temporals I— 2. Superior labials nine, fifth and sixth in orbit, last
two longer than high. Inferior labials 11, the anterior very wide ; postgeni-
als longer than pregenials.

Scales in fifteen rows for a part of the length, in eleven, on the posterior

1868.]

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

half of the body. They are without pores on the side, but are uniporous on
most of the rows. All the rows except the inferior, are carinate. On the
middle and posterior part of the length, that of the vertebral becomes obso-
lete, and then vanishes, while those of the two on each side, especially the
superior, become very strong. Tail entirely smooth. Gastrosteges 180. Anal
divided ; urosteges 176 ; the first are strongly turned up at the sides, and not
angulate.

The teeth increase in length gradually to the posterior end of the maxillary
bone, where the last is abruptly the largest ; they are strong, and eleven in
number.

Color everywhere bluish green without metallic reflection, the keels of all
the scales black.

This beautiful species was sent to the Smithsonian Institution by its corres-
pondent Henry Hague, near Peten, Guatemala,

Leptodira pacifica.

Scales in nineteen series, biporous, all nearly equal. Body cylindric, neck
little compressed ; head short, broad. Oculars 2 — 2, loreal higher than long.
Superior labials seven ; eye over third and fourth. Temporals 1 — 2. Frontal
longer than broad, with straight parallel borders ; occipital elongate, truncate
behind. Internasals long as wide, one-third prefrontals. The superior pre-
and postoculars are both much larger than the inferiors Gastrosteges 164,
anal 1 — 1, urosteges 61 pairs. Length of head and body 1 in. 3 1., of tail
2 in.

Color above bright rose-brown, with four series of blackish-brown, very small
spots, of which the median pair forms usually a short cross-bar by their
union ; in this case they extend over five series of scales. The lateral spots
are on the fifth row, and cover half a scale. A broad black bar across the
nape ; a short brown line behind each eye, and a number of dots on the
crown. Below uniform cream color.

The above description is derived from a young animal. It was given to the
Smithsonian Institution by its correspondent, G. BischofF, and sent to me for
examination. In its characters it approaches the species of Hypsiglena [Pseu-
dodipsas Peters,) but has a grooved maxillarj^ tooth and double scale-pores. It
has different labials, scales and coloration, from the L. annulata.

Leptodira personata Cope, sp. nov.

Body slightly compressed, neck contracted, head elongate, narrowed in front
of the orbits. Scales equal, biporous, in twenty-three rows. Internasals
broader than long, frontal elongate, with parallel sides, superciliaries narrowed,
occipitals narrowed, elongate, rounded behind. Temporals 1 — 2 ; oculars 1 —
2, anterior barely reaching frontal ; loreal long as high.- Superior labials
eight, fourth and fifth in orbit. Geneials equal. Gastrosteges 173, anal 1 | 1 | ,
urosteges ? (tail mutilated). Length head and body, six inches.

General color cream, with broad black cross-bands on the dorsal region.
These extend from the gastrosteges anteriorly, posteriorly from the first series
of scales. There are twenty- three between nape and vent, which are wider
than the intervals. Top of head except upper labials entirely black ; a broad
yellowish collar. Below immaculate.

The Smithsonian collections have received this species from Mazatlan,
Western Mexico, from G. Bischoff. It was sent with the Leptodira pacifica,
Agalychnis dacnicolor Cope, and Holbrookia b i s c h o f f i Cope and other
species.

Phimothyra decurtata Cope.

This species resembles considerably the species of Lytorhynchus Peters,
which genus in Africa represents the American Phimothyra. They differ only
in dentition, the former being diacranterian, the latter rather coryphodont.

This species is distinguished by many features. The head is shortened and

[Nov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311

Somewhat arched, the rostral plate very broad and free, entirely separating the
mternasals. There is a complete annulus of scales round the eye. The tail is
relatively shorter than in the known species.

Ground color light grey; a series of elongate parallelogrammic brown
blotches occupies the dorsal region, from the nape to the end of the tail. Labi-
als and under surfaces unspotted.

Length about fourteen inches. This serpent is remarkably different from
the three already known representatives of the genus. In these the orbit rests
on the labials, and the color is in bands.

Presented to the Mus. Acad. Nat. Sci. by Wm. M. Gabb, who discovered it
in the upper part of Lower California.

Peltaphryne lemur Cope, sp. nov.

This is a toad of singular aspect, owing to the extraordinary development of
the bony crests of the cranium and the large size of its eyes.

The mu7,zle is short and very much flattened, projecting much beyond the
mouth. The upper lip forms indeed a strongly projecting bony rim all round
the mouth. Loreal region very concave, canthus concave and very close to-
gether. The superciliary crests are extraordinarily elevated, having an arched
outline, and descending steeply to the loreal region. It is angulate posteri-
orly, joining the almost equally developed supratympanic ridge. The crown
of the head is thus a deep basin, widened above the tympana, and obstructed
by a cross- elevation in front. Strong ridges behind and before the orbit ; nos-
trils vertical, a short bony longitudinal ridge below them. According to the
characters of the genus there is no derm on the head. Tympanum vertically
oval. Parotoids broad oval, directed obliquely downwards, covered like the
remainder of the upper surfaces of the body and limbs, with numerous closely
placed sub-round tubercles, with rugose surfaces. Feet rather short, with
small tubercles, and only one remarkably weak metatarsal tubercle, the inner.
A strong corneous ridge on the inner margin of tlie tarsus. The heel reaches
the middle of the parotoid. The toes are about half-webbed, and have a strong
dermal margin. Two strong carpal tubercles. Under surfaces studded with
small tubercles, with acute points. Tongue obovate, largely free.

In. Lin.

Length head and body 4 55

" to axilla , 2

'' " posterior margin tympanum 15

" " anterior margin orbit 6

" of fore limb 2 5 5

" '' hind limb 4 3-5

" " " foot 2 4

Width of head behind 175

" iuterorbital space.. 8-5

" topof muzzle 1-3

The color above is a blackish-brown, the top of the head yellow shaded ;
two longitudinal brown spots on the frontal region. A light vertebral line
disappears on the back and reappears on the coccyx, and another light line
passes round the inside of the parotoids and diverges on the scapular region.
Limbs yellowish cross-banded, below dirty white, below the vent blackish.

This curious -animal was found by George Latimer, the correspondent of the
Smithsonian Institution in Porto Kico, W. I. We are indebted to the same
zoologist for the following species :
Peltaphryne lemur Cope.
Cystignatiius ALBILABRI8 Gthr. var.
Hbmidactylus mabuia Cuv.
Mabuya fuloida Cope.

DiPLOOLOSSUS DEOBNKB CopC.

1868.]

312

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Anolis velifer Cuvier. The female of this species would fall in the " genns"

Eupristis Fitz.= Dactyloa Gray.
Typhlops sp.

Chilabothrus inornatus Dura. Bibr. Only found elsewhere in Jamaica.
Alsophis SANCTicRUCis Cope (=.4. melanichnus Cope).

Otaspis empusa Cope. Peltaphryne empma Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences,
Philad. 1862, p. 344.

This species does not belong to Peltaphryne, but to a genus which I now
name. It differs from the former in the existence of an additional superficial
arch of the skull, wliich passes from the mastoid region behind the auricular
meatus, thus enclosing the latter, and causing it to be a mere foramen perfo-
rating a shield of bone. This is the only genus of living Batrachia in which
the external ear is thus completed behind. It is a tendency of Peltaphryne
carried to its highest extreme.

Cuba ; found by Prof. Poey.

Lystris brachyops Cope, sp. et gen. nov. Cystignathidarum.

Tribe Pleurodemse^ same group as Pleurodema, differing only from that genus
in the presence of two strong shovel-like metatarsals, as in the genus Systoma.
Its characters are, therefore : cranium with a fronto-parietal fontanelle ; xi-
phisternum an osseous style, with furcate cartilage disc. Vomerine and max-
illary teeth well developed ; a large inguinal gland ; two metatarsal shovels.

It differs from Gomphobates in its fontanelle and vomerine teeth, but is in-
termediate between this genus and Pleurodema, showing that the tribes Pleu-
rodemge and Cystignathi should be closely approximated. It differs only, so
far as we know the characters, from Eupemphix Steind , in the presence of a
well-developed dentition in adults as well as young. The other characters of
Eupemphix are not yet known, or whether it is nearer this genus or Gompho-
bates. Steindachner's second species of Eupemphix I would refer here, and
call it Lystris fuscomaculatus. Name of the genus from AvTrpoVj a
trowel.

Char, specificus. — Vomerine teeth in two short oblique series directed for-
wards between the nares, about as far from the latter as from each other.
Tongue a flat oval, one-third free. Head broad, occiput slightly swollen, can-
thus rostralis straight, obtuse, convergent ; loreal region vertical plane. Di-
ameter of bony orbit equal length of muzzle ; the latter contracted, elevated,
rounded in profile ; nostrils nearer end than orbit. Membranum tympani one-
third orbit. Ostia large as nares. Males only with a subgular sac, with large
lateral slits. Limbs short, stout; the heel barely reaching the tympanum.
Toes quite short, free, without dermal margins. No tarsal median tubercle or
fold. Inguinal gland large subovate. Skin smooth above and below ; a few
ill-defined warts on the back. Lengths of fingers 3 — 2 — 1 — 4.

In. Lin.

Length head and body 1 8-.>

" muzzle to posterior edge tympanum 7

" hindlimb 2 2

" foot 12-5

" tarsus 4-8

Width head just behind tympanum 64

Color above dark brown, with several darker brown broad irregular bands,
which cross the back in three places or are broken into spots, and are sometimes
confluent longitudinally. Sides with dark brown lines and specks. Lip with
two vertical brown bands on each side. Inguinal glands black, white-speckled.
Limbs brown, deeper banded; sole from heel dark brown. Below yellow, gular
region brown.

Magdalena River, New Grenada, Schulte Buckow, collector.

[Nov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313

Spblerpes lineolus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1865, 196. Ophio-
batrachus vennicularis Gray, Ann. Mag. N. Hist. 1868, 297.

This species varies somewhat in the relative length of the tail. One of the
specimens from Cordova, Vera Cruz, measures as follows : head and body 17'3
lines ; tail 2 in. 10-4 lines.

In the collections of the Smithsonian Institution.

Grotbiton carbonarius Cope.

A uniformly black variety of this species occurs iu the high lands of Guate-
mala, and another with two dorso-lateral ochre bands is found in Yucatan.
Mus. Smithsonian.

Dec. 1st.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Thirty-five members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

" Notice of some remains of extinct Insectivora from Dakota."
By Dr. J. Leidy.

" Observations on Reptiles of the Old World. Art. II." By
Edw. D. Cope.

" Notes on some points in the structure and habits of the Palse-
ozoic Crinoidea." By F. B. Meek and A. H. Worthen.

Dr. Leidy exhibited some specimens of Mica recently received from West-
port, Canada, remarkable for the beauty and distinctness of its asterism, pro-
duced by minute acicular crystals profusely scattered between the laminae.
The star exhibited twelve equidistant rays, exceeding in strength any previ-
ously seen by him in varieties of the mineral.

Prof. Cope made some observations on some extinct reptiles of interest.
One of these, represented by a single sacro-caudal vertebra from Swedesboro',
N. J., indicated a second species of Elasmosaurus. It was of equal size with
the corresponding one of the Kansas specimens, but differed in the square and
uncontracted form of the centrum, and greatei stoutness of the diapophyses.
He called it E, orientalis.

Another reptile was represented by a vertebra, tooth, and portion of mandi-
ble. It was a gavial-like crocodile, which if of proportions similar to those of
the Gangetic species, would indicate an animal of thirty feet in length. It
belonged to the genus Thecachampsa Cope, and was allied to the T. antiqua
(Crocodilus Leidy), but differed in the more compressed knife-like tooth crowns.
Miocene of Maryland.

He also exhibited bones and teeth of a large Rodent from the cave deposits
of Anguilla, one of the Virgin West India Islands. The characters observed
were those of the genus Chinchilla, but the roots of the teeth were contracted
and not so open as in many Rodents, as though having a more limited period
of growth, or perhaps like deciduous teeth, which are much reduced in num-
ber in most Rodents. The species was nearly as large as the Castoroides o h i o-
e n 8 i s of North America, but had relatively smaller incisor teeth. The body
was probably as large as that of the Virginia deer, and the limb bones as
stout, as seen in portions of femora and other pieces preserved. He called the
animal Amblvrhiza inundata, and thought that its discovery on so small an
island, with others of like character, indicated that the Carribean continent
had not been submerged prior to the close of the Post-pliocene, and that its
connection was with other Antilles, while a wide strait separated it from the
then comparatively remote shores of North America.

1868,] 21

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Mr. Meehan stated that it is a fact well-known to most of us, that the TTw-
teria sinensis, as we find it cultivated, rarely produces fruit. The large seed
vessels I now present are from a plant I have which bears abundantly. Why
it does so 1 think may prove of interest to the members.

A few years ago Darron discovered motion in tendrils. Subsequently, in a
paper published in our Proceedings, 1 showed that this motion required nutri-
tion for its force, which was so much abstracted from growth. I explained by
this what had hitherto been a mystery, why grapes grew more freely and
healthy when running over trees, than when exhausting their vigor in fruit-
less motion to find something to cling to. I referred to many plants on which
I had experimented, amongst others Wisteria sinensis ; a plant was trained a few
feet hign and then left to support itself. It took all its food to fight gravita-
tion. Since then it has continued to grow as a bush or small round-headed
tree, unless a branch happens to extend to the ground, or a neighboring bush,
when such branch will push forth with its old time vigor. In proportion as
this plant has lost the pawer of growth, it assumes a reproductive power.
This year from my little Wisteria tree I have gathered a half-peck of seed
pods.

That weakened vigor is favorable to reproduction is well known to the
horticulturist. Hence the operations of root pruning, transplanting, summer
pruning, and ringing the bark. The novelty of this Wisteria incident is that
an excessive draft on the force necessary to overcome gravitation in the
ascending plant is also an enfepbling cause.

The facts I have given have a three-fold interest. To the structural botanist,
enabling him to get specimens of fruit for examination hitherto hard to be ob-
tained ; to the horticulturist, furnishing him with the means of freely propaga-
ting a plant hitherto rather difficult to increase, and to the natural
philosopher, furnishing an additional illustration of what I have hitherto
advanced, that growth in a great measure is a struggle with gravitation, requiring
great efforts by the nutritive powers of the plant to sustain it.

Dec. Sfh.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.
Thirty- one members present.

Dec. 15th.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.

Thirty-four members present.
The following paper was presented for publication :
" On the seed vessels of Forsythia." By Thos. Meehan.
Mr. Cope offered the following resolution which was adopted :
Resolved, That the Academy of Natural Sciences present their
thanks to Theophilus H. Turner, M. D., U. S. A., for his very
valuable gift of the skeleton of the great extinct reptile, the Elas-
mosaurus platyurus, from the neighborhood of Fort Wallace, Kan-
sas.

Dec. 22d.
The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair.
Thirty- four members present.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315

The following papers were presented for publication :

" Remarks on some new types of Carboniferous Crinoidea, with
descriptions of new forms." By F. B. Meek and A. H. Worthen.

"Descriptions of seven new species of American Birds from vari-
pus localities, with a note on Zonotrichia melanotis." By Geo. N.
Lawrence.

"Analytical table of the species of Baridius inhabiting the United
States." By John L. LeConte, M. D.

" The Gyrinidse of America, north of Mexico." By John L. Le
Conte, M. D.

■ " Notes on the species of Agonoderus, Bradycellus 'and Stenolo-
phus inhabiting America, north of Mexico." By John L. LeConte.

Dr. Leidy exhibited some photographs of fossil bones, received from Mr. W.
E. "Webb, 8ec. of the National Land Co., at Topeka, Kansas. They represent
vertebrae, and fragments of jaws with teeth, of a skeleton of Mosasaurus, re-
ported by Mr. Webb to be about YO feet in length, recently discovered on the
great plains of Kansas, near Fort Wallace.

Dec. 2^th.
Mr. Jos. Jeanes in the Chair.

Fifty-three members present.

The following gentlemen were elected members :

Albert Peale, Franklin Piatt, Jr., Edw. A. Spooner, M. D.

The following were elected correspondents :

Geo. Neville, of Calcutta, E. I. ; Be v. Dr. Joseph F. Berg, of New
Brunswick, N. J.

The Committee to which was referred a paper, entitled " Phos-
phorus and Fatty Degeneration," reported in favor of its publication
in the American Journal of Medical Science.'

On favorable report of Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published :

Notice of some remains of extinct INSECTIVORA from Dakota.

BY JOSEPH LEIDY.

Dr. Hayden, in his trip to the Mauvaises Terres of White River, Dakota, in
the summer of 1866, discovered the remains of two genera of insectivorous
mammals, which appear to be peculiar, but related to the hedge-hogs.

Leptictis Haydeni. This name, appropriate to one of the animals, is^
founded upon a nearly entire skull devoid of the lower jaw. The specimen
belonged to a mature animal, as indicated by the complete and worn condi-
tion of the teeth ; but the skull retains most of its suiur s as distinctly as is
usual in the Opossums. It is less in size than that of the Mink, and its shape
is more canine than musteliue. it bears some resemblance in lorm to that
of the insectivorous genus Glisorex, or to that of the vivernine genus
Eupleres.

The cranium is remarkable for the possession of a pair of prominent ridges
defining the upper part of the temporal fossje, as in the fossil cranium repre-
sented by I)e Blainville (Osteographie, Mustela, pi. xiv) under the name of
Mustela plesictia from Auvergne, and by Gervais (Pal. Fran, pi. 28, fig. 2>

1868.]

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

under the name of Mustela angustifrons. Similar ridges, relatively less well-
developed, exist in tlie Gray Fox.

The orbits are as little distinct from the temporal fossae as in the Skunk or
the European Hedge-bog.

The cranium back of the orbital spaces is conoidal and wider than high.
It is narrowest just back of the postorbital eminences ; relatively not so much
constricted as in the Mink or Fox, though more than in the Skunk or
European Hedge-hog.

The face is long, and tapers evenly to the end of the snout.

The palate is long, narrow and moderately arched, and exhibits no large
perforations as in the Opossums.

The fossil retains most of the teeth, the number of which consists of seven
molars, a canine and two incisors.

Of the molars the posterior four have broad trilateral crowns, with a num-
ber of points or tubercles, as in the Opossums and Hedge-hogs, or the back
two in the Dog, The anterior three molars have simple, compressed conical
crowns. The canine is comparatively small. Whether the animal possessed
more than two incisors on each side is uncertain.

Measurements from the specimen are as follows:
Estimated length of skull from occipital foramen to fore part of

incisive alveoli 29 lines.

Length of cranium from inion to fronto-nasal suture 18^ "

Breadth at zygomata 17| "

Length of palate 15| "

Length of molar series .,. 11 *'

IcTOPS Dakotensis. This name is founded on a small fragment of a skull
which was obtained with the preceding. At first the specimen was supposed
to belong to the same animal as the former. It clearly indicates a skull of
nearly the same size and shape as that of Leptictis.

The fragment consists of a portion of the face, containing the remains of
most of the molar teeth. The face appears to have had nearly the same form
and construction as in Leptictis^ and the forehead exhibits traces of the two
peculiar ridges defining the upper part of the temporal fossae in the latter.

The remains of the molars consist of the posterior six. The second pre-
molar appears to have been a two-fanged, conical crowned tooth, as in Lep-
tictis. The third premolar has a trihedral crown, inserted by three fangs,
whereas in Leptictis, as in the preceding tooth, it has a simple conical, crown
with a pair of fangs.

The crown of the third premolar of Ictops is composed of three principal
lobes, two externa,l and the third internal. The four back molars have the
same relative position and size as regards one another as ia Leptictis, but they
do not project abruptly beyond the premolars externally as in this. Their
crowns, so far as can be ascertained, appear to have had the same construc-
tion as in the third premolar.

The space occupied by the back six molars in Ictops is ten lines, being a
little more than in Leptictis,

Observations om REPTILES of the Old World, Art. IL

BY E, D. COPE,

Chxm^leo basiliscus Cope, sp. nov.

This species pertains to group a. of Gray's arrangement of the species of
this genus (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1864), that is, is nearest allied to C.
verrtacosus Gray, and C, calyptratus A. Dum. It has therefore a
high longitudinal crest on the supraoccipital region, and the supraoccipito-
mastoid crest is not furnished with any dermal margin of flap behind, but is
the ma,rgiji of a truncate face which is minutely scaled. No dorsal or ven-

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

tral crests except a few conic scales above the scapulae. Gular region with
a weak crest.

The occipital elevation is vertical behind, the lateral ribs but little oblique,
and joining the superciliary crest at a little more than a right angle. Median
crest very convex, nearly vertical below. Superciliary crests continuous, not
arched, descending straight and obliquely to the muzzle. None of the crests
dentellated. Scales everywhere granular, equal. Nine rows of subequal
scales between lateral and median occipital crests; six between canthus
on the muzzle. Tail little compressed.

Color gray and leaden, with yellow shades. Three blackish radii back of
orbit. A yellow band from chin to vent.

Total length 12 in. Muzzle to vent 5 in. 45 lines. Muzzle to orbit 6 lin.
Length of hind limb 2 in. 6 1.

This species was obtained at Korusko, Nubia, by Prof. H. A. Ward, and
placed in the Museum Peabody Acad., Salem, Mass. No. 489.

This Chamaeleon resembles the C. vulgaris, and is intermediate between
it and the C verrucosus.

It may be observed that the Chamaeleo b u r c h e 1 i i of Hallowell cannot
be regarded as more than a variety of C. g r a n u 1 o s u s of the same author,
and that C. capellii Du Bocage appears to be the same so far as the descrip-
tion goes.
Panaspis ^negs Cope, sp. et gen. nov. Scincidarum.

Char, genericus. Allied to Morethia Gray, differing only in the distinctness
of the fronto-parietals from each other and from the interparietal, all three
being united in the latter genus. No eyelid; a supranasal ; rostral not
prominent. Limbs short, toes weak, 5 — 5. Scales smooth.

Character specijicus. Scales large, in twenty-four longitudinal series. Two
loreals, one behind the other ; two preoculars, one above the other. Fronto-
nasals broad as long, separated by frontal, which reaches the internasal.
Frontal acute behind, smaller than each frontoparietal, but a little larger
than the interparietal. Lateral parietals meeting behind the last named, and
followed by two transverse scales each. Superciliaries and suparorbitals four
each. Two large marginal anal scales.

General proportions slender, the head remarkably so, the tail proportion-
ately stout. The appressed extremities do not meet by the length of the
longest finger. Toes 1 and 5 equal, 3 «nd 4 nearly so, elongate. Inner finger
very small. Superior labials eight, fifth immediately below orbit, last three
scale-like, large ; anterior quadrate. Tail with cross scuta beneath.

Total length 3 in. 5 lin. To vent 15 1.; to axilla 6 lin.; to ear 3 1.; to
orbit 1-2 1. Length fore limb 3 lin. ; hind limb 4-5 1

Color. Golden olive above, darker behind, with a narrow golden line on
each side from the temple to the base of the tail. Sides above darker, be-
low lighter, pale spotted. A whitish line from below eye to near axilla.
Limbs and tail above brown, with small round white spots ; below greenish
white ; tail pale brownish beneath.

Habitat. Probably Swan River, Australia ; possibly from South-Western
Africa.

Name, from its complete cephalic scutellation, all the plates usual among
lizards being present.

EuMECES PERDicicoLOR Cope, sp. nov.

Twenty-eight series of broad scales on the body, all entirely smooth. Body
fusiform, the limbs very short, with short but unequal toes. Tail cylindric.

Rostral plate low, broad, prominent, but not acute. Infranasals as long
as broad, largely in contact. Internasal much broader than long ; fronto-
nasals small, widely separated. Frontal long, rounded behind ; fronto-pa-
rietals well in contact, large, rounded behind ; inter-parietal smaller than
the latter, parietals well in contact behind it. Dorsal scales equal, a little

1868.]

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

smaller than ventrals. Ear large, membrane deeply placed ; no marginal
tubercles or scales. Nasals not divided ; preloroal higher than postloreal ;
two preoculars. Superior labials seven, fourth long, below orbit, no sub-
orbital plate. A transverse syniphyseal, and broad transverse mental. In-
ferior labials seven. ''Five supraorbital plates. Scales in front of vent
equal.

In. Lin.

End of muzzle to vent 3 3

" " to axilla 13

" " to orbit 2-7

Length of fore limb 5-9

" hjnd " 8-2

Color above brown, uniform on the back, each scale with a large white
spot near the centre, on head, body and tail. Lower labial and gular scales
white, with a brown spot, upper labials brown, with a white spot ; white
below, all the scales brown edged ; in a younger specimen laterally, only in
an older all round.

This well marked species is a native of Zanzibar. Mus. Academy and
Peabody Acad. No. 499. From H. F. Shepard. I have referred this species
to the genus nearly as restricted by Dr. Gray, including with it Flistodon and
Otosaurus of his catalogue, as forming together a definable genus.

SEPSINA Bocage.
Sepsina grammica Cope.

Scales in 22rows. Limbs small, the anterior one-third the length of the
posterior ; toes 3 — 3. Nostril between four plates ; frontonasals and inter-
nasals united into a shield which is broader than long. Supraorbitals and
superciliaries four each on each side. Frontal concave behind, and wide as
long; interparietal nearly as wide, large; two pairs of parietals, the interior
meeting behind ; two pairs transverse plates behind them. Nasal, loreal and
preorbital present; rostral flattened, not acute. Eye over fourth labial.
Anal and abdominal plates equal. Ear minute.

Length to ear 8" (French) ; to axilla 15'^ 75^^^ Axilla to groin 5^ 5^^
Fore limb 2^\ posterior limb 1". Tail elongate, mutilated.

Below brownish yellow, above fawn brown ; four rows of scales on each
side, with a dnrk line in the centre, forming interrupted streaks. Hind limb
streaked above in ihe same way. Tail more distinct, spotted, on the under
surface faintly ; above dark banded.

This species differs from the type described by Bocage, (Journal de Scien-
cias, Mathematicas, Physicas e Naturae Lisbon, 186<j, 26), in its coloration,
in having two rows of scales less ; in having fore limbs very much smaller,
less than one-third the posterior, (they are more than one-half the same in
the S. an g ole n s is Boc). In the latter the internasal and frontal are
much more elongate, and ihe interparietal very much smaller, according to
the description and figure of the above author.

Museum of the Essex Institute. No. 512. Discovered by Edmunds Lovett,
on the South-West Coast of Africa.

Oedura verrillii Cope.

The femoral pores in a series arched angularly forwards and not extending
on the femora. The plates of the under surfaces of the toes are besides the
terminal discs, one pair only, as large as the terminal and at the end of the
antepenultimate phalange. Labials regular, 8 — 7 to below pupil ; two rows
iufralabials across chin. Rostral undivided. Gular scales granular ; thora-
cic and ventral flat, larger than the flat dorsals. Muzzle scales tubercular.
A tubercle on each side vent. Head as broad as from end of muzzle to half
way between orbit and ear. Color very pale above, with six very deep brown
cross bands from nape to sacrum, which are more or less connected on the
s des. A brown band through orbit, and one behind, crossing the occiput.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319

Muzzle to ear 12''''; to axilla 20^^-5. Axilla to groin 25''; tail lost. Fore
limb 13''; hind limb 18^^.

With Diplodactylus marmoratus Gray, from Australia. No. 724. Mus.
Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Dedicated to my friend Addison E. Verrill, Professor of Zoology in Yale
College, Connecticut.

;PEROPUS Wiegm.

Three species of this genus before me differ from those described, and may
be compared as follows :

I. The tail much depressed, and with a series of broad shields below.
Margin of tail minutely serrate; two internasal plates; mental plates

abruptly different from gular scales, in one cross row of six, and smaller
ones at the angles in front of a straight cross-line. Pale brown with close
reddish speckles P. packardii.

II. The tail broad, depressed, slender, with small scales below.

A few internasals, two longitudinal rows, hexoganal mentals ; gray with
scattered brown spots P. mutilatus.

III. Tail thickened, depressed, cylindric, without serration ; scaled below.
Four cross rows ovate mental plates, the posterior smaller ; three interna-
sals ; pink-grey, with brown later shade, with pairs of black dots on each
side the middle line, which form striae on the scapular and crural regions.
Tail subcylindric P. roseus.

Two cross-rows ovate mentals, those behind graduating through several
rows to the gulars ; four internasals ; tail swollen ; light gray with a brown
band on each side P. pusillus.

Peropus packardii Cope.

This is a stout species. Giinther's description of Peripia p ero n ii Gray
applies well to this, but in our animal the toes are all strongly palmate at the
base.

Upper labials 9 — 7 to under the eye, lower seven ; symphyseal large, trian-
gular. Gular scales very minute, vent.als larger than laterals, and laterals
than dorsals. A thick femoral fold behind. Pores in a long line, from 35 to 40.

Light reddish brown, with small bay specks all over the upper surface.
Several small round bay margined spots on the occipital and temporal
region.

Head and body to vent 42"; muzzle to ear 11'' ''•5 ; width at ear 8^''-7, of
tail 6'\ Length of hind limb 14^/-7.

Penang, Malacca. No. 476. Mus. Peabody Academy, Cambridge, Mass.

Peropds roseus Cope.

This species is remarkable for its nearly cylindric tail. I find no femoral
pores in two individuals, but a rather large series of scales abruptly divides
the granular from the scaled portion of the femur, in their position. Upper
labials eight to below orbit. No posterior femoral fold. Dorsal scales
extremely minute. General form more slender than in the last species.

A black spot on each scapular, and one above each axillary region ; one on
the iliac, and a line above each ischiadic region ; a row of black dots on the
vertebral line of the tail. A brown band from end of muzzle to ear, then a
black line to axilla.

Total length 77^^ ; to vent 40" ; to ear 10" ; width at ear 4^^-7.

No. 735. Mus. Comparative Zoology.

Pbropus pusillus Cope.

This little reptile differs from the last in the three structural and fourth
coloration characters, beyond which it is difficult to observe further pecu-
liarity. Thejre are nine superior labials to below the pupil ; there is no

1868.]

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

femoral fold, nor are there femoral pores. Color light brown, with a much
paler dorsal shade; a brown band through orbit to axilla, and band across
muzzle. Tail with a series of pale rounded spots on the median line above.

Total length 59^^; to veotSS"; to ear 9''; hind limb 12/^-5.

No. 407. Mus. Peabody Acad. S. W. Australia.

HEMIDACTYLUS Cuv.

Hemidactylus longicbps Cope.

This species is like the H. co ctsei D, B. in its very sparse tuberculation,
for this appears in a single line of obtuse distant warts, on each side the lum-
bar region only. The thumb has a claw, however, and the tail is surrounded
by rings of prominent tubercles. It has fewer tubercles than the H. f r en a-
tus, and differs further in having a long flat slender muzzle. The width of
the head behind the orbits does not measure from the end of the muzzle to
the posterior margin of the orbit, while in the H. f r e n a t u s it reaches the
rictus of the mouth. Labials 10 — 9; mental projecting behind; postmentals
two pair, the outer considerably smaller, the inner largely in contact. Femo-
ral and preanal pores in one series.

Light reddish-brown, with a pale dark brown bordered ochraceous band
from the end of the muzzle to the groin. Dorsal region brown-shaded ; below
white.

Length to vent 47^^ ; to axilla 24^^ ; to ear 13^^

Manilla; from Capt. J. W. Chever. Mus. Peabody Academy, Salem, Mass.
No. 478.

Hemidactylus hexaspis Cope.

Tubercles flat, round, sparse, in a row on each side the median vertebral
line, and three rows on each side, at a distance from the former. Caudal tu-
bercles in three rows on each side. Labials 11—8, symphyseal produced be-
hind ; postmentals abruptly larger, three on each side, the median pair in
contact half their length, the outer diminishing regularly. Femoral and pre-
anal pores continuous in the male, both wanting in female. Three internasals ;
no tubercles on head or nape. Abdominal scales ovate, rather large.

Plumbeous above, with numerous pale blotches ; a pale band from end of
muzzle to groin, margined with leaden above and below, in the female with
blackish ; top of muzzle dark shaded above.

Length to vent 57^^ ; to axilla 25^^; to ear 13^^.

Two specimens from Madagascar. No. 494, Mus. Peabody Academy.

This species is also related to the H. frenatus, but differs in the arrange-
ment of the dorsal tubercles, and in ihe chin shields.

I may note here that the Liurus capen sis [Hemidactylus capensis Smith,
Zool. S. Afr.) occurs in the copal of Zanzibar. A specimen over two inches
long, enclosed in a block of this substance, is in my possession. Its skeleton
and viscera have been dissolved, and form a thick fluid easily visible on
moving the specimen. The specimen has been included some time before
the solidificaiion of the gum, as the gases evolved during decomposition have
raised large bladders in two places in the specimen. Another Gecko, pro-
bably a Hemidactylus, also occurs in the copal.

Pentadactylus brunneus Cope.

Nostrils surrounded by four small shields and the first labial, the rostral
being excluded. The anterior of the scales separated from its fellow by a
polygonal scale, which is not included in a notch of the rostral. Rostral
fissured above. Superior labials eleven, last two minute ; two or three of
them longer than high. Distinguishable inferior labials nine ; two first much
deeper than long. Infralabials not marked, forming some four or five rows
of small ovate scales. Scaling of the body coarse. No superciliary spine ;
no preanal pores. Free joints of the toes, especially of the thumbs, thick.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

Tail with whorls of flat hexagonal scales, abruptly separated from those of
the sacrum above.

Color above brown, with seven irregular nndulate, transverse bars of a very
deep brown, between rump and nape. Below pale.

In. Lin.

Total length 5 7-5

Length from muzzle to vent 2 8-5

" " " axilla 2 4

" » " ear 9

" « " orbit 4

•' ofhindlimb 14

Australia. Mns. Jardin des Plantes, in ex.

This species is nearest the PI. d u v a u c e 1 i i D. and B. ; the differences may
be readily determined by comparison with Giinther's description in Reptiles
Brit. India.

Ptenopus maculatus Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1865, 640.

Character genericus. — Toes with transverse series of very narrow, simple
plates beneath. Posterior toes all turned forwards, with a series of long pro-
cesses forming a fringe on each side ; posterior claws issuing from above a
broad paralellogrammmic lamina. No femoral pores. Ears distinct. Nos-
tril pierced in a single plate. Ejelids each half developed.

This genus is near to Stenodactylus Cuv. and Spatalura Gray, but differs
markedly from both. The tail is not flattened and fringed as in Spatalura,
while the terminal plates of the toes and single nasal plates are marked
characters.

As Dr. Gray referred this genus to the Agamidae I was induced to make an
examination of the skeleton. As a result of this, I am satisfied that it belongs
to the suborder of the Nyctisaura and the family Gecconidse. In evidence
for this I append the following characters: 1. The dentition is pleurodont.
2. The parietal bones are separate. 3. The vertebrae are amphicoelian. 4.
There is no subarticular bone. 6. The coronoid process of the mandible is
not produced posteriorly. As characters of a higher or a lower significance
the following may be added. The angular bone is distinct, there are four ab-
dominal ribs, and three attached by long haemapophyses to the posterior mar-
gin of the xiphisternum. The dentary bone is prolonged below unusually far
posteriorly, i. e., to half way between the coronoid and articular processes.

Character specificus. — Head large, slightly compressed. Muzzle short, ob-
tuse. Nasal plates two, forming a round disc, which is only in contact with
the nostral and first labial, and separated from its fellow by a granule. This
disc has its posterior third separated from the remainder by a suture ; the
nostril is in the anterior plate near the suture. Rostral not fissured, broader
than high. Superior labials longer than high, large, seven on each side. In-
ferior seven (to opposite sixth superior) narrow, longitudinal. Symphyseal
prominently rounded below, broader than high. No infralabials ; gulars not
smaller.

Dorsal scales equal, hexagonal, flat ; nuchals minute, occipitals, frontals
and nasals a little larger than dorsals, flat. Gaudals equal to dorsals, flat,
whorled. Tail vertically flattened at the end. Fingers and toes long, slender;
former lengths 5 — 1 — 2 — 4 — 3 ; toes 1 — 5 — 2 — 3 — 4. Fingers not fringed ;
claws long, compressed, not concealed, but with a smooth basal sheath. The
posterior toes are entirely different, in the long fringes, terminal plates, and
the perfectly straight spine-like claws, which project from the middle of the
end of each plate ; the arrangement is a little like the body of a slender Onia-
cus, whence the name of the genus. The long cross-plates are not serrate,
but are rigid ; they are separated from the series of fringe-like scales by some
series of granules. The tail is slender, short, and slightly compressed. Na
tubercles at base. Vent with a short fringe all round.

1868.]

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

In. Lin.

Total length 3 6

Length to vent 2 1

" " axilla 11

'' " ear 5 2

" " orbit 2

" of hind limb 12-5

" '' foot 6

Width of head at ears 5

Color. — Above light gray, with a rose shade on the neck and nape. Five
pairs of irregular black annuli, one on each side the vertebral line, from rump
to nape. These are more or less broken, especially anteriorly. They are re-
placed by scattered linear spots on the top of the head. The arrangement
reminds one of that seen in the Felis u n c i a. Seven pairs of spots on the
upper surface of the tail form cross-bars. Labial plates brown edged ; be-
low everywhere delicate straw color.

Habitat at Cape of Good Hope. No. Y25, Mus, Comparative Zoology, Cam-
bridge, Mass.

This interesting little Saurian is furnished with a large calcareous mass on
each side the neck behind the os quadratum, which gives its head an appear-
ance of length. It is no doubt an inhabitant of a sandy region, judging by
its color and the structure of its hind feet, which appear to be adapted for
excavating. It is no doubt allied to the Stenodactylus garrulus of Smith,
but differs in numerous respects from the description of the latter author.

Lethbobia pallida Cope, gen. et sp. nov Typhlopidarum.

Char. gen. — This genus differs from Typhlops in the subdivision of its ocular
plate into two scales similar to those of the body ; the superciliary plate is
also undistinguishable from the latter. There appears to be no eyes. Supe-
rior labials three.

This genus is between Typhlops and Helminthophis Peters, differing from
the latter in its erect nasal plate, with nostril on the superior suture. The
Oaychocepbalus c ae c u s Dum^ril, from Gaboon, appears to belong to this
genus ; the two species may be distinguished as follows :
Muzzle obtuse ; rostral very wide, largely in contact with the

superciliary plates ; nasal large L. pallida.

Muzzle transversely acute ; rostral not reaching to supercilia-

ries : nasal minute L. c ae c a .

Char, specif. — Uostral subquadrate viewed from above, nearly as broad as
long, in contact nearly equally with three scales above the fronto-nasals, —
viz., the frontal and two superciliaries. Thesubocular a little larger than the
ocular ; behind these a series of seven scales from the rictus to the median
row, on each side. Preocular and fronto-nasal of equal width, the latter
sending a very narrow point to the second labial behind the wider nasal.
Nostril very near the rostral suture. Tail as long as width of head, acumi-
nate. Scales equal, in twenty-two longitudinal rows. Form quite slender.
Length 6 in. 3-5 lines ; diameter at middle 1-25 lines. Color pale flesh-color.

Habitat. — Zanzibar. Presented by C. Cooke to the Essex Institute, Salem,
Mass. (Mus. 504.) It was taken from a well. Mus. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada.

Thrasops citrinus Cope, sp. nov.

Body slender, compressed, tail short for the genus. Gastrosteges rounded
and elevated on the sides. Scales in seventeen rows, poreless, all strongly
keeled ; the median more lanceolate; the surface of all finely longitudinally
striate. Head quite distinct; muzzle not long, flat, truncate ; cantbus ros-
tralis straight, angulate, lores plane. Supranasals a little longer than broad ;
frontal elongate, not concave laterally, occipitals a little longer. Post-front-
als descending to labials, no loreal ; oculars 1 — 3. Superior labials nine,

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

fourth, fifth and sixth in orbit, last three longer than high ; temporals 1 — 2.
Ten inferior labials, postgenials longer than pregenials.

Total length 23-5 in. ; to vent 17 in.; to rictus oris 7 lin. ; to orbit 1-5 lin.
Oastrosteges 197, urosteges 105.

Yellowish-brown above, gastro- and urosteges rich yellow. Top of head
brown, lips paler, the upper edges of the plates light, continuing into a streak
to belly.

From the Seychelle Islands ; found by U. S. consul Pike. Mus. Acad. Nat.
Sciences.

Notes on some points in the Structure and Habits of the Palsezoic CRINOIDEA.

BY F. B. MEEK AND A. H. WORTHEN,

Of the State Geological Survey of Illinois.

Through the kindness of Mr. Charles Wachsmuth, of Burlington, Iowa, we
have recently had an opportunity to examine some unique and exceedingly in-
teresting specimens of Carboniferous Crinoids, showing parts of the structure
of these animals, in some instances, never before observed, so far as we are at
this time informed. In a few instances, these specimens show internal organs
entirely free from the matrix, and although like all the other solid parts of
these curious creatures, composed of numerous calcareous pieces, really sur-
passing in delicacy of structure the finest lace-work, and so frail that a touch,
or even a breath, might almost destroy them.* Some of these specimens we
propose to notice here, but, before proceeding to do so, we avail ourselves of
this opportunity to express our thanks to Mr. Wachsmuth for the zeal, indus-
try, skill and intelligence he has brought to bear, in collecting and preparing
for study, such an unrivaled series of the beautiful fossil Crinoidea of this
wonderfully'- rich locality. Some idea of the extent of his collection of these
precious relics may be formed, when we state that of the single family Actino-
crinidse alone, after making due allowance for probable synonyms, he must
have specimens of near 150 species, or perhaps more, and many of them show-
ing the body, arras and column.

It is also due to Mr. Wachsmuth, that we should state here that he is riot a
mere collector only, but that he understands what he collects, and knows just
what to collect, as well as how to collect.

Below we give substantially some notes of observations made in his collec-
tion, followed by some remarks on other specimens at Springfield :

1. Sf/nbathocrinu<i, Phillips. Some of Mr. Wachsmuth's specimens of a spe-
cies of this genus show that it is provided with a long, slender, pipe-stem like
ventral tube, or proboscis, apparently equaling the arms in length. Also, that
a double row of minute alternating marginal pieces extends up within the am-
bulacral furrows of the arms, apparently all their length. We are not aware
that these characters have been hitherto noticed in any of the publications on
this genus. It will be seen, however, farther on, that minute marginal pieces
probably occupied the furrows along the inner side of the arms of other types
of Crinoidea, as well as this.

2. Joniasteroidocrinus, Lyon and Casseday. Some unusually fine specimens
of the typical species of this genus [G. tuberosum) in Mr. Wachsmuth's collec-
tion, from Crawfordsville, Ind., show the slender pendent arms much more
distinctly than any we had before seen, and from these it seems evident that
these arms are stouter than we had supposed, and that there are not more than
five or six of them to each of the ten openings. In the specimen figured by us
on page 220 of the second volume of the Illiuois Reports, these arms were only
imperfectly seen by working away, with great difficulty, the hard matrix be-

* By Mr. Waohsmuth's permission, we have prepared for future publication, drawmgsof
all of these instructive specimens.

1868.]

324

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

tween two of the produced rays of the vault, which we have termed pseudo-
brachial appendages, or false arms. In clearing away the matrix of this
specimen, we had cut just far enough to expose the edges of the arms on each
side of the deep ambulacral furrow, so that each of these edges presents the
appearance of being a separate and distinct, very slender arm, composed of a
single series of pieces, and without any ambulacral furrow on the outer or
ventral side ; whereas there is a well-defined ambulacral furrow, bearing the
tentacula along its margins, on the outer side of the arms, and when the matrix
is removed from these ambulacral furrows, the arms can be seen to be composed
each of a double series of small alternately-arranged pieces. It is barely possi-
ble that in specimens of this species with the arms perfectly preserved, that the
ambulacral furrows may be covered on the outer or ventral side by a double
series of alternating pieces, and that the tentacula* may connect with ]ittle
openings along each side, though there certainly appear to be only open fur-
rows in the specimens examined.

It is worthy of note, in this connection, that there certainly are species,
agreeing exactly in all other known characters with this genus, that have no
open furrow along the outer or ventral side of the arms, which are distinctly
seen to be round on the outer side, and show there a double series of interlock-
ing pieces along their entire length, while the tentacula connect along the
inner, or under side, as the arms are seen hanging down. This is clearly seen
to be the case in a beautiful specimen of G typus [=Trematocrinus typus, Hall)
in Mr. Wachsmuth's collection, and we can scarcely doubt that in this species
there is an open furrow on the inner (under) or dorsal side of the arms. If
not, the arms must be tubular, in consequence of having the ambulacral canal
aclosed all around, excepting at the points where the tentacula connect along
each side.

3. Cyathocrinus, Miller. Specimens of this genus showing the vault (more
properly the ventral disc) have very rarely been seen. In England a few ex-
amples have been found, and these have been supposed to show two openings,
one central and another lateral ; the latter, according to Prof. Philipps' and
Mr. Austin's figures, being provided with a slender marginal tube, or so-called
proboscis. Some of Mr. Wachsmuth's specimens, however, of C. malvaceus and
O. lowensis, Hall, showing the vault, have led us to doubt the existence of a
central opening in the vault of this genus, when the specimens have this part
entire. The specimen of C. malvaceus shows the remains of the usual narrow
lateral proboscis, and also has an opening in the middle of the vault, but from
the appearance of this opening, as well as from the structure of the vault of a
specimen of C. lowensis, in which this opening is closed, we can scarcely doubt
that it was also closed in the specimen of C. malvaceus, when entire. The re-
maining parts of the vault of the C. malvaceus mentioned consist of only five
comparatively large pieces, alternating with the upper inner edges of the first
radial pieces, — the one on the anal side being larger than the others, and form-
ing the base of the inner side of the proboscis. These five pieces connect with
each other laterally, and extend inward some distance, but not so far as to
meet at the centre, where there is a subseraicircular opening, nearly as large
as that in the remaining base of the proboscis. Along each of the sutures
between the five vault pieces mentioned, a comparatively large furrow extends
inward from each arm-base to the central opening. These we regard as con-
tinuations of the ambulacral furrows from the arms, though there is also a mi-
nute opening at each arm base, passing directly downward into the cavity of
the body, which was probably for the passage of the arm-muscles.

Looking at this specimen alone, one would naturally suppose there must

* We use the term tentacula here in the sense it is generally used by palaeontologists,
with reference to the delicate pinnulse along the arms of Crinoids, and of course not as
applying to the minute fleshy organs along the ambulacral furrows, usually termed tenta-
cles by those who have investigated the recent Crinoids.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325

have been, during the life of the animal, two distinct openings in the vault, as
appears to be the case in the specimen of C. ^Zanwa, Miller, figured by Prof.
Phillips and Mr. Austin. But on examining the specimen of C. lowensis men-
tioned above, we find that it shows the base of the small lateral proboscis, with
the five principal vault-pieces alternating with the first radials (the one on
the anal side being larger than the others), and the same ambulacral furrows
extending inwards from the arm- bases, all exactly as in the C. malvaceus. But
here we find the central opening undoubtedly closed by several vault pieces,
while the ambulacral furrows, extending inward from the arm-bases, pass
in under these central pieces, and are themselves occupied, or covered, by a
double series of alternating, very minute pieces, which probably also extend
on, all the way up the ambulacral furrows of the arms as marginal pieces.

From our examinations of these two specimens, which are the only examples
of the genus we have seen, showing the vault pieces, and seem to be typical
forms of the genus in all other respects, we are strongly inclined to think the
specimen of C. planus^ figured by Prof. Phillips and Mr. Austin, has had these
central vault pieces removed by some accident. The fact that these pieces in
the specimen examined by us, in Mr. Wachsrauth's collection, seem not to be
deeply implanted between the five larger surrounding pieces mentioned, but
rather rest, as it were, partly upon the narrow bevelled points of the inner ends
of the latter, between the ambulacral furrows, so as to allow room for these
furrows to pass under, would render them less firm, and more liable to be re-
moved by any accident, and may possibly account for their absence in the
English specimen mentioned.

In regard to the pieces covering the central part of the vault, and which,
from the way they are arranged for the ambulacral furrows to pass under them,
were apparently more liable to be removed than the others, we would remark
that they do not present the prominent appearance, and uniformity of size and
form, of the movable pieces composing what is often called the ovarian pyra-
mid in the Cystids, but certainly have all the appearances of true fixed vault
pieces, and scarcely project above the others surrounding them. Consequently
we cannot believe it at all probable that this genus had a central mouth, open-
ing directly through the vault ; though its ambulacral canals evidently con-
verged from the arm-bases to the middle of the vault, partly above the outer
vault pieces, and under those composing the middle of the vault. That these
furrows terminated at the entrance of the alimentary canal, under the middle
of the vault, as those of Comatula converge to the mouth, in the same central
position, is highly probable ; and, as will be seen further on, we are much in-
clined to believe that the minute organisms upon which we are led, from ana-
logy, to think these animals subsisted, were conveyed to the entrance of the
alimentary canal along the ambulacral furrows, without the agency of any
proper mouth, opening directly through the vault. Hence we think it proba-
ble that the small tube, usually called the proboscis, situated near the poste-
rior side of the ventral disc, rather corresponds to the tubular anal opening
similarly situated in Comatula MediUrranea,

From our description of the vault of these species, it will be seen to present
considerable similarity to that of Crotalocrinus rugosus^ excepting that in that
genus, owing to its great number of arms, the ambulacral furrows, or canals,
bifurcate several times between the middle of the vault and the arm-bases,
while in Crotalocrinus there is no lateral proboscis, nor, apparently, even any
visible opening, judging by the figures we have seen, though we suspect it may
have a small opening at the periphery of the ventral disc, on the posterior or
anal side. In the group of depressed PUtycrini for which Troost proposed the
name Cupelliecrinus we observe a somewhat similar vault, at least in some of the
species; also in Coccocrinus. In such forms there would seem to be, as it were,
an intermediate gradation between the modern Crinoids and the prevailing
Palaeozoic types, as has been pointed out by Mr. Billings.

4. Convoluted support 0/ the digestive sack, in the Actinocrinidte, The presence

1868.]

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

of a large convoluted body, resembling in form the shell of a Bulla or Scaphari'
der, within the body of several types of the Actinocrinidse^ was noticed by Prof,
Hall in vol. xli, p. 261 of the Am. Journ. Sci., in 1866, though he made no sug-
gestions there in regard to the functions it probably performed in the internal
economy of these animals. In the second volume of the Illinois Geological
Reports, published soon after, we figured, on page 191, a specimen of Stroto-
crinus, with this body seen in place, and stated that we regarded it as having
been connected with the digestive apparatus of the animal.

Both in Prof. Hall's and our own remarks, this organ was spoken of as a
convoluted plate. This, however, we now know is not strictly correct, for al-
though composed of hard calcareous matter, and in some species somewhat
dense in structure, it seems to be always constructed of a great number of mi-
nute pieces, and generally has a more or less open or porous texture ; while in
some cases it presents the appearance of an exceedingly delicate net-work. It
seems never to be attached to the bottom of the visceral cavity, though it ex-
tends down nearly to the bottom. It is open at both ends (the opening at the
lower end being generally smaller than the other), and is placed with its longer
axis nearly so as to coincide with that of the body of the Crinoid. In some
species it is more or less dilated at the upper end, while in others it is con-
tracted at both ends, so as to present, as above stated, the form of the shell of
a Bulla. It has apparently no columella, but is more or less loosely convoluted,
with a spiral ridge descending the interior, and sometimes another ascend-
ing the exterior. Its walls are generally of moderate thickness, but they often
appear to be thicker than natural, in consequence of the presence of inorganic
incrustations, of calcareous or silicious matter, which also disguise its real
structure.

In Actinocrinns Verneiiilianus, Shumard, this body is narrow below, and sub-
cylindrical above to the top, which is slightly dilated. The small opening at
the lower end has a thickened rim, which passes around spirally, so as to as-
cend the outside, as a rather stout ridge, all the way to the top, making nearly
two turns, and apparently also forming a rim partly around the top. The sur-
face of the whole organ, as well as of its external spiral ridge, has the usual
rough appearance, and when fragments of it are held up, so as to be examined
by transmitted light, through a good pocket-glass, it is seen to be composed of
a great number of very minute polygonal pieces, varying somewhat in form
and size. When these pieces are examined under a magnifier, by reflected
light, they show shining facets, like crystals, though they are evidently not
surface incrustations, but actually compose the walls, or substance of the organ
itself. No pores or meshes were observed passing through the walls of this
organ in this species, in which it appears to be more than usually dense.

In another specimen in Mr. Wachsmuth's collection, apparently of Aclinocri-
nus proboscidialis, this organ, as seen with one or more of the outer turns re-
moved, has an oval or subelliptic form, being contracted and twisted at both
ends, so as to present very nearly the appearance of the shell of some species
of Ovulum. Its walls are quite thin, and seem to form more convolutions than
in any other species in which we have had an opportunity to examine it. As
seen by the aid of a magnifier by transmitted light, it presents a very beauti-
ful appearance, being composed of a great number of minute pieces, with nu-
merous openings passing through between them. The little pieces and the
openings between them, are of nearly uniform size, and arranged so that there
are usually one or two of the former intervening between any two of the open-
ings.

Another of Mr. Wachsmuth's specimens oi Actinocrinns secvrus^YidAX^ has one
side of the body removed so as to show about two thirds of the convoluted or-
gan, the upper part of which is broken away. The part remaining has a short
wide subcylindrical form, with a rather broad, obliquely truncated lower end,
which is not tapering, as in the other species. Under a magnifier it is seen to
be composed of an extremely fine net-work, far surpassing, indeed, in delicacy

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

of Structure, the finest laces that it is perhaps within the power of human skill
to fabricate ; and as it is entirely free from any surrounding matrix, excepting
at one side below, the specimen has to be handled with great care, as a mere
touch of this delicate part would probably cause it to fall into hundreds of
minute fragments. On examining it under a magnifier, the little bars of which
it is composed are seen not to intersect each other at any uniform angle, but
anastomose, so as to impart a kind of irregular regularity, if we may so speak,
to the form and size of the meshes. Of these little bars there are two sizes, the
larger forming the larger meshes, while within the latter a smaller set of pro-
cesses extend partly or entirely across, so as to form more minute meshes ; the
whole presentinga beautiful appearance, of which it would be difficult to con-
vey a correct idea by a mere description alone, without the aid of figures.

From analogy, judging from what is known of the internal structure of the
recent genus Comatala^ in which several authors have noticed a reticulated
calcareous structure secreted within the tissue of the softer parts of its alimen-
tary canal, we may infer that this convoluted organ was, as it were, a kind of
frame work, secreted for the support of the digestive sack, which was probably
more or less convoluted in the same way in many, if not all of the Palaeozoic
Crinoids, though not apparently, in all cases, endowed with the power of se-
creting a sufficient dense structure of this kind to leave traces of its existence
in a fossil state.

So far as we are at this time informed, this organ has yet been very rarely
observed in any other family than the Aciinscrinidse, though it was probably
more or less developed in various other groups. In one instance Mr. Wach-
smuth found it in a Flatycrinus, but here it seems to be, in the specimen found,
merely a spongy mass, not showing very clearly the convoluted structure.
Some traces of what was supposed to be something of this kind were also
observed by him in one of the Blastoids.

5. Ambulacral canals passing under the vault in the Actinocrinidse. In the third
and fourth Decades of descriptions and illustrations of the Canadian Organic
Remains, Mr. Billings, the able palaeontologist of the Geological Survey of the
Canadian provinces, gives some highly interesting and instructive remarks on
the ambulacral and other openings of the Palaeozoic Crinoids. In these re-
marks he noticed, at length, some striking differences between the vault, or
ventral disc, of these older types, and that of the few living examples of this
extensive order of animals. That is, he noticed the facts, that while in the
living Comatula and Pentacrinus, the ambulacral canals are seen extending
from the arm-bases across the surface of the soft skin-like ventral disc, to the
central mouth, and these genera are provided with a separate anal opening,
situated excentiically between the mouth and the posterior side, that in the
paUeozoic Crinoids the ventral disc is very generally, if not always, covered
by close-fitting, solid plates, showing no external traces whatever of ambula-
cral furrows extending inward from the arm-bases ; and that in nearly all
cases they are merely provided with a single excentric, or subcentral opening,
often produced into a long tube which, like the vault, is made up of solid
plates. He showed that there is no evidence whatever that the ambulacral
canals, in these older types, were continued along the surface of the vault from
the arm-bases to the only opening, whether subcentrally or laterally situated,
and that in cases where this opening is produced in the form of a greatly
elongated proboscis, or tube, such an arrangement of the ambulacra would be
almost a physical impossibility. Hence he concluded that the ambulacral
canals must have passed directly through the walls of the body at the arm-
bases ; and he gave several figures of various types, showing openings at the
base of the arms, through which he maintained that the ambulacra must have
passed to the interior of the body from the arms.

Although these arm-openings had long been well known to all familiar with
our numerous types of western Carboniferous Crinoids, in which they are very

1868.]

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

conspicuous, and we had never entertained any other opinion in regard to
them, than that they are the only passages of communication that could have
existed between the softer parts occupying the ambulacral furrows of the arms,
and the interior of the body, Mr. Billings was the first author, so far as we
are at this time aware, who called especial attention to them in this regard.
We regret that we have not space to quote a portion, at least, of his remarks
on this subject, and would advise the student to read attentively the whole of
both of his articles alluded to.

The specimens at Mr. Billing's command enabled him to trace the courses of
the ambulacral canals from the arms, through the walls of the body at the
arm-bases, and to ascertain the additional fact that, after passing through the
walls, they seemed to have turned upward ; but beyond this he had not the
means of tracing them farther.

A single specimen of Actinocrinus proboscidialis, however, in Mr. Wachsmuth's
collection, is in a condition (thanks to the great skill of that gentleman, and
the exceedingly fortunate state of preservation, by which its delicate internal
parts remain almost entire, and without any surrounding matrix) to throw
much additional light on this subject. By very dextrous manipulation, Mr.
Wachsmuth succeeded in removing about half of its vault, so as to expose the
internal parts, in place, and in an excellent state of preservation. The convo-
luted organ already described in other species is in this comparatively large,
subcylindrical in the middle, apparently tapering at the lower end, and a little
dilated at the upper extremity. It seems to be rather dense, and shows the
usual rough appearance, but as we had no opportunity to examine any de-
tached fragments of it by transmftted light, we did not determine whether or
not it has pores passing through it, though it probably has, at least when en-
tirely free from any inorganic incrustation. Its slightly dilated upper end
seems to stand with its middle almost, but apparently not exactly, under the
middle of the nearly central proboscis of the vault ; while at the anterior side
of its upper margin, and a little out from under the proboscis, it shows re-
mains of a kind of thickened collar, which we found to be composed of minute
calcareous pieces. From this there radiate five ambulacra, composed of the
same kind of minute pieces as the collar itself, each ambulacrum consisting of
two rows of these minute pieces alternately arranged. They are each also
provided with a distinct furrow along their entire length above. As they ra-
diate and descend from their connection with the top of the convoluted frame-
work of the digestive sack, they all bifurcate, so as to send a branch to each
arm-opening, those passing to the posterior rays curving a little at first above,
so as not to pass directly under the proboscis. These ambulacra, although
passing along obscure furrows in the under side of the vault, which are deepest
near the arm-openings, are not in contact with the vault, or visibly connected
with any other parts than the top of the convoluted digestive sack, and the
outer walls at the arm-openings. Each of their subdivisions can be traced
into an arm-opening, and it is very probable that they continued on out the
ambulacral furrows of the arms and tentacula. At one point in one of these
ambulacral canals, beneath the vault, some evidences of the remains of two
rows of minute pieces were observed alternating with the upper edges of those
composing the under side of these canals, and thus apparently covering them
over. The condition of the parts is such, however, as scarcely to war-
rant the assertion that this was really the case, though we are much inclined
to think it was. If so, these canals must have been, at least under the vault,
hollow tubes, formed of two rows of pieces below, and two above, all alter-
nately arranged.

We are not aware that any evidences of the existence of these delicate
ambulacral canals, composed of minute calcareous pieces, and passing beneath
the vault from the arm-openings to the summit of the convoluted digestive sack,
have ever before been observed in any Crinoid, recent or extinct; and we can
but think it probable, that the extremely rare combination of circumstances

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329

that brought them to light in this instance may not again occur for centuries
to come, with regard to another specimen. That they correspond to the am-
bulacral canals seen extending from the arm-base to the mouth, on the outside
of the ventral disc in Comatula, is clearly evident.

The presence of furrows radiating from the central region of the under side
of the vault to the arm-openings, in various types of pala?ozoic Crinoids, must
have been frequently observed by all who have had an opportunity to examine
the inner surface of this part. Messrs. deKoninck and Lehon figure a portion
of the vault of Actinocrinus stellaris, in their valuable ^ecAercAes sur Ics Crmoides
du Terr. Carb de la Belgique^ pi. iii, fig. 4 f., showing these furrows, which they
seem to have regarded as the impressions left by the muscles of the viscera.
The inner surface of the vault of most of our western Carboniferous Cri-
noids is known to have these furrows more or less defined, either from
specimens showing this inner surface, or from natural casts of the same. In
some instances they are very strongly defined from the central region outward
to the arm-bases, to each of which they send a branch. In Actinocrinus orna-
tus, Hall, for instance, they are generally so strongly defined as to raise the
thin vault into strong radiating ridges, separated by deep furrows on the outer
side. In Strotocrinus, the vault of which is greatly expanded laterally, and
often flat on top, these internal furrows, in radiating outward, soon become
separated by partitions, and as they go on bifurcating, to send a branch to
each arm, they actually assume the character of rounded tubular canals, some
distance before they reach the arm-bases.

That these furrows or passages of the inner side of the vault were actually
occupied during the life of the animal by the ambulacral canals as they radi-
ate from the top of the convoluted digestive sack to the arm-openings, we think
no one will for a moment question, after examining Mr. Wachsmuth's speci-
men of Actinocrinus proboscidians, which we have described, showing all these
parts in place. It is also worthy of note, that in all the specimens of various
types in which these furrows of the under side of the vault are well known,
whether from detached vaults, or from casts of the interior of the same, they
never converge directly to the opening of the vault, but to a point on the anterior side
of it, whether there is a simple opening or a produced proboscis. The point to
which they converge, even in types with a decidedly lateral opening of the
vault, is always central or very nearly so, and even when the opening is nearly
or quite central, the furrows seem to go, as it were, out of their way to avoid
it, those coming from the posterior rays passing around on each side of it to
the point of convergence of the others, a little in advance of the opening. That
the ambulacral canals here, under this point of convergence of the furrows in
the under side of the vault, always came together and connected with the
upper end of the convoluted frame-work of the digestive sack, we can scarcely
entertain a doubt.

Now in looking at one of these specimens, especially an internal cast of the
vault, showing the furrows (or casts of them) starting from a central, or
nearly central point, and radiating and bifurcating so as to send a branch to
each arm-base, while the opening or proboscis of the vault (or the protuber-
ance representing it in the cast) is seen to occupy a position somewhere on a
line between this central point from which the furrows radiate and the poste-
rior side, one can scarcely avoid being struck with the fact, that this point of
convergence of the ambulacra, under the vault, bears the same relations in
position to the opening of the vault, that the tnouth of a Comalula does to its
ona^ opening. And when we remember that eminent authorities, who have
dissected specimens of the existing genus Comatula, maintain that these
animals subsisted on microscopic organisms floating in the sea-water, such aif
the DiatomacecB, minute Entomostraca, etc.,* which were conveved to the mouth

* Bronn mentions the fact (Klasseu dos Thierreichs. Aetinozoa, II, p. 211), that the re-
mains of Diatomaceie, of the generu Navicula, ActinocydmCoscinodiscug, audot'niiii.utn tixtom-
ostraea were found in the stonmch of Cwnalula, and suggests that, wheu sucli objects in

1868.] 22

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

along the atnbulacral canals, perhaps by means of cilia, we are led from analogy
to think that the palaeozoic Grinoids subsisted upon similar food, conveyed in
the same way to the entrance of the digestive sack If so, where would there
have been any absolute necessity for a mouth or other opening directly through
the vault, when, as we know, the ambulacral canals were so highly developed
under it from the arm openings to the entrance into the top of the alimentary
canal ? Indeed it seems at least probable, that if the soft ventral disc of
Comalula had possessed the power of secreting solid vault pieces, as in most
types of palaeozoic Grinoids, that these vault pieces would not only have covered
over the ambulacral furrows, as in the palaeozoic types, but that they would
also have hermetically covered over the mouth, and converted the little flexi-
ble anal tube into a solid calcareous pipe, such as that we often call the pro-
boscis in the extinct Grinoids.

From all the facts therefore now known on this point, we are led to make
the inquiry whether or not, in all the palaeozoic Grinoids in which there is
but a single opening in the vault — whether it is a simple aperture or pro-
longed into a proboscis, and placed posterially, subcentrally, or at some point
■on a line between the middle and the posterior side — this opening was not,
instead of being the mouth, or both mouth and anus as supposed by some,
really the anal aperture alone ; and whether in these types the mouth was not
generally, if not always, hermetically closed by immovable vault pieces, so
far as regards any direct opening through the vault ?

We are aware of the fact, that at least one apparently strong objection may
be urged against this suggestion, and in favor of the conclusion that the single
opening seen in these older Grinoids was the mouth, or at least performed the
the double office of both anal and oral aperture. That is, the frequent occur-
rence of specimens of these palaeozoic species, with the shell of a. Flatycer as in
close contact by its aperture, either with the side or the vault of the Grinoid,
and not unfrequently actually covering the only opening in the vault of the
latter, so as to have led to the opinion that the Grinoid was in the very act of
devouring the MoUusk at the moment when it perished.

Amongst the numerous beautiful specimens of Grinoids found in the Keokuk
division of the Lower Garboniferous series at Crawfordsville, Indiana, there is
one species of Platycrinus [P. hemisphsericus), that is so abundant that proba-
bly not less than two hundred, and possibly more, individual specimens of it
have been found there by the different collectors who have visited that noted
localit}" ; and, judging from those we have seen, apparently about one-half of
these were found with a moderate sized, nearly straight, or very slightly
arched and conical Platyceras (P. infundibulum), attached to one side by its
aperture, between the arms of the crinoid, and often so as to cover the single
lateral opening in the vault of the same.'^^ From the direction of the slight
curve of the apex of the Platyceras^ it is also evident that it is always placed in
such a manner, with relation to the Grinoid, that the anterior side of the Mol-

floating in the sea-water, oame in contact witli the ambulacral furrows of the pinnulce,
they were conveyed along these furrows to those of the arms, and thence in the same way
into the mouth. He ridicules the idea, sometimes suggested, that the food may have been
iianded by the pinnulseor arms directly to the mouth.

JDujardi'n and Hup§ also state (Hist Nat. des Zoophytes Behind., p. 18), that the living
'dymatuJa was "nourished by microscopic .<4i5'a5 and floating corpuscles, which the vibra-
tile cilia of the ambulacra brought to the mouth." That they may have sometimes swal-
lowed a larger object, that accidentally floated into the mouth, however, is not improbable,
■and would not, if such was the case, by any means disprove the generally accepted opinion
that these animals received their food almost entirely through the agency of their ambu-
lacral canals.

* We at one time thought th«se shells attached to the side of this Platycrinus to be out
of reach of the opening, or supposed mouth, because we had not seen specimens showing
the position of the opening in this species, and had supposed, from its similarity to Platy-
crinus granulatus. Miller, and other species without a lateral opening, that such was also
the case with this. We have since seen specimens, however, showing that it has a lateral
opening, and therefore belongs to the group Pleuroerinu&, so that it is probable these shells
often cover this opening.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 331

lusk was directed upward, when the vault of the Crinoid was turned in that
direction.* A species of Ooniasteroidocrinus [O. tuberosus, Lyon and Casse-
day), found at the same locality, also has frequently a Platyceras attached to
the top of its nearly flat vault, so as to cover the only opening in the same.
It is worthy of note, however, that it is always another, snbspiral, Platyceras
(very similar to P. sequilaterurn), that we find attached to this Crinoid, so that
oere at least, it would seem that each of these two Crinoids has its own par-
ticular species of Platyceras.

In all of these, and numerous other examples that might be mentioned, it is
worthy of note that it is to species of Crinoids with a simple opening in the
vault, and not to any of those with a produced proboscis, that we find these
shells attached in this way ;f and it is so rarely that we find shells of any other
genus than Platyceras^ apparently attached to, or in contact with, the body of
a Crinoid, that it seems probable where other shells are occasionally so found,
that their connection with the Crinoid may be merely accidental. If it could
be established as a fact, that these Crinoids were actually devouring these
Mollusks, by sucking out; or otherwise extracting and swallowing their softer
parts, in any instance where they have been found with a shell attached over
the opening of the vault, this would, of course, establish the fact that this
opening is the mouth, or, at least, that it must have performed the office of
both oral and anal aperture. But to say nothing in regard to all that is known
of the habits and food of the recent Crinoids being so directly opposed to such
a conclusion, the fact that so large a proportion as nearly one-half of all the
individuals of some species should have died at the precise moment of time
when they were devouring a Platyceras^ and should have been embedded in
the sediment and subsequently fossilized without separating from the shell,
seems, to say the least of it, very improbable.

And it is even more difficult to understand upon what principal an animal with
its viscera incased in a hard unyielding shell, composed of thick, close-fitting
calcareous pieces, and with even its digestive sack, as we have reason to believe,
at least to some extent, similarly constructed, could have exerted such powers
of suction as to be able to draw out and swallow, through an aperture in its
own shell, often less than one-tenth of an inch in diameter, the softer parts of
a mollusk nearly or quite equal in volume to the whole of its own visceral
cavity. That they ever did so, however, becomes still more improbable,
when we bear in mind the fact, that the animal supposed to have performed
this feat, lived, at least during the whole of its adult life, attached to one spot
by a flexible stem, that only allowed it a radius of a foot or so of area to
seek its prey in ; while the mollusk it is suppose! to have so frequently de-
voured, from its close affinities to the genus Capulus, may be supposed to have
almost certainly lived most of its life attached to one spot. J In such a case, why

* Prof. Richard Owen has noticed, in his Report on the Geological Survey of Indiana, p.
364 (1802), the frequent occurrence of a Platycr.ras attached to this same riatycrinus, at this
locality, and proposed to name the Plntycernn P. pubulocrinux, from the supposition that it
formed the chief food of these Crinoids. It is probable that the Pldycf.ras for wiiich he
proposed this name, is the same we named P. infundibulum, but as he gave no description
of the species, and but an imperfect figure, we cannot speak positirdi/ an to its identity.
Prof. Hall has also proposed the name of /'. suhreclum for this Crawfordsville Platycrax, but
he had previously used the same name for a very ditterent, Kew York, Devonian species
of this genus.

Prof. Yandell and Dr.Shnmardhavealsofiguredin their paper entitled "Contributions to
the Geology of Kentucky," a specimen of Acrocrinus, with a very similar Plutyeeras appar-
ently attached to its vault.

Amongst all the numerous Crinoids found at Burlington, Iowa, we are aware of but a
single instance of one being found with a /*/a<.v(;*;r«A' attached, and timt is a specimen of Act i-
nocrinux veMricosus in Mr. Wachsmuth's collection, which lias a crushed shell of a Platycitus
connected with its vault.

t Possibly due to the fact, that in species with a proboscis there is much less room for
attachment to the vault.

\ Most of the best European authorities on palsBontology refer these shells even to the
existing genus Capulut.

1868.]

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

should the Crinoid have so frequently left the Platyceras to grow within its
reach to nearly its adult size before devouring it ? But if from some unknown
cause it should have done so, by what means could the Crinoid have pulled
loose the Mollusk (which from analogy we may reasonably suppose held with
some degeee of tenacity to its place of attachment), and placed it with the
aperture of its shell over the opening supposed to be its own mouth ? That it
could have used its arms and tentacula as prehensile organs, in this sense, is
extremely improbable from their very structure, so much so indeed that few
if any of the best authorities who have investigated the recent Crinoids,
believe that they ever used these appendages to hand directly to the mouth,
even minute organisms*

But we believe the strongest argument against the conclusion that
the Crinoids, so frequently found with the shell of a Platyceras attached to
them, died while in the act of sucking out, or otherwise extracting the softer
parts of these Mollusk, remains to be stated. In the first place, if such really
was the nature of the relations between the Crinoid and the Mollusk, it is of
course self-evident that the continuation of the life of the latter must have
necessarily been of very short duration after it came in contact with the Cri-
noid. Yet we have the most conclusive evidence that such was not the case ;
but that on the contrary, in most if not all of these instances, the Platyceras
must have lived long enough in contact with the Crinoid to have adapted the sinuosi-
ties of the margins of its shell exactly to the irregularities of the surface of the
Crinoid.

We have taken some trouble to examine carefully a number of specimens
of Platycrinus hernisphcuricus^ and Goniasteroidocrinus tuberosus, from Crawfords-
ville, Indiana, with each a Platyceras attached, and in all cases where the
specimens are not too much crushed or distorted, or the hard argillaceous
shaly matter too firmly adherent to prevent the line of contact between the
shell and Crinoid to be clearly seen, ihe sinuosities of the lip of the former
closely conform to the irregular nodose surface of the latter. Owing to the
fact that in some cases the shell has evidently been forced by accidental
pressure against the surface of the Crinoid, so as to become somewhat
crushed, this adaptation is not always so clearly evident; but in most cases
it is more or less visible, while in some it is strikingly manifest. In one
instance of a Platycrinus now before us, with a Platyceras &tta,ched, as usual,
to its side, between the arm-b3ses of two of its adjacent rays, and of rather
larger size than those usually found attached to this species, the adaptation
of the irregularities of its lip, so as to receive the little nodes and other
prominence of the Ciinoid, is so clearly manifest that a moment's examination
must satisfy any one that the shell must have grown there. Being, as we
stated, a larger individual than we usually see so situated, it not only occupies
the whole of the interradial or anal space to which it is attached, but its
lateral margins on each side coming in contact with the arm-bases of the
Crinoid, as the shell increased in size, had formed on either side a profound
sinus in its lip for the reception of these arms. These sinuses are not only in pre-

* In many instances it is clearly evident that it would have been an absolute impnxsibiUty
for certain types of our Carboniferous Crinoids to have handed any object great or small, di-
rectly to the only opening through the vault. That is, where this opening is at the extremity
of a straight rigid tube, offen nearly twice the length of the arms, even to the extreme
ends of their ultimate divisions. We are aware that some have supposed this tube, or pro-
boscis, to nave been flexible, and the Messrs. Austin even thought it was especially de-
signed and used for the purpose of sucking out the softer parts of Polyps. If flexible, we
might suppose that in those cases where it was so much longer than the arms, that it
could have been curved so as to bring its extremity within reach of the ends of the arms ;
but although we have in a few instances seen this tube more or less bent, a careful exami-
nation always showed that, where this was not due to an accidental fracture after the death
of the animal, it was caused by the plates composing it being on one side larger, or
diflferently formed from those on the other, and evidently not to flexibility. We find the
arms, which were evidently flexible, folded and bent in every conceivable manner, but the
tube of the vault is, in nine cases out often, if not more frequently, when not accidentally
distorted, found to be perfectly straight, or a little inclined to one side or the other.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

cisely the j)roper places, but of exactly the proper size and form to receive the
adjacent arm on each side ; the entire adjustment being so exact, that it
seems scarcely possible that the shell could have been removed during the
life of both animals, and after the Mollusk had attained its present size, with-
out either breaking its lip or breaking off the arms of the Crinoid. Unfortu-
nately, in clearing away the rather hard argillaceous matrix, before the
arrangement of the parts was clearly comprehended, these arras were broken
away, but their stumps are still seen protruding from the sinuses, which are
so deep as almost to present the appearance of isolated perforations, though
it is evident, on a careful examination, that they are only deep emarginations
extending up from the edge of the lip.

In looking at the sides of this Platyceras, which has the form of a very
slightly arched cone,* and stands out nearly at right angles to the side of the
Crinoid, it is easy to see, from abrupt curves in the lines of growth, along up
its sides, on a line above the sinuses mentioned, that these sinuses com-
menced forming abruptly at points about half way up ; and on measurinjf
across between these points with a pair of dividers, the space between is
found to coincide very closely with that between the inner sides of the arm-
bases protruding f/ora the sinuses. Hence it is evident that the shell had
commenced forming these sinuses in its lip exactly at the period of its
growth, when it had attained a breadth that brought the edges of its lip in
contact with the arm-bases. After this, it had increased very little in breadth
between the arms of the Crinoid, though it had grown somewhat wider above
6.ndhe\o\v,&nd nearJ.T/ doubled its lenffth. Whether or not it covers the open-
ing in the side of the vault of the Crinoid we are unable to say, since the
folded arms (which are, as usual in these cases, well preserved) and adhering
matrix, cover the vault. We have scarcely any doubt now, however, that the
Platyceras does, in this, as in most of the other cases, actually cover the openr-
ing in the side of the vault of the Crinoid.

From the facts stated it is, we think, evident that these Mollusks actually
lived long enough after their connection with the Crinoids, to which we find
them attached, not only to have adapted the edges of their lip to fit the sur-
face of the Crinoid, but to have generally increased more or less in size, and
in some instances, at least, to have actually nearly or quite doubled their
size. Admitting this to be the case — and we think there can be no reas-
onable doubt on this point — we can no longer believe that these Crinoids
were preying upon the Mollusks ; and we therefore think no well grounded
arguments can be based upon the fact of their being so frequently found
attached in the manner described, in favor of the conclusion that the opening
in the vault of these Crinoids is the mouth.

But, if they were not in the habit of eating these Mollusks, it may be asked
what could have been the nature of the relations between the two, that so
frequently brought them together as we now find them ? The first explana-
tion that suggests itself is, that possibly the Mollusk may have been preying
upon the Crinoid, But the facf, already stated, that these Mollusks evidently
lived long enough attached to these Crinoids, as we have every reason to be-
lieve, during the life of the latter, to have at least increased the size of their
shells considerably, if not indeed during their entire growth, is alone an al-
most insurmountable objection to such a conclusion. Doubtless, like other
marine sedentary animals, these Mollusks, when very young, floated freely
about in the sea, until they found a suitable station to attach themselves,
where they remained during life. May they not, therefore, have been attracted
to the bodies of Crinoids by the numerous little organisms brought in by the
action of cilia, along the ambulacral furrows of the arms of the Crinoids, or
in currents produced by the motions of the arms of the latter? The excre-

• It being the common species of Platycerai that is usually found attached to.thls Plat)/'
erinut.

1868.]

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

matious matter of the Crinoid could doubtless have passed out under the foot
of the Plalyceras, supposing the opening in the Crinoid sometimes covered by
these shells to have been the anus, but it is difficult to conceive laow food
could have passed in, if we suppose this opening to be the mouth.

On the Seed Vessels of FOBSYTHIA.
BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

Forsvthia suspensaN&h\., and F. viridissima LindL, two Chinese plants, have
I believe, never been known to produce perfect seed, though common in cul-
tivation. The latter rarely produces capsules; the former bears capsules
freely, but no perfect seed.

These two plants have strong specific differences ; yet my studies in devel-
opment, as published in papers in our Proceedings, lead me to believe them
to have an unity of origin. Noticing last spring that the stamens in F. sus-
jjensa, and the pistil in F. viridissima, were relatively more highly developed,
I supposed the two might possibly be, as we say practically, male and female
forms of the same thing. I impregnated flowers oi F. viridissima with pollen from
F. siispensa, and for the first time had the opportunity of examining perfect
capsules of this species. The seeds, however, though apparently mature,
proved imperfect on dissection. There is no doubt but that F. suspensa con-
ferred on the other the power to produce capsules, — why not the additional
power of perfect seeds is a mystery, — though not more so perhaps than that
it should Itself be able to produce only seedless capsules. Another form is
probably missing, necessary to fertilize the plant and furnish the v.anting
link to prove the hypothesis of a unity of origin.

But some useful facts proceed from the experiment. The capsule of F.
viridissima I believe has never been described. Lindley, the author of the
species, does not seem to have seen it. It is broadly ovate, sharp pointed,
and wrinkled, carpels of a thin papery texture, bivalvate. Seeds resem-
bling small grains of white wheat, wingless, developing upwards a swell as
down from the funiculus, shining, and profusely pitted with small dots. The
peduncles are rather shorter than the pods. One capsule was four-celled, with
seeds in each division.

F. suspensa is variously described by different authors. Bunge says the
capsule is ''about four-seeded," Endlicher " few," and Zuccarini "numer-
ous." The author makes the seeds " narrowly winged." I find the capsule
narrowly lanceolate, ligneous, and verrucose, on pedicels double its length,
composed of two carpels, in one of which I counted sixteen immature winged
seeds; one, however, was fullj- developed, although as in the other form im-
perfect, and this was wingless, exactly resembling those of F. viridissima in all
but color, which was a little darker.

The chief interest is the relation these capsules exhibit to Syringa and to
the allied orders of Solanaceae and Jasminaceae. It was plain in the four-
celled capsule of F. viridissima that placentous matter pushes out from the
central axis in four directions, though usually the two alternates are destitute
of ovules. When barren it is most highly developed. On perfect seeds it
forms no margin ; on imperfect ones a wing, until in Syringa, where the
productive division bears only a single winged seed, the unproductive one is
expanded into a long broad wing, pushing through the whole length of the
incurved carpellary margins, cementing them closely together, and thus
necessitating the peculiar dorsal dehiscence familiar in the common Lilac.
A slight difference in the vigor of placentous development constitutes the
chief cause of the differences in these three forms of capsule.

The polyspermous placentation of Forsythia indicates an approach to Sola-
naceae, and the erect tendency of the seeds to Jasminaceae.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

Eemarks on some types of Carboniferous CRINOIDEA, with descriptions of
new Genera and Species of the same, and of one ECHINOID.

BY F. B. MEEK AND A. H. WORTHEN,

Of the Illinois State Geological Survey.

Since the publication of the second volume of the Illinois Geological Re-
ports, in 1866, other engagements have, until recently, prevented us from at-
tempting any further investigations of the Crinoidea, beyond the preparation of
some specific descriptions for the third volume. On several occasions we have ex-
pressed the opinion, that the classification of these animals, as entirely based upon
the number and arrangement of the pieces composing the walls of the body below
the arms, without regard to the most extraordina7:p differences in other parts, is,
to a considerable extent, artificial ; and that when larger collections, containing
perfect specimens, showing the whole structure of a greater number of species
of various types could be obtained for study, considerable modifications in the
limits of genera, as most generally understood, would be found necessary. Im-
pressed with this opinion, we separated in the third volume of the Illinois Geo-
logical Reports and elsewhere, either as distinct genera, subgenera, or less
important sections, various types that had already been named by different
parties in this country and Europe, as distinct genera, but which had been
almost entirely overlooked or neglected by most authors, while to a few other
types we gave, for the first time, distinct names.

Having recently had an opportunity to study in Mr. Wachsmuth's collection
&t Burlington, Iowa, what we really believe to be by far the most extensive
collection of finely preserved Carboniferous Crinoids ever brought together,
either in this country or Europe, we have been more than ever impressed, not
only with the importance of the separations we had previously admitted, but
with the necessity for giving even greater prominence to some of those groups
than we have hitherto done, as well as for making other divisions. It is only
when we can study a great collection like this, in which specimens may be count-
ed by hundreds, showing the whole structure of numerous species belonging
to various genera, that it can be fully realized how readily we may arrange
them into perfectly natural groups, distinguished in part by other characters
as well as by the structure of the body. In addition to this, in attempting to
classify such a collection as this by taking into consideration the structure of
the body only, we soon find that we would often have to include in a single genus
forms difi'ering very widely, on as important other characters, as those distin-
guishing many of the universally admitted genera of other groups of Hchino-
dermata.

When once we have become familiar with the different groups, as separated
by a careful study of the entire structure of these animals, it is surprising to
see how readily we may generally separate them, even from very imperfect
specimens, upon some seemingly unimportant characters scarcely ever noticed
by those who give the widest limits to genera. That such divisions greatly
facilitate the study of these fossils must also be evident to any one who will
attempt to identify the numerous species of some allied groups contained in a
large collection.

With regard to the new species described in this paper, as well as others
that we expect to describe hereafter from the same horizon, it may be proper
to state, that we have had the advantage of being able to compare them direct-
ly (assisted by Mr. Wachsmuth) with authentic specimens of very nearly all
the described species from the Burlington rocks. Many of the original typical
specimens we have here at hand in Springfield, while Mr. Wachsmuth has in his
own collection good specimens of nearly all the described Burlington species.
Many of his specimens are also types of species, while most of those that are
not, have been identified from direct comparison by him and Mr. Niles and our-

1868.]

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

selves, with the original types in the possession of .others at Burlington and
here.

The fact that Mr. Wachsmuth is the only person (with the exception of oc-
casional visitors) that has been collecting at Burlington during the last four
or five years, and that during this time extensive excavations have been made
in working the numerous quarries and in opening new streets in the Burling-
ton rocks, has given him great advantages in collecting; consequently his col-
lection may now be regarded as unrivaled in the number and perfection of
specimens, as well as in the number of species.

Mr. Wachsmuth informs us that he also has many duplicates that he is will-
ing to exchange for other Crinoids, or to dispose of in any way that may assist
in affording him the means of increasing his collection.

Genus CYATHOCRINITES, Miller.

As properly restricted to true typical species, such as the C. planus, Miller
and C. mammillaris, C. calcaratus and C. bursa, Phillips, the genus Cyathocrinites
includes forms with a more or less globose (or perhaps rarely obconic) body,
composed of thin pieces, which below the vault consist of the' basal, subradial
and first radial plates, and but a single anal piece that can be properly regard-
ed as forming a part of the walls of the body below the top of the first radials.
Of true interradials there are apparently none. The base consists of five pieces,
all normally of the same form, and alternating with these there are five gen-
erally larger subradials, one of which, on the anal side, differs in form from
the others, being truncated above for the support of the only anal piece insert-
ed between two of the first radials. The five first radial pieces are compara-
tively large and alternate with the subradials all around.

The succeeding radials are all small, more or less rounded, or sometimes an-
gular, and always free or form no part of the walls of the body, those of
each ray being distinctly separated by more or less wide interradial spaces.
The number of these free pieces varies from two to some six or seven to the
ray, the number being generally different in the different rays of the same in-
dividual. The arms are slender, more or less bifurcating and rounded or some-
times angular, and always composed of a single series of pieces provided with
a deep arabulacral furrow along the ventral or inner side, and apparently with-
out tentacula (pinnulae) along its margins. The column is generally if not
always round and pierced by a small canal, and not divisible into five sections
longitudinally.

The vault in this genus is always much depressed, never being extended up-
ward in the form of a large poriferous trunk, or so-called proboscis, as we see
in the typical forms of Poteriocrinus. It is very rarely preserved in the specimens
as usually found, but according to Phillips' and Austin's figures of C. planus it
would appear to be provided with a lateral proboscis, or, more properly as we
think, anal tube and an apparent central oral aperture. From specimens of C.
malvaceus and C. lowensis, however, which we have had an opportunity to ex-
amine in Mr. Wachsmuth's collection and have described in another place, we
are satisfied that, in these species at least, which appear to be ty})ical exam-
ples of the genus, the apparent central opening is closed by vault pieces, in per-
fect specimens. These central pieces, however, are more liable to be removed
by any accident than the five larger surrounding pieces, because the latter are
more deeply inserted, in order to permit the five rather large ambulacral canals,
extending inward from the arm bases, to pass over them, or rather along the
upper side of the sutures between them, while these furrows pass in under the
pieces forming the centre of the vault, which are consequently less firmly
fixed.

As we have not had an opportunity to examine the original typical speci-
mens of C. planus, figured by Phillips and Austin, we of course cannot assert
positively that the vault of these types was constructed like that of the Iowa
species we have described, but we are strongly inclined to believe such was

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337

really the case, and that the apparent central opening was closed by vault
pieces when the specimen was entire.

Of the American species presenting, so far as known, the characters of this
genus as properly restricted, the following examples maybe mentioned, though
the vault of only the first two of these species is yet known to us, viz., C. mal-
vaceus, Hall, C. lowensis, Owen and Shumard, C. [Poleriocrinus) Barrisii, C. vimi-
nalis^ C. lamellosus, C, divaricatus and C. rotu7idatU8, Hall ; also C. Saffordi and
perhaps C. Farleyi, M. and W., and C. rigidus, White.

New species.
Cyathocrinites pragilis, M. and W.

Body subsphairoidal, a little oblique, rather regularly rounded to the column
below, from near the middle, and a little contracted above ; composed of remar-
kably thin plates. Facet for the attachment of the column not excavated and very
small. Base having the form of a very shallow, subpentagonal basin ; basal
pieces with a general subquadrangular form, but really pentagonal, from the
slight truncation of their smaller inner ends at their connection with the column.
Subradial pieces comparatively large, hexagonal, excepting the one on the
anal side, which is larger than the others and heptagonal in outline. First
radial pieces rather smaller than the largest subradials, somewhat wider than
high, with a general subpentagonal form ; all strongly incurved above between
the free radials ; facet for the reception of the second radials about one-third
the breadth of the first radials and rather deeply excavated. Anal piece rather
smaller than the first radials, longer than wide, irregularly hexagonal and sup-
porting the outer side of the ventral tube (proboscis), which, like the body, is
composed of very thin plates. Second (first free) radials very small, short
and not always extending entirely across the excavation for their reception ;
succeeding radials, excepting the last, quadrangular, as viewed on the outside,
about twice as wide as long, and abruptly rounded or subangular on the out-
side ; last one pentagonal and generally a little longer than the others. Of
these free radials four may be counted in one of the posterior rays, six in the
other, three in one of the lateral rays, and seven in the anterior ray.

Arms at their origin on the last radials rather divergent, and in one of the
posterior rays seen to bifurcate on the sixth piece, above which one of the
divisions can be traced to the sixth piece without farther bifurcation, though
there are probably other divisions beyond ; arm pieces about as long as wide,
and, like those of the free radials, all deeper than wide, and profoundly
grooved within for the reception of the ambulacral organs. Surface smooth
or only very finely granular.

Height of body, 0-50 inch : greatest breadth of same, about O-TS inch.

This species is related to C. rotundattis, Hall, but not only differs in having
its free radial series much stouter (judging from the facets for their reception
in the typical specimen of that species now before us), but in having all of its
body plates very decidedly thinner, while its first radials also differ in curving
strongly inward, between the bases of the free rays. It likewise comes from
the lower division of the Burlington beds, while the rotundatus came from
the upper, and it has been found that scarcely any of the species are common
to those two horizons.

Locality and position. — Burlington, Iowa ; lower part of Burlington limestone.
Mr. Wachsmuth's collection.

Cyathocrinites tenuidactylus, M. and W.
Body, exclusive of the free rays, deeply cup-shaped, rounded below, com-
posed of moderately thick plates for a true Cyathocrinus. Column compara-
tively rather stout, composed near the base of alternately thin and somewhat
thicker pieces, the latter of which project a little and seem to show a slight
tendency to become minutely nodular ; central canal distinctly pentapetalous
in the form of its cross section. Base unkuowu (being accidentally shoved

1868.]

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

into the body with the end of the column in the specimen studied), Subra-
dials of moderate size, those seen hexagonal. First radials somewhat larger
than the subradials, a little wider than long, with a general subpentagonal
form; facet for the reception of the second radials about one-third as wide as
the upper side of the plate and excavated about one-third of the way down.
Second radial pieces very small, wider than long, and with the succeeding ra-
dials curving outward. Third radial in one of the rays nearly as long as wide,
expanded above and contracted below, and in this ray surmounted by a fourth,
which, like the third in each of the only two other rays seen, is a triangular
axillary piece, on which the arms rest, the upper angle being acute and so pro-
duced as entirely to separate the arm-bases, while the lateral slopes, on which
the arms rest, are distinctly concave. Anal piece unknown.

Arms distinctly divergent at their origin on the last radials, as well as at
their succeeding bifurcations, dividing on the third piece in two of the rays
seen, and on the fourth in another, the pieces being rounded, nearly as wide as
long, somewhat constricted in the middle and a little dilated at their upper
■ends, while all of the axillary pieces at the various bifurcations have much the
same form as the last free radials. Beyond the first bifurcations mentioned,
above the last free radials, several of the arms are seen to bifurcate again on
the fifth piece and twice to three times more at various distances above, while
they all gradually decrease in thickness with each bifurcation until they be-
come much attenuated, though the pieces of which they are composed main-
tain their length to such a degree that those of the smaller divisions are near-
ly twice as long as wide.

Surface of body plates slightly beveled at the sutures and more or less
roughened by small ridges or nodes, which on the subradial pieces present
the appearance of nearly continuous, radiating, somewhat nodulous ridges,
while those of the first radials have more the character of irregularly disposed
nodes.

Length of body below the top of first radial pieces, 0-40 inch ; breadth of
same about 0-64 inch ; length of arms from their origin on the last radials at
least 2 inches and perhaps a little more.

This species seems to be more nearly allied to specimens in Mr. Wachs-
muth's collection that have been identified with Poteriocrinus Barrisi^ Hall, than
to any other form with which we are acquainted. It differs entirely, however,
in its sculpturing, that species having its body plates marked with numerous,
rather fine, thread-like, radiating costae. The arms, however, are more similar
to those of our species, though they are rather stouter below in the latter.

We have not had an opportunity to see the type of Poteriocrinus Barrisi, but
the form in Mr. Wachsmuth's collection, referred to that species by all the
Burlington Geologists, is a true Cpathocrinus, or more properly Cyo.thocrinites.

Locality and position. — Lower division of the Burlington beds (Lower Carbo-
niferous) at Burlington, Iowa. Mr. Wachsmuth's collection.

Genus BARYCRINUS, Wachsmuth, MS.

(PoLpvT, heavy; xphov, a lily; in allusion to the ponderous nature of the plates
and arms.)
Amongst the various American Carboniferous species that have been re-
ferred by different authors to the genus Cyathocrinus, there is a group of spe-
cies which, although agreeing with that genus almost exactly in the number and
arrangement of the pieces composing the body below the top of the first radials,
that still differs in several rather strongly-marked characters. In the first
place, these species are all more robust,* and have distinctly thicker and more
ponderous plates and arms than in the typical forms of Cyathocrinus. They
also differ in generally having a more or less developed, quadrangular subanal

* Some of thera attain the gigantic size of more than 3-25 inches in breadth of body.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33d

piece, inserted obliquely under one side of the first radial of the right posterior
ray, and connecting with the only other anal piece above by a short oblique
truncation of its right lower margin. This subanal piece varies in its propor-
tional size, even in different individuals of the same species, and is sometimes
very small, or even occasionally wanting, while it is very rarely, if ever,
large enough to separate the first radial and the true anal piece above
entirely from each other. A more constant difl'erence, however, is the uniform
presence of but two of the free primary radial pieces to each ray (instead of au
irregular number), excepting perhaps sometimes in the anterior ray, where
there may be one or two more. These free radials are also proportionally wider
and shorter than in the typical forms of CyathocrinuK^ particularly the second
radial, which is often so short and wide as to present a nearly transversely
linear appearance, as seen on the outer side.

As in Cyathocrmus^ the species of this group have their arms and all their
divisions composed each of a single series of pieces, apparently without pin-
nule ; but here these pieces are always very much stouter, distinctly rounded,
and only provided with comparatively very small, or almost linear ambulacral
furrows. Again, they present marked differences in their method of division.
That is, instead of regularly dichotomizing, so as to form equal divisions more
or less frequently subdividing in the same way, the subdivisions regularly di-
minishing in thickness, they are often simple from their origin on the last ra-
dials, and merely give off along their inner lateral margins, at regular intervals,
alternately on opposite sides, stout, rounded, simple armlets. In some instances
one arm of each lateral ray, and sometimes one of each posterior ray, dichoto-
mizes once or oftener, but even in these cases the other arms remain simple,
and, like the principal branches of those that bifurcate, merely throw off alter-
nately, at regular intervals along their inner lateral margins, stout armlets. If
these armlets in this group performed the same offices as pinnulae in other
Crinoids, as we have every reason to believe the ultimate subdivisions of the
arms in Cyathocrinus proper did, the sacks for the reception of the ova must
have protruded considerably beyond the edges of the merely linear ambulacral
furrows.

In the column of Barycrinus we also observe some more or less defined differ-
ences from that of Cyathocrinus. For instance, in the former group it is pro-
portionally stouter, with a much larger canal, which is also rarely, if ever,
perfectly round, but apparently always obtusely subpentagonal. But the most
remarkable difference consists in its being often divisible longitudinally into
five sections in Barycrinus. This character is not always well marked, being
apparently sometimes obliterated by the sutures becoming anchylosed. In
some cases, however, it is so strongly defined that we find the column with
these sutures more or less separated along its entire length, and in some spe-
cies there were apparently pores passing through these sutures to the cavity
within. We are aware that several other types of Crinoids had the column in
this way divisible into five parts longitudinally, but we have not seen any in-
dications of it in the typical forms of the genus Cyathocrinus.

In regard to the vault of this group nothing is known, not a single individual
of the numerous specimens belonging to various species hitherto found, show-
ing, so far as we are aware, any traces of it. From this very fact, however, it
seems probable that its vault differed from that of Cyathocrinus proper in being
merely a soft ventral disc, without any covering of calcareous plates. If it
had possessed the power of secreting vault pieces, it seems probable, from the
thick ponderous nature of all its other parts, that these would have been suffi-
ciently firm to have been found in place, in some of the numerous specimens
now known. In addition to this, the upper inner edges of the first radial pieces,
on each side of the free radials, are beveled off to an obtuse edge, and show no
facets for the attachment of vault pieces.

Whatever may be thought in regard to this group being entitled to rank as
a distinct genus, or as a subgenus, from Cyathocrinus^ we can only say that the

1868.]

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

various species of the two groups can be as readily separated, even without
specimens showing the arms, as those of any other two allied genera. Indeed,
they can be far more readily separated than Scaphiocrinus and Zeacrinus, or
than the former can in all cases be separated from Poteriocrinus.

Believing that a systematic classification of the Crinoidea really requires the
separation of the group under consideration from the types for which the name
Cyathocrinus was originally proposed, we cheerfully adopt for it Mr, Wach-
smuth's appropriate manuscript name, Barycrinus. Mr. Wachsmuth refers to
this group the following species, the first of which he regards as the typical
form, — viz. : B. spurius, B. cr as sibrac hiatus, B. hullatus, B. tumidvs, B. magister,
B. Hoveyi, B. laitis, B. Lyoni, B. sculptilis, B. Thomse and B. protuheravs, all de-
scribed by Prof. Hall under the name Cyathocrinus ; alsoi?. cornutus (^=Cyatho-
crinus cornutus, Owen and Shumard).

We likewise place in this group our B. Wachsmuthi, B. angulatus and B. suh-
iumidiis, all of which were originally described by us under the name Cyatho-
crinus. It is possible our Cyathocrinus? Safigamonens maj belong here, as it
has the same thick body plates, as well as the small quadrangular intercalated
subanal piece. Still, as all its first radial pieces are evenly truncated, their
entire breadth straight across above, and provided with a transverse furrow, as
if for the articulation of the second radials, it is probable these and the succeed-
ing radials and arms (which are unknown) had a different structure and
arrangement. It is certainly not a true Cyathocrinus, however, as properly re-
stricted, but more probably belongs to an undescribed genus.

Barycrinus magnificus, M. and. W.

Body attaining a gigantic size, cup-shaped, or widening rather rapidly, wuth
moderately convex sides from the column to the top of the first radials. Base
shallow, basin-shaped, or about four and a half times as wide as high, with a
large concave facet for the attachment of the column, and a large, obscurely
five-lobed perforation for the connection of the central cavity of the column
with the visceral cavity of the body. Basal pieces regularly pentagonal. Sub-
radial plates about five or six times as large as the basal pieces, as wide as
long or slightly wider, all regularly hexagonal, excepting one on the anal
side, which is a little shorter than the others, and truncated above for the re-
ception of the anal piece, so as to present a general heptagonal outline. First
radial pieces about one- third wider than high, and larger (particularly wider)
than the subradials, each presenting a general pentagonal outline, and pro-
vided with a rather shallow, outward sloping, concave facet, occupying more
than one-third its entire breadth, for the reception of the succeeding radials.
Second radial pieces very much smaller than the first, extremely short, or only
about one-fourth as long in the middle as wide, and becoming much thinner,
or wedge-shaped, on each side. Third radials a little longer in proportion to
their breadth than the second, and presenting a subtrigonal outline, supporting
on their sloping upper sides, broad, short, rounded arm-pieces. Anal piece
about half as wide, and nearly of the same length as the first radials, and
subquadrangular in form. Surface marked with small pustules, which often
become confluent, so as to produce a peculiar corrugated roughness, some-
what similar to the ornamentation we see on the body plates of the true
Amphoracrinus, but coarser.

Breadth of body 3-33 inches ; height of do., 2-20 inches ; breadth of base, 0-60
inch ; breadth of facet for the reception of the column, 0-85 inch ; do. of largest
first radial piece, 1-70 inches; height of same, 1-30 inches. Thickness of one
of the arms at base, 0-70 inch.

This splendid Crinoid was found by Mr. Green, of the Illinois Survey, with
its plates detached and lying near together in the rather soft matrix. After
working out the pieces, we succeeded in building up the entire body to the
third radials and first arm-pieces, inclusive, excepting the anal piece, which
was not found. It presents a very striking appearance, and is the largest Cri-

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341

noid we have ever seen. If its arms were as long in proportion as those of
some other species of this group, they must have been near twelve inches in
lengtli, and with its column, body and arms together, it may have been more
than four feet in height. It is evidently related to Barycrinus magister^ Hall
(sp.), but differs from that species, the type of which is now before us, in having
its surface roughened by numerous small pustules, showing a tendency to run
together into vermicular markings, with an obscure eflTort, on some of the
plates, to assume a radiating arrangement. It is true, the typical specimen of
B. magister consists of only the basal pieces and a portion of the column, but
these basal plates show no traces of the peculiar surface markings seen even
on the base of our species, while we have before us, from the same original
locality, another specimen of that species, consisting of the whole body, in a
flattened and crushed condition, and, although the surface of its plates is well-
preserved, they show no indications whatever of the surface markings seen on
our species.

Those who give a wide latitude to geaera will probably not regard such
forms as this as being generically distinct from Cyathocrinus ; even if that view
should ultimately prevail, however, we should insist upon their separation as
a strongly marked subgenus, and continue to write the name of our species
Cyathocrinites [Barycrinus) magnijicus.

Locality and position. — Henderson county, near Biggsville, Illinois ; from the
Keokuk group of the Lower Carboniferous,

Barycrinus Hoveyi, var. Hebculeus.

Amongst other Crinoids from Grawfordsville, Indiana, we have before us
several very large, fine specimens, agreeing well with Prof. Hall's description
of his Cyathocrinus Hoveyi (Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. vol. vii, p. 293), excepting in
some important points in the structure of the arms. We suspect that these
specimens are specifically distinct, but as neither any measurement, nor figures
of the C Hoveyi^ have yet been published, we cannot feel quite sure of this, and
therefore place them, provisionally, as a variety of the species Hoveyi., under
the name Herculeus^ which we propose to retain for the species if the differences
to be noted are found to be constant, and of specific value.

The differences to which we allude are the following : In C. Hoveyi the arms
of the antero-lateral rays are said to " have the anterior division twice bifur-
cating, above which the divisions give off branchlets, and the same feature
marks the entire length of the lateral arm of the antero-lateral ray, which is
smaller than the other." In the specimens before us, the anterior lateral rays
have each iht posterior division bifurcating once near the base, while the ante-
rior division is simple., and larger^ instead of smaller, than the other. Again,
the Hoveyi is said to have, '' in the postero-lateral arms, the lateral division of
the rays bifurcating on the fourth piece, above which branchlets are thrown
off, as in the others." In the specimens before us, however, both arms of the
posterior rays are. like those of the anterior ray, and one of each lateral (or
anterior lateral) rays, simple from their origin on the third radials, very long,
stout, and give off along their inner lateral margins stout, simple armlets, al-
ternately at regular intervals. As we have seen several specimens all agreeing
in these characters, we are inclined to think this may be a specific difference.

In one of the specimens before us the body measures 1-10 inches from the
base to the top of the first radials, and about 1-40 inches in breadth. The arms
show a length of 4 inches, and are broken at the ends, so as to appear to have
been, when entire, nearly one inch longer. They are very straight, nearly
cylindrical, and measure 0-22 inch in diameter near the middle, where each arm-
piece measures about 0-15 inch in length, and the lateral armlets nearly the
same in diameter.

Genus NIPTER0CRINU8, Wachsmuth, MS.
{MtTTT^p, a washing vessel ; Kpivov, a lily ; in allusion to its basin-shaped body.)
Mr. Wachsmuth has proposed the above name, in manuscript, for a type

1868.]

342 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

agreeing with Cyatkocrinm proper in the thinness of its body plate», in the na-
ture of the bifurcations of its arms, and apparently in the general structure of
its body, excepting that it has no anal plate, the first radials being large^wide,
and in contact all around, so as to leave no spaces for anal or interradial
pieces. The succeeding radials after the first are comparatively small, and
number from three to four (so far as yet known) to each ray, the first always
resting in rounded sinuses in the upper edge of the large first radials, much as
in Cyathocrinus, excepting that these free radials are very short, more as we see
in Barycrinus. They differ, however, from those of both Cyathocrinus and Ba-
rycrinus^ in each having its lower edge along the outer side of the arms pro-
duced downward, into a corresponding sinus in the upper outer edge of each
succeeding piece below, so as to present much the appearance seen in the arms
of Tazocrinus, Onychocrinus Sind Forbesiocrinus, excepting that the produced part
does not seem to be separate patelliform pieces, but merely the downward
produced lower outer edge of each arm-piece itself.

None of the specimens yet found show the number of basal pieces, but we can
see that its body is composed of small basals, with five well-developed subra-
dials of uniform shape, and five large first radials. This structure of the body,
it will be seen, is exactly that of Erisocrinus, — that is if the base is composed
of five pieces, which is very probable. The whole structure and aspect of the
parts above, however, is entirely different in these groups, since in Krisocrinus
there are always but two primary radial pieces to each ray, while the second
radials are as large as the first, and instead of merely resting in small sinuses
in the upper part of the latter, the two articulate together by straight edges
across their entire breadth, the articulating edges being always provided with
a crenated transverse ridge and furrows. The arms of Erisocrinus are also
much stouter, and present none of the characters of the type under considera-
tion, while all of its body and arm pieces also differ in being very thick.

It is an interesting fact that the column of the genus here described, as well
as its arms, present a striking similarity to that of Tazocrinus and allied groups,
being round, and composed near the body of exceedingly thin pieces, connect-
ing by crenate surfaces, and provided with a comparatively small central
canal. Notwithstanding these points of resemblance, however, to Tazocrinus,
it is evident that this group is more nearly allied to Cyathocrinus. If it has, as
seems to be the case, five basal pieces, the formula of the genus would be as
follows :

Basal pieces 5 ; subradials 5, all of the same form ; radials 4 to 5 X 5, the
first being large and forming the larger part of the body, the others small and
free ; anals 0 ; interradials 0 ; arms bifurcating, and resembling those of Tazo-
crinus.

Some five or six specimens of this type show that the absence of anal pieces
is not an abnormal, but a constant character.

NiPTERocRiNus Wachsmuthi, M. and W.
Body rather deeply basin-shaped, or a little more than twice as wide
as high, rounding under from the top of the first radials to the column.
Base small, flat, and nearly hidden by the column. Subradial pieces
of moderate size, somewhat wider than long, and all pentagonal, there
being no visible angle at the middle of the under side of any of them. First
radials comparatively very large, or about three times the size of the subradi-
als, twice as wide as high, and all alike pentagonal; while each is provided
with a rather deep rounded sinus above, equaling about one-third of its breadth,
for the reception of the succeeding radials, on each side of which its upper
margin is nearly straight, horizontal, and not incurved. Second radials so short
as scarcely to fill the sinus in the upper side of the first, and owing to the con-
cave outline above, often presenting a narrow transversely crescentic form.
Third and fourth radials (where there are five) very short, or several times as
wide as long, and usually somewhat arcuate inversely. Last (fourth or fifth)

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343

radials a little longer than the next below, and generally trigonal or suhpen-
tagoual (the upper angle being somewhat salient), and supporting the arms on
its sloping sides. Arms rounded, rather divergent, and bifurcating on the sixth
or seventh piece above their bases, and again once or oftener farther up, the
divisions above each bifurcation being about half as large as the main arm
below ; arm-pieces about twice as wide as long, not wedge-shaped, but all
showing the downward curvature quite distinctly, and slighily constricted on
each side. Surface merely finely granular, and the plates of the body neither
beveled nor tumid. Column composed of such thin pieces that about fifteen of
them may be counted in a length equaling its own thickness, near the base.

Height of body of the largest specimen to top of first radials, about 0-43 inch ;
breadth near 1 inch.

Thickness of column of same, near base, 0-20 inch ; diameter of its subpen-
tagonal canal, 0-05 inch.

This Crinoid is so unlike all others known to us, that it is scarcely necessary
to compare it with any of the described forms. The specific name is given in
honor of Mr. Charles Wachsmuth, the author of the genus, to whom we are in-
debted for the loan of the typical specimens.

Locality and position. — Upper Burlington beds of the Lower Carboniferous.
Burlington, Iowa.

Mr, Waciismuth's collection.

Genus CATILLOCRINUS, Troost.
Catillogrinus Bradlkyi, M. and W.

Body small, basin-shaped or rather broadly truncated below for connection
with the column, and moderately expanding upward to the top of the radials
supporting the arms. Lower series of plates visible around the top of the
column, anchylosed together, and presenting the form of a broad low dish,
many times wider than high, with the margins sinuous above for the reception
of the next range of pieces. Succeeding range of plates presenting the usual
irregular form of the genus, two of them being much larger than the others,
very wide at the top, and supporting nearly or quite all of the arms ; between
these on one side there is a much smaller triangular piece on the same rano-e
and extending up as high as the others, but so narrow at the top that it could
not have supported more than one or two, if any, of the small arms. On the
opposite side there are two other small intercalated pieces, the smaller of which
is triangular and scarcely extends up to the top of the cup, while the other is
oblong, extends to the top of the cup, and supports either another somewhat
smaller (anal?) piece above, or the base of an arm much larger than the others.
Arms about 44, in contact at their bases, and all slender and composed of
joints two or three times as long as wide. Surface smooth. Column compara-
tively very large (circular?), with a large round central canal, aud composed
near the base of rather thin pieces of uniform size.

Height of body, 0-18 inch; breadth at top, 0 24 inch ; breadth of column at
the base of the body, 0-13 inch.

This species will be at once distinguished from C. Tenneaseese of Troost by
its much smaller size, and smooth instead of coarsely granular plates. It is
much more nearly allied to our (J. Wachsrnuthi, from the Burlington group, but

ihody is less expanded at the top. and it also differs in having a compara-
tively large anal ? piece, or larger arm, between the others on one side. Named
in honor of Prof. Frank H. Bradley, of Hanover College, late of the Illinois
Geological Survey, who discovered the only specimen known.

Loco It t,i/ and position. — Crawfordsville, Indiana; Keokuk division of Lower
Carboniferous series.

Genus DICHOCRINUS, Munster.

DiCHOCRiNus KXPAN8US, M. and W.

Body expanding rather rapidly from the facet for the attachment of the col-

1868,]

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

umn, to the top of the base, and still more rapidly from there to the top of the
first radials, so as to make the breadth at the latter point about twice the
height. Base forming less than half the height of the body, somewhat basin-
shaped, though narrow below, or ornamented with small irregular wart-like
nodes, which show some tendency to form three or four vertical rows, or ridges
on each basal piece. First radial pieces comparatively large, somewhat oblong
in form, being longer than wide, with the widest end above, all convex along
up the middle, and strongly beveled, or excavated along the sutures on each
side, — while the surface of each is ornamented with small, irregular, wart-like
nodes, similar to those on the base ; these sometimes coalesce into irregular
ridges, but are usually arranged in three rows, starting from the most promi-
nent upper end of the plates, and radiating to the base ; facet for the reception
of the second radial pieces about one-third the breadth of the upper end of the
plates, and somewhat excavated. Anal piece of much the same size, and
general nodose appearance as the first radial on each side, but somewhat longer,
and having an irregular hexagonal form. Second radial pieces small, about
twice as wide as long, and more or less quadrangular in form. Third radials
slightly larger than the second, with a pentagonal form, the upper sloping
sides supporting the first division of the arms.

Arms rounded, composed at first of pieces about as long as wide, upon the
second or third of which they bifurcate, the outer divisions remaining simple,
and the inner ones bifurcating again on the second or third piece, the outer
division, as before, remaining simple, and the inner bifurcating a third time on
the second pieces, thus making in the posterior rays (the only ones seen) eight
arms to each ray, or forty in the whole series, if other rays have the same num-
ber. All the simple arms are long, slender, rounded, and but slightly tapering ;
near their bases they are each composed of a single series of somewhat wedge-
formed pieces, but gradually pass into a double series of minute interlocking
pieces.

Breadth of body, 0-98 inch ; height about 0-43 inch. Length of one of the
simple arms, about 1-60 inches; thickness of same at base, 0-05 inch.

Associated with the specimen from which the foregoing description was
drawn up, several other imperfect examples were found, differing more or less
in form and in the arrangement of their ornamentation, which either indicate
considerable variations in these characters, or the existence of several allied
species. One of these has the first radial and anal plates more abruptly spread-
ing, and proportionally wider than in the typical form, while its nodes are more
coalescent, so as more generally to run into continuous ribs. On the base, for
instance, each of the two plates has three somewhat nodulous vertical ridges,
with intervening rows of the little nodes, while the three rows of nodes on the
first radial and anal pieces often run together so as to form mere nodulous
ridges. It is possible this would be found to be a distinct species, if we could
examine a specimen showing the arms. If so, it may be called D. stelliformiSj
in allusion to the star-like appearance produced by its spreading first radial
pieces, with their little ridges running outward and converging to the outer
extremity of each.

In another individual the nodes and ridges are all nearly obsolete, excepting
a few of the former, which are very prominent at the middle of the outer ends
of the first radials; while another has a single prominent node near the small
facet in each first radial, for the reception of the second, with a few irregularly
scattering nodes on other parts, and slender, obscure, nodular ridges near the
lateral margins. From the general appearance of these specimens, we are
rather inclined to the opinion that they are all varieties of one variable species.

Locality and position. — Same as last.

Genus DORYCRINUS, Roemer.
In the second volume of the Reports of the Geological Survey of Illinois, we
distinctly recognized the Dorycrinus group as forming a well-defined genus,

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 345

clearly separated from Actinocrinus (as properly restricted), to which genus
they have generally been referred ; but owing to the fact that at that time we
had never seen either a specimen or a figure of an Amphoracrinus showing the
arms, body, and parts connected with the opening of the vault, all preserved
together, we were under a misapprehension in regard to the true characters of
that group, and consequently placed Dorycrinus as a synonym under it. Re-
cently, however, we have been so fortunate as to see in Mr. Wachsmuth's ex-
tensive collection beautiful specimens of both types, in a remarkably fine state
of preservation, and from these we are satisfied that a systematic classification
of the Crinoidea requires these two groups to be separated as distinct genera.

In the first place, it may be proper to remark that in both of these groups
the structure of the body, so far as regards the number and arrangement of
the pieces below the arm-bases, is almost exactly the same as in Actinocrinus.'^
The structure of the parts above, however, is very different. For instance, in
Dorycrinus the opening of the vault is never at the end of a more or less pro-
longed tube, or so-called proboscis, nor even in the slightest degree proboscidi-
form, but is merely a simple aperture penetrating a somewhat thickened pro-
tuberance, and nearly always situated and opening laterally. The vault in
this group is generally provided with a more or less prominent spine over each
ray, and a sixth one in the middle. Sometimes these are all, or in part, merely
represented by nodes, or even in some instances nearly obsolete, while in others
they are extravagantly developed. Again, Dorycrinus differs from both Acti-
nocrinus and Amphoracrinus in having, so far as yet known, always two arms
springing directly from each arm-op ening^ and these arms always simple. Our at-
tention was first called to this by Mr. Wachsmuth, who is a very careful and
accurate observer, and we found it to be so in all the specimens in his collec-
tion, while he assures us that this is the casein all the specimens found by the
various collectors at Burlington, as well as all of those he has yet seen from
other localities, with the arms attached. Hence in all of the species of this
group described by Prof. Hall and others, where the number of arms has been
given from merely counting the arm-openings, — and specimens of these have
since been observed with the arms attached, — their number is found to hQjust
double that stated in the descriptions. It is also worthy of note that in this group
the body plates are either plane, more or less tumid, or tuberculiform, and
never marked with proper radiating costae, as we often see in Actinocrinus.

The following is a list'of the described species belonging to this group, all of
which are, so far as known, exclusively American types, and confined to the
Lower Carboniferous, viz. : Dorycrinus Mississippiensis, Roemer, and D. Gouldi,
f D. cornigerus* D. divaricatus* D. trinodus, D. quinquelobus* D. symmetricus*
D. desideratus, D. unispinus,* and D. subaculeatus, Hall (sp.), all of which were
described by Prof. Hall under the name Actinocrinus. It likewise includes D.
Missouriensis* {=:Act. Missouriensis, Shumard) and D. unicornis* (:=:Act. uni-
cornis,l Owen and Shumard), as well as our D. subturbinatus,* originally de-
scribed as an Actinocrinus.

It might at a first glance be supposed also to include Actinocrinus corniculus
and A. brevis of Hall, but these forms (which Mr. Wachsmuth's collections
clearly show to be only varieties of one species) have but a single arm from
each arm-opening (two to each ray), and these arms with the proportional
stoutness, general structure, and broad pieces at their bases, of Agaricorinus.
Hence this species can only be regarded as a somewhat aberrant form of the
latter genus.

To the genus Dorycrinus we also refer the following new species :

* Dorycrinus, however, differs from Actinocrinus in having the second radial pieces
nearly always short and quadrangular, instead of hexagonal.

t Specimens of all the species marked with an asterisk have been found with the arma
attached, and presenting the characters mentioned above. The arms of the others remain
unknown.

X The proposed species A. tricornit and A. pendent, Hall, are believed to be only varieties
of unicornis of 0. and 8.

1868.]

23

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

DoRYCRiNus RoBMBRi, M. and W.
Body somewhat urn-shaped, being obconical below the arms to the truncated
base, and moderately prominent above, the vault forming rather more than
one-third of the entire height ; greatest breadth at the arm-bases. Base trun-
cated and somewhat concave below, about twice as wide as high, slightly ex-
panded and a little angular below, with broad, rather shallow notches at the
sutures. First radial pieces about twice and a half as wide as high, two hep-
tagonal and three hexagonal, each one swelling out so as to form a moderately
prominent, rather obtuse, transversely elongated node. Second radials one-
third to nearly one-half as long as the first, quadrangular, a little wider than
long, and more or less tumid. Third radials rather larger than the second,
wider than long, pentagonal, hexagonal and heptagonal ; each one supporting
on each of its superior sloping sides a pentagonal secondary radial, of rather
smaller size, each of which in the posterior rays supports, in its turn, on each
side above, one, or sometimes two, brachial pieces, making four arm- openings
to each of these rays. This seems to be the case also in the right lateral ray,
while one of the secondary radials, in the specimen studied, appears to be merely
truncated, so as to support (perhaps abnormally) only one bfachial piece,
thus making only three arm-openings to this ray. The brachial and secondary
radial pieces of the anterior ray are broken away in the specimen, but it is
probable there were four arm-openings in this ray. If so, there would be nine-
teen arm-openings (probably normally twenty) in the entire series, and thirty-
eight to forty arms, counting two to each opening.

First anal piece of the same size and form as the first radials, and, like them,
swelling out into a transversely elongated node. Above this there are two
heptagonal, and one apparently hexagonal, rather tumid pieces in the second
range, and above the latter several other pieces extending up between the arm-
bases, so as to connect with a seriesof pieces forming a thickened protuberance
rising even slightly higher than the summit of the vault, and pierced by the
anal opening, which is situated considerably above the horizon of the arm-
bases, but still directed laterally. Interradial pieces three to each area, the first
being about half as large as the subradials, heptagonal or octagonal, and sup-
porting two somewhat elongated irregularly formed pieces that are scarcely
convex, and connect, by their narrow upper ends, with vault pieces above.
Vault somewhat rounded, with lateral spines very short, or merely having the
form of rather prominent conical nodes ; central piece somewhat tumid, but
not even conical. Arms and column unknown.

Named in honor of Dr. F. Roemer, the founder of the genus Dorycrinus.

Height of body to top of vault, 1-40 inches; do. to top of anal protuberance,
1-45 inch ; breadth at arm-bases, 1-30 inch ; breadth of base, G-55 inch.

This species is perhaps more nearly allied to D. MissouriensiSj Shumard (sp)
than to any other yet known. It will be readily distinguished, however, by
several well-marked characters. In the first place, its base is not thickened
and expanded as in that species. Again, its vault is not so flattened on top,
nor the spines, or tumid pieces over the rays, near so large. In the Missouri-
ensis the latter character is so strongly marked as to place the widest part of
the body above the arm-bases, which consequently have the appearance of
being attached half-way down the sides of the body, while in the species under
consideration the body is distinctly wider at the arm-base than above. Our
species also has seven or eight arms more than Dr. Shumard's.

Those who prefer to view the Dorycrinus group as only a section of ActinO'
crinus will, we hope, at least write the name of this species Actinocrinus [Dory-
crinus) Roemeri.

Locality and position. — Upper part of the Burlington beds, of the Lower Car-
boniferous series, at Burlington, Iowa. No. 127 of Mr. Wachsmuth's collection.

Dorycrinus quinqublobus, var. intermedius.
On comparing this form with the typical specimen of D. quinquelohus [=Acti-
nocrinus quinquelohus, Hall, Supp. Iowa Geol. Report, vol. i, p. 15), we find that

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347

it agrees very closely in the structure of its body, as well as in the number of
arm-openings to each ray (that is, four to the anterior and each posterior ray,
and two in each of the lateral rays), but at the same time it presents some other
differences, that we suspect may be even of specific importance. In the first
place it is larger and more robust, and has a proportionally smaller base, and
rather distinctly tumid, instead of even body plates, while its interradial and
anal spaces are not near so deeply excavated between the arm-bases as in the
type of quinquelobus. Its third radial pieces also differ in form, being so narrow
in all the rays as to let the secondary radials come in contact with the first
interradial and the second range of anal pieces, instead of extending around so
far laterally as to separate these pieces. Its vault is likewise more flattened on
top.

In the typical specimen of D. quinquelobus the spines of the vault have all
been accidentally removed, but in the form under consideration they seem to
have been short and stout, though their entire length is not known, as they
were apparently broken off during the life of the animal, since they each have
the broken end somewhat rounded and indented in the middle. In size and
general appearance it is more like D. Mississippiensis of Roemer, but it differs in
having rather more tumid body plates, as well as in the number of the arm-
openings, that species having four of these openings to each ray all around.
It also has a more protuberant anal opening, and probably had much shorter
vault spines. It therefore seems to be somewhat intermediate between the D.
Mississippiensis and D. quinquelobus, but is probably distinct specifically from
them both. As we have but a single specimen, however, of it, and the typical
specimen of D. quinquelobus for comparison, we prefer to place it, for the present,
as a variety of that species, under the name intermedius, and if it should here-
after be found that the differences we have pointed out are constant, it can take
the name by which we have proposed to distinguish it as a variety, as a spe-
cific name.

Locality and position. — Upper part of the Burlington division of the Lower
Carboniferous series, at Burlington, Iowa. No. 164 of Mr. Wachsmuth's col-
lection.

Genus AMPHORACRINUS, Austin.

As already stated, this group agi-ees with Actinocrinus in the number and
arrangement of the pieces composing the under side of the body, as well as in
having the parts adjacent to the arm-bases forming five projecting lobes,
distinctly separated from each other by the anal and interradial sinuses. It
differs from them both, however, in the structure of the parts above, as well
as in having the body generally more depressed, or even flat below, and the
vault proportionally more ventricose ; while its second radial pieces are more
generally hexagonal than in Dorycrinus, From the latter it also differs in
having the opening of the vault more or less proboscidiform,* and placed nearly
half way between the middle and the anal side, instead of being a simple gene-
rally lateral aperture, penetrating laterally a merely thickened protuberance.
The proboscidiform extension of its vault, however, is never so long and slen-
der as we usually see in Actinocrinus, and also often differs in being crowned
with small spines surrounding the very small terminal aperture, which seems
always to open upward. As in Dorycrinus, the vault is generally more or less
spiniferous, though the spines are differently arranged, and, as far as yet
known, never so extravagantly developed as we sometimes see them in that

* In all the foreign specimens of the typical species of Amphoracrinus that wo have seen,
only the broken base of this short proboscis remains ; and this also seems to have been
the case witli nearly all those from which the published tigurea which we have had un
opportunity to examine, were drawn. Cumberliind, however, has given a figure in his
Keliiiuiue Consorvatio. (pi. C), apparently of the typical species aviphora, with the short
oblique proboscis well preserved. This will be seen to diner materially fron\ the merely
slightly protuberant thickoniug in which the opening in Dorycrinus is situated.

1868.]

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

group. Some of the species are known to have one of the vault pieces over
each ray more or less protuberant, and it may be the case that species existed
in which those were developed into spines, somewhat as in Dorycrinus, though
we are not aware that any such have yet been found. Near the middle of the
vault there is also a large tumid piece, sometimes developed into a short spine,
while around the anterior side of this, four or five similar pieces are semi-
circularly arranged, which also often become well developed spines.
We have never seen any figures or specimens of the European typical species
of Amphoracrinns showing the arms, but there are in Mr. Wachsmuth's collec-
tion several beautiful specimens, found at Burlington, agreeing exactly in all
other characters (not merely specific) with the types of the genus, in which the
arms are perfectly preserved. In these we observe marked differences, both
from Dorycrinus and Actinocrinus. For instance, in Amphoracrinus divergens
(= Actinocrinus divergens, Hall), the arms, although bifurcating so often as to form
altogether about fifty-three or more divisions, they are each, as well as each of these
divisions, composed of a double series of very short alternating pieces all ike
way down, even below all the bifurcations to their very bases, with the exception
of one to two or three simple brachial pieces, at the origin of each main arm
on the last primary or secondary radials.

The structure of the arms, it will be seen, is the same as in Saccocrinus (an
otherwise different type), but widely different from what we see in Actinocrinus,
in which the arms are always composed of a single series of pieces below such
bifurcations as take place. It is also even more decidedly different from that
of Dorycrinus, in which the arms not only never bifurcate in any of the species in
which they are known, but are also arranged so that two of them spring
directly from each arm-opening without imparting to the brachial piece on
which they rest the usual form of an axillary piece.

In one species, however, (Actinocrinus spinobrachiatus. Hall), having appa-
rently all the other characters of Amphoracrinus, the arms do not bifurcate
after their origin on the axillary secondary radial pieces. It seems, there-
fore, probable that there are some species of this group with simple arms,
and others that have them more or less frequently bifurcating. The proba-
bility is, however, that in all cases when they do bifurcate, that they are
equally composed of a double series of small alternating pieces below the bi-
furcations as well as above, the same as in the species divergens. Whether we
include such species as the spinobrachatus, however, with merely simple arms,
composed like the others of a double series of alternating pieces throughout
their entire length, as a separate section of Amphoracrinus, or view them as
forming a distinct group, they need not for a moment be confounded with
Dorycrinus, from which they not only differ in form, surface markings, opening
of the vault, &c., but also in never having two arms springing directly from each
arm-opening.

In all the species of Amphoracrinus known to us, either foreign or Ameri-
can, it is also worthy of note that the surface of the body plates is never orna-
mented with proper radiating costae, such as we often see in Actinocrinus and
other allied types, nor yet smooth, or properly tuberculiform, as in Dorycrinus,
but always presents a peculiar vermicular style of sculpturing or corrugation
difficult to describe, but very characteristic and easily recognized again after
being once observed.

To this group Mr. Wachsmuth has, in MS., correctly referred the following
American species, viz: Amphoracrinus divergens, A. planobasalis, A. spino-
brachiatus? and A. inflatus, described by Prof. Hall, under Actinocrinus; also
Actinocrinus quadrispinus, White ; all from the lower division of the Burling-
ton beds.

Amphoracrinus divergens. Hall, (sp.)

Actinocrinus divergens, Hall, Supp. Iowa Report, p. 36, 1860.

This species was apparently described by Prof. Hall from imperfect speci-
mens, showing only a few of the lower bifurcations of the arms, since he

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349

thought it probably had only twenty-two arms, while perfect specimens in
Mr. Wachsmuth's collection show that they continued bifurcating farther up,
so as to make the whole number about fifty-three or more, as already stated
in another place.

Amongst Mr. Wachsmuth's specimens there is one (No. 136) with arms, body,
vault and proboscis all in a remarkably fine state of preservation, which appears
to agree very closely with the A. divergensin most of its characters, and yet dif-
fers in several respects. It has very nearly the same number of ultimate
divisions in the entire series of arms, though there are differences in the
details of their mode of divisions, so that the number of arms in any one of
the rays is different from what we see in the corresponding ray of A. diver-
gens. In each of its posterior rays there are, as near as can be made out,
thirteen to fifteen arms ; in one of the lateral rays and the anterior one, each
eight, and the other lateral one eleven or twelve. Its ventral tube (proboscis)
is rather stout, about one inch in length, and crowned by some six or seven
small unequal spines, subspirally arranged. At the anterior side of the base
of the proboscis, and nearly at the centre of the vault, there is a large tumid
piece, and on each side of this a spine about three-fourths of an inch in length,
directed obliquely outward, upward and forward, and in front of these two
other prominent or subspiniform pieces. In the typical A. divergens, these
two anterior lateral larger spines each bifurcate, while in the specimen
under consideration they are simple. The usual vermicular markings of the
body plates in the specimen are well defined, and on the upper anal and vault
pieces, as well as on those composing the proboscis, and even on the spines, the
whole surface of which is occupied by rather coarse granules. As in the other
species of this group, the arms of which are known, they extend at their bases,
first horizontally outward, or even a little downward, and then curve upward.

It is probable that this specimen, with simple instead of bifurcating vault
spines, and somewhat differently divided arms, may be specifically distinct from
the A. divergens. If so, we would propose to call it Amphoracrinus multira-
mosus.

Genus BATOCRINUS, Casseday.

From deference to the most generally prevalent opinions of palaeontologists,
we have elsewhere included Batocrinus as a subgenus under Actinocrinus,
though we did so with a protest, stating that we were strongly inclined to view
it as a distinct genus. Our recent study of Mr. Wachsmuth's extensive collec-
tions has still more decidedly impressed us with necessity for separating these
groups generically.

As we have in other places stated the genus Batocrinus presents no essential
difference from Actinocrinus in the number and arrangement of the pieces com-
posing the walls of the body below the arms, nor in the vault and its elongated
central or subcentral tube, though its second radial pieces generally differ
in being proportionally shorter and quadrangular, instead of hexagonal or
pentagonal. One of the most obvious differences, however, consists in the
arrangement of the brachial pieces and adjacent parts, which in Batocrinus
form a nearly or quite continuous series all around, instead of being grouped
into five protuberant lobes, separated by more or less wide and deep interra-
dial and anal sinuses. Again, in Batocrinus the arms never bifurcate as we
often see in Actinocrinus, all the divisions of the rays taking place in the walls
of the body below the brachial pieces ; while the arms, (which in all cases
yet known, with one exception, spring singly from each arm-opening), are
generally much shorter in proportion to the length of the proboscis, which
often projects from one-third to one-half its entire length, beyond the extreme
ends of the arms. Another difference is to be observed in the surface of the body
plates, these pieces never being sculptured or ornamented with radiating costsft,
as is often seen \n Actinocrinus, but merely even, more or less tumid, or tuber-
culiform. The vault pieces in Batocrinus are also generally tuberculiform, or

1868.]

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

sometimes produced into short spine -like projections, but even where they
agsume the character of spines they never have the regularity of arrangement,
nor do they ever attain the length we often see in Dorycrinus and Amphora-
crmus. The species of Balocrinus also present a much greater diversity of
form than we see in Actinocrinus, since we find amongst them every variety of
shape, from globose to turbinate, biturbinate, pyriform, discoid, and even in
some rare aberrant types apparently belonging here, a conical or stelliform
outline.

The species of this genus may be variously grouped to facilitate their study
into sections and subsections, based upon their differences of form, and other
more or less marked peculiarities, but for the present we merely propose to
give a general list of them, and to notice a few types that we have elsewhere
included in this group, but which we are now rather inclined to think may
yet be found to be entitled to more prominence than has generally been sup-
posed. These are the forms for which the names Alloprosallocrinus (= Co-
nocrinus of Troost's list) and Eretmocrinus, Lyon and Casseday, were proposed.

The first of these we only know from specimens consisting of the body
without the arms or other parts. Its most striking peculiarity, so far as yet
known, consists in its remarkable conical form, the body being nearly or quite
flat below the arm-bases, which are at first directed out horizontally and then
curve up ; while the vault, which forms the whole visceral cavity, is produced
upward in a conical form, so as to pass rather gradually into the central or
sub-central tube, or so-called proboscis. This mere peculiarity of form, how-
ever, might be of little importance in a group presenting such great differences
in this respect, but we observe that the arm-bases in the specimens of this
type we have seen, are usually stouter and composed of rather wide short
pieces, more like those composing the arm-bases of Agaricocrinus. From this
fact we suspect that this type may present some marked differences in the
nature of its arms from the typical Batocrinus.

The other group [Eretmocrinus) is mainly distinguished by a remarkable
flattening of the upper part of the arms, by which they are made to present a
very curious paddle-shaped or spatulate outline. In some instances this
character is so strongly marked, that the breadth of the arms is not less than
six times as great above as below the middle. Below, the arms are, as in
other types, usually rounded and slender, but farther up the flattening com-
mences, first, by a slight angularity along each side, with often crenate mar-
gins, and increases upward above the middle until they sometimes present a
very extraordinary alate appearance. The flattened part, however, is always
as distinctly composed of a double series of alternately arranged pieces as
that below, and these pieces are not only extended laterally to give breadth to
the arms, but have also often as much as twice the diameter, in the direction
of the length of the arms, of those further down. The ambulacral furrows,
however, do not increase in size with the breadth of the arms, but even seem
to be smaller above than below. We have not seen tentacula attached along
the flattened upper part of the arms, but they probably existed there, as we
have observed minute indentations at the inner ends of the flattened pieces,
apparently for their attachment. The pieces composing the flattened part of
the arms are thicker at their inner ends and thin off to their outer extremities,
with slight outward curve, so as often to make the dorsal side of the arms not
merely flat, but even slightly concave.

If these were free Crinoids, we might suppose this flattening of the arms a
natural provision to adapt them for use as swimming organs, as Comatula is
known to employ its arms for that purpose ; but the species presenting this
character have the column as well developed as we see in any of the other
types, and were evidently attached to one spot during life. It is not improba-
ble, however, that this peculiarity of the arms may have been a provision for
the protection of the ova in the tentacula (pinnulae),for, when these broad flat-
tened arms were folded together, they must have covered these delicate parts
within as if by a coat of mail.

[Dec .

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351

The species presenting the character of arms described above, agree so close-
ly in other respects with the typical forms of Batocrinus, that it is perhaps not
always possible to distinguish them from specimens with the arms removed,
though they seem generally to have a smaller number of arms, which are also
generally longer in proportion, and a rather more excentrix ventral tube, or
proboscis, which appears also to be more liable to be beni to one side, and is
often more or less swollen in the middle and narrow below.

These two groups [Alloprosollocrinus and Eretmocrinus) should, we think, be
at least separated subgenerically from the typical forms of Batocrinus^ and may
even be found to belong properly to distinct genera. We should certainly be
disposed to view the Eretmocrinus group as a distinct genus, if it were not for
the fact that the peculiarity observed in the structure of its arms is subject to
considerable variation in the degree of its development in the diflferent species,
being not very strongly marked in some species, while we also observe some
slight tendency to a similar flattening of the upper part of the arms in other
types of the Actinocrinidse, such, for instance, as in some species of Dorycrinus,
and other forms usually referred, in this country, to Aclinocrinus.

Below we add a list of the species of Batocrinus, which, it is worthy of note,
are entirely confined to America, and, so far as yet known, nearly, if not en-
tirely, to the lower Carboniferous rocks. We give first the names of the spe-
cies of true Batocrinus, and under separate divisions those of Eretmocrinus and
Alloprosallocrinus. We cannot, however, h^ positively sure, in all cases, in re-
gard to the separation of the species of the subgenus Eretmocrinus from those
of true jffa^ocn'wMs, where specimens showing the arms are unknown. It will
also be seen that, even as restricted by the separation, subgenerically, of
Eretmocrinus and Alloprosallocrinus, the species referred to Batocrinus are sus-
ceptible of division into two sections, that may be entitled to greater promi-
nence than is apparent from the specimens yet known.

1. Batocrinus, Casseday.

Section (a). — Species with arm-openings directed outward. Arms from 20
to 26. Batocrinus icosidactylus and B. irregularis, Casseday, and B. formosus, B.
discoideus, B. papillatus, B. segualis, B. doris, B. Isepidus, B. turbinatus, B. inor-
natus, B. longirostris, B. calyculus, B. biturbinatus, B. similis, B. Ingunculus, B.
mundulus, B. clavigerus and B. planodiscus, Hall (sp.), all of which were de-
scribed by Prof. Hall under the name Actinocrinus. Also B. Andrewsianus and
B. subsequalis, described by Prof. McChesney under Actinocrinus. Likewise our
B. pistillus, B. pistilliformis and B. quasillus. Also B. rotundatus {== Actinocrinus,
0. and S.), as well as B. Christyi* and B. Konincki,f described by Dr. Shumard
under Actinocrinus.

Section (b). — Species with arm-openings directed upward, and arm basea
usually more in groups than in Section (a). Arms, so far as known, 20.

B. Nashvillse {=Actinocr., Troost) ; also B. laura and B. sinuosus [z=Acti}w-
erinus, Hall), B. sequibrachiatus {== Actinocrinus, McChesney), and our B. aster-
iscus and B. trochiscus.

2. Subgenus Eretmocrinus, Lyon and Casseday.

Species with arms flattened and alate above, and generally numbering from
12 to 20. Proboscis or ventral tube excentric, usually slender below, and
sometimes swollen in the middle, and more or less bent to one side. Vault
usually depressed. Brachial pieces more or less in groups, separated by inter-
radial and anal sinuses.

Batocrinus [Eretmocrinus) magnificus, Lyon and Casseday, and B. (Eretmocr.)

* This is the only species of the whole Batocrinus group known to have two arms spring-
ing from each arm-opening, and this does not arise from a proper bifurcation, as the two
arms rest directly upon the brachial pieces, without imparting to them the character of
axillary pieces.

t This species has its arms slightly flattened, but not expanded above, showing a grada-
tion towards Eretmocrinus.

1868.]

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

calyculoides, B. [Eretmocr.) remihracMatus^* B. (Eretmocr.) clio, B. {Eretmoer.)
matuta and B. [Eretmocr.) clcelia, Hall (sp.), all described under Actinocrinus hj
Prof. Hall. Also^. [Eretmocr.) Vernueilianus, f Shumard (sp.), described under
Actinocrmus.

In all of the above species the arms have been seen, and are known to pos-
sess the characters of Eretmocrinus, The following species are believed to be-
long here from the general appearance of the body vault, proboscis, etc., though
their arms have not yet been seen. They all certainly belong to Batocrinus,
even if not to the group Eretmocrinus, viz. : B. corbulus, B. carica, B. oblatus,
B. sinuosus and B. gemmiformis, all described by Prof. Hall under Actinocrinus.
Also B. urnxformis and B. Hageri, described by Prof. McChesney under Acti-
nocrinus. Also our B. dodecadactylus.

3. Subgenus Alloprosallocrinus, Casseday and Lyon {=:Conocrinus of Troost's
lists).

Body distinctly conical, being flat below the arm-bases (which are directed
outward on a plane with the flattened under side), and produced upward to the
central proboscis so as to bring the whole visceral cavity above the arm-bases.
Branchial pieces stout.

B. (Allopros.) conicus, B. (Allopros.) depressus, Lyon and Casseday, described
under Alloprosallocrinus. Also our B. (Allopros.) eueonus.

New Species.
Batocrinus quasillus, M. and W.

Body rather depressed, wider than high, nearly as prominent above as below
the arm-bases ; sides spreading very rapidly from the top of the first radials to
the brachial pieces, which are in close contact all around, so as entirely to
isolate the anal and interradial pieces from the vault. Base comparatively rather
broad, being nearly three times as wide as high, truncated and rather deeply
excavated below, so as to overhang the end of the column ; somewhat spreading
below, with broad shallow notches at the sutures. First radials nearly twice as
wide as high, two heptagonal and three hexagonal, and, like all of the other
body plates (excepting the second radials), moderately tumid. Second radials
generally very short, and sometimes, in part, merely transversely linear, or
even entirely obsolete, all quadrangular, and flat on the outer side. Third ra-
dials small, generally pentagonal, and in all but the two posterior rays sup-
porting on each of its superior sloping sides one, or sometimes two, secondary
radials, the last of which (where there are more than one) is an axillary piece,
and bears, in direct succession on each of its superior sloping sides, two bra-
chial pieces, thus making four arms to each of these rays. In each of the pos-
terior rays, however, there are two other bifurcations, that make six arm-open-
ings to each of these rays, or twenty-four to the entire series. First anal plate
of much the same size and form as the first radials, and supporting, in an
arching series above, three smaller pieces in the second range, while above the
latter, one, or perhaps sometimes two smaller pieces connect with the brachials
above. First interradials about two-thirds as large as the first radials, and
each supporting a smaller piece extending up to the brachials above. Vault
composed of tumid, or sometimes rather obtusely pointed pieces, and provided
with a subcentral proboscis, which is usually about as broad below as the
base.

Height of the largest specimen to top of vault, about O-TO inch ; greatest
breadth (which is at the arm-bases), 0-80 inch ; breadth of base, 0-35 inch.

This species seems to be related to our B. pistillus, but may be easily dis-

* Prof. Hall mentioned, in describing this species, that it has the characters of Eretmo-
crinus.

t This species has the arms less distinctly alate than the others, the transition from Ba-
tocrinut to Eretmocrinus being through this and the Bpecies Konincki.

[Dec

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363

tinguished by its much more depressed form, particularly below the arm-open-
ings, caused by its much shorter basals, and first and second radial pieces. Its
base also differs in being much more excavated, and not near so expanded be-
low, while its brachial pieces are proportionally stouter, and more crowded. \
Although the whole number of arm-openings is the same in these two forms, \

this arrangement is different, the formula of B. pistillus being 5-| = 24, and \

4
that of the form under consideration l— 7 = 24,

Locality and position. — Lower division of Burlington beds of Lower Carbon-
iferous at Burlington, Iowa. No. 14 of Mr. Wachsmuth's collection.

Batocrinus Oassedayanus, M. and W.

Body rather broad subturbinate below, or with the vault subglobose, being
a little larger below than above the arm-bases. Base short, or about four times
as wide as high, a little thickened, and slightly overhanging the end of the
column, and more or less notched at the sutures, so as to present a somewhat
trilobate appearance. First radial pieces of moderate size, and, like all of the
other body plates, rather distinctly tumid, wider than long, two hexagonal and
three heptagonal. Second radials about half as large as the first, nearly twice
as wide as high, normally quadrangular, but some of them occasionally with
one or both of the superior lateral angles a little truncated, so as to present an
irregular pentagonal or hexagonal outline. Third radials sometimes a little
smaller, and in other rays a little larger, than the second ; all pentagonal, and
(excepting in the anterior and one of the anterior lateral rays of the typical
specimen) each supporting on each of its superior sloping sides, in direct suc-
cession, two secondary radials, generally of near its own size, the upper ones
of which are also axillary pieces, and bear on each of their superior sloping
sides two brachial pieces in direct succession (the last of which is generally
larger than the first), thus making four arms to each of these rays. In the an-
terior ray, however, the third radial merely bears on each side above, three
brachial pieces in direct succession, and the same is also the case on one side
of one of the anterior lateral rays, thus only giving origin to two arm-openings
in the first, and three in the latter, making seventeen arm-openings to the en-
tire series. First anal of the same size and form as the first radials, excepting
that it is proportionally a little longer ; above this there are three smaller
pieces in the second range, three in the third, and two or three in the fourth.
First interradials of the same size as the second anals, hexagonal or heptago-
nal in form, and supporting two smaller pieces in the third range, with two to
three or four still smaller pieces above, the upper one of which, like that of
the anal series, separates the brachial pieces a little, so as to form a small sinus
between the arm bases belonging to each ray.

Vault slightly ventricose, composed of very irregular, unequal, merely tumid
pieces, and provided with a rather stout, nearly central proboscis, which is in-
clined a little forward in the typical specimen.

The specific name is given in honor of Mr. S. A. Casseday, deceased, the
author of the genus Batocrinus.

Height of body to arm-bases, 0-70 inch ; do. to base of proboscis, l-OT inch ;
greatest breadth (at arm-bases), 1'20 inch.

This species is perhaps most nearly allied to B. longirostris, Hall (sp.), and
if we suppose the presence of only three arm-openings in one of its anterior
lateral rays to be abnormal, which is almost certainly the case, it would pre-
sent no difference in its arm-formula, nor any marked difference in the details
of its structure, excepting in the proportional sizes of certain plates. This
latter character, however, imparts a material difference to the whole form of
the body, — a difference, indeed, that is so striking as to be apparent at a glance.
For instance, in B. longirostris the first and second primary radials and first
anal, as well as the first interradial pieces, are all proportionally so much

1868.]

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

larger (particularly longer) as to make the body below the arms always dis-
tinctly longer and proportionally narrower. Another marked dilference con-
sists in the convexity of the body plates, those of longirostris being only slight-
ly and evenly convex, while in the form under consideration they are decidedly
tumid, and sometimes even angular. The arm-bases of the longirostris are also
more distinctly separated by sinuses, and less robust. In short, the characters
mentioned in the species longirostris impart to it a peculiar and very character-
istic neatness and symmetry of appearance not seen in the form here described.

In form and general appearance our species resembles specimens sometimes
supposed to be a broader and more robust variety of B. subsegualis, McChesney
(sp.), but in that there are four arms to each ray, and the brachial pieces are
in close contact all around, while its body plates are not merely tumid, but
decidedly tuberculiform and projecting.

Locality and position. — Lower Burlington beds of the Lower Carboniferous, at
Burlington, Iowa. No. 13 of Mr. Wachsmuth's collection.

Batocrinus trochiscus, M. and "W.

Body broad discoidal or wheel-shaped, being very narrow at the base and
widening gradually to the top of the first radials, thence spreading very rapidly
to the brachial pieces, which are large and nearly in contact all around, or but
slightly separated by small sinuses over the anal, interradial and axillary
spaces. Vault flat, or a little concave from the periphery about half-way in
toward the middle, thence rising moderately to the subcentral proboscis; com-
posed of unequal pieces, the larger of which are rather tumid and arranged in
radiating rows coincident with the rays and their division below, while the
smaller pieces between are depressed so as to form concavities between the
larger.

Base narrow, truncated, but not spreading or provided with a distinct rim
below, wider than high, and widening very gradually upward. First radial
pieces about of the size of the basal, but proportionally longer, though they are
generally wider than long, two of them heptagonal and three hexagonal.
Second radial pieces comparatively very small, and all wider than long, or
transversely oblong, being, as usual in this group, regularly quadrangular.
Third radial pieces about twice as large as the second, wider than long, and
all pentagonal, excepting those of the two posterior rays, one of which is
hexagonal and one heptagonal, in the specimen from which the description is
drawn up ; each supporting on each of its superior sloping sides, in direct suc-
cession, two secondary radials nearly or quite as large as the third primary
radials themselves, while each of the upper of these secondary radials is an
axillary piece, supporting on each of its sloping sides, in direct succession, two
large brachial pieces, thus making four arm-openings to each ray all around,
or twenty in the entire series. First anal piece about of the size of the smaller
first radials, longer than wide, and heptagonal in form ; above this there are in
the second range three smaller hexagonal pieces, and, arching over the latter,
four in the fourth range, with a small wedge-formed piece succeeding the latter
above, though it is scarcely large enough to separate the brachial pieces over
the anal area. First interradial pieces nearly as large as the first radials, and
all irregularly nine-sided ; above this there are two smaller pieces in the second
range, two, or sometimes only one, in the third, and above this one or two
succeeding each other in a direct line, the last one being usually narrow, and
partly or entirely wedged in between the brachial pieces so as, in some cases,
to separate them a little. Between the first divisions of each ray on the third
radials there are usually one or two interaxillary pieces, the first resting upon
two short sloping upper sides of the first secondary radials, and supporting the
second, which sometimes separates the brachial pieces a little, while in other
instances it is so narrow and short as to allow them to come in contact over
it. (Arras and columa unknown.)

[Dec-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 855

The surface seems to be nearly smooth, or finely granular, and the body
plates are nearly even, excepting the secondary radials, which, with the brachial
pieces, are sometimes a little tumid, so as to project slightly beyond the plane
of the interradial and interaxillary areas, which consequently have a somewhat
sunken appearance.

Height of body to arm-openings, 1 inch; breadth, 2*10 inches.

This fine species seems to be most nearly related to B. planodiscus, Hall (sp.),
from the Keokuk beds, with which it agrees nearly in form and general appear-
ance. It differs very materially in structure, however, since the rays in that
species bifurcate so as to make eight arm-openings to each ray, or forty to the
whole series, being just double the number seen in our species. The planodis-
cus also appears to have the arm-openings directed outward, while the species
under consideration belongs apparently to the section of this genus with these
S)penings directed upward.

It is an interesting fact, to which our attention has been called by Mr.
Wachsmuth, that not only this species, but several others only found in the
very highest part of the Upper Burlington formation, are more nearly allied to
species found in the Keokuk beds than to any forms in the Lower Burlington
beds.

Locality and position. — Upper bed Burlington division of the Lower Carbon-
iferous at Burlington, Iowa. No. 27 of Mr. Wachsmuth's collection.

BaTOCRINUS (ErETMOCRINUS ?) NEGLECTUS.

Body small, inversely campanulate below the arms, and rather ventricose
above; the sides expanding gradually from the base to the third radials, and
thence curving out rapidly to the outer edges of the brachial pieces, which
are slightly grouped, but nearly or quite in contact all around. Base about
three times as wide as high, truncated and concave below, but not thickened
or expanded. First radials comparatively large, generally wider than long,
and, as usual, two heptagonal and three hexagonal ; all like the other body
plates convex, but not properly tumid. Second radials much smaller than the
first, quadrangular and nearly twice as wide as long. Third radials as long as
the second, or slightly larger, wider than long, and all normally pentagonal ;
each supporting on each of its superior sloping sides a secondary radial,
which in its turn bears on each side above two brachial pieces in direct succes-
sion, thus making four arm-openings to each ray, or twenty to the entire series.
In one specimen, however, agreeing exactly in other respects, the third radials
in the anterior and one in the posterior rays is immediately succeeded by
brachial pieces without any further bifurcations, so as to give origin to only
two arms to each of these rays ; but this is almost certainly an individual
abnormal development.

First anal plate a little longer, but not otherwise differing from the first
radials ; above this there are three smaller pieces in the next range, and some-
times one or two still smaller ones in the third range. Interradial pieces one
to three in each space, the first being one-third to one-half as large as the
first radials, seven to nine sided, and usually supporting one or two smaller
pieces in the second range above.

Vault convex, and composed of very unequal, irregular, moderately convex
plates, provided with a tube or proboscis of moderate thickness, and placed
generally about half way between the middle and the anal side. (Column
and arms unknown.)

Height to base of proboscis, about 0-58 inch ; do. to arm-openings, 0*33
inch ; breadth, 0-55 inch. The specimen presenting the irregularity mentioned
in the arrangement of the arms, is proportionally wider than that from which
the above measurements were taken.

This little species is apparently nearer B. clio, Hall, (sp.), than to any other
yet described. Its base, however, is much less thickened and expanded than
in that species, and its body plates more even and smoother j while its brachial

1868.]

356 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

pieces are less prominent, so as to 'give its body a less spreading appearance.
Judging from the description, the B. laura, Hall, (sp.), would seem to be
somewhat like our species, but that form must be more depressed and pro-
portionally wider, and is also said to have the arm-openings directed upward,
which would even place it in a different section of the genus.

We place this species provisionally in the Eretmocrinus group, from its gene-
ral appearance, as we have not seen any specimens showing the arms.

Locality and position. Lower division, Burlington group, of Lower Carboni-
ferous, at Burlington, Iowa. No. 14 of Mr. Wachsmuth's collection.

Genus PENTREMITES, Say.
Pentremites (Troostocrinus?) Woodmani, M. and W.

Body attaining a large size, pyramidal-subovate,as seen in aside view, being ^
broad below, and produced and gradually narrowing upward ; strongly pent-
agonal as seen from above and below, in consequence of the projecting and
actually carinated character of the radial pieces. Base strong, from two and
a half to three times as wide as high, trilobate in general outline below, and
very broadly and profoundly excavated along the three sutures, (the excava-
tions being continued out beyond the base into the lower ends of three of the
radial pieces) ; two of them pentagonal and tricarinate, and one quadrangular
and bicarinate, the carinse projecting considerably below the deeply sunken
facet for the attachment of the column, so that when placed erect on a level
surface the body stands upon these carinas, like a tripod upon its legs. Radial
pieces long and narrow, or about three times as long as wide, and gradually
tapering upward; all extremely prominent along the middle and sloping strongly
inwards laterally, very sharply carinate below the pseudo-ambulacral areas.
Summit openings very small and closely approximated. Interradials very
small, or only about one-tenth as long as the radials. Pseudo-ambulacral
areas remarkably narrow or sublinear, and deeply sunken, extending down
rather mo.re than half the entire length of the body, or about two-thirds the
length of the radial pieces; pore pieces minute, slightly oblique, and number-
ing about 100 to each side of each area, the two rows of each area being sepa-
rated by a deep mesial furrow, along which the inner ends of the pore pieces
are minutely crenate, lanceolate and supplementary pore-pieces unknown.
Surface marked with microscopic lines, as fine, regular, and crowded, as if
made by an engraver's ruling machine.

Height, 2-25 inches; breadth, 1 64 inches. Breadth of base, 1-14 inches;
height of do., 0-50 inch ; depth of excavations along the sutures of base, 0*20
inch ; breadth of do. from 0-45 to 0-56 inch. Length of pseudo-ambulacral
areas, 1-45 inch ; breadth of do., 0-08 inch.

This extraordinary form differs so widely from all other known species, as
to render a comparison of its specific characters with any of those hitherto
described entirely unnecessary. It seems to be related to a group of species
characterized by a triangular base, and very narrow pseudo-ambulacral areas,
for which Dr. Shumard has proposed the name Troostocrinus. Still it presents
some rather strongly marked differences from that group, the species of which
have the body narrow, fusiform, and more or less elongate and tapering below,
with the triangular base merely flattened on each of the three sides. In our
type however, the body is broadest below, while the base is comparatively very
short and wide, and has the three spaces corresponding to the flattened sides
of the typical species of Troostocrinus so very profoundly and broadly exca-
vated, as to impart a very remarkable appearance to the lower part of the fossil.
Should it be thought desirable to designate this type by a distinct subgeneric
name, it might be called Tricodocrinus, in allusion to the three deep excava-
tions of the base.

The specific name of this form is given in honor of Mr. H. T. Woodman, of
Dubuque, Iowa, to whom we are indebted for the use of the only specimen
we have seen.

Locality and poiition. — Salem, Indiana. Lower Carboniferous, Keokuk Group?

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 357

Genus AGELACRINITES, Vanuxem.
Agelacrinites (Lkpidodiscus) SQUAM08US, M. and W.

Depressed discoidal ; outline circular, or somewhat oval. Rays slender,
long, and strongly curved as they radiate from the middle toward the periph-
ery, around which they are each extended for some little distance ; all sinis-
tral excepting the right posterior one, which curves to the left, with its outer
half extending around within that of the next one on the left, near which it
terminates at the so-called ovarian protubrance ; each composed of twozigzag
rows of very small pieces, with some irregular ones apparently not belonging
properly to either row. Disc composed of large, thin, irregular, strongly
squamose or imbricating plates, the imbrication being inward from the periph-
ery, that is, the inner edge of each plate laps upon the outer edge of the next
within. Ovarian? pyramid situated near the left outer margin of the posterior
interbrachial space, and closed by ten pieces, apparently imbricating laterally
and forming a depressed cone, around the base of which there are numerous
small, short, but comparatively wide imbricating disc plates. Surface minutely
granular.

Greater diameter of an apparently distorted specimen, 1-70 inch.

The only specimen of this species we have seen is somewhat crushed and
distorted, so that it is rather difficult to make out the exact details of the
structure of the rays, though they are apparently not provided with open
ambulacral furrows, the rows of minute plates on each side, apparently closing
up and interlocking. There appear, however, to be pores arranged along
them in a zigzag row between the pieces. The body plates around the mar-
gin are much wider than high, and strongly imbricating upward. No cen-
tral opening is visible.

On comparing this species with A. Kaskaskimsis, Hall (the only other
known Carboniferous species), the type of which is now before us, we find
that our species differs in the important character of having its disc plates
all very distinctly imbricating, while those of Prof. Hall's species show no
tendency to imbricate, the whole surface of each being clearly exposed, their
straight edges being merely joined together like those of a true crinoid.
From Prof. Hall's description, it might also be supposed that this species
differs in the number of its rays, as he described it as having six rays.
A careful examination, however, of the typical specimen has clearly satisfied
us that this is certainly not the case, as it has only five, the usual number,
as represented in the figure. It is the incurved extremity of the dextral
right posterior ray, that has been mistaken for a sixth ray. The specimen
is somewhat crushed and distorted, but by carefully cleaning it and remov-
ing some adhering portions of the matrix, this ray can be traced straight
out to the periphery, where it curves abruptly around and extends inward to
near the middle of the posterior interbrachidl space, where it terminates at a
point near which was doubtless situated the so-called ovarian pyramid ;
though the specimen is too much crushed there to show the latter.

It is worthy of note that our species, although agreeing with most of
these that have been referred to Agelacrinites,* in the imbricating character
of its disc plates, as well as in the direction of the curvature of its rays,
still differs from A. Uamillonensis, of Vanuxen, the type of the genus in
both of these characters. Vanuxem gives no description, but judging from
his figure, (Geol. Report Third Dist. N. Y., p. 306) one would naturally sup-

• By some oversight, Prof. Pictet figures, on pi. xclx, fig. 25, of his valuaV>le Trait de
Palepont., a true Affelacriniles, and probably one or the Cincinnati species, under the name
Hem,icyxtUe.a parasitica, Hall, a very different fossil from the Niagara group. He also alludes
to Vanuxem's Agelacrinites JIamiltonenm in the text as a Silurian species, but it is a Ham-
ilton gnjup (Devonian) fossil. Dujardin and Hup6 (Hist. Nat. Echinod. pi. f), fig. 8) copy Pic-
tet's ngui-e under the name At/elacrinites parasitica, a.B an illustration of Agelacrinites, sa^^^S
Htmicystites ought not to be separated from Agelacrinites. The real Uemicystites jHirasxUcu,
however, although related to Agdacrinittt, differs in several important characters.

1868.]

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

pose the disc plates of his species to have the usual imbricating arrange-
ment. Prof. Hall, however, has recently described it in detail, (Twentieth
Report Regents Univ. N. Y. on State Cab. Nat. Hist. p. 299, 1868), and dis-
tinctly states that its interbrachial or disc plates are not imbricating, as in
other species. He also mentions the fact that this typical species differs
from others in having its anterior and right anterior and posterior lateral
rays sinstral, and its left anterior and posterior-lateral rays curved to the
left, as shown in Vanuxera's figure. It therefore certainly seems to us doubt-
ful whether species differing in two such important characters as these are
strictly congeneric. If they are not, then a new generic name should be
applied to our species,^ and the others agreeing with it in these characters ;
in which case we would propose to designate this group of species under
the name Lepidodiscus [Ktvii^ a scale, and Sio-koc, a quoit). At least we should
think they ought to be separated subgenerically.

Locality and position. Crawfordsville, Indiana. Keokuk beds of Lower
Carboniferous.

ECHINOIDEA.

Genus OLIGOPORUS, Meek and Worthen.
Oligoporus nobilis, M. and W.

Large, globose^ composed of very thick plates. Ambulacra nearly flat, or
slightly convex, and without proper furrows, narrow lanceolate in outline,
or only about two- thirds as wide as the interambulacral areas ; pore pieces
comparatively small, wider than high, those of the two outer rows rather
more irregular in size, and some of them a little larger than any of those of
the two inner rows ; pores two to each piece, forming four double rows,
those of the two outer ranges of pieces being placed near their inner ends,
and those of the inner ranges near their outer ends. Interambulacral areas
comparatively large, moderately convex, and composed of five rows of large
plates, all of which extend to the disc above, while the middle one ends within
about 0-65 inch of the oral opening below. Vent and apical disc much as
in Melonites multipora Surface of all the plates, both ambulacral and inter-
ambulacral, ornamented with coarse granules, separated by spaces generally
a little wider than their own breadth, with sometimes a few smaller ones
between. Of these granules, ab&ut 40 to 60 may be counted on each of
the larger interambulacral plates.

Height and breadth, about 3-75 inch ; breadth of ambulacral spaces, 0-60
inch ; do. of interambulacral areas, l-Od inch. Height of largest interam-
bulacral plates, 0-26 inch ; breadth of do., 0-40 inch; thickness of do., 0-25
inch.

The only specimen of this fine species yet known to us is mainly a silicious
cast of the interior. The connection of the plates, however, are so distinctly de-
fined by sharply raised lines formed by the silicious matter deposited in the
sutures between all of the pieces before they were dissolved, that the entire
structure can be made out as well as if the plates themselves had been preserved.
A few of the plates, however, or rather casts of their external surface, remain
so as to show the surface granules as well as the thickness of the plates them-
selves.

The apical disc seems to be very similar, as already stated, to that of Meloni-
tes multipora^ — the arrangement and comparative sizes, as well as form of the
ocular and genital plates, being much the same. In two of the latter, five
pores may be counted in each, while one other also shows obscure indications
of five pores and the other two had four each, as near as can be made out from
the little projecting points representing them in the cast. No satisfactory in-
dications of pores, however, are to be seen in the ocular pieces.

Although the ambulacral areas are not properly furrowed, as in 0. Dance
and Melonites multipora, they are slightly depressed below the most convex cen-

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 869

tral region of the interambulacral areas. The depression, however, also in-
cludes the two marginal rows of each interambulacral series. There is like-
wise a faint narrow, almost linear, impression on the internal cast, extending
from the apical disc about halfway down the middle row of plates in each in-
terambulacral field.

This form can be at once distinguished from 0. Danse, the only other known
species of this type, by its proportionally much larger and less numerous in-
terambulacral plates, of which there are only^ue instead of eiffht or nine rows
to each area. Its ambulacral areas are also proportionally narrower, and, as
already stated, differ in not being furrowed along each side, with a ridge along
the middle.

As we have elsewhere suggested, the group Oligoporus seems to be exactly
intermediate in its characters between Melonites, Owen and Norwood, and Pa-
Isechinus, (Scouler) McCoy. That is, it differs from Falsechinus in having four
rows of ambulacral pieces and four double rows of pores, instead of two of each,
as well as in having the ambulacral areas more or less sunken below the in-
terambulacral fields. In the last character it agrees more nearly with Meloni-
tes, from which, however, it differs widely in having only four rows of ambula-
cral pieces a,nd four double rows of pores instead of ten of each to each area.
In the nature of its apical disc the species under consideration shows that in
this type it agrees well in its general characters with Melonites. We also know,
from a crushed specimen of Oligoporus Danse^ that the species of this group
have the jaws very like those of Melonites. The question may therefore arise
whether or not these differences in the number of pieces and pores of the ambu-
lacra are of generic importance, and whether we ought not to regard them as
only subgeneric and call our species Melonites [Oligoporus) nobilis. On the
same grounds, however, we would have as good reason to regard both Oligopo-
rus and Melonites as mere sections or subgenera of Falsechinus. We cannot,
however, believe so important and constant a difference of less than generic
value, no gradations being yet known in this character between Oligoporus
and Melonites ou the one hand, or between the former and Palsechinus on the
other. It is true we yet only know one species of Melonites^ but we now know
two well marked species of Oligoporus^ while there are eight or nine known dis-
. tinct species of Palsechinus, all of which latter agree in having but two rows of
ambulacral pieces to each area.

At the time we proposed the name Oligoporus we were not aware that Prof.
Desor had designated a section (not a genus) of the family Cidaridse by the
name Oligopores. In case this should be regarded as a serious objection to
our name Oligoporus we suggested, in the second volume of the Illinois Geolo-
gical Reports, the name Melonopsis for this group instead ; and if it should be
adopted, the species here described would have to be called Melonopsis nobilis.
The name Oligopores^ however, from its different termination, we should think
sufficiently distinct.

Locality and position. — Calhoun County, Illinois, from the Burlington divi-
sion of the Lower Carboniferous series.

Description of Seven New Species of AMERICAN BIRDS from varions locali-
ties, with a note on Zonotrichia melanotis.

BY GEO. N. LAWRENCE.
1. DbNDR(ECA CAPITALI8.

Male. Front and crown of a deep rich reddish brown ; back and smaller
wing coverts yellowish olive-green, becoming more yellow on the rump ;
central tail feathers and the outer webs of the others dark olive-brown, edged
the color of the back, the inner webs of all except the central tail feathers
are yellow ; the quill feathers and the larger wing coverts are blackish brown,
the primaries and secondaries with margins the color of the back, the terti-

1868.]

360 PEOCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

aries and wing coverts edged with yellow ; under lining of wings deep
yellow ; under plumage deep golden yellow, with conspicuous reddish brown
stripes on the breast and sides ; bill blackish brown, the under mandible
paler below ; feet light brown.

Second, third and fourth quills equal and longest, first intermediate
between fourth and fifth.

Length 4J in. ; wing 2j. ; tail 2 l-16th ; bill 7-16ths ; tarsi f.

The female differs in wanting the brown cap, having in place of it a slight
wash of that color, and in there being only a few faint stripes on the breast.

Habitat. — Barbadoes. Types in my collection, obtained by Mr. A. H Alex-
ander, of West Hoboken, N. J., who informed me that it is an abundant species
and familiar in its habits.

Remarks. This beautiful species needs comparison only with D. petechia^
and the bird from St. Thomas and St. Croix, referred to D. ruficapilla, Gm.,
by Prof. Baird, with a ?, see Rev. Am. Birds, pp. 199 and 201 ; it is smaller
than either, and they do not agree in the wing formula ; the present species
appears to have a greater extent of yellow in the tail feathers.

It is the same species as a specimen spoken of by Prof. Baird (Rev. Am.
Birds, p. 202) but not named, which was brought from Barbadoes in alcohol
by Prof. Gill.

Apart from its smaller size, its clearly defined and deeply colored crown
will distinguish it from all others.

2. TaCHYPHONUS ATRICAPILLDS.

Front, entire crown and occiput black, sides of the head and the hind neck
grayish-black ; back and smaller wing coverts dark olive-green, the rump
olive, tinged with ferruginous ; tail brownish-black bordered with greenish-
olive ; middle and larger wing coverts black, with greenish olive margins ;
quills black, the primaries narrowly edged on the outer webs with greenish
yellow, the secondaries with olive green ; under wing coverts pale yellow ;
throat of a light brown intermixed with gray, and tinged with rufous ; lower
part of the neck and sides of the breast olive-green washed with ferruginous ;
breast and abdomen bright brownish ferruginous, becoming yellowish on the
middle of the belly ; under tail coverts black bordered with ferruginous ;
bill black, the under mandible whitish at base ; tarsi and toes black.

Length (skin) 5 in. ; wing 2J ; tail 2\ ; bill | ; tarsi |.

Habitat.— The, Island of Trinidad.

Type in my collection ; it was killed at Trinidad in the early part of the
present year by Mr. A. H. Alexander, from whom I procured it. A person
who accompanied him at the time, and was familiar with the birds of the
Island, said it was a species he had never noticed before.

Remarks. — This does not resemble in plumage any other member of the
genus, and I think is probably a male ; the black crown and distinctly colored
under plumage seem to preclude the probability of its being a female.

3. QUISCALUS FORTIROSTRIS.

Male. Black, with purplish steel blue lustre, uniform throughout the
body, not changeable as in most other species; wings and tail greenish, bill
and feet black.

Second quill longest, first between third and fourth ; tail graduated, lateral
feather one inch shorter than middle feathers ; bill very strong, culmen reg-
ularly curved throughout, commissure sinuated.

Length 9 in. ; wing 4:\ ; tail 4^; bill from front 1 l-16th ; height of bill at
base 7-16ths ; tarsi 1 3-16ths.

The female is smaller, and the plumage, instead of being bluish, has a
brownish cast of color.

Length 8 in. j wing 3| ; tail 3J ; bill 15-16ths ; tarsi 1 1-I6th3.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361

Habitat. — Barbadoes. Types in my collection, obtained from Mr. A. H.
Alexander, by whom they were killed on that Island.

Remarks. — This very distinct species comes nearest to Q. luguhris, Sw., in
its dimensions, but is rather smaller ; that species is more violaceous in lus're,
with longer and stouter legs, also a longer, straighter and more feeble bill,
with the commissure straight; the bill of the new species is comparatively
large, at the base being wider and fully one-third higher than that of Q. lugu-
bris.

4. THAMNOPHILtJS VIRGATUS.

Entire head, hind neck and all of the under plumage, of a grayish fuligi-
nous color, blacker on the head and grayer below, with a broad stripe of pale
ochreous white down the centre of each fea'her ; these are clearer or nearly
white on the head, and duller on the abdomen ; back, tail and exposed por-
tion of the wings cinnamon red ; the inner webs of the quill feathers liver
brown ; the under wing coverts and inner margins of quills pale cinnamon ;
under tail coverts pale rufous ; upper mandible black, the under whitish
horn color ; tarsi and toes black, claws whitish.

Length about 6 in. ; wing 3 ; tail 2| ; bill about f ; tarsi 1 .

Habitat. — New Granada, Turbo. Collected by Lt. Michler. Type in Mus.
Acad, of Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia.

Remarks. — In distribution of colors this species much resembles T. palliatus,
but it is smaller and differs notably in the white markings throughout, being
longitudinal; the crown in pnlliatus is immaculate, on which in the present
species the stripes are strongly defined ; the red coloring is paler and duller
than that of T. palliatus.

From analogy I judge it to be a male, as the female of T. palliatus ha? a
rufous crown.

The bill is injured by shot, the end being deficient; at first I was puzzled
to know where to place it, but feel confident it is assigned its true poiition.

Analytical table of th9 Species of BARIDIIJS inhabiting the United States. -
BY JOHN L. LE CONTE, M.D.

According to the form of the antennae the species before me may be
divided into three principal groups, of which the second contains all the
strongly pubescent species. The first group is the most numerous, and may
again be subdivided by the presence or absence of the apical constriction of
the prothorax. We will thus have the following scheme of arrangement.

A. Antennae thick ; 2d and 3d joints of funiculus equal.

a. Body nearly glabrous. Thorax not constricted near the apex. Sp. 1 — 8.

b. Body nearly glabrous. Thorax constricted near the apex. Sp. 9 — 22.

c. Body densely pubescent ; thorax constricted near the apex. Sp. 23 — 25.

B. Antennae slender ; 2d point of funiculus longer than the 3d. Sp. 26—28.

A— a.

Intervals of elytra coarsely and irregularly punctured. 1.

*• *• witii single rows of usually well marked punctures. 3.

'* " with very fine inconspicuous punctures. 4.

1. Color black. 2.

Color bronze-black ; prothorax longer than wide, gradually narrowed from
base, rounded near the apex ; dors ti carina very indistinct ; beak stout, curved,
moderately long, punctured. Long. 4-5 mm. Middle States, l.subieneus.
2. More shining ; prothorax not longer than wide, very slightly nirrowod
from base, much rounded near the apex ; dorsal carina not apparen? ; bc.ik
stout, short, curved, punctured. Long 4-5 ram. Kansas (one specimen).

2. quadratus.

18G8.] 24

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Similar to the last in size, form and sculpture, but the dorsal carina of the
prothorax is well marked. Long 4-5 mm. Texas, Illinois. (Two speci-
mens) 3. carinulatus Lee.

Less shining; punctures of elytra smaller and closer; prothorax more
equally rounded on the sides, not broader than long, without dorsal carina ;
beak moderately long, stout, curved, punctured. Long. 4-5 mm. Kansas.
(2 specimens) 4, tra ns v ers u s Say.

3. Black bronzed, shining ; prothorax not longer than wide, very slightly
narrowed from the base, much rounded near the tip, dorsal carina not obvi-
ous. (Resembles B. s u b ae n e u s, but differs by the more full thorax, rather
stouter form, and less irregular interstitial punctures of the elytra.) Long.
4 — 4-5 mm. Middle and Southern States 5. tumescens.

Smaller, black bronzed, shining ; prothorax not longer than wide, more
obliquely narrowed at tip and less rounded, dorsal carina not obvious ; elytral
striae less strongly punctured than in B. tumescens; intervals with rows
of well marked or very fine punctures. Long. 3 mm 6. c o n f i n i 8.

Black bronzed, very shining, prothorax more sparsely punctured, slightly
narrowed from the base, broadly and obliquely rounded near the tip ; elytra
more finely and less deeply striate, intervals wider, nearly smooth. Long.

2-5— 3mm. Louisiana 6. aereus^ScA.

4. Bluish black, shining ; prothorax not longer than wide, obliquely narrowed
from the base, broadly rounded near the tip, punctures more distant than
usual, dorsal carina not obvious ; elytral striae scarcely perceptibly punctured,
interstices nearly smooth, or with rows of very small punctures. Long,
4-25-4-75 mm. Middle and Southern States; five specimens. (Differs from
B. aereus in color and in form of prothorax.) ...... 7. i n t e r s t i t i a 1 i s Say.

Black, shining ; body narrow, prothorax longer than wide, sides broadly
rounded in front, disc strongly punctured, without dorsal carina ; elytra with
a, feeble oblique impression near the base, striaj scarcely punctured ; inter-
stices with rows of very fine punctures. Long. 3-5 mm. California; two

specimens ; San Francisco 8. m ac e r Lee.

A— b.

(The beak is longer and more slender than in A — a, and the thorax
is transversely impressed near the tip, at least on the sides.)

Prothorax at base nearly as wide as the elytra. 1.

Prothorax at base narrower than the elytra; black, shining, very coarsely
sculptured, elytral intervals not wider than the striae, and marked with single
rows of deep punctures. Long. 5-5-6-5 mm. Illinois, Kansas, Arizona.

9. striatus Say.

1. Body nearly glabrous, color black, 2.

" " color bright brown, 8.

Body rather robust and convex, brownish black, more pubescent than
usual; prothorax wider than long, gradually narrowed from the base and
feebly rounded on the sides ; elytral intervals with rather confused rows of
somewhat transverse punctures. Long. 4 — 5 mm. Kansas. (Resembles in
appearance a Centrinus). 10. farctus.

Body robust, black, more pubescent than usual, prothorax wider than long,
feebly narrowed from the base, sides much rounded in front almost straight
behind, very densely and coarsely punctured, with a slender carina; elytral
intervals wider than the striae, densely and confusedly punctured. Long.
4 mm. California, 3 specimens. S.Diego 11. d e n s u s Zee.

2. Prothorax with distinct smooth dorsal line. 3.

" without " " " 6.

3. Elytral intervals usually not wider than the striae, with rows of very
strongly marked punctures ; body larger and wider. 4.

Elytral intervals wider than the strias, with single rows of finer shallow
punctures j body smaller and narrower. 5.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363

-4. Prothorax gradually narrowed from the base, broadly rounded on the
sides, more strongly towards the lip, coarsely punctured, the punctures more
distant than the length of their diameters ; (elytral intervals and striae as in
B. striatus; resembles B. carinulatus, but the prothorax is distinctly
impressed on the sides near the tips,) Long, 6 mm. Kansas and Wiscon-
sin 12. strenuus.

Resembles the preceding in form and sculpture, but the punctures of the
prothorax are larger and more distinctly umbilicated, and the sides more
deeply constricted near the tip. Long. 5 mm, Penna., one specimen ;
Mr. Rathvon 13. umbilicatus.

Somewhat narrower and more regularly oval, prothorax gradually but more
strongly narrowed from the base, and more obliquely rounded near the tip,
less coarsely but somewhat more densely punctured than in B. strenuus;
elytra with'the intervals wider than the striae, with rather confused rows of
fine but well marked punctures. Long. 6 mm. Wisconsin, 1 specimen.

14. s ub o V a 1 i s.

5. Punctures of prothorax more distant than their diameter, sides scarcely
narrowed from the base, more broadly rounded near the tip, dorsal line
wide ; elytral intervals wider than the striae with rows of distant large
shallow punctures. Body less convex than usual. Long, 3-5 mm. New
Mexico, 1 specimen 15. distans.

Prothorax more densely punctured, sides slightly narrowed from the base,
more obliquely rounded near the tip and more distinctly constricted ; elytra
as in the preceding, but with a small white pubescent basal spot each side,
and a few scattered white scale-like hairs. Long. 3 — 4 mm. Southern
States, 3 specimens . 16. nigrinus Say.

6. Body oval or elongate. 7.
Body broadly ovate, black shining, prothorax wider than long, strongly

but not densely punctured, with very feeble dorsal carina, sides narrowed
from the base, strongly rounded in front, and deeply constricted near the tip;
elytral intervals wider than the striae, with rows of small but deep punctures.
Long. 2-5 — 3 mm. Middle States, 4 specimens 17. ovatus.

7. Body oval, black shining, prothorax not wider than long, strongly and
densely punctured, without dorsal carina, sides narrowed and broadly
rounded from the base, slightly constricted near the tip ; elytral intervals
broad, with rows of very fine but well marked punctures. Long. 2-5 mm.
Middle States, 2 specimens 18, p u s i 1 1 u s.

Body elongate oval, black, less shining, prothorax longer than wide, more
coarsely punctured, punctures less distant than the length of their diameters,
without dorsal carina, sides converging from the base, rounded only near the
apex, which is feebly constricted ; elytral intervals a little wider than the striae,
with rows of well marked punctures, disc feebly impressed obliquely each
side behind the shoulder. (Of the same form as B. macer, but otherwise
quite distinct. It differs remarkably from all the others of this division by
the 2d joint of the funiculus of the antennae being somewhat longer than the
3d, though much less conspicuously than in the species of division B.) Long.
3 — 3-5. Illinois and Kansas. 5 specimens 19, a n g u s t u s.

Also slender in form, black, not very shining, prothorax punctured as in
the preceding, with the sides not converging from the base, but parallel, and
more strongly rounded in front, tip feebly constricted ; elytral intervals wider
than the striae, with rows of well marked punctures. (Resembles B. macer,
but the thorax is more full in form, more densely punctured, and is feebly con-
stricted at the tip ; the beak is also longer and more slender,) Long. 2-5 mm.
California, 1 specimen. San Francisco 20, seriatusLw.

Somewhat less slender, bronzed black, shining, prothorax scarcely larger
than wide, narrowed from the base and feebly rounded on the sides except

1868.]

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

near the tip, where it is more strongly rounded and slightly constricted disc,
coarsely but more sparsely punctured than usual, punctures more distant
than the length of their diameters; elytral striae impunctured, intervals much
wider than the stria?, with single rows of small punctures. Long. 3 mm. One
specimen, Oregon , 21. sparsus.

8, Body elongate, bright brown, very shining, prothorax rather sparsely
punctured with a broad undefined smooth medial line ; elytral uneven,
with a transverse impression before the middle, an oblique one behind the
humeri, and a very faint one behind the middle ; striae feebly punctured, in-
tervals much wider than the striae, with scarcely perceptible rows of very fine
punctures. Long. 3 mm. Ohio and Illinois ; (depredates on grape vine, pro-
ducing the gall described by Mr. Walsh as vitiscunnus.).... 22. S e s o s t r i s.*

A— c.

The species contained in this group are of a slender form like some of
those in b, and like them have an elongated moderately slender beak; the
antennae are not quite so stout, though the 2d joint of the funiculus is not
conspicuously longer than the 3d. The body beneath is densely clothed with
depressed ash colored hairs, and is equally densely pubescent above. The
prothorax is constricted near the tip, and the disc is strongly and densely
punctured with a slightly elevated dorsal line. The species of this group
have the last tarsal joint more elongated than in the other species of the
genus, and the claws closely approximated, and somewhat connate at base ;
the males are also distinguished by the last ventral segment being armed at
tip with a small tooth. These differences, combined with those of appear-
ance, produced by the dense covering of hair, would indicate the propriety
of separating them as a distinct genus.

Prothorax feebly constricted near the tip. 1.

" more strongly " " " 2.

1. Small, pubescence less dense, prothoraxlonger than wide, feebly narrowed
in front, slightly rounded on the sides, and feebly constricted near the tip.
without basal glabrous spots. Long. 3 mm. Maryland, 1 spec..23. p 1 u m b e u s.

Larger, pubescence very dense, prothorax very little longer than wide,
gradually narrowed in front, slightly narrowed on the sides, and feebly con-
stricted near the tip, with three basal glabrous black spots extending upon
the scutellum and base of elytra. Long. 4-5 mm. Atlantic States, abun-
dant 24. t r in o t a t u s ASay.

2. Larger, pubescence dense, prothorax scarcely longer than wide, subtra-
pezoidal gradually narrowed from the base, sides nearly straight, suddenly
rounded near the tip and more strongly constricted, coarsely and densely
punctured, distincily carinated, marked with basal spots as in the preceding.
Long. 4-5 — 6 mm. California, also at Cape San Lucas, 3 spec.

25. mucoreus Lee.
B.
The species of this division have the beak longer and more slender than
those of A, and the antennse are much thinner, the 2d joint of the funiculus
is much longer than the 3d, thus showing an approach to Centrinus, which
these species resemble in their form ; the body is nearly glabrous, and the
prothorax is constricted near the tip.

The three species before me may be distinguished as follows :
Body black, somewhat shining, prothorax strongly punctured, without dor-
sal carina, gradually and strongly narrowed from the base, and rounded on
the sides ; elytral intervals with single rows of strongly marked punctures,
humeri scarcely wider than the base of prothorax. Long. 3-5 mm. Kansas,
one specimen.. 26. nasutus.

* Vide Herodotus, Euterpe, cap. 102.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

Body black, shining, prothorax as in the preceding, elytra at humeri dis-
tinctly wider than base of prothorax, intervals with confused fine punctures.
Long. 3-5 — 4-5 mm. Southern States, 4 specimens. (Rather stouter in form
than the preceding, and resembling almost exactly B. fare us, but quite dif-
ferent by the antennas and beak.) 27. ibis.

Body brown, shining, prothorax longer than in the preceding and less
rounded on the sides, more densely punctured with a faint dorsal carina ;
elytra at humeri distinctly wider than base of prothorax, intervals wtth con-
fused fine punctures. Long. 3-5 mm. Georgia and Illinois, 4 specimens.

28. s c 0 1 o p a X Say.

Bibliography.

B. carinulatus Lee. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc, Phila., 1858, 79.

B. transversus Say. Cure. 18 ; ed. Lee. i, 282.

B. a e r e u s Sch. Cure, viii, 141.

B. interstitialis Say. Cure. 18 and 26 ; ed. Lee. i, 282, 295 ; Journ.
Acad. N. S. Ph. iii, 314 ; ed. Lee. ii, 176 ; Sch. iii, 684 ; viii, 149. In well pre-
served specimens small scale-like hairs are perceived in the rows of punc-
tures on the elytral intervals,

B. mace r Zee. Rep. Pac. R. R. Expl. xi, MS. 58.

B. s t r 1 at u s Say. Cure. 17 ; ed. Lee. i, 281.

B. dens us Lee. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., Phila., 1859, 79.

B. n ig ri n u s Say. Cure. 31 ; ed. Lee. i, 295. Sch. Cure, iii, 691 ; viii, 154.

B. se fiat us Zee. Rep. Pac. R. R. Expl. xi, MS., 58.

B. trinotatu s Say. Cure. 7; ed. Lee. i, 280; vestitusX Sch. Cure, iii, 718.

B. mucoreus Lee. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc, Phila., 1858, 79.

B. 8 col op ax Say. Cure. 26 ; ed. Lee. i, 295 ; Sch. Cure. iii. 699. I do
not know for what reason Schonherr has referred this species to his first divi-
sion ; Boheman, in the description, mentions the antennae as minus erassse,
which in fact they are.

Speeies unknown to me.

B. T -si gnu m /ScA. Cure, viii, 154.

B. anthracinus Seh. Ibid, iii, 727. Seems to be near 28. ibis Lee.
B. c o nf ertu s /S'cA. Cure, iii, 728.
B. californicus Motsch. Bull. Mosc. 1845, ii, 372.
B. pubeseens Uhler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc, Phila., 7, 417 belongs to Cen-
trinus and is C. p i s t o r Sch. = Balaninus pistor Germ.

The 0TBINI0.3: of America, north of Mexico.
BY JOHN L. LECONTE.

Species of this family are found in every part of the United States and con-
tiguous northern regions, usually in large colonies ; from their whirling mo-
tion of the surface of the water they are popularly known as whirligigs^ and, on
account of the agreeable fragrant odor of some of the species, as apple-bugs.

There is a remarkable uniformity of appearance in the species of each genus,
which renders their definition and recognition somewhat difficult ; for this
reason, notwithstanding the very curious structural characters displayed in
their organization, which are detailed in all systematic works, they are not
favorites with collectors, and many of our species have remained unnamed.

Three genera are represented in our fauna :

Last ventral segment depressed, rounded at tip :

Scutellum distinct: labrum transverse Gyrinus.

Scutellum invisible; labrum transverse Dineutus.

Last ventral segment elongated, conical :

Scutellum invisible ; labrum prominent..., , Gyrates.

1868.]

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

DINEUTUS McLeay.
Cyclinus Kirby.

The species of this genus are of larger size than those of the other two, and
of less convex form ; the elytra are marked with nine very slightly impressed,
sometimes almost invisible, striae or furrows; the labrum is rounded in front
and ciliated,' the scutellum is invisible, and the mesosternum is sparsely but
coarsely punctured in front.

In the males the front tarsi are moderately dilated, and clothed beneath with
feathery papillae densely arranged in transverse lines, forming an elongated
narrow brush ; in D. sullineatus, emarginatus, serrulatus, and probably in caro-
linus, the front thighs of the male are dilated near the knee, on the anterior
margin, into a more or less developed tooth, varying somewhat in form, accord-
ing to the individual degree of development, but always well marked ; in I).
vittatus, discolor and assimilis, the tooth is entirely wanting.

The hind margin of the elytra is not toothed, nor strongly serrate, in any of
our species, which may be divided into two groups as follows :

A. Sutural angles of elytra rounded.

B. Sutural angles of elytra well defined, sometimes slightly prolonged.

A.

14-5 — 15-5 mm. Black or black-bronzed, very shining ; elytra usually with a
brighter bronzed vitta ; striae faint ; sutural angle very much rounded ; under
surface dark chestnut-brown, middle and hind legs pale 1. vittatus.

15-5 — 16-5 mm. Dark olive above, not very shining; elytral striae distinct ;
sutural angle moderately rounded ; under surface black ; middle and hind legs
iridescent, with the tibiae and tarsi brown 2. sublineatus.

9 — 12 5 mm. Black, or black-bronzed, not very shining; elytral striae very
faint ; sutural angle very much rounded, apical margin flat ; under surface
dark brown or blackish, slightly bronzed ; middle and hind legs, narrow mar-
gin and tip of abdomen paler, nearly testaceous 3. emarginatus.

10-5 mm. Black-bronzed, more shining; elytral striae very faint; sutural
angle less strongly rounded ; apical margin narrowly reflexed ; under surface
brown ; middle and hind legs, broad margin and tip of abdomen pale.

4. c a r o 1 i n u s n. sp.

B.

a. Body brown or testaceous beneath, oval, narrowed in front ; hind mar-
gins of elytra very feebly sinuate ; sutural angle of (^ not, of 9 ^^^J feebly
prolonged.

12-5 mm. Body broadly oval, narrowed in front; upper surface black,
slightly bronzed, shining; lateral margin of elytra broadly flattened ; apical
edge very finely serrate 5. serrulatus n. sp.

11 — 12-5 mm. More convex and narrower, narrowed in front ; upper surface
black-bronzed, rarely black, shining; lateral margin of elytra less broadly
flattened; apical edge entire 6. discolor.

b. Body beneath black, slightly bronzed ; middle and hind feet, and fre-
quently sides and tip of the abdomen, pale ; elytra distinctly sinuated near the
tip in the ^ > ^nd sutural angle very prominent in that sex.

10-5 — 12 mm. Black, usually slightly bronzed, (^ more shining than the
9 ; middle and hind legs testaceous ; margin and tip of abdomen pale ; elytra
feebly striate, sparsely and finely punctulate ; ((J^ with the elytra not sinuate
near the tip, feebly sinuate at the tip; sutural angle slightly prominent ; 9
deeply sinuate on the side near the tip ; margin elevated at the sinuosity, sinu-
ate again at the tip, with the sutural angle very prominent.).. 7. assimilis.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367

Bibliography and remarks.

1. D. vittatus .4mJ/, Hydroc. 768; Gt/rinus vitt. Germ. sp. nov. 32 ; Cy-
clous opacicsMels., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. ii, 29 (faded specimens). Middle
aad Southern States, not rare.

2. D. sublineatus Aub^, Hydroc. 775 ; Oi/rinus suhl. Chevr., Col. Mex.
cent, i ; 9 ^- integer Lee , Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vii, 221. Arizona and
Lower California.

3. D.emarginatus White^ Brit. Mus. Cat. ; Gyrinus emarg. Say, Trans.
Am. Phil. Soc. ii, 108 ; ed. Lee. ii, 519 ; D. americanusX Aub^, Hydroc. 777 (nee.
Linn.) Abundant in the middle and northern States ; for remarks on Gyrinus
americanus Linn.^ showing its probable identity with the West Indian D.
m e t a 1 1 i c u s Aub^, see the note of Dr. Schaum in Stettin Ent. Zeit. 1848, 337.

4. D. carolinus. I have seen but two 9 specimens, collected in South
Carolina; it closely resembles the preceding, but is more shining, and the api-
cal margin of the elytra, instead of being flat, is very narrowly reflexed.

5. D. serrulatus. Middle and Southern States. I have seen but two
^ 9 specimens of this species, which resembles in form D. a s s i m i 1 i s , but
is easily distinguished by the fine serration of the apical margin of the elytra,
the sutural angle less prominent, the lateral flattened margin broader and more
reflexed, the posterior sinuosity of the elytra of the female much less, the strife
of the elytra less visible, and finally by the front thighs of the male being
armed with a strong sharp looth.

6. D. discolor -4 «i^, Hydroc. 784; Cyclous labratus Mels. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila. ii, 29. Abundant from Canada to Louisiana, and from Maine
to Kansas ; easily known by its narrower form and pale ferruginous under
surface ; the front thighs of the male are not toothed.

7. D. a s s i m i 1 i s Aub^, Hydroc. 778. Cyclinus ass. Kirby, Fauna Bor. Am.
iv, 78, Gyrinus americanus Say, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. ii, 107 ; ed. Lee. ii,
519. Our most abundant species, usually known as apple bug ; extends from
Lake Superior to Texas, and from Maine to Kansas. The front femora of the
male are not toothed.

Gyrinus Linn.

"The species of this genus, as at present defined, are peculiar in having 11
rows of punctures on each elytron, and an oval transverse figure limited by
punctures near the tip. The legs are always ferruginous, or testaceous.
Usually two frontal impressions and two thoracic transverse impressions are
well defined, but they are not equally evident in every individual, and are
sometimes entirely obliterated.

"For the better definition of the species it must be observed that in those
in which the upper surface has a shining metallic gloss, the color becomes
sometimes black, and sometimes in part dark brown ; in the same proportion
the black color of the breast and the abdomen varies to ferruginous. The ob-
literation of the rows of punctures next the suture is of doubtful specific value,
as is also the size of the specimens, both of which characters are subject to
great variations." — Zimmermann, MS. To this I may add that the frontal im-
pressions are of no value in distinguishing species.

On account of the close resemblance between the species, it has been very
difficult to identify them by the descriptions thus far published, and, as will
be seen in the bibliography and remarks, the determinations are frequently
different in each of the standard collections which have been independently
formed in this country.

My own determinations are in some instances at variance with those of Dr.
Zimmermann and Dr. Harris, and I hope may bo sustained by reference to the
types preserved in European collections; but at all events the possession of a
ranch larger number of specimens, from more widely separated localities, has

1868.]

/

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

given me greater advantage in distinguishing and defining the forms to whicA
specific names must, in the present condition of science, be given.

The species before me may be arranged in the following groups, the meso-
sternum being of normal form in all except p e c t o r a 1 i s :

A. Scutellum flat :

a. Under side margin of prothorax and epipleurae testaceous.

b. Under side margin of prothorax and epipleurae metallic black.

B. Scutellum finely but distinctly carinate :

(Under side margin of prothorax and epipleurae testaceous.)

A — a.
* Under surface uniform tes[taceous, or brown.

6 — 6-V5 mm. 9- Elongate oval, polished black, more or less bronzed;
punctures of the elytral rows approximate, rather fine ; tip much rounded,
outer angle not distinct.. 1. confinisZcc.

6 mm. 9' -^ little less elongated, polished black, not bronzed; punctures
of the elytral rows stronger, and equally closely placed. 2. fraternus Couper.

4-5 — 5 mm. Smaller, not very elongate, polished black ; margins and sides
broadly bronzed ; punctures of outer elytral rows stronger and moderately ap-
proximate ; abdomen sometimes dark at the middle 3. limbatus Say.

5-5 mm. 9- More elongated, uniformly black bronzed; punctures of elytral
rows rather strong, moderately approximate 4. ae n e olu s, n. sp.

4-5 — 5 mm. Of the same form, color and sculpture as limbatus,
scarcely bronzed and a little wider; the ventral segments of the abdomen in
mature specimens are darker brown, the punctures of the elytral rows more
approximate, with the last segment paler 5. di ch r o us, n. sp.

5-25 mm. (^. More elongate, strongly attenuated before and behind, and
more elevated at the middle than usual, black, highly polished, broadly bronzed
on the sides, but not on the suture or reflexed margin of the elytra; rows com-
posed of larger bronzed punctures not vei-y approximate, becoming coarser at
the sides ; tip truncate, slightly rounded ; outer angle not very obvious ; body
beneath and legs ferruginous. (Easily distinguished by its more compressed
convex form and coarser punctures.) , 6. e 1 e v a t u s, n. sp.

5-5 — 6-5 mm. Elongate oval, more narrowed in front, black, highly polish-
ed ; margins and sides slightly bronzed ; tip of elytra more concave than usual ;
(margin not interrupted) ; rows of elytral punctures bronzed, well marked,
approximate; under surface uniform reddish-brown. (Resembles c o n fi ni s,
but is much larger and more narrowed in front, from the base of the ely-
tra) 7. consobrinus Lee.

5 — 6-5 mm. Of the same form, color and sculpture as c o n s ob ri n u s, but
a little broader and with the reflexed margin of the elytra interrupted near the
tip by a small flattened space, and the tip less rounded 8. pi i cif e r Lee.

g.5 — Y mm. Oval, less elongate, black, very highly polished, iridescent ;
margins and sides bronzed ; rows of punctures of elytra well marked, approxi-
mate ; under surface reddish-brown, sides and tip of abdomen a little paler.
(A beautiful species, easily known by its larger size and more brilliant irides-
cent surface; in one specimen the under surface is nearly black.)

9. ventralis Kirby.

6-5 mm. Similar in size, color and sculpture to ventralis, and equally
brilliant, but somewhat narrower in form, with the tip of the elytra more sud-
denly truncate, less rounded and with the outer angle obtuse, only slightly
rounded and quite distinct iO. a q u i r i s, n. sp.

■»^*Trunk dark piceous ; abdomen with tip and lateral spots pale.

6 — 6*75 mm. More elongate than usual, black, highly polished, slightly iri-
descent; margins bronzed ; punctures of elytral rows bronzed, fine, well marked,
approximate ; tip more rounded than usual 11. m a c u 1 i v e n t r i s, n. sp.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

*** Trunk black bronzed, or piceous bronzed ; tip of abdomen reddish-
brown.

7-25—8 mm. Oval, less elongated, black, shining, but not polished, very
minutely punctulate or rugose ; margins bronzed ; tips of elytra more concave
than usual; punctures of rows well marked, approximate. (Elasily distin-
guished by the fine punctuation of the upper surface and the bronzed color be-
neath.) 12. affinis Aul^.

A— b.

a. Body oval in form, regularly convex.

* Anterior margin of mesosternum regular in form.

5*25 — 5-75 mm. Oval, equally attenuated at each end, black, shining, high-
ly polished ; margins and sides bronzed ; elytra with rows of deeply impressed,
bronzed, coarse punctures, so approximated that the outer striae appear im-
pressed ; tip broadly subtruncate, feebly rounded ; outer angle distinct.

13. parens Say.

5-5 — 6-5 mm. Oval more elongate, nearly equally narrowed before and be-
hind, black, shining, highly polished ; margins and sides bronzed ; elytral rows
composed of approximate bronzed punctures, the outer ones a little stronger
than the inner; tip of elytra strongly rounded, outer angle not distinct ; last
ventral segment sometimes dark reddish-brown ; sides of prothorax slightly
rounded.

ft. Apical oval of punctured curve of elytra composed of large, coarse

punctures.
/?. Apical oval curve composed of very fine punctures, almost obliterated ;
middle and hind legs darker than usual 14. p i c i p e s Auld.

5-25 mm. Smaller and a little narrower than p i c i p e s, of a less shining
black, feebly bronzed, more brilliantly at the margins and sides ; elytral rows
composed of less approximate bronzed punctures, the outer ones a little
stronger than the inner; tip of elytra strongly rounded ; outer angle not dis-
tinct ; apical oval curve composed of distant, well marked punctures; middle
and hind legs darker than usual 15. o p a c u s Sahib.

7 mm. Larger and a little stouter, black, highly polished and with bluish
reflections ; margins and sides bronzed ; elytral rows composed of fine bronzed,
very closely approximated punctures, outer rows distinctly impressed ; tip of
elytra broadly truncate, feebly rounded ; outer angle distinct, though obtuse
and rounded; legs ferruginous, under surface black ; last ventral segment very
dark brown 16. boreal is Auh^.

6 ram. Of the same form, color and sculpture as the preceding, but still more
highly polished ; the elytra are still less rounded at tip, and the punctures of
the rows are less fine and less approximate, and the outer rows, though a little
stronger, are not impressed; the under surface is black, the last ventral seg-
ment ferruginous in one, but very dark brown in two other specimens ; the legs
ferruginous 17. pernitidus, n. sp.

6 — 7 mm. Of the size and form as b o r e a 1 i s, but above black, less
highly polished and not at all bronzed ; tip of elytra more rounded, with the
outer angle less distinct; the rows are composed of small but less approximate
punctures, and the outer rows, though stronger, are not impressed; the under
surface is black, feebly bronzed ; the legs ferruginous, and the last ventral
segment dark brown 18. 1 u g e n s Zim,

5 — 6 mm. Smaller, more elongate, black bronzed both above and beneath ;
upper surface not highly polished ; elytra with the tip broadly but not strong-
ly rounded ; outer angle not distinct ; rows composed of not very fine, less
approximate punctures, outer rows but little stronger than the inner ones ; legs
and last ventral segment ferruginous. (Resembles in form, size and sculpture
G. o p a c u s, but is more bronzed above and beneath, the legs and last ventral
segment are paler and the inferior pair of eyes ore larger.... 19. a u a I i s Say.

1868.]

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

** Front margin of mesosternum trilobed, with an oblique impression each
side,

5 — 6 mm. Oval, shining black, highly polished, margins and sides bronzed ;
elytra at tip moderately rounded ; outer angle not distinct ; rows composed of
bronzed, approximate punctures, outer rows not stronger than the inner ones ;
beneath black, slightly bronzed; legs ferruginous, thighs darker. (Of the same
size and form as G. 1 i m b a t u s and consobrinus, but easily recognized
by the very peculiar form of the mesosternum.) 20. p e c t o r a 1 i s. n. sp.

b. Body broader, subovate, more suddenly convex at the middle and
obliquely declivous before and behind.

5-5 mm. 9 -Uniform black, bronzed above; elytra with the tip broadly
truncate, feebly rounded, outer angle distinct but rounded ; rows composed of
fine approximate punctures, outer ones not stronger, lateral margin more
broadly reflexed than usual. Beneath black, with slightly metallic reflection,
last ventral segment dark brown, legs ferruginous ; mesosternum feebly chan-
neled for its entire length 21. gibber Zim.

B.

4 — 4-5 mm. Elongate oval, bluish black, not highly polished, sides broadly
bronzed ; elytra with the tip truncate, feebly rounded, outer angle somewhat
distinct, though rounded ; rows composed of approximate bronzed punctures,
the outer ones stronger than the inner; under surface, inflexed margins and
legs ferruginous, anterior ventral segments sometimes darker ; mesosternum
with a very deep median furrow 22. minutus Linn.

3-5 — 4-5 mm. Of the same size and form as minutus, but a little
narrower and more convex and of a more dull black color, though slightly
bronzed at the sides ; prothorax more rugose, rows of the elytra composed of
more approximate punctures, and especially distinguished by the mesoster-
num being but feebly channelled in front, with a large elongate posterior
fovea ; under surface always ferruginous yellow.

23. rockinghamensis Zim.

Bibliography and Remarks.

1. G. confinis. Similar in form to the Californian O. consobrinus, but
less polished, with a slight bronzed color over the whole upper surface, more
brilliant at the suture and margins. Abundant at Lake Superior. I have
also several specimens from the interior of Oregon or Montana.

2. G. fraternus Couper, Canadian Naturalist, 2d ser. ii, 60. Canada
and Lake Superior ; for types I am indebted to Mr. W. Couper, late of Quebec,
but now of Ottawa. Is of the same size as the preceding, but a little more
robust, and easily distinguished by the entire absence of bronzed lustre on
the upper surface, even at the suture and margin.

3. G. limbatus >S'av, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. ii, 109; ed. Lee. ii, 520.
Canada and Lake Superior. In one specimen the suture is not bronzed, and
in one the abdomen is dark brown at the middle. I received from the late
Dr. T. W. Harris a specimen of this species from Western New York, as No.
1642^of his collection, G. analis Say, and in Dr. Zimmermann's collection it is
named G. limbatus Say. From the former it differs by the under surface being
ferruginous. It is quite possible that the determination of Dr. Zimmermann
is correct, and although I have seen no specimens from Georgia and
Florida, the locality mentioned by Say, I have no other which agrees
so nearly with his description, or which resembles in appearance G. analis,
with which he compares it.

4. G. aeneolus. One specimen, Illinois, Mr. Willcox. This species is
easily known by the uniform and tolerably brilliant bronze color of the upper
surface, which, with the more elongate form and ferruginous under surface
perfectly defines it.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371

5. G. di c h r 0 u s. New England. I received this species from Dr. Harris
as bearing the name in the Melsheimer collection ; specimens under the same
name are contained in Dr. Zimmermana's cabinet, now in possession of Dr.
Samuel Lewis. It closely resembles G. limbatus, but is a little more
robust, and not bronzed on the margin and suture.

6. G. elevatus. One specimen. New York, No. 1829 Harris' collection.
Very distinct by its more convex elevated body, more strongly attenuated
at each end, and by the much coarser punctures of the outer elytral rows.

7. G. consobrinus Lee. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, v, 209.
Abundant in California, at San Francisco, Mendocino, &c.

8. G. p 1 i c i f e r Lee, ibid. California, not abundant. Easily known by
the reflexed edge of the elytra being interrupted near the tip by a slight de-
pression, so that the appearance of a small fold is produced, extending from
the small depression to the apical truncation. I received from Mr. A. Murray
a smaller specimen, which agrees sufficiently with the description of G. mar-
ginivenlris Motsch., Bull. Mosc. 1859, ii, 174, to induce me to place the latter
as a synonym.

9. G. ventralis Kirhy, Fauna Bor. Am., iv, 80 ; Aube. Hydroc. 672. A
common species from Pennsylvania, northward to Lake Superior ; in the Zim-
mermann collection it is determined as G. ventralis Kirby, but although agree-
ing in other respects with Kirby's description it seems generally too large to
be referred to the latter, which is compared with G. a e n e u s, a much smal-
ler species. Specimens occur in which the under surface is chestnut brown,
with the inflexed margins, the sides and tip of the abdomen and the legs
paler ferruginous; G. limbatus % Aub6, 670 (nee Say), is considered by Dr.
Zimmermann to belong to this species.

10. G. a q u i r i s. Middle States ; differs from the preceding in the narrower
form, and more squarely truncate elytra ; the under surface is darker brown,
in one specimen nearly black, with the inflexed margins, sides and tip of
abdomen, and feet paler ferruginous ; it is less elongate than the next species
and the pale color of the sides of the ventral segments is not arranged in
spots but is diff'used. On account of the more sudden truncation of the tips
of the elytra I would refer G. limbatus % Aube to this, rather than to the pre-
ceding species.

11. G. maculiventris. Abundant at Lake Superior; one specimen
from Montana; more elongate than usual, and easily recognized by the dark
brown color of the under surface, with well marked pale triangular spots
each side on the ventral segments.

12. G. a f f i n i s Aubi, Hydroc. 669. New York to Lake Superior ; I have
also two specimens from Middle California. Our largest species, easily dis-
tinguished by the upper surface of both sexes, (not alone of the (^ as men-
tioned by Mr. Aub(S), being covered with very fine lines, producing under a
high lens an aciculate appearance. I received from Dr. Harris one speci-
men as No. 819 var. G. limbatus Say., teste Say, but its much larger size, as
well as the dark bronzed color of the greater part of the under surface, com-
pletely separate it from that species.

13. G. parens Say, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, iv, 448; ed. Lee. ii, 562;
Auh4, Hydroc. 701. Two specimens from Texas agree with the descriptions
of this species ; they differ from the other small species having the under
surface black bronzed, by the more coarse punctures of the elytral rows, the
outer ones of which become, by the approximation of the punctures, slightly
impressed.

14. G. picipes Aube, Hydroc, 694; Mannh. Bull. Mosc. 1843, 223;
ibid., 1853, ii, 164. Alaska and Oregon. I have three specimens collected
in Labrador, one of which does not seem to differ from the types from Alaska
kindly sent me by Baron Chaudoir and Count Mui&ech ; in one of the speci-

1868.]

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

mens the inflexed margins are slightly tinged with dark reddish brown, as
mentioned in the remarks of Mannerheim under the second reference. Two
specimens {(^ J) from Labrador, are much smaller, only 5-25 mm. long, but
do not seem to differ in any other respect; var. b, of the last reference, is
probably a distinct species, but I have seen no specimen to correspond with it.
flt. A race of this species is represented by four specimens from Lake Supe-
rior, which resemble in appearance the typical G. picipes, but differ only by
the apical crescentic oval curve of the elytral being composed of larger punc-
tures. This differs from the others of the same group (except pernitidus)
by the more elongate form, more highly polished surface, and more brilliantly
bronzed suture, margin and punctures; G. pernitidus is more highly
polished, but has the elytral rows composed of less approximate punctures ;
G. b or e a 1 i s is larger and stouter than the two species in question, though
otherwise resembling them very closely.

15. G. opacus Sahlberg, Ins. Fenn., 47; Schiodte, Naturhist. Bidrag.
Gronland, p. 54; G. seneus Aub^, Hydroc. 690, (fide Redtenbacher). Mr.
Drewsen, of Copenhagen, has kindly sent me three specimens of this species,
with a very complete series of the other Coleoptera of Greenland. G. seneus
Kirby, Fauna. Bor. Am, iv, 80, must according to the size given (2 4-5th lin.)
be a much larger species, which is unknown to me, unless it be G. borealis.

16. G. b o r e a 1 i s ^w6^, Hydroc. 692. New York to Lake Superior; the
distinguishing characters of this have been sufficiently pointed out in the re-
marks upon other species.

17. G. p e r n i t i d u s. The type of this species is a single 9 from Georgia;
with it I have associated two other females sent me by Dr. Harris, as No. 242,
analis? Say; one of the specimens agrees perfectly with the type, while in
the other the punctures of the rows of the elytra are much less approximate,
the inner rows less strongly marked, and the last ventral segment nearly
black, instead of ferruginous, as in the type ; it is probably a distinct species,
and is perhaps a small specimen of G. Sayi Aube, 698, which is otherwise
unknown to me.

Dr. Zimmermann determined this as G. borealis^ but the size given in the
description of Mr. Aube (7 mm.) represents a larger speices, and I have
accordingly referred it to the preceding.

18. G. lugens Zimm. MS. New England and Lake Superior; easily
known by the larger and stouter form, similar to G. borealis, but not at all
bronzed above.

19. G. a n a 1 i s Say, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, ii, 108 ; ed. Lee. ii, 520 ; ibid,
iv, 448, ed. Lee. ii, 662 ; Aub4, Hydroc. 697. Louisiana to Lake Superior,
easily distinguished by the upper surface uniformly bronzed ; the under sur-
face black bronzed, with the last ventral segment and feet ferruginous ; the
form is narrower than in the other species of this group, except G. opacus,
which is, however, less oval and more narrowed behind.

20. G. p e c to rali s. Lake Superior and Hudson Bay Territory, (Fort
Liard).

21. G. gibber Zimm., MS. I have seen but the single specimen of this
peculiar species found in North Carolina by Dr. Zimmermann, from whose
MS. I have translated the description ; this unique specimen was kindly
given to me by Dr. Samuel Lewis.

Bibliography and remarks.

22. G. m in u t u s Fabr., Syst. El. i, 276 ; Kirby, Fauna Bor. Ara. iv, 81 ;
Aub^, Hydroc. 683. Lake Superior, abundant. I have omitted much of the
European synonymy of this species, as not applicable to our fauna ; it is,
however, necessary to observe that the fine carina of the scutellum which
distinguishes this and the next, so far as I know, from all others of the genus

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

is not mentioned by the authors above cited, nor by Redtenbacher ; but atten-
tion is called to it in the description of Thomson, Skandir. Coleoptera, ii, 117,
23. G. rockinghamensis Zimm.j MS. Dr. Ziraraerniann mentions in
his MS. that he found this species in schools of several thousands, in ponds
at Rockingham, North Carolina. I have translated the description from his
notes.

Species not identified.

G. impressicollis Kirbf/, Fauna Bor. Am. iv, 79. Mr. Adam White,
B. M. Cat. 45, refers this to G. borealis Aube, but the great si/e, unless an
error of print, (4 lines, = 8-3 mm.) renders such reference very improbable.

G. S a y i Aub^ Hydroc. 698. See remarks under No. 17.

G. fuscipes Motsch. BnW. Mosc. 1859, ii, 173. California; perhaps G.
coHsobrinus Lee*

Gyretes BruU^.

1. G. s i n n a t u s, elongate oval, very convex, dark bronzed, very shining ;
sides of prothorax and elytra densely punctured and pubescent, punctures
reaching the suture; tip of elytra broadly and obliquely truncate, outline of
the truncation very slightly but distinctly sinuate, outer angle distinct,
slightly prominent, inflexed margins ferruginous; body beneath and legs
ferruginous, breast and base of abdomen darker. Long. 6 mm. Lee. Ann.
Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, v, 210.

Abundant in the Colorado River, near Fbrt Yuma, California.

2. G. c o m p r e s s u s, still more elongate, and more convex than the pre-
ceding, and more narrowed in front than behind, dark bronzed, shining ; sides
of prothorax and elytra densely punctured and pubescent, punctures not
quite reaching the suture ; tip broadly and obliquely truncate and very feebly
sinuate, outer angle obtuse, distinct, slightly prominent, inflexed margins
black ; body beneath dark brownish red. feet and tip of abdomen paler. Long.
6-75 mm. Lee, New Spec, North Am. Col,, (Smith's Inst.) 23.

One specimen collected at Quincy, Illinois, by Mr. Willcox.

Notes on the Species of AGONODERUS, BRADYCELLUS and STENOLOPHUS in-
habiting America north of Mexico.

BY JOHN L. LE CONTE, M. D.

The final demolition of the genus Acupalpus Dej. seems to have been accom-
plished by Baron Chaudoir, in his recent notes upon North American Cara-
bidfCjf by the reference of most of the species contained in my third division
of StenolophusJ to Agonoderus. In fact, his suggestion is so perfectl}' natural,
that it is strange that the resemblance in form and sculpture, and in the pro-
portion of the joints of the hind tarsi, with the absence of sexual characters in
the front tarsi, did not long since cause these species to be placed iu the proper
position to which he has assigned them.

In reviewing the specimens of my collection with the aid of the remarks of
my learned friend, I have found such resemblances in form between the species

♦ Mr. Uhler has sent me a portion of a large school of Gyrinns, collected in Chjirle*
River, near Cambridge, Mass., which shows that in some (^as^es at least the species (In not
live apart. An exammation of all the individuals captured has given me the following
results :—

G. I imba t u 8, 4cf, 69. G. fraternus, 2cf, 2?.

G, dichrous, f)cf G?. G. p Ici pe s ? (race), bS 39.

G. confinis, Vld TV- G. lug en a, 18cf 49 .

I have observed at Lake Superior, however, that the species are generally not found
intermixed.
fKevuo et Mag. de Zoologie, 18(J8.
X Vide List of Coleoptera, North Am., p. 13.

1868.]

374 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

of the three genera above named, that a brief synopsis of the distinguishing
characters of those which I have investigated seems to me to be useful for the
proper naming of the specimens contained in local cg,binets.

I may also add that the determinations of Baron Chaudoir, who is the fortu-
nate possessor of the Dejeanian types, must be taken as conclusive, regarding
the species of that author ; the original descriptions were unfortunately defec-
tive in some respects, and my recognition of his species was therefore erro-
neous.

In all the species mentioned in this synopsis, except Bradycellus d i c h r o u s,
vulpeculus and autumnalis, the marginal line limiting the bead of the
prothorax is obliterated for a greater or less extent at the middle of the base,
but in those three species it is entire, as in the true Harpali, with which, per-
haps, they should more properly be associated.

AGONODERUS Dej.

In the species of this genus the emargination of the mentum is less semicir-
cular in outline than in Stenolophus, but equally destitute of any vestige of a
tooth ,• the sides of the emargination are more oblique and the bottom there-
fore narrower, like a broadly rounded angle ; the body is rather stouter and
more convex, the joints of the antenna; thicker, the hind tibiae and tarsi less
slender, the joints 1 — 4 of the latter diminishing in length less rapidly, the
front tibiae stouter and more strongly spinose near the tip, and finally the front
tarsi are alike in form in both sexes and in the more slender species thinly
clothed with a few papillae.

Our species, all but one of which, as far as known, are represented in my
collection, diminish gradually in size, and may be grouped as follows, the dor-
sal puncture being wanting only in A. infuscatus:

A. Body stouter and more convex : prothorax transverse, quadrate-oval.

a. Hind angles of prothorax very much rounded.

7 — 8-5 ram. Pale yellow above ; prothorax with two discoidal spots ; scu-
tellar stria long ; elytra with two dark stripes separated by the sutural inter-
val; dorsal puncture distinct 1. 1 i n e o 1 a.

6-5 mm. Dark testaceous or piceous, narrow margin of prothorax and
broader one of elytra pale; scutellar stria shorter; dorsal puncture want-
ing 2. infuscatus.

b. Prothorax nearly quadrate ; hind angles obtuse, slightly rounded ; sides
less rounded.

8 mm. Pale yellow ; head behind the eyes black, with an occipital round
yellow spot; prothorax with two discoidal oval black spots; base finely and
not densely punctured ; elytra with two dark stripes, as in lineola ; scutellar stria
long. (Differs from lineola chiefly by the form of the prothorax.) California,
and Nevada 3. maculatus, n. sp.

B. Body more elongate, less convex ; prothorax scarcely wider than long ;
subtrapezoidal, being more or less distinctly narrowed behind ; elytra with one
dorsal puncture.

a. Larger species ; color pale ; elytra with a wide black stripe, divided by
the suture ; disc of prothorax frequently with a large black spot ; head always
black.

5-5 — 6 mm. Hind angles of prothorax rounded; scutellar stria long.

4. comma.

5-5 — 7 mm. Hind angles of prothorax scarcely rounded; scutellar stria
short 5. pallipes.

7 mm. Sides of prothorax subsinuate behind; hind angles rounded: scu-
tellar stria short? (interrupted in the only specimen I have seen) ; hind tarsi
stouter th&n in pallipes. California 6. r u g i c o 1 11 s.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 375

b. Smaller species.

* Head black ; scutellar stria distinct.

3-5 — 4 ram. Prothorax pale ; hind angles much rounded ; basal impres-
sions with a few coarse punctures ; elytra with a broad, dusky stripe or cloud,
divided by the sutural interval ; body dusky beneath 7. partiarius.

3 — 3*25 mm. Very similar to partiarius, but smaller, with the basal im-
pressions less marked, and still more sparsely punctured ; elytra dusky, with
the suture and margins pale ; prothorax pale above and beneath ; trunk al-
ways and abdomen usually dusky 8. pauperculus.

3 — 4 ram. Equal in size to partiarius, but narrower, with the sides of the
prothorax not rounded behind, but even feebly subsinuate ; the hind angles
are, however^ rounded, the disc marked with a large, quadrate, blackish spot ;
elytra blackish, with the suture and margin testaceous ; scutellar stria longer
than in partiariu s 9. indistinctus.

** Head pale, of the same color as the prothorax; body testaceous or fer-
ruginous beneath, not blackish ; scutellar stria short or wanting.

2'5 — 3 ram. Prothorax with the hind angles much rounded; basal impres-
sions faint, marked with a few large punctures ; elytra with the scutellar stria
punctiform ; disc sometimes with a faint dusky cloud 10. testaceus.

2-75 mm. Of the same size and form as the preceding, with the scutellar
Stria distinct though short, not punctiform II. micros.

Bibliography and remarks.

1. A. line ol a Dej.^ Sp. Gen., iv, 51; Carabus lineola Fabr., Ent. Syst., i,
155; Syst. El., i, 197 ; Oliv., 35, 78, pi. 7, f. 75; Feronia lineola Say, Tr. Am.
Phil. Soc, ii, 37; ed. Lee, ii, 464; Carabus farcatm Fabr., Ent. Syst., i, 164 ;
Syst. El., i, 206, (var. thorace iraraac.)

Carabus comma Fabr. cannot be referred to this specis, as is erroneously
stated in the Melsheimer Catalogue and thence copied into my List, since it is
described as having the head black.

2. A. infuse a tus Dej.^ Sp. Gen., iv. 54; suturalis Lee, Ann. Lye. New
York, iv, 373.

4. A. CO ra m a. Carabus comma Fabr., Ent. Syst., 1, 165 ; Syst. El., i, 207 ;
Feronia pallipes Say, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, ii, 38 ; ed. Lee, ii, 465; A, pallipes
Dej , Sp. Gen., iv, 53; A. dorsalis Lee, Ann. Lye N. York, iv, 373.*

♦The MS. descriptions and remarks of Dr. Zimmermann upon this and the next species
are so important that I have translated them :

" A. comma. Abundant in the Northern States ; 2%—^}4 lines long,

" Altogether similar to A. pal 1 ipe a in form and color, and usually confounded with
it; differs in the marking of the elytra, upon each of which there is a black stripe, so that
the suture remains yellow; this stripe extends from the first to the fifth stria, and is com-
monly abbreviated in front, sometimes, however, attaining the base, but never the suture.
The dorsal spot of the prothorax is sometimes wanting; the himi angles are somewhat
more obtuse, and the scutellar stria of the elytra longer than in the next species.

"A. pallipes. Abundant in the Southern States ; 2— 3 lines long.

" Body elongated, not very convex, testaceous; mouth, palpi, base of antennse, feet and
anus red<lish-yellow; under surface and head black; a large black or brown .spot on the
middle of theWothorax, and a broad black stripe on the elytra, which extends from the
suture to the fourth stria, pointed in front and reaching the scutellum. Head with deep
frontal impressions and moderately large eyes ; prothorax narrowed behind ; hind mar-
gin and shallow basal impressions tiiickly punctured; hind angles rather obtuse than
rounded ; elytra wtth deep, smooth strios, short scutellar btria and a distinct posterior
dorsal puncture upon the second stria.

"y^emur/f«.— It is obviously this species and not the preceding which Fabricius des-
cribed from the Hunterian collection. This is apparent, n )t only m the words 'Coleoptera
nigra limbo nallido,' but also by the description and figure given by Olivier under the same
name, with the additional remark that the inse(^t was found in Carolina. A, paliifiesDej. is
another species whi(rh is foiuid in the Northern Htates, and descrihod by Fabricius under
the name (.'ar. comma in the followmg words: 'Elytra grisea, macula liueari nigra versus
suturam." The specimen of Varnhus pallipes in the Fabrician cabinet is a CytHindis varie-
gata UeJ., according to Schaum, Stettin Ent Zeitung, 1847, 47.

1868.]

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

5. A. p a 1 1 i p e s />ec., Ann. Lye. N. York, iv, 373 ; Carabus pallipes Fabr.,
Ent. Syst., i, 159; Syst. El., i, 200; Oliv., 35, 121, pi. 9, f. 99; A. Lecontei
Chaud., Rev. and Mag. ZooL, 1868.

6. A. r u g i c o 11 i s Lee, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci., Phil., 1859, 83.

7. A. partiarius Cliaud., Rev. and Mag. ZooL, 1868 ; Tfechus part Say,
Trans. Am. Phil, Soc, ii, 90 ; ed. Lee, ii, 504. Dr. Zimraermann believed
that he recognized in this species Carabus celer Oliv. , 35, 114, pi. 14, f. 168, to
which the locality " Paris" was incorrectly given ; he supposed that the speci-
men was found in Carolina by Bosc, from whose collection it was described,

8. A pauperculus Chaud. ^ Rev, and Mag, ZooL, 1868 ; Acupalpus paup.
Dej., Sp. Gen., iv, 463 , Ac. connmilis Dej., ibid., iv, 465.

9. A. indistinctus Chaud., Rev. and Mag. ZooL, 1868 ; Acupalpus ind.
Dej., Sp. Gen., v, 846. Dr. Ziramermann determined this species as Ac. h u-
mills Bef., ibid., iv, 462, which is referred by Chaudoir to Stenolophus : with
about twelve specimens before me, I can perceive no greater sexual differences
than those observed in other small species of this genus ; a specimen deter-
mined by Zimmermann as Ac. di ff i c ills Def., Sp. Gen., iv, 435, does not
differ, except in being of a uniform pale brown color and scarcely perceptibly
more elongated. Should this synonymy be correct the species must be called
A. h u m i 1 i s, the specific name under which it was first published.

10. A. t e s t a c e u s Chaud., Rev. and Mag, ZooL, 1868 ; Acupalpus test. Dej.,
Sp, Gen., iv, 460,

11. A. m i c r o s Lee, Ann. Lye. N. York, iv, 412. My description mentions
the only distinguishing character between this and the preceding, which is,
tliat the scutellar stria, though short, is quite obvious.

STENOLOPHUS Dej,

In this genus the mentum is vsemicircularly emarginate, without median
tooth ; the front and middle tarsi of the male are dilated, and furnished beneath
with two rows of squamiform papillas. The form of the dilated joints enables
the species to be divided into natural groups. Until the male is known, it is
somewhat difficult to decide whether some of the smaller species should be re-
ferred to this g3QUS or to Ajonoderus ; but in doubtful cases, in the absence of
specimens with dilated front tarsi, I have referred to Stenolophus all those in
which the first and second joints of the hind tarsi are much longer than the
third and fourth ; in other words, those in which the hind tarsi are more slen-
der, and the joints'^diminish in length more rapidly than in Ayonoderus.

Our species may be grouped as follows :

A. Body rather stout, prothorax but little narrower than the elytra; front
and middle tarsi of male broadly dilated; fourth joint very deeply bilobed :
scutellar stria long.

a. Sides of prothorax broadly flattened, scarcely reflexed.

75 mm. Black, not very shining ; 1st joint of antennae, tibiae and tarsi
brownish 1, carbonari us.

b. Sides of prothorax less broadly flattened, more strongly reflexed.

6-5 mm, Piceous black, shining; base of antennae, margin of prothorax,
epipleurae and feet brown ; basal impressions of thorax feebly and sparsely
punctured 2. s p r e t u s.

c. Prothorax narrowly margined, margin not reflexed.

6-5 — 7 mm. Piceous with brassy lustre, margins of thorax and elytra tes-
taceous, base of antemue and feet more or less brown ; prothorax subquadrate ;
basal angles nearly rectangular, rounded at tip, impressions finely punctured
and rugose 3. 1 i m b a 1 i s.

7 — 7-5 mm. Black, shining, elytra piceous or testaceous, slightly iridescent,
base of antennae and feet more or less testaceous or brown; prothorax feebly

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377

narrowed behind, hind angles obtuse rounded, basal impressions with a few

scattered punctures, bead of lateral margin pale 4. f u 1 i gino s u s.

5-5 mm. Black shining, base of antennae and feet ferruginous, elytra slightly
iridescent, margin brown ; prothorax with the lateral bead brown, feebly nar-
rowed behind, hind angles much rounded, basal impressions rounded, impunc-
tured 5. pleb ejus.

3-5 — 4-5 mm. Smaller, piceous shining, sides of elytra and disc of protho-
rax frequently ferruginous, base of antennae and feet ferruginous ; prothorax
feebly narrowed behind, hind angles very much rounded, not at all apparent;
basal impressions small, rounded, feebly impressed, impunctured,

6. c o n j un ct u s.

4-5 mm. Similar to conj'unctus, but narrower ; black shining, margins of
prothorax and elytra brown, base of antennae and feet ferruginous ; prothorax
scarcely wider than long, not narrowed behind, hind angles much rounded, not
at all apparent, basal impressions punctiform 1. rotundatus.

B.
Body more slender, prothorax evidently narrower than the elytra, front tarsi
of male moderately dilated, 4th joint deeply bilobed, middle tarsi of male not
dilated ; elytra with long ^cutellar stria, more or less iridescent ; base of an-
tennae and feet pale ; hind angles of prothorax obtuse rounded.

a. Elytra more finely striate, middle tarsi of male with two rows of squami-
form papillae. (Pacific species.)

* Striae deeper towards the tip,
6 mm. Blackish, with the margins paler ; prothorax wider than long,
scarcely narrowed behind, basal impressions broad, very feebly punctured.

8. a n c e ps,

6-5 mm. Elytra black, with narrow pale margin ; prothorax scarcely wider

than long, narrowed behind, basal impressions faint, feebly punctured, disc

yellow, with a large, somewhat bi-lobed black spot (elytral striae deeper than

in the preceding and next species) 9. cincticollis.

** Striae not deeper towards the tip.
4-5 — 5-27 mm. Beneath and head blackish, antennae, feet, prothorax and
elytra testaceous ; prothorax wider than long, narrowed behind, basal im-
pressions narrow, not punctured ; elytra with a faint dusky cloud behind the
middle 10. unicolor

b. Elytra more deeply striate, striae deeper towards the tip, middle tarsi of
male without rows of squamiform papillae.

8-5 mm. Larger, blackish, with the margins paler ; prothorax wider than
long, with the basal impressions broad, finely punctured 11. f 1 a v i p e s.

5-5 — 5-75 mm. Smaller, blackish, narrow margins paler, prothorax scarcely
wider than long, basal impressions broad, sparsely but less finely punctured.

12. o c h r o p e z u s.

5-5 — 7 mm. Prothorax testaceous, hind angles more rounded, basal im-
pressions sparsely punctured; elytra iridescent black, with very wide testaceous
side margin 13. d i s s i mil is.

C.
Small species of elongate form ; front tarsi of (^ moderately dilated, fourth
joint deeply emarginate, middle tarsi feebly dilated, with two rows of squami-
form papillae ; elytra with long scutellar stria, base of antennae and feet pale ;
hind angles of prothorax obtuse or subrectangular, less rounded than in B.

a. Elytra with but one dorsal puncture, as usual, on the second stria ; hind
angles of prothorax obtuse, somewhat rounded ; frontal suture more
distinct than usual.

1868.J 26

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

3 mm. Head narrower than the prothorax, and almost as long ; color
scarcely brown, elytra darker, slightly iridescent, prothorax trapezoidal, but
little broader than long, narrowed behind, rounded on the sides only before
the middle ; basal impressions broad, feebly punctured ; eyes not prominent.

14. hydropicus.

2*5 — 3 mm. Head more distinctly narrower than the prothorax, with larger

and more prominent eyes, otherwise quite similar to hydropicus^ but more

elongate and less convex; color variable, but the head is always dark and the

elytra iridescent 15. carus.

b Elytra with several dorsal punctures ; hind angles of prothorax rectan-
gular, not rounded.

4 mm. Elongate, more depressed, head blackish, prothorax pale, with a
large quadrate dusky spot ; anterior transverse impression deeply marked,
basal impressions broad, rugosely punctured; elytra pale, with a broad dorsal
vitta divided by the suture and abbreviated at each end ; dorsal punctures 3.
Georgia, one specimen, 16. flavilimbus, n. sp,

3 5 mm. Smaller and less depressed; head blackish, prothorax testaceous,
basal impressions deeper, feebly punctured, elytra dusky, with the suture, base
and margin testaceous ; dorsal punctures 3 17. longulus.

3 — 3-25 mm. Still smaller, prothorax as long as wide, with the sides still
more subsinuate behind, and the hind angles more prominent ; basal im-
pressions deep, punctured ; color brown or blackish, paler at the margins ;
dorsal punctures 4 18. rectangulus.

D.

Body more elongate and linear than in any of the preceding species : head
as wide and nearly as long as the prothorax ; front tarsi of (^ moderately
dilated, 4th joint bilobed, middle tarsi slightly dilated ; prothorax narrowed
behind, with flattened rectangular angles ; elytra with long scutellar stria ;
palpi longer and more pointed than in the other groups of Philodes Lee.

a. Elytra each with three distinct rows of dorsal punctures.

4-25 mm. Testaceous, head and part of elytra dusky; basal impressions
of prothorax large, deep, not punctured ; body depressed ; eyes small.

19. a It e r n a n 8.

b. Elytra with the rows of dorsal punctures obsolete, only the posterior
puncture of the second stria obvious.

4-25 mm. Park brown, prothorax paler, with the basal impressions less
deep, but also not punctured ; body less depressed, eyes larger aiid more
prominent 20. t e n e r.

Bibliography and Remarks.

1. S. carbonarius BruU^, Lee. Ann, Lye. N. York, iv, 409 ; Harpalui
earb. Dej., Sp. Gen. iv, 398.

2. S. s p r e t u s Dej.^ Sp. Geo. v, 845.

3. S. limb alls Xec, Rep. Pac. R. R. Surv., xi, 2, Ins. 28: S. indistinctus
Motsch. Bull. Mosc, 1859, 2, 134.

4. S. f u 1 i g i n o s u s Dej., Sp. Gen., iv. 423 ; Lee. Ann. Lye. N. York, iv,
410; S. versicolor Kirby, Faun. Bor. Am., iv, 46; S. fuscipennis Lee, Ann.
Lye, N. York, iv, 410.

5. S. p 1 e b e j u s Dej'., Sp. Gen., iv, 424 ; var. immat. S. fuscatus Dej., ibid.
426.

6. S. CO n j u n c t u s Lee, Ann. Lye, N. York, iv, 410 ; Trechus conj. Say,
Trans. Am. Phil Soc, ii, 90, ed. Lee. ii, 504; Acupalpns misellus Dej., Sp. Gen.
iv, 467; Ac rotundicoUis Hald., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc, Phil, i, 302; Ac. lugubrit,
Hald., ibid., i, 302. Found from the Atlantic to the Pacitic.

7. S. rotundatus Lee, New. Sp. Col., (Smiths. Inst.), 17.

I [Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

8. S. an c e p s Lee, Pac. R. R. Expl., xi, 2. 28 ; S. rotundicollu Motsch. Bull.
Mosc. 1859, ii, 135.

9. S. cincticollis Lee, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc, Phil., 1858, 60.

10. S, unicolor Z>6;',, Sp. Gen., iv. ^11 ; Mannh. Bull. Mosc, 1843, 214.

11. S. flavip es Lee. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc, 1858, 60.

12. S. ochropezus Dej., Sp. Gen., iv, 424; Feronia ochr. Say., Trans.
Am. Phil. Soc, ii, 54 ; S. convezicollis Lee, Ann. Lye, N. York, iv, 404.

13. S. d i 8 s i m i 1 i s Dej., Sp. Gen., iv, 424.

14. S. h y d r o p i c u s Lee, New Spec. Col. (Smiths. Inst.), 17.

15. S. caru s Lee, ibid., 18.

17. S. longulus Lee, List Col. N. Am., 13; Acupalpus long. Dej., Sp.
Gen., iv, 459.

18. Acupalpus rectangulus Chaud., Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1868.

19. S. ai t e r n an s Lee, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, x, 386 ; Badister testaceus\\
Lee Proc Acad. Nat. Sc, Phil., ii, 252 ; Aepus test. Lee Ann. Lye, N. York,
iv, 413, Philodes alt. Lee, Class. Col. N.Am., 1, 33.

20. S. t e n e r Lee, Pac. R. R. Eipl., xi, 2, Ins. 29 ; Philodes tener Lee,
Class. Col. N. Am., i, 33.

BRADYCELLUS Er.

The elytra are obliquely but feebly sinuate at tip, and never subtruncate
as in the species of Stenolophus.

This genus contains both large and very small species, and, like Stenolo-
phus, may be divided into groups according to the dilatation of the male tarsi ;
it may be distinguished from the other two genera by the mentum being
armed with a large acute tooth, though in some of the smaller species it is
sometimes diflBcult to perceive this character without the aid of a compound
microscope ; and even then the tooth is sometimes rendered less apparent,
when the ligula is extended, by the basal portion of that organ ; I believe,
however, that I have by careful examination satisfied myself of the existence
of the mentum-tooth in all of the species which I now refer to the genus.

Some of the smaller species of division B closely resemble in appearance
Agonoderus, but may be usually known by the more slender antennae and
hind tarsi, and by the much shorter scutellar stria, which is sometimes in
fact entirely wanting ; a reference to the mentum, to verify the proper
character belonging to the genus, should be always made in doubtful cases.

Baron Chaudoir regards the 1st division as constituting a distinct genus,
Tachycellus Moravitz, but in view of the sexual differences observed in
Stenolophus, I am scarcely prepared to adopt his opinion ; I prefer there-
fore, for the present, to group the species as follows :

A. Front tarsi of male moderately dilated, middle tarsi less dilated, with
two rows of squamiform papillae beneath ; elytra with a long scutellar stria.

a. Basal bead of prothorax well defined for its whole extent.

10 — 11 mm. Ferruginous, elytra black, iridescent, deeply striate ; prothorax
scarcely narrowed behind, sides broadly rounded and widely depressed, hind
angles obtuse, somewhat rounded ; base finely punctured. ... 1. d i c h r o u s.

9 — 10 mm. Color as in the preceding ; prothorax narrowed behind, sides
rounded in front, oblique behind ; hind angles scarcely rounded ; base finely
punctured; basal impressions more strongly marked 2. vulpeculus.

8 mm. Black ; prothorax narrowed behind with small basal impressions,
hind angles obtuse, not rounded ; antennae and feet ferruginous.

3. autum nails.

b. Basal line of prothorax interrupted or nearly obliterated at the middle.

5 — 6 mm. Blackish ; bead of prothorax pale ; elytra piceous or dark tes-
taceous ; body more slender; protborax distinctly narrowed behind; hind
angles obtuse rounded ; basal impressions well marked, sparsely punctured^,
legs ferruginous, thighs and tips of tibiae sometimes darker; 1st joint of an-
tennae pale 4. badiipennia.

1868.]

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

7 mm. Black; prothorax and elytra testaceous, the former with a large
quadrate blacK spot, the latter "with a dusky cloud divided by the suture ;
body slender ; prothorax distinctly narrowed behind ; hind angles subrec-
tangular, slightly prominent, not rounded ; basal impressions broad, punc-
tured ; antennae with joints 1 — 3 testaceous, legs testaceous.

5. atrimedius.

4-5 mm. Smaller, slender, ferruginous, upper surface pale, with the head
and disc of elytra somewhat darker ; prothorax distinctly narrowed behind ;
hind angles subrectangular, slightly prominent, not rounded ; basal impres-
sions broad punctured; antennae with the joints 1 — 3 or 4 paler.

6. nebulosus.

5-5 — 6 5 mm. Black, shining, not iridescent; prothorax with the hind
angles rectangular ; basal impressions linear, strongly marked, smooth, or
scarcely punctured ; anterior transverse impression distinct, strongly angu-
lated ; upper part of tibiae and 1st joint of antennae dark testaceous.

1. nigr i n u s.

5 mm. Smaller than nigrinus, with the hind angles of prothorax distinctly
obtuse, but not rounded ; otherwise not different ; perhaps only an individual
variation , 8. tibialis.

B.

Species of small size with the scutellar stria very short, or altogether
wanting ; front tarsi of male moderately dilated, middle tarsi not dilated nor
furnished with squamiform papillae.
a. Striae of elytra perfect.

* Head finely and sparsely punctured behind.

5 mm. Black or piceous shining; prothorax wider than long, slightly
narrowed behind, much rounded ou the sides ; hind angles rounded ; basal
impressions well marked, feebly punctulate ; elytra with the humeri and
sometimes the sides paler brown ; base of antennae brown... 9. axillaris.

4-5 — 5 mm. Blackish, with the first joint of antennae, feet and elytra more
or less testaceous ; prothorax at' tip and base sparse punctured, formed as
in the preceding, but less rounded at the sides and hind angles; basal im-
pressions well marked ; elytra (when pale marked with a dusky dorsal cloud,
when dark, with the suture and sides paler,) thinly clothed with short pubes-
cence near the sides and tip ; intervals usually sparsely and distinctly punc-
tured at the sides, base and tip ; (a. larger and broader, testaceous, trunk
dusky; elytra scarcely punctulate, B. nitens Lee.) 10. cognatus.

* * Head not punctulate ; basal impressions of prothorax feeble,
f Basal impressions of prothorax smooth.

5 mm. Black, 1st joint of antennae and feet testaceous yellow ; prothorax
much rounded on the sides, slightly narrowed behind ; hind angles obtuse,
scarcely rounded ; basal impressions very feeble ; scutellar stria entirely
wanting 11. cordicollis.

■f -j- Basal impressions of prothorax punctulate ; scutellar stria represened
by a puncture at the base of the 2d stria. Body elongate.

4 — 4 5 mm. Dark reddish testaceous, trunk black, antennae with first two
joints pale ; prothorax a little wider than long, narrower behind, sides ob-
lique near the base, but not sinuate ; hind angles obtuse, almost rounded, not
at all prominent ; basal impressions broad, shallow, sparsely punctured ; (only
differs from the next by the hind angles of the thorax not being prominent,
and is probably a race of it.) 12. congener,

4 — 4-5 mm. Usually testaceous, sometimes piceous, with pale margins ;
base of antennae and feet yellow ; prothorax a little wider than long, nar-
rowed behind ; sides subsinuate very near the hind angles , which are obiuse

[Dec

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381

not rounded and slightly prominent ; basal impressions broad, shallow,
strongly punctured 13. rupestris.

4 — 4-25 mm. Blackish, margins brownish, feet and first two joints of
anleunje yellow ; prothorax as in rupestris, from which this species differs
only by its darker color and more elongated form, and of which it seems to
me to be a race 14. parallelus.

3-75 mm. Smaller, pale testaceous, metasternum and small elytral cloud
dusky ; prothorax nearly as wide as long, narrowed behind ; sides obliquely
subsinuate behind the middle; hind angles rectangular, not at all rounded;
basal impressions broad, sparsely and finely punctured 15. rivali s.

3-75 mm. Less elongate than the others of this group ; black, prothorax,
elytra and feet testaceous ; antennae brown, with first 2 joints pale ; prothorax
wider than long, more narrowed behind ; sides scarcely sinuate near the base,
hind angles obtuse, very slightly prominent ; basal impressions feeble, with
a few punctures ; eyes smaller and less prominent than usual. New Jersey
and Virginia, two specimens •, 16. n i g r i c e p s, n. sp.

3 mm. More elongate, black or piceous ; antennae and feet testaceous ;
the former sometimes brown, with two basal joints pale ; prothorax but little
wider than long, narrowed behind ; sides scarcely sinuate near the base ;
hind angles obtuse, slightly prominent ; basal impressions broad, sparsely
punctured; eyes large, prominent.. 17. tantillus.

3 — 3-25 mm. Same form and color as the last, from which it differs only
by the sides of the prothorax being distinctly subsinuate behind the middle
and the hind angles nearly rectangular, not rounded, and somewhat promi-
nent ; the basal impressions are larger and more punctured ; eyes large and
prominent; antennae brown, first two joints and feet testaceous.

18. c al i f or n i c u s.

3-25 mm. Same form as the two preceding, but differing by the prothorax,
the sides of which are obliquely rounded behind the middle, and the hind
angles obtuse and rounded ; basal impressions less deep, sparsely punctured ;
feet testaceous ; antennae dark piceous ; first two joints testaceous.

19. n e gl ec t u s.

b. Stria of elytra effaced, except the sutural one, which is deep ; body
rather stout and convex ; prothorax not narrowed behind ; sides subsinuate
behind the middle; hind angles rectangular ; basal impressions very feeble.

4-5 — 6-5 mm. Varies from testaceous to greenish black with a bronzed
reflection ; first two joints of antennae and feet testaceous. Traces of a long
scutellar stria are apparent in some specimens of this species, which thus
differs from all the others in which the middle tarsi of the male are not
furnished with papillae 20. n i t i d u s.

C.

This division contains but a single species of very elongate linear form, in
which the eyes are much smaller and less prominent than in any other known
to me ; the prothorax much longer than wide, somewhat narrowed behind,
broadly sinuate on the sides, which have the lateral bead much more
strongly marked than in the other species ; the basal impressions are long,
narrow, deep and punctured ; the hind angles rectangular ; the elytra at the
base are wider than the prothorax, very long and parallel, obliquely sinuate
and subtruncate at tip ; the striae are deep, the scutellar is represented by a
large puncture, and the second stria has a dorsal puncture behind the middle.
The tibiae are more spinous than in the other species, and the whole appear-
ance of the insect is that of a small Pterostichus. The front tarsi of the male
are feebly dilated, the middle tarsi without papilhb.

5-6 mm. Black, margins brownish; antennae brown ; first two joints and
feet testaceous yellow; prosternura channeled between the front coxap ;
peduncle of mesothorax coarsely punctured 21. linearis.

1868.]

/

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Bibliography and Remarks.

1. B. dichrous Zee, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, x, 385; Harpalus dichrous
Dej., Sp. Gen., iv, 258; H. tricolor Say, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, iv, 432.

2. B.vulpe cuius Lee, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, x, 385; Harpalus vulp.
Say, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, ii, 30, ed. Lee, ii, 458 ; ibid, iv, 432, ed. Lee, ii,
545.

3. B. autumnalis Lee, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, x, 385 ; Feronia autumn.
Say, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, ii, 48, ed. Lee, ii, 473 ; Geobanus autumn. Lee,
Ann. Lye, N. York, iv, 403.

4. B, badiipennis Lee, ibid., x, 385; Stenolophus bad. Hald., Proc
Acad. Nat. Se, Phil., i, 302 ; Geobsenus ruficrus Lee, Ann. Lye, N. York, iv,
4u4 ; Geohxnus lugubris Lee, ibid., iv, 405.

5. B. atrimedius Lee, ibid., x, 385 ; Feronia air. Say, Trans. Am. Phil.
See, ii, 39, ed. Lee, ii, 466; Trechus similis Kirby, Faun. Bor. Am., iv, 48.

6. B. nebulosus Lee, ibid., x, 385 ; Acupalpus suturalis \\ Lee, Ann. Lve,
N. York, iv, 411.

7. B. nigrinus Motsch., Kafer Russl., 22; Harpalus nigr. Dej., Sp. Gen.,
iv, 399; Mannh. Bull. Mose, 1843, 213, ibid-, 185;2, 298; Geobsenus quadricollis
Lee, Ann. Lye, New York, iv, 405.

8. B. t i b i a 1 i s Lee, List of Col. N. Am, 12 ; Trechus tibialis Kirby, Fauna
Bor. Am., iv, 46 ; Geobsenus tib. Lee, Ann. Lye, N. York, iv, 405.

9. B. axillaris Lee, List of Col. N. Am. 12; Acupalpus ax. Mannh.,
Bull. Mose, 1853, 124. I received a specimen of this species from Count
Mnisech, under the name Ac. conftagratus Mann., ibid., 126.

10. B. cognatus Schiodte, Danm. EL, i, 158 ; ej. Naturhist. Bidrag. Groa-
land, 54; Acupalpus cogn. Dej., Sp. Gen., iv, 440 ; Ac. longiusculus Mannh.,
Bull. Mose, 1853, 125 ; and B. nitens Lee, Proc Acad. Nat. Se, Phil., 1858, 60.

11. B. cordicollis Geobsenus cord. Lee, Ann. Lye, N. York, iv, 406.
This species has been accidentally omitted in my list ofN. Am. Coleoptera.

12. B. congener Lee, Melsh. Cat. Descr. Col., 25 ; Geobcenus cong. Lee,
Ann. Lye, N. York, iv, 407; B. nubifer Lee, Pr. Ac, 1858, 60, is a pale variety
from Arizona, having the trunk and a small dorsal elytral cloud dusky. B.
ventralis Lee, ibid., is a specimen with more numerous punctures at the base
of the prothorax.

13. B. rupestr is Lee, Mels. Cat. Descr. Col., 25; Trechus rupestr. Say,
Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, ii, 91, ed Lee, ii, 505; Geobsenus rup. Lee, Ann. Lye,
N. York, iv, 406; Acupalpus elongatulus Dej., Sp. Gen., iv, 457; Trechus flavipes
Kirby, Fauna Bor. Am., iv, 47 ; Stenolophus cinctus Say, Trans. Am. Phil.
Soc, iv, 434, ed. Lee, ii, 547.

14. B. p a r a 1 1 e 1 u s Chaud., Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1868 ; ? Acupalpus debilipes
Say, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, iv, 425, ed. Lee, ii, 548.

15. B. r i V a 1 i s Lee, Proc Acad. Nat. Se, Phil., 1858, 60.

17. B. tantillus Chaud., Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1868; Acupalpus tant.
Dej., Sp. Gen., iv, 46D.

18. B. c a 1 i f o r n i c u p, Stenolophus cal. Lee, Pac R. R. Expl., xi, 2, Ins., 29.

19. B. n e g 1 e c t u s Geobsenus negl. Lee, Ann. Lye, N. York, iv, 407 ;
Stendophus negl. Lee, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, x, 385.

20. B. nit id us Mannh., Bull. Mose, 1843, 214; Acupalpus nit. Dej., Sp.
Gen., iv, 474.

21. B. 1 i n e a r i s Lee, New Spec. Col. (Smiths. Inst.), 16.

Acupalpus symmetric us Motsch., Bull. Mose, 1859, 2, 134. I have not
identified this species, but suspect it to be a "Western race ofB. rupestris.

Trechus i ra m u n i s Kirby, Fauna Bor. Am., found in lat. 54°, I have not
identified; it is perhaps Stenolophus carus Lee, but the description is
scarcely sufficient to warrant the placing of the latter in synonymy.

Geobaenus arenarius Lee, Ann. Lye Nat. Hist., New York, iv, 403,
referred by me (Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, x, 385) to Bradycellus, is proved by
the discovery of the w^ to belong to A mar a, division Liocnemis.

[Dec.

O

I

K

QH
1

A2
V.20

Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia
Proceedings

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY